-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 BAEn13FLx9HGHUDoK1CIiPoYPZQyDkaqrPruw1RdAky7gp9KJvSwSgrSG4fFWrVr
 PC2nrX+fompmaTDbdx4A1Q==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0000950109-97-004544.txt : 19970617
<SEC-HEADER>0000950109-97-004544.hdr.sgml : 19970617
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0000950109-97-004544
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	S-11/A
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		17
FILED AS OF DATE:		19970616
SROS:			NYSE

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			BOSTON PROPERTIES INC
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0001037540
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	REAL ESTATE [6500]
		IRS NUMBER:				042473675
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			DE
		FISCAL YEAR END:			1231

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		S-11/A
		SEC ACT:		1933 Act
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	333-25279
		FILM NUMBER:		97624396

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		8 ARLINGTON ST
		CITY:			BOSTON
		STATE:			MA
		ZIP:			02116
		BUSINESS PHONE:		6178592600

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		8 ARLINGTON ST
		STREET 2:		8 ARLINGTON ST
		CITY:			BOSTON
		STATE:			MA
		ZIP:			02116
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>S-11/A
<SEQUENCE>1
<DESCRIPTION>FORM S-11/A
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
     
  AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 16, 1997     
 
                                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-25279
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                ---------------
                               
                            AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO     
 
                                   FORM S-11
 
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES
 
                                ---------------
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
     (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS GOVERNING INSTRUMENTS)
 
                              8 ARLINGTON STREET
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02116
                                (617) 859-2600
                   (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                ---------------
 
                        MORTIMER B. ZUCKERMAN, CHAIRMAN
            EDWARD H. LINDE, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
                              8 ARLINGTON STREET
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02116
                                (617) 859-2600
                    (NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                ---------------
                                  COPIES TO:
 
       GILBERT G. MENNA, P.C.                WALLACE L. SCHWARTZ, ESQ.
    GOODWIN, PROCTER & HOAR LLP                SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE,
           EXCHANGE PLACE                       MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
    BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02109                  919 THIRD AVENUE
           (617) 570-1000                    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                                                  (212) 735-3000
 
                                ---------------
 
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO
THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes
effective.
 
                                ---------------
 
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
  This Registration Statement contains a Prospectus relating to a public
offering in the United States and Canada (the "U.S. Offering") of an aggregate
of 25,120,000 shares of common stock (the "Common Stock") of Boston
Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with separate Prospectus
pages relating to a concurrent offering outside the United States and Canada
of an aggregate of 6,280,000 shares of Common Stock (the "International
Offering"). The complete Prospectus for the U.S. Offering follows immediately.
After such Prospectus are the following alternate pages for the International
Offering: a front cover page; an "Underwriting" section; and a back cover
page. All other pages of the Prospectus for the U.S. Offering are to be used
for both the U.S. Offering and the International Offering.
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL NOR  +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                       
PROSPECTUS          SUBJECT TO COMPLETION JUNE 16, 1997     
                               31,400,000 SHARES
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
                                                            [LOGO OF BOSTON
                                                        PROPERTIES APPEARS HERE
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                  ----------
  Boston Properties, Inc. has been formed to succeed to the real estate
development, redevelopment, acquisition, management, operating and leasing
businesses associated with the predecessor company founded by Mortimer B.
Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde in 1970. The Company is one of the largest owners
and developers of office properties in the United States, with a significant
presence in Greater Boston, Greater Washington, D.C. and midtown Manhattan.
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will own 75 properties aggregating
approximately 11.0 million square feet, 89% of which was developed or
redeveloped by the Company. The Company's portfolio consists of 63 office
properties (including seven under development), two hotels, nine industrial
properties, and one garage property. In addition, the Company will own, have
under contract or have options to acquire six parcels of land, which will
support approximately 1.0 million square feet of development.

  Following the Offering, Mr. Zuckerman will serve as Chairman, Mr. Linde will
serve as President and Chief Executive Officer and together they will own a
31.9% economic interest in the Company. The Company is a fully integrated,
self-administered and self-managed real estate company and expects to qualify
as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") for federal income tax purposes.
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have a $300 million unsecured
line of credit.

  All of the shares of the Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by the
Company. Of the 31,400,000 shares of Common Stock being offered hereby,
25,120,000 shares are being offered initially in the United States and Canada
by the U.S. Underwriters and 6,280,000 shares are being offered initially
outside the United States and Canada by the International Managers. See
"Underwriting."

  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be
between $24.00 and $26.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price. The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol "BXP," subject to official notice of issuance.
   
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 19 FOR CERTAIN FACTORS RELEVANT TO AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING:     

  . The Company intends to develop commercial properties and its return on
    such investments can be lower than anticipated because properties can cost
    more to develop, take longer to develop or lease, or lease for lower rent
    than anticipated;
  . The Company intends to acquire portfolios or individual properties; such
    acquisitions may not achieve their intended return;
  . Conflicts of interest exist between the Company and Messrs. Zuckerman and
    Linde in connection with the formation of the Company and its continuing
    operations, including with respect to certain restrictions on the
    Company's ability to sell or transfer four properties, for a period of ten
    years, without the consent of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde;
  . The Company relies on key personnel whose continued service is not
    guaranteed, including Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde;
  . The consideration to be given by the Company for properties at the
    completion of the Offering may exceed their fair market value; no third-
    party appraisals were obtained by the Company regarding these properties;
     
  . The Company has had historical accounting losses for certain fiscal years
    and could have such losses in the future;     
  . Real estate investment and property management are inherently risky as
    rents can fluctuate and operating costs can increase;
  . The Company may not be able to refinance indebtedness on favorable terms,
    and interest rates might increase on amounts drawn under the Company's
    proposed line of credit;
  . If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT, it will be taxed as a regular
    corporation; and
     
  . Stockholders' ability to change control of the Company is limited by the
    Company's organizational documents and Delaware law.     
                                  ----------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
                                        PUBLIC  DISCOUNT(1)  COMPANY(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>          <C>
Per Share.............................    $          $           $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)..............................  $          $            $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against
    certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
    1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $    payable by the Company.
(3) The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase
    up to an additional 3,768,000 shares of Common Stock, and has granted the
    International Managers a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional
    942,000 shares of Common Stock, on the same terms and conditions as set
    forth above solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such options are
    exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and
    Proceeds to Company will be $   , $    and $   , respectively. See
    "Underwriting."
 
                                  ----------
  The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, subject
to prior sale, when, as and if issued and accepted by them, subject to approval
of certain legal maters by counsel for the Underwriters. The Underwriters
reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders
in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the shares will be made in
New York, New York on or about    , 1997.
 
                                  ----------
                   Joint Lead Managers and Joint Bookrunners
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.                                         GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                                  ----------
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
      MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
             PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
                      PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED
                            SMITH BARNEY INC.
                                  ----------
                  The date of this Prospectus is      , 1997.
<PAGE>
 
                    [Map showing location of the Company's 
                          Greater Boston properties]
 
       
 
  Certain persons participating in this Offering may engage in transactions
that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Common Stock.
Such transactions may include stabilizing, the purchase of Common Stock to
cover syndicate short positions and the imposition of penalty bids. For a
description of these activities, see "Underwriting."
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                  1  ARTWORK 
                                   

[Picture of One Cambridge                              [Picture of Long Wharf
  Center, Cambridge, Massachusetts]                     Marriott(R) Hotel,
                                                        Boston, Massachusetts]







                                                        [Picture of Waltham 
                                                         Office Center,
                                                         Waltham, Massachusetts]











                                                      [Picture of Ten Cambridge
[Picture of                                            Center, Cambridge,
 500 E Street, Washington, D.C., S.W.]                  Massachusetts]
                        



<PAGE>
 
                                   2 Artwork

[PICTURE OF CAMBRIDGE CENTER            [PICTURE OF 599 LEXINGTON AVENUE,
     MARRIOTT(R) HOTEL,                         NEW YORK, NEW YORK]
 CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS]   



[PICTURE OF 7600 BOSTON BOULEVARD,
     SPRINGFIELD, VIRGINIA]






                       [PICTURE OF ONE AND TWO INDEPENDENCE SQUARE,
                                WASHINGTON, D.C., S.W.]
<PAGE>
 
For a summary of property, property type, operating and ownership data regarding
the Properties see the "Summary Property Data" table contained herein.
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY........................................................   1
 The Company..............................................................   1
 Risk Factors.............................................................   3
 Business and Growth Strategies...........................................   4
 The Properties...........................................................   5
 Summary Property Data....................................................   7
 Unsecured Line of Credit.................................................  11
 Structure and Formation of the Company...................................  11
 Restrictions on Transfer.................................................  14
 Conflicts of Interest....................................................  14
 Restrictions on Ownership of Common Stock................................  14
 The Offering.............................................................  15
 Distributions............................................................  15
 Tax Status of the Company................................................  15
SUMMARY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION....................................  16
RISK FACTORS..............................................................  19
 The Company's Investments in Property Development May Not Yield Expected
  Returns.................................................................  19
 The Company May Not Achieve Expected Returns on Property Acquisitions....  19
 Conflicts of Interest Exist Between the Company and Messrs. Zuckerman
  and Linde in Connection with the Formation and Operation of the
  Company.................................................................  19
   Conflicts of interest between Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and the
    stockholders of the Company in the formation and operation of the
    Company may influence directors and management to act not in the best
    interest of the stockholders..........................................  19
   For a period of time, sales of properties and repayment of indebtedness
    will have different effects on holders of OP Units than on
    stockholders..........................................................  20
   Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will continue to own a controlling interest
    in one excluded property..............................................  20
   Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will continue to engage in other
    activities............................................................  20
 The Company Relies on Key Personnel Whose Continued Service is Not
  Guaranteed..............................................................  21
 There is No Assurance that the Company is Paying Fair Market Value for
  the Properties..........................................................  21
 The Company Has Had Historical Accounting Losses and Has a Deficit in
  Owners' Equity; The Company May Experience Future Losses................  21
 The Company's Performance and Value Are Subject to Risks Associated with
  the Real Estate Industry................................................  21
   Lease expirations could adversely affect the Company's cash flow.......  21
   Hotel operating risks could adversely affect the Company's cash flow...  22
   Acquisition risks could adversely affect the Company...................  22
   Uncontrollable factors affecting the Properties' performance and value
    could produce lower returns...........................................  22
   Illiquidity of real estate investments could adversely affect the
    Company's financial condition.........................................  22
</TABLE>    
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
   Liability for environmental matters could adversely affect the
    Company's financial condition.........................................  23
   The cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act could
    adversely affect the Company's cash flow..............................  23
   Uninsured losses could adversely affect the Company's cash flow........  23
   Changes in tax and environmental laws could adversely affect the
    Company's financial condition.........................................  24
 The Company's Use of Debt to Finance Acquisitions and Developments Could
  Adversely Affect the Company............................................  24
   The required repayment of debt or of interest thereon can adversely
    affect the Company....................................................  24
   The Company's policy of no limitation on debt could adversely affect
    the Company's cash flow...............................................  24
   Consent of lenders is required in order for the Company to assume
    ownership of certain Properties at the completion of the Offering.....  24
 Failure to Qualify as a REIT Would Cause the Company to be Taxed as a
  Corporation.............................................................  25
   The Company will be taxed as a corporation if it fails to qualify as a
    REIT..................................................................  25
   To qualify as a REIT the Company will need to maintain a certain level
    of distributions......................................................  25
   Other Tax Liabilities..................................................  26
 The Ability of Stockholders to Control the Policies of the Company and
  Effect a Change of Control of the Company is Limited....................  25
   Stockholder approval is not required to change policies of the
    Company...............................................................  25
   Stockholder approval is not required to engage in investment activity..  26
   Stock ownership limit in the Certificate could inhibit changes in
    control...............................................................  26
   Provisions in the Certificate and Bylaws and in the Operating
    Partnership Agreement could prevent acquisitions and changes in
    control...............................................................  26
   Shareholder Rights Agreement could inhibit changes in control..........  27
   Certain provisions of Delaware Law could inhibit acquisitions and
    changes in control....................................................  28
   Provisions of Debt Instruments.........................................  28
 Lack of a Prior Market, Interest Rates, Equity Market Conditions, and
  Shares Available for Future Sale Could Adversely Impact the Trading
  Price of the Common Stock...............................................  28
   There was no prior market for the Common Stock.........................  28
   Interest rates and trading levels of equity markets could change.......  28
   Availability of shares for future sale could adversely affect the
    market price..........................................................  28
 Purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering will Experience Immediate and
  Substantial Book Value Dilution.........................................  29
THE COMPANY...............................................................  30
 General..................................................................  30
 History..................................................................  32
</TABLE>    
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PAGE
                                                                             ----
<S>                                                                          <C>
BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGIES.............................................   34
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................   38
DISTRIBUTIONS..............................................................   40
CAPITALIZATION.............................................................   44
DILUTION...................................................................   46
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.............................................   47
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
 OF OPERATIONS.............................................................   50
 Results of Operations.....................................................   50
 Pro Forma Operating Results...............................................   52
 Liquidity and Capital Resources...........................................   53
 Cash Flows................................................................   54
 Funds from Operations.....................................................   55
 Inflation.................................................................   55
BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES....................................................   56
 General...................................................................   56
 Summary Property Data.....................................................   57
 Location of Properties....................................................   60
 Tenants...................................................................   62
 The Office Properties.....................................................   70
 The Industrial Properties.................................................   90
 The Hotel Properties......................................................   96
 The Development Properties................................................   98
 Development Parcels.......................................................   99
 Proposed Developments.....................................................   99
 Development Consulting and Third-Party Property Management................  100
 Partial Interests.........................................................  101
 Environmental Matters.....................................................  102
THE UNSECURED LINE OF CREDIT...............................................  103
MANAGEMENT.................................................................  104
 Directors and Executive Officers..........................................  104
 Committees of the Board of Directors......................................  107
 Compensation of Directors.................................................  108
 Executive Compensation....................................................  108
 Employment and Noncompetition Agreements..................................  109
 Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation...............  109
 Stock Option Plan.........................................................  109
 Limitation of Liability and Indemnification...............................  113
 Indemnification Agreements................................................  114
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.......................................................  114
POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES................................  115
 Investment Policies.......................................................  115
 Dispositions..............................................................  116
 Financing Policies........................................................  116
 Conflict of Interest Policies.............................................  116
 Policies with Respect to Other Activities.................................  118
STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF THE COMPANY.....................................  118
 Formation Transactions....................................................  118
 Consequences of the Offering and the Formation Transactions...............  120
 Benefits to Related Parties...............................................  120
 Restrictions on Transfer..................................................  121
 Restrictions on Ownership of Common Stock.................................  121

<CAPTION>
                                                                             PAGE
                                                                             ----
<S>                                                                          <C>
OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT............................................  122
 Management................................................................  122
 Removal of the General Partner; Transfer of the General Partner's      
  Interest.................................................................  122
 Amendments of the Operating Partnership Agreement.........................  122
 Transfer of OP Units; Substitute Limited Partners.........................  123
 Redemption of OP Units....................................................  123
 Issuance of Additional Limited Partnership Interests......................  123
 Extraordinary Transactions................................................  124
 Tax Protection Provisions.................................................  124
 Exculpation and Indemnification of the General Partner....................  125
 Tax Matters...............................................................  125
 Term......................................................................  125
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.....................................................  126
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK...............................................  127
 General...................................................................  127
 Common Stock..............................................................  127
 Preferred Stock...........................................................  127
 Restrictions on Transfers.................................................  128
 Shareholder Rights Agreement..............................................  129
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW AND THE COMPANY'S CERTIFICATE AND    
 BYLAWS....................................................................  132
 Amendment of Certificate and Bylaws.......................................  132
 Dissolution of the Company................................................  132
 Meetings of Stockholders..................................................  132
 The Board of Directors....................................................  133
 Shareholder Rights Plan and Ownership Limitations.........................  133
 Limitation of Liability and Indemnification...............................  133
 Business Combinations.....................................................  134
 Indemnification Agreements................................................  134
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE...........................................  135
 General...................................................................  135
 Registration Rights.......................................................  135
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES............................................  136
 Federal Income Taxation of the Company....................................  136
 Opinion of Tax Counsel....................................................  136
 Requirements for Qualification............................................  137
 Failure to Qualify........................................................  143
 Taxation of U.S. Stockholders.............................................  143
 Special Tax Considerations for Foreign Stockholders.......................  144
 Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding Tax.............  146
 Other Tax Considerations..................................................  146
 State and Local Tax.......................................................  147
UNDERWRITING...............................................................  148
EXPERTS....................................................................  150
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................  151
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................................  151
GLOSSARY...................................................................  152
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................................  F-1
</TABLE>     
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Boston Properties Limited Partnership, a
Delaware limited partnership of which Boston Properties, Inc. is the sole
general partner, is referred to as the "Operating Partnership." Unless
otherwise indicated, the information contained in this Prospectus assumes that
(i) the Underwriters' overallotment option is not exercised, (ii) the
transactions described under "Structure and Formation of the Company" are
consummated, (iii) none of the units of limited partnership of the Operating
Partnership ("OP Units"), which are redeemable for cash or, at the election of
the Company, exchangeable for Common Stock, are so redeemed or exchanged, and
(iv) the Common Stock to be sold in the Offering is sold at $25.00 per share.
All references in this Prospectus to the "Company" refer to Boston Properties,
Inc. and its subsidiaries, including the Operating Partnership, collectively,
unless the context otherwise requires. All references in this Prospectus to the
historical activities of the Company refer to the activities of the Boston
Properties Predecessor Group. See "Glossary" for the definitions of certain
terms used in this Prospectus.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  The Company has been formed to succeed to the real estate development,
redevelopment, acquisition, management, operating and leasing businesses
associated with the predecessor company founded by Mortimer B. Zuckerman and
Edward H. Linde in 1970. The Company is one of the largest owners and
developers of office properties in the United States, with a significant
presence in six submarkets in Greater Boston, five submarkets in Greater
Washington, D.C. and the Park Avenue submarket of midtown Manhattan. Following
the Offering, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will beneficially own in the
aggregate a 31.9% economic interest in the Company and the other senior
officers of the Company will beneficially own in the aggregate a 2.4% economic
interest in the Company (in each case assuming the exchange of all OP Units for
Common Stock). Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde have agreed that, while they serve
as directors or officers of the Company (but in any event for a minimum of
three years), the Company will be the exclusive entity through which they
develop or acquire commercial properties. See "Management--Employment and
Noncompetition Agreements." The Company expects to qualify as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes for the year ending December 31, 1997.
 
  Upon the completion of the Offering, the Company will own a portfolio of 75
commercial real estate properties (the "Properties") aggregating approximately
11.0 million square feet, 89% of which was developed or substantially
redeveloped by the Company. The Company will own a 100% fee interest in 61 of
the Properties that in 1996 (on a pro forma basis) accounted for 98% of the
Company's rental revenues. The Properties consist of 63 office properties with
approximately 7.8 million net rentable square feet, including seven office
properties currently under development or redevelopment totaling approximately
810,000 net rentable square feet and one Property under contract to purchase
with approximately 170,000 net rentable square feet (the "Office Properties");
nine industrial properties with approximately 925,000 net rentable square feet
(the "Industrial Properties"); two hotels totaling 833 rooms and approximately
750,000 square feet (the "Hotel Properties"); and a 1,170 space parking garage
with approximately 330,000 square feet (the "Garage Property"). In addition,
the Office Properties contain approximately 1.3 million square feet of
structured parking for 4,222 vehicles. The seven Office Properties currently
under development or redevelopment are referred to herein as the "Development
Properties." The Company will also own, have under contract or have options to
acquire six undeveloped parcels of land totaling 47.4 acres, located in Greater
Boston and Greater Washington, D.C., which will support approximately 1.0
million square feet of development. The Company currently manages all of the
Properties except the Hotel Properties, which are managed by Marriott
International, Inc. ("Marriott(R)"), the Garage Property and other parking
garages that are a part of certain of the Office Properties. The Garage
Property and other parking garages are being managed by third parties to help
the Company to qualify as a REIT. See "Business and Properties."
 
  Over its 27 year history, the Company has developed 72 properties totaling
13.7 million square feet, including properties developed for third parties. The
Company owns 49 of these properties, totaling 8.9 million square feet. The
Properties are primarily located in twelve submarkets, including six submarkets
in Greater Boston, five submarkets in Greater Washington, D.C. and the Park
Avenue submarket of midtown Manhattan.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
   
  The following table provides a summary of the Base Rent and square footage of
the Office and Industrial Properties in each of the Company's markets as a
percentage of the Company's total portfolio of Office and Industrial
Properties:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                    PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE  OF
                                         NUMBER OF      TOTAL         TOTAL
                                         PROPERTIES   BASE RENT    SQUARE FEET
                                         ---------- ------------- --------------
     <S>                                 <C>        <C>           <C>
     Greater Boston.....................     31         25.5%          33.2%
     Greater Washington, D.C. ..........     27         50.1           48.5
     Midtown Manhattan..................      1         23.1           11.5
     Other..............................     13          1.3            6.8
</TABLE>    
   
  The table excludes the two Hotel Properties and the Garage Property, all of
which are located in Greater Boston.     
       
  The Company believes that the Properties are well positioned to provide a
base for continued growth. The Office and Industrial Properties are leased to
high quality tenants and located in submarkets with low vacancy rates and
rising rents. With the value added by the Company's in-house marketing,
leasing, construction of tenant improvements and property management programs,
the Properties have historically enjoyed high occupancy rates and efficient re-
leasing of vacated space.
   
  As of December 31, 1996, the Office Properties (excluding the Development
Properties) and the Industrial Properties had an occupancy rate of 94% and the
Hotel Properties had an average occupancy rate for the year ended December 31,
1996 of 84%. Leases with respect to 10.3%, 10.9% and 7.0% of the leased square
footage of the Office and Industrial Properties expire in 1997, 1998 and 1999,
respectively.     
 
  The Company's investment objective is to maximize growth in cash available
for distribution and to enhance the value of its portfolio through equity
investments in commercial real estate in order to maximize the total return to
stockholders. The Company will conduct all of its investment activities through
the Operating Partnership and its affiliates and currently intends to invest
primarily in the acquisition, development and redevelopment of commercial
properties, and the acquisition of land which the Company believes has
development potential. The Company intends to utilize its experience with, and
understanding of, the development and management of a range of commercial
property types to opportunistically pursue developments and acquisitions within
its existing and new markets. See "Policies with Respect to Certain
Activities--Investment Policies," "Business and Properties" and "Business and
Growth Strategies."
 
  As a public company, the Company believes it will have improved access to
debt and equity financing and the ability to acquire properties and sites
through the issuance of stock and OP Units, which can be of particular value to
potential tax-sensitive sellers. The Company also believes that because of its
size and reputation it will be a desirable buyer for those institutions or
individuals wishing to sell individual properties or portfolios of properties
in exchange for an equity position in a public real estate company. See
"Business and Growth Strategies."
   
  At present, the Company is developing for its own account the seven
Development Properties, totaling approximately 810,000 square feet, located in
Greater Boston and Fairfax County, Virginia (consisting of five Office
Properties that will be 100% owned by the Company and two Office Properties in
which the Company will own a 25% interest). The Development Properties are 79%
pre-committed to tenants. In addition, on May 16, 1997 the Company entered into
a purchase and sale agreement to acquire, for $21.7 million, Newport Office
Park, a Class A office building in Quincy, Massachusetts with approximately
170,000 net rentable square feet. The acquisition is expected to close
concurrently with the Offering, although there can be no assurance that such
purchase will be consummated. See "The Company--History--Recent Activities" and
"Business and Properties--The Development Properties."     
 
  Concurrently with the completion of the Offering, the Company expects to have
a three-year $300 million unsecured revolving line of credit (the "Unsecured
Line of Credit") with BankBoston, N.A., as agent (the "Line of Credit Bank") to
facilitate its development and acquisition activities and for working capital
purposes. See "Unsecured Line of Credit." Immediately following the completion
of the Offering, the Company expects to have a debt to total market
capitalization ratio of approximately 37.6% (35.5% if the Underwriters'
overallotment option is exercised in full). The Company does not have a
specific policy regarding the amount of leverage that it expects to use as a
whole or with respect to individual properties.
   
  The Company's Board of Directors will initially consist of five directors,
including Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and three independent directors. Mr.
Linde, as President and Chief Executive Officer, will have an employment and
noncompetition agreement with the Company. In his capacity as Chairman of the
Board of Directors, Mr. Zuckerman will serve as a non-executive officer of the
Company and will be subject to  a noncompetition agreement with the Company but
not an employment agreement. Mr. Zuckerman has historically devoted a
significant portion of his time to the Company, although over the last twenty
years less than a majority of his business time, in the aggregate, has been
spent on the Company's affairs. Mr. Zuckerman has no present commitments
inconsistent with his current level of involvement with the Company. See
"Management--Directors and Executive Officers" and "Management--Employment and
Noncompetition Agreements."     
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
 
  The Company intends to make regular quarterly distributions to its
stockholders, beginning with a distribution for the period commencing on the
completion of the Offering and ending on September 30, 1997.
 
  The Company is a full-service real estate company, with substantial in-house
expertise and resources in acquisitions, development, financing, construction
management, property management, marketing, leasing, accounting, and legal
services. As of March 31, 1997, the Company had 284 employees, including 87
professionals involved in acquisitions, development, finance and legal matters.
The Company's 16 senior officers, together with Mr. Zuckerman, Chairman of the
Board, have an average of 24 years experience in the real estate industry and
an average of 16 years tenure with the Company. The Company's headquarters are
located at 8 Arlington Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116 and its telephone
number is (617) 859-2600. In addition, the Company has regional offices at the
U.S. International Trade Commission Building at 500 E Street, SW, Washington,
D.C. 20024 and at 599 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10002.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  An investment in the Common Stock involves various risks, and prospective
investors should carefully consider the matters discussed under "Risk Factors"
prior to an investment in the Company. Such risks include, among others:
 
  . the development of commercial properties is subject to risks such as the
    availability and timely receipt of regulatory approvals, the cost and
    timely completion of construction, the availability of construction
    financing on favorable terms, the timely leasing of the property, and the
    leasing of the property at lower rental rates than anticipated, any of
    which could have an adverse effect on the financial condition of the
    Company;
 
  . the Company may acquire large properties or portfolios of properties that
    would substantially increase the size of the Company, and the Company's
    ability to assimilate such acquisitions and achieve the intended return on
    investment cannot be assured;
 
  . conflicts of interest exist between the Company and Messrs. Zuckerman and
    Linde because Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde determined the terms of the
    Formation Transactions and the organizational documents that will govern
    their ongoing relationship with the Company, and in connection with the
    Formation Transactions they will receive material benefits;
     
  . conflicts of interest between the Company and Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde,
    including conflicts associated with the sale of any of the Properties or
    with the repayment of indebtedness because of possible adverse tax
    consequences which may influence them to not act in the best interests of
    the stockholders; in particular, for a period of ten years the Company
    will, in general, be restricted from selling or transferring in a taxable
    transaction any of four Designated Properties without the consent of
    Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde;     
 
  . dependence on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed,
    particularly Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde;
 
  . the possibility that the consideration to be given by the Company for the
    Properties and other assets at the completion of the Offering may exceed
    their fair market value; no third-party appraisals were obtained by the
    Company regarding the Properties and other assets;
     
  . after depreciation and amortization, the Company has had historical
    accounting losses for certain fiscal years and there can be no assurances
    that the Company will not have similar losses in the future;     
 
  . real estate investment and property management risks such as the need to
    renew leases or relet space upon lease expirations and, at times, to pay
    renovation and reletting costs in connection therewith, the effect of
    economic conditions on property cash flows and values, the ability of
    tenants to make lease payments, the ability of a property to generate
    revenue sufficient to meet operating expenses and debt service, all of
    which may adversely affect the Company's ability to make expected
    distributions to stockholders;
 
  . the possibility that the Company may not be able to refinance outstanding
    indebtedness upon maturity or acceleration, that such indebtedness might
    be refinanced at higher interest rates or otherwise on terms less
    favorable to the Company than existing indebtedness, and the lack of
    limitations in the Company's organizational documents on the amount of
    indebtedness the Company may incur;
 
  . taxation of the Company as a corporation if it fails to qualify as a REIT
    for federal income tax purposes, the Company's liability for certain
    federal, state and local income taxes in such event, and the resulting
    decrease in cash available for distribution;
 
  . anti-takeover effect of limiting actual or constructive ownership of
    Common Stock of the Company by a single person other than Mr. Zuckerman
    and Mr. Linde (and certain associated parties) to 6.6% of the outstanding
    capital stock, subject to certain specified exceptions, and certain other
    provisions contained in the organizational documents of the Company and
    the Operating Partnership, and of a shareholder rights plan adopted by the
    Company, any of which may have the effect of delaying or preventing a
    transaction or change in control of the Company that might involve a
    premium price for the Common Stock or otherwise be in the best interests
    of the Company's stockholders;
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 
  . the absence of a prior public market for the Common Stock; lack of
    assurances that an active trading market will develop; and
 
  . immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per
    share of the shares of Common Stock purchased in the Offering.
 
                         BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's primary business objective is to maximize growth in cash
available for distribution and total return to stockholders. The Company's
strategy to achieve this objective is: (i) to selectively acquire and develop
properties in the Company's existing markets, adjacent markets and in new
markets that present favorable opportunities; (ii) to maintain high occupancy
rates at rents that are at the high end of the markets in which the Properties
are located, and to continue to achieve high room and occupancy rates in the
Hotel Properties; and (iii) to selectively provide comprehensive, project-level
development and management services to third parties. See "Business and Growth
Strategies."
 
GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
 External Growth
 
  The Company has targeted four areas of development and acquisition as
significant opportunities to execute the Company's external growth strategy:
 
    Acquire Land for Development. The Company believes that development of
  well-positioned office buildings and R&D properties is currently or will be
  justified in many of the submarkets in which the Company has a presence. The
  Company believes in acquiring land in response to market conditions that
  allow for the development of such land in the relatively near term.
 
    Acquire Existing Underperforming Assets. The Company has actively pursued
  and continues to pursue opportunities to acquire existing buildings that,
  while currently generating income, are either underperforming the market due
  to poor management or are currently leased below market with anticipated
  roll-over of space. These opportunities may include the acquisition of
  entire portfolios of properties, including large portfolios that have the
  potential to alter significantly the capital structure of the Company.
 
    Acquire Assets from Institutions or Individuals. The Company believes that
  due to its size, management strength and reputation it will be in an
  advantageous position to acquire portfolios of assets or individual
  properties from institutions or individuals seeking to convert their
  ownership on a property level basis to the ownership of equity in a
  diversified real estate operating company that offers liquidity through
  access to the public equity markets. In addition, the Company may pursue
  mergers with and acquisitions of compatible real estate firms. The ability
  to offer OP Units to sellers who would otherwise recognize a gain upon a
  sale of assets for cash or common stock may facilitate this type of
  transaction on a tax-efficient basis. The Company is currently in
  discussions with certain institutional investors to acquire certain of their
  portfolio properties, but no assurances can be given that the Company will
  purchase any of such properties.
 
    Provide Third-Party Development Management Services. While the primary
  objective of the Company has been, and will continue to be, the development
  and acquisition of quality, income producing buildings to be held for long
  term ownership, the Company intends to engage in a select amount of
  comprehensive project-level development management services for third
  parties.
 
 Internal Growth
 
  The Company believes that significant opportunities exist to increase cash
flow from its existing Properties because they are high quality properties in
desirable locations in submarkets that are experiencing rising rents, low
vacancy rates and increasing demand for office, R&D and industrial space.
     
    Cultivate Existing Submarkets. Substantially all of the Company's square
  footage of Office and Industrial Properties are located in twelve submarkets
  in Greater Boston, Greater Washington, D.C. and midtown Manhattan. These
  submarkets are experiencing increasing rents and as a result current market
  rates often exceed the rents being paid by the Company's tenants. The
  Company expects that leases expiring over the next three years will be
  renewed, or space relet, at higher rents. Leases with respect to 10.3%,
  10.9% and 7.0% of the leased square footage of the Office and Industrial
  Properties expire in 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. There can be no
  assurance that the Company will be able to re-let available space at higher
  rental rates.     
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 
 
    Directly Manage Properties to Maximize the Potential for Tenant
  Retention. The Company itself provides property management services, rather
  than contracting for this service, to achieve awareness of and
  responsiveness to tenant needs. The Company has long recognized that renewal
  of existing tenant leases, as opposed to tenant replacement, often provides
  the best operating results, because renewals minimize transaction costs
  associated with marketing, leasing and tenant improvements and avoid
  interruptions in rental income during periods of vacancy and renovation of
  space.
 
    Replace Tenants Quickly at Best Available Market Terms and Lowest Possible
  Transaction Costs. The Company believes that it has a competitive advantage
  in attracting new tenants and achieving rental rates at the higher end of
  its markets as a result of its well-located, well-designed and well-
  maintained properties, its reputation for high quality building
  services and responsiveness to tenants, and its ability to offer expansion
  and relocation alternatives within its submarkets.
 
                                 THE PROPERTIES
 
  Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will own the 63 Office
Properties, the nine Industrial Properties, the two Hotel Properties and the
Garage Property. Seven of the Office Properties are currently under development
by the Company and are referred to as the "Development Properties."
 
OFFICE PROPERTIES
 
  The Office Properties consist of 36 Class A office buildings (including three
Development Properties) ("Class A Office Buildings") and 27 properties
(including four Development Properties) that support both office and technical
uses ("R&D Properties"). The Company considers Class A office buildings to be
buildings that are centrally located, professionally managed and maintained,
attract high-quality tenants and command upper-tier rental rates, and are
modern structures or have been modernized to compete with newer buildings. The
Company's 36 Class A Office Buildings contain approximately 6.2 million net
rentable square feet in urban and suburban settings in Greater Boston, Greater
Washington, D.C. and midtown Manhattan. The Company's Class A Office Buildings
include 599 Lexington Avenue in midtown Manhattan, which has approximately 1.0
million net rentable square feet. As of December 31, 1996, the 33 completed
Class A Office Buildings had an occupancy rate of 96%. The Company has
developed or substantially redeveloped 35 of the Class A Office Buildings
(including Development Properties) since 1980, containing approximately 6.1
million net rentable square feet. A number of the Office Properties include
parking, and the Company's Garage Property (a free-standing garage containing
1,170 spaces) is located at the Company's Cambridge Center development.
 
  The R&D Properties contain approximately 1.6 million net rentable square feet
and consist primarily of suburban properties located in the Fairfax County,
Virginia submarket of Greater Washington, D.C. and the East Cambridge and Route
128 Northwest submarkets of Greater Boston. As of December 31, 1996, the 23
completed R&D Properties had an occupancy rate of 96%. The Company has
developed or substantially redeveloped 17 of the R&D Properties (including
Development Properties) since 1981.
   
  As of December 31, 1996, the Office Properties were leased to 353 tenants and
no single tenant (other than the General Services Administration, whose lease
obligations are full faith and credit obligations of the United States
government) accounted for more than approximately 7.2% of the aggregate Base
Rent of the Company's Office and Industrial Properties.     
 
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
 
  The nine Industrial Properties are located in California, Maryland,
Massachusetts, and Pennsylvania and contain approximately 925,000 rentable
square feet. As of December 31, 1996, the Industrial Properties had 14 tenants
and, excluding a 221,000 net rentable square foot building in Hayward,
California (which is 27% leased, but for which the Company has entered into a
lease with respect to the remaining space), an occupancy rate of 94%.
 
HOTEL PROPERTIES
   
  The two Hotel Properties are located in Boston and Cambridge, Massachusetts.
The 402 room Long Wharf Marriott(R) Hotel is an eight-story building located on
the Boston Harbor waterfront. The hotel is within easy walking distance of
Boston's business and financial district and many of the city's major
attractions. The 431 room Cambridge Center Marriott(R) Hotel is a 25-story
building located in Kendall Square, Cambridge and adjacent to the MIT campus.
For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Hotel Properties had a weighted
average occupancy rate of 84.0%, a weighted average ADR of $174.97 and a
weighted average REVPAR of $147.44. Management believes that REVPAR (as defined
more fully in the Glossary) is an industry standard measure used to present
hotel operating data.     
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
 
  To assist the Company in maintaining its status as a REIT, the Company will
lease the Hotel Properties, pursuant to a lease with a participation in the
gross receipts of the Hotel Properties, to a lessee in which Messrs. Zuckerman
and Linde will be the sole member-managers. Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will
have a 9.8% economic interest in such lessee and one or more unaffiliated
public charities will have a 90.2% economic interest. Marriott International,
Inc. will continue to manage the Hotel Properties under the Marriott(R) name
pursuant to a management agreement with the lessee. Under the REIT
requirements, revenues from a hotel are not considered to be rental income for
purposes of certain income tests which a REIT must meet. See "Federal Income
Tax Consequences--Requirements for Qualification." Accordingly, in order to
maintain its qualification as a REIT, the Company has entered into the
participating lease described above to provide revenue which qualifies as
rental income under the REIT requirements.
 
  The Properties are depreciated, for GAAP purposes, on a straight-line basis
over the estimated useful lives of: (i) 25-40 years with respect to land
improvements; (ii) 10-40 years with respect to building costs; (iii) 5-7 years
with respect to furniture, fixtures and equipment; and tenant improvements over
the shorter of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the term of the
tenant's lease.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                             SUMMARY PROPERTY DATA
 
    Set forth below is a summary of information regarding the
  Properties, including the seven Development Properties. Properties
  marked with an asterisk will secure indebtedness of the Company
  upon completion of the Offering.
       
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           NET    PERCENT
                                                                                      YEAR(S)     NO.   RENTABLE   LEASED
                                                                          PERCENT     BUILT/       OF    SQUARE    AS OF
PROPERTY NAME                                      LOCATION              OWNERSHIP RENOVATED(1)  BLDGS.   FEET    12/31/96
- -------------                                      --------              --------- ------------- ------ --------- --------
<S>                                                <C>                   <C>       <C>           <C>    <C>       <C>
OFFICE PROPER-
  TIES:
 Class A Office
 Buildings:
 +*599 Lexington
 Avenue (4)......                                  New York, NY            100.0%           1986    1   1,000,070    97%
 +*Two Indepen-
 dence Square (5)
 (6).............                                  SW Washington, DC       100.0            1992    1     579,600   100
 Democracy Cen-
 ter.............                                  Bethesda, MD            100.0   1985-88/94-96    3     680,000    96
 *One Indepen-
 dence Square
 (5).............                                  SW Washington, DC       100.0            1991    1     337,794   100
 *Capital Gal-
 lery............                                  SW Washington, DC       100.0            1981    1     396,255    93
 *2300 N Street..                                  NW Washington, DC       100.0            1986    1     276,906    88
 US International 
 Trade Commission 
 Building 
 (5)(7)..........                                  SW Washington, DC       100.0            1987    1     243,998   100
 One Cambridge
 Center..........                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1987    1     215,385   100
 *Ten Cambridge
 Center..........                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1990    1     152,664   100
 *10 & 20 Bur-
 lington Mall
 Road............                                  Burlington, MA          100.0   1984-86/95-96    2     152,552   100
 *Newport Office
 Park (8)........                                  Quincy, MA              100.0            1988    1     168,829    95
 *191 Spring
 Street..........                                  Lexington, MA           100.0         1971/95    1     162,700   100
 Lexington Office
 Park............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1982    2     168,500    92
 Waltham Office
 Center..........                                  Waltham, MA             100.0   1968-70/87-88    3     129,658   100
 *Montvale Center
 (9).............                                  Gaithersburg, MD         75.0            1987    1     122,157   100
 Three Cambridge
 Center..........                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1987    1     107,484   100
 170 Tracer
 Lane............                                  Waltham, MA             100.0            1980    1      73,258   100
 195 West
 Street..........                                  Waltham, MA             100.0            1990    1      63,500   100
 *Bedford Busi-
 ness Park.......                                  Bedford, MA             100.0            1980    1      90,000   100
 91 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0         1985/96    1     122,135    51
 100 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1985    1      55,924   100
 32 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0      1968-79/87    1      69,154   100
 33 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1979    1      79,564   100
 8 Arlington
 Street (10).....                                  Boston, MA              100.0    1860/1920/89    1      30,526   100
 Eleven Cambridge
 Center..........                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1984    1      79,616   100
 204 Second Ave-
 nue.............                                  Waltham, MA             100.0         1981/93    1      40,974   100
 92 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0         1968/84    1      30,980   100
                                                                                                  ---   ---------   ---
SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR CLASS A OFFICE BUILDINGS (11).....................................   33   5,630,183    96%
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
 R&D Properties:
 *Bedford Busi-
 ness Park.......                                  Bedford, MA             100.0%     1962-78/96    2     383,704   100%
 7601 Boston 
 Boulevard, 
 Building Eight 
 (5)(12).........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1986    1     103,750   100
 Fourteen Cam-
 bridge Center...                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1983    1      67,362   100
 *Hilltop Busi-
 ness Center
 (13)............                                  So. San Francisco, CA    35.7    early 1970's    9     144,479    90
 7500 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Six(5)..........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1985    1      79,971   100
 7600 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Nine............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1987    1      69,832   100
 7435 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 One.............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1982    1     105,414    67
 8000 Grainger
 Court, Building
 Five............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1984    1      90,465   100
 7374 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Four (5)........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1984    1      57,321   100
 7451 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Two.............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1982    1      47,001   100
 8000 Corporate
 Court, Building
 Eleven..........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1989    1      52,539   100
 7375 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Ten (5).........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1988    1      26,865   100
 164 Lexington
 Road............                                  Billerica, MA           100.0            1982    1      64,140   100
 17 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1968    1      30,000   100
                                                                                                  ---   ---------   ---
SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR R&D PROPERTIES....................................................   23   1,322,843    96%
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
 INDUSTRIAL PROP-
 ERTIES:
 38 Cabot Boule-
 vard (14).......                                  Langhorne, PA           100.0%        1972/84    1     161,000   100%
 6201 Columbia
 Park
 Road,Building
 Two.............                                  Landover, MD            100.0            1986    1      99,885    87
 2000 South Club
 Drive, Building
 Three...........                                  Landover, MD            100.0            1988    1      83,608   100
 40-46 Harvard
 Street..........                                  Westwood, MA            100.0         1967/96    1     169,273    90
 25-33 Dartmouth
 Street..........                                  Westwood, MA            100.0         1966/96    1      78,045    87
 1950 Stanford
 Court, Building
 One.............                                  Landover, MD            100.0            1986    1      53,250   100
 2391 West Winton
 Avenue..........                                  Hayward, CA             100.0            1974    1     221,000    27(15)
 560 Forbes Bou-
 levard (13).....                                  So. San Francisco, CA    35.7    early 1970's    1      40,000   100
 430 Rozzi Place
 (13)............                                  So. San Francisco, CA    35.7    early 1970's    1      20,000   100
                                                                                                  ---   ---------   ---
SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES.............................................    9     926,061    78%(15)
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
 DEVELOPMENT
 PROPERTIES:
 Class A Office
 Buildings:
 BDM
 International
 Buildings (16)..                                  Reston, VA               25.0%           1999    2     440,000    --
 201 Spring
 Street (17).....                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1997    1     102,000    --
 R&D Properties:
 7700 Boston Boulevard, Building Twelve
 (18)............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1997    1      80,514    --
 7501 Boston
 Boulevard,
 Building
 Seven (19)......                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1997    1      75,756    --
 Sugarland
 Building
 Two (20)........                                  Herndon, VA             100.0         1986/97    1      59,585    --
 Sugarland
 Building
 One (20)........                                  Herndon, VA             100.0         1985/97    1      52,533    --
                                                                                                  ---   ---------   ---
SUBTOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT PROPERTIES.............................................................    7     810,388
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR OFFICE, INDUSTRIAL AND DEVELOPMENT
 PROPERTIES.....................................................................................   72   8,689,475    94%(21)
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               ANNUAL NET    
                                                                                 BASE          EFFECTIVE     
                                                       BASE                    RENT PER         RENT PER     
                                                       RENT     PERCENT OF      LEASED           LEASED      
                                                      AS OF        BASE         SQUARE           SQUARE      
PROPERTY NAME                                      12/31/96(2)     RENT        FOOT(2)          FOOT(3)      
- -------------                                      ------------ ----------     -----------     ------------  
<S>                                                <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>           
OFFICE PROPER-                                                                                               
 TIES:                                                                                                       
 Class A Office                                                                                              
 Buildings:                                                                                                  
 +*599 Lexington                                                                                             
 Avenue (4)......                                  $ 38,665,140    23.1%        $39.74           $47.13      
 +*Two Indepen-                                                                                              
 dence Square (5)                                                                                            
 (6).............                                    20,661,305    12.4          35.75            36.80      
 Democracy Cen-                                                                                              
 ter.............                                    13,692,883     8.2          20.95            21.22      
 *One Indepen-                                                                                               
 dence Square                                                                                                
 (5).............                                    12,105,720     7.2          35.84            34.34      
 *Capital Gal-                                                                                               
 lery............                                    11,092,260     6.6          30.07            31.11      
 *2300 N Street..                                    10,252,152     6.1          42.05            46.82      
 US International                                                                                            
 Trade Commission                                                                                            
 Building                                                                                                    
 (5)(7)..........                                     6,459,444     3.9          26.47            24.79      
 One Cambridge                                                                                               
 Center..........                                     5,239,716     3.1          24.33            25.57      
 *Ten Cambridge                                                                                              
 Center..........                                     3,935,676     2.4          25.78            23.11      
 *10 & 20 Bur-                                                                                               
 lington Mall                                                                                                
 Road............                                     3,098,496     1.9          20.31            18.45      
 *Newport Office                                                                                             
 Park (8)........                                     2,961,323     1.8          18.43            19.86      
 *191 Spring                                                                                                 
 Street..........                                     2,904,192     1.7          17.85            22.26      
 Lexington Office                                                                                            
 Park............                                     2,838,660     1.7          18.32            16.97      
 Waltham Office                                                                                              
 Center..........                                     2,486,256     1.5          19.18            18.54      
 *Montvale Center                                                                                            
 (9).............                                     2,078,664     1.2          17.02            18.68      
 Three Cambridge                                                                                             
 Center..........                                     2,016,324     1.2          18.76            20.45      
 170 Tracer                                                                                                  
 Lane............                                     1,670,064     1.0          22.80            19.08      
 195 West                                                                                                    
 Street..........                                     1,492,692     0.9          23.51            20.36      
 *Bedford Busi-                                                                                              
 ness Park.......                                     1,267,992     0.8          14.09            15.78      
 91 Hartwell Ave-                                                                                            
 nue.............                                     1,318,032     0.8          21.24            19.71      
 100 Hayden Ave-                                                                                             
 nue.............                                     1,090,524     0.6          19.50            18.91      
 32 Hartwell Ave-                                                                                            
 nue.............                                       995,820     0.6          14.40            12.00      
 33 Hayden Ave-                                                                                              
 nue.............                                       906,240     0.5          11.39            13.47      
 8 Arlington                                                                                                 
 Street (10).....                                       863,676     0.5          26.29            34.94      
 Eleven Cambridge                                                                                            
 Center..........                                       835,968     0.5          10.50            11.90      
 204 Second Ave-                                                                                             
 nue.............                                       801,732     0.5          19.57            12.00      
 92 Hayden Ave-                                                                                              
 nue.............                                       605,976     0.4          19.56            19.79      
                                                   ------------ -------     ----------     ------------      
SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR CLASS                                                                                            
 A OFFICE BUILDINGS(11).........................   $152,336,927    91.1%        $28.18           $29.70      
                                                   ============ =======     ==========     ============      
 R&D Properties:                                                                                             
 *Bedford Busi-                                                                                              
 ness Park.......                                  $  2,444,280     1.5%        $ 6.37           $ 9.18      
 7601 Boston Boulevard, Building Eight (5)(12)..      1,422,972     0.8          13.72            13.85      
 Fourteen Cam-                                                                                               
 bridge Center...                                     1,276,512     0.8          18.95            18.47      
 *Hilltop Busi-                                                                                              
 ness Center                                                                                                 
 (13)............                                     1,022,466     0.6           7.08             8.93      
 7500 Boston Bou-                                                                                            
 levard, Building                                                                                            
 Six(5)..........                                       790,296     0.5           9.88             9.98      
 7600 Boston Bou-                                                                                            
 levard, Building                                                                                            
 Nine............                                       722,520     0.4          10.35            10.20      
 7435 Boston Bou-                                                                                            
 levard, Building                                                                                            
 One.............                                       640,116     0.4           9.01             8.07      
 8000 Grainger                                                                                               
 Court, Building                                                                                             
 Five............                                       616,404     0.4           6.81             7.58      
 7374 Boston Bou-                                                                                            
 levard, Building                                                                                            
 Four (5)........                                       587,220     0.3          10.24            10.14      
 7451 Boston Bou-                                                                                            
 levard, Building                                                                                            
 Two.............                                       573,672     0.3          12.21             8.14      
 8000 Corporate                                                                                              
 Court, Building                                                                                             
 Eleven..........                                       331,644     0.2           6.31             7.59      
 7375 Boston Bou-                                                                                            
 levard, Building                                                                                            
 Ten (5).........                                       316,032     0.2          11.76             7.82      
 164 Lexington                                                                                               
 Road............                                       200,436     0.1           3.12             7.97      
 17 Hartwell Ave-                                                                                            
 nue.............                                       198,000     0.1           6.60             6.60      
                                                   ------------ -------     ----------     ------------      
SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR R&D                                                                                              
 PROPERTIES.....................................   $ 11,142,570     6.6%         $8.77           $ 9.75      
                                                   ============ =======     ==========     ============      
 INDUSTRIAL PROP-                                                                                            
 ERTIES:                                                                                                     
 38 Cabot Boule-                                                                                             
 vard (14).......                                  $    764,748     0.5%        $ 4.75           $ 5.38      
 6201 Columbia                                                                                               
 Park                                                                                                        
 Road,Building                                                                                               
 Two.............                                       575,676     0.4           6.65             6.39      
 2000 South Club                                                                                             
 Drive, Building                                                                                             
 Three...........                                       556,548     0.3           6.66             7.06      
 40-46 Harvard                                                                                               
 Street..........                                       469,404     0.3           3.09             4.87      
 25-33 Dartmouth                                                                                             
 Street..........                                       464,148     0.3           6.87             7.89      
 1950 Stanford                                                                                               
 Court, Building                                                                                             
 One.............                                       354,276     0.2           6.65             6.93      
 2391 West Winton                                                                                            
 Avenue..........                                       234,000     0.1           3.90             2.81      
 560 Forbes Bou-                                                                                             
 levard (13).....                                       216,000     0.1           5.40             5.37      
 430 Rozzi Place                                                                                             
 (13)............                                        98,400     0.1           4.92             5.47      
                                                   ------------ -------     ----------     ------------      
SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR                                                                                
 INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES..........................   $  3,733,200     2.3%    $     5.17           $ 5.27      
                                                   ============ =======     ==========     ============      
 DEVELOPMENT                                                                                                 
 PROPERTIES:                                                                                                 
 Class A Office                                                                                              
 Buildings:                                                                                                  
 BDM                                                                                                         
 International                                                                                               
 Buildings (16)..                                            --      --             --               --      
 201 Spring                                                                                                  
 Street (17).....                                            --      --             --               --      
 R&D Properties:                                                                                             
 7700 Boston 
 Boulevard, 
 Building Twelve                                                                      
 (18)............                                            --      --             --               --      
 7501 Boston                                                                                                 
 Boulevard,                                                                                                  
 Building                                                                                                    
 Seven (19)......                                            --      --             --               --      
 Sugarland                                                                                                   
 Building                                                                                                    
 Two (20)........                                            --      --             --               --      
 Sugarland                                                                                                   
 Building                                                                                                    
 One (20)........                                            --      --             --               --      
                                                   ------------ -------     ----------     ------------      
SUBTOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT PROPERTIES.............
                                                   ============ =======     ==========     ============      
TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR OFFICE,                                                                          
 INDUSTRIAL AND DEVELOPMENT PROPERTIES..........   $167,212,697   100.0%        $20.47(21)       $23.91(21)   
                                                   ============ =======     ==========     ============       
</TABLE>    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEAR ENDED 12/31/96       YEAR ENDED 12/31/95
                                                                              ------------------------------ --------------------
                                                                                        AVERAGE REVENUE PER  AVERAGE REVENUE PER
                                                   NUMBER   NUMBER                       DAILY   AVAILABLE    DAILY   AVAILABLE
                                   PERCENT  YEAR     OF       OF     SQUARE    AVERAGE   RATE       ROOM      RATE       ROOM
                      LOCATION    OWNERSHIP BUILT BUILDINGS ROOMS   FOOTAGE   OCCUPANCY  (ADR)  (REVPAR)(22)  (ADR)  (REVPAR)(22)
                    ------------- --------- ----- --------- ------ ---------- --------- ------- ------------ ------- ------------
 <S>                <C>           <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>       <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>
 HOTEL PROPER-
  TIES:
 Long Wharf
 Marriott(R).....   Boston, MA       100.0% 1982       1      402     420,000   86.0%
 Cambridge Center
 Marriott(R).....   Cambridge, MA    100.0  1986       1      431     330,400   82.1
                                                     ---    -----  ----------   ----
 TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR HOTEL PROPERTIES....       2      833     750,400   84.0%   $174.97   $147.44    $163.50   $138.67
                                                     ===    =====  ==========   ====
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER   NUMBER
                                   PERCENT  YEAR     OF       OF     SQUARE
                      LOCATION    OWNERSHIP BUILT BUILDINGS SPACES  FOOTAGE
                    ------------- --------- ----- --------- ------ ----------
 <S>                <C>           <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>    <C>        
 GARAGE PROPERTY:
 Cambridge Center
 North Garage....   Cambridge, MA    100.0% 1990       1    1,170     332,442
 STRUCTURED PARK-
 ING INCLUDED IN
 CLASS A OFFICE
 BUILDINGS.......                                           4,222   1,260,530
                                                            -----  ----------
 TOTAL FOR GARAGE
 PROPERTY AND
 STRUCTURED PARK-
 ING.............                                           5,392   1,592,972
                                                            =====  ----------
 TOTAL FOR ALL
 PROPERTIES......                                     75           11,032,847
                                                     ===           ==========
</TABLE>    
- -------
 +   This Property accounted for more than 10% of the Predecessor's revenue for
     the year ended December 31, 1996. For additional information about this
     Property, see the description of the Property under "Business and
     Properties--The Office Properties."
 *   Upon completion of the Offering, the Company expects to have outstanding
     approximately $695.3 million of indebtedness secured by these Properties.
     See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
     Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 (1) These dates do not include years in which tenant improvements were made to
     the Properties, except with respect to 25-33 Dartmouth Street and 40-46
     Harvard Street, whose interiors were completely rebuilt to satisfy tenant
     needs in 1996.
   
 (2) Base Rent represents the annualized fixed monthly base rental amount in
     effect under each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, excluding
     monthly tenant pass-throughs of operating and other expenses, and reduced
     by any rent concessions in effect as of December 31, 1996.     
 (3) Annual Net Effective Rent Per Leased Square Foot represents the Base Rent
     for the month of December 1996, plus tenant pass-throughs of operating and
     other expenses (but excluding electricity costs paid by tenants), under
     each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, presented on a straight-line
     basis in accordance with GAAP, minus amortization of tenant improvement
     costs and leasing commissions, if any, paid or payable by the Company
     during such period, annualized.
 (4) The Company's New York offices are located in this building, where it
     occupies 12,896 square feet. Upon completion of the Offering, the Company
     expects to have outstanding approximately $225 million of indebtedness
     secured by this Property.
 (5) The Property is leased on the basis of net usable square feet (which have
     been converted to net rentable square feet for purposes of this table) due
     to the requirements of the General Services Administration.
 (6) Upon completion of the Offering, the Company expects to have outstanding
     approximately $122.2 million of indebtedness secured by this Property.
 (7) The Company's Washington, D.C. offices are located in this building, also
     known as 500 E Street, where it occupies 15,612 square feet.
 (8) The Company has signed a purchase and sale agreement with respect to this
     Property and anticipates closing simultaneously with the completion of the
     Offering. There can be no assurance that the Company will acquire this
     Property. See "Business and Properties--The Office Properties."
 (9) The Company owns a 75.0% general partner interest in the limited
     partnership that owns this property. Because of the priority of the
     Company's partnership interest, the Company expects to receive any
     partnership distributions that are made with respect to this property.
(10) The Property, which is used exclusively as the Company's headquarters, was
     constructed in two phases, circa 1860 and circa 1920.
(11) The Class A Office Buildings contain 4,222 structured parking spaces.
(12) The General Services Administration, the tenant of this Property, has an
     option to purchase this Property on September 30, 1999 for $14.0 million
     and on September 30, 2014 for $22.0 million.
(13) The Company owns a 35.7% controlling general partnership interest in this
     Property.
(14) The original building (100,000 net rentable square feet ) was built in
     1972, with an expansion building (61,000 net rentable square feet)
     completed in 1984.
(15) The Company's Industrial Property in Hayward, California was 27.0% leased
     at December 31, 1996. The Company has entered into a lease with respect to
     the remaining space. Excluding this Property, the Industrial Properties
     had an occupancy rate of 94.0% at December 31, 1996.
(16) The Company is acting as development manager of these Properties and will
     be a 25.0% member of a limited liability company that will own the
     Properties. The Company's economic interest increases above 25.0% if
     certain performance criteria are achieved. The Properties are expected to
     be completed in 1999 and are 70.0% pre-leased to BDM International.
(17) The Property, which is currently under development by the Company, is
     expected to be completed in late 1997 and is 100% pre-leased to MediaOne
     of Delaware, Inc., formerly known as Continental Cablevision, Inc.
(18) The Property, which is currently under development by the Company, is
     expected to be completed in late 1997 and is 100% pre-leased to
     Autometric, Inc.
(19) The Property, which is currently under development by the Company, is
     expected to be completed in late 1997 and is 100% pre-leased to the
     General Services Administration (for the United States Customs Service).
(20) The Property, which was acquired by the Company on November 25, 1996, is
     currently being redeveloped by the Company.
(21) Does not include the Development Properties.
(22) REVPAR is determined by dividing room revenue by available rooms for the
     applicable period. Management believes that REVPAR (as defined more fully
     in the Glossary) is an industry standard measure used to present hotel
     operating data.
 
DEVELOPMENT PARCELS
 
  At the completion of the Offering, the Company will own, have under contract,
or have an option to develop or acquire six parcels consisting of an aggregate
of 47.4 acres of land. The Company believes that this land, some of which needs
zoning or other regulatory approvals prior to development, will be able to
support an aggregate of approximately 1.0 million square feet of development.
The following chart provides additional information with respect to undeveloped
parcels:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          NO. OF                    DEVELOPABLE
LOCATION           SUBMARKET              PARCELS     ACREAGE     SQUARE FEET (1)
- --------           ---------              -------     -------     ---------------
<S>                <C>                    <C>         <C>         <C>
Springfield, VA    Fairfax County, VA         3         9.4            130,000
Lexington, MA      Route 128 NW               1         6.8             50,000
Cambridge, MA      East Cambridge, MA         1         4.2            539,000
Andover, MA        Route 495 N                1        27.0            290,000
                                            ---        ----          ---------
 Total                                        6        47.4          1,009,000
                                            ===        ====          =========
</TABLE>
- -------
(1) Represents the total square feet of development that the parcel(s) will
    support.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
MARKET INFORMATION
 
  The Properties are primarily located in twelve submarkets in Greater Boston,
Greater Washington, D.C. and New York City.
 
  Greater Boston Greater Boston is the seventh largest metropolitan area in the
United States and has emerged as one of the top investment centers in the
country. The Company will own Properties in the following six submarkets of
Greater Boston: East Cambridge, Route 128 Northwest, Route 128/Massachusetts
Turnpike, Route 128 Southwest, Route 128 South and Boston.
 
  Greater Washington, D.C. Greater Washington, D.C., including the District of
Columbia and the adjacent areas of Northern Virginia and suburban Maryland, is
the fifth largest metropolitan area in the country and the heart of the
nation's federal government and policy-making activities. Within the Greater
Washington, D.C. market, the Company will own Properties in the following five
submarkets: Southwest Washington, D.C., West End Washington, D.C., Montgomery
County, Maryland, Fairfax County, Virginia, and Prince George's County,
Maryland.
 
  New York City New York City is a world renowned business capital and cultural
center, with service and retail industries driving its economy. New York
remains the nation's leader in financial services and attracts international
transactions and global businesses. The Company's largest Property is located
in the Park Avenue submarket of midtown Manhattan.
 
  For additional information regarding the Company's markets, see "Business and
Properties--The Office Properties" and "Business and Properties--The Industrial

 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
   
  The following chart shows the geographic location of the Company's Office
and Industrial Properties, including the Development Properties, by net
rentable square feet and 1996 Base Rent:     
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                         NET RENTABLE SQUARE FEET OF
                                      OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
                              ----------------------------------------------------
                     NUMBER    CLASS A                                     PERCENT
                       OF      OFFICE       R&D      INDUSTRIAL              OF
 MARKET/SUBMARKET  PROPERTIES BUILDINGS  PROPERTIES  PROPERTIES   TOTAL     TOTAL
 ----------------  ---------- ---------  ----------  ----------   -----    -------
<S>                <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
GREATER BOSTON
 East Cambridge..       5       555,149     67,362        --      622,511     7.2%
 Route 128 NW
 Bedford, MA.....       3        90,000    383,704        --      473,704     5.5
 Billerica, MA...       1           --      64,140        --       64,140     0.7
 Burlington, MA..       2       152,552        --         --      152,552     1.8
 Lexington, MA
 (2).............      10       790,957     30,000        --      820,957     9.4
 Route 128/MA
 Turnpike
 Waltham, MA.....       6       307,390        --         --      307,390     3.5
 Route 128 SW
 Westwood, MA....       2           --         --     247,318     247,318     2.8
 Route 128 South
 Quincy, MA......       1       168,829        --         --      168,829     1.9
 Boston..........       1        30,526        --         --       30,526     0.4
                      ---     ---------  ---------    -------   ---------  ------
Subtotal.........      31     2,095,403    545,206    247,318   2,887,927    33.2
GREATER
WASHINGTON, D.C.
 SW Washington,
 D.C.(3).........       4     1,557,647        --         --    1,557,647    17.9
 West End
 Washington,
 D.C. ...........       1       276,906        --         --      276,906     3.2
 Montgomery
 County, MD
 Bethesda, MD....       3       680,000        --         --      680,000     7.8
 Gaithersburg, MD
 (4).............       1       122,157        --         --      122,157     1.4
 Fairfax County,
 VA
 Herndon, VA
 (5).............       2           --     112,118        --      112,118     1.3
 Reston, VA (6)..       2       440,000        --         --      440,000     5.1
 Springfield, VA
 (3)(7)..........      11           --     789,428        --      789,428     9.1
 Prince George's
 County, MD
 Landover, MD....       3           --         --     236,743     236,743     2.7
                      ---     ---------  ---------    -------   ---------  ------
Subtotal.........      27     3,076,710    901,546    236,743   4,214,999    48.5
MIDTOWN MANHATTAN
 Park Avenue.....       1     1,000,070        --         --    1,000,070    11.5
GREATER SAN
FRANCISCO
 Hayward, CA.....       1           --         --     221,000     221,000     2.5
 San Francisco,
 CA (8)..........      11           --     144,479     60,000     204,479     2.4
                      ---     ---------  ---------    -------   ---------  ------
Subtotal.........      12           --     144,479    281,000     425,479     4.9
BUCKS COUNTY,
PA...............       1           --         --     161,000     161,000     1.9
                      ---     ---------  ---------    -------   ---------  ------
TOTAL............      72     6,172,183  1,591,231    926,061   8,689,475  100.00%
                      ===     =========  =========    =======   =========  ======
PERCENT OF TOTAL.............      71.0%      18.3%      10.7%      100.0%
NUMBER OF OFFICE AND
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES........        36         27          9          72
<CAPTION>
                                            1996 BASE RENT OF OFFICE AND
                                             INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES (1)
                              ----------------------------------------------------
                     CLASS A                                            PERCENT
                      OFFICE         R&D      INDUSTRIAL                  OF
 MARKET/SUBMARKET   BUILDINGS    PROPERTIES   PROPERTIES     TOTAL       TOTAL
 ----------------  ------------- ----------   ----------     -----      -------
<S>                <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
GREATER BOSTON
 East Cambridge..  $ 12,027,684  $ 1,276,512  $      --   $ 13,304,196     8.0%
 Route 128 NW
 Bedford, MA.....     1,267,992    2,444,280         --      3,712,272     2.2
 Billerica, MA...           --       200,436         --        200,436     0.1
 Burlington, MA..     3,098,496          --          --      3,098,496     1.9
 Lexington, MA
 (2).............    10,659,444      198,000         --     10,857,444     6.5
 Route 128/MA
 Turnpike
 Waltham, MA.....     6,450,744          --          --      6,450,744     3.9
 Route 128 SW
 Westwood, MA....           --           --      933,552       933,552     0.6
 Route 128 South
 Quincy, MA......     2,961,323          --          --      2,961,323     1.8
 Boston..........       863,676          --          --        863,676     0.5
                   ------------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------
Subtotal.........    37,329,359    4,119,228     933,552    42,382,139    25.5
GREATER
WASHINGTON, D.C.
 SW Washington,
 D.C.(3).........    50,318,729          --          --     50,318,729    30.1
 West End
 Washington,
 D.C. ...........    10,252,152          --          --     10,252,152     6.1
 Montgomery
 County, MD
 Bethesda, MD....    13,692,883          --          --     13,692,883     8.2
 Gaithersburg, MD
 (4).............     2,078,664          --          --      2,078,664     1.2
 Fairfax County,
 VA
 Herndon, VA
 (5).............           --           --          --            --      --
 Reston, VA (6)..           --           --          --            --      --
 Springfield, VA
 (3)(7)..........           --     6,000,876         --      6,000,876     3.6
 Prince George's
 County, MD
 Landover, MD....           --           --    1,486,500     1,486,500     0.9
                   ------------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------
Subtotal.........    76,342,428    6,000,876   1,486,500    83,829,804    50.1
MIDTOWN MANHATTAN
 Park Avenue.....    38,665,140          --          --     38,665,140    23.1
GREATER SAN
FRANCISCO
 Hayward, CA.....           --           --      234,000       234,000     0.1
 San Francisco,
 CA (8)..........           --     1,022,466     314,400     1,336,866     0.7
                   ------------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------
Subtotal.........           --     1,022,466     548,400     1,570,866     0.8
BUCKS COUNTY,
PA...............           --           --      764,748       764,748     0.5
                   ------------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------
TOTAL............  $152,336,927  $11,142,570  $3,733,200  $167,212,697   100.0%
                   ============= ============ =========== ============= =======
PERCENT OF TOTAL.............         91.1%         6.7%        2.2%        100.0%
NUMBER OF OFFICE AND
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES........           36           27           9            72
</TABLE>    
- ----
   
(1) Base Rent represents the annualized fixed monthly base rental amount in
    effect under each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, excluding
    monthly tenant pass-throughs of operating and other expenses, and reduced
    by any rent concessions in effect as of December 31, 1996.     
   
(2) Does not include 1996 Base Rent for one Class A Office Building currently
    under development by the Company.     
(3) Certain of such Properties are leased on the basis of net usable square
    feet (which have been converted to net rentable square feet for purposes
    of this table) due to the requirements of the General Services
    Administration.
(4) The Company will own a 75.0% general partner interest in the limited
    partnership that will own this property. Because of the priority of the
    Company's partnership interest, the Company expects to receive any
    partnership distributions that are made with respect to this property.
(5) Includes net rentable square feet for two R&D Properties currently under
    redevelopment by the Company.
(6) Includes net rentable square feet for two Class A Office Buildings
    currently under development by the Company. The Company is acting as
    development manager of, and is a 25.0% member of, a limited liability
    company that will own the Properties. The Company's economic interest may
    increase above 25.0% depending upon the achievement of certain performance
    goals.
   
(7) Does not include 1996 Base Rent for two Office Properties currently under
    development by the Company.     
(8) The Company will own a 35.7% controlling general partnership interest in
    the nine R&D Properties and two Industrial Properties located in Greater
    San Francisco, California.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                            UNSECURED LINE OF CREDIT
 
  Upon completion of the Offering, the Company expects to have a three-year
$300 million Unsecured Line of Credit with the Line of Credit Bank to
facilitate its development and acquisition activities and for working capital
purposes. At the closing of the Offering, the Company expects to borrow
approximately $57.7 million under the Unsecured Line of Credit to repay to
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde indebtedness incurred in connection with the
Development Properties and certain parcels of land and to acquire the Newport
Office Park property.
 
                     STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
 
FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
  Each Property that will be owned by the Company at the completion of the
Offering is currently owned by a partnership (a "Property Partnership") of
which Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and others affiliated with Boston Properties,
Inc. control the managing general partner and, in most cases, a majority
economic interest. The other direct or indirect investors in the Property
Partnerships include persons formerly affiliated with Boston Properties, Inc.,
as well as private investors (including former owners of the land on which the
Properties were developed) who are not affiliated with Boston Properties, Inc.
 
  Prior to or simultaneously with the completion of the Offering, the Company
will engage in the transactions described below (the "Formation Transactions"),
which are designed to consolidate the ownership of the Properties and the
commercial real estate business of the Company in the Operating Partnership, to
facilitate the Offering and to enable the Company to qualify as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December
31, 1997.
     
  . Boston Properties, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation that was founded in
    1970, will be reorganized to change its jurisdiction of organization by
    merging into a Delaware corporation that was formed on March 24, 1997.
        
  . The Operating Partnership was organized as a Delaware limited partnership
    on April 8, 1997.
 
  . The Company will sell 31,400,000 shares of Common Stock in the Offering
    and will contribute approximately $730.9 million, the net proceeds of the
    Offering, to the Operating Partnership in exchange for an equivalent
    number of OP Units.
 
  . Pursuant to one or more option, contribution or merger agreements, (i)
    certain Property Partnerships will contribute Properties to the Operating
    Partnership, or will merge into and with the Operating Partnership, in
    exchange for OP Units and the assumption of debt, and the partners of such
    Property Partnerships will receive such OP Units either directly as merger
    consideration or as a distribution from the Property Partnership, and (ii)
    certain persons, both affiliated and not affiliated with the Company, will
    contribute their direct and indirect interests in certain Property
    Partnerships to the Operating Partnership in exchange for OP Units.
 
  . Prior to the completion of the Offering, the Company will contribute
    substantially all of its Greater Washington, D.C. third-party property
    management business to Boston Properties Management, Inc. (the
    "Development and Management Company"), a subsidiary of the Operating
    Partnership. In order to retain qualification as a REIT, the Operating
    Partnership will own a 1.0% voting interest but will hold a 95.0% economic
    interest in the Development and Management Company. The remaining voting
    and economic interest will be held by officers and directors of the
    Development and Management Company. In addition, the other management and
    development operations of the Company will be contributed to the Operating
    Partnership.
 
  . In connection with the transactions described in the preceding two
    paragraphs, the Operating Partnership will issue a total of 18,650,000 OP
    Units.
 
  . The contribution to the Operating Partnership of the Properties or of the
    direct and indirect interests in the Property Partnerships is subject to
    all of the terms and conditions of the related option, merger and
    contribution agreements. With respect to direct or indirect contributions
    of interests to the Property Partnerships, the Operating Partnership will
    assume all the rights, obligations and responsibilities of the holders of
    such interests. The transfer of such interests is subject to the
    completion of the Offering. Any working capital or other cash balance of
    the Property Partnership as of immediately prior to the Offering will be
    distributed to the holders of such interests prior to the contribution to
    the Operating Partnership. The contribution agreements with respect to
    such interests generally contain representations only with respect to the
    ownership of such interests by the holders thereof and certain other
    limited matters.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
 
  . The Operating Partnership will enter into a participating lease with ZL
    Hotel LLC. Marriott International, Inc. will continue to manage the Hotel
    Properties under the Marriott(R) name pursuant to management agreements
    with ZL Hotel LLC. Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will be the sole member-
    managers of the lessee and will own a 9.8% economic interest in ZL Hotel
    LLC. ZL Hotel Corp. will own the remaining economic interests in ZL Hotel
    LLC. One or more unaffiliated public charities will own all of the capital
    stock of ZL Hotel Corp.
 
  . The Company, through the Operating Partnership, expects to enter into the
    $300 million Unsecured Credit Facility prior to or concurrently with the
    completion of the foregoing Formation Transactions.
 
  . Approximately $707.1 million of the net proceeds of the Offering, together
    with $57.7 million drawn under the Unsecured Line of Credit, will be used
    by the Operating Partnership to acquire the Newport Office Park property,
    repay certain mortgage debt secured by the Properties and to refinance
    existing indebtedness with respect to the Development Properties and
    certain parcels of land, the interest on which will continue to be
    capitalized during the development period.
 
  As a result of the Formation Transactions, (i) the Company will own
33,983,541 OP Units, which will represent an approximately 67.9% economic
interest in the Operating Partnership, and Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and
other persons with a direct or indirect interest in the Property Partnerships
will own 16,066,459 OP Units, which will represent the remaining approximately
32.1% economic interest in the Operating Partnership and (ii) the Company will
indirectly own a fee interest in all of the Properties. At the completion of
the Formation Transactions, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will own an aggregate
of 15,972,611 shares of Common Stock and OP Units.
 
  In forming the Company, the Company will succeed to the ownership of each of
the Properties or the interests therein based upon a value for such property
determined by the Company. The valuation of the Company as a whole has been
determined based primarily upon a multiple of estimated funds from operations
and adjusted funds from operations attributable to all assets of the Company,
including the Company's interests in the Development and Management Company.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF THE OFFERING AND THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
     
  . Upon completion of the Formation Transactions, the Company will indirectly
    own a fee interest in all of the Properties. The Operating Partnership
    will hold substantially all of the assets of the Company.     
     
  . Based on the assumed initial public offering price of the Common Stock,
    (i) the purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering will own 92.4% of the
    outstanding Common Stock (or 62.7% assuming exchange of all OP Units for
    shares of Common Stock), (ii) the Company will be the sole general partner
    of the Operating Partnership and will own 67.9% of the interests in the
    Operating Partnership and (iii) Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will
    beneficially own, directly or indirectly through affiliates (not including
    the Company), a total of 15,972,611 shares of Common Stock and OP Units
    (representing a 31.9% economic interest in the Company).     
     
  . Pursuant to the partnership agreement governing the Operating Partnership
    (the "Operating Partnership Agreement"), persons receiving OP Units in the
    Formation Transactions will have certain rights, beginning fourteen months
    after the completion of the Offering, to cause the Operating Partnership
    to redeem their OP Units for cash, or, at the election of the Company, to
    exchange their OP Units for shares of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.
    See "Underwriting" for certain transfer restrictions with respect to the
    OP Units and to shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for such OP
    Units that are applicable to Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and other senior
    officers of the Company.     
     
  . The aggregate estimated value to be given by the Operating Partnership for
    the Properties or for interests in the Property Partnerships, and for the
    development and management business of the Company, is approximately $1.91
    billion, consisting of OP Units having a value of $466.3 million and the
    assumption of $1.45 billion of indebtedness. The aggregate book value of
    the interests and assets to be transferred to the Operating Partnership is
    approximately negative $575.7 million.     
 
  No independent third-party appraisals, valuations or fairness opinions have
been obtained by the Company in connection with the Formation Transactions.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the value of the OP Units received
in the Formation Transactions by persons with interests in the Property
Partnerships is equivalent to the fair market value of the interests and assets
acquired by the Operating Partnership. See "Risk Factors--No Assurance as to
Value of Property."
 
  The following diagram depicts the ownership structure of the Company and the
Operating Partnership upon completion of the Offering and the Formation
Transactions:
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                           Boston Properties, Inc.,
                     Including its Principal Subsidiaries
<TABLE> 
<S>                  <C>                                                                <C> 
                     ------------------                                                 ----------------------
                           Public                                                             M. Zuckerman,
                        Shareholders                                                          E. Linde and
                          (92.4%)                                                          affiliated parties
                                                                                                 (7.6%)
                     ------------------                                                 ----------------------
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Boston Properties, Inc.
                                                            ("Company")
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               
- ------------------     ----------     ----------------                                 ---------------     --------------
  M. Zuckerman            Other            Other              General                   M. Zuckerman          Public
  E. Linde and         Management     Limited Partners        Partner                       and              Charities
affiliated parties                                            Interest                    E. Linde
- ------------------     ----------     ----------------        (1.0%)/                  ---------------     --------------
    Limited             Limited           Limited             Partner
    Partner             Partner           Partner             Interest                   Managing            Membership
   Interests           Interests         Interests            (66.9%)                   Membership            Interest
    (26.7%)             (2.4%)            (3.0%)                                         Interest             (90.2%)
                                                                                          (9.8%)
                                                                Rental
        -----------------------------                          Payments                    ------------------------------
              Boston Properties                                 on the                              ZL Hotel LLC
             Limited Partnership             [ARROW POINTING TO THE LEFT APPEARS HERE]      (Lessee of Hotel Properties)
          ("Operating Partnership")                             Hotel                      ------------------------------
        -----------------------------                         Properties
                       -----------------
                        Officers of the                                                              Management
                          Development                                                                 Contract
                             and
        Voting            Management                    
       Interest            Company                                                      ---------------------------------------
        (1%)/          -----------------                                                    Marriott(R) International, Inc.
       Economic                                                                                          as
       Interest             Voting                                                                     Hotel
        (95%)              Interest                                                                   Operator
                            (99%)/                                                      ---------------------------------------
                           Economic 
                           Interest 
                             (5%)   

        --------------------------
             Boston Properties
                Management,
                  Inc.
            ("Development and
           Management Company")
        --------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
 
BENEFITS TO RELATED PARTIES
 
  Certain affiliates of the Company will realize certain material benefits in
connection with the Formation Transactions, including the following:
     
  . In respect of their respective ownership interests in the Property
    Partnerships and the development and management business of the Company,
    Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will become beneficial owners of a total of
    15,972,611 shares of Common Stock and OP Units, with a total value of
    approximately $399.3 million based on the assumed initial public offering
    price of the Common Stock. Other persons who will be officers of the
    Company at the completion of the Offering will receive 1,186,298 OP Units,
    with a total value of approximately $29.7 million based on the assumed
    initial public offering price, for their interests in the Property
    Partnerships. In addition, guarantees by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde with
    respect to principal repayment of approximately $92 million of
    indebtedness will be released because such indebtedness will be repaid at
    the completion of the Offering. The book value of the interests and assets
    to be transferred to the Company by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and other
    officers of the Company is approximately negative $490 million.     
     
  . Approximately $749.9 million of indebtedness, of which $707.1 million is
    secured by the Properties, and $42.8 million is due to Messrs. Zuckerman
    and Linde for amounts loaned in connection with the Development Properties
    and certain parcels of land, and the related additional and accrued
    interest thereon, to be assumed by the Operating Partnership will be
    repaid in the Formation Transactions. A portion of this debt was
    previously guaranteed by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde. Messrs. Zuckerman
    and Linde will continue to guarantee certain indebtedness of the Company.
    See "Operating Partnership Agreement--Tax Protection Provisions." In
    addition, the Operating Partnership will agree to indemnify Messrs.
    Zuckerman and Linde for any damages that may arise due to the failure of
    the Operating Partnership to repay when due any indebtedness guaranteed by
    them.     
 
  . Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and others receiving OP Units in connection
    with the Formation Transactions will have registration rights with respect
    to shares of Common Stock that may be issued in exchange for OP Units.
 
  . In connection with certain development projects or rights, Messrs.
    Zuckerman and Linde have direct or indirect personal liability in certain
    instances, for the performance of contractual obligations by or for the
    benefit of the Operating Partnership. In connection with the Formation
    Transactions, they will be relieved of such personal liability or, to the
    extent they are not so relieved, the Operating Partnership will agree to
    cause such contractual obligations to be performed and to indemnify
    Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and their affiliates for all damages and
    expenses that may arise from any failure to do so.
 
                            RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
 
  Under the Operating Partnership Agreement, persons receiving OP Units in the
Formation Transactions are prohibited from transferring such OP Units, except
under certain limited circumstances, for a period of one year. In addition,
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and the other executive and senior officers of the
Company have agreed not to sell any shares of Common Stock owned by them at the
completion of the Offering or acquired by them upon exchange of OP Units for a
period of two years (one year in the case of senior officers who are not
executive officers) after the completion of the Offering without the consent of
both Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs &
Co.
 
                             CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
  Following the formation of the Operating Partnership and the completion of
the Offering, there will be conflicts of interest, with respect to certain
transactions, between the holders of OP Units (including Messrs. Zuckerman,
Linde and other executive officers) and the stockholders of the Company. In
particular, the consummation of certain business combinations, the sale of any
properties or a reduction of indebtedness could have adverse tax consequences
to holders of OP Units which would make such transactions less desirable to
such holders. The Company has adopted certain policies that are designed to
eliminate or minimize certain potential conflicts of interest. See "Operating
Partnership Agreement--Tax Protection Provisions" and "Policies with Respect to
Certain Activities--Conflict of Interest Policies."
 
                   RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
 
  Due to limitations on the concentration of ownership of stock of a REIT
imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and to
otherwise address concerns relating to concentration of capital stock
ownership, the certificate of incorporation of the Company (the "Certificate")
prohibits any stockholder from actually or beneficially owning more than 6.6%
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Ownership Limit"), except that
each of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and certain family members, affiliates, and
"look through entities," may actually and beneficially own up to 15.0% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Company has adopted a Shareholder
Rights Agreement. See "Risk Factors-- Control of the Company" and "Description
of Capital Stock--Restrictions on Transfers."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
  All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by the
Company. None of the Company's stockholders are selling any Common Stock in the
Offering.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
Common Stock Offered...........................  31,400,000
   U.S. Offering...............................  25,120,000
   International Offering......................   6,280,000
Common Stock Outstanding After the
 Offering(l)...................................  33,983,541
Common Stock and OP Units Outstanding After the
 Offering(2)...................................  50,050,000
Use of Proceeds................................  To reduce indebtedness and for
                                                 general corporate and working
                                                 capital purposes
Proposed NYSE Symbol...........................  "BXP"
</TABLE>
- -------
(1) Excludes 4,754,750 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to
    the Stock Option Plan, of which not more than 2,300,000 shares will be
    subject to outstanding options upon completion of the Offering.
(2) Includes 16,066,459 shares of Common Stock that may be issued in exchange
    for OP Units (which are redeemable by the holders for cash or, at the
    election of the Company, shares of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis
    beginning fourteen months after completion of the Offering). Excludes
    4,754,750 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the
    Stock Option Plan.
 
                                 DISTRIBUTIONS
 
  The Company intends to make regular quarterly distributions to its
stockholders. The Company intends to pay a pro rata distribution with respect
to the period commencing on the completion of the Offering and ending on
September 30, 1997, based upon $0.405 per share for a full quarter. On an
annualized basis, this would be $1.62 per share (of which the Company currently
estimates approximately 25% may represent a return of capital for tax
purposes), or an annual distribution rate of approximately 6.5% based on the
initial public offering price per share of $25.00. The Company estimates that
this initial distribution will represent approximately 94.9% of estimated Cash
Available for Distribution for the 12 months ending March 31, 1998. The Company
established this distribution rate based upon an estimate of Cash Available for
Distribution after the Offering. See "Distributions" for information as to how
this estimate was derived. The Company intends to maintain its initial
distribution rate for the twelve-month period following completion of the
Offering unless actual results of operations, economic conditions or other
factors differ materially from the assumptions used in its estimate.
Distributions by the Company will be determined by the Board of Directors and
will be dependent upon a number of factors. The Company believes that its
estimate of Cash Available for Distribution constitutes a reasonable basis for
setting the initial distribution; however, no assurance can be given that the
estimate will prove accurate, and actual distributions may therefore be
significantly different from the expected distributions. In addition, in order
to maintain its qualification as a REIT under the Code, the Company is required
to currently distribute 95% of its taxable income. See "Distributions." The
Company does not intend to reduce the expected distribution per share if the
Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised.
 
                           TAX STATUS OF THE COMPANY
 
  The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through
860 of the Code, commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 1997. The
Company believes, and has obtained an opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp,
tax counsel to the Company ("Tax Counsel"), to the effect that, commencing with
its taxable year ending December 31, 1997, the Company will be organized in
conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code,
and that the Company's proposed manner of operation, including the lease of the
Hotel Properties and Garage Properties, will enable it to meet the requirements
for taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. To maintain REIT
status, the Company must meet a number of organizational and operational
requirements, including a requirement that it currently distribute at least 95%
of its taxable income to its stockholders. As a REIT, the Company generally
will not be subject to federal income tax on net income it distributes
currently to its stockholders. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any
taxable year, it will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate
rates. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Failure to Qualify" and "Risk
Factors--Failure to Qualify as a REIT." Even if the Company qualifies for
taxation as a REIT, the Company may be subject to certain federal, state and
local taxes on its income and property.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
                     SUMMARY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
  The following table sets forth unaudited pro forma financial and other
information for the Company and combined historical financial information for
the Boston Properties Predecessor Group. The following summary selected
financial information should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
  The combined historical balance sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and
the combined statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 1996,
1995 and 1994 of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group have been derived from
the historical combined financial statements audited by Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P., independent accountants, whose report with respect thereto is included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
  The selected financial data at March 31, 1997 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 and March 31, 1996 are derived from unaudited financial
statements. The unaudited financial information includes all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) that management considers
necessary for fair presentation of the combined financial position and results
of operations for these periods. Combined operating results for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected for the entire year ended December 31, 1997.
   
  Unaudited pro forma adjustments and operating information for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996 is presented
as if the completion of the Offering and the Formation Transactions occurred at
January 1, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and the effect thereof was carried
forward through the three month period ended March 31, 1997 and the year ended
December 31, 1996, respectively (e.g., certain debt was repaid and no related
interest expense thereafter incurred). By necessity, such pro forma operating
information incorporates certain assumptions which are described in the notes
to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data is
presented as if the aforementioned transactions had occurred on March 31, 1997.
    
  The pro forma information does not purport to represent what the Company's
financial position or results of operations would actually have been if these
transactions had, in fact, occurred on such date or at the beginning of the
period indicated, or to project the Company's financial position or results of
operations at any future date or for any future period.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
 
      THE COMPANY (PRO FORMA) AND THE BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
                                  (HISTORICAL)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                               THREE MONTHS
                              ENDED MARCH 31,                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                       -------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       HISTORICAL                                      HISTORICAL
                       PRO FORMA   -------------------  PRO FORMA  -------------------------------------------------------
                          1997        1997      1996      1996        1996        1995       1994       1993       1992
                       ----------  ----------  -------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
  Rental revenue
   (1)...............  $   52,345  $   48,402  $52,906  $218,415   $  195,006  $  179,265  $ 176,725  $ 182,776  $ 177,370
  Hotel revenue (1)..         --       12,796   11,483       --        65,678      61,320     58,436     54,788     52,682
  Fee and other in-
   come (2)..........       1,851       2,257    2,310     7,615        9,249       8,140      8,922      7,997     11,160
                       ----------  ----------  -------  --------   ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues...      54,196      63,455   66,699   226,030      269,933     248,725    244,083    245,561    241,212
Expenses:
  Property expenses
   (2)...............      14,774      14,005   14,306    61,462       58,195      55,421     53,239     54,766     49,621
  Hotel expenses
   (1)...............         --       10,001    8,835       --        46,734      44,018     42,753     40,286     38,957
  General and admin-
   istrative.........       2,876       2,667    2,633    11,588       10,754      10,372     10,123      9,549      9,331
  Interest...........      13,488      27,309   26,861    54,418      107,121     106,952     95,331     88,510     90,443
  Real estate
   depreciation and
   amortization......       8,885       8,712    8,581    36,334       35,643      33,240     32,509     32,300     34,221
  Other depreciation
   and amortization..         441         539      638     2,098        2,829       2,429      2,545      2,673      2,255
                       ----------  ----------  -------  --------   ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total expenses...      40,464      63,233   61,854   165,900      261,276     252,432    236,500    228,084    224,828
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item
 and minority
 interest in combined
 partnership.........      13,732         222    4,845    60,130        8,657      (3,707)     7,583     17,477     16,384
Minority interest in
 combined
 partnership.........        (126)       (126)     (57)     (384)        (384)       (276)      (412)      (391)      (374)
                       ----------  ----------  -------  --------   ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item..      13,606          96    4,788    59,746        8,273      (3,983)     7,171     17,086     16,010
Extraordinary item--
 loss on early
 extinguishment of
 debt................         --          --       --        --          (994)        --         --         --         --
Minority interest in
 Operating
 Partnership (3).....      (4,368)        --       --    (19,178)         --          --         --         --         --
                       ----------  ----------  -------  --------   ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)....  $    9,238  $       96  $ 4,788  $ 40,568   $    7,279  $   (3,983) $   7,171  $  17,086  $  16,010
                       ==========  ==========  =======  ========   ==========  ==========  =========  =========  =========
Net income per share
 ....................  $      .27         --       --   $   1.19          --          --         --         --         --
Weighted average
 number of shares
 outstanding.........      33,984         --       --     33,984          --          --         --         --         --
Weighted average
 number of shares and
 OP Units
 outstanding.........      50,050         --       --     50,050          --          --         --         --         --
BALANCE SHEET DATA,
 AT PERIOD END:
Real estate, before
 accumulated
 depreciation........  $1,080,193  $1,048,210      --        --    $1,035,571  $1,012,324  $ 984,853  $ 983,751  $ 982,348
Real estate, after
 accumulated
 depreciation........     808,116     776,133      --        --       771,660     773,810    770,763    789,234    811,815
Cash and cash equiva-
 lents...............       7,087       2,980      --        --         8,998      25,867     46,289     50,697     28,841
Total assets.........     920,479     900,063      --        --       896,511     922,786    940,155    961,715    971,648
Total indebtedness...     739,226   1,446,645      --        --     1,442,476   1,401,408  1,413,331  1,426,882  1,417,940
Stockholders' or
 owners' equity
 (deficiency)........     103,303    (575,694)     --        --      (576,632)   (506,653)  (502,230)  (495,104)  (480,398)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (4)...........  $   36,340  $   36,576  $40,787  $152,296   $  153,566  $  138,321  $ 137,269  $ 140,261  $ 142,627
Company's EBITDA
 (67.9% share).......      24,675         --       --    103,409          --          --         --         --         --
Funds from Operations
 (5).................      22,469       8,786    5,843    88,482       36,318      29,151     39,568     49,240     50,097
Company's Funds from
 Operations
 (67.9% share).......      15,256         --       --     60,079          --          --         --         --         --
Ratio or deficiency
 of earnings to fixed
 charges (6).........        1.61         .99     1.17      1.71         1.06        0.95       1.07       1.19       1.17
Cash flow provided by
 operating activities
 (7).................  $   22,910  $    1,823  $13,751  $ 98,083   $   53,804  $   30,933  $  47,566  $  59,834  $  50,468
Cash flow used in in-
 vesting activities
 (8).................      (2,799)    (12,611)  (3,412)  (11,195)     (23,689)    (36,844)   (18,424)    (9,437)   (48,257)
Cash flow provided by
 (used in) financing
 activities (9)......     (21,255)      4,770   (6,590)  (85,021)     (46,984)    (14,511)   (33,550)   (28,540)     1,365
</TABLE>    
- -------
(1) Pro forma rental revenue for the three month period ended March 31, 1997
    and the year ended December 31, 1996 includes the lease revenue that the
    Company will receive under the lease for the two Hotel Properties. After
    entering into such lease, the Company will not recognize direct hotel
    revenues and expenses.
(2) The development and management operations of the Company are reflected on a
    gross basis in the historical combined financial statements. In connection
    with the Formation Transactions, substantially all of the Greater
    Washington, D.C. third-party property management business will be
    contributed by the Company to the Development and Management Company and
    thereafter the operations of the Development and Management Company will be
    accounted for by the Company under the equity method in the pro forma
    statements; therefore, the pro forma statements include (i) revenues and
    expenses on a gross basis, from development and management conducted
    directly by the Operating Partnership in the respective income and expense
    line items and (ii) the Development and Management Company's net operations
    in the fee and other income line item. See "Business and Properties--
    Development Consulting and Third-Party Property Management."
(3) Represents the approximate 32.1% interest in the Operating Partnership that
    will be owned by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and other continuing investors
    in the Properties.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
(4) EBITDA means operating income before mortgage and other interest, income
    taxes, depreciation and amortization. The Company believes EBITDA is useful
    to investors as an indicator of the Company's ability to service debt or
    pay cash distributions. EBITDA, as calculated by the Company, is not
    comparable to EBITDA reported by other REITs that do not define EBITDA
    exactly as the Company defines that term. EBITDA should not be considered
    as an alternative to operating income or net income (determined in
    accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of operating performance or as an
    alternative to cash flows from operating activities (determined in
    accordance with a GAAP) as an indicator of liquidity and other combined or
    consolidated income or cash flow statement data (determined in accordance
    with GAAP). EBITDA for the respective periods is calculated as follows:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                               THREE MONTHS
                              ENDED MARCH 31,                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                         --------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
                                     HISTORICAL                                  HISTORICAL
                         PRO FORMA ----------------  PRO FORMA  ------------------------------------------------
                           1997     1997     1996      1996       1996      1995      1994      1993      1992
                         --------- -------  -------  ---------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
EBITDA
Income (loss) before
 minority interests and
 extraordinary item.....   13,732  $   222  $ 4,845    60,130   $  8,657  $ (3,707) $  7,583  $ 17,477  $ 16,384
Add:
  Interest expense......   13,488   27,309   26,861    54,418    107,121   106,952    95,331    88,510    90,443
  Real estate deprecia-
   tion and amortiza-
   tion.................    8,885    8,712    8,581    36,334     35,643    33,240    32,509    32,300    34,221
  Other depreciation and
   amortization.........      441      539      638     2,098      2,829     2,429     2,545     2,673     2,255
Less:
  Minority combined
   partnership's share
   of EBITDA............     (206)    (206)    (138)     (684)      (684)     (593)     (699)     (699)     (676)
                          -------  -------  -------  --------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
EBITDA..................  $36,340  $36,576  $40,787  $152,296   $153,566  $138,321  $137,269  $140,261  $142,627
                          =======  =======  =======  ========   ========  ========  ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>    
 
(5) The White Paper defines Funds from Operations as net income (loss)
    (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from debt
    restructuring and sales of property, plus real estate related depreciation
    and amortization and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and
    joint ventures. Management believes Funds from Operations is helpful to
    investors as a measure of the performance of an equity REIT because, along
    with cash flows from operating activities, financing activities and
    investing activities, it provides investors with an understanding of the
    ability of the Company to incur and service debt and make capital
    expenditures. The Company computes Funds from Operations in accordance with
    standards established by the White Paper, which may differ from the
    methodology for calculating Funds from Operations utilized by other equity
    REITs, and, accordingly, may not be comparable to such other REITs.
    Further, Funds from Operations does not represent amounts available for
    management's discretionary use because of needed capital replacement or
    expansion, debt service obligations, or other commitments and
    uncertainties. The Company believes that in order to facilitate a clear
    understanding of the combined historical operating results of the
    Properties and the Company, Funds from Operations should be examined in
    conjunction with the income (loss) as presented in the audited combined
    financial statements and information included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    Funds from Operations should not be considered as an alternative to net
    income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indication of the
    Company's financial performance or to cash flows from operating activities
    (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of the Company's
    liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund the Company's
    cash needs, including its ability to make distributions.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                              THREE MONTHS
                             ENDED MARCH 31,                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                         ------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
                                    HISTORICAL                             HISTORICAL
                         PRO FORMA --------------  PRO FORMA -------------------------------------------
                           1997     1997    1996     1996     1996     1995     1994     1993     1992
                         --------- ------  ------  --------- -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                      <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS
Income (loss) before
 minority interests and
 extraordinary item....   $13,732  $  222  $4,845   $60,130  $ 8,657  $(3,707) $ 7,583  $17,477  $16,384
Add:
  Real estate
   depreciation and
   amortization........     8,885   8,712   8,581    36,334   35,643   33,240   32,509   32,300   34,221
Less:
  Minority combined
   partnership's share
   of Funds from
   Operations..........      (148)   (148)    (80)     (479)    (479)    (382)    (524)    (537)    (508)
  Non-recurring item--
   significant lease
   termination fee(A)..       --      --   (7,503)   (7,503)  (7,503)     --       --       --       --
                          -------  ------  ------   -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Funds from Operations..   $22,469  $8,786  $5,843   $88,482  $36,318  $29,151  $39,568  $49,240  $50,097
                          =======  ======  ======   =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>    
- -------
 (A) Funds from Operations reflects the lease termination fee as non-recurring.
 
(6) For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
    earnings include net income before extraordinary item plus interest
    expense, amortization of interest previously capitalized, and amortization
    of financing costs. Fixed charges include all interest costs consisting of
    interest expense, interest capitalized, and amortization of financing
    costs.
   
(7) Pro forma cash flow from operating activities represents pro forma income
    before minority interests and extraordinary item plus depreciation and
    amortization. The pro forma amounts do not include the results from changes
    in working capital resulting from changes in current assets and current
    liabilities.     
   
(8) Pro forma cash flow used in investing activities represents an estimate for
    the three and twelve months subsequent to the Offering for tenant
    improvements and leasing commissions, capital expenditures at the Office
    and Industrial Properties and for the funding of the hotel escrow accounts
    for hotel related capital expenditures.     
   
(9) Pro forma cash flow used in financing activities represents estimated
    mortgage loan principal payments and estimated dividends and distributions
    (based upon an initial annual distribution of $1.62 per share/unit) for the
    three and twelve months subsequent to the Offering.     
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  Prospective investors should carefully consider the following matters before
purchasing shares of Common Stock in the Offering.
 
THE COMPANY'S INVESTMENTS IN PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT MAY NOT YIELD EXPECTED
RETURNS
 
  The Company intends to pursue the development of office, industrial and
hotel properties, both for the Company's ownership and on a third-party fee-
for-services basis. See "Business and Growth Strategies." To the extent that
the Company engages in such development activities, it will be subject to the
risks normally associated with such activities. Such risks include, without
limitation, risks relating to the availability and timely receipt of zoning,
land use, building, occupancy, and other regulatory approvals, the cost and
timely completion of construction (including risks from causes beyond the
Company's control, such as weather, labor conditions or material shortages)
and the availability of construction financing on favorable terms. These risks
could result in substantial unanticipated delays or expense and, under certain
circumstances, could prevent completion of development activities once
undertaken, any of which could have an adverse effect on the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company and on the amount of funds
available for distribution to stockholders.
 
THE COMPANY MAY NOT ACHIEVE EXPECTED RETURNS ON PROPERTY ACQUISITIONS
 
  The Company intends to investigate and pursue acquisitions of properties and
portfolios of properties, including large portfolios that could significantly
increase the size of the Company and alter its capital structure. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to assimilate acquisitions of
properties, and in particular acquisitions of portfolios of properties, or
achieve the Company's intended return on investment.
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST EXIST BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND MESSRS. ZUCKERMAN AND
LINDE IN CONNECTION WITH THE FORMATION AND OPERATION OF THE COMPANY
   
  Conflicts of interest between Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and the
stockholders of the Company in the formation and operation of the Company may
influence directors and management to act not in the best interest of the
stockholders. Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde, will receive material benefits at
the completion of the Offering, including receipt of an aggregate of
13,389,070 OP Units representing approximately a 26.7% economic interest in
the Company and repayment of approximately $749.9 million of indebtedness owed
by the partnerships in which they had a direct or indirect interest. Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde also will receive certain benefits from the Formation
Transactions that will not generally be received by other participants in the
Formation Transactions. The benefits or rights to be received by Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde that will not generally be received by other participants
are as follows: certain indebtedness guaranteed by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde
will be repaid; the Company will indemnify Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde should
they incur certain losses in connection with an obligation to repay
indebtedness, or to fulfill obligations, assumed by the Operating Partnership
in connection with the Offering; Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will in the
aggregate own approximately 7.6% of the outstanding Common Stock of the
Company; Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will serve as directors following the
Offering and as officers with the titles Chairman of the Board and President
and Chief Executive officer, respectively; Mr. Linde will have an employment
agreement with the Company; for a period of ten years following the Offering,
the Operating Partnership may not sell any of four particular properties (or a
successor property acquired in a like-kind exchange for such a property) in a
taxable transaction (i.e., this restriction will not apply to "like-kind"
exchanges under Section 1031 of the Code) without the consent of Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde unless each of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde no longer
continue to hold at least 30% of his original OP Units; and Messrs. Zuckerman
and Linde will have the opportunity to guarantee indebtedness of the Company
(which will help them defer the recognition of taxable gains). See "Structure
and Formation of the Company--Formation Transactions." Depending on their
particular tax situations, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will have interests
that conflict with the interests of other holders of shares of Common Stock.
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will have substantial influence on the management
and operations of the Company and, as stockholders, on the outcome of any
matters submitted to a     
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
vote of the stockholders, and such influence might be exercised in a manner
inconsistent with the interests of other stockholders. See "Management--
Directors and Executive Officers" and "Principal Stockholders."
 
  For a period of time, sales of properties and repayment of indebtedness will
have different effects on holders of OP Units than on stockholders. Certain
holders of OP Units, including Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde, will incur adverse
tax consequences upon the sale of certain of the Properties to be owned by the
Company at the completion of the Formation Transactions and on the repayment
of indebtedness which are different from the tax consequences to the Company
and persons who purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering. Consequently,
such holders may have different objectives regarding the appropriate pricing
and timing of any such sale or repayment of indebtedness. While the Company
will have the exclusive authority under the Operating Partnership Agreement to
determine whether, when, and on what terms to sell a Property (other than a
Designated Property) or when to refinance or repay indebtedness, any such
decision would require the approval of the Board of Directors. As Directors of
the Company, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will have substantial influence with
respect to any such decision, and such influence could be exercised in a
manner inconsistent with the interests of some, or a majority, of the
Company's stockholders, including in a manner which could prevent completion
of a Property sale or the repayment of indebtedness.
 
  In this connection, the Operating Partnership Agreement provides that, for a
period of ten years following the Offering, the Operating Partnership may not
sell or otherwise transfer a Designated Property (defined as One and Two
Independence Square, 599 Lexington Avenue and Capital Gallery) in a taxable
transaction without the prior consent of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde. For the
pro forma calendar year ended December 31, 1996, the Designated Properties
comprised approximately 34.5% of the Company's pro forma Funds from Operations
for the year ended December 31, 1996. The Operating Partnership is not,
however, required to obtain this consent if at any time during this ten year
period each of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde do not continue to hold at least
30% of his original OP Units.
 
  In addition to the foregoing, the Operating Partnership has agreed to
undertake to use its reasonable commercial efforts to cause its lenders to
permit Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde to guarantee additional and/or substitute
Operating Partnership indebtedness following the Offering if Messrs. Zuckerman
or Linde would recognize gain following the Offering as a result of the
refinancing of the Operating Partnership's indebtedness. The Operating
Partnership is under no obligation, however, to maintain any specified debt or
any specified level of indebtedness. See "Operating Partnership Agreement--Tax
Protection Provisions" for a more complete description of these provisions.
 
  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will continue to own a controlling interest in
one excluded property. One property (the "Excluded Property") that is managed
by the Company and in which Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde hold ownership
interests is not being contributed to the Company as part of the Formation
Transactions. For a description of the Excluded Property and an option
agreement related to such property, see "Policies with Respect to Certain
Activities--Conflict of Interest Policies--Excluded Property." The Excluded
Property is located in Northwest Washington, D.C. and may compete with the
Company's Properties. Upon completion of the Offering, the Excluded Property
will be managed by the Development and Management Company in return for a
specified management fee on customary terms that is approved by the
independent directors. There is no assurance, however, that the Excluded
Property will continue to be managed by the Development and Management
Company.
 
  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will continue to engage in other activities.
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde have a broad and varied range of investment
interests. It is possible that companies in which one or both of Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde has or may acquire an interest, and which are not directly
involved in real estate investment activities, will be owners of real property
and will acquire real property in the future. However, pursuant to Mr. Linde's
employment agreement and Mr. Zuckerman's non-compete agreement with the
Company, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will not, in general, have management
control over such companies and, therefore, they may not be able to prevent
one or more such companies from engaging in activities that are in competition
with activities of the Company. See "Management--Employment and Noncompetition
Agreements."
 
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
THE COMPANY RELIES ON KEY PERSONNEL WHOSE CONTINUED SERVICE IS NOT GUARANTEED
   
  The Company is dependent on the efforts of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and
other senior management personnel. Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde in particular
have national reputations which aid the Company in negotiations with lenders
and in having investment opportunities brought to the Company. The other
executive officers of the Company who serve as Managers of the Company's
offices (Messrs. Burke, Ritchey, Barrett and Selsam) have strong regional
reputations which aid the Company in identifying opportunities, or having
opportunities brought to the Company, and in negotiating with tenants or
build-to-suit prospects. While the Company believes that it could find
replacements for these key executives, the loss of their services could have a
material adverse effect on the operations of the Company in that the extent
and nature of the Company's relationships with lenders and prospective tenants
and with persons in the industry who may have access to investment
opportunities would be diminished. While Mr. Linde and the other executive
officers will have employment agreements with the Company pursuant to which
they will agree to devote substantially all of their business time to the
business and affairs of the Company and to not have substantial outside
business interests, this can serve as no guarantee that they will remain with
the Company for any specified term. Mr. Zuckerman, who has significant outside
business interests, including serving as Chairman of the Board of Directors of
U.S. News & World Report, The Atlantic Monthly magazine, the New York Daily
News and Applied Graphics Technologies and as a member of the Board of
Directors of Snyder Communications, will not have an employment agreement with
the Company and will serve as a non-executive officer of the Company with the
title "Chairman of the Board of Directors." Mr. Zuckerman has historically
devoted a significant portion of his business time to the affairs of the
Company, although over the last twenty years less than a majority of his
business time, in the aggregate, has been spent on the Company's affairs.
Although Mr. Zuckerman cannot assure the Company that he will continue to
devote any specific portion of his time to the Company and has therefore
declined to enter into an employment agreement with the Company, Mr. Zuckerman
has no present commitments inconsistent with his current level of involvement
with the Company. See "Management--Employment and Noncompetition Agreements."
    
THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE COMPANY IS PAYING FAIR MARKET VALUE FOR THE
PROPERTIES.
 
  The terms of the Formation Transactions were not determined by arm's-length
negotiations. The value of the Company was not determined on a property-by-
property basis because, in the view of management, the appropriate basis for
valuing the Company is as an ongoing business enterprise, rather than as a
collection of assets. Therefore, the Company did not obtain third-party
appraisals of the Properties or valuations of the Company. Accordingly, there
can be no assurance that the value of shares of Common Stock and OP Units
issued in respect of the assets the Company will succeed to in connection with
the Formation Transactions accurately reflects the respective fair market
values of such assets. The total market capitalization of the Company at the
initial public offering price may not be indicative of, and may exceed, the
aggregate value of the individual Properties and assets of the Company that
would have been determined by appraisals if such appraisals had been obtained.
See "Structure and Formation of the Company--Consequences of the Offering and
the Formation Transactions."
   
THE COMPANY HAS HAD HISTORICAL ACCOUNTING LOSSES AND HAS A DEFICIT IN OWNERS'
EQUITY; THE COMPANY MAY EXPERIENCE FUTURE LOSSES     
   
  After depreciation and amortization, the Company has had historical
accounting losses for certain fiscal years and there can be no assurances that
the Company will not have similar losses in the future. The Boston Properties
Predecessor Group had a net loss of approximately $4.0 million in the
aggregate in 1995 and had cumulative aggregate deficits in owners' equity of
approximately $576.6 million and approximately $506.7 million at December 31,
1996 and 1995, respectively. Net losses reflect the effect of certain non-cash
charges such as depreciation and amortization. The aggregate deficits reflect
the effects of depreciation and amortization described above plus the effects
of distributions in excess of earnings or of mortgage proceeds upon the
refinancing of properties.     
 
THE COMPANY'S PERFORMANCE AND VALUE ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE
REAL ESTATE INDUSTRY
 
  Lease expirations could adversely affect the Company's cash flow. The
Company will be subject to the risks that, upon expiration, leases for space
in the Office Properties or the Industrial Properties may not be renewed, the
space may not be re-leased, or the terms of renewal or re-lease (including the
cost of required renovations or
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
concessions to tenants) may be less favorable than current lease terms. Leases
on a total of 10.3% and 10.9% of the aggregate net rentable area of the Office
Properties and the Industrial Properties expire during 1997 and 1998,
respectively. If the Company were unable to re-lease substantial amounts of
vacant space promptly, if the rental rates upon such re-lease were
significantly lower than expected, or if reserves for costs of re-leasing
proved inadequate, the cash flow to the Company would be decreased and the
Company's ability to make distributions to stockholders would be adversely
affected.
 
  Hotel operating risks could adversely affect the Company's cash flow. The
Hotel Properties are subject to all operating risks common to the hotel
industry. These risks include, among other things: (i) competition for guests
from other hotels, a number of which may have greater marketing and financial
resources than the Company and Marriott(R); (ii) increases in operating costs
due to inflation and other factors, which increases may not have been offset
in recent years, and may not be offset in the future by increased room rates;
(iii) dependence on business and commercial travelers and tourism, which
business may fluctuate and be seasonal; (iv) increases in energy costs and
other expenses of travel, which may deter travelers; and (v) adverse effects
of general and local economic conditions. These factors could adversely affect
the ability of Marriott(R) to generate revenues and for ZL Hotel LLC to make
lease payments and, therefore, the Company's ability to make expected
distributions to stockholders. Because the lease payments to the Company from
ZL Hotel LLC will be based on a participation in the gross receipts of the
Hotel Properties, the actual lease payments will increase or decrease over the
term of the lease in response to fluctuations in the gross receipts of the
Hotel Properties.
 
  Acquisition risks could adversely affect the Company. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to implement its investment strategies
successfully or that its property portfolio will expand at all, or at any
specified rate or to any specified size. In addition, investment in additional
real estate assets is subject to a number of risks. In particular, investments
are expected to be financed with funds drawn under the Unsecured Line of
Credit, which would subject the Company to the risks described under "--Impact
of Debt on the Company's Cash Flow." The Company does not intend to limit its
investments to the Greater Boston, Greater Washington, D.C. and midtown
Manhattan markets in which the Properties are primarily located. Consequently,
to the extent that it elects to invest in additional markets, the Company also
will be subject to the risks associated with investment in new markets, with
which management may have relatively little experience and familiarity.
Investment in additional real estate assets also entails the other risks
associated with real estate investment generally.
 
  Uncontrollable factors affecting the Properties' performance and value could
produce lower returns. The economic performance and value of the Company's
real estate assets will be subject to all of the risks incident to the
ownership and operation of real estate. These include the risks normally
associated with changes in national, regional and local economic and market
conditions. The Properties are primarily located in three markets, Greater
Boston, Greater Washington, D.C., and midtown Manhattan. The economic
condition of each of such markets may be dependent on one or more industries.
An economic downturn in one of these industry sectors may have an adverse
effect on the Company's performance in such market. Local real estate market
conditions may include a large supply of competing space and competition for
tenants, including competition based on rental rates, attractiveness and
location of the Property and quality of maintenance, insurance and management
services. Economic and market conditions may impact the ability of tenants to
make lease payments. In addition, other factors may adversely affect the
performance and value of a Property, including changes in laws and
governmental regulations (including those governing usage, zoning and taxes),
changes in interest rates and the availability of financing. If the Properties
do not generate sufficient income to meet operating expenses, including future
debt service, the Company's income and ability to make distributions to its
stockholders will be adversely affected.
 
  Illiquidity of real estate investments could adversely affect the Company's
financial condition. Because real estate investments are relatively illiquid,
the Company's ability to vary its portfolio promptly in response to economic
or other conditions will be limited. In addition, certain significant
expenditures, such as debt service (if any), real estate taxes, and operating
and maintenance costs, generally are not reduced in circumstances resulting in
a reduction in income from the investment. The foregoing and any other factor
or event that would impede the ability of the Company to respond to adverse
changes in the performance of its investments could have an adverse effect on
the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
  Liability for environmental matters could adversely affect the Company's
financial condition. Under various federal, state and local laws, ordinances
and regulations, an owner or operator of real property may become liable for
the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic substances
released on or in its property, as well as certain other costs relating to
hazardous or toxic substances. Such liability may be imposed without regard to
whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the release of
such substances. The presence of, or the failure to remediate properly, such
substances, when released, may adversely affect the owner's ability to sell
the affected real estate or to borrow using such real estate as collateral.
Such costs or liabilities could exceed the value of the affected real estate.
The Company has not been notified by any governmental authority of any
noncompliance, liability or other claim in connection with any of the
Properties and the Company is not aware of any other environmental condition
with respect to any of the Properties that management believes would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, assets or results of
operations.
 
  Some of the Properties are located in urban and industrial areas where fill
or current or historic industrial uses of the areas have caused site
contamination at the Properties. Within the past 12 months, independent
environmental consultants were retained to conduct or update Phase I
environmental assessments (which generally do not involve invasive techniques
such as soil or ground water sampling) and asbestos surveys on all of the
Properties. These environmental assessments have not revealed any
environmental conditions that the Company believes will have a material
adverse effect on its business, assets or results of operations, and the
Company is not aware of any other environmental condition with respect to any
of the Properties which the Company believes would have such a material
adverse effect. However, the Company is aware of environmental conditions at
two of the Properties that may require remediation. With respect to 17
Hartwell Avenue in Lexington, Massachusetts, the Company received a Notice of
Potential Responsibility from the state regulatory authority on January 9,
1997, related to groundwater contamination, as well as Notices of Downgradient
Property Status Submittals from third parties concerning contamination at two
downgradient properties. On January 15, 1997, the Company notified the state
regulatory authority that it will cooperate with and monitor the tenant at the
Property which is investigating this matter. The 91 Hartwell Avenue Property
in Lexington, Massachusetts was listed by the state regulatory authority as an
unclassified Confirmed Disposal Site in connection with groundwater
contamination. The Company has engaged a specially licensed environmental
consultant to perform the necessary investigation and assessment and to
prepare submittals to the state regulatory authority by August 2, 1997. See
"Business and Properties--Environmental Matters."
 
  No assurance can be given that the environmental assessments and updates
identified all potential environmental liabilities, that no prior owner
created any material environmental condition not known to the Company or the
independent consultants preparing the assessments, that no environmental
liabilities may have developed since such environmental assessments were
prepared, or that future uses or conditions (including, without limitation,
changes in applicable environmental laws and regulations) will not result in
imposition of environmental liability.
 
  The cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act could
adversely affect the Company's cash flow. The Properties are subject to the
requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"), which
generally requires that public accommodations, including office buildings, be
made accessible to disabled persons. The Company believes that the Properties
are in substantial compliance with the ADA and that it will not be required to
make substantial capital expenditures to address the requirements of the ADA.
However, compliance with the ADA could require removal of access barriers and
noncompliance could result in imposition of fines by the federal government or
the award of damages to private litigants. If, pursuant to the ADA, the
Company were required to make substantial alterations in one or more of the
Properties, the Company's financial condition and results of operations, as
well as the amount of funds available for distribution to stockholders, could
be adversely affected.
 
  Uninsured losses could adversely affect the Company's cash flow. The Company
carries comprehensive liability, fire, flood, extended coverage and rental
loss insurance, as applicable, with respect to the Properties, with policy
specification and insured limits customarily carried for similar properties.
In the opinion of management, all of the Properties are adequately insured.
There are, however, certain types of losses (such as
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
from wars or catastrophic acts of nature) that may be either uninsurable or
not economically insurable. Any uninsured loss could result in both loss of
cash flow from, and asset value of, the affected property.
 
  It is anticipated that new owner's title insurance policies will not be
obtained in connection with the Formation Transactions. Each of the Properties
has previously been insured by title insurance policies insuring the interests
of the Property-owning entities. Certain of these title insurance policies may
continue to benefit those Property-owning entities which will remain after the
completion of the Formation Transactions. Nevertheless, each such title
insurance policy may be in an amount less than the current value of the
applicable Property. In the event of a loss with respect to a Property
relating to a title defect, the Company could lose both its capital invested
in and anticipated profits from such Property.
 
  Changes in tax and environmental laws could adversely affect the Company's
financial condition. Costs resulting from changes in real estate taxes
generally may be passed through to tenants and will not affect the Company.
Increases in income, service or transfer taxes, however, generally are not
passed through to tenants and may adversely affect the Company's results of
operations and the amount of funds available to make distributions to
stockholders. Similarly, changes in laws increasing the potential liability
for environmental conditions existing on properties or increasing the
restrictions on discharges or other conditions may result in significant
unanticipated expenditures, which would adversely affect the Company's
financial condition and results of operations and the amount of funds
available for distribution to stockholders.
 
THE COMPANY'S USE OF DEBT TO FINANCE ACQUISITIONS AND DEVELOPMENTS COULD
ADVERSELY AFFECT THE COMPANY
 
  The required repayment of debt or of interest thereon can adversely affect
the Company. Upon completion of the Offering and the Formation Transactions,
the Company expects to have approximately $753 million of outstanding
indebtedness. The Company also intends to enter into and, over time, make
borrowings under the Unsecured Line of Credit. Advances under the Unsecured
Line of Credit will bear interest at a variable rate. In addition, the Company
may incur other variable rate indebtedness in the future. Increases in
interest rates on such indebtedness would increase the Company's interest
expense (e.g., assuming the entire $300 million available under the Unsecured
Line of Credit is outstanding, the Company would incur an additional $750,000
in interest expense for each 0.25% increase in interest rates), which could
adversely affect the Company's cash flow and its ability to pay expected
distributions to stockholders. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources." The Company will also be subject to risks normally associated with
debt financing, including the risk that the Company's cash flow will be
insufficient to meet required payments of principal and interest, the risk
that any indebtedness will not be able to be refinanced or that the terms of
any such refinancing will not be as favorable as the terms of such
indebtedness. The mortgage loans secured by the One Independence Square and
Two Independence Square properties are cross-defaulted as to each other. If an
event of default were to occur under either of the loans, the Company could be
required to repay approximately $200.3 million, together with any applicable
prepayment charges, prior to the scheduled maturity dates of the loans. In
addition, the Unsecured Line of Credit is cross-defaulted with respect to
future recourse indebtedness of the Company if the Company is in default with
respect to an aggregate of $50 million or more of such recourse indebtedness.
 
  The Company's policy of no limitation on debt could adversely affect the
Company's cash flow. Upon completion of the Offering and the Formation
Transactions, the Company's debt to total market capitalization ratio will be
approximately 37.6% (35.5% if the Underwriters' overallotment option is
exercised in full). The Company does not have a policy limiting the amount of
debt that the Company may incur. Accordingly, the Company could become more
highly leveraged, resulting in an increase in debt service that could
adversely affect the Company's cash flow and, consequently, the amount
available for distribution to stockholders, and could increase the risk of
default on the Company's indebtedness.
 
  Consent of lenders is required in order for the Company to assume ownership
of certain Properties at the completion of the Offering. Ownership of certain
of the Properties that secure indebtedness which the Company intends to leave
in place following the Offering may not be transferred to the Company without
the consent of
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
the lenders under such mortgages. If the Company is unable to obtain the
consent of the mortgage lender to assume at the completion of the Offering the
ownership of a Property described in the preceding sentence, the Company will
have an option to acquire such Property for a price equal to the value that
would have been given for such Property at the completion of the Offering.
 
FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A REIT WOULD CAUSE THE COMPANY TO BE TAXED AS A
CORPORATION
 
  The Company will be taxed as a corporation if it fails to qualify as a REIT.
The Company intends to operate so as to qualify as a REIT under the Code,
commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 1997. Although management
of the Company believes that it will be organized and will operate in such a
manner, no assurance can be given that it will so qualify or that it will
continue to qualify in the future. In this regard, the Company has received an
opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp, tax counsel to the Company ("Tax
Counsel"), to the effect that, commencing with its taxable year ending
December 31, 1997, the Company will be organized in conformity with the
requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code, and that the
Company's proposed manner of operation, including the lease of the Hotel
Properties and Garage Properties, will enable it to meet the requirements for
taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. Qualification as a REIT,
however, involves the application of highly technical and complex Code
provisions as to which there are only limited judicial and administrative
interpretations. Certain facts and circumstances which may be wholly or
partially beyond the Company's control may affect its ability to qualify as a
REIT. In addition, no assurance can be given that future legislation, new
regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions will not
significantly change the tax laws (or the application thereof) with respect to
qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes or the federal income
tax consequences of such qualification. However, the Company is not aware of
any proposal to amend the tax laws that would significantly and adversely
affect the Company's ability to qualify as a REIT. The opinion of Tax Counsel
is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") or the courts.
 
  If, in any taxable year, the Company were to fail to qualify as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes, it would not be allowed a deduction for
distributions to stockholders in computing taxable income and would be subject
to federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on
its taxable income at regular corporate rates. In addition, unless entitled to
relief under certain statutory provisions, the Company would be disqualified
from treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for the four taxable
years following the year during which qualification is lost. The additional
tax liability resulting from the failure to so qualify would significantly
reduce the amount of funds available for distribution to stockholders. In
addition, the Company would no longer be required to make distributions to
shareholders. Although the Company intends to operate in a manner designed to
permit it to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, it is possible
that future economic, market, legal, tax or other events or circumstances
could cause it to fail to so qualify. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--
Requirements for Qualification."
 
  To qualify as a REIT the Company will need to maintain a certain level of
distributions. To obtain and maintain its status as a REIT for federal income
tax purposes, the Company generally will be required each year to distribute
to its stockholders at least 95% of its taxable income. In addition, the
Company will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if
any, by which certain distributions paid by it with respect to any calendar
year are less than the sum of 85% of its ordinary income for such calendar
year, 95% of its capital gain net income for the calendar year and any amount
of such income that was not distributed in prior years. The Company may be
required, under certain circumstances, to accrue as income for tax purposes
interest, rent and other items treated as earned for tax purposes but not yet
received. In addition, the Company may be required not to accrue as expenses
for tax purposes certain items which actually have been paid. It is also
possible that the Company could realize income, such as income from
cancellation of indebtedness, which is not accompanied by cash proceeds.
Furthermore, the Company's depreciation deductions with respect to the
Properties acquired by the Operating Partnership by contribution from or
merger with the Property Partnership may be less than if the Company had
acquired its interests in the Properties directly for cash. In any such event,
the Company could have taxable income in excess of cash available for
distribution. In such circumstances, the Company could be required to borrow
funds or liquidate investments on unfavorable terms in order to meet the
distribution requirement applicable to a REIT. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Requirements for Qualification."
 
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
  The Company intends to make distributions to stockholders sufficient to
comply with the 95% distribution requirement and to avoid the 4% nondeductible
excise tax described above. No assurances can be given, however, that the
Company will satisfy these requirements.
 
  Other Tax Liabilities. Even if it qualifies as a REIT for federal income tax
purposes, the Company may, and certain of its subsidiaries will, be subject to
certain federal, state and local taxes on their income and property. See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences--State and Local Tax."
 
THE ABILITY OF STOCKHOLDERS TO CONTROL THE POLICIES OF THE COMPANY AND EFFECT
A CHANGE OF CONTROL OF THE COMPANY IS LIMITED
 
  Stockholder approval is not required to change policies of the Company. The
Company's operating and financial policies, including its policies with
respect to acquisitions, growth, operations, indebtedness, capitalization and
distributions, will be determined by the Company's Board of Directors.
Accordingly, stockholders will have little direct control over the Company's
policies.
 
  Stockholder approval is not required to engage in investment activity. In
the future, the Company expects to acquire additional real estate assets
pursuant to its investment strategies and consistent with its investment
policies. See "Business and Growth Strategies--Growth Strategies--External
Growth" and "Policies with Respect to Certain Activities--Investment
Policies." The stockholders of the Company will generally not be entitled to
receive historical financial statements regarding, or to vote on, any such
acquisition and, instead, will be required to rely entirely on the decisions
of management (although in the case of acquisitions that are material, the
Company will, as required by federal securities law, provide financial
information regarding the acquisition in public filings.)
 
  Stock ownership limit in the Certificate could inhibit changes in
control. In order to maintain its qualification as a REIT for federal income
tax purposes, not more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock of the
Company may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as
defined in the Code to include certain entities). See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Requirements for Qualification." In order to facilitate
maintenance of its qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes,
and to otherwise address concerns relating to concentration of capital stock
ownership, the Company generally has prohibited ownership, directly or by
virtue of the attribution provisions of the Code, by any single stockholder
(which does not include certain pension plans or mutual funds) of more than
6.6% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock (the
"Ownership Limit"). The Board of Directors may waive or modify the Ownership
Limit with respect to one or more persons if it is satisfied, based upon the
advice of tax counsel, that ownership in excess of this limit will not
jeopardize the Company's status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.
Notwithstanding the above, the Company's Certificate provides that each of
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde, along with certain family members and affiliates
of each of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde, respectively, as well as, in general,
pension plans and mutual funds, may actually and beneficially own up to 15% of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Ownership Limit may have the
effect of inhibiting or impeding a change in control and, therefore, could
adversely affect the stockholders' ability to realize a premium over the then-
prevailing market price for the Common Stock in connection with such a
transaction.
 
  Provisions in the Certificate and Bylaws and in the Operating Partnership
Agreement could prevent acquisitions and changes in control. Certain
provisions of the Company's Certificate and Bylaws (the "Bylaws") and of the
Operating Partnership Agreement may have the effect of inhibiting a third
party from making an acquisition proposal for the Company or of impeding a
change in control of the Company under circumstances that could otherwise
provide the holders of shares of Common Stock with the opportunity to realize
a premium over the then-prevailing market price of such shares. The Ownership
Limit described in the preceding paragraph also may have the effect of
precluding acquisition of control of the Company even if such a change in
control were in the best interests of some, or a majority, of the Company's
stockholders. In addition, the Board of Directors has been divided into three
classes, the initial terms of which expire in 1998, 1999 and 2000, with
directors of a given class chosen for three-year terms upon expiration of the
terms of the members of that class. The staggered terms of the members of the
Board of Directors may adversely affect the stockholders' ability to effect a
change in control of the Company, even if such a change in control were in the
best interests
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
of some, or a majority, of the Company's stockholders. See "Management--
Directors and Executive Officers." The Certificate authorizes the Board of
Directors to issue shares of preferred stock ("Preferred Stock") in series and
to establish the rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock so
issued. See "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock" and "Certain
Provisions of Delaware Law and the Company's Certificate and Bylaws--The Board
of Directors." The issuance of Preferred Stock also could have the effect of
delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company, even if such a
change in control were in the best interests of some, or a majority, of the
Company's stockholders. No shares of Preferred Stock will be issued or
outstanding immediately subsequent to the Offering and the Company has no
present intention to issue any such shares. Prior to the completion of the
Offering, the Company will authorize the issuance of a series of preferred
stock in connection with the adoption of a shareholder rights plan. See
"Description of Capital Stock--Shareholder Rights Agreement."
 
  The Operating Partnership Agreement provides that the Company may not
generally engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or
into another person or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or any
reclassification, or any recapitalization or change of outstanding shares of
Common Stock (a "Business Combination"), unless the holders of OP Units will
receive, or have the opportunity to receive, the same consideration per OP
Unit as holders of Common Stock receive per share of Common Stock in the
transaction; if holders of OP Units will not be treated in such manner in
connection with a proposed Business Combination, the Company may not engage in
such transaction unless limited partners (other than the Company) holding at
least 75% of the OP Units held by limited partners vote to approve the
Business Combination. In addition, the Company, as general partner of the
Operating Partnership, has agreed in the Operating Partnership Agreement with
the limited partners that the Company will not consummate a Business
Combination in which the Company conducted a vote of the stockholders unless
the matter would have been approved had holders of OP Units been able to vote
together with the stockholders on the transaction. The foregoing provision of
the Operating Partnership Agreement would under no circumstances enable or
require the Company to engage in a Business Combination which required the
approval of the Company's stockholders if the Company's stockholders did not
in fact give the requisite approval. Rather, if the Company's stockholders did
approve a Business Combination, the Company would not consummate the
transaction unless (i) the Company as general partner first conducts a vote of
holders of OP Units (including the Company) on the matter, (ii) the Company
votes the OP Units held by it in the same proportion as the stockholders of
the Company voted on the matter at the stockholder vote, and (iii) the result
of such vote of the OP Unit holders (including the proportionate vote of the
Company's OP Units) is that had such vote been a vote of stockholders, the
Business Combination would have been approved by the stockholders. As a result
of these provisions of the Operating Partnership, a third party may be
inhibited from making an acquisition proposal that it would otherwise make, or
the Company, despite having the requisite authority under its Certificate of
Incorporation, may be prohibited from engaging in a proposed business
combination.
 
  Shareholder Rights Agreement could inhibit changes in control. The Company
has adopted a Shareholder Rights Agreement. Under the terms of the Shareholder
Rights Agreement, in general, if a person or group acquires more than 15% of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock (an "Acquiring Person"), all other
Stockholders will have the right to purchase securities from the Company at a
discount to such securities' fair market value, thus causing substantial
dilution to the Acquiring Person. The Shareholder Rights Agreement may have
the effect of inhibiting or impeding a change in control and, therefore, could
adversely affect the stockholders' ability to realize a premium over the then-
prevailing market price for the Common Stock in connection with such a
transaction. In addition, since the Board of Directors of the Company can
prevent the Shareholder Rights Agreement from operating in the event the Board
approves of an Acquiring Person, the Shareholder Rights Agreement gives the
Board significant discretion over whether a potential acquiror's efforts to
acquire a large interest in the Company will be successful. Because the
Shareholder Rights Agreement contains provisions that are designed to assure
that Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and their affiliates will never, alone, be
considered a group that is an Acquiring Person, and because the Shareholder
Rights Agreement contains provisions to assure that persons with an interest
in the Operating Partnership at the completion of the Offering can maintain
their percentage interest in the Company (assuming exchange of all OP Units
for Common Stock) without becoming an Acquiring Person, the Shareholder Rights
Agreement provides Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde with certain advantages under
the Shareholder Rights Agreement that are not available to other stockholders.
See "Description of Capital Stock--Shareholder Rights Agreement."
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
   
  Certain provisions of Delaware law could inhibit acquisitions and changes in
control. Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the
"DGCL") also may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making an
acquisition proposal for the Company or of impeding a change in control of the
Company under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of shares
of Common Stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-
prevailing market price of such shares. See "Certain Provisions of Delaware
Law and the Company's Certificate and Bylaws."     
   
  Provisions of debt instruments. Certain provisions of agreements relating to
indebtedness on the 599 Lexington Avenue and Bedford Business Park Properties
provide that it is a default thereunder if Messrs. Zuckerman or Linde cease to
serve as a director of the Company or to control the management of one of such
Properties.     
       
LACK OF A PRIOR MARKET, INTEREST RATES, EQUITY MARKET CONDITIONS, AND SHARES
AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE COULD ADVERSELY IMPACT THE TRADING PRICE OF THE
COMMON STOCK.
 
  There was no prior market for the Common Stock. Prior to the completion of
the Offering, there will have been no public market for shares of Common
Stock. Although the Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York
Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, there can be no
assurance that an active trading market will develop. In addition, the initial
public offering price was determined by negotiations between the Company and
the Representative of the Underwriters and, therefore, may not be indicative
of the market price for shares after the Offering. See "Underwriting."
 
  Interest rates and trading levels of equity markets could change. One of the
factors that may be expected to influence the prevailing market price of the
Common Stock is the annual yield on the stock price from distributions by the
Company. Accordingly, an increase in market interest rates may lead purchasers
of shares of Common Stock in the secondary market to demand a higher annual
yield, which could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. In
addition, the market price of the Common Stock could be adversely affected by
changes in general market conditions or fluctuations in the market for equity
securities in general or REIT securities in particular. Moreover, in the
future, numerous other factors, including governmental regulatory actions and
proposed or actual modifications in the tax laws, could have a significant
impact on the market price of the Common Stock.
 
  Availability of shares for future sale could adversely affect the market
price. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock (including shares issued
upon the exercise of options), or the perception that such sales could occur,
could adversely affect the prevailing market price for the Common Stock.
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will own an aggregate of 15,972,611 shares of
Common Stock and OP Units at the completion of the Offering. In addition,
executive officers of the Company other than Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will
receive an aggregate of 1,186,298 OP Units in connection with the Formation
Transactions. OP Units may, following a period of fourteen months after
completion of the Offering, be exchanged for cash or, at the option of the
Company, for shares of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. See "Structure and
Formation of the Company--Formation Transactions" and "Operating Partnership
Agreement--Redemption of OP Units." Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and the other
executive and senior officers of the Company have agreed, subject to certain
limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose
of any Common Stock for a period of two years (one year in the case of senior
officers who are not executive officers) after the date of this Prospectus
without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. At the conclusion of the two year
restriction period (or earlier with the consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co.), all shares of Common
Stock owned by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and such other individuals,
including shares of Common Stock acquired in exchange for OP Units, may be
sold in the public market pursuant to registration rights or any available
exemptions from registration. See "Shares Available for Future Sale." In
addition, up to 4,754,750 shares of Common Stock will be reserved for issuance
pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan. Shares of Common Stock purchased
pursuant to options granted under the Stock Option Plan will generally be
available for sale in the public market. See "Management--Stock Option Plan"
and "Shares Available for Future Sale." No prediction can be made as to the
effect of future sales of Common Stock on the market price of shares of Common
Stock.
 
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
PURCHASERS OF COMMON STOCK IN THE OFFERING WILL EXPERIENCE IMMEDIATE AND
SUBSTANTIAL BOOK VALUE DILUTION
 
  Purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering will experience immediate
dilution of approximately $22.27 per share in the net tangible book value per
share of the Common Stock so purchased. Similarly, Messrs. Zuckerman and
Linde, the sole stockholders of the Company prior to the Offering, will
experience an immediate increase of approximately $35.15 per share in the
value of their shares of Common Stock. See "Dilution."
 
 
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
                                    GENERAL
 
  The Company has been formed to succeed to the real estate development,
redevelopment, acquisition, management, operating and leasing businesses
associated with the predecessor company founded by Mortimer B. Zuckerman and
Edward H. Linde in 1970. The Company is one of the largest owners and
developers of office properties in the United States, with a significant
presence in six submarkets in Greater Boston, five submarkets in Greater
Washington, D.C. and the Park Avenue submarket of midtown Manhattan. The
Company believes that it has created significant value in its properties by
developing well located properties that meet the demands of today's office
tenants, redeveloping underperforming assets, and improving the management of
under-managed assets it has acquired. Following the Offering, Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde will beneficially own in the aggregate a 31.9% economic
interest in the Company and the other senior officers of the Company will
beneficially own in the aggregate a 2.4% economic interest in the Company.
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde have agreed that, while they serve as directors or
officers of the Company (but in any event for a minimum of three years), the
Company will be the exclusive entity through which they develop or acquire
commercial properties. See "Management--Employment and Noncompetition
Agreements." The Company expects to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax
purposes for the year ending December 31, 1997. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Federal Income Taxation of the Company."
   
  Upon the completion of the Offering, the Company, through its subsidiaries,
will own a portfolio of 75 commercial real estate properties aggregating
approximately 11.0 million square feet, 89% of which was (or is being)
developed or substantially redeveloped by the Company. The Company will own a
100% fee interest in 61 of the Properties that account for 98% of the
Company's rental revenues. The Properties consist of 63 Office Properties with
approximately 7.8 million net rentable square feet, including seven Office
Properties currently under development or redevelopment totaling approximately
810,000 net rentable square feet and one Property under contract to purchase
totaling approximately 170,000 net rentable square feet, which have
approximately 1.3 million square feet of structured parking for 4,222
vehicles; nine Industrial Properties with approximately 925,000 net rentable
square feet; two hotels totaling 833 rooms and approximately 750,000 square
feet and a 1,170 space parking garage with approximately 330,000 additional
square feet. The Company will also own, have under contract or have options to
acquire six undeveloped parcels of land totaling 47.4 acres, located primarily
in Greater Boston and Greater Washington, D.C., which will support
approximately 1.0 million square feet of development.     
 
  The Properties are primarily located in twelve submarkets, including six
submarkets in Greater Boston (the East Cambridge, Route 128 Northwest, Route
128/Massachusetts Turnpike, Route 128 Southwest, Route 128 South, and Boston
submarkets), five submarkets in Greater Washington, D.C. (the Southwest
Washington, D.C., West End Washington, D.C., Montgomery County, Maryland,
Fairfax County, Virginia and Prince George's County, Maryland submarkets) and
midtown Manhattan (the Park Avenue submarket). The Company's single largest
Property, with approximately 1.0 million net rentable square feet, is an
Office Property located in midtown Manhattan.
   
  As of December 31, 1996, the Office Properties (excluding the Development
Properties) and the Industrial Properties had an occupancy rate of 94% and the
completed Hotel Properties had an average occupancy rate for the year ended
December 31, 1996 of 84%. Leases with respect to 10.3%, 10.9% and 7.0% of the
leased square footage of the Office and Industrial Properties expire in 1997,
1998 and 1999, respectively.     
 
  The Company has developed or substantially redeveloped 56 of the Properties
which total approximately 9.9 million square feet or 89% of the aggregate
square feet of all of the Properties. The Company currently manages all of the
Properties except the Hotel Properties, which are managed by Marriott
International, Inc., the Garage Property, and parking garages that are a part
of certain of the Office Properties. The Company has long-established, full-
service offices in each of its three major market areas and achieves
efficiencies of scale by operating a centralized financial control and data
center at its Boston headquarters that is responsible for processing of all
operating budgets, billing and payments for all of its completed and
development properties.
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
As a result, the Company believes that it has the capacity to substantially
increase the number of properties it owns and manages without proportional
increases in overhead costs.
 
  The Company believes it has superior access to potential development and
acquisition opportunities by virtue of its long-standing reputation and
relationships, both nationally and in its primary markets, with brokers,
tenants, financial institutions, development agencies, and contractors. The
Company intends to utilize its experience with, and understanding of, the
development and management of a range of commercial property types to
opportunistically pursue developments and acquisitions within its existing and
new markets. The Company's extensive development experience includes suburban
and downtown office buildings, downtown hotels, mixed-use projects, R&D and
research laboratory buildings, suburban office/flex buildings, suburban office
and industrial parks, warehouse and distribution buildings, and special
purpose facilities, as well as both new construction and substantial
renovation for re-use or repositioning. The properties that the Company has
developed have won numerous awards.
 
  The Company believes that the Properties are well positioned to provide a
base for continued growth. The Office and Industrial Properties are leased to
high quality tenants and located in submarkets with low vacancy rates and
rising rents. With the value added by the Company's in-house marketing,
leasing, tenant construction and property management programs, the Properties
have historically enjoyed high occupancy rates and efficient re-leasing of
vacated space.
 
  The Company believes that its capacity for growth will be enhanced by
combining its experienced personnel, established market position and
relationships, hands-on approach to development and management, substantial
portfolio of existing properties and buildings under development, and existing
acquisition opportunities with the advantages that will be available to it in
its new status as a public company. These advantages include improved access
to debt and equity financing and the ability to acquire properties and sites
through the issuance of stock and OP Units, which can be of particular value
to potential tax-sensitive sellers. The Company also believes that because of
its size and reputation it will be a desirable buyer for those institutions or
individuals wishing to sell individual properties or portfolios of properties
in exchange for an equity position in a public real estate company.
 
  The Company will continue to supplement its revenues, leverage the
experience of its personnel and strengthen its market position by providing
comprehensive, project level development and management services on a
selective basis to private sector companies and government agencies. Between
1989 and 1996, the Company completed eight third-party development projects
comprising approximately 2.4 million net rentable square feet. In addition to
enhancing revenues without significantly increasing overhead the Company has
achieved significant recognition and experience through this work, which has
led to enhanced opportunities for the Company to obtain build-to-suit
development projects.
 
  Concurrently with the completion of the Offering, the Company expects to
have in effect a three-year $300 million unsecured revolving line of credit
(the "Unsecured Line of Credit") led by BankBoston, N.A. (the "Line of Credit
Bank"), as agent. The Company intends to use the Unsecured Line of Credit
principally to fund growth opportunities and for working capital purposes. See
"Unsecured Line of Credit."
 
  The Company intends to make regular quarterly distributions to its
stockholders, beginning with a distribution for the period commencing on the
completion of the Offering and ending on September 30, 1997.
 
  The Company is a full-service real estate company, with substantial in-house
expertise and resources in acquisitions, development, financing, construction
management, property management, marketing, leasing, accounting, and legal
services. As of March 31, 1997 the Company had 284 employees, including 87
professionals involved in acquisitions, development, finance and legal
matters. The Company's 16 senior officers, together with Mr. Zuckerman,
Chairman of the Board, have an average of 24 years experience in the real
estate industry and an average of 16 years tenure with the Company.
 
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
                                    HISTORY
   
  The Company was founded in Boston, Massachusetts in 1970 by Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde to acquire and develop first-class commercial real estate
for long-term ownership and management. Over its 27 year history, the Company
has established a successful record of focusing on submarkets where the
Company can achieve leadership positions. The following paragraphs describe
the Company's development and evolution.     
 
 Growth in Boston
 
  In the early 1970's, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde identified the area of
suburban Boston along Route 128 as ready for the development of modern office
buildings, and they selected the quadrant west/northwest of Boston between the
Massachusetts Turnpike and US 93 as the most desirable area in which to
concentrate their efforts. Between 1978 and 1988, the Company acquired 13 key
sites in that area, and completed development of 17 office buildings on those
sites, containing more than 2.0 million net rentable square feet. The Company
built on its growing reputation for quality development in the Boston area by
successfully competing for control of sites available through public
competitions. During this period, the Company was awarded hotel development
rights on the Boston Harbor waterfront where it developed the 402 room Long
Wharf Marriott(R) Hotel. The Company was also selected by the Cambridge
Redevelopment Authority to be the developer of the 24 acre "Cambridge Center"
site adjacent to the Massachusetts Institute of Technology ("MIT"), where it
has completed development of ten buildings totaling over 1.7 million square
feet and still controls substantial additional development rights. In total
for Greater Boston, the Company has developed, acquired or redeveloped, for
its own account or for third parties, 41 buildings containing approximately
5.0 million square feet, of which the Company still owns approximately 3.7
million square feet.
 
 Expansion to Washington, D.C. and its Suburban Markets
 
  The Company opened its Washington, D.C. regional office in November 1979 to
pursue development and acquisitions and to provide real estate development
services in Greater Washington, D.C., including the Northern Virginia and
suburban Maryland real estate markets. Within this region, the Company has
concentrated its efforts in those submarkets that it believes to be the
strongest, including Southwest Washington, D.C., Montgomery County, Maryland,
Fairfax County, Virginia and Prince George's County, Maryland. The Company's
first project in the Greater Washington, D.C. market was Capital Gallery, a
400,000 square foot Class A, multi-tenant office building that the Company
completed in 1981. During the past 17 years, the Company, for its own account
and for third parties, has developed 30 buildings in Greater Washington, D.C.,
totaling approximately 5.75 million square feet. The Company continues to own
21 of these properties consisting of approximately 3.5 million square feet.
 
 Expansion to Midtown Manhattan
 
  In the early 1980's, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde decided to explore
opportunities to expand the Company's operations to New York City and focused
on midtown Manhattan as desirable for new development. The Company identified
a key block-front site at 599 Lexington Avenue (immediately south of Citicorp
Center), structured an acquisition responsive to the particular needs of the
site's owner, and obtained all necessary public approvals within 11 months of
acquiring the site. Based on the Company's assessment of the strengths of the
site and the building design (including larger floors than were generally
available in the market area), the Company proceeded in 1984 with construction
of a 1.0 million net rentable square foot office tower. The building, which
the Company still owns, has had an occupancy rate in excess of 97% for the
past seven years. The building has continued to command premium rents within
its submarket.
 
 Response to Market Conditions
 
  In the mid-1980's the Company was designated as the developer of a project
in New York City in a joint venture with a national financial institution,
which intended to occupy a major portion of the leasable square footage
associated with the development. This institution withdrew from the project
due to changing economic circumstances and subsequently the Company withdrew
due to market conditions that made the project infeasible without a major
tenant precommitment. In the late 1980's, in response to market conditions,
the Company decided not to undertake any new speculative development or land
or property acquisitions based on its
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
assessment of a growing oversupply and weakening real estate fundamentals in
the markets in which it operated. The Company was able to continue to prosper
by operating the portfolio of properties it had acquired and developed since
1970, by finding opportunities for build-to-suit development, and by expanding
the scope of its third-party development management activities. Between 1989
and 1996, the Company completed eight third party development projects on a
fee basis, including major projects for the Architect of the Capitol, the
Health Care Financing Administration, the New York Daily News, Beth Israel
Hospital and Medical Information Technology. The Company is currently the
development manager on projects for, among others, the National Institutes of
Health and Acacia Mutual Life Insurance Company in Washington, D.C., the
United States Postal Service in New York City and Boston and the Hyatt
Development Corporation in Boston.
 
 Recent Activities
   
  Recently, the Company began to more aggressively pursue potential new
development and acquisition opportunities and has increased its development
and acquisition activity. Currently, the Company is developing seven
properties, totaling approximately 810,000 square feet, located in Greater
Boston and Fairfax County, Virginia (consisting of five Office Properties that
will be 100% owned by the Company and two Office Properties in which the
Company will own a 25% interest). In 1996, in response to significant
unsatisfied tenant demand, the Company decided to begin construction of the
first new Class A speculative office building to be built in the 1990's along
Route 128 in suburban Boston. This 102,000 square foot building, to be
completed in the fall of 1997, is now pre-leased in its entirety to MediaOne
of Delaware, Inc., formerly Continental Cablevision, Inc. In addition, in
Springfield, Virginia, for pre-committed tenants, the Company is developing
two buildings in its Virginia-95 Business Park. One of these buildings will be
occupied by the United States Customs Service and the other will serve as the
headquarters of Autometric, Inc. In Reston, Virginia, the Company is
developing two Class A office buildings totaling 440,000 net rentable square
feet. One of such buildings, with approximately 312,000 net rentable square
feet, is 99% pre-leased to, and will serve as the headquarters of, BDM
International. In 1996, the Company also acquired the two Sugarland buildings
in Herndon, Virginia, which the Company is redeveloping. In the aggregate,
these projects are more than 79% pre-committed to tenants. In addition, the
Company is currently pursuing a number of proposed development projects. One
such proposed project is the development of a 221 room Marriott(R) Residence
Inn in Cambridge, Massachusetts on land with respect to which the Company
currently holds development rights. A second proposed project, if consummated,
will be a joint venture with Westbrook Real Estate Partners LLC ("Westbrook")
for the development of an approximately 370,000 square foot office building in
Reston, Virginia. The Company is currently in discussions with certain
institutional investors to acquire certain of their portfolio properties, and
is also pursuing other potential property and site acquisitions as well as
build-to-suit opportunities in all of its major markets. There can be no
assurances that the Company will ultimately acquire or develop any of such
properties. In addition, on May 16, 1997 the Company entered into a purchase
and sale agreement to acquire, for $21.7 million, Newport Office Park, a Class
A office building in Quincy, Massachusetts with approximately 170,000 net
rentable square feet.     
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
                        BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's primary business objective is to maximize growth in net
available cash for distribution and to enhance the value of its portfolio in
order to maximize total return to stockholders. The Company's strategy to
achieve this objective is: (i) to selectively acquire and develop properties
in the Company's existing markets, adjacent suburban markets and in new
markets that present favorable opportunities; (ii) to continue to maintain
high lease renewal rates at rents that are at the high end of the markets in
which the Properties are located, and to continue to achieve high room rates
and occupancy rates in the Hotel Properties; and (iii) to selectively provide
fee-based development consulting and project management services to third
parties.
 
GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
 External Growth
 
  The Company believes that it is well positioned to realize significant
growth through external asset development and acquisition. During its 27 year
history, the Company has developed and acquired 107 properties for itself and
third parties. The Company believes that this development experience and the
Company's organizational depth positions the Company to continue to develop a
range of property types, from single-story suburban properties to high-rise
urban developments, within budget and on schedule. Other factors that
contribute to the Company's competitive position include: (i) the significant
increase in demand for new, high quality office and industrial space in the
Company's core market areas; (ii) the Company's control of sites in its core
markets that will support approximately 1.0 million square feet of new
development through fee ownership, contract ownership, and joint venture
relationships; (iii) the Company's reputation gained through the stability and
strength of its existing portfolio of properties; (iv) the Company's
relationships with leading national corporations and public institutions
seeking new facilities and development services; (v) the Company's
relationships with nationally recognized financial institutions that provide
capital to the real estate industry; and (vi) the substantial amount of
commercial real estate owned by domestic and foreign institutions, private
investors, and corporations who are seeking to sell such assets in the
Company's market areas.
 
  The Company has targeted four areas of development and acquisition as
significant opportunities to execute the Company's external growth strategy:
 
    Acquire Land for Development. The Company believes that development of
  well-positioned office buildings and R&D properties is currently or will be
  justified in many of the submarkets in which the Company has a presence.
  The Company believes in acquiring land in response to market conditions
  that allow for the development of such land in the relatively near term.
  Over its 27 year history, the Company has established a successful record
  of carefully timing land acquisitions in submarkets where the Company can
  become one of the market leaders in establishing rent and other business
  terms. The Company believes that there are opportunities in its existing
  and other markets to acquire land with development potential at key
  locations in markets which are experiencing growth.
 
    In the past, the Company has been particularly successful at acquiring
  sites or options to purchase sites that need governmental approvals before
  the commencement of development. Because of the Company's development
  expertise, knowledge of the governmental approval process and reputation
  for quality development with local government approval bodies, the Company
  generally has been able to secure the permits necessary to allow
  development, thereby enabling the Company to profit from the increase in
  their value once the necessary permits have been obtained.
 
    In accordance with its belief that future development will provide
  significant growth opportunities, the Company controls several major
  parcels of land in its core submarkets which are positioned for near term
  development. These sites are either (i) owned outright by the Company, (ii)
  subject to options at prices that the Company believes are less than the
  value of the land once developed, or (iii) owned by a third party with whom
  the Company has established a joint venture relationship with respect to
  such site.
 
    In the Company's Virginia-95 Business Park in Springfield, Virginia, the
  Company is developing for pre-committed tenants two office buildings on
  land that is owned by the Company. These buildings, an 80,514 net rentable
  square foot two-story office building (with expansion potential for another
  40,000 square
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
  feet) that, when completed, will serve as the headquarters of Autometric,
  Inc., and a 75,756 net rentable square foot expansion of the U.S. Customs
  Service Data Center currently in the Company's Virginia-95 Business Park,
  are both on schedule to be delivered by the end of 1997. In addition, the
  Virginia-95 Business Park has the potential for an additional 130,000
  square feet of development, including the possible expansion of the
  Autometric, Inc. building.
 
    The Company has entered into a joint venture with Westbrook, a major
  investment fund that owns the Mobil Land Corporation national portfolio
  including Reston Town Center, which is currently zoned for the development
  of several office buildings in Reston, Virginia. The Company's first joint
  venture with Westbrook is for the construction of a two-building, 440,000
  square foot project. BDM International has committed to lease the first
  309,000 square feet. BDM International occupancy is expected in February
  1999.
 
    In addition, the Company is pursuing a number of proposed development
  projects. One such project is the proposed development of a 221-room
  Marriott(R) Residence Inn on a parcel of land in the Company's Cambridge
  Center development. Subject to the Company receiving the necessary zoning
  and other regulatory approvals, and certain other business matters, the
  Company expects to begin construction of this hotel in the third quarter of
  1997. In addition, the Company is currently negotiating a second joint
  venture with Westbrook. This joint venture, if consummated, will be for the
  construction of a 370,000 square foot office building, of which 60% is pre-
  committed to Andersen Consulting. No assurances can be given that the
  Company will ultimately develop either of such properties. The Company
  expects that its relationship with Westbrook will continue, resulting in
  additional joint venture arrangements. The Reston market is one of the most
  active areas of expansion for the rapidly growing Northern Virginia
  computer technology and telecommunications industries. See "Business and
  Properties--Proposed Developments."
 
    The Company believes that, in many cases, land owners with limited
  development expertise and/or limited financial resources wish to align
  their property with an experienced, stable development team who can secure
  financing and lead tenants. The Company has historically been very
  successful at securing lead tenants and favorable financing terms for its
  major projects, and therefore is routinely sought as a joint venture
  partner. Examples of the Company's successful joint ventures with land
  owners include One and Two Independence Square in Southwest Washington,
  D.C., which are the headquarters for the Office of the Comptroller of the
  Currency and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
  respectively, and the United States International Trade Commission
  Building, which is the headquarters of the United States International
  Trade Commission.
 
    Acquire Existing Underperforming Assets. The Company has actively pursued
  and continues to pursue opportunities to acquire existing buildings that,
  while currently generating income, are either underperforming the market
  due to poor management or are currently leased below market with
  anticipated roll-over of space. These opportunities may include the
  acquisition of entire portfolios of properties. The Company believes that
  because of its in-depth market knowledge and development experience in each
  market in which it currently operates, its national reputation with
  brokers, financial institutions and others involved in the real estate
  market and its access to competitively-priced capital, the Company is well-
  positioned to identify and acquire existing, underperforming properties for
  competitive prices and to add significant additional value to such
  properties through its effective marketing strategies and responsive
  property management program.
 
    The Company's development capabilities enable the Company to purchase
  properties that have significant redevelopment potential, and to redevelop
  and re-position such properties in the market. Examples of the Company's
  implementation of this strategy include the Company's redevelopment of a
  160,000 square foot office building at 191 Spring Street in Lexington,
  Massachusetts in 1995. The Company acquired the property on a sale and
  short-term leaseback. When the existing tenant vacated, the Company
  redeveloped the property, adding a new facade, elevator and stair tower and
  creating an atrium, and leased the property in its entirety as first-class
  office space to The Stride Rite Corporation for its corporate headquarters.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
    Another example of the Company's implementation of this strategy was the
  acquisition of the Sugarland Office Park in Herndon, Virginia. After the
  major tenant of this two-building, 112,118 square foot, single story office
  project moved out, the institutional owner decided to sell the property
  rather than undertake a redevelopment or remarketing effort. The property
  was substantially vacant when the Company acquired it in November of 1996.
  As of May 22, 1997, 72% of the available space was committed to new
  tenants.
 
    Similarly, the Company has been successful at acquiring properties that
  have more land available for development. When the Company acquired Bedford
  Business Park in Bedford, Massachusetts, the property had 203,000 square
  feet of buildings. The Company used additional zoning capacity to build an
  additional 270,000 square feet on the site.
 
    Acquire Assets from Institutions or Individuals. The Company believes
  that due to its size, management strength and reputation it will be in an
  advantageous position to acquire portfolios of assets or individual
  properties from institutions or individuals seeking to convert their
  ownership on a property level basis to the ownership of equity in a
  diversified real estate operating company that offers liquidity through
  access to the public equity markets. In addition, the Company may pursue
  mergers with and acquisitions of compatible real estate firms. The ability
  to offer OP Units to sellers who would otherwise recognize a gain upon a
  sale of assets for cash or Common Stock may facilitate this type of
  transaction on a tax-efficient basis. The Company is currently in
  discussions with certain institutional investors to acquire certain of
  their portfolio properties, but no assurances can be given that the Company
  will purchase any of such properties.
 
    Provide Third-Party Development Management Services. While the primary
  objective of the Company has been, and will continue to be, the development
  and acquisition of quality, income producing buildings to be held for long
  term ownership, a select amount of comprehensive project-level development
  management services for third parties will be an element of the continued
  growth and strategy of the Company. The Company believes that third-party
  development projects permit the Company to: (i) create relationships with
  major institutions and corporations that lead to new development
  opportunities; (ii) continue to enhance the Company's reputation in its
  core markets; (iii) create opportunities to enter new markets; and (iv)
  leverage its operating overhead.
 
    The Company's previous third-party development management projects
  include the Thurgood Marshall Federal Judiciary Building in Washington,
  D.C. and the Health Care Financing Administration Building in Woodlawn,
  Maryland, laboratory facilities for Biogen and Beth Israel Hospital in
  Cambridge and Boston, Massachusetts, and the New York Daily News
  headquarters and printing plant in New York City and Jersey City, New
  Jersey, respectively. The high quality of the Company's development
  management projects is evidenced by the numerous awards bestowed upon the
  Federal Judiciary Building, the Health Care Financing Administration
  Building and the New York Daily News headquarters. Current third-party
  development management projects that the Company is engaged in include the
  development of a new $330 million Clinical Research Center for the National
  Institutes of Health, the redevelopment of 90 Church Street in New York
  City for the U.S. Postal Service, and the redevelopment of the Acacia
  Mutual Life Insurance Company building in Washington, D.C. which has been
  leased in its entirety to the law firm of Jones, Day, Reavis, and Pogue.
 
 Internal Growth
 
  The Company believes that significant opportunities exist to increase cash
flow from its existing Properties because they are high quality properties in
desirable locations in submarkets that are experiencing rising rents, low
vacancy rates and increasing demand for office and industrial space. In
addition, the Company's Properties are in markets where supply is limited by
the lack of available sites and the difficulty of receiving the necessary
approvals for development on vacant land. The Company's strategy for
maximizing the benefits from these opportunities is (i) to provide high
quality property management services using its own employees in order to
enhance tenant preferences for renewal, expansion and relocation in the
Company's properties, and (ii) to achieve speed and transaction cost
efficiency in replacing departing tenants through the use of in-house services
for marketing, lease negotiation, and design and construction of tenant
improvements. In addition, the Company
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
believes that the Hotel Properties will add to the Company's internal growth
because of their desirable locations in the downtown Boston and East Cambridge
submarkets, which are experiencing high occupancy rates and continued growth
in room rates, and their effective management by Marriott(R), which has
achieved high guest satisfaction and limitations on increases in operating
costs.
 
    Cultivate Existing Submarkets. In choosing locations for its properties,
  the Company has paid particular attention to transportation and commuting
  patterns, physical environment, adjacency to established business centers,
  proximity to sources of business growth and other local factors.
  Substantially all of the Company's square footage of Office Properties are
  located in twelve submarkets in Greater Boston, Greater Washington, D.C.
  and midtown Manhattan. In the Boston area, 622,511 net rentable square feet
  of Office Properties are located in the Company's mixed-use Cambridge
  Center development in the East Cambridge submarket, which is the largest
  and most important submarket of Cambridge, Massachusetts. An additional
  1,818,743 net rentable square feet of Office Properties are located in two
  adjacent areas along the inner suburban circumferential highway, the Route
  128/Massachusetts Turnpike and Route 128 Northwest submarkets, which are
  the strongest submarkets in the Boston suburbs in terms of rental and
  occupancy rates. In Greater Washington, D.C., 76.7% of the Company's
  3,076,710 square feet of space in Class A office buildings is concentrated
  in the Southwest submarket, a strong market for quality government agency
  tenants and tenants in related services, and in its Democracy Center and
  Montvale Center projects in Montgomery County, Maryland. The Company's New
  York City property is at 599 Lexington Avenue, adjacent to Citicorp Center
  in the Park Avenue submarket of midtown Manhattan, which has historically
  been midtown Manhattan's strongest office location.
     
    These submarkets are experiencing increasing rents and as a result
  current market rates often exceed the rents being paid by current tenants
  in the Properties. The Company expects that leases expiring over the next
  three years will be renewed, or space relet, at higher rents. Leases with
  respect to 10.3%, 10.9% and 7.0% of the leased square footage of the Office
  and Industrial Properties expires in 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. The
  actual rental rates at which available space will be re-let will depend on
  prevailing market factors at the time. There can be no assurance that the
  Company will re-let such space at an increased, or even at the then
  current, rental rate.     
 
    Directly Manage Properties to Maximize the Potential for Tenant
  Retention. The Company itself provides property management services, rather
  than contracting for this service, to achieve awareness of and
  responsiveness to tenant needs. The Company and the Properties also benefit
  from cost efficiencies produced by an experienced work force attentive to
  preventive maintenance and energy management and from the Company's
  continuing programs to assure that its property management personnel at all
  levels remain aware of their important role in tenant relations. The
  Company has long recognized that renewal of existing tenant leases, as
  opposed to tenant replacement, often provides the best operating results,
  because renewals minimize transaction costs associated with marketing,
  leasing and tenant improvements and avoid interruptions in rental income
  during periods of vacancy and renovation of space.
 
    Replace Tenants Quickly at Best Available Market Terms and Lowest
  Possible Transaction Costs. The Company believes that it has a competitive
  advantage in attracting new tenants and achieving rental rates at the
  higher end of its markets as a result of its well-located, well-designed
  and well-maintained properties, its reputation for high quality building
  services and responsiveness to tenants, and its ability to offer expansion
  and relocation alternatives within its submarkets. The Company's objective
  throughout this process is to obtain the highest possible rental terms and
  to achieve rent commencement for new tenancies as quickly as possible, and
  the Company believes that its use of in-house resources for marketing,
  leasing and tenant improvements continues to result in lower than average
  transaction costs.
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering, after deducting the
underwriting discount and estimated expenses of the Offering, are estimated to
be approximately $730.9 million (approximately $841.3 million if the
Underwriters' overallotment is exercised in full). The net proceeds of the
Offering will be used by the Company as follows: (i) approximately $707.1
million to repay certain mortgage indebtedness secured by the Properties as
set forth in the table below; (ii) approximately $6.9 million for related
prepayment penalties; (iii) approximately $9.9 million to pay transfer taxes;
(iv) to establish a cash balance of approximately $5.5 million for working
capital purposes; and (v) approximately $1.5 million to establish the
Unsecured Line of Credit. In addition, approximately $57.7 million that will
be drawn under the Unsecured Line of Credit upon the completion of the
offering will be used as follows: (x) approximately $42.8 million will be used
to repay notes due Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde (the "Development Loan") in
respect of loans advanced by them to the entities that, prior to the Offering,
own the Development Properties and certain parcels of land, to fund
development of the Development Properties and the acquisition of such parcels
of land (with interest on such refinanced amount to be capitalized during the
period of development); and (y) approximately $14.9 million (net of $6.8
million of assumed debt) will be used to acquire the Newport Office Park
property. The Company currently has no agreements or understandings to
purchase any properties or interests therein other than the Properties and
certain of the development parcels.
 
  The Development Loan will be repaid with a drawdown from the Unsecured Line
of Credit concurrently with the closing of the Offering. In addition, the
funds necessary to acquire Newport Office Park will be paid with a drawdown
from the Unsecured Line of Credit at such time.
 
  If the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full, the Company
expects to use the additional net proceeds (which will be approximately $110.4
million) to repay indebtedness, acquire or develop additional properties, and
for general corporate purposes.
 
  Pending application of cash proceeds, the Company will invest such portion
of the net proceeds in interest-bearing accounts and short-term, interest-
bearing securities, which are consistent with the Company's intention to
qualify for taxation as a REIT.
 
  If the public offering price per share of Common Stock in the Offering is
below the mid-point of the range indicated on the cover of this Prospectus,
any reduction in net proceeds to the Company from the Offering would be
replaced, to the extent necessary, with additional indebtedness under the
Unsecured Line of Credit.
 
  Certain information regarding the indebtedness to be repaid is set forth
below:
 
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
           DEBT TO BE REPAID WITH A PORTION OF THE OFFERING PROCEEDS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AMOUNT TO BE
PROPERTY                     MATURITY(1)            INTEREST RATE(1) REPAID(1)(2)
- --------                  -----------------         ---------------- ------------
<S>                       <C>               <C>     <C>              <C>
599 Lexington Avenue....  July 19, 2005                 8.000%       $185,000,000
Cambridge Center
 Marriott, One and Three
 Cambridge Center.......  June 30, 1997     LIBOR +     1.375(3)      125,000,000
Democracy Center........  July 24, 1998     LIBOR +     1.200(3)      109,500,000
Long Wharf Marriott(R)..  June 28, 1997     LIBOR +     0.700(3)       68,600,000
The U.S. International
 Trade Commission
 Building...............  July 11, 1998                 7.350          50,000,000
2300 N Street...........  August 3, 1998                9.170          34,000,000
Lexington Office Park...  June 30, 2001     LIBOR +     1.000(3)       15,176,028
Waltham Office Center...  October 1, 1997               9.500          11,389,018
Eleven Cambridge
 Center.................  October 1, 1997               9.500           8,318,626
7601 Boston Boulevard,
 Building Eight.........  August 15, 1997   LIBOR +     1.250(3)        8,160,000
10 and 20 Burlington
 Mall Road(4)...........  July 1, 2001                  8.330           8,000,000
8000 Grainger Court,
 Building Five..........  August 15, 1997   LIBOR +     1.250(3)        7,470,000
Fourteen Cambridge
 Center.................  March 24, 2001    LIBOR +     1.750(3)        6,699,820
7500 Boston Boulevard,
 Building Six...........  August 15, 1997   LIBOR +     1.250(3)        6,277,500
195 West Street.........  June 19, 1999     LIBOR +     1.750(3)        5,700,066
7600 Boston Boulevard,
 Building Nine..........  August 15, 1997   LIBOR +     1.250(3)        5,649,750
7435 Boston Boulevard,
 Building One...........  October 1, 1997               9.500           5,564,116
40-46 Harvard Street....  June 30, 2001     LIBOR +     1.000(3)        5,310,733
170 Tracer Lane.........  October 1, 1997               9.500           5,145,947
6201 Columbia Park Road,
 Building Two...........  August 15, 1997   LIBOR +     1.250(3)        4,896,000
8 Arlington Street......  June 30, 2001     LIBOR +     1.000(3)        4,552,058
32 Hartwell Avenue......  October 1, 1997               9.500           4,163,697
7374 Boston Boulevard,
 Building Four..........  October 1, 1997               9.500           3,567,569
2000 South Club Drive,
 Building Three.........  August 15, 1997   LIBOR +     1.250(3)        3,452,250
204 Second Avenue.......  October 1, 1997               9.500           3,286,902
25-33 Dartmouth Street..  October 1, 1997               9.500           3,249,633
1950 Stanford Court,
 Building One...........  August 15, 1997   LIBOR +     1.250(3)        2,594,500
7451 Boston Boulevard,
 Building Two...........  October 1, 1997               9.500           2,183,375
164 Lexington Road......  November 30, 2000             7.800           1,951,797
2391 West Winton
 Avenue.................  March 20, 2006                9.875           1,309,837
17 Hartwell Avenue......  October 1, 1997               9.500             912,845
                                                                     ------------
Total...................                                             $707,082,067
                                                                     ============
</TABLE>
- --------
   
(1) The Company estimates that the indebtedness to be repaid with a portion of
    the proceeds of the Offering will have a weighted average interest rate of
    approximately 7.50% and a weighted average maturity of approximately 3.1
    years as of December 31, 1996. Repayment amounts assume that the
    indebtedness was repaid on June 1, 1997. Exact repayment amounts may differ
    due to amortization. Repayment amounts exclude prepayment penalties that
    aggregate approximately $6.9 million.     
(2) Represents prepayment of principal only.
(3) 30 Day LIBOR of 5.6875% as of May 22, 1997 was used for calculation of the
    weighted average interest rate.
(4) Includes 91 Hartwell Avenue and 92 and 100 Hayden Avenue.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
 
                                 DISTRIBUTIONS
 
  Subsequent to the Offering, the Company intends to make regular quarterly
distributions to the holders of its Common Stock. The Company intends to pay a
pro rata distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion
of the Offering and ending on September 30, 1997 based upon $0.405 per share
for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $1.62 per share, or
an annual distribution rate of approximately 6.5% based on the initial public
offering price per share of $25.00. The Company does not intend to reduce the
expected distribution per share if the Underwriters' overallotment option is
exercised. The following discussion and the information set forth in the table
and footnotes below should be read together with the financial statements and
notes thereto, the pro forma financial information and notes thereto and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
  The Company's intended initial annual distribution is based on an estimate
of the cash flow that will be available to it for distributions for the 12-
month period following completion of the Offering. This estimate is based on
pro forma cash flows provided by operations for the twelve months ended March
31, 1997, as adjusted for certain events and contractual commitments that are
not reflected in the Company's historical or pro forma financial statements,
but without giving effect to any changes in working capital resulting from
changes in current assets and current liabilities (which are not anticipated
to be material) or the amount of cash estimated to be used for (i) investing
activities for development, acquisition and tenant improvement and leasing
costs and (ii) financing activities for principal repayments and interest
thereon (other than for existing indebtedness). The Company anticipates that,
except as reflected in the table below and the notes thereto, investing and
financing activities will not have a material effect on estimated cash
available for distribution. The Company's estimated pro forma cash flows from
operating activities determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles is substantially equivalent to estimated pro forma Funds
from Operations, as adjusted for the items set forth in the table below. The
calculation of adjustments to pro forma Funds from Operations is being made
solely for the purpose of setting the initial distribution amount and is not
intended to be a projection or prediction of the Company's actual results of
operations nor is the methodology upon which such adjustments are made
intended to be a basis for determining future distributions. Future
distributions by the Company will be at the discretion of the Board of
Directors. There can be no assurance that any distributions will be made nor
that the expected level of distributions will be maintained by the Company.
 
  Future distributions by the Company will be at the discretion of the Board
of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including the amount of
Cash Available for Distribution and the Operating Partnership's financial
condition. Any decision by the Board of Directors to reinvest the Cash
Available for Distribution rather than to distribute such funds to the Company
will depend upon the Operating Partnership's capital requirements, the annual
distribution requirements under the REIT provisions of the Code (see "Federal
Income Tax Consequences--Requirements for Qualification--Annual Distribution
Requirements") and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems
relevant. There can be no assurance that any distributions will be made or
that the estimated level of distributions will be maintained by the Company.
 
  The Company anticipates that its distributions will exceed earnings and
profits for income tax reporting purposes due to non-cash expenses, primarily
depreciation and amortization, to be incurred by the Company. Therefore,
approximately 25% (or $0.41 per share) of the distributions anticipated to be
paid by the Company for the first twelve months subsequent to the Offering are
expected to represent a return of capital for federal income tax purposes and
in such event will not be subject to federal income tax under current law to
the extent such distributions do not exceed a stockholder's basis in his or
her Common Stock. The nontaxable distributions will reduce the stockholder's
tax basis in the Common Stock and, therefore, the gain (or loss) recognized on
the sale of such Common Stock or upon liquidation of the Company will be
increased (or decreased) accordingly. The percentage of stockholder
distributions that represents a nontaxable return of capital may vary
substantially from year to year.
 
  Federal income tax law requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 95%
of its REIT taxable income. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Requirements
for Qualification--Annual Distribution Requirements." The amount of
distributions on an annual basis necessary to maintain the Company's REIT
status based on pro forma taxable income of the Operating Partnership for the
twelve months ended December 31, 1996 as adjusted
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
for certain items in the following table would have been approximately $38
million. The estimated Cash Available for Distribution is anticipated to be in
excess of the annual distribution requirements applicable to REITs. Under
certain circumstances, the Company may be required to make distributions in
excess of Cash Available for Distribution in order to meet such distribution
requirements. For a discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to
holders of Common Stock, see "Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
  The Company believes that its estimate of Cash Available for Distribution
constitutes a reasonable basis for setting the initial distribution, and the
Company expects to maintain its initial distribution rate for the twelve
months subsequent to the Offering unless actual results of operations,
economic conditions or other factors differ from the assumptions used in the
estimate. The Company's actual results of operations will be affected by a
number of factors, including the revenue received from the Properties, the
operating expenses of the Company, interest expense, the ability of tenants of
the Properties to meet their obligations and unanticipated capital
expenditures. Variations in the net proceeds from the Offering as a result of
a change in the initial public offering price or the exercise of the
Underwriters' overallotment option may affect the Cash Available for
Distribution and the payout ratio of Cash Available for Distribution and
available reserves. No assurance can be given that the Company's estimate will
prove accurate. Actual results may vary substantially from the estimate.
 
  The following table describes the calculation of pro forma Funds from
Operations for the twelve months ended March 31, 1997 and the adjustments made
to pro forma Funds from Operations for the twelve months ended March 31, 1997
in estimating initial Cash Available for Distribution for the twelve months
ending March 31, 1998 (amounts in thousands except share data, per share data,
square footage data and percentages):
 
<TABLE>   
<S>                                                                    <C>
Pro forma Income before Minority Interests and Extraordinary Item for
 the year ended December 31, 1996....................................  $60,130
  Less: Non-recurring item--lease termination fee....................   (7,503)
  Less: Minority combined partnership's share of funds from
   operations........................................................     (479)
  Plus: Pro forma real estate depreciation and amortization for the
   year ended December 31, 1996......................................   36,334
                                                                       -------
Pro forma Funds from Operations for the year ended December 31, 1996
 (1).................................................................   88,482
  Less: Pro forma funds from operations for the three months ended
   March 31, 1996....................................................  (19,587)
  Plus: Pro forma funds from operations for the three months ended
   March 31, 1997....................................................   22,469
                                                                       -------
Pro forma Funds from Operations for the twelve months ended March 31,
 1997................................................................   91,364
  Net increases in contractual rent income (2).......................    7,396
  Provision for lease expirations, assuming no renewals (3)..........   (2,881)
  Net contractual income from leases signed from new developments
   (4)...............................................................    2,079
  Net effect of decrease in interest income and interest expense
   (5)...............................................................      (11)
                                                                       -------
Estimated adjusted pro forma Funds from Operations for the twelve
 months ending March 31, 1998........................................   97,947
  Net effect of straight-line rents (6)..............................      549
  Pro forma non-real estate amortization for the twelve months ended
   March 31, 1997 (7)................................................    2,087
Estimated pro forma Cash Flows from Operating Activities for the
 twelve months ending March 31, 1998.................................  100,583
  Scheduled mortgage loan principal payments (8).....................   (3,940)
  Estimated annual provision for tenant improvements and leasing
   commissions (9)...................................................   (5,996)
  Estimated annual provision for capital expenditures--office and
   industrial properties (10)........................................   (1,642)
  Estimated annual provision for capital expenditures--hotels (11)...   (3,557)
                                                                       -------
Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the twelve months
 ending March 31, 1998...............................................  $85,448
                                                                       =======
  The Company's share of estimated Cash Available for Distribution
   (12)..............................................................  $58,019
                                                                       =======
  Minority interest's share of estimated Cash Available for
   Distribution......................................................  $27,429
                                                                       =======
Total estimated initial annual distributions.........................  $81,081
                                                                       =======
  Estimated initial annual distribution per share (13)...............  $  1.62
                                                                       =======
  Payout ratio based on estimated Cash Available for Distribution
   (14)..............................................................     94.9%
                                                                       =======
</TABLE>    
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
- --------
(1) The White Paper defines Funds from Operations as net income (loss)
    (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from debt
    restructuring and sales of property, plus real estate related depreciation
    and amortization and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and
    joint ventures. Management believes Funds from Operations is helpful to
    investors as a measure of the performance of an equity REIT because, along
    with cash flows from operating activities, financing activities and
    investing activities, it provides investors with an understanding of the
    ability of the Company to incur and service debt and make capital
    expenditures. The Company computes Funds from Operations in accordance
    with standards established by the White Paper, which may differ from the
    methodology for calculating Funds from Operations utilized by other equity
    REITs, and, accordingly, may not be comparable to such other REITs.
    Further, Funds from Operations does not represent amounts available for
    management's discretionary use because of needed capital replacement or
    expansion, debt service obligations, or other commitments and
    uncertainties. Funds from Operations should not be considered as an
    alternative to net income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an
    indication of the Company's financial performance or to cash flows from
    operating activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of
    the Company's liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund
    the Company's cash needs, including its ability to make distributions. The
    Company believes that in order to facilitate a clear understanding of the
    combined historical operating results of the Boston Properties Predecessor
    Group and the Company, Funds from Operations should be examined in
    conjunction with net income as presented in the combined financial
    statements and information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Pro
    forma funds from operations for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
    1996 was calculated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                               THREE MONTHS
                                                                ENDED MARCH
                                                                    31,
                                                               --------------
                                                                1997    1996
                                                               ------  ------
   <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
   Pro forma income before minority interest.................. 13,732  18,414
     Less: Non-recurring item--lease termination fee..........    --   (7,503)
     Less: Minority combined partnership share of funds from
      operations..............................................   (148)    (80)
     Plus: Pro forma real estate depreciation and
      amortizaton.............................................  8,885   8,756
                                                               ------  ------
   Pro forma funds from operations............................ 22,469  19,587
                                                               ======  ======
</TABLE>
   
(2) Represents the net increases in contractual rental income net of expenses
    from new leases and renewals that were not in effect for the entire
    twelve-month period ended March 31, 1997 and new leases and renewals that
    went into effect between April 1, 1997 and May 23, 1997, as well as the
    effect of approximately $2.2 million of anticipated rental revenue from
    hotel net leases in place at the closing date, based upon the 1997
    original hotel budgets prepared by Marriott(R), the independent manager of
    such hotels.     
(3) Assumes no lease renewals or new leases (other than month-to-month leases)
    for leases expiring after March 31, 1997 unless a new or renewal lease has
    been entered into by May 23, 1997.
   
(4) Represents contractual rental revenue, net of operating expenses, to be
    collected during the twelve months ended March 31, 1998 from four of the
    seven Development Properties to be completed during 1997.     
(5) Reflects an estimated reduction in interest income of $872 for the year
    ending December 31, 1997 resulting from a decrease in the amount of cash
    to be held by the Company, partially offset by an estimated reduction in
    interest expense of $861.
(6) Represents the effect of adjusting straight-line rental revenue included
    in pro forma net income from the straight-line accrual basis to amounts
    currently being paid or due from tenants.
(7) Pro forma amortization of financing costs of $1,542 plus corporate
    depreciation of $545 for the twelve months ended March 31, 1997.
(8) Represents scheduled payments of mortgage loan principal due during the
    twelve months ending March 31, 1998.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
(9) Reflects recurring tenant improvements and lease commissions anticipated
    for the year ending December 31, 1997 based on the weighted average tenant
    improvements and leasing commissions expenditures for renewed and
    retenanted space at the Properties incurred during 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
    and 1996, multiplied by the average annual number of square feet of leased
    space for which leases expire during the years ending December 31, 1997
    through December 31, 2001. The weighted average annual per square foot
    cost of tenant improvements and leasing commissions expenditures is
    presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         ------------------------------ WEIGHTED
                                         1992  1993  1994  1995   1996  AVERAGE
                                         ----- ----- ----- ----- ------ --------
   <S>                                   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>
   Recurring Tenant improvements and
    lease commissions per square foot..  $6.74 $5.59 $6.51 $7.77 $10.25 $   7.67
   Average annual square feet for which
    leases expire during years ending
    December 31, 1997 through December
    31, 2001...........................                                  781,767
   Total estimated annual recurring
    capitalized tenant improvements and
    leasing commission.................                                 $  5,996
</TABLE>
 
(10) For the twelve months ending March 31, 1998, the estimated cost of
     recurring building improvements and equipment upgrades and replacements
     (excluding costs of tenant improvements) at the Office and Industrial
     Properties is approximately $1,642 and is based on an annual estimated
     cost of $0.20 per square foot.
(11) Represents an estimate of $3,557 for funding of hotel escrow accounts for
     capital expenditures at the hotels. The amount is a percentage of hotel
     revenue. The average cost of historical capital expenditures at the
     hotels incurred during the years ended December 31, 1992 through December
     31, 1996 is presented below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                     -------------------------------- ANNUAL
                                      1992  1993  1994   1995   1996  AVERAGE
                                     ------ ---- ------ ------ ------ -------
   <S>                               <C>    <C>  <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
   Hotel improvements, equipment
    upgrades and replacements....... $3,182 $836 $1,917 $4,420 $3,041 $2,679
</TABLE>
 
  At December 31, 1996, reserve accounts for hotel improvements for both
Properties aggregated $4,942. Pursuant to the Hotel Property management
agreements, Marriott(R) has agreed to reserve 5% and 6% of the gross revenues
of the Marriott(R) Long Wharf Hotel and the Cambridge Center Marriott(R),
respectively, for hotel improvements, equipment upgrades and replacements.
 
(12) The Company's share of estimated Cash Available for Distribution and
     estimated initial annual cash distributions to stockholders of the
     Company is based on its approximate 67.9% aggregate partnership interest
     in the Operating Partnership.
(13) Based on a total of 33,983,541 shares of Common Stock to be outstanding
     after the Offering, consisting of 31,400,000 shares to be sold in the
     Offering, assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment option,
     and 2,583,541 additional shares owned by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde
     after the Offering.
(14) Calculated as estimated initial annual distribution per share divided by
     the Company's share of estimated Cash Available for Distribution per
     share for the twelve months ending March 31, 1998. The payout ratio based
     on estimated adjusted pro forma Funds from Operations is 82.8%.
 
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth the combined historical capitalization of the
Boston Properties Predecessor Group and the other assets to be acquired in the
Formation Transactions and the pro forma combined capitalization of the
Company as of March 31, 1997, as adjusted to give effect to the Formation
Transactions, the Offering and the use of the net proceeds from the Offering
and from the initial borrowing under the Unsecured Line of Credit as set forth
under "Use of Proceeds." The information set forth in the table should be read
in conjunction with the combined historical financial statements and notes
thereto, the pro forma financial information and notes thereto and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        COMBINED
                                                       HISTORICAL  AS ADJUSTED
                                                       ----------  -----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>
Debt:
 Mortgage Notes, Notes payable to affiliate and
  Unsecured Line of Credit (1)........................ $1,446,645   $752,993(3)
Minority interest in Operating Partnership............        --      48,838
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares
  authorized, none issued or outstanding..............        --         --
 Common Stock, $.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares
  authorized; 33,983,541 issued and outstanding on a
  pro forma basis (2).................................        --         340
 Additional Paid-in Capital...........................        --     102,963
 Owners' Equity (Deficiency)..........................   (575,694)       --
                                                       ----------   --------
  Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency).............   (575,694)   103,303
                                                       ----------   --------
   Total Capitalization............................... $  870,951   $905,134
                                                       ==========   ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Mortgage notes payable are comprised of 44 loans at March 31, 1997,
    December 31, 1996 and 1995 each of which is collateralized by a building
    and related land included in real estate assets. The mortgage notes
    payable are generally due in monthly installments and mature at various
    dates through September 30, 2012. Interest rates on fixed rate mortgage
    notes payable aggregating $1,012,320, $1,013,361 and $929,226 at March 31,
    1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, range from 7.35% to 9.875%
    (averaging 8.18% at March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996). Interest rates
    on variable rate mortgage notes payable aggregating $384,948, $385,985 and
    $446,546 at March 31, 1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively,
    range from 0.7% above the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") 5.5% at
    March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 to 1.75% above the LIBOR rate.
 
  The interest rates related to the mortgage notes payable for three
   properties aggregating $610,313, $610,782 and $612,657 at March 31, 1997,
   December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, are subject to periodic scheduled
   rate increases. Interest expense for these mortgage notes payable is
   computed using the effective interest method. The impact of using this
   method increased interest expense $206 and $161 for the three months ended
   March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and $644, $1,347 and $3,131 for the
   years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The cumulative
   liability related to these adjustments is $21,220, $21,013 and $20,369 at
   March 31, 1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and is included
   in mortgage notes payable.
 
  Combined aggregate principal maturities of mortgage notes payable at
December 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                  <C>
   1997................................................................ $334,784
   1998................................................................  219,748
   1999................................................................   11,315
   2000................................................................   48,040
   2001................................................................  153,148
</TABLE>
 
  The extraordinary loss reflected in the statement of operations for the year
   ended December 31, 1996 resulted from a prepayment penalty upon the early
   principal repayment of a mortgage note payable.
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
  Certain mortgage notes payable are subject to prepayment penalties of
   varying amounts in the event of an early principal repayment.
 
(2) Includes shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Offering. Does not
    include (i) 16,066,459 shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the
    exchange of OP Units issued in connection with the Formation Transactions,
    or (ii) 2,300,000 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under
    the Company's Stock Option Plan.
 
(3) As adjusted Mortgage Notes and Unsecured Line of Credit consists of the
    pro forma Mortgage notes payable and Unsecured Line of Credit of $739,226
    as of March 31, 1997 adjusted (i) for the effects of the drawdown on the
    Unsecured Line of Credit of $57,655 as of the Offering date less the
    $42,983 drawdown used for pro forma purposes, and (ii) to reflect
    anticipated principal amortization on the Mortgage Notes between March 31,
    1997 and the Offering date.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>

 
                                   DILUTION
 
  At March 31, 1997, the Company had a net tangible book value of
approximately $(600.8) million. After giving effect to (i) the sale of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering
price of $25.00 per share) and the receipt by the Company of approximately
$730.9 million in net proceeds from the Offering, after deducting the
underwriting discount and estimated Offering expenses, (ii) the repayment of
approximately $708.4 million (at March 31, 1997) of indebtedness under
mortgage debt, the Company's pro forma net tangible book value at March 31,
1997 would have been $85.8 million, or $2.73 per share of Common Stock. This
amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $35.15
per share to persons who held a direct or indirect interest in the assets of
the Company prior to the Offering (the "Continuing Investors") and an
immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $22.27 per share of
Common Stock to new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                      <C>      <C>    
   Initial public offering price per share................           $25.00
     Deficiency in tangible book value per share prior to
      the Offering(1).....................................  $(32.42)
     Increase in net tangible book value per share
      attributable to the Offering(2).....................  $ 35.15
   Pro forma net tangible book value after the
    Offering(3)...........................................           $ 2.73
                                                            -------  ------ 
   Dilution in net tangible book value per share of Common
    Stock to new investors(4).............................           $22.27
                                                                     ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Net tangible book value per share prior to the Offering is determined by
    dividing net tangible book value of the Company (based on the March 31,
    1997 net book value of the assets less net book value of deferred
    financing and leasing costs to be contributed in connection with the
    Formation Transactions, net of liabilities to be assumed) by the number of
    shares of Common Stock held by, or issuable upon the exchange of all OP
    Units to be issued to, the Continuing Investors.
(2) Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $25.00 per share of
    Common Stock and after deducting Underwriters' discounts and commissions
    and estimated Offering expenses.
(3) Based on total pro forma net tangible book value of $85.8 million divided
    by the total number of shares of Common Stock. There is no impact on
    dilution attributable to the issuance of Common Stock in exchange for OP
    Units to be issued to the Continuing Investors since such OP Units would
    be exchanged for Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.
(4) Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per share of
    Common Stock after the Offering from the initial public offering price of
    $25.00 per share of Common Stock.
 
  The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the
Offering and the Formation Transactions, the number of shares of Common Stock
to be sold by the Company in the Offering and the number of OP Units to be
issued to the Continuing Investors in connection with the Formation
Transactions, the net tangible book value as of March 31, 1997 of the assets
contributed in the Formation Transactions and the net tangible book value of
the average contribution per share based on total contributions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             CASH/BOOK VALUE OF
                          COMMON STOCK/        TO THE COMPANY        PURCHASE PRICE/BOOK
                         OP UNITS ISSUED      CONTRIBUTIONS(1)          VALUE OF AVG.
                         ------------------  ---------------------      CONTRIBUTION
                         SHARES    PERCENT       $        PERCENT      PER SHARE/UNIT
                         --------- --------  ----------   --------   -------------------
                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGES)
<S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>
New Investors in the
 Offering...............    31,400       63% $   730,938      579%         $ 25.00(2)
Common Stock held by
 Continuing Investors...     2,584        5%     (83,772)     (66)%        $(32.42)
OP Units issued to
 Continuing Investors...    16,066       32%    (520,849)    (413)%        $(32.42)
                         ---------   ------  -----------   ------
  Total.................    50,050      100% $   126,317      100%
                         =========   ======  ===========   ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Based on the December 31, 1996 net book value of the assets less net book
    value of deferred financing and leasing costs to be contributed in
    connection with the Formation Transactions, net of liabilities to be
    assumed.
(2) Before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of the
    Offering.
 
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
                        SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
  The following table sets forth unaudited pro forma financial and other
information for the Company and combined historical financial information for
the Boston Properties Predecessor Group. The following selected financial
information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
  The combined historical balance sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and
combined historical statements of operations for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994 of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group have been
derived from the historical combined financial statements audited by Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, whose report with respect thereto is
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
  The selected financial data at March 31, 1997 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 and March 31, 1996 are derived from unaudited financial
statements. The unaudited financial information includes all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) that management considers
necessary for fair presentation of the combined financial position and results
of operations for these periods. Combined operating results for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results to
be expected for the entire year ended December 31, 1997.
   
  Unaudited pro forma adjustments and operating information for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996 is presented
as if the completion of the Offering and the Formation Transactions occurred
at January 1, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and the effect thereof was carried
forward through the three month period ended March 31, 1997 and the year ended
December 31, 1996, respectively (e.g., certain debt was repaid and no related
interest expense thereafter incurred). By necessity, such pro forma operating
information incorporates certain assumptions which are described in the notes
to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data is
presented as if the aforementioned transactions had occurred on March 31,
1997.     
 
  The pro forma information does not purport to represent what the Company's
financial position or results of operations would actually have been if these
transactions had, in fact, occurred on such date or at the beginning of the
period indicated, or to project the Company's financial position or results of
operations at any future date or for any future period.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
      THE COMPANY (PRO FORMA) AND THE BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
                                 (HISTORICAL)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                  THREE MONTHS
                                 ENDED MARCH 31,                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                          -------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          HISTORICAL                                      HISTORICAL
                          PRO FORMA   -------------------  PRO FORMA  -------------------------------------------------------
                             1997        1997      1996      1996        1996        1995       1994       1993       1992
                          ----------  ----------  -------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
  Rental revenue (1)....  $   52,345  $   48,402  $52,906  $218,415   $  195,006  $  179,265  $ 176,725  $ 182,776  $ 177,370
  Hotel revenue (1).....         --       12,796   11,483       --        65,678      61,320     58,436     54,788     52,682
  Fee and other income
   (2)..................       1,851       2,257    2,310     7,615        9,249       8,140      8,922      7,997     11,160
                          ----------  ----------  -------  --------   ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues......      54,196      63,455   66,699   226,030      269,933     248,725    244,083    245,561    241,212
Expenses:
  Property expenses
   (2)..................      14,774      14,005   14,306    61,462       58,195      55,421     53,239     54,766     49,621
  Hotel expenses (1)....         --       10,001    8,835       --        46,734      44,018     42,753     40,286     38,957
  General and adminis-
   trative..............       2,876       2,667    2,633    11,588       10,754      10,372     10,123      9,549      9,331
  Interest..............      13,488      27,309   26,861    54,418      107,121     106,952     95,331     88,510     90,443
  Real estate
   depreciation and
   amortization.........       8,885       8,712    8,581    36,334       35,643      33,240     32,509     32,300     34,221
  Other depreciation and
   amortization.........         441         539      638     2,098        2,829       2,429      2,545      2,673      2,255
                          ----------  ----------  -------  --------   ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total expenses......      40,464      63,233   61,854   165,900      261,276     252,432    236,500    228,084    224,828
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item and
 minority interest in
 combined partnership...      13,732         222    4,845    60,130        8,657      (3,707)     7,583     17,477     16,384
Minority interest in
 combined partnership...        (126)       (126)     (57)     (384)        (384)       (276)      (412)      (391)      (374)
                          ----------  ----------  -------  --------   ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item.....      13,606          96    4,788    59,746        8,273      (3,983)     7,171     17,086     16,010
Extraordinary item--loss
 on early extinguishment
 of debt................         --          --       --        --          (994)        --         --         --         --
Minority interest in Op-
 erating
 Partnership (3)........      (4,368)        --       --    (19,178)         --          --         --         --         --
                          ----------  ----------  -------  --------   ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).......  $    9,238  $       96  $ 4,788  $ 40,568   $    7,279  $   (3,983) $   7,171  $  17,086  $  16,010
                          ==========  ==========  =======  ========   ==========  ==========  =========  =========  =========
Net income per share....  $      .27         --       --   $   1.19          --          --         --         --         --
Weighted average number
 of shares outstanding..      33,984         --       --     33,984          --          --         --         --         --
Weighted average number
 of shares and OP Units
 outstanding............      50,050         --       --     50,050          --          --         --         --         --
BALANCE SHEET DATA, AT
 PERIOD END:
Real estate, before
 accumulated
 depreciation...........  $1,080,193  $1,048,210      --        --    $1,035,571  $1,012,324  $ 984,853  $ 983,751  $ 982,348
Real estate, after
 accumulated
 depreciation...........     808,116     776,133      --        --       771,660     773,810    770,763    789,234    811,815
Cash and cash equiva-
 lents..................       7,087       2,980      --        --         8,998      25,867     46,289     50,697     28,841
Total assets............     920,479     900,063      --        --       896,511     922,786    940,155    961,715    971,648
Total indebtedness......     739,226   1,446,645      --        --     1,442,476   1,401,408  1,413,331  1,426,882  1,417,940
Stockholders' or owners'
 equity (deficiency)....     103,303    (575,694)     --        --      (576,632)   (506,653)  (502,230)  (495,104)  (480,398)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (4)..............  $   36,340  $   36,576  $40,787  $152,296   $  153,566  $  138,321  $ 137,269  $ 140,261  $ 142,627
Company's EBITDA (67.9%
 Share).................      24,675         --       --    103,409          --          --         --         --         --
Funds from Operations
 (5)....................      22,469  $    8,786  $ 5,843  $ 88,482       36,318      29,151     39,568     49,240     50,097
Company's Funds from Op-
 erations (67.9%
 Share).................      15,256          --      --     60,079          --          --         --         --         --
Ratio or deficiency of
 earnings to fixed
 charges (6)............        1.61         .99     1.17      1.71         1.06        0.95       1.07       1.19       1.17
Cash flow provided by
 operating activities...  $   22,910  $    1,823  $13,751  $ 98,083   $   53,804  $   30,933  $  47,566  $  59,834  $  50,468
Cash flow used in in-
 vesting activities.....      (2,799)    (12,611)  (3,412)  (11,195)     (23,689)    (36,844)   (18,424)    (9,437)   (48,257)
Cash flow provided by
 (used in) financing
 activities.............     (21,255)      4,770   (6,590)  (85,021)     (46,984)    (14,511)   (33,550)   (28,540)     1,365
</TABLE>    
- -------
(1) Pro forma rental revenue for the three month period ended March 31, 1997
    and the year ended December 31, 1996 includes the lease revenue that the
    Company will receive under the lease for the two Hotel Properties. After
    entering into such lease, the Company will not recognize direct hotel
    revenues and expenses.
(2) The development and management operations of the Company are reflected on
    a gross basis in the historical combined financial statements. In
    connection with the Formation Transactions, substantially all of the
    Greater Washington, D.C. third-party property management business will be
    contributed by the Company to the Development and Management Company and
    thereafter the operations of the Development and Management Company will
    be accounted for by the Company under the equity method in the pro forma
    statements; therefore, the pro forma statements include (i) revenues and
    expenses on a gross basis, from development and management conducted
    directly by the Operating Partnership in the respective income and expense
    line items and (ii) the Development and Management Company's net
    operations in the fee and other income line item. See "Business and
    Properties--Development Consulting and Third-Party Property Management."
(3) Represents the approximate 32.1% interest in the Operating Partnership
    that will be owned by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and other continuing
    investors in the Properties.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
(4) EBITDA means operating income before mortgage and other interest, income
    taxes, depreciation and amortization. The Company believes EBITDA is
    useful to investors as an indicator of the Company's ability to service
    debt or pay cash distributions. EBITDA, as calculated by the Company, is
    not comparable to EBITDA reported by other REITs that do not define EBITDA
    exactly as the Company defines that term. EBITDA should not be considered
    as an alternative to operating income or net income (determined in
    accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of operating performance or as an
    alternative to cash flows from operating activities (determined in
    accordance with a GAAP) as an indicator of liquidity and other combined or
    consolidated income or cash flow statement data (determined in accordance
    with GAAP). EBITDA for the respective periods is calculated as follows:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                    31,                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                         --------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
                                     HISTORICAL                                  HISTORICAL
                         PRO FORMA ----------------  PRO FORMA  ------------------------------------------------
                           1997     1997     1996      1996       1996      1995      1994      1993      1992
                         --------- -------  -------  ---------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
EBITDA
Income (loss) before
 minority interests and
 extraordinary item.....  $13,732  $   222  $ 4,845  $ 60,130   $  8,657  $ (3,707) $  7,583  $ 17,477  $ 16,384
Add:
  Interest expense......   13,488   27,309   26,861    54,418    107,121   106,952    95,331    88,510    90,443
  Real estate deprecia-
   tion and amortiza-
   tion.................    8,885    8,712    8,581    36,334     35,643    33,240    32,509    32,300    34,221
  Other depreciation and
   amortization.........      441      539      638     2,098      2,829     2,429     2,545     2,673     2,255
Less:
  Minority combined
   partnership's share
   of EBITDA............     (206)    (206)    (138)     (684)      (684)     (593)     (699)     (699)     (676)
                          -------  -------  -------  --------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
EBITDA..................  $36,340  $36,576  $40,787  $152,296   $153,566  $138,321  $137,269  $140,261  $142,627
                          =======  =======  =======  ========   ========  ========  ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>    
 
(5) The White Paper defines Funds from Operations as net income (loss)
    (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from debt
    restructuring and sales of property, plus real estate related depreciation
    and amortization and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and
    joint ventures. Management believes Funds from Operations is helpful to
    investors as a measure of the performance of an equity REIT because, along
    with cash flows from operating activities, financing activities and
    investing activities, it provides investors with an understanding of the
    ability of the Company to incur and service debt and make capital
    expenditures. The Company computes Funds from Operations in accordance
    with standards established by the White Paper, which may differ from the
    methodology for calculating Funds from Operations utilized by other equity
    REITs, and, accordingly, may not be comparable to such other REITs.
    Further, Funds from Operations does not represent amounts available for
    management's discretionary use because of needed capital replacement or
    expansion, debt service obligations, or other commitments and
    uncertainties. The Company believes that in order to facilitate a clear
    understanding of the combined historical operating results of the
    Properties and the Company, Funds from Operations should be examined in
    conjunction with the income (loss) as presented in the audited combined
    financial statements and information included elsewhere in this
    Prospectus. Funds from Operations should not be considered as an
    alternative to net income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an
    indication of the Company's financial performance or to cash flows from
    operating activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of
    the Company's liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund
    the Company's cash needs, including its ability to make distributions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                MARCH 31,                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                         ------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
                                    HISTORICAL                             HISTORICAL
                         PRO FORMA --------------  PRO FORMA -------------------------------------------
                           1997     1997    1996     1996     1996     1995     1994     1993     1992
                         --------- ------  ------  --------- -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                      <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS
Income (loss) before
 minority interests and
 extraordinary item....   $13,732  $  222  $4,845   $60,130  $ 8,657  $(3,707) $ 7,583  $17,477  $16,384
Add:
  Real estate
   depreciation and
   amortization........     8,885   8,712   8,581    36,334   35,643   33,240   32,509   32,300   34,221
Less:
  Minority combined
   partnership's share
   of Funds from
   Operations..........      (148)   (148)    (80)     (479)    (479)    (382)    (524)    (537)    (508)
  Non-recurring item--
   significant lease
   termination fee(A)..       --      --   (7,503)   (7,503)  (7,503)     --       --       --       --
                          -------  ------  ------   -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Funds from Operations..   $22,469  $8,786  $5,843   $88,482  $36,318  $29,151  $39,568  $49,240  $50,097
                          =======  ======  ======   =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>
- -------
 (A) Funds from Operations reflects the lease termination fee as non-
   recurring.
 
(6) For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
    earnings include net income before extraordinary item plus interest
    expense, amortization of interest previously capitalized, and amortization
    of financing costs. Fixed charges include all interest costs consisting of
    interest expense, interest capitalized, and amortization of financing
    costs.
   
(7) Pro forma cash flow from operating activities represents pro forma income
    before minority interests and extraordinary item plus depreciation and
    amortization. The pro forma amounts do not include the results from
    changes in working capital resulting from changes in current assets and
    current liabilities.     
   
(8) Pro forma cash flow used in investing activities represents an estimate
    for the three and twelve months subsequent to the Offering for tenant
    improvements and leasing commissions, capital expenditures at the Office
    and Industrial Properties and for the funding of the hotel escrow accounts
    for hotel related capital expenditures.     
   
(9) Pro forma cash flow used in financing activities represents estimated
    mortgage loan principal payments and estimated dividends and distributions
    (based upon an initial annual distribution of $1.62 per share/unit) for
    the three and twelve months subsequent to the Offering.     
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Selected
Financial Information" and the historical and pro forma financial statements
and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Such financial
statements and information reflect the historical financial position and
results of operations of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group, prior to the
completion of the Offering and the Formation Transactions. The pro forma
financial position is presented as if the Offering and the Formation
Transactions had occurred on December 31, 1996. The pro forma results of
operations is presented as if the Offering and the Formation Transactions had
occurred on January 1, 1996. See "Structure and Formation of the Company--
Formation Transactions" and the Notes to the pro forma financial statements of
the Company. The combined financial statements of the Boston Properties
Predecessor Group consist of 60 of the Office Properties that were owned as of
that date (including five Office Properties under development during 1996),
nine Industrial Properties, two Hotel Properties and the Garage Property.
 
                             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
COMPARISON OF THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996.
 
  Rental revenue decreased $4.5 million or 8.5% to $48.4 million from $52.9
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the three months
ended March 31, 1996. Rental revenue for the three months ended March 31, 1996
includes a $7.5 million non-recurring lease termination fee received from a
tenant at 599 Lexington Avenue. After giving affect of this $7.5 million fee,
rental revenue increased $3.0 million for the three months ended March 31,
1997.
 
  Hotel revenue increased $1.3 million or 11.4% to $12.8 million from $11.5
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the three months
ended March 31, 1996 as a result of increased occupancy and room rates.
 
  Third-party management and development fee income increased $243,000 or
15.5% to $1.8 million from $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31,
1997 compared to the three months ended March 31, 1996, as a result of new
projects commencing in 1996 and increased fees on existing projects.
 
  Interest income and other decreased $296,000 or 40% to $444,000 from
$740,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the three
months ended March 31, 1996, primarily due to a reduction in cash reserves.
 
  Property expenses decreased $301,000 or 2.1% to $14.0 million from $14.3
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the three months
ended March 31, 1996, primarily as a result of reductions in real estate
taxes.
 
  Hotel expenses increased $1.2 million or 13.2% to $10.0 million from $8.8
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the three months
ended March 31, 1996, primarily as a result of increased occupancy.
 
  General and administrative expense increased $34,000 or 1.3% to $2.7 million
from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the
three months ended March 31, 1996.
 
  Interest expense increased $448,000 or 1.7% to $27.3 million from $26.9
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the three months
ended March 31, 1996, primarily as a result of an increase in total
indebtedness from new loans on Bedford Business Park and Capital Gallery.
 
  Depreciation and amortization increased $32,000 or 0.3% to $9.3 million from
$9.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the three
months ended March 31, 1996.
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
  As a result of the foregoing, net income decreased $4.7 million to $96,000
from $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to the
three months ended March 31, 1996.
 
COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995.
 
  Rental revenue increased $15.7 million or 8.8% to $195.0 million from $179.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1995 primarily as a result of (i) a $7.5 million lease
termination fee received from a tenant at 599 Lexington Avenue for which the
space was immediately released, (ii) an increase of $2.8 million due to the
completion of the redevelopment and leasing of 191 Spring Street and (iii) an
overall increase in occupancy and rental rates.
 
  Hotel revenue increased $4.4 million or 7.1% to $65.7 million from $61.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1995 primarily as a result of an increase in average daily room
rates of 7.6%.
 
  Third-party management and development fee income increased $1.3 million or
28.7% to $5.7 million from $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996
compared to the year ended December 31, 1995 primarily as a result of new fees
for development services for projects which began during 1996.
 
  Interest and other income decreased $166,000 or 4.5% to $3.5 million from
$3.7 million primarily due to a reduction in interest income resulting from a
reduction in cash reserves.
 
  Property expenses increased $2.8 million or 5.0% to $58.2 million from $55.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1995 primarily as a result of a $1.1 million increase in utility
costs which is partially due to the increase in occupancy of the properties
during 1996 and an increase of $0.1 million in real estate taxes.
 
  Hotel expenses increased $2.7 million or 6.2% to $46.7 million from $44.0
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1995.
 
  General and administrative expense increased $382,000, or 3.7% to $10.8
million from $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to
the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
  Interest expense increased $169,000 or 0.2% to $107.1 million from $107.0
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1995 primarily as the result of an increase in interest expense
of 191 Spring Street resulting from the capitalization of interest during the
redevelopment of that property during 1995, an increase in total indebtedness
from new loans on Bedford Business Park and Capital Gallery, partially offset
by decreases in interest rates on variable rate loans.
 
  Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.8 million or 7.8% to
$38.5 million from $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared
to the year ended December 31, 1995 as a result of increased tenant
improvement costs incurred during the successful leasing of available space
during 1995 and 1996.
 
  As a result of the foregoing, net income before extraordinary item and
minority interest in combined partnership increased $12.4 million to $8.7
million from a loss of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996
compared to the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
 
  Rental revenue increased $2.5 million or 1.4% to $179.3 million from $176.7
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1994 as a result of increases in occupancy, including an increase
of $2.3 million from releasing at Democracy Center partially offset by a loss
of revenue of $2.7 million from 191 Spring Street which was taken out of
service for eleven months of 1995 while undergoing a complete redevelopment.
 
  Hotel revenue increased $2.9 million or 4.9% to $61.3 million from $58.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1994 primarily as a result of an increase in the average daily
room rate of 7.7%.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
  Third-party management and development fee revenue decreased $1.6 million or
27.0% to $4.4 million from $6.0 million primarily as the result of a decline
in revenue from projects completed in 1994.
 
  Interest and other income increased $864,000 or 30.5% for the year ended
December 31, 1995 compared to the year ended December 31, 1994 primarily as a
result of an increase in interest income from cash investments.
 
  Property expenses increased $2.2 million or 4.1% to $55.4 million from $53.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1994 primarily as a result of increased utilities and building
cleaning and maintenance costs.
 
  Hotel expenses increased $1.3 million or 3.0% to $44.0 million from $42.8
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1994.
 
  General and administrative expense increased $249,000, or 2.5% to $10.4
million from $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to
the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
  Interest expense increased $11.6 million or 12.2% to $107.0 million from
$95.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1994 as a result of increases in interest rates on variable rate
mortgage loans partially offset by a reduction in indebtedness resulting from
scheduled payments of mortgage loan principal and the capitalization of
interest of the 191 Spring Street loan during the redevelopment of that
property in 1995.
 
  Depreciation and amortization expense increased $615,000 or 1.8% to $35.7
million from $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to
the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
  As a result of the foregoing, net income before extraordinary item and
minority interest in combined partnership decreased $11.3 million to a loss of
$3.7 million from $7.6 million of net income for the year ended December 31,
1995 compared to the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
                          PRO FORMA OPERATING RESULTS
 
  Three Months Ended March 31, 1997. For the three months ended March 31,
1997, pro forma net income before extraordinary item would have been $9.2
million compared to $96,000 of historical net income for the three months
ended March 31, 1997. The pro forma operating results for the three months
ended March 31, 1997 include a minority interest in Operating Partnership of
$4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997, whereas there was no
minority interest in Operating Partnership for the three months ended March
31, 1996. On a pro forma basis, net income before minority interest for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 would have been $13.6 million compared to
$96,000 of net income before extraordinary items at March 31, 1997. Income
before minority interest in Operating Partnership and extraordinary item
increased by $13.5 million on a pro forma basis for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 primarily due to a reduction of interest expense of $13.8
million.
 
  Rental revenue for pro forma 1996 and pro forma three months ended March 31,
1997 includes lease revenue from the Hotel and Garage Properties whereas the
historical financial statements include revenues and expenses on a gross basis
on the respective line items for the Hotel and Garage properties.
 
  Upon completion of the Offering, certain management fee contracts will be
assigned to the Development and Management Company, which entity, on a pro
forma basis, has been accounted for under the equity method. Revenue and
expenses from these contracts are included on a gross basis in the historical
financial statements in their respective line items.
 
  Year Ended December 31, 1996. For the year ended December 31, 1996, pro
forma net income before minority interest in Operating Partnership and
extraordinary item would have been $59.7 million compared to $8.3 million of
historical net income for the year ended December 31, 1996. The pro forma
operating results for the year ended December 31, 1996 include a minority
interest in Operating Partnership of $19.2 million whereas there was no
minority interest in Operating Partnership in the corresponding historical
period. On a pro forma basis, net income before extraordinary item for the
year ended December 31, 1996 would have been $40.6 million compared to $8.3
million of net income before extraordinary items for the corresponding
historical period. Income before minority interest in Operating Partnership
and extraordinary item increased by $51.4 million on a pro forma basis for the
year ended December 31, 1996 primarily due to a reduction of interest expense
of $52.7 million.
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
  Pro Forma rental revenue for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and for
the year ended December 31, 1996 includes the lease revenues that the Company
will receive from ZL Hotel LLC under the lease for the two Hotel Properties.
After entering into such lease, the Company will not recognize hotel revenues
and expenses.
 
  The development and management operations of the Company are reflected on a
gross basis in the historical combined financial statements. In connection
with the Formation Transactions, a portion of the Greater Washington, D.C.
third-party property management business will be contributed by the Company to
the Development and Management Company and thereafter the operations of the
Development and Management Company will be accounted for by the Company under
the equity method in the pro forma statements; therefore, the pro forma
statements include (i) revenues and expenses on a gross basis from development
and management conducted directly by the Operating Partnership in the
respective income and expense line items and (ii) the Development and
Management Company's net operations in the fee and other income line item. See
"Business and Properties--Development Consulting and Third-Party Property
Management."
 
                        LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  Upon completion of the Offering and the Formation Transactions and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in "Use of Proceeds,"
the Company expects to have reduced its total indebtedness from $1.45 billion
to $753.0 million, comprised of $695.3 million of debt secured by Properties
(the "Mortgage Debt") and $57.7 million of debt under the Unsecured Line of
Credit. The $695.3 million Mortgage Debt is comprised of twelve loans secured
by 15 properties, with a weighted average interest rate of 7.6% on the fixed
rate loans which total $690.6 million. There will be a total of $3.5 million
of scheduled loan principal payments due during the year ending December 31,
1997. The Company's debt to market capitalization ratio will be 37.6% (35.5%
if the underwriters' overallotment is exercised in full) of the Company's
total market capitalization.
   
  Mortgage Indebtedness. As of June 1, 1997, the Company had outstanding
approximately $695.3 million of indebtedness secured by each of the Properties
as listed below:     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                ESTIMATED
                          INTEREST                ANNUAL DEBT     MATURITY      BALANCE AT
PROPERTIES                  RATE        PRINCIPAL   SERVICE         DATE         MATURITY
- ----------               ----------     --------- ----------- ----------------- ----------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>            <C>       <C>         <C>               <C>
599 Lexington Avenue....       7.00%    $225,000    $15,750   July 19, 2005      $225,000(1)
Two Independence
 Square.................       7.90(2)   122,187     10,767   February 27, 2003   113,844
One Independence
 Square.................       7.90(2)    78,125      7,038   August 21, 2001      73,938
2300 N Street...........       7.00(3)    66,000      4,620   August 3, 2003       66,000
Capital Gallery.........       8.24       60,364      5,767   August 15, 2006      49,555
10 & 20 Burlington Mall
 Road(4)................       8.33       37,000      3,082   October 1, 2001      37,000
Ten Cambridge Center &
 North Garage...........       7.57       40,000      3,028   March 29, 2000       40,000
191 Spring Street.......       8.50       23,822      2,271   September 1, 2006    20,428
Bedford Business Park...       8.50       23,313      1,980   December 10, 2008    15,891
Montvale Center.........       8.59        7,953        779   December 1, 2006      6,556
Newport Office Park.....       8.13        6,874        794   July 1, 2001          5,764
Hilltop Business Cen-
 ter.................... LIBOR+1.50%(5)    4,700        538   December 15, 1998     4,400
                                        --------    -------                      --------
  Total.................                $695,338    $56,414                      $658,376
                                        ========    =======                      ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) At maturity the lender has the option to purchase a 33.33% interest in
    this Property in exchange for the cancellation of the loan indebtedness.
    See "Business and Properties--The Office Properties--Midtown Manhattan
    Office Market--Description of Midtown Manhattan Property."
(2) The interest rate increases to 8.5% on March 25, 1998 through the loan
    expiration.
(3) Pricing to be set at closing equal to the cost of funds plus 25 basis
    points.
(4) Includes outstanding indebtedness secured by 91 Hartwell Avenue and 92 and
    100 Hayden Avenue. A portion of this indebtedness is being repaid. See
    "Use of Proceeds."
(5) For purposes of calculating debt service, LIBOR as of May 22, 1997 was
    5.6875%.
 
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
  The Unsecured Line of Credit. The Company has obtained a commitment to
establish the three year, $300 million Unsecured Line of Credit. The Unsecured
Line of Credit will be used to facilitate development and acquisition
activities and for working capital purposes. See "Unsecured Line of Credit."
 
  Analysis of Liquidity and Capital Resources. Upon completion of the Offering
and the Formation Transactions and the use of proceeds therefrom, the Company
will have reduced its total indebtedness by approximately $697 million.
 
  The Company believes the Offering and the Formation Transaction will improve
its financial performance through changes in its capital structure,
principally the substantial reduction in its overall debt and its debt to
equity ratio. The Company anticipates that distributions will be paid from
cash available for distribution, which is expected to exceed cash historically
available for distribution as a result of the reduction in debt service
resulting from the repayment of indebtedness. Through the Formation
Transactions, the Company will repay $707.1 million of its existing mortgage
debt, reducing pro forma 1996 annual interest expense by approximately $52.7
million.
 
  After the Offering, the Company expects to have approximately $242.3 million
available under the Unsecured Line of Credit. The Company anticipates that the
Unsecured Line of Credit will be used primarily to develop and acquire
properties and provide for working capital needs.
 
  The Company expects to meet its short-term liquidity requirements generally
through its initial working capital and net cash provided by operations. The
Company's operating properties and hotels require periodic investments of
capital for tenant-related capital expenditures and for general capital
improvements. For the years ended December 31, 1992 through December 31, 1996,
the Company's recurring tenant improvements and leasing commissions averaged
$7.67 per square foot of leased space per year. The Company expects that the
average annual cost of recurring tenant improvements and leasing commissions
will be $5,996,000 based upon an average annual square feet for which leases
expire during the years ending December 31, 1997 through December 31, 2001 of
781,767 square feet. The Company expects the cost of general capital
improvements to the properties to average $1,642,000 annually based upon an
estimate of $0.20 per square foot. Funding of capital expenditure reserve
accounts of the hotels is expected to be $3,557,000 annually based upon the
actual funding requirements at the hotels for the year ended December 31,
1996.
 
  The Company expects to meet its long-term liquidity requirements for the
funding of property development, property acquisitions and other non-recurring
capital improvements through long-term secured and unsecured indebtedness
(including the Unsecured Line of Credit) and the issuance of additional equity
securities from the Company. The Company also intends to fund property
development, property acquisitions and other non-recurring capital
improvements using the Unsecured Line of Credit on an interim basis.
 
  The Company will have commitments to fund to completion development projects
that are currently in process. Commitments under these arrangements totaled
$37 million as of December 31, 1996. The Company expects to fund these
commitments initially using the Unsecured Line of Credit. In addition, the
Company has options to acquire land that require minimum deposits that the
Company will fund using the Unsecured Line of Credit.
 
                                  CASH FLOWS
 
  Comparison for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 to Three Months Ended
March 31, 1996. Cash and cash equivalents were $3.0 million and $29.6 million
at March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents decreased
$6.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared to an
increase of $3.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 1996. The
decrease is due to a $11.4 million decrease in net cash used in financing
activities from $6.6 million used to $4.8 million generated, a $9.2 million
increase in net cash used in investing activities from $3.4 million to $12.6
million and a decrease in cash flows provided by operating activities of $11.9
million from $13.8 million to $1.8 million. The decrease in net cash used in
financing activities of $11.4 million is attributable to a decrease in net
distributions to owners of $3.9 million and an increase of $7.5 million in
mortgage note proceeds net of financing costs and loan principal payments. The
increase in net cash used in investing activities of $9.2 million is
attributable to an increase in the acquisition of tenant improvements, leasing
costs and new development costs. The decrease in cash provided by operating
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
activities of $12.0 million is due to a decrease in net income of $4.7 million
and increases from accounts receivable, cash escrows and prepaid expenses.
 
  Comparison for the Year Ended December 31, 1996 to Year Ended December 31,
1995. Cash and cash equivalents were $9.0 million and $25.9 million at
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents decreased
$16.9 million during 1996 compared to a decrease of $20.4 million during 1995.
The decrease is due to a $32.5 million increase in net cash used in financing
activities from $14.5 million to $47.0 million, offset by a $13.2 million
decrease in net cash used in investing activities from $36.8 million to $23.7
million and an increase in cash flows provided by operating activities of
$22.9 million from $30.9 million to $53.8 million. The increase in net cash
used in financing activities of $32.5 million is attributable to net
distributions to owners of $71.9 million offset by an increase of $39.4
million in loan proceeds net of financing costs, escrows, and loan principal
payments. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities of $13.2
million is attributable to the acquisition of the two Sugarland properties for
$7.5 million offset by a draw of restricted cash of $9.2 million and a net
decrease in additions to tenant improvements, leasing and development costs.
The increase in cash provided by operating activities of $22.9 million is due
to an increase in net income of $11.3 million and increases from accounts
receivable, escrows and prepaid expenses.
 
  Comparison for the Year Ended December 31, 1995 to Year Ended December 31,
1994. Cash and cash equivalents were $25.9 million and $46.3 million at
December 31, 1995 and 1994 respectively. Cash and cash equivalents decreased
$20.4 million during 1995 compared to a decrease of $4.4 million during 1994.
The decrease is due to an increase in cash used in investing activities of
$18.4 million from $18.4 million to $36.8 million, a decrease in cash provided
by operating activities of $16.6 million from $47.6 million to $30.9 million
offset by a decrease in net cash used in financing activities of $19.0 million
from $33.5 million to $14.5 million. The increase in cash used in investing
activities of $18.4 million is due to an increase in tenant improvements,
building improvements and leasing costs of $16.6 million and the acquisition
of 164 Lexington Road of $1.8 million. The decrease in net cash used in
financing activities of $19.0 million is attributable to a $13.9 million
decrease in net distributions to owners and a $5.2 million decrease in loans
payable and financing costs.
 
                             FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS
 
  The White Paper defines Funds from Operations as net income (loss) (computed
in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from debt restructuring
and sales of property, plus real estate related depreciation and amortization
and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.
Management believes Funds from Operations is helpful to investors as a measure
of the performance of an equity REIT because, along with cash flows from
operating activities, financing activities and investing activities; it
provides investors with an understanding of the ability of the Company to
incur and service debt and make capital expenditures. The Company computes
Funds from Operations in accordance with standards established by the White
Paper, which may differ from the methodology for calculating Funds from
Operations utilized by other equity REITs, and, accordingly, may not be
comparable to such other REITs. Further, Funds from Operations does not
represent amounts available for management's discretionary use because of
needed capital replacement or expansion, debt service obligations, or other
commitments and uncertainties. Funds from Operations should not be considered
as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an
indication of the Company's financial performance or to cash flows from
operating activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of the
Company's liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund the
Company's cash needs, including its ability to make distributions. The Company
believes that in order to facilitate a clear understanding of the combined
historical operating results of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group and
the Company, Funds from Operations should be examined in conjunction with net
income as presented in the combined financial statements and information
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                   INFLATION
 
  Substantially all of the office leases provide for separate real estate tax
and operating expense escalations over a base amount. In addition, many of the
leases provide for fixed base rent increases or indexed increases. The Company
believes that inflationary increases may be at least partially offset by the
contractual rent increases described above.
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
                            BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES
 
                                    GENERAL
 
  The Company's Properties consist of 63 Office Properties (including seven
Development Properties), nine Industrial Properties, the two Hotel Properties
and the Garage Property. The total square footage of the Properties is
approximately 11.0 million square feet, comprised of (i) 36 Class A Office
Buildings (including three Development Properties) totaling approximately 6.2
million net rentable square feet, with approximately 1.3 million square feet
of structured parking for 4,222 vehicles, (ii) 27 R&D Properties (including
four Development Properties) totaling approximately 1.6 million net rentable
square feet, (iii) nine Industrial Properties totaling approximately 925,000
net rentable square feet, (iv) two Hotel Properties, with 833 rooms, totaling
approximately 750,000 square feet, and (v) the Garage Property, with 1,170
parking spaces, consisting of approximately 330,000 square feet.
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
                             SUMMARY PROPERTY DATA
 
  Set forth below is a summary of information regarding the Properties,
including the seven Development Properties. Properties marked with an asterisk
will secure indebtedness of the Company upon completion of the Offering.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           NET    PERCENT
                                                                                      YEAR(S)     NO.   RENTABLE   LEASED
                                                                          PERCENT     BUILT/       OF    SQUARE    AS OF
 PROPERTY NAME                                     LOCATION              OWNERSHIP RENOVATED(1)  BLDGS.   FEET    12/31/96
 -------------                                     --------              --------- ------------- ------ --------- --------
 <S>                                               <C>                   <C>       <C>           <C>    <C>       <C>
 OFFICE PROPER-
  TIES:
 Class A Office
 Buildings:
 +*599 Lexington
 Avenue (4)......                                  New York, NY            100.0%           1986    1   1,000,070    97%
 +*Two Indepen-
 dence Square (5)
 (6).............                                  SW Washington, DC       100.0            1992    1     579,600   100
 Democracy Cen-
 ter.............                                  Bethesda, MD            100.0   1985-88/94-96    3     680,000    96
 *One Indepen-
 dence Square
 (5).............                                  SW Washington, DC       100.0            1991    1     337,794   100
 *Capital Gal-
 lery............                                  SW Washington, DC       100.0            1981    1     396,255    93
 *2300 N Street..                                  NW Washington, DC       100.0            1986    1     276,906    88
 US International Trade Commission Building
 (5)(7)..........                                  SW Washington, DC       100.0            1987    1     243,998   100
 One Cambridge
 Center..........                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1987    1     215,385   100
 *Ten Cambridge
 Center..........                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1990    1     152,664   100
 *10 & 20 Bur-
 lington Mall
 Road............                                  Burlington, MA          100.0   1984-86/95-96    2     152,552   100
 *Newport Office
 Park (8)........                                  Quincy, MA              100.0            1988    1     168,829    95
 *191 Spring
 Street..........                                  Lexington, MA           100.0         1971/95    1     162,700   100
 Lexington Office
 Park............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1982    2     168,500    92
 Waltham Office
 Center..........                                  Waltham, MA             100.0   1968-70/87-88    3     129,658   100
 *Montvale Center
 (9).............                                  Gaithersburg, MD         75.0            1987    1     122,157   100
 Three Cambridge
 Center..........                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1987    1     107,484   100
 170 Tracer
 Lane............                                  Waltham, MA             100.0            1980    1      73,258   100
 195 West
 Street..........                                  Waltham, MA             100.0            1990    1      63,500   100
 *Bedford Busi-
 ness Park.......                                  Bedford, MA             100.0            1980    1      90,000   100
 91 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0         1985/96    1     122,135    51
 100 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1985    1      55,924   100
 32 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0      1968-79/87    1      69,154   100
 33 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1979    1      79,564   100
 8 Arlington
 Street (10).....                                  Boston, MA              100.0    1860/1920/89    1      30,526   100
 Eleven Cambridge
 Center..........                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1984    1      79,616   100
 204 Second Ave-
 nue.............                                  Waltham, MA             100.0         1981/93    1      40,974   100
 92 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0         1968/84    1      30,980   100
                                                                                                  ---   ---------   ---
 SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR CLASS A OFFICE BUILDINGS (11).....................................  33   5,630,183    96%
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
 R&D Properties:
 *Bedford Busi-
 ness Park.......                                  Bedford, MA             100.0%     1962-78/96    2     383,704   100%
 7601 Boston Boulevard, Building Eight (5)(12)..   Springfield, VA         100.0            1986    1     103,750   100
 Fourteen Cam-
 bridge Center...                                  Cambridge, MA           100.0            1983    1      67,362   100
 *Hilltop Busi-
 ness Center
 (13)............                                  So. San Francisco, CA    35.7    early 1970's    9     144,479    90
 7500 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Six(5)..........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1985    1      79,971   100
 7600 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Nine............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1987    1      69,832   100
 7435 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 One.............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1982    1     105,414    67
 8000 Grainger
 Court, Building
 Five............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1984    1      90,465   100
 7451 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Two.............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1982    1      47,001   100
 7374 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Four (5)........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1984    1      57,321   100
 8000 Corporate
 Court, Building
 Eleven..........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1989    1      52,539   100
 7375 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Ten (5).........                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1988    1      26,865   100
 164 Lexington
 Road............                                  Billerica, MA           100.0            1982    1      64,140   100
 17 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1968    1      30,000   100
                                                                                                  ---   ---------   ---
 SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR R&D PROPERTIES....................................................  23   1,322,843    96%
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
 INDUSTRIAL PROP-
 ERTIES:
 38 Cabot Boule-
 vard (14).......                                  Langhorne, PA           100.0%        1972/84    1     161,000   100%
 6201 Columbia
 Park
 Road,Building
 Two.............                                  Landover, MD            100.0            1986    1      99,885    87
 2000 South Club
 Drive, Building
 Three...........                                  Landover, MD            100.0            1988    1      83,608   100
 40-46 Harvard
 Street..........                                  Westwood, MA            100.0         1967/96    1     169,273    90
 25-33 Dartmouth
 Street..........                                  Westwood, MA            100.0         1966/96    1      78,045    87
 1950 Stanford
 Court, Building
 One.............                                  Landover, MD            100.0            1986    1      53,250   100
 2391 West Winton
 Avenue..........                                  Hayward, CA             100.0            1974    1     221,000    27(15)
 560 Forbes Bou-
 levard (13).....                                  So. San Francisco, CA    35.7    early 1970's    1      40,000   100
 430 Rozzi Place
 (13)............                                  So. San Francisco, CA    35.7    early 1970's    1      20,000   100
                                                                                                  ---   ---------   ---
 SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES.............................................   9     926,061    78%(15)
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
 DEVELOPMENT
 PROPERTIES:
 Class A Office
 Buildings:
 BDM
 International
 Buildings (16)..                                  Reston, VA               25.0%           1999    2     440,000    --
 201 Spring
 Street (17).....                                  Lexington, MA           100.0            1997    1     102,000    --
 R&D Properties:
 7700 Boston Boulevard, Building Twelve
 (18)............                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1997    1      80,514    --
 7501 Boston
 Boulevard,
 Building
 Seven (19)......                                  Springfield, VA         100.0            1997    1      75,756    --
 Sugarland
 Building
 Two (20)........                                  Herndon, VA             100.0         1986/97    1      59,585    --
 Sugarland
 Building
 One (20)........                                  Herndon, VA             100.0         1985/97    1      52,533    --
                                                                                                  ---   ---------   ---
 SUBTOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT PROPERTIES.............................................................   7     810,388
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
 TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR OFFICE, INDUSTRIAL AND DEVELOPMENT
 PROPERTIES......................................................................................  72   8,689,475    94%(21)
                                                                                                  ===   =========   ===
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       ANNUAL NET
                                                                             BASE      EFFECTIVE
                                                       BASE                RENT PER     RENT PER
                                                     RENT AS                LEASED       LEASED
                                                        OF      PERCENT OF  SQUARE       SQUARE
 PROPERTY NAME                                     12/31/96(2)  BASE RENT  FOOT(2)      FOOT(3)
 -------------                                     ------------ ---------- ----------- ------------
 <S>                                               <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
 OFFICE PROPER-
  TIES:
 Class A Office
 Buildings:
 +*599 Lexington
 Avenue (4)......                                  $ 38,665,140    23.1%    $39.74       $47.13
 +*Two Indepen-
 dence Square (5)
 (6).............                                    20,661,305    12.4      35.75        36.80
 Democracy Cen-
 ter.............                                    13,692,883     8.2      20.95        21.22
 *One Indepen-
 dence Square
 (5).............                                    12,105,720     7.2      35.84        34.34
 *Capital Gal-
 lery............                                    11,092,260     6.6      30.07        31.11
 *2300 N Street..                                    10,252,152     6.1      42.05        46.82
 US International Trade Commission Building
 (5)(7)..........                                     6,459,444     3.9      26.47        24.79
 One Cambridge
 Center..........                                     5,239,716     3.1      24.33        25.57
 *Ten Cambridge
 Center..........                                     3,935,676     2.4      25.78        23.11
 *10 & 20 Bur-
 lington Mall
 Road............                                     3,098,496     1.9      20.31        18.45
 *Newport Office
 Park (8)........                                     2,961,323     1.8      18.43        19.86
 *191 Spring
 Street..........                                     2,904,192     1.7      17.85        22.26
 Lexington Office
 Park............                                     2,838,660     1.7      18.32        16.97
 Waltham Office
 Center..........                                     2,486,256     1.5      19.18        18.54
 *Montvale Center
 (9).............                                     2,078,664     1.2      17.02        18.68
 Three Cambridge
 Center..........                                     2,016,324     1.2      18.76        20.45
 170 Tracer
 Lane............                                     1,670,064     1.0      22.80        19.08
 195 West
 Street..........                                     1,492,692     0.9      23.51        20.36
 *Bedford Busi-
 ness Park.......                                     1,267,992     0.8      14.09        15.78
 91 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                     1,318,032     0.8      21.24        19.71
 100 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                     1,090,524     0.6      19.50        18.91
 32 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                       995,820     0.6      14.40        12.00
 33 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                       906,240     0.5      11.39        13.47
 8 Arlington
 Street (10).....                                       863,676     0.5      26.29        34.94
 Eleven Cambridge
 Center..........                                       835,968     0.5      10.50        11.90
 204 Second Ave-
 nue.............                                       801,732     0.5      19.57        12.00
 92 Hayden Ave-
 nue.............                                       605,976     0.4      19.56        19.79
                                                   ------------ -------    -------     --------    
 SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE 
 FOR CLASS A OFFICE BUILDINGS (11)................ $152,336,927    91.1%    $28.18       $29.70
                                                   ============ =======    =======     ========    
 R&D Properties:
 *Bedford Busi-
 ness Park.......                                  $  2,444,280     1.5%    $ 6.37       $ 9.18
 7601 Boston Boulevard, Building Eight (5)(12)..      1,422,972     0.8      13.72        13.85
 Fourteen Cam-
 bridge Center...                                     1,276,512     0.8      18.95        18.47
 *Hilltop Busi-
 ness Center
 (13)............                                     1,022,466     0.6       7.08         8.93
 7500 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Six(5)..........                                       790,296     0.5       9.88         9.98
 7600 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Nine............                                       722,520     0.4      10.35        10.20
 7435 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 One.............                                       640,116     0.4       9.01         8.07
 8000 Grainger
 Court, Building
 Five............                                       616,404     0.4       6.81         7.58
 7451 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Two.............                                       573,672     0.3      12.21         8.14
 7374 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Four (5)........                                       587,220     0.3      10.24        10.14
 8000 Corporate
 Court, Building
 Eleven..........                                       331,644     0.2       6.31         7.59
 7375 Boston Bou-
 levard, Building
 Ten (5).........                                       316,032     0.2      11.76         7.82
 164 Lexington
 Road............                                       200,436     0.1       3.12         7.97
 17 Hartwell Ave-
 nue.............                                       198,000     0.1       6.60         6.60
                                                   ------------ -------    -------     --------    
 SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE 
 FOR R&D PROPERTIES............................... $ 11,142,570     6.6%     $8.77       $ 9.75
                                                   ============ =======    =======     ========    
 INDUSTRIAL PROP-
 ERTIES:
 38 Cabot Boule-
 vard (14).......                                  $    764,748     0.5%    $ 4.75       $ 5.38
 6201 Columbia
 Park
 Road,Building
 Two.............                                       575,676     0.4       6.65         6.39
 2000 South Club
 Drive, Building
 Three...........                                       556,548     0.3       6.66         7.06
 40-46 Harvard
 Street..........                                       469,404     0.3       3.09         4.87
 25-33 Dartmouth
 Street..........                                       464,148     0.3       6.87         7.89
 1950 Stanford
 Court, Building
 One.............                                       354,276     0.2       6.65         6.93
 2391 West Winton
 Avenue..........                                       234,000     0.1       3.90         2.81
 560 Forbes Bou-
 levard (13).....                                       216,000     0.1       5.40         5.37
 430 Rozzi Place
 (13)............                                        98,400     0.1       4.92         5.47
                                                   ------------ -------    -------     --------     
 SUBTOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE 
 FOR INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES........................ $  3,733,200     2.3%    $ 5.17       $ 5.27
                                                   ============ =======    =======     ========    
 DEVELOPMENT
 PROPERTIES:
 Class A Office
 Buildings:
 BDM
 International
 Buildings (16)..                                            --      --         --           --
 201 Spring
 Street (17).....                                            --      --         --           --
 R&D Properties:
 7700 Boston Boulevard, Building Twelve
 (18)............                                            --      --         --           --
 7501 Boston
 Boulevard,
 Building
 Seven (19)......                                            --      --         --           --
 Sugarland
 Building
 Two (20)........                                            --      --         --           --
 Sugarland
 Building
 One (20)........                                            --      --         --           --
                                                   ------------ ---------- ----------- ------------
 SUBTOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT 
 PROPERTIES.......................................
                                                   ============ ========== =========== ============
 TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE 
 FOR OFFICE, INDUSTRIAL AND DEVELOPMENT
 PROPERTIES....................................... $167,212,697   100.0%    $20.47(21)   $23.91(21)
                                                   ============ =======    =======     ========
</TABLE>    
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEAR ENDED 12/31/96       YEAR ENDED 12/31/95
                                                                              ------------------------------ --------------------
                                                                                        AVERAGE REVENUE PER  AVERAGE REVENUE PER
                                                   NUMBER   NUMBER                       DAILY   AVAILABLE    DAILY   AVAILABLE
                                   PERCENT  YEAR     OF       OF     SQUARE    AVERAGE   RATE       ROOM      RATE       ROOM
                      LOCATION    OWNERSHIP BUILT BUILDINGS ROOMS   FOOTAGE   OCCUPANCY  (ADR)  (REVPAR)(22)  (ADR)  (REVPAR)(22)
                    ------------- --------- ----- --------- ------ ---------- --------- ------- ------------ ------- ------------
 <S>                <C>           <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>       <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>
 HOTEL PROPER-
  TIES:
 Long Wharf
 Marriott(R).....   Boston, MA       100.0% 1982       1      402     420,000   86.0%
 Cambridge Center
 Marriott(R).....   Cambridge, MA    100.0  1986       1      431     330,400   82.1
                                                     ---    -----  ----------   ----    -------   -------    -------   -------
 TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE FOR HOTEL PROPERTIES....       2      833     750,400   84.0%   $174.97   $147.44    $163.50   $138.67
                                                     ===    =====  ==========   ====    =======   =======    =======   =======
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER   NUMBER
                                   PERCENT  YEAR     OF       OF     SQUARE
                      LOCATION    OWNERSHIP BUILT BUILDINGS SPACES  FOOTAGE
                    ------------- --------- ----- --------- ------ ----------
 <S>                <C>           <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>    <C>        
 GARAGE PROPERTY:
 Cambridge Center
 North Garage....   Cambridge, MA    100.0% 1990       1    1,170     332,442
 STRUCTURED
 PARKING INCLUDED
 IN CLASS A
 OFFICE
 BUILDINGS.......                                           4,222   1,260,530
                                                            -----  ----------
 TOTAL FOR GARAGE
 PROPERTY AND
 STRUCTURED
 PARKING.........                                           5,392   1,592,972
                                                            =====  ==========
 TOTAL FOR ALL
 PROPERTIES......                                     75           11,032,847
                                                     ===           ==========
</TABLE>    
- -------
   + This Property accounted for more than 10% of the Predecessor's revenue
     for the year ended December 31, 1996. For additional information about
     this Property, see the description of the Property under "Business and
     Properties--The Office Properties."
   * Upon completion of the Offering, the Company expects to have outstanding
     approximately $695.3 million of indebtedness secured by these Properties.
     See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
     Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 (1) These dates do not include years in which tenant improvements were made
     to the Properties, except with respect to 25-33 Dartmouth Street and 40-
     46 Harvard Street, whose interiors were completely rebuilt to satisfy
     tenant needs in 1996.
   
 (2) Base Rent represents the annualized fixed monthly base rental amount in
     effect under each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, excluding
     monthly tenant pass-throughs of operating and other expenses, and reduced
     by any rent concessions in effect as of December 31, 1996.     
 (3) Annual Net Effective Rent Per Leased Square Foot represents the Base Rent
     for the month of December 1996, plus tenant pass-throughs of operating
     and other expenses (but excluding electricity costs paid by tenants),
     under each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, presented on a
     straight-line basis in accordance with GAAP, minus amortization of tenant
     improvement costs and leasing commissions, if any, paid or payable by the
     Company during such period, annualized.
 (4) The Company's New York offices are located in this building, where it
     occupies 12,896 square feet. Upon completion of the Offering, the Company
     expects to have outstanding approximately $225 million of indebtedness
     secured by this Property.
 (5) The Property is leased on the basis of net usable square feet (which have
     been converted to net rentable square feet for purposes of this table)
     due to the requirements of the General Services Administration.
 (6) Upon completion of the Offering, the Company expects to have outstanding
     approximately $122.2 million of indebtedness secured by this Property.
 (7) The Company's Washington, D.C. offices are located in this building, also
     known as 500 E Street, where it occupies 15,612 square feet.
 (8) The Company has signed a purchase and sale agreement with respect to this
     Property and anticipates closing simultaneously with the completion of
     the Offering. There can be no assurance that the Company will acquire
     this Property. See "Business and Properties--The Office Properties."
 (9) The Company owns a 75.0% general partner interest in the limited
     partnership that owns this property. Because of the priority of the
     Company's partnership interest, the Company expects to receive any
     partnership distributions that are made with respect to this Property.
(10) The Property, which is used exclusively as the Company's headquarters,
     was constructed in two phases, circa 1860 and circa 1920.
(11) The Class A Office Buildings contain 4,222 structured parking spaces.
(12) The General Services Administration, the tenant of this Property, has an
     option to purchase this Property on September 30, 1999 for $14.0 million
     and on September 30, 2014 for $22.0 million.
(13) The Company owns a 35.7% controlling general partnership interest in this
     Property.
(14) The original building (100,000 net rentable square feet ) was built in
     1972, with an expansion building (61,000 net rentable square feet)
     completed in 1984.
(15) The Company's Industrial Property in Hayward, California was 27.0% leased
     at December 31, 1996. The Company has entered into a lease with respect
     to the remaining space. Excluding this Property, the Industrial
     Properties had an occupancy rate of 94.0% at December 31, 1996.
(16) The Company is acting as development manager of these Properties and will
     be the 25.0% member of a limited liability company that will own the
     Properties. The Company's economic interest increases above 25.0% if
     certain performance criteria are achieved. The Properties are expected to
     be completed in 1999 and are 70.0% pre-leased to BDM International.
(17) The Property, which is currently under development by the Company, is
     expected to be completed in late 1997 and is 100% pre-leased to Media One
     of Delaware, Inc., formerly known as Continental Cablevision, Inc.
(18) The Property, which is currently under development by the Company, is
     expected to be completed in late 1997 and is 100% pre-leased to
     Autometric, Inc.
(19) The Property, which is currently under development by the Company, is
     expected to be completed in late 1997 and is 100% pre-leased to the
     General Services Administration (for the United States Customs Service).
(20) The Property, which was acquired by the Company on November 25, 1996, is
     currently being redeveloped by the Company.
(21) Does not include the Development Properties.
(22) REVPAR is determined by dividing room revenue by available rooms for the
     applicable period. Management believes that REVPAR (as defined more fully
     in the Glossary) is an industry standard measure used to present hotel
     operating data.
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
DEVELOPMENT PARCELS
 
  At the completion of the Offering, the Company will own, have under
contract, or have an option to develop or acquire six parcels consisting of an
aggregate of 47.4 acres of land. The Company believes that this land, some of
which needs zoning or other regulatory approvals prior to development, will be
able to support an aggregate of approximately 1.0 million square feet of
development. The following chart provides additional information with respect
to undeveloped parcels:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          NO. OF                    DEVELOPABLE
LOCATION           SUBMARKET              PARCELS     ACREAGE     SQUARE FEET (1)
- --------           ---------              -------     -------     ---------------
<S>                <C>                    <C>         <C>         <C>
Springfield, VA    Fairfax County, VA         3         9.4            130,000
Lexington, MA      Route 128 NW               1         6.8             50,000
Cambridge, MA      East Cambridge, MA         1         4.2            539,000
Andover, MA        Route 495 N                1        27.0            290,000
                                            ---        ----          ---------
 Total                                        6        47.4          1,009,000
                                            ===        ====          =========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Represents the total square feet of development that the parcel(s) will
    support.
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                            LOCATION OF PROPERTIES
   
  The following chart shows the geographic location of the Company's Office
and Industrial Properties, including the Development Properties, by net
rentable square feet and 1996 Base Rent:     
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                         NET RENTABLE SQUARE FEET OF
                                      OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
                              ----------------------------------------------------
                     NUMBER    CLASS A                                     PERCENT
                       OF      OFFICE       R&D      INDUSTRIAL              OF
 MARKET/SUBMARKET  PROPERTIES BUILDINGS  PROPERTIES  PROPERTIES   TOTAL     TOTAL
 ----------------  ---------- ---------  ----------  ----------   -----    -------
<S>                <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
GREATER BOSTON
 East Cambridge..       5       555,149     67,362        --      622,511     7.2%
 Route 128 NW
 Bedford, MA.....       3        90,000    383,704        --      473,704     5.5
 Billerica, MA...       1           --      64,140        --       64,140     0.7
 Burlington, MA..       2       152,552        --         --      152,552     1.8
 Lexington, MA
 (2).............      10       790,957     30,000        --      820,957     9.4
 Route 128/MA
 Turnpike
 Waltham, MA.....       6       307,390        --         --      307,390     3.5
 Route 128 SW
 Westwood, MA....       2           --         --     247,318     247,318     2.8
 Route 128 South
 Quincy, MA......       1       168,829        --         --      168,829     1.9
 Boston..........       1        30,526        --         --       30,526     0.4
                      ---     ---------  ---------    -------   ---------  ------
Subtotal.........      31     2,095,403    545,206    247,318   2,887,927    33.2
GREATER
WASHINGTON, D.C.
 SW Washington,
 D.C.(3).........       4     1,557,647        --         --    1,557,647    17.9
 West End
 Washington,
 D.C. ...........       1       276,906        --         --      276,906     3.2
 Montgomery
 County, MD
 Bethesda, MD....       3       680,000        --         --      680,000     7.8
 Gaithersburg, MD
 (4).............       1       122,157        --         --      122,157     1.4
 Fairfax County,
 VA
 Herndon, VA
 (5).............       2           --     112,118        --      112,118     1.3
 Reston, VA (6)..       2       440,000        --         --      440,000     5.1
 Springfield, VA
 (3)(7)..........      11           --     789,428        --      789,428     9.1
 Prince George's
 County, MD
 Landover, MD....       3           --         --     236,743     236,743     2.7
                      ---     ---------  ---------    -------   ---------  ------
Subtotal.........      27     3,076,710    901,546    236,743   4,214,999    48.5
MIDTOWN MANHATTAN
 Park Avenue.....       1     1,000,070        --         --    1,000,070    11.5
GREATER SAN
FRANCISCO
 Hayward, CA.....       1           --         --     221,000     221,000     2.5
 San Francisco,
 CA (8)..........      11           --     144,479     60,000     204,479     2.4
                      ---     ---------  ---------    -------   ---------  ------
Subtotal.........      12           --     144,479    281,000     425,479     4.9
BUCKS COUNTY,
PA...............       1           --         --     161,000     161,000     1.9
                      ---     ---------  ---------    -------   ---------  ------
TOTAL............      72     6,172,183  1,591,231    926,061   8,689,475  100.00%
                      ===     =========  =========    =======   =========  ======
PERCENT OF TOTAL.............      71.0%      18.3%      10.7%      100.0%
NUMBER OF OFFICE AND
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES........        36         27          9          72
<CAPTION>
                                            1996 BASE RENT OF OFFICE AND
                                             INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES (1)
                              ----------------------------------------------------
                     CLASS A                                            PERCENT
                      OFFICE         R&D      INDUSTRIAL                  OF
 MARKET/SUBMARKET   BUILDINGS    PROPERTIES   PROPERTIES     TOTAL       TOTAL
 ----------------  ------------- ----------   ----------     -----      -------
<S>                <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
GREATER BOSTON
 East Cambridge..  $ 12,027,684  $ 1,276,512  $      --   $ 13,304,196     8.0%
 Route 128 NW
 Bedford, MA.....     1,267,992    2,444,280         --      3,712,272     2.2
 Billerica, MA...           --       200,436         --        200,436     0.1
 Burlington, MA..     3,098,496          --          --      3,098,496     1.9
 Lexington, MA
 (2).............    10,659,444      198,000         --     10,857,444     6.5
 Route 128/MA
 Turnpike
 Waltham, MA.....     6,450,744          --          --      6,450,744     3.9
 Route 128 SW
 Westwood, MA....           --           --      933,552       933,552     0.6
 Route 128 South
 Quincy, MA......     2,961,323          --          --      2,961,323     1.8
 Boston..........       863,676          --          --        863,676     0.5
                   ------------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------
Subtotal.........    37,329,359    4,119,228     933,552    42,382,139    25.5
GREATER
WASHINGTON, D.C.
 SW Washington,
 D.C.(3).........    50,318,729          --          --     50,318,729    30.1
 West End
 Washington,
 D.C. ...........    10,252,152          --          --     10,252,152     6.1
 Montgomery
 County, MD
 Bethesda, MD....    13,692,883          --          --     13,692,883     8.2
 Gaithersburg, MD
 (4).............     2,078,664          --          --      2,078,664     1.2
 Fairfax County,
 VA
 Herndon, VA
 (5).............           --           --          --            --      --
 Reston, VA (6)..           --           --          --            --      --
 Springfield, VA
 (3)(7)..........           --     6,000,876         --      6,000,876     3.6
 Prince George's
 County, MD
 Landover, MD....           --           --    1,486,500     1,486,500     0.9
                   ------------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------
Subtotal.........    76,342,428    6,000,876   1,486,500    83,829,804    50.1
MIDTOWN MANHATTAN
 Park Avenue.....    38,665,140          --          --     38,665,140    23.1
GREATER SAN
FRANCISCO
 Hayward, CA.....           --           --      234,000       234,000     0.1
 San Francisco,
 CA (8)..........           --     1,022,466     314,400     1,336,866     0.7
                   ------------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------
Subtotal.........           --     1,022,466     548,400     1,570,866     0.8
BUCKS COUNTY,
PA...............           --           --      764,748       764,748     0.5
                   ------------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------
TOTAL............  $152,336,927  $11,142,570  $3,733,200  $167,212,697   100.0%
                   ============= ============ =========== ============= =======
PERCENT OF TOTAL.............         91.1%         6.7%        2.2%        100.0%
NUMBER OF OFFICE AND
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES........           36           27           9            72
</TABLE>    
- ----
   
(1) Base Rent represents the annualized fixed monthly base rental amount in
    effect under each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, excluding
    monthly tenant pass-throughs of operating and other expenses, and reduced
    by any rent concessions in effect as of December 31, 1996.     
   
(2) Does not include 1996 Base Rent for one Class A Office Building currently
    under development by the Company.     
(3) Certain of such Properties are leased on the basis of net usable square
    feet (which has been converted to net rentable square feet for purposes of
    this table) due to the requirements of the General Services
    Administration.
(4) The Company will own a 75.0% general partner interest in the limited
    partnership that will own this property. Because of the priority of the
    Company's partnership interest, the Company expects to receive any
    partnership distributions that are made with respect to this Property.
(5) Includes net rentable square feet for two R&D Properties currently under
    redevelopment by the Company.
(6) Includes net rentable square feet for two Class A Office Buildings
    currently under development by the Company. The Company is acting as
    development manager of, and will be a 25.0% member of, the limited
    liability company that will own the Properties. The Company's economic
    interest may increase above 25.0% depending upon the achievement of
    certain performance goals.
          
(7) Does not include 1996 Base Rent for two Office Properties currently under
    development by the Company.     
(8) The Company will own a 35.7% controlling general partnership interest in
    the nine R&D Properties and two Industrial Properties located in Greater
    San Francisco, California.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
 
   
  The following table sets forth the 1996 Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot and
Annual Net Effective Rent Per Leased Square Foot of the Properties by location
and type of property.     
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                   1996 BASE RENT                 1996 ANNUAL NET EFFECTIVE RENT
                                             PER LEASED SQUARE FOOT(1)              PER LEASED SQUARE FOOT(2)
                                       -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
                              NUMBER    CLASS A                                CLASS A
                                OF      OFFICE      R&D     INDUSTRIAL         OFFICE      R&D     INDUSTRIAL
 MARKET/SUBMARKET           PROPERTIES BUILDINGS PROPERTIES PROPERTIES TOTAL  BUILDINGS PROPERTIES PROPERTIES TOTAL
 ----------------           ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ------ --------- ---------- ---------- ------
 <S>                        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>    <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
 GREATER BOSTON
 East Cambridge..........        5      $21.67     $18.95     $ --     $21.37  $21.94     $18.47     $ --     $21.57
 Route 128 NW
  Bedford, MA............        3       14.09       6.37       --       7.84   15.78       9.18       --      10.43
  Billerica, MA..........        1         --        3.12       --       3.12     --        7.97       --       7.97
  Burlington, MA.........        2       20.31        --        --      20.31   18.45        --        --      18.45
  Lexington, MA(3).......       10       17.31       6.60       --      16.82   17.95       6.60       --      17.42
 Route 128/MA Turnpike
  Waltham, MA............        6       20.99        --        --      20.99   19.12        --        --      19.12
 Route 128 SW
  Westwood, MA...........        2         --         --       4.24      4.24     --         --       5.80      5.80
 Route 128 South
  Quincy, MA.............        1       18.43        --        --      18.43   19.86        --        --      19.86
 Boston..................        1       26.29        --        --      26.29   34.94        --        --      34.94
                               ---      ------     ------     -----    ------  ------     ------     -----    ------
 Subtotal................       31       18.54       7.56      4.24     15.25   19.67      10.04      5.80     16.57
 GREATER WASHINGTON, D.C.
 SW Washington, D.C.(4)..        4       32.89        --        --      32.89   32.97        --        --      32.97
 West End Washington,
 D.C. ...................        1       42.05        --        --      42.05   46.82        --        --      46.82
 Montgomery County, MD
  Bethesda, MD...........        3       20.95        --        --      20.95   21.22        --        --      21.22
  Gaithersburg, MD(5)....        1       17.02        --        --      17.02   18.68        --        --      18.68
 Prince George's County,
 MD
  Landover, MD...........        3         --         --       6.64      6.64     --         --       5.28      5.28
 Fairfax County, VA
  Herndon, VA(6).........        2         --         --        --        --      --         --        --        --
  Reston, VA(7)..........        2         --         --        --        --      --         --        --        --
  Springfield, VA(4)(8)..       11         --        7.95       --       7.95     --        9.65       --       9.65
                               ---      ------     ------     -----    ------  ------     ------     -----    ------
 Subtotal................       27       25.55       7.95      6.64     20.55   30.57       9.65      5.28     25.19
 MIDTOWN MANHATTAN
 Park Avenue.............        1       39.74        --        --      39.74   47.13        --        --      47.13
 GREATER SAN FRANCISCO
  Hayward, CA............        1         --         --       3.90      3.90     --         --       2.81      2.81
  San Francisco, CA(9)...       11         --        7.08      5.24      7.03     --        8.93      5.40      7.82
                               ---      ------     ------     -----    ------  ------     ------     -----    ------
 Subtotal................       12         --        7.08      4.58      6.29     --        8.93      4.11      6.61
 BUCKS COUNTY, PA........        1         --         --       4.75      4.75     --         --       5.38      5.38
 Total...................       72      $28.18     $ 8.77     $5.17    $20.47  $29.70     $ 9.75     $5.27    $23.91
                               ===      ======     ======     =====    ======  ======     ======     =====    ======
</TABLE>    
- ----
   
(1) Base Rent represents the annualized fixed monthly base rental amount in
    effect under each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, excluding
    monthly tenant pass-throughs of operating and other expenses, and reduced
    by any rent concessions in effect as of December 31, 1996.     
(2) As used throughout this Prospectus, Annual Net Effective Rent Per Leased
    Square Foot represents the Base Rent for the month of December 1996, plus
    annualized monthly tenant pass-throughs of operating and other expenses
    (but excluding electricity costs paid by tenants) under each lease
    executed as of December 31, 1996, presented on a straight-line basis in
    accordance with GAAP, minus amortization of tenant improvement costs and
    leasing commissions, if any, paid or payable by the Company during such
    period, annualized.
(3) Does not include rents for one Development Property.
(4) Certain of such Properties are leased on the basis of net usable square
    feet (which has been converted to net rentable square feet for purposes of
    this table) due to the requirements of General Services Administration.
(5) The Company will own a 75.0% general partner interest in the limited
    partnership that will own this Property. Because of the priority of the
    Company's partnership interest, the Company expects to receive any
    partnership distributions that are made with respect to this Property.
(6) Does not include rents for two R&D Properties currently under
    redevelopment by the Company.
   
(7) Does not include 1996 Base Rent for two Class A Office Buildings currently
    under development by the Company. The Company is acting as development
    manager of, and will be the 25.0% member of, the limited liability company
    that will own the Properties. The Company's economic interest may increase
    above 25.0% depending upon the achievement of certain performance goals.
        
(8) Does not include rents for two Office Properties currently under
    development by the Company.
(9) The Company will own a 35.7% controlling general partnership interest in
    the nine R&D Properties and two Industrial Properties located in Greater
    San Francisco, California.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
 
                                    TENANTS
 
TENANT DIVERSIFICATION
 
  The Properties currently are leased to over 367 tenants that are engaged in
a variety of businesses, including financial services, investment banking,
publishing, computer technology, health care services, accounting and law. The
following table sets forth information regarding the leases with respect to
the 25 largest tenants at the Properties, based on the amount of square
footage leased by such tenants as of December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    REMAINING               PERCENTAGE
                                                                    LEASE TERM  TOTAL NET  OF AGGREGATE
                                                                        IN      RENTABLE      LEASED
         TENANT                        PROPERTY                       MONTHS   SQUARE FEET SQUARE FEET
         ------                        --------                     ---------- ----------- ------------
<S>                      <C>                                        <C>        <C>         <C>
General Services
 Administration:(1)
 National Aeronautics
  and Space
  Administration(2)..... Two Independence Square                         187      569,337       7.7%
 U.S. International      The U.S. International Trade
  Trade                                      
  Commission(3)(4)...... Commission Building                               8      217,772       2.9
 U.S. Customs                                                  
  Service(5)............ 7601 Boston Boulevard, Building Eight           213      103,750       1.4
 U.S. Department of                                          
  State(6).............. 7500 Boston Boulevard, Building Six              38       79,971       1.1
 U.S. Department of                                           
  State(7).............. 7374 Boston Boulevard, Building Four             45       57,321       0.8
 U.S. Customs                                                 
  Service(8)............ 7375 Boston Boulevard, Building Ten               8       11,398       0.2
                                                                                ---------      ----
   Total GSA Square
    Footage.............                                                        1,039,549      14.0
Shearman & Sterling..... 599 Lexington Avenue                            128      355,849       4.8
Office of the
 Comptroller of the
 Currency(9)............ One Independence Square                         113      331,518       4.5
ComputerVision.......... Bedford Business Park                        37-100      273,704       3.7
Lockheed Martin                                                
 Corporation(10)........ Democracy Center,                     
                         8000 Grainger Court, Building Five,   
                         7435 Boston Boulevard, Building One,  
                         7451 Boston Boulevard, Building Two,  
                         7375 Boston Boulevard, Building Ten,          21-66      267,355       3.7
                         and Capital Gallery                   
Camp Dresser & McKee,                                 
 Inc. .................. One and Ten Cambridge Center                     39      214,725       2.9
Shaw, Pittman, Potts &                     
 Trowbridge............. 2300 N Street                                   117      204,154       2.7
The Stride Rite                            
 Corporation............ 191 Spring Street                               115      162,700       2.2
J.I. Case Company....... 38 Cabot Boulevard                               18      161,000       2.2
Medisense, Inc. ........ Bedford Business Park                           114      150,000       2.0
Jones, Day, Reavis &                          
 Pogue.................. 599 Lexington Avenue                         62-113      144,289       1.9
Output Technologies,                          
 Inc. .................. 40-46 Harvard Street                             79      128,105       1.7
Mercer Management                                           
 Consulting, Inc.(11)... 33 Hayden Avenue and 2300 N Street            59-62      119,215       1.6
Harvard Pilgrim Health                                         
 Care, Inc. ............ 100 Hayden Avenue and 170 Tracer Lane         38-47      115,448       1.6
Citibank, N.A. ......... 599 Lexington Avenue                             72      114,350       1.5
American PCS, L.P. ..... Democracy Center                                116      108,591       1.5
State Street Bank                              
 Realty, Inc............ Newport Office Center                            71       85,366       1.1
The National Gallery of                                        
 Art.................... 2000 South Club Drive, Building Three            22       83,608       1.1
Open Software                                     
 Foundation............. Eleven Cambridge Center                          24       79,616       1.1
Commercial Union                                  
 Insurance Companies ... Newport Office Center                            55       70,878       1.0
Logica North America,                       
 Inc. .................. 32 Hartwell Avenue                               58       69,154       0.9
Biogen, Inc. ........... Fourteen Cambridge Center                        74       67,362       0.9
Harte-Hanks Data                            
 Technologies, Inc. .... 164 Lexington Road                               69       64,140       0.9
US Enrichment                             
 Corporation............ Democracy Center                                 23       63,666       0.9
PAREXEL International                                       
 Corporation............ 195 West Street                                  56       63,500       0.9
</TABLE>
- --------
   
(1)  All General Services Administration ("GSA") leases are full faith and
     credit obligations of the United States Government. The GSA accounted for
     approximately 17.8% of total Base Rent of Office and Industrial Properties
     for 1996.     
(2)  Lease with the GSA for a net usable square footage amount of 488,374.
(3)  Lease with the GSA for a net usable square footage amount of 198,388.
(4)  The Company is currently negotiating a ten-year lease extension with the
     tenant.
(5)  Lease with the GSA for a net usable square footage amount of 99,155.
(6)  Lease with the GSA for a net usable square footage amount of 77,142.
(7)  Lease with the GSA for a net usable square footage amount of 47,629.
(8)  Lease with the GSA for a net usable square footage amount of 9,911.
(9)  Lease measured in net usable square footage of 293,736.
(10) LMC Properties, Inc., a subsidiary of Lockheed Martin Corporation, leases
     179,059 of the 267,355 square feet shown. Lockheed Martin Corporation
     guarantees such leases.
(11) As of December 31, 1996, Mercer Management Consulting, Inc. had 26 months
     remaining under its lease at 33 Hayden Avenue. On April 2, 1997, Mercer
     Management Consulting, Inc. signed a 36 month extension to such lease.
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
LEASE DISTRIBUTION
 
  The following table sets forth information relating to the distribution of
the Company's leases based on square feet, as of December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PERCENTAGE
                                                      PERCENTAGE               OF AGGREGATE
                         NUMBER PERCENT              OF AGGREGATE    ANNUAL       ANNUAL
      SQUARE FEET          OF   OF ALL  TOTAL LEASED    LEASED        BASE         BASE
      UNDER LEASE        LEASES LEASES  SQUARE FEET  SQUARE FEET      RENT         RENT
      -----------        ------ ------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
2,500 or less...........  142     34.7%    204,857        2.8%    $  3,981,789      2.4%
2,501-5,000.............   80     19.6     289,494        3.9        6,234,144      3.7
5,001-7,500.............   39      9.5     240,386        3.2        5,384,928      3.2
7,501-10,000............   23      5.6     191,504        2.6        4,891,892      2.9
10,001-20,000...........   43     10.5     600,200        8.1       12,263,088      7.3
20,001-40,000...........   36      8.8   1,008,203       13.6       18,577,832     11.1
40,001 +................   46     11.2   4,895,807       65.9      115,879,024     69.4
                          ---    -----   ---------      -----     ------------    -----
Total...................  409    100.0%  7,430,451      100.0%    $167,212,697    100.0%
                          ===    =====   =========      =====     ============    =====
</TABLE>    
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
LEASE EXPIRATIONS OF OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
 
  The following table sets forth a schedule of lease expirations for leases in
place as of December 31, 1996, for each of the ten years beginning with 1997,
for the Office and Industrial Properties, on an aggregate basis by property
type and submarket, assuming that none of the tenants exercise renewal options
and excluding an aggregate of 448,636 square feet of unleased space. As of
December 31, 1996, the average lease term for the portfolio was 5.8 years.
 
OFFICE PROPERTIES
(MARKET/SUBMARKET)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 CLASS A OFFICE
 BUILDINGS              1997        1998        1999        2000        2001        2002        2003        2004        2005
 --------------      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
 <S>                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
 GREATER BOSTON
 (1)
 East Cambridge
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       70,788     106,387      63,691     217,684       2,912           0      25,644           0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft..........        12.75%      19.16%      11.47%      39.21%       0.52%       0.00%       4.62%       0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $1,590,492  $1,375,824  $1,508,100  $6,198,336  $   80,076  $        0  $  576,996  $        0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............           11           5          10           3           1           0           1           0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $    22.47  $    12.93  $    23.68  $    28.47  $    27.50  $     0.00  $    22.50  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft.
  w/future step-
  ups (3).........   $    23.90  $    12.93  $    24.04  $    28.56  $    27.50  $     0.00  $    29.52  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $    27.92
 Route 128 NW
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........      107,302      31,569     114,624     100,517     208,810      42,380           0           0      90,000
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft..........        11.52%       3.39%      12.31%      10.79%      22.42%       4.55%       0.00%       0.00%       9.66%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $1,946,196  $  594,144  $1,594,296  $1,927,428  $3,882,760  $  908,616  $        0  $        0  $1,267,992
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............           26          10           7           9          16           3           0           0           1
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $    18.14  $    18.82  $    13.91  $    19.18  $    18.59  $    21.44  $     0.00  $     0.00  $    14.09
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    19.48  $    18.83  $    15.46  $    20.79  $    18.69  $    21.48  $     0.00  $     0.00  $    15.50
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $    27.73
 Route 128/Massa-
 chusetts Turnpike
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       43,402      27,883      53,830      85,215      90,674       6,386           0           0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........        14.12%       9.07%      17.51%      27.72%       29.5%       2.08%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............      842,988  $  506,004  $1,016,340  $1,848,672  $2,110,980  $  125,760  $        0  $        0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            9           7           9           4           3           2           0           0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $    19.42  $    18.15  $    18.88  $    21.69  $    23.28  $    19.69  $     0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    19.42  $    18.16  $    18.94  $    21.74  $    25.02  $    21.84  $     0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $    26.48
 Route 128 South
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........        4,500           0           0           0      70,878      85,366           0           0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         2.67%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%      41.98%      50.56%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $   18,000  $        0  $        0  $        0  $1,470,719  $1,472,604  $        0  $        0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            1           0           0           0           1           1           0           0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     4.00  $     0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00  $    20.75  $    17.25  $     0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     4.00  $     0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00  $    20.75  $    19.50  $     0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $    22.00
 GREATER WASHING-
 TON, D.C.
 Southwest Wash-
 ington, D.C.
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........      288,199      48,855      40,204      87,733      51,848       1,892      41,678      52,838           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........        18.50%       3.20%       2.58%       5.63%       3.33%       0.12%       2.68%       3.39%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $7,736,964  $1,179,717  $1,311,732  $2,766,368  $1,633,344  $   67,536  $1,079,340  $1,875,749  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............           17           5           5          10           8           3           1           1           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $    26.85  $    24.15  $    32.63  $    31.53  $    31.50  $    35.70  $    25.90  $    35.50  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    26.86  $    24.16  $    32.63  $    31.66  $    32.52  $    39.32  $    25.90  $    44.20  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $    34.64
<CAPTION>
 CLASS A OFFICE                     2007 &
 BUILDINGS              2006        BEYOND
 --------------      ------------ ------------
 <S>                 <C>          <C>
 GREATER BOSTON
 (1)
 East Cambridge
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........        21,519       46,524
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft..........          3.88%        8.38%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $   587,472  $   697,860
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             1            1
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     27.30  $     15.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft.
  w/future step-
  ups (3).........   $     31.80  $     15.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 Route 128 NW
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       162,700            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft..........         17.47%        0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $ 2,904,192  $         0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             1            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     17.85  $      0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     22.48  $      0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 Route 128/Massa-
 chusetts Turnpike
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........             0            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........          0.00%        0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $         0  $         0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             0            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $      0.00  $      0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $      0.00  $      0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 Route 128 South
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........             0            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........          0.00%        0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $         0  $         0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             0            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $      0.00  $      0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $      0.00  $      0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 GREATER WASHING-
 TON, D.C.
 Southwest Wash-
 ington, D.C.
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       331,518      582,905
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         21.28%       37.42%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $12,094,680  $20,624,885
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             1            3
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     36.48  $     35.38
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     37.58  $     37.67
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
</TABLE>    
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                        1997         1998        1999        2000         2001         2002         2003        2004
                     -----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
 <S>                 <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
 West End Washing-
 ton, D.C.
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........             0           0           0            0       39,651            0           0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........          0.00%       0.00%       0.00%        0.00%       14.32%       00.00%       0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $         0  $        0  $        0  $         0  $ 1,149,876  $         0  $        0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             0           0           0            0            1            0           0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00  $      0.00  $     29.00  $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (2)....   $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00  $      0.00  $     30.78  $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     32.00
 Montgomery Coun-
 ty, MD
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........        82,726      97,171      89,447      108,193       68,231      136,129           0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         10.31%      12.11%      11.15%       13.49%        8.51%       16.97%       0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $ 1,639,463  $2,135,016  $1,918,748  $ 2,513,928  $ 1,526,040  $ 2,980,728  $        0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            15           8          11           13            7            3           0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     19.82  $    21.97  $    21.45  $     23.24  $     22.37  $     21.90  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     19.82  $    22.44  $    22.26  $     24.46  $     23.07  $     24.70  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     24.01
 MIDTOWN MANHATTAN
 (5)
 Park Avenue
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........        35,971      33,725         350       19,118            0      385,656      21,365      10,237
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........          3.60%       3.37%       0.03%        1.91%        0.00%       38.56%       2.14%       1.02%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $ 1,686,540  $1,855,236  $   32,820  $   982,152  $         0  $16,466,604  $1,565,340  $  469,524
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             3           2           1            3            0           11           5           3
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     46.89  $    55.01  $    93.77  $     51.37  $      0.00  $     42.70  $    73.27  $    45.87
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     46.89  $    55.01  $   105.36  $     51.37  $      0.00  $     47.26  $    81.07  $    48.29
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     44.50
 TOTAL CLASS A OF-
 FICE BUILDINGS
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       632,888     346,590     362,146      618,460      533,004      657,309      88,687      63,075
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         11.24%       6.16%       6.43%       10.98%        9.47%       11.68%       1.58%       1.12%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $15,460,643  $7,645,941  $7,382,036  $16,236,884  $11,853,795  $22,021,848  $3,221,676  $2,345,273
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            82          37          43           42           37           23           7           4
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     24.43  $    22.06  $    20.38  $     26.25  $     22.24  $     33.48  $    36.33  $    37.18
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     24.82  $    22.19  $    21.16  $     26.79  $     22.89  $     36.82  $    40.24  $    44.86
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     31.93

<CAPTION> 
                                                2007 &
                        2005        2006        BEYOND
                     ----------- ------------ ------------
 <S>                 <C>         <C>          <C>
 West End Washing-
 ton, D.C.
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0      204,154            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%       73.73%        0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0  $ 9,102,276  $         0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0            1            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     0.00  $     44.59  $      0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (2)....   $     0.00  $     55.68  $      0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 Montgomery Coun-
 ty, MD
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       36,081      152,978        4,664
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         4.50%       19.07%        0.58%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $  793,692  $ 3,327,348  $    60,000
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            2            3            1
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $    22.00  $     21.75  $     12.86
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    26.61  $     22.92  $     12.86
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 MIDTOWN MANHATTAN
 (5)
 Park Avenue
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........        8,890       18,297      439,399
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.89%        1.83%       43.94%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $  516,996  $   841,656  $14,513,563
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            2            2            4
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $    58.15  $     46.00  $     33.03
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    60.28  $     46.92  $     35.06
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 TOTAL CLASS A OF-
 FICE BUILDINGS
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........      134,971      891,166    1,073,492
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         2.40%       15.83%       19.07%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $2,578,680  $28,857,624  $35,896,308
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            5            9            9
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $    19.11  $     32.38  $     33.44
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    21.42  $     36.51  $     35.51
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 
R&D PROPERTIES
- --------------
 
 GREATER BOSTON
 East Cambridge
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........             0           0           0            0            0            0      67,362           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........          0.00%       0.00%       0.00%        0.00%        0.00%        0.00%     100.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $         0  $        0  $        0  $         0  $         0  $         0  $1,276,512  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             0           0           0            0            0            0           1           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00  $    18.95  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00  $    25.28  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     30.00
 GREATER BOSTON
 East Cambridge
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0            0            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%        0.00%        0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0  $         0  $         0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0            0            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
</TABLE>    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                        1997        1998        1999        2000       2001      2002       2003      2004    2005      2006
                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  --------  --------  ----------  -------  -----  ----------
 <S>                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>    <C>
 Route 128 NW
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       30,000           0      50,000     133,000         0    64,140      50,704        0      0     150,000
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         6.28%       0.00%      10.46%      27.83%     0.00%    13.42%      10.61%    0.00%  0.00%      31.39%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $  198,000  $        0  $  300,000  $  720,528  $      0  $400,872  $  336,264  $     0  $   0  $1,087,488
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            1           0           1           2         0         1           1        0      0           1
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     6.60  $     0.00  $     6.00  $     5.42  $   0.00  $   6.25  $     6.63  $  0.00  $0.00  $     7.25
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     6.60  $     0.00  $     6.00  $     5.68  $   0.00  $   6.25  $     6.63  $  0.00  $0.00  $     7.25
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     8.93
 GREATER WASHING-
 TON, D.C.
 Fairfax County,
 VA
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       44,433     165,863      47,001     190,361    41,793         0           0    5,600      0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         7.02%      26.20%       7.42%      30.07%     6.60%     0.00%       0.00%    0.88%  0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $  494,196  $1,181,748  $  573,672  $1,798,008  $494,628  $      0  $        0  $35,652  $   0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            3           9           1           6         2         0           0        1      0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft..........   $    11.12  $     7.12  $    12.21  $     9.45  $  11.84  $   0.00  $     0.00  $  6.37  $0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    11.12  $     7.32  $    12.29  $     9.54  $  12.91  $   0.00  $     0.00  $  7.83  $0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $    12.04
 GREATER SAN FRAN-
 CISCO
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       46,050      23,950      25,150      19,519     7,000     6,000       2,000        0      0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........        31.87%      16.58%      17.41%      13.51%     4.84%     4.15%       1.38%    0.00%  0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $  377,260  $  193,740  $  184,896  $  160,032  $ 53,220  $ 46,980  $   14,160  $     0  $   0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............           30          11          11           5         3         2           1        0      0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft..........   $     8.19  $     8.09  $     7.35  $     8.20  $   7.60  $   7.83  $     7.08  $  0.00  $0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     8.26  $     8.29  $     7.86  $     8.51  $   8.66  $   8.28  $     8.52  $  0.00  $0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     7.80
 TOTAL R&D PROPER-
 TIES
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........      120,483     189,813     122,151     342,880    48,793    70,140     120,066    5,600      0     150,000
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         9.11%      14.35%       9.23%      25.92%     3.69%     5.30%       9.08%    0.42%  0.00%      11.34%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $1,069,456  $1,375,488  $1,058,568  $2,678,568  $547,848  $447,852  $1,626,936  $35,652  $   0  $1,087,488
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............           34          20          13          13         5         3           3        1      0           1
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft..........   $     8.88  $     7.25  $     8.67  $     7.81  $  11.23  $   6.39  $    13.55  $  6.37  $0.00  $     7.25
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     8.90  $     7.45  $     9.06  $     7.98  $  12.30  $   6.42  $    17.13  $  7.83  $0.00  $     7.25
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $    11.37

<CAPTION> 
                       2007 &
                       BEYOND
                     -----------
 <S>                 <C>
 Route 128 NW
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 GREATER WASHING-
 TON, D.C.
 Fairfax County,
 VA
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........      103,750
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........        16.39%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $1,422,972
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            1
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft..........   $    13.72
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    13.86
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 GREATER SAN FRAN-
 CISCO
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft..........   $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 TOTAL R&D PROPER-
 TIES
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........      103,750
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         7.84%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $1,422,972
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            1
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft..........   $    13.72
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    13.86
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....

INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
(MARKET/SUBMARKET)
- ------------------
 
 GREATER BOSTON
 Route 128/Massa-
 chusetts Turnpike
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0           0      23,904      56,747    10,829         0     128,105        0      0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%       0.00%       9.67%      22.94%     4.38%     0.00%      51.80%    0.00%  0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0  $        0  $   77,676  $  368,856  $ 95,292  $      0  $  391,728  $     0  $   0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0           0           1           1         1         0           1        0      0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft.  .......   $     0.00  $     0.00  $     3.25  $     6.50  $   8.80  $   0.00  $     3.06  $  0.00  $0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00  $     0.00  $     3.25  $     6.50  $   8.80  $   0.00  $     6.32  $  0.00  $0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     6.10
 GREATER WASHING-
 TON, D.C.
 Prince George's
 County, MD
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........       63,341     138,971           0      21,064         0         0           0        0      0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........        26.76%      58.70%       0.00%       8.90%     0.00%     0.00%       0.00%    0.00%  0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $  407,304  $  963,768  $        0  $  115,428  $      0  $      0  $        0  $     0  $   0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            2           5           0           1         0         0           0        0      0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     6.43  $     6.94  $     0.00  $     5.48  $   0.00  $   0.00  $     0.00  $  0.00  $0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     7.10  $     7.13  $     0.00  $     5.48  $   0.00  $   0.00  $     0.00  $  0.00  $0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     5.00
 GREATER BOSTON
 Route 128/Massa-
 chusetts Turnpike
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft.  .......   $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 GREATER WASHING-
 TON, D.C.
 Prince George's
 County, MD
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
</TABLE>    
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                        1997         1998         1999        2000         2001         2002         2003        2004
                     -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
 <S>                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
 GREATER SAN FRAN-
 CISCO
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........             0       20,000      40,000            0       60,000            0           0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........          0.00%        7.12%      14.23%        0.00%       21.35%        0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $         0  $    98,400  $  216,000  $         0  $   234,000  $         0  $        0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             0            1           1            0            1            0           0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $      0.00  $      4.92  $     5.40  $      0.00  $      3.90  $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $      0.00  $      5.75  $     5.95  $      0.00  $      3.90  $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $      4.75
 BUCKS COUNTY, PA
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........             0      161,000           0            0            0            0           0           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........          0.00%      100.00%       0.00%        0.00%        0.00%        0.00%       0.00%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $         0  $   764,748  $        0  $         0  $         0  $         0  $        0  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             0            1           0            0            0            0           0           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $      0.00  $      4.75  $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $      0.00  $      4.75  $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00  $     0.00  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $      7.50
 TOTAL INDUSTRIAL
 PROPERTIES
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........        63,341      319,971      63,904       77,811       70,829            0     128,105           0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........          6.84%       34.55%       6.90%        8.40%        7.65%        0.00%      13.83%       0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $   407,304  $ 1,826,916  $  293,676  $   484,284  $   329,292  $         0  $  391,728  $        0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............             2            7           2            2            2            0           1           0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $      6.43  $      5.71  $     4.60  $      6.22  $      4.65  $      0.00  $     3.06  $     0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $      7.10  $      6.71  $     5.56  $      8.70  $      5.09  $      0.00  $     6.32  $     0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $      5.65
 TOTAL OFFICE AND
 INDUSTRIAL PROP-
 ERTIES
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases (6)......       816,712      856,374     548,201    1,039,151      652,626      727,949     336,858      68,675
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft..........         10.36%       10.87%       6.96%       13.19%        8.28%        9.24%       4.28%       0.87%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $16,937,403  $10,848,345  $8,734,280  $19,399,736  $12,730,935  $22,469,700  $5,240,340  $2,380,925
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............           118           64          58           57           44           26          11           5
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     20.74  $     12.67  $    15.93  $     18.67  $     19.51  $     30.87  $    15.56  $    34.67
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     23.14  $     14.28  $    18.67  $     24.49  $     20.75  $     36.82  $    18.27  $    44.86
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....   $     25.39
<CAPTION>
                                                2007 &
                        2005        2006        BEYOND
                     ----------- ------------ ------------
 <S>                 <C>         <C>          <C>
 GREATER SAN FRAN-
 CISCO
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0            0            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%        0.00%        0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0  $         0  $         0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0            0            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 BUCKS COUNTY, PA
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0            0            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%        0.00%        0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0  $         0  $         0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0            0            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 TOTAL INDUSTRIAL
 PROPERTIES
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases..........            0            0            0
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft. ........         0.00%        0.00%        0.00%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $        0  $         0  $         0
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            0            0            0
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $     0.00  $      0.00  $      0.00
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
 TOTAL OFFICE AND
 INDUSTRIAL PROP-
 ERTIES
  Square footage
  of expiring
  leases (6)......      134,971    1,041,166    1,177,242
  Percentage of
  total rentable
  sq. ft..........         1.71%       13.21%       14.94%
  Annual base rent
  (2).............   $2,578,680  $29,945,112  $37,319,280
  No. of tenants
  whose leases ex-
  pire............            5           10           10
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. ........   $    19.11  $     28.76  $     31.70
  Annualized base
  rent per leased
  sq. ft. w/future
  step-ups (3)....   $    21.42  $     36.51  $     35.51
  Company Quoted
  Rental Rate per
  sq. ft. (4).....
</TABLE>    
- ----
(1) The Company owns one Office Property in Boston which is used exclusively
    as the Company's headquarters.
   
(2) Base rent represents the annualized fixed monthly base rental amount in
    effect under each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, excluding
    monthly tenant pass-throughs of operating and other expenses, and reduced
    by any rent concessions in effect as of December 31, 1996.     
   
(3) Represents Base Rent as described in footnote (2) above, but also reflects
    contractual increases in monthly base rental amounts that occur after
    December 31, 1996.     
(4) Represents weighted average rental rates per square foot quoted by the
    Company as of January 1, 1997, based on total net rentable square feet of
    Company Properties in the submarket. These rates have not been adjusted to
    a full-service equivalent rate in markets in which the Company's rates are
    not quoted on a full-service basis.
(5) Mandatory expansion rights for Orrick Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP and
    Shearman & Sterling totaling 83,000 square feet have been reflected in
    this lease expiration schedule.
   
(6) As of May 22, 1997, 365,786 square feet, or 45% of the total 812,485
    square feet expiring, had been renewed at an average rent of $29.73 per
    square foot.     
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
 
HISTORICAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS AND LEASING COMMISSIONS
 
  The following table sets forth certain historical information regarding
recurring tenant improvement and leasing commission costs for tenants at the
Office and Industrial Properties during the years ending December 31, 1992
through December 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      WEIGHTED
                               1992    1993    1994    1995    1996   AVERAGE
OFFICE PROPERTIES             ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
 Class A Office Buildings
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
RENEWALS
 Number of leases...........       39      34      30      36      45
 Square feet................  298,580 163,008 239,441  78,216 226,941
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $ 1.63  $ 0.47  $ 2.70  $ 0.48  $ 2.80  $ 1.87
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     0.30    0.26    0.93    1.32    1.67    0.83
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $ 1.93  $ 0.73  $ 3.63  $ 1.80  $ 4.47  $ 2.70
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
NEW LEASES
 Number of leases...........       38      43      57      58      60
 Square feet................  374,558 288,287 451,018 690,297 782,782
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $10.50  $10.43  $10.53  $ 8.08  $10.33  $ 9.80
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     2.06    2.38    2.02    3.59    2.88    2.75
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $12.56  $12.81  $12.55  $11.67  $13.21  $12.55
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
TOTAL
 Number of leases...........       77      77      87      94     104
 Square feet................  673,138 451,295 690,459 768,513 970,072
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $ 6.57  $ 6.83  $ 7.81  $ 7.30  $ 8.99  $ 7.66
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     1.28    1.62    1.64    3.36    2.41    2.15
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $ 7.85  $ 8.45  $ 9.45  $10.66  $11.40  $ 9.81
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
 R&D Properties
RENEWALS
 Number of leases...........        7      11       9      10      11
 Square feet................   58,400  20,890  49,552  31,492 139,254
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $ 2.73  $ 2.22  $ 0.74  $ 1.35  $ 0.98  $ 1.41
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     0.12    2.36    0.59    1.12    0.65    0.70
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $ 2.85  $ 4.58  $ 1.33  $ 2.47  $ 1.63  $ 2.11
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
NEW LEASES
 Number of leases...........       28      26      20      16      16
 Square feet................  126,670 146,067 228,780 145,581 198,442
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $ 3.42  $ 4.02  $ 0.19  $ 7.23  $15.01  $ 6.04
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     0.84    1.66    0.34    0.75    1.62    1.01
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $ 4.26  $ 5.68  $ 0.53  $ 7.98  $16.63  $ 7.05
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
TOTAL
 Number of leases...........       35      37      29      26      27
 Square feet................  185,070 166,957 276,332 177,073 337,676
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $ 3.21  $ 3.79  $ 0.29  $ 6.18  $ 9.23  $ 4.83
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     0.61    1.74    0.39    0.81    1.22    0.93
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $ 3.82  $ 5.53  $ 0.68  $ 6.99  $10.45  $ 5.76
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
<CAPTION>
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
RENEWALS
 Number of leases...........        1       0       2       4       3
 Square feet................   13,367       0  13,367  71,283  46,117
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $ 2.27  $ 0.00  $ 0.00  $ 0.00  $ 0.00  $ 0.21
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     0.00    0.00    0.32    0.06    0.57    0.24
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $ 2.27  $ 0.00  $ 0.32  $ 0.06  $ 0.57  $ 0.45
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
NEW LEASES
 Number of leases...........        3       4       4       9       5
 Square feet................   31,106 241,500 119,160 237,105  82,031
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $ 1.00  $ 0.12  $ 1.58  $ 0.19  $ 1.09  $ 0.54
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     1.33    0.16    2.08    1.09    1.25    0.97
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $ 2.33  $ 0.28  $ 3.66  $ 1.28  $ 2.34  $ 1.51
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
TOTAL
 Number of leases...........        4       4       6      13       8
 Square feet................   44,473 241,500 132,521 308,388 128,148
 Tenant improvement costs
  per square foot...........   $ 1.38  $ 0.12  $ 1.42  $ 0.15  $ 0.70  $ 0.48
 Leasing commission costs
  per square foot...........     0.93    0.16    1.90    0.85    1.01    0.84
                              ------- ------- ------- ------- -------  ------
  Total tenant improvement
   and leasing commission
   costs per square foot....   $ 2.31  $ 0.28  $ 3.32  $ 1.00  $ 1.71  $ 1.32
                              ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  ======
</TABLE>
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       WEIGHTED
TOTAL OFFICE AND          1992    1993     1994      1995      1996    AVERAGE
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES    ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------
<S>                      <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
RENEWALS
 Number of leases(1)...       47      45        41        50        59
 Square feet(1)........  370,347 183,898   302,360   180,991   412,312
 Tenant improvement
  costs per square
  foot.................    $1.83   $0.67     $2.26     $0.44     $1.87   $1.60
 Leasing commission
  costs per square
  foot.................     0.26    0.50      0.85      0.79      1.20    0.75
                         ------- ------- --------- --------- ---------  ------
  Total tenant
   improvement and
   leasing commission
   costs per square
   foot................    $2.09   $1.17     $3.11     $1.23     $3.07   $2.35
                         ======= ======= ========= ========= =========  ======
NEW LEASES
 Number of leases(2)...       69      73        81        83        81
 Square feet(2)........  532,334 675,854   796,958 1,072,983 1,063,235
 Tenant improvement
  costs per square
  foot.................    $8.26   $5.36     $6.25     $6.22    $10.49   $7.44
 Leasing commission
  costs per square
  foot.................     1.73    1.43      1.55      2.65      2.52    2.09
                         ------- ------- --------- --------- ---------  ------
  Total tenant
   improvement and
   leasing commission
   costs per square
   foot................    $9.99   $6.79     $7.80     $8.87    $13.01   $9.53
                         ======= ======= ========= ========= =========  ======
TOTAL
 Number of leases......      116     118       122       133       140
 Square feet...........  902,681 859,752 1,099,318 1,253,974 1,475,547
 Tenant improvement
  costs per square
  foot.................    $5.62   $4.35     $5.15     $5.39     $8.09   $5.93
 Leasing commission
  costs per square
  foot.................     1.12    1.23      1.36      2.38      2.16    1.74
                         ------- ------- --------- --------- ---------  ------
  Total tenant
   improvement and
   leasing commission
   costs per square
   foot................    $6.74   $5.58     $6.51     $7.77    $10.25   $7.67
                         ======= ======= ========= ========= =========  ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Does not include retained tenants that have relocated to new space or
    expanded into new space.
(2) Includes retained tenants that have relocated or expanded into new space.
 
HISTORICAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
 
  For each of the years 1997 and 1998, the Company projects the cost of
building improvements and equipment upgrades (excluding the costs of tenant
improvements) at the Office and Industrial Properties to be approximately
$1,642,000 (or $0.20 per square foot), which cost is expected to be paid from
operating cash flows.
 
  The following table sets forth certain historical information regarding
recurring capital expenditures at the Office and Industrial Properties for the
years ending December 31, 1992 through December 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                     ---------------------------------- ANNUAL
                                      1992   1993   1994   1995   1996  AVERAGE
                                     ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Recurring capital expenditures...... $1,425 $1,547 $1,812 $1,618 $1,803 $1,642
</TABLE>
 
  The following table sets forth historical capital expenditures at the Hotel
Properties incurring during the years ending December 31, 1992 through
December 31, 1996. The average cost is presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      -------------------------------- ANNUAL
                                       1992  1993  1994   1995   1996  AVERAGE
                                      ------ ---- ------ ------ ------ -------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>    <C>  <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Hotel improvements, equipment
 upgrades and replacements........... $3,182 $836 $1,917 $4,420 $3,041 $2,679
</TABLE>
 
TENANT RELATIONS
 
  The Company believes that its relationship with tenants contributes in large
part to its success in attracting, expanding and retaining its quality and
diverse tenant base. The Company strives to develop and maintain good
relationships with tenants through its active management style and by being
responsive to individual tenants' needs. The Company services tenants
primarily through its on site, professional management staff. Management
believes that tenant satisfaction fosters long-term tenant relationships and
creates expansion opportunities, which, in turn, enhance the Company's ability
to maintain and increase occupancy rates.
 
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
HISTORICAL LEASE RENEWALS
 
  The following table sets forth certain historical information regarding
tenants at the Properties who renewed an existing lease at or prior to the
expiration of the existing lease:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      TOTAL/
                                                                     WEIGHTED
                                                                      AVERAGE
                              1993      1994       1995      1996    1993-1996
                             -------  ---------  ---------  -------  ---------
<S>                          <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
Number of leases expired
 during calendar year......       95        105         95      104        100
Aggregate net rentable
 square footage of expiring
 leases....................  916,164  1,395,922  1,008,579  892,486  1,053,288
Number of lease renewals...       49         45         53       62         52
Aggregate net rentable
 square footage of lease
 renewals..................  336,156    452,885    444,229  451,504    421,194
Percentage of leases
 renewed...................     51.6%      42.9%      55.8%    59.6%      52.0%
Percentage of expiring net
 rentable square footage
 renewed...................     36.7%      32.4%      44.1%    50.6%      40.0%
</TABLE>
 
                             THE OFFICE PROPERTIES
 
  The Office Properties consist of the 36 Class A Office Buildings, including
three Development Properties, and the 27 R&D Properties, including four
Development Properties. The Company's 36 Class A Office Buildings contain
approximately 6.2 million net rentable square feet in urban and suburban
settings in Greater Boston, Greater Washington, D.C. and midtown Manhattan.
The Company's Class A Office Buildings include 599 Lexington Avenue in midtown
Manhattan, which has approximately 1.0 million net rentable square feet. As of
December 31, 1996, the Class A Office Buildings (excluding the Development
Properties) had an occupancy rate of 96%. Thirty-five of the Class A Office
Buildings including Development Properties (consisting of approximately 6.1
million rentable square feet), have been built or substantially redeveloped
since 1980.
 
  The 27 R&D Properties contain approximately 1.6 million net rentable square
feet and consist primarily of suburban properties located in the Springfield,
Virginia submarket of Greater Washington, D.C. and the East Cambridge and
Route 128 Northwest submarkets of Greater Boston. Seventeen of the R&D
Properties (including Development Properties), totaling approximately 1.4
million net rentable square feet, have been built or substantially renovated
since 1980. As of December 31, 1996, the R&D Properties (excluding the
Development Properties) had an occupancy rate of 96%.
   
  Management believes that the location and quality of construction of the
Office Properties, as well as the Company's reputation for providing a high
level of tenant service, have enabled the Company to attract and retain a
diverse tenant base. As of January 1, 1997, the Office Properties were leased
to 353 tenants, and no single tenant, other than the General Services
Administration, whose lease obligations are full faith and credit obligations
of the United States government, accounted for more than approximately 7.2% of
the aggregate Base Rent of the Company's Office and Industrial Properties.
    
GREATER BOSTON OFFICE MARKET
 
  Greater Boston, the seventh largest metropolitan area in the United States,
has a strong and diverse economy and is a nationally recognized center of
higher education, technological entrepreneurship, investment management,
health care and research and development. Economic growth during the 1990's
substantially increased demand for office space while there has been little
addition to the total office space supply of approximately 103 million square
feet in this market area defined by the cities and towns within or adjacent to
the US I-495 outer circumferential highway. This has resulted in substantial
absorption of available space accompanied by rising rents. Between 1992 and
1996, according to information provided by Spaulding & Slye, the office space
availability rate in this market (space currently available direct from
landlord or by sublease, or scheduled to become available within 12 months)
declined from 16.0% to 8.3% while average quoted rents increased 23%, and the
Direct Vacancy Rate was only 5.0% at the end of 1996. During this same 1992-96
period office space supply grew by only 1.3% (351,000 square feet) and there
was net absorption of approximately 10.8 million square feet at a relatively
steady rate (approximately 1.8 million square feet in 1992, 2.2 million square
feet annually 1993-95, and 2.3 million square feet in 1996).
 
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
  The Company expects this positive office space demand-supply relationship to
further strengthen due to the growing economy and anticipated increases in
population and employment. Between 1996 and 2001 the population of
metropolitan Boston is expected to grow by approximately 231,000, with an
increase in total employment of approximately 106,000, an increase in office
employment alone of approximately 56,000, and substantial resulting need for
office space. The Company believes this expected growth in demand will result
in further increases in rental rates in Greater Boston generally and
particularly in the three submarkets in which the Company's Greater Boston
office properties are concentrated, which are already experiencing low vacancy
rates and have substantial limitations on potential increases in supply
because of limited sites available for development and significant regulatory
obstacles to development. These submarkets are East Cambridge, a market area
directly across the Charles River from downtown Boston that includes MIT, and
two submarkets adjacent to each other along the west/northwest quadrant of
"Route 128," the inner circumferential highway known for its concentration of
high-technology firms. According to Spaulding & Slye, the Direct Vacancy rates
at the end of 1996 of these submarkets, and their supply sizes, were as
follows: 1.8% Direct Vacancy in the 6.5 million square feet East Cambridge
submarket; 2.6% Direct Vacancy in the 11.5 million square feet Route 128/West
submarket; and 5.3% Direct Vacancy in the 7.2 million square feet Route 128
Northwest submarket.
 
  The Greater Boston economy is strong and competitive due to its diversity.
The Greater Boston market is characterized by four core industry groups: (i)
information technology, (ii) financial services, (iii) health care, and (iv)
research and development, including both academic and commercial research.
Local businesses within these industry groups successfully compete both
nationally and internationally. Growth in the area has centered around the
emergence of a large number of small to medium-sized companies within these
industry groups.
 
  Over 60 colleges and universities are located within the Greater Boston
area, attracting to the region in excess of 240,000 students from both within
the United States and abroad. These colleges and universities, including
Harvard University, MIT, Tufts University, Brandeis University, Boston
College, Northeastern University and Boston University, contribute $5 billion
annually to the local economy and draw a diverse and talented student
population to the region. Many graduates remain in the area, providing local
businesses with a highly-educated, top-quality workforce.
 
  According to the Massachusetts Department of Employment and Training, the
Boston area's employment base has expanded by 22% since 1992 to its current
size of almost 2 million jobs. The service sector continues to increase its
share of the region's economy, currently accounting for 39% of the employment
base. As a result of the steady growth in the Boston economy, the local
unemployment rate has fallen from 7.0% in 1992 to 3.4% in 1996.
 
  In addition to its expanding economy, Massachusetts has a high and rising
standard of living. Per capita income in the State is growing at a faster pace
than both the nation and the New England region as a whole. According to the
U.S. Commerce Department, per capita income in Massachusetts grew by 6.4% to
$28,021 in 1995, which was the second largest gain in the nation for that
year, and grew another 4.5% to $29,288 in 1996.
 
  The Company believes that the prospects for continued economic growth in the
region are excellent because of the diverse mix of companies in the area,
which has helped to create an economy which is both broad and deep, the local
availability of venture and growth capital, the vitality of the City of Boston
as a business, cultural and residential center, and the major improvements in
transportation infrastructure currently underway.
 
COMPANY'S HEADQUARTERS
 
 
  The Company's only Office Property in downtown Boston is Eight Arlington
Street, an historic, six-story Class A office building that serves as the
Company's headquarters. The building has a brownstone structure and is
situated among numerous other historic brick and brownstone buildings in
Boston's Back Bay. The building is directly across from the Boston Public
Garden and is only a short walk from Beacon Hill and the downtown Boston
financial district. The Property contains approximately 26,990 rentable square
feet of office space, as well as 3,536 square feet of storage space. The
building is located on an approximately 8,000 square foot parcel of land, with
executive parking for four cars available on site. The building was originally
constructed in two phases in 1860 and 1920 and was completely renovated by the
Company in 1989.
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
EAST CAMBRIDGE OFFICE SUBMARKET
 
  The Cambridge office market contains 9.8 million square feet and accounts
for 9% of Greater Boston's 103.3 million square foot office supply. According
to Spaulding & Slye, the availability rate in Cambridge as a whole fell from
12% in 1992 to 5.5% in 1996, with 909,000 square feet absorbed while only
300,000 square feet were added to the supply. The presence of both Harvard
University and MIT attracts existing firms and is a source of new business
formation. In addition, the City benefits from proximity to Logan Airport and
to Boston across the Charles River as well as from its own urban attractions.
Office development has also been aided by the availability of rapid transit
and has concentrated along areas served by the Red and Green Lines of the
Metropolitan Boston Transit Authority (the "MBTA").
 
  The East Cambridge submarket accounted for the majority of the growth in
supply that occurred in Cambridge during the 1980's and with 6.5 million
square feet, East Cambridge is now this city's largest and most active
submarket, accounting for 67% of the total office space inventory. The office
development in East Cambridge was in significant part the result of city
government initiatives that were accompanied by substantial roadway, open
space and other infrastructure improvements and expansions of supporting
retail and business services. According to Spaulding & Slye, the availability
rate in this submarket fell from 10.7% in 1992 to 5.7% in 1996 and the Direct
Vacancy was only 1.8% at the end of 1996. The positive impact of supply
reductions on rent levels lagged behind absorption but is now becoming
evident; during 1992-1994 asking rents continued their post-1980's decline,
and reached a low of $18.67 per square foot in 1994, before rebounding sharply
during the succeeding two years and reaching $26.70 per square foot at the end
of 1996. The Company believes these rent levels are still 20-25% below current
replacement cost rents and will continue to increase significantly.
 
  The Company's East Cambridge Office Properties consist of four Class A
Office Buildings and one R&D Property.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for office buildings in the East Cambridge office submarket.

                        East Cambridge Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate

                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  11%              $20.54 
1993                   9%               19.03
1994                   9%               18.67
1995                   6%               21.64
1996                   6%               26.70
</TABLE> 

 
 Description of the Company's Cambridge Center Development Project
 
  All of the Company's Properties in East Cambridge are located in Cambridge
Center, a major mixed-use urban center developed by the Company on a 24-acre
site at the center of Kendall Square, Cambridge, Massachusetts, directly
across the Charles River from downtown Boston and immediately adjacent to the
East Campus of MIT. The Company has developed this project in close
cooperation with the City of Cambridge after
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
being selected as developer by the Cambridge Redevelopment Authority through a
public competition. It is the centerpiece of the revitalized Kendall Square
area and the Company believes it is the premier office development in the
Cambridge market. As of December 31, 1996, the Company's East Cambridge Office
Properties had an occupancy rate of 100%.
 
  The master plan for Cambridge Center provides for over 2.7 million square
feet of new development. The primary office and high-end research and
development uses are supported by many services and amenities included in the
development, which include: the Company's 431-room Marriott(R) Hotel with
health club, meeting, function and conference facilities; extensive tenant and
visitor parking providing the highest parking ratio available in the East
Cambridge market; direct rapid transit service by the Kendall Station of the
MBTA Red Line; major new urban parks and plazas constructed specifically for
Cambridge Center; and a wide range of restaurants, shops and business services
both directly in the development and in the immediately surrounding Kendall
Square area.
 
  Cambridge Center is separated by public streets and other public rights of
way into three "superblock" development parcels, and the Company's properties
are located on the "East Parcel" and the "North Parcel." The remaining "West
Parcel" thus far has only one completed building, developed at Cambridge
Center by the Company in cooperation with the Whitehead Institute for
Biomedical Research, which owns the building. The Whitehead Institute is a
world-renowned biomedical research foundation affiliated with MIT. The balance
of the West Parcel consists of approximately four acres of undeveloped land on
which the Company controls all development rights.
 
 Description of Cambridge Center East Parcel Properties
 
  The Company's three properties on the triangular East Parcel are the twelve-
story One Cambridge Center office building, the 25-story Cambridge Center
Marriott(R) Hotel at Two Cambridge Center, and the four-story Three Cambridge
Center office building. These three buildings frame the major central public
plaza of the project whose fourth side opens south onto Main Street facing a
major entrance to MIT. The Company's main marketing center for Cambridge
Center is at street level on the east side of the plaza, and a main entrance
to the MBTA Red Line Kendall Station is on the west side of the plaza. More
specific information about the two Office Properties on the East Parcel
follows below. For information on the Cambridge Center Marriott Hotel, see "--
The Hotel Properties."
 
  One Cambridge Center. This 12-story, 215,385 rentable square foot Class A
office building, built by the Company in 1987, stands at the apex of the
Cambridge Center development at the angled intersection of Main Street and
Broadway. The building's east facade faces downtown Boston over the Longfellow
Bridge and features a recessed and angled curtain wall between two columnar
brick elements. The curtain wall includes at its base a two-story high private
atrium, which is part of space on the second and third floors of the building
under long term lease to Ernst & Young US LLP, for their Center for Business
Innovation. Other major tenants include the corporate headquarters of Camp,
Dresser & McKee Inc. ("CDM"), an internationally active environmental
engineering and development company, and computer software and consulting
firms including ON Technology, Inc. and Harlequin Incorporated. While six of
the floors in the building are occupied on a full-floor basis, the office
floors can be subdivided into suites as small as 1,000 square feet or less,
and the smallest current tenant occupies a suite of only 885 square feet.
   
  Three Cambridge Center. This four-story, 107,484 square foot Class A office
building, completed by the Company in 1987, provides 60,960 square feet of
office space on its upper three floors and 46,524 square feet of retail space
on the street level and connected lower level. The major office tenant at
present is The Hartford Fire Insurance Company ("The Hartford") which leases
35,687 square feet on the third and fourth floors of the building for a term
that expires November 30, 1997. The Hartford has advised the Company that it
will be relocating to a suburban building at the end of its lease term. By
March, 1997, all of the space to be vacated by The Hartford was committed
under letters of intent to two replacement tenants, at rents significantly
higher than those being paid by The Hartford and with expected downtime
between the departure of The Hartford and the start of rent under the new
leases averaging less than one month. While no binding agreements will be
established until final lease documents are executed with these tenants, the
Company believes these transactions will be     
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
successfully completed. As with One Cambridge Center, all of the floors in the
building are easily subdividable. The balance of approximately 25,273 square
feet of office space in the building not under lease to The Hartford is
currently leased to ten tenants ranging in size from 918 square feet to 4,227
square feet.
 
  The retail space in Three Cambridge Center is leased in its entirety for a
term running through June, 2012, to The Harvard Cooperative Society ("The
Coop") and houses the main branch of the "MIT Coop," the academic bookstore
and retail store serving MIT. The MIT Coop is managed for The Coop by Barnes &
Noble, and provides a wide range of retail goods that enhance the
attractiveness of Cambridge Center as an office location, including an 8,500
square foot food court.
 
 Description of Cambridge Center North Parcel Properties
 
  The Company has four Properties on the Cambridge Center North Parcel. Three
of these Properties are set along and complete the streetfront facing on
Broadway, a main vehicular route through Cambridge that runs from the
Longfellow Bridge from Boston to Harvard Square to the west. Running from east
to west these properties are the seven-story Class A office building at Ten
Cambridge Center; the six-level North Garage, which is set back from Broadway
behind a handsomely landscaped park; and the four-story Class A office
building at Eleven Cambridge Center. The fourth property is the two-story
research and development building at Fourteen Cambridge Center on the northern
corner of the parcel bordered by Binney Street.
 
  Ten Cambridge Center. This seven-story, 152,664 square foot office
building's exterior of brick, glass and pre-cast concrete features a two-story
colonnade the full length of the 183-foot long facade on Broadway, with
distinctive inverted-T pre-cast concrete elements between brick columns. The
building, which was completed by the Company in 1990, is designed in all
respects to function as a multi-tenant building consistent in quality and
subdivision flexibility with the Company's East Parcel buildings described
above. The building is leased in its entirety to CDM, which has its corporate
headquarters at One Cambridge Center.
 
  Cambridge Center North Garage. This 1,170-space, six-level parking garage,
completed by the Company in 1990, is set in a highly landscaped setting in the
middle of the North Parcel. It is set back from Broadway over 100 feet behind
a heavily-landscaped park which features a perennial garden surrounding a
central open lawn and which received the 1990 Urban Landscape Award from the
Massachusetts Horticultural Society. The garage provides parking spaces for
occupants of and business visitors to buildings at Cambridge Center and also
provides monthly parking to individuals in the Kendall Square area and
transient day parking. In order to assist the Company in maintaining its
qualifications as a REIT under federal tax law, following the Offering the
Company will lease this Property, pursuant to a lease with a participation in
the gross receipts of the Property, to Kinney Systems, Inc.
 
  Eleven Cambridge Center. This four-story, 79,616 square foot office building
is on the southwest corner of the North Parcel facing Broadway. The brick and
punched-window exterior is set back from Broadway behind a ten-foot deep
planter and the entrance to the building is at the center of this landscaped
zone through a three-story curtain wall into a lobby atrium of the same
height. As with Ten Cambridge Center, the building, which was built by the
Company in 1984, is designed to function in every respect as a multi-tenant
building with no modifications required to do so. The building is currently
leased in its entirety to the Open Software Foundation, originally founded in
1988 by a consortium of leading computer companies and which now has a
membership of over 200 firms worldwide.
 
  Fourteen Cambridge Center. This two-story, 67,362 square feet R&D Property
with a brick exterior was built by the Company in 1983 to provide headquarters
offices, research laboratories and supporting facilities for Biogen, Inc.
Since that time Biogen has grown substantially and relocated most of its
office functions to other buildings at Cambridge Center and in the immediately
surrounding area. The building has extensive special HVAC and utility services
(including steam and gas) that provide it with the capacity to service high
intensity research and production facilities for the biotechnology industry
and allied research needs. The building's entrance is through a major curtain
wall element in its long west side flanked by extensive landscaping, opening
onto a two-story skylight-topped central atrium featuring a monumental central
staircase providing access directly to the second level.
 
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
ROUTE 128 NORTHWEST SUBMARKET
 
  The Route 128 Northwest office submarket comprises six towns (Lexington,
Lincoln, Concord, Bedford, Burlington and Billerica) with office locations
primarily accessed by circumferential Route 128 and radial Route 2 on the
south and Route 3 on the north. Construction activity during the 1980's nearly
tripled this submarket's office supply, and it's 1996 total of 7.2 million
square feet of space accounts for 16% of the total Greater Boston supply of
approximately 45.2 million square feet. Together with the 11.5 million square
feet of space in the adjacent Route 128/Massachusetts Turnpike submarket to
the south it defines the preferred core of the suburban Boston office market
area.
 
  According to information from Spaulding & Slye, approximately one million
square feet of space were absorbed between 1992 and 1996 with no increase in
supply, with a resulting dramatic decrease in the availability rate from 23.7%
to 9.4% during this period and a direct vacancy rate at the end of 1996 of
only 5.3%. Asking rents during this period increased from $16.30 per square
foot in 1992 to $22.50 per square foot in 1996, with the greatest increase
occurring during the years 1994-1996 when 922,000 square feet of space were
absorbed and asking rent increased from $17.01 to $22.50. The Company believes
that vacancy will continue to decline in the face of growing demand and
limited increases in supply with resulting further increases in market rents.
 
  The Company's Route 128 Northwest Office Properties consist of eleven Class
A Office Buildings and four R&D Properties.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for office buildings in the Route 128 Northwest Office Submarket.
 
                         Route 128 NW Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate

                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  24%              $16.30
1993                  18%               16.13
1994                  22%               17.01
1995                  13%               21.10
1996                   9%               22.50
</TABLE>  
 
Description of Route 128 Northwest Office Properties
 
 Route 2 Corridor Properties in the Route 128 Northwest Submarket
 
  Route 2 is a state highway that is part of a major radial route from Boston
and Cambridge to circumferential Route 128, the western suburbs and beyond. In
the Route 128 Northwest submarket the Company owns four buildings and has a
fifth building under construction within the Route 2 corridor in Lexington
inside of Route 128 (Hayden Avenue/Spring Street). Significant characteristics
of this area are the high visibility and identity of the office buildings,
proximity to executive bedroom suburbs, the short (five mile) distance to
Cambridge and the
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
desirability of a Lexington corporate address. All of these Properties have
excellent access off Route 2 with direct visibility from Route 2 or Route 128.
 
  191 Spring Street. This 162,700 square foot, four-story building is located
on a prominent hillside overlooking the Route 2 and Route 128 interchange in
Lexington, Massachusetts. The Class A office building was originally built in
1971 as the headquarters of a subsidiary of the Xerox Corporation. The Company
purchased the 32.8 acre property in 1985 with a leaseback of the building to
Xerox through September, 1994, and then obtained entitlements required for the
development of two additional buildings, one of which is currently under
construction at 201 Spring Street, as described under "Business and
Properties--Development Properties." In 1994, after Xerox's lease expiration,
the Company totally renovated the building to meet modern office standards,
including all new window systems and the addition of a 2,800 square foot,
three story atrium and a four story glass entrance tower. The building is now
100% leased as the corporate headquarters of The Stride Rite Corporation. The
site provides 560 parking spaces.
 
  33 Hayden Avenue. This three-story, Class A office building is located
directly off Route 2 in Lexington, Massachusetts, with easy access to Boston
and efficient floor plates. Mercer Management Consulting, Inc. and its
predecessor, The TBS Group, Inc., have occupied the building since its
construction in 1979. The building has a red brick facade and features a three
story skylit atrium with two glass elevators. The 79,564 square foot building
is located on a 10 acre parcel with 262 parking spaces and is surrounded by
wooded conservation land.
 
  92 Hayden Avenue. This is a two-story, 30,980 square foot, Class A office
building that provides the opportunity for a small tenant to have the
visibility and identity of a large corporate user. The building was originally
built in 1968 as the regional headquarters of the Burroughs Corporation. In
1984 the Company purchased the Property and performed a major renovation which
included the addition of a two story atrium, new windows and mechanical
systems and new first class finishes in the tenant and common spaces. The
Property is situated on a 6.34 acre parcel of land and has 103 parking spaces.
The primary tenant in the building is Rath & Strong, Inc., a management
consulting firm (21,366 square feet).
 
  100 Hayden Avenue. The Company developed this 2 1/2 story, Class A office
building in 1985 on the same parcel as 92 Hayden Avenue, Lexington,
Massachusetts. This brick building has rounded corners at the offset in the
efficient floor plan and a compact lobby space with a two story atrium. The
Property contains approximately 55,924 rentable square feet and has 204
parking spaces. The Property is leased in its entirety to Harvard Pilgrim
Health Care, Inc.
 
 Hartwell Avenue Area Properties in the 128 Northwest Submarket
 
  Hartwell Avenue is a commercially zoned office, research and development
district established by the Town of Lexington adjacent to Hanscom Field which
has become a major center of electronic and air defense technology and
research with leading defense contractors, such as Lincoln Laboratory,
Instrumentation Laboratories, The MITRE Corporation and the Air Force's EDS at
Hanscom Field. The Company owns three buildings along Hartwell Avenue.
 
  17 Hartwell Avenue. This single story R&D building was constructed in 1968.
The building is a metal framed, brick veneer structure located on a 5.25 acre
site in Lexington, Massachusetts. The Property contains approximately 30,000
rentable square feet and 100 parking spaces. The Property is located one mile
from the Route 4 and Route 128 interchange. Kendall Company has been the sole
tenant in the building for 20 years, and does new product research for tapes
and adhesives at this location. For a discussion of certain environmental
matters regarding this Property, see "--Environmental Matters."
 
  32 Hartwell Avenue. This single story, Class A office building contains
approximately 69,154 rentable square feet of office and research and
development space. The building was originally built as the regional sales
office of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in 1968, with additions completed in
each of 1976 and 1979 to accommodate their expansion. The building, which is a
metal framed, brick veneer structure, was completely refurbished by the
Company in 1987 with all new windows, mechanical systems and interior
improvements. The Property consists of 5.8 acres of land, including 311
parking spaces. The building is leased in its entirety to Logica North America
Inc.
 
                                      76
<PAGE>
 
  91 Hartwell Avenue. This Property is a handsome three-story, Class A office
building with approximately 122,328 rentable square feet of office space
located on a 15 acre wooded site. The large floor plates, split cores and
three skylit atria make the building particularly attractive and efficient for
large tenants. The building was built by the Company in 1985 and has 427
parking spaces. The Company made substantial renovations to the Property in
1995 and 1996, including major landscaping, new lobby finishes, a new 2,000
square foot food service facility and showers and locker rooms. Primary
tenants at the Property include RESTRAC, Inc. (60,093 square feet) and
Workgroup Technology Corporation (29,042 square feet). For a discussion of
certain environmental matters regarding this Property, see "--Environmental
Matters."
 
 Other Properties in the Route 128 Northwest Submarket
 
  Lexington Office Park. These Properties are two Class A office buildings of
84,500 square feet each on a 21 acre site in Lexington, Massachusetts,
adjacent to the interchange of Route 4 with Route 128. The Properties'
proximity to the highway and its central location in the northwest high tech
market have resulted in high levels of occupancy throughout the buildings'
history. The buildings, which were built by the Company in the period from
1981 to 1983, are three-story, steel frame structures, with brick veneer
exteriors. The L-shaped, mirror-image buildings face each other across a
center drop-off court facing on to a scenic pond on the well-landscaped site
that includes 14 acres of conservation land. The site also includes 558
parking spaces. The largest tenants at this Property include Weather Services
Corporation (13,049 square feet) and Waterfield Technology Group, Inc. (12,857
square feet).
 
  10 & 20 Burlington Mall Road. These Properties, comprised of two Class A
office buildings of distinctive curved design, are located directly adjacent
to the Route 3/3A interchange of Route 128 and have a signalized entrance
drive, are less than 1/2 mile from the Burlington Mall, a major suburban
retail center, and directly across the street from the 420 room Burlington
Marriott(R). The buildings were built by the Company during the two year
period from 1984 to 1986 and are steel frame structures with brick veneer
exteriors. 10 Burlington Mall Road is a three story building which contains
approximately 57,405 rentable square feet. 20 Burlington Mall Road is a four
story building which contains approximately 95,147 rentable square feet. Both
buildings have skylit atrium lobbies and floor plans particularly well suited
to multi-tenant occupancy. Structured and surface parking totaling 516 spaces
is available at the site. Primary tenants at these Properties include NOVASOFT
Systems, Inc., (27,676 square feet), Lernout & Hauspie Speech Products USA,
Inc. (16,088 square feet), Information Builders, Inc. (11,658 square feet) and
Aerotek, Inc. (9,488 square feet).
 
  Bedford Business Park. This complex of three Properties contains
approximately 473,000 rentable square feet, comprised of 90,000 square feet of
Class A office space in a 3-story building completed by the Company in 1981, a
two-story R&D Building containing 50,000 rentable square feet, and a complex
of attached two-story structures containing 333,000 net rentable square feet.
The Properties are located on a 22 acre site in Bedford, Massachusetts,
directly off of the Route 3/Route 62 interchange, approximately five minutes
up Route 3 from Route 128. The Properties have frontage on Route 3 and provide
tenants with high visibility and identity. The original property acquired by
the Company consisted of four structures, totaling 203,000 square feet which
were constructed from 1962 to 1968. The Company has renovated these buildings
on lease turnovers and expanded the property with additional structures
totaling 270,000 square feet from 1978 to 1981. A total of 1,281 parking
spaces are available on the property. Primary tenants at the Properties
include ComputerVision Corporation (273,704 square feet), MediSense, Inc.,
(150,000 square feet), and Iris Graphics, Inc., a division of Scitex (50,000
square feet).
 
  164 Lexington Road. This is a two story R&D building which contains 64,140
rentable square feet of office and research and development space. The
building was acquired by the Company in November of 1995 and major
improvements were made in 1996, including roof replacement. In July of 1996,
Harte-Hanks Data Technologies Inc., leased and occupied the entire building.
The building is located on a 4.2 acre site with 210 parking spaces, easily
accessible from the Route 62 interchange of Route 3, five miles north of the
Route 3/Route 128 interchange. The building has frontage on and is highly
visible from the Middlesex Turnpike.
 
                                      77
<PAGE>
 
ROUTE 128/MASSACHUSETTS TURNPIKE SUBMARKET
 
  The Route 128/Massachusetts Turnpike office submarket, which includes such
cities and towns as Waltham, Wellesley, Newton, Needham and Watertown, has
consistently been a preferred suburban location in Greater Boston. Inventory
has remained steady at approximately 11.4 million square feet from 1992 to
1996 with the only addition to supply being a new 39,000 square foot building
completed during the third quarter of 1996, which was 100% pre-leased when
built.
 
  According to Spaulding & Slye, the Route 128/Massachusetts Turnpike office
submarket steadily improved from 1992 to 1995, with the movement into the area
of a number of software and health care companies, including Parametric
Technologies, Atria, SAP America, Tufts Associated Health Plan, and Harvard
Pilgrim Health Care. The availability rate decreased from 13.6% in 1992 to
9.1% in 1995. In 1996 the absorption level increased to 531,000 square feet,
more than doubling the level for the previous year, and the availability rate
declined to 4.7%, a record low and the lowest of any suburban submarket with
the direct vacancy rate falling to 2.6%.
 
  Historically, the Route 128/Massachusetts Turnpike submarket has
consistently commanded higher rental rates than other suburban submarkets in
the Greater Boston area. The average quoted rental rate for first class office
space was $23.70 per square foot in 1996, the highest rental rate among the
suburban office submarkets in Greater Boston.
 
  The Company's Route 128/Massachusetts Turnpike Office Properties consist of
six Class A Office Buildings.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for office buildings in the Route 128/Massachusetts Turnpike
office submarket.

                       Route 128/Massachusetts Turnpike
                               Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  13.6%            $17.93
1993                  11.1%             16.62
1994                  11.1%             17.47
1995                   9.1%             21.25
1996                   4.7%             23.70
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of Route 128/Massachusetts Turnpike Properties
 
  195 West Street. This Property provides a unique office environment in the
Waltham/Route 128 market. The three story, 63,500 square foot, Class A office
building is located on a 7.7 acre wooded site bordering 28 acres of
conservation land in Weston. The building is sited to minimize impacts on the
land and thus achieves the effect of a wooded country setting, even though the
Property is only a short distance from Route 128 and the major arterial routes
of Route 2 and the Massachusetts Turnpike. The building, which was constructed
by the Company in 1990, has an attractive red brick facade with grey granite
accent pieces. The building contains a
 
                                      78
<PAGE>
 
beautiful three story skylit atrium space with glass railings, monumental
stair and patterned granite floor. There are 188 surface parking spaces and 42
basement garage parking spaces on the Property. The sole tenant in the
building is PAREXEL International Corporation.
 
  Waltham Office Center. This complex consists of three Class A office
buildings totaling 129,658 square feet and located on a 8.23 acre site on
Totten Pond Road in Waltham, Massachusetts, directly adjacent to the Winter
Street/Totten Pond Road interchange off Route 128. The two three-story
buildings at 486 and 504 Totten Pond Road each contains approximately 32,000
rentable square feet of office space, while 470 Totten Pond Road is a five-
story building which contains approximately 65,000 rentable square feet. The
buildings have precast concrete facades with highly articulated punched window
openings and were constructed during the two year period from 1968 to 1970.
The building common areas and tenant spaces were fully renovated by the
Company in 1987 and 1988. Waltham Office Center is a multi-tenant complex
characterized by a large number of small to medium size tenants and a long
history of nearly full occupancy. Larger tenants at these Properties include
Sungard Financial Systems, Inc. (41,912 square feet), Atlantic Aerospace
Electronics Corporation (18,736 square feet) and New England Telephone and
Telegraph Company (17,642 square feet).
 
  170 Tracer Lane. This three-story, Class A office building contains 73,258
square feet of office space. The Property is located directly off of the
Trapelo Road interchange with Route 128 at the Waltham/Lexington municipal
boundary. The Property has considerable frontage directly on Route 128 which
provides high visibility for its angular design and for tenant signage facing
this major highway. The building has a brick veneer exterior and a three story
skylit atrium at its entrance. Built by the Company in 1980, the building is
situated on a 9.7 acre parcel of land which include 227 parking spaces. The
primary tenant at this Property is Harvard Pilgrim Health Care, Inc. (59,524
square feet).
 
  204 Second Avenue. This 3 1/2 story, Class A office building located on a
1.8 acre site in Waltham, Massachusetts. The building abuts Route 128 which is
less than 50 yards away, providing premier visibility, signage and
identification for the primary tenant. The building contains approximately
41,557 square feet of office space and was built in 1981. The Company
substantially renovated the lobby and common areas in 1993. Parking is
available on the premises at a ratio of 3.3 spaces per 1,000 rentable square
feet. The primary tenant at this Property is Ikon Office Solutions (formerly
A-Copy, Inc., a division of ALCO Standard Corporation) (20,004 square feet).
 
ROUTE 128 SOUTH OFFICE SUBMARKET
 
  According to Spaulding & Slye, the Route 128 South office submarket consists
of approximately 10.0 million square feet, and supply has remained stable from
1992 through 1996. Availability has declined during this same period from
191,000 square feet in 1992 to 79,000 square feet in 1996.
 
                       Route 128 South Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  14.3%            $15.26 
1993                  13.1%             14.21
1994                  10.2%             15.36
1995                   9.5%             17.27
1996                   9.1%             16.83
</TABLE> 

 
                                      79
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF ROUTE 128 SOUTH OFFICE PROPERTY
 
  Newport Office Park. This six-story Class A office building was built in
1988 and contains 168,829 rentable square feet. The Property is situated less
than five miles south of Boston, in North Quincy, Massachusetts. The building
has frontage on the scenic waterways of the Neponset River and Sagamore Creek.
The interior of the building includes a dramatic full height atrium which
serves as an entrance, and the exterior of the building is constructed of
reflective glass. The building is leased in its entirety to State Street Bank
Realty, Inc. and Commercial Union Insurance Companies, in addition to a 4,500
square foot cafe. The Company has signed a purchase and sale agreement with
respect to this Property and anticipates closing the purchase simultaneously
with the completion of the Offering. There can be no assurances, however, that
the Company will acquire this Property.
 
GREATER WASHINGTON, D.C. OFFICE MARKET
 
  Greater Washington, D.C., which includes the District of Columbia and the
adjacent areas of Northern Virginia and suburban Maryland, is the fifth
largest metropolitan area in the country and the heart of the nation's federal
government and policy-making activities. The region's workforce is the most
highly educated of metropolitan areas nationwide and has the highest
participation of women in the labor force and the highest concentration of
scientists and engineers, with the second largest concentration of high
technology firms. Business service industries, including technology-intensive
knowledge-based industries such as information management and data
communications, have been the economy's engines of growth in the 1990's,
expanding by 26.5% from 1992 to 1996, and in 1996 the area had a median
household income of $48,100, the highest in the country.
 
  Employment increases associated with growth in the private economy,
particularly the service sector which as a whole grew 15% in the past five
years, have more than offset the job reductions resulting from the substantial
downsizing of the government sector during this period, and non-government
employment now accounts for approximately three-quarters of the area's total
employment. Unemployment in Greater Washington, D.C. fell from 5.4% in 1992 to
3.4% in 1996, well below the national 1996 rate of 5.4%. The Company believes
that these trends and resulting increasing demand for office space will
continue in light of the composition of the region's economy and anticipated
population and employment growth. The Washington, D.C. metropolitan area
population is expected to increase by 552,000 between 1996 and 2001, with
growth in total employment of approximately 175,000 and growth in office-based
employment of approximately 88,500.
 
  The growth in business demand for office space over the last five years,
combined with relatively limited increases in supply, is directly reflected in
vacancy reductions and strengthening rents. According to Spaulding & Slye,
total office space supply in the Greater Washington, D.C. area was 244.7
million square feet in 1996 compared to 239.6 million square feet in 1992, an
increase of 5.1 million square feet (an annual increase of approximately 0.5%
per year), while during the same period the market absorbed approximately 14.1
million square feet, resulting in a decrease in the vacancy rate from 14.4% in
1992 to 10.4% in 1996. The absorption was particularly strong in 1995 and
1996, with approximately 9.2 million square feet of absorption and an increase
in average asking rent from $20.85 per square foot to $22.76 per square foot.
The Company believes that for the foreseeable future space absorption will
continue to substantially outstrip growth in supply and that further
reductions in vacancy rates will be accompanied by proportionally greater
increases in rent levels.
 
SOUTHWEST WASHINGTON, D.C. SUBMARKET
 
  The 9.0 million square feet of Class A office space in the Southwest
Washington, D.C. submarket accounts for approximately 10% of the total Class A
office supply in Washington, D.C. and this submarket has been one of the
strongest submarkets in Greater Washington, D.C. over the past five years,
according to Spaulding and Slye.
 
  According to Spaulding & Slye, the availability rate in this submarket
averaged 5.6% between 1992 and 1995 and had fallen to a low of 4.5% in 1995
before it increased to 9.0% in 1996 (when Blue Cross-Blue Shield put its
owner-occupied 526,000 square foot building on the market). In comparison, the
availability rate in the Washington, D.C. market as a whole averaged 10.3%
between 1992 and 1995 and was 11.4% in 1996. The
 
                                      80
<PAGE>
 
asking rental rate in the Southwest Washington, D.C. submarket increased from
$28.86 per square foot in 1992 to $31.00 per square foot in 1996 while the
asking rental rate in the Washington, D.C. market as a whole declined from
$30.13 per square foot in 1992 to $27.11 per square foot in 1996. The Company
believes the relative strength of the Southwest Washington, D.C. submarket
reflects the accessibility to major government offices and the comparatively
limited supply of private office space as a proportion of total office space
(including government-owned buildings) in this submarket.
 
  The Company's Southwest Washington, D.C. Office Properties consist of five
Class A Office Buildings.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for office buildings in the Southwest Washington, D.C. office
submarket. Average asking rental rates declined during the period from 1993 to
1996 and Availability Rates varied during this period.
 
                  Southwest Washington, D.C. Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  4.7%             $28.86
1993                  6.5%              36.84 
1994                  6.5%              34.61
1995                  4.5%              32.81
1996                  9.0%              31.00
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of Southwest Washington, D.C. Properties
 
  Independence Square. These Properties are two Class A office buildings
developed by the Company. Independence Square is located in the southwest
office market of downtown Washington, D.C. in close proximity to numerous
government agencies and buildings. METRO rail access is available within one
block of the building. Both buildings have limestone colored, pre-cast
concrete exteriors with curtain wall elements. The lobbies of the buildings
are two stories with marble walls and terrazzo floors.
 
  One Independence Square. This Property is a nine-story building which serves
as the headquarters for the Office of the Comptroller of Currency. Built by
the Company in 1991, the building has approximately 337,794 net rentable
square feet of office space. The building is situated on a 1.17 acre parcel of
land. The four level, below ground garage has 389 parking spaces which are
leased to the building's tenant. This Property has only one tenant, the Office
of the Comptroller of Currency.
 
  Two Independence Square. The revenue from this Property amounted to more
than 10% of the Predecessor's revenue for the year ended December 31, 1996.
This Property is a nine-story building with a below-grade concourse level. The
building is the headquarters for the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration. Built by the Company in 1992, the building has approximately
579,600 net rentable square feet
 
                                      81
<PAGE>
 
of office (569,337 square feet) and retail (10,263 square feet) space. The
building is located on a 2.2 acre site. There are 700 parking spaces available
in the three level, below ground garage which are leased to the building's
tenant. The Property has only one office tenant, the General Services
Administration (for use and occupancy by the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration) (569,337 square feet). With respect to Two Independence
Square, the Company was awarded a Certificate of Merit and Excellence in
construction from the Associated Builders and Contractors.
 
  One tenant at Two Independence Square occupies approximately 98.5% of the
rentable square feet. As of December 31, 1996, the General Services
Administration, on behalf of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration
occupied 569,337 square feet pursuant to a lease which expires July 19, 2012,
with one 10-year renewal option. The General Services Administration's rent
for 1996 was $37.06 per rentable square foot, plus an additional $1.1 million
parking component. The General Services Administration's lease provides for
annual adjustments to reflect inflation and increases in real estate taxes
with respect to the $37.06 per square foot base rent component and an annual
4% increase on the $1.1 million parking component of the rent. The tenant has
an option to renew its lease for one ten-year term commencing on August 1,
2012.
   
  The Average Effective Annual Rent per leased square foot of Two Independence
Square for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996 was
$36.06, $36.06, $36.06, $36.51 and $36.51, respectively. The occupancy rate of
the Property for each such year was 100%.     
 
  The aggregate tax basis of depreciable real property of Two Independence
Square for federal income tax purposes was $68.7 million as of December 31,
1996. Depreciation is computed on the Straight-Line Method over the estimated
life of the real property which range from 15-39 years. For the tax year
ending September 30, 1997, Two Independence Square was taxed by the District
of Columbia at a rate equal to $2.15 per $100 of assessed value, resulting in
a total tax for such period equal to $3,066,717.
   
  The leases of two tenants in this Property expire in the year 2002, such
leases cover 1,352 net rentable square feet. For the year ended December 31,
1996 the Base Rent under such leases was $47,460, representing 0.2% of the
total Base Rent of the Property. No other leases at this Property expire in
the period from January 1, 1997, through December 31, 2006.     
 
  The Property is subject to a mortgage as set forth under "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Liquidity and Capital Resources--Mortgage Indebtedness." Such mortgage has a
yield maintenance prepayment penalty.
 
  In the Company's opinion, this Property is adequately covered by insurance.
 
  Other than normally recurring capital expenditures, the Company has no plans
with respect to material renovation, improvement or redevelopment of Two
Independence Square.
 
  Capital Gallery. This two-building, Class A office complex is located in
Southwest Washington, D.C., in the heart of the federal government district.
The Property is located one block from the Mall and approximately eight blocks
from the Capitol Building. Virtually every major government agency is in close
proximity to these Properties. The Properties are accessible by the METRO rail
for which there is a stop located within the front plaza area. The Virginia
Rail Express has a platform at the rear of the buildings. The buildings, which
were constructed by the Company in 1981, are connected by a three-story
gallery which serves as both a pedestrian way and a shopping arcade. The
exteriors of both buildings are precast concrete facades. The buildings are
situated on a 125,452 square foot site which includes a landscaped plaza in
the rear of the buildings. The buildings contain approximately 398,469
rentable square feet of both office (384,662 square feet) and retail (13,847
square feet) space. A below ground parking garage contains 466 parking spaces
on three levels. Primary tenants at these Properties include American Nurses
Foundation (52,838 square feet), Mathematica Policy Research, Inc. (41,678
square feet) and The Graduate School, United States Department of Agriculture
(73,458 square feet).
 
  The U.S. International Trade Commission Building. The U.S. International
Trade Commission Building at 500 E Street is a Class A office building located
in Southwest, Washington, D.C. Built in 1987 by the Company, the building is
situated on a 1.09 acre parcel of land between 4th and 6th Streets. Directly
across the street from the building is the Department of Transportation and
access to the METRO rail. The building is located southwest of Capitol Hill,
approximately four blocks from the Mall. The building was designed by the
nationally renowned architectural firm of Kohn Pedersen Fox and has pre-cast
concrete, curtain wall exteriors. The building is a nine-story structure with
approximately 243,798 net rentable square feet. Eight of the nine stories are
leased by the General Services Administration (for use and occupancy by the
U.S. Trade Commission
 
                                      82
<PAGE>
 
and the Social Security Administration). The General Services Administration's
lease accounts for 217,772 net rentable square feet, or 89.3% of the aggregate
net rentable square feet in the building. Within the space leased by the
General Services Administration are several column-free, two-story courtrooms,
as well as extensive library facilities and special purpose areas. The
Property has a below ground parking garage with 214 parking spaces on five
levels.
 
WEST END WASHINGTON, D.C. SUBMARKET
 
  The West End submarket is a geographical area bounded by DuPont Circle on
the north, New Hampshire Avenue on the east, Foggy Bottom and Pennsylvania
Avenue on the south and Rock Creek and Georgetown on the west. The West End is
a blend of residential, commercial office and retail uses which is a
transition area between the predominantly commercial office uses in the
abutting Central Business District to the east and the predominantly
residential uses in Georgetown to the west. The West End submarket contains
approximately 4.3 million square feet of commercial office space, with more
than 2.7 million square feet constructed since 1980. Large law firms,
consulting firms and associations are the principal tenants in the West End.
 
  According to Spaulding & Slye, availability rates in the West End office
submarket have declined from 11.2% in 1994 to 7.7% in 1996.

                           West End Washington, D.C.
                               Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  6.0%             $28.77
1993                  7.6%              28.10
1994                 11.2%              28.95
1995                 10.3%              26.00
1996                  7.7%              26.31
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of West End Washington, D.C. Property
 
  2300 N Street. 2300 N Street is a Class A office building located in the
West End, Washington, D.C. Built in 1986 by the Company, the building is
situated on a 1.1-acre parcel of land on the south side of N Street between
23rd and 24th Streets. The building was designed by the nationally renowned
architectural firm of Skidmore Owings and Merrill and has a brick and
architectural precast concrete exterior wall. The building has a three-level
underground garage with parking for 275 vehicles. It is located across the
street from the headquarters of U.S. News & World Report and abuts the luxury
Park Hyatt hotel. The eight-story building contains approximately 276,906
rentable square feet and is the headquarters for the law firm of Shaw,
Pittman, Potts & Trowbridge which leases approximately 204,154 rentable square
feet. Other tenants include Mercer Management Consulting, Inc. (36,048 square
feet) and Wilkinson, Barker, Knauer & Quinn (33,110 square feet).
 
 
                                      83
<PAGE>
 
MONTGOMERY COUNTY, MARYLAND SUBMARKETS
 
  Montgomery County had a total of approximately 35 million square feet of
office space at the end of 1996, accounting for 69% of the total suburban
Maryland office stock of approximately 50.9 million square feet. According to
Spaulding & Slye, there has been significant improvement in the suburban
Maryland market in the past two years, with virtually no increase in supply,
absorption of 2.4 million square feet, a decline in availability from 19.4% to
14.7% and an increase in average asking rent from $18.90 per square foot to
$21.00 per square foot. The Company's Properties in this area are located
within two submarkets in Montgomery County, the Bethesda-Rock Spring submarket
and the Gaithersburg I-270 submarket.
 
 BETHESDA-ROCK SPRING OFFICE SUBMARKET
 
  The Bethesda-Rock Spring office submarket is the third largest in Montgomery
County and suburban Maryland, with a total of 4.7 million square feet of
office space at the end of 1996. According to Spaulding & Slye, supply has
remained flat since the addition of 777,000 square feet during 1993. This
supply addition, combined with cutbacks in defense spending that led to
defense contractors putting substantial amounts of sublease space on the
market in 1994, resulted in negative absorption in 1994 and caused
availability to spike briefly to 25.6% at the end of that year. Since then the
market has strengthened considerably, absorbing 396,000 square feet during
1995 and a record high 587,000 square feet during 1996, with some of the
largest transactions in suburban Maryland in 1996 occurring in this submarket,
including Principal Health Care, Wellspring Resources and Host Marriott(R).
With no new supply during this period, the availability rate at the end of
1996 fell to 4.6% and the average asking rent was $23.00 per square foot.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for office buildings in the Bethesda-Rock Spring office
submarket.

                     Bethesda-Rock Spring Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                              Availability Rate 
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            ------------------      ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  8.7%             $23.00
1993                 18.8%              23.00
1994                 25.6%              22.00
1995                 17.1%              22.75
1996                  4.6%              23.00
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of Bethesda-Rock Spring Properties
 
  Democracy Center. These Properties are three Class A office buildings which
contain approximately 680,000 rentable square feet of office (669,098 square
feet) and retail (10,902 square feet) space. The complex was designed by the
national firm of Skidmore, Ownings & Merrill and reflects the highest
architectural standards. In 1985, the complex was voted the "Best Office
Complex" by the National Association of Industrial and Office Parks.
 
 
                                      84
<PAGE>
 
  The Properties are situated within Rock Spring Park in Bethesda, Maryland,
the most prominent and attractive corporate office park in the metropolitan
area. The three buildings are located on a carefully landscaped, 15 acre site
where they are clustered around a 1 1/2 acre ceremonial plaza. The Properties
have extensive frontage along and visibility from Interstate 270, the major
thoroughfare in Montgomery County. The Properties are accessible via METRO
rail and bus and are only 30 minutes from Washington National, Dulles
International and Baltimore-Washington International Airports.
 
  The three buildings, which were constructed by the Company, were completed
in the years 1985, 1986 and 1988. The buildings are steel frame structures
with pre-cast concrete exteriors. Two of the buildings are nine stories and
the third building is fifteen stories. All three buildings are connected by a
below ground public parking garage facility. The two levels in the garage
facility, together with the surface parking area immediately adjacent to the
complex, provide over 2,000 parking spaces. Primary tenants at these
Properties include LMC Properties, Inc. (117,720 square feet), American PCS,
L.P. (111,590 square feet) and United States Enrichment Corporation (63,666
square feet).
 
 GAITHERSBURG I-270 OFFICE SUBMARKET
 
  The Gaithersburg I-270 office submarket consists of 2.9 million square feet
with inventory remaining steady since a 76,000 square foot building was
completed in 1992. In 1994, this submarket was impacted by the departure of
IBM, which previously had maintained a substantial presence in the area, and
absorption slumped that year to negative 288,000 square feet with availability
spiking to 31.1%. The following year transactions by government contractors
led to a sharp turnaround, with record-high absorption of 415,000 square feet
in 1995 and further positive absorption in 1996, leading to reduction in the
availability rate to 13.8% by the end of 1996 and an upturn in average asking
rents from $17.12 per square foot in 1994 to $19.40 per square foot in 1996.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for office properties in the Gaithersburg I-270 office submarket.
 
                      Gaithersburg I-270 Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                              Availability Rate 
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            ------------------      ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  18.4%            $19.34 
1993                  21.1%             19.36
1994                  31.1%             17.12
1995                  16.6%             17.88
1996                  13.8%             19.40
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of Gaithersburg I-270 Property
 
  Montvale Center. Montvale Center is a seven-story, Class A office building
which contains approximately 120,112 net rentable square feet of corporate
office and related space. The Property is located in Montgomery County,
Maryland, two blocks from the major arterial roads in the County, Route 355
and Interstate 270. The building is located on a 5.8 acre site which has been
landscaped to create a wooded, park-like environment. Built by the Company in
1987, the building is a steel frame, brick veneer structure which features a
prominent two-
 
                                      85
<PAGE>
 
story glass and metal panel base and an arcade at the main entrance. Adjacent
to the building are 401 parking spaces. A primary tenant at this Property is
Integrated Telecom Technology, Inc. (17,000 square feet).
 
FAIRFAX COUNTY, VIRGINIA MARKET
 
  The Fairfax County, Virginia office market had a total of approximately 61.7
million square feet of space at the end of 1996, up only 400,000 square feet
over 1992. The Company's Properties in Fairfax County are in office/flex
buildings in the Springfield, Virginia submarket which had a total of
approximately 5.2 million square feet at the end of 1996 with no increase in
supply since 1992. Continued positive absorption during this period reduced
the availability rate from 17.9% in 1992 to 7.6% in 1996, and asking rental
rates, after falling to $7.65 per square foot in 1994, have increased
substantially to $9.96 per square foot at the end of 1996.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992 through 1996
for office buildings in the Springfield, Virginia flex/office submarket.
 
                  Springfield, Virginia Flex/Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate

                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  17.9%            $8.65
1993                  16.7%             8.14
1994                  16.7%             7.65
1995                  11.2%             9.04
1996                   7.6%             9.96
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of Fairfax County Properties
 
  The Company's completed Fairfax County, Virginia Office Properties consist
of 11 R&D Properties situated within the Company's Virginia 95 Business Park
(the "Business Park") located in Springfield, Virginia. The Business Park is
approximately fifteen miles from downtown Washington, D.C. The Business Park
is situated on Interstate 95, the only highway which provides direct truck
access to the downtown area. Only minutes from the Capital Beltway, the major
markets of the Greater Washington, D.C. area, including Baltimore, Maryland
and Richmond, Virginia, are easily accessible from the Business Park. All of
the buildings are steel frame structures with brick cavity exterior walls,
except for 8000 Corporate Court, Building Eleven which has concrete, tilt
walls.
 
  7601 Boston Boulevard, Building Eight. 7601 Boston Boulevard, Building Eight
is a mezzanine style R&D building built by the Company in 1986. Located within
the Business Park, the building is situated on a 7.3 acre parcel of land,
which includes 328 off-street parking spaces. The building has approximately
103,750 rentable square feet of office (30,000 square feet), computer center
(60,000 square feet) and storage (13,750 square feet) space. The building is
fully leased to the General Services Administration (for use and occupancy by
the United States Customs Service), which has an option to purchase this
Property on September 30, 1999 for $14.0 million and on September 30, 2014 for
$22.0 million.
 
  7600 Boston Boulevard, Building Nine. 7600 Boston Boulevard, Building Nine
is a mezzanine style R&D building located on a 4.32 acre site within the
Business Park. Built by the Company in 1987, the building
 
                                      86
<PAGE>
 
contains approximately 69,832 rentable square feet of office (49,832 square
feet), light assembly (15,000 square feet) and storage (5,000 square feet)
space. Adjacent to the building are 249 off-street parking spaces. A primary
tenant at this Property is ALLNEWSCO., Inc. (27,455 square feet).
 
  7500 Boston Boulevard, Building Six. 7500 Boston Boulevard, Building Six is
a mezzanine style R&D building situated on a 4.7 acre site within the Business
Park. The building was built by the Company in 1985 and contains approximately
79,971 rentable square feet of office (34,829 square feet), light assembly
(10,000 square feet) and storage (35,142 square feet) space. There are 245
off-street parking spaces adjacent to the building. The Property has one
tenant, the General Services Administration (for use and occupancy by the
Department of State).
 
  8000 Grainger Court, Building Five. 8000 Grainger Court, Building Five is a
mezzanine style R&D building containing approximately 90,885 rentable square
feet of office (85,000 square feet) and light assembly (5,885 square feet)
space. The building is located on a 6.5 acre site within the Business Park.
The building was constructed by the Company in 1984. Adjacent to the building
are 347 off-street parking spaces. The Property has two tenants, Lockheed
Martin Corporation (57,065 square feet) and Price Waterhouse (33,400 square
feet).
 
  7435 Boston Boulevard, Building One. 7435 Boston Boulevard, Building One is
a single story, R&D building located within the Business Park. The Property
contains approximately 106,242 rentable square feet of office (76,346 square
feet) and light assembly (29,896) space. Built by the Company in 1982, the
building is located on a 7.48 acre, extensively landscaped site, which
includes 314 off-street parking spaces. Primary tenants at this Property
include ADT Security Systems, Mid-South, Inc. (23,439 square feet) and
Lockheed Martin Corporation (18,350 square feet).
 
  7451 Boston Boulevard, Building Two. 7451 Boston Boulevard, Building Two is
a single story, R&D building located on a 5.2 acre site within the Business
Park. The building contains approximately 47,001 rentable square feet of
office (18,500 square feet) and light assembly (28,916 square feet) space. The
building was constructed by the Company in 1982. Adjacent to the building are
166 off-street parking spaces. The building is fully leased to LMC Properties,
Inc., a subsidiary of the Lockheed Martin Corporation.
 
  7374 Boston Boulevard, Building Four. 7374 Boston Boulevard, Building Four
is a mezzanine style, R&D building located on a 4.2 acre site within the
Business Park. The building contains approximately 57,321 rentable square feet
of office (40,500 square feet) and warehouse (16,821 square feet) space. There
are 207 off-street parking spaces adjacent to the building. Built by the
Company in 1984, the building is fully leased to General Services
Administration (for use and occupancy by the Department of State).
 
  8000 Corporate Court, Building Eleven. 8000 Corporate Court, Building Eleven
is a single story, R&D building which was constructed by the Company in 1989.
The building is situated on a five acre parcel of land within the Business
Park and contains approximately 52,539 square feet of office (6,000 square
feet), production (15,500 square feet) and warehouse (31,039 square feet)
space. Adjacent to the building are 120 off-street parking spaces. This
Property is entirely leased to Global InSync Corporation.
 
  7375 Boston Boulevard, Building Ten. 7375 Boston Boulevard, Building Ten is
a two-story, R&D building situated on a 2.8 acre parcel of land within the
Business Park. The building was constructed by the Company in 1988 and
contains approximately 26,865 rentable square feet of office (21,265 square
feet) and restaurant (5,600 square feet) space. There are 157 off-street
parking spaces adjacent to the building. Primary tenants at this Property
include the General Services Administration (for use and occupancy by the
United States Customs Service) (11,398 square feet) and Boston Cafe (5,600
square feet).
 
MIDTOWN MANHATTAN OFFICE MARKET
 
  New York City is a world renowned business capital and cultural center, with
service and retail industries driving its economy. New York remains the
nation's leader in financial services and attracts international transactions
and global businesses. A major gateway to the United States, its extensive
transportation infrastructure includes three domestic and international
airports, premier port and rail services and the nation's largest mass transit
system.
 
                                      87
<PAGE>

 
  Despite increasing costs, New York City's economy has remained competitive
in the areas of retail/wholesale trade and business services, which combine
for over one-half of the City's employment base. The services sector,
particularly financial, legal, public relations and other business service
industries, continue to be areas of growth. The employment base of this sector
has increased by eight percent, or 87,000 net new jobs, during the past five
years. This sector also provides high wage jobs which have contributed to the
high level of consumption-based activity in the City's economy over the past
several years.
 
  Largely a result of growing opportunities in the services and
retail/wholesale trade sectors, the unemployment rate in New York City has
recovered steadily during the past five years. The City's unemployment rate
has fallen from 11.0% in 1992 to 8.8% in 1996. This overall increase in
employment has combined with a trend to locational preference for midtown
Manhattan as compared to the Downtown/Wall Street area for office-based
employers, leading to falling vacancy rates and increasing rent levels in this
market area.
   
  According to information provided by Insignia/Edward S. Gordon Co., Inc.
("Insignia/ESG"), the midtown Manhattan market in 1996 consisted of 194.6
million square feet of space, with supply up 3.1 million square feet (1.6%)
over 1992 and absorption of 8.6 million square feet in the same period. The
resulting net reduction in supply correlates with a decline in the
availability rate (space currently vacant becoming available within 12 months
directly or on sublease and additions to supply) from 1992 to 1996 from 16.5%
to 13.4% in Midtown and an increase in asking rent from $32.19 per square foot
to $33.31 per square foot over the same period.     
 
 Park Avenue Submarket
 
  The Company's Property in New York City, the 1 million square foot Class A
office building at 599 Lexington Avenue, is located within the Park Avenue
submarket of the midtown Manhattan market area. The Park Avenue submarket,
with 25.6 million square feet of office space in 1996 (an increase of only
200,000 square feet over 1992), is characterized by higher rent levels and
lower availability rates than midtown Manhattan generally and has also seen
greater improvement during the past five years. During the period 1992-96 the
availability rate in this submarket declined from 15.1% to 11.4% and the
average asking rent increased from $40.36 per square foot to $44.40 per square
foot. The Company has maintained its Property in this submarket at very high
occupancy rates throughout this period.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for office buildings in the Park Avenue office submarket.
 

                         Park Avenue Office Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                              Availability Rate 
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  15.1%            $40.36
1993                  13.1%             41.09
1994                   8.2%             42.98
1995                  12.5%             44.13
1996                  11.4%             44.40
</TABLE>  
 

 
                                      88
<PAGE>
 
 Description of Midtown Manhattan Property
 
  599 Lexington Avenue. The revenue from this Property amounted to more than
10% of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group's revenue for the year ended
December 31, 1996. 599 Lexington Avenue is a 50-story, 1 million square foot
Class A Office Building that occupies the entire blockfront on the east side
of Lexington Avenue between 52nd and 53rd Streets, directly across 53rd Street
from Citicorp Center. The building was completed by the Company in 1984.
Designed by architect Edward Larrabee Barnes, 599 Lexington Avenue has a
finely detailed aluminum and glass curtain wall exterior and rises to its 653
foot height through a series of distinctive geometric setbacks. The building
sits on a 45,000 square foot site including a triangular plaza in front of its
main entrance facing the corner of 53rd Street and Lexington Avenue that
includes an entrance to the City subway system providing direct access to two
separate subway lines. The 50-foot tall glass-fronted marble lobby showcases a
major three dimensional work by American artist Frank Stella. The ground floor
of the building has approximately 24,500 square feet of retail space fronting
on Lexington Avenue and 52nd and 53rd Streets. Approximately 80% of the
985,500 rentable square feet of office space is on virtually column-free
floors of 21,000 square feet or more, which the Company believes enables
tenants to house their operations with an unusually high level of efficiency.
The building's setbacks at its upper levels provides a series of floors of
15,750 and then 7,600 square feet that can offer high visibility for small and
medium-size tenancies on a multi-tenant or full floor occupancy basis.
 
  As of December 31, 1996, Shearman & Sterling, a national law firm, leased
355,849 net rentable square feet (approximately 36% of the net rentable square
feet) pursuant to a lease which expires August 31, 2007. Pursuant to such
lease, Shearman & Sterling is expected to pay Base Rent per leased square foot
of $30.02 in 1997, $34.51 during the years 1998 through 2001, $35.84 in 2002,
and $38.23 during the years 2003 through 2007. Such lease provides for an
automatic expansion of 67,800 square feet which becomes effective on September
1, 1997. In addition, under such lease the tenant has four five-year extension
options following the expiration of the lease on August 31, 2007. As of
December 31, 1996, Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue ("Jones, Day"), a national law
firm, leased 144,289 net rentable square feet (approximately 14% of the net
rentable square feet) pursuant to a lease which expires February 28, 2002 with
respect to 128,539 net rentable square feet and on May 31, 2006 with respect
to the remaining 15,750 net rentable square feet. Jones, Day has a five-year
renewal option with respect to the 128,539 net rentable square feet for which
its lease expires on February 28, 2002. Pursuant to its lease, Jones, Day is
expected to pay Base Rent per leased square foot of $50.65 in 1997, $51.21 in
1998, $51.43 in 1999, $51.65 in 2000, $52.18 in 2001, and $52.41 in 2002, and,
with respect to the 15,750 net rentable square feet for which its lease does
not expire until 2006, $48.00 during the years 2003 through 2006. As of
December 31, 1996, Citibank, N.A., a national bank, leased 114,350 square feet
(approximately 11% of the net rentable square feet) pursuant to a lease which
expires on December 31, 2002. Pursuant to this lease, Citibank is expected to
pay Base Rent per leased square foot of $39.50 in 1997, $42.79 in 1998, and
$45.50 during the years 1999 through 2002.
   
  The Average Effective Annual Rent per leased square foot of 599 Lexington
Avenue for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996 was
$41.08, $41.08, $40.75, $40.65, and $39.94, respectively. The occupancy rate
of the Property for each of such years was 99.2%, 100.0%, 97.2%, 99.7%, and
99.5%, respectively.     
 
  The aggregate tax basis of depreciable real property at 599 Lexington Avenue
for federal income tax purposes was $138.8 million as of December 31, 1996.
Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated life
of the real property which range from 18 to 39 years. The aggregate tax basis
of depreciable personal property associated with 599 Lexington Avenue for
federal income tax purposes was $6.0 million as of December 31, 1996.
Depreciation is computed on the straight-line and double declining balance
methods over the estimated useful life of the personal property of five or
seven years. For the tax year ending June 30, 1997, 599 Lexington Avenue was
taxed by the Borough of Manhattan at a rate equal to $10.25 per $100 of
assessed value, resulting in a total tax for such period equal to $10,819,961.
 
  The Property is subject to a mortgage as set forth under "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Liquidity and Capital Resources--Mortgage Indebtedness." Such mortgage is not
prepayable. The mortgage lender has an option to purchase, at the maturity of
the mortgage, a 33.33% interest in the Property in exchange for cancellation
of the outstanding balance of the mortgage (which
 
                                      89
<PAGE>
 
option, if exercised, would ascribe an implied value of approximately $675.0
million to the Property as a whole). The mortgage requires that the Property
be managed by a limited liability company (the "599 Manager") which is at all
times controlled by Mr. Zuckerman or Mr. Linde. The economic interests in the
599 Manager will be 99.9% owned by the Company, and Messrs. Zuckerman and
Linde will be the sole managing-members, and will hold the remaining 0.1%
interest. In the event the 599 Manager is no longer controlled by Mr.
Zuckerman and Mr. Linde, other than as a result of their respective deaths or
incapacity, the mortgage lender could require the mortgage loan to be repaid
in its entirety prior to maturity. Each of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde have
agreed to notify the Company at least six months prior to resigning as a
managing member of the 599 Manager.
 
  For information concerning the expiration of leases with respect to 599
Lexington Avenue, see "Business and Properties--Tenants--Lease Expirations of
Office and Industrial Properties--Midtown Manhattan."
 
  In the Company's opinion, 599 Lexington Avenue is adequately covered by
insurance.
 
  Other than normally recurring capital expenditures, the Company has no plans
with respect to material renovation, improvement or redevelopment of 599
Lexington Avenue.
 
                           THE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
 
  The Company owns nine Industrial Properties aggregating a total of
approximately 925,000 net rentable square feet. Typically, these Properties
are located in business or Industrial parks near major freeways. At December
31, 1996, the aggregate occupancy rate for the Industrial Properties was 78%.
 
GREATER BOSTON INDUSTRIAL MARKET
 
 Route 128 Southwest Submarket
 
  The Route 128 Southwest Industrial submarket consists of four towns,
Westwood, Dedham, Canton, and Needham, Massachusetts. Supply has remained flat
at 4.9 million square feet during 1992-1996. Spaulding & Slye indicates that
the submarket has experienced a steady recovery over the past five years. Its
availability rate has decreased from 26.3% in 1992 to 6.3% in 1996, its lowest
since 5.5% in 1986. Currently, there is 316,000 square feet of available space
in the submarket.
 
  Following low absorption levels of 43,000 square feet in 1992 and a negative
18,000 square feet in 1993, absorption in the Route 128 Southwest submarket
increased to 373,000 square feet in 1994, which was followed by a record high
level of 410,000 square feet in 1995. With the tightening of the submarket in
the first quarter of 1996, combined with limited opportunities for tenants,
the absorption level decreased during the year to 221,000 square feet.
 
  In the Route 128 Southwest submarket of Greater Boston, the Company has two
Industrial Properties.
 
 
                                      90
<PAGE>
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for the industrial properties in the Route 128 Southwest
industrial submarket.
 
                       Route 128 SW Industrial Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                              Availability Rate 
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year         Availability Rate      Rent
- ----         -----------------      ----
<S>          <C>                   <C> 
1992              26.3%            $5.47
1993              26.5%             4.66
1994              19.1%             5.62
1995              10.8%             5.56
1996               6.3%             7.08
</TABLE> 
 
  40-46 Harvard Street. 40-46 Harvard Street is a warehousing and distribution
facility located in Westwood, Massachusetts. The building contains
approximately 139,839 rentable square feet of warehouse space on the first
level and approximately 29,439 rentable square feet of office space on the
mezzanine level which overlooks the warehouse. Located so as to service major
arteries, the Property is situated one-quarter mile from Route 128 and one-
half mile from Interstate 95. Built in 1967, the building is a steel frame,
brick wall on concrete masonry structure. 171 parking spaces are available on
the premises. The primary tenant at this Property is Output Technologies, Inc.
(128,105 square feet).
 
  25-33 Dartmouth Street. 25-33 Dartmouth Street is a single story, multi-
purpose facility located in Westwood, Massachusetts, one-quarter mile from
Route 128. The Property is part of a large research and development and
warehousing park and contains approximately 78,045 square feet of rentable
space suitable for office, research and development or warehouse use. The
building is situated on a 5.58 acre parcel of land, which includes 189 parking
spaces. Built in 1966, the building is a steel frame, brick wall on concrete
masonry structure. The primary tenant at this Property is SkyRock Services
Corporation (56,747 square feet).
 
GREATER WASHINGTON, D.C. INDUSTRIAL MARKET
 
PRINCE GEORGE'S COUNTY MARYLAND/LANDOVER-CHEVERLY INDUSTRIAL SUBMARKET
 
  The Central Prince George's County, Maryland industrial market includes a
total of approximately 10.7 million square feet of space. This submarket has
remained relatively stable over the past five years, with vacancy at 4.8% in
1992 and 5.1% in 1996, fluctuating below those levels during that period.
Asking rents have increased moderately from $4.25 per square foot in 1992 to
$4.55 per square foot in 1996.
 
 
                                      91
<PAGE>
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for the industrial properties in the Landover/Cheverly, Maryland
industrial submarket.
 
               Landover/Cheverly Maryland Industrial Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                 4.8%             $4.25
1993                 1.4%              4.25
1994                 3.3%              4.50
1995                 0.9%              4.50
1996                 5.1%              4.55
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of Landover/Cheverly Maryland Submarket Properties
 
  The Company has three Industrial Properties in this submarket. All of these
Properties are located in Maryland 50 Industrial Park (the "Industrial Park")
in Landover, Maryland, which was developed by the Company. The location of the
Industrial Park is a well-situated "hub" for Greater Washington, D.C. The
Industrial Park is less than one mile from Route 50 which provides direct
access to downtown Washington. In addition, the Industrial Park is an
established stop on the METRO bus line and is less than one mile from a METRO
rail station.
 
  6201 Columbia Park Road, Building Two. 6201 Columbia Park Road, Building Two
is a single story, light assembly and distribution building located on a 6.5
acre, extensively landscaped site within the Industrial Park. The Property
contains approximately 99,885 rentable square feet of office (12,000 square
feet), warehouse (77,885 square feet) and service (10,000 square feet) space.
The building is a steel frame, concrete tilt-wall structure which was built by
the Company in 1986. There are 248 off-street parking spaces adjacent to the
building. The primary tenants at this Property include Circuit City Stores,
Inc. (34,863 square feet) and Safeway, Inc (21,591 square feet).
 
  2000 South Club Drive, Building Three. 2000 South Club Drive, Building Three
is a single story, office and distribution building situated on a 6.88 acre,
extensively landscaped parcel of land within the Industrial Park. The building
is a steel frame, concrete tilt-wall structure which contains approximately
83,608 rentable square feet of warehouse (78,608 square feet) and office
(5,000 square feet) space. The building was constructed by the Company in
1988. Adjacent to the building are 173 off-street parking spaces. This
Property has as its sole tenant The National Gallery of Art.
 
  1950 Stanford Court, Building One. 1950 Stanford Court, Building One is a
single story, office and distribution building situated on a 3.4 acre,
extensively landscaped site within the Industrial Park. Built by the Company
in 1986, the building is a steel frame, concrete tilt-wall structure, which
contains both office (5,000 square feet) and warehouse (48,250 square feet)
space. Adjacent to the building are 91 off-street parking spaces. The primary
tenant at this Property is Federal Express Corporation (32,750 square feet).
 
 
                                      92
<PAGE>
 
GREATER SAN FRANCISCO INDUSTRIAL MARKET
 
  The Company's Industrial Properties in Greater San Francisco are located in
two submarkets, North Peninsula and Hayward/Union City. Industrial space rents
in this market area are quoted on a monthly rather than an annual basis.
 
NORTHERN PENINSULA INDUSTRIAL SUBMARKET
   
  The Northern Peninsula submarket has a total of approximately 24.3 million
square feet of space in South San Francisco, Brisbane, San Bruno and
Burlingame. According to CB Commercial Real Estate Group, Inc. ("CB
Commercial"), consistent positive absorption of space between 1992-95 brought
the availability rate down from 12.1% to 9.1% accompanied by the start of
increasing rent levels. Absorption increased sharply to 950,000 square feet in
1996 with availability dropping to 5.1%, accompanied by the start of a more
significant increase in rental levels which the Company expects to continue
following the pattern of rent level increases lagging the rate of availability
decline.     
 
  The following graphs provide information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for industrial properties in the Northern Peninsula industrial
submarket, for each of warehouse/office and incubator space (incubator space
is space that is subdividable into small spaces suitable for companies in the
early stages of development). Rents in this submarket are quoted on a monthly
basis but are shown annualized in the graph for ease of comparability.
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                 12.1%             $4.20
1993                 11.0%              4.32
1994                 10.7%              4.56
1995                  9.1%              4.80
1996                  5.1%              5.40
</TABLE> 
 
 
                                      93
<PAGE>
 
                    Northern Peninsula Industrial Submarket
                                Incubator Space
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                 12.1%             $7.20 
1993                 11.0%              7.20
1994                 10.7%              7.32
1995                  9.1%              7.44
1996                  5.1%              7.68
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of Northern Peninsula Submarket Properties
 
  The Company has three Properties in this submarket, all located in the
Company's master planned Hilltop Industrial Park development (the "Industrial
Park") in South San Francisco, California. Approximately twenty minutes south
of downtown San Francisco, the Industrial Park is accessible from two
interchanges off the Bayshore Freeway. Hotels, shopping and public
transportation, as well as San Francisco International Airport, are easily
accessible from the Industrial Park. The Properties at 560 Forbes Boulevard
and 430 Rozzi Place described below provide space for tenants seeking
warehouse and distribution facilities with related office space. The third
Property, Hilltop Business Center, is easily subdividable down to relatively
small space increments and meets tenant requirements for "incubator space" in
such buildings which, according to CB Commercial, commands rent levels 50% or
more higher than larger size warehouse/distribution spaces.
 
  Hilltop Business Center. These Properties comprise a nine building office
and warehouse complex located on a fully landscaped 14.2 acre site in the
Industrial Park. The Properties contain approximately 144,579 aggregate
rentable square feet and 568 parking spaces. Constructed in the early 1970's,
all of the buildings are one-story structures with painted concrete, tilt-up
panel exteriors. Primary tenants at these Properties include Bionike
Technologies, Inc. (10,819 square feet), RJT Express, Inc. (5,000 square feet)
and ABC Building Services, Inc. (4,500 square feet).
 
  560 Forbes Boulevard. 560 Forbes Boulevard is an industrial and office
building situated on a 5.5 acre parcel of land in the Industrial Park. The
Property contains approximately 40,000 rentable square feet and 30 parking
spaces. Built in the early 1970's, the building has painted concrete, tilt-up
panel exterior walls. The Property has one tenant, Graphics Arts Center, Inc.
 
  430 Rozzi Place. 430 Rozzi Place is a single story, office and Industrial
building with approximately 20,000 rentable square feet. The building is
situated on a 3.2 acre parcel of developed industrial land in the Industrial
Park. There are ten parking spaces available on the premises. The building was
constructed in the early 1970's and has a painted concrete, tilt-up panel
exterior. This Property has one tenant, See's Candies, Inc.
 
HAYWARD/UNION CITY INDUSTRIAL SUBMARKET
 
  Substantial absorption of space during 1992-96 in this submarket has
resulted in a drop in the vacancy rate from 14.4% to 4.1% and a significant
increase in asking rent levels even as there were additions to supply in the
last two years. According to CB Commercial, supply was flat at approximately
22.0 million square feet during 1992-94 while an average of 442,000 square
feet were absorbed each year during the first two years of that period
 
                                      94
<PAGE>
 
increasing to 882,000 absorbed in 1994. During 1995, there was net absorption
of 420,000 square feet on top of absorption of 497,000 square feet of new
supply--i.e., total absorption of existing plus new supply of approximately
917,000 square feet--and this rose further to net absorption in 1996 of
1,399,000 square feet in a year in which 647,000 square feet was added to
supply. Average asking rent (quoted in this market on a monthly basis) on a
triple-net basis increased from $0.24 per square foot in 1992 to $0.33 per
square foot in 1996 reflecting this significant reduction in available space.
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for industrial properties in the Hayward/Union City submarket.
Rents in this submarket are quoted on a monthly basis but are shown annualized
in the graph for ease of comparability.
 
                    Hayward/Union City Industrial Submarket
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                               Availability Rate
 
                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  13.4%            $2.88
1993                  11.4%             3.12
1994                   7.3%             3.12
1995                   7.5%             3.60
1996                   4.1%             4.08
</TABLE> 
 
 Description of Hayward/Union City Submarket Property
 
  2391 West Winton Avenue. The Company's fourth Industrial Property in the San
Francisco area is 2391 West Winton Avenue, a single story, industrial building
which also offers mezzanine office space. The Property is located in Hayward,
California, across the bay from San Francisco and just four miles from the
Oakland Airport. The Property is part of the planned Hayward Industrial Park
development. The Property contains approximately 221,000 rentable square feet
and 257 parking spaces. Constructed in 1974, the building is situated on a
9.74 acre parcel of land and has a painted concrete, tilt-up panel exterior.
This Property has one tenant, Viking Office Products, Inc.
 
LOWER BUCKS COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA INDUSTRIAL MARKET
 
  The Lower Bucks County industrial market totals approximately 18.5 million
square feet of space and experienced significantly high vacancy rates in the
beginning of the 1990's, but net absorption of 2.3 million square feet during
1993-96, plus absorption of approximately 600,000 square feet of additional
supply, brought the availability rate down to 8.8% at the end of 1996.
 
 
                                      95
<PAGE>
 
  The following graph provides information regarding availability rates and
average asking rental rates at year end for each of the years from 1992
through 1996 for industrial properties in the Lower Bucks County industrial
market.
 
                     Lower Bucks County Industrial Market
                         Average Quoted Market Rent &
                              Availability Rate 

                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Year            Availability Rate       Rent
- ----            -----------------       ----
<S>             <C>                    <C> 
1992                  18.2%            $2.50
1993                  18.9%             2.50
1994                   5.3%             3.50
1995                   4.7%             3.45
1996                   8.8%             3.45
</TABLE> 

 Description of Bucks County, Pennsylvania Property
 
  The Company has one Industrial Property in the Bucks County, Pennsylvania
market, 38 Cabot Boulevard. 38 Cabot Boulevard is a single story, industrial
building located in Langhorne, Bucks County, Pennsylvania, approximately
thirty miles northeast of Philadelphia. The Property contains approximately
161,000 rentable square feet. The building is located on a 9.4 acre parcel of
developed industrial land. The building, which has a painted, concrete panel
exterior, was originally built in 1972. In 1984, the Company completed an
expansion building which added 61,000 rentable square feet to the Property.
This Property has one tenant, J.I. Case Company.
 
                             THE HOTEL PROPERTIES
 
  The Company owns two Hotel Properties in the Greater Boston area, one in
downtown Boston on the Boston Harbor waterfront and one in East Cambridge that
is part of the Company's Cambridge Center development. Both hotels are
operated by Marriott International, Inc. under the Marriott(R) name. In order
to assist the Company in maintaining its qualifications as a REIT under
federal tax law, following the Offering the Company will lease the Hotel
Properties, pursuant to separate leases with a participation in the gross
receipts of the Hotel Properties, to a lessee (ZL Hotel LLC) in which Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde will be the sole member-managers. Messrs. Zuckerman Linde
will have a 9.8% economic interest in such lessee and one or more unaffiliated
public charities will have a 90.2% economic interest. Marriott International,
Inc. will continue to operate the Hotel Properties under the Marriott(R) name
pursuant to management agreements with ZL Hotel LLC.
 
GREATER BOSTON HOTEL MARKET
 
  Over the past five years the Greater Boston hotel market has consistently
ranked as one of the strongest lodging markets in the country, with high
occupancy and average room rates resulting in revenues per available room
("REVPAR," the hotel industry standard of comparison) significantly higher
than average. In 1996, according to Horwath Landauer/Smith Travel Research,
the Greater Boston hotel market supply of approximately 34,500 rooms had an
overall occupancy rate of 73.5% and an average room rate of $105.51, ranking
fourth in both of these categories out of the top 25 markets nationwide.
 
                                      96
<PAGE>
 
  The strength of this market reflects the broad base of room demand in Boston
as a national and international business, tourist and meeting destination.
Business growth in Boston during 1992-96 has been strong as reflected in
falling office vacancy rates and unemployment rates (see "--The Office
Properties--Greater Boston Office Market"). Boston has grown steadily as a
national and international tourist destination, with total visitors to Boston
reaching a record 10.6 million in 1996 according to the Boston Convention and
Tourist Bureau, up 21% over 1992. And Boston is an important meeting and
convention site, ranked as a "first-tier" convention city even though as a
result of the limited size of exhibition space available in its Hynes
Convention Center it does not rank in the top 30 in the amount of prime
exhibit space in its principal convention facility. The City and State have
developed plans for a new convention center with an estimated cost of
approximately $700 million that would contain a 600,000 square foot main
exhibit hall with 235,000 square feet of additional meeting space, which would
more than triple the 193,000 square feet currently available in the Hynes
Convention Center. There can be no assurances that this new convention center
will be developed as planned.
 
BOSTON/CAMBRIDGE HOTEL SUBMARKET
 
  The Company's completed Hotel Properties are located in downtown Boston and
in East Cambridge, the latter directly across the Longfellow Bridge from
Boston. The Boston/Cambridge lodging market, at the core of the metropolitan
area, has a total of approximately 13,371 rooms and achieves higher occupancy
and room rates than the Greater Boston market as a whole, with resulting
higher REVPAR, as indicated in the following table which indicates the
performance of that market during 1992-96:
 
                  BOSTON/CAMBRIDGE HOTEL SUBMARKET, 1992-1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1992     1993     1994     1995     1996
                                    -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                                 <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Occupancy..........................    71.5%    74.6%    76.5%    77.4%    78.1%
Average Daily Rate................. $115.25  $118.75  $126.75  $133.00  $143.25
REVPAR............................. $ 82.41  $ 88.59  $ 96.92  $102.88  $111.84
Percent Change.....................              7.5%     9.4%     6.1%     8.7%
Available Room Supply..............  13,069   13,112   13,224   13.359   13,371
Percent Change.....................              0.3%     0.9%     1.0%     0.1%
</TABLE>
- --------
Source: Pinnacle Advisory Group
 
  New additions to the Boston hotel market are underway and anticipated and if
the proposed new Convention Center is constructed further additions to supply
are expected. The Company believes that business, tourist and convention and
meeting-driven demand will increase as well, supported by major transportation
infrastructure improvements currently underway including the $10.4 billion
Central Artery/Ted Williams Tunnel project (which will improve access to
downtown Boston and Logan International Airport and the urban quality of
downtown Boston) and the $1.2 billion Logan 2000 program (the modernization
and facility expansion of Logan International Airport). The Company also
believes that because of their excellent locations and the advantages of
Marriott(R) brand strength and marketing programs and management, its Hotel
Properties will continue to perform strongly and benefit directly from such
growth in overall demand.
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY'S HOTEL PROPERTIES
 
  The two completed Hotel Properties have the following characteristics:
 
  Long Wharf Marriott(R) Hotel. The 402 room Long Wharf Marriott(R) Hotel is
an eight-story building located directly on the Boston Harbor waterfront. The
hotel opened in March of 1982. The interior-corridor, atrium-style structure
has a shape which is reminiscent of a ship, and the vast majority of guest
rooms overlook either the waterfront or downtown Boston. Surrounding land uses
consist of Boston Harbor to the east, the New England Aquarium to the south,
Faneuil Hall Marketplace across Atlantic Avenue to the west and Columbus
Waterfront Park to the north. The hotel is within easy walking distance of the
heart of the business and financial district and most of Boston's major
attractions, such as the Aquarium, Faneuil Hall, Downtown Crossing, the Old
State House, the Fleet Center and Boston Common. The hotel has been operated
as a Marriott(R) since its
 
                                      97
<PAGE>
 
   
opening, pursuant to a management agreement with Marriott(R) and has
consistently achieved occupancy, average room rate and REVPAR levels among the
highest of all Marriott(R) hotels.     
 
  Cambridge Center Marriott(R) Hotel. The 431 room Cambridge Center
Marriott(R) Hotel is a 25-story building located in Kendall Square, Cambridge.
The hotel opened in September 1986. The hotel is the centerpiece of the
Cambridge Center development, an office and mixed-use development with 1.7
million square feet of rentable space, including the hotel and five other
office and R&D buildings owned by the Company. For more information regarding
Cambridge Center, see "--The Office Properties--Greater Boston Office Market--
East Cambridge Office Submarket." The hotel is in the heart of Kendall square
and is adjacent to the MIT campus. The hotel is easily accessible by public
transportation connecting directly to downtown Boston (two rapid transit stops
to the east) and Harvard Square in Cambridge (two stops to the west). The
hotel has been operated as a Marriott(R) since its opening, pursuant to a
management agreement with Marriott(R).
   
  For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Hotel Properties had a weighted
average occupancy rate of 84.0%, a weighted average ADR of $174.97 and a
weighted average REVPAR of $147.44. Management believes that REVPAR is an
industry standard measure used to present hotel operating data. Based upon the
1997 original hotel budgets prepared by Marriott(R), the independent manager
of the Hotel Properties, the Company believes that its revenue from the
participating hotel leases for the twelve months ending March 31, 1998 will be
at least $20.49 million, as compared to revenue from the participating hotel
leases for the twelve months ended March 31, 1997, on a pro forma basis, of
approximately $18.29 million. Revenues from the Hotel Properties have exceeded
the budget prepared by Marriott(R) by approximately 5% for the period from
January 4 through April 25, 1997. However, there can be no assurances that the
Hotel Properties will perform in accordance with the 1997 original budget.
    
SEASONALITY
 
  The two hotels traditionally have experienced significant seasonality in
their net operating income, with average weighted net operating income by
quarter over the past three years as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     FIRST QUARTER       SECOND QUARTER         THIRD QUARTER         FOURTH QUARTER
     -------------       --------------         -------------         --------------
     <S>                 <C>                    <C>                   <C>
          14%                 30%                    31%                   25%
</TABLE>
 
  MARRIOTT(R) IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF MARRIOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC., WHICH
HAS NOT ENDORSED OR APPROVED THE OFFERING OR ANY OF THE FINANCIAL RESULTS OF
THE HOTELS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS. INVESTORS IN THE COMPANY WILL NOT
RECEIVE AN INTEREST IN MARRIOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                          THE DEVELOPMENT PROPERTIES
 
  The Company is currently developing the following seven properties for the
Company's ownership:
 
  BDM International Building and Phase II Building. The BDM International
Building is an approximately 312,000 square foot, 12-story, Class A Office
Building located in Reston, Virginia. The Reston market is an active area of
expansion for the rapidly growing Northern Virginia computer, technology, and
telecommunications industries. The Company is developing this property through
its joint venture with Westbrook. The Company owns a 25.0% interest in the BDM
International building, which economic interest may be increased above 25.0%
depending upon the achievement of certain performance objectives. Completion
of the BDM International Building is scheduled for February of 1999.
Approximately 309,000 square feet of development is pre-leased to BDM
International ("BDM") for a term of twelve years. (the building's remaining
3,000 square feet are ground-floor retail space). Associated with the
development of the new headquarters for BDM International, the Company is also
constructing a second, six story, 126,500 net rentable square feet building on
the site. This building will be developed without a pre-leasing commitment in
response to the significant unsatisfied demand for office space in the Reston,
Virginia market. Parking (1548 spaces) for both the BDM International Building
and the Phase II Building will be provided on-site in surface lots and a four
story parking deck. Delivery of the Phase II building is scheduled for
December 1998.
 
  201 Spring Street. 201 Spring Street is a 102,000 net rentable square foot,
Class A Office Building located in Lexington, Massachusetts, in the Route 128
Northwest submarket of Greater Boston. This building will be adjacent to the
Company's existing Class A Office Building at 191 Spring Street. Completion of
201 Spring Street is scheduled for September, 1997. The building is currently
100% leased to MediaOne of Delaware, Inc., formerly Continental Cablevision,
Inc.
 
                                      98
<PAGE>
 
  7700 Boston Boulevard, Building Twelve and 7501 Boston Boulevard, Building
Seven. On land owned by the Company in its Virginia-95 Office Park, the
Company is in the process of completing two build-to-suit projects. These two
R&D Properties contain approximately 80,514 and 75,756 rentable square feet,
respectively. 7501 Boston Boulevard, Building Seven is being developed by the
Company for the General Services Administration (specifically for use by the
United States Customs Service). 7700 Boston Boulevard Building Twelve will be
the headquarters of Autometric, Inc. and has expansion potential for another
40,000 square feet of space. Both buildings are scheduled for completion in
late 1997. 7501 Boston Boulevard, Building Seven and 7700 Boston Boulevard,
Building Twelve are entirely pre-leased to the General Services Administration
and Autometric, Inc. for terms of 10 and 15 years, respectively.
 
  Sugarland Buildings One and Two. These single story office/flex buildings on
extensively landscaped sites are located in the Sugarland Office Complex in
Herndon, Virginia, within one mile of Reston Town Center and in the midst of
the Reston-Herndon-Dulles high-technology area. Building One, constructed in
1985, contains approximately 52,533 net rentable square feet and is on a 4.67
acre parcel with 297 parking spaces. Building Two, also constructed in 1985,
contains approximately 59,585 net rentable square feet and is on a 4.93 acre
parcel with 234 parking spaces. The Company purchased the buildings vacant in
1996, made improvements to them and has approximately 72,000 square feet of
the total of 112,161 net rentable square feet committed under signed leases or
letters of intent with leases in negotiation.
   
  The Development Properties are more than 79% pre-committed to tenants under
leases or commitments that provide for aggregate rental payments by such
tenants of approximately $2.1 million for the twelve month period ending on
March 31, 1998, assuming timely completion of such projects. Although the
Company believes that all the Development Properties will be completed on
schedule, no assurances can be made in this regard.     
       
                              DEVELOPMENT PARCELS
 
  The Company expects that a significant portion of its future growth will
come through development and redevelopment projects. For development
opportunities, the Company seeks vacant land in desirable markets including,
where appropriate, where it can add value by overcoming adverse zoning
regulations or by locating tenants who will work with the Company towards a
"build-to-suit" or significant pre-lease arrangement. The Company believes
that its reputation in its current markets for developing properties for its
own account and others will aid it in working with tenants on a "build-to-
suit" or pre-lease basis. In addition to the seven Development Properties (See
"--Summary Property Data" and "--The Office Properties--The Development
Properties"), at the completion of the Offering the Company will own, have
under contract, or have an option to develop or acquire six parcels consisting
of an aggregate of 47.4 acres of land. The Company believes that this land,
some of which needs zoning or other regulatory approvals prior to development,
will be able to support an aggregate of approximately 1.0 million square feet
of development. The following chart provides additional information with
respect to the undeveloped parcels.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             NO. OF               DEVELOPABLE
         LOCATION           SUBMARKET        PARCELS   ACREAGE   SQUARE FEET(1)
         --------       ------------------   -------   -------   --------------
      <S>               <C>                  <C>       <C>       <C>
      Springfield, VA   Fairfax County, VA       3       9.4         130,000
      Lexington, MA     Route 128 NW             1       6.8          50,000
      Cambridge, MA     East Cambridge, MA       1       4.2         539,000
      Andover, MA       Route 495 N              1      27.0         290,000
                                               ---      ----       ---------
      Total                                      6      47.4       1,009,000
</TABLE>
     --------
     (1) Represents the total square feet of development or
         additional development that the parcel(s) will support.
 
                             PROPOSED DEVELOPMENTS
 
  The Company is currently pursuing a number of proposed development projects,
including:
 
  Cambridge Center Marriott(R) Residence Inn. Subject to obtaining necessary
government approvals and resolving certain business matters, the Company
intends to develop a 221 room limited-service Residence Inn by
 
                                      99
<PAGE>
 
Marriott(R) on a site on the West Parcel at Cambridge Center (see "--The
Office Properties--East Cambridge Office Submarket"). Marriott(R)'s Residence
Inn is an extended-stay hotel. This property is subject, among other
contingencies, to obtaining required approvals, permits, rezoning and
negotiation of a management agreement with Marriott International, Inc., which
currently manages the two Hotel Properties owned by the Company.
 
  Reston Joint Venture. The Company is currently working with Westbrook on the
development of a 370,000 square foot office building in Reston, Virginia, 60%
pre-committed to Andersen Consulting, in which the Company would own a joint
venture interest.
 
  There can be no assurances that the Company will ultimately develop either
of the above proposed developments.
 
          DEVELOPMENT CONSULTING AND THIRD-PARTY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT
 
DEVELOPMENT CONSULTING
 
  Because commercial real estate development is a highly complex and
specialized business, many corporate and government entities that decide to
develop a property primarily for their own use seek a development and project
manager to assist with the design and execution of the project. The Company
has found development consulting and project management to be a desirable way
to leverage the Company's extensive experience in project and construction
management, marketing, leasing, finance, governmental relations, tax, real
estate law, and accounting. The Company's engagement in this type of activity
has three distinct attractions:
 
  .  Development consulting and project management can be a significant
     source of revenue that requires little incremental investment by the
     Company. To support the Company's own activities, the Company's offices
     in Boston and Washington, D.C. are staffed with professionals who are
     able to provide the full range of services needed for project design and
     execution. By taking on third party projects, the Company is able to
     fully utilize the talents of those individuals and add to their
     experience and knowledge base.
 
  .  In addition to being a profitable source of revenue, the Company has
     achieved significant recognition in its primary markets for successful
     oversight of high-visibility projects. The Company believes that such
     recognition has added to the Company's credibility when bidding for
     build-to-suit projects or attempting to significantly pre-lease a
     project under construction.
 
  .  The Company has been successful at retaining clients at the end of
     third-party development projects and becoming the property manager for
     the completed project. These property management engagements are
     excellent sources of incremental revenues without the need for large
     investment or risk.
 
  The Company provided significant development consulting and project
management in connection with the following projects:
 
  Thurgood Marshall Federal Judiciary Building, Washington, D.C. Completed in
1992, this approximately 1.0 million square foot office building houses the
Administrative Office of the United States Courts. The Company was selected
after a public competition to provide comprehensive services to the Architect
of the Capitol under a fee-for-services contract. Design and construction were
completed on schedule in 37 months and the final cost was 7% below budget. The
project, which the Company still manages under contract, received the 1995
Federal Government Design Award.
 
  Health Care Financing Administration ("HCFA"), Woodlawn, Maryland. The
Company and its co-developer, chosen over five other teams, designed and built
the 920,000 square foot headquarters of HCFA on a 60-acre campus in Woodlawn,
Maryland. The project was completed on time in 32 months and 8% under the
approved budget amount.
 
  The Acacia Mutual Life Building, Washington, D.C. The Company is acting as
development manager for this project, which involves the substantial
redevelopment of a 200,000 square foot, two building complex. Acacia Mutual
Life Insurance Company, the owner of the building, selected the Company to
oversee the design,
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
 
financing and construction of the interior and parking structure. The law firm
of Jones, Day, Reavis and Pogue has leased the complex as their new
Washington, D.C. headquarters and will be occupying the building beginning in
mid-1999.
 
  National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland. The Company is acting as
development manager for a new Clinical Research Center for the National
Institutes of Health at its Bethesda, Maryland campus. The Company was
selected by the General Services Administration in 1995 to provide this
service from among four competitors. Scheduled for completion in the year
2002, the Clinical Research Center will contain approximately 850,000 square
feet.
 
  90 Church Street, New York, New York. The Company is acting as development
consultant to the United States Postal Service (the "USPS") for the
redevelopment of 90 Church Street. The base of the 15-story building will
continue to be used as a United States Postal Service mail processing
facility, but the tower portion is being renovated for new tenants who have
already committed to occupy almost all of the building's available space. The
Company is also master lessee of the building and as such is responsible for
the daily operation of the building and all construction work in the building
and acts as exclusive leasing agent.
 
  Beth Israel Research Lab, Boston, Massachusetts. In 1992 Boston's Beth
Israel Hospital retained the Company as development manager for the conversion
of a 96,000 square foot former warehouse into a modern research laboratory
facility. The Company established the project budget, supervised design,
developed a fast-track schedule, hired and supervised the general contractor
and delivered the facility for first occupancy only 20 months after getting
the assignment.
 
  Medical Information Technology ("Meditech") Headquarters, Norwood,
Massachusetts. The Company served as Development Manager for Meditech on the
development of a four building corporate campus on a 60-acre property in
Norwood, Massachusetts. Approvals were obtained for a master plan which
preserves open space and an existing nine hole golf course.
 
  The Company is currently providing fee development services to the United
States Postal Service in both New York and Boston, the National Institutes of
Health in Bethseda, Maryland, The Acacia Life Insurance Company in Washington,
D.C., the Fan Pier Land Company in Boston, and Westbrook in connection with
existing and proposed joint ventures. The Company estimates that fees from
these assignments during 1997 will be approximately $5,800,000.
 
THIRD-PARTY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT AND TENANT SERVICES
 
  The Company generally does not provide third-party property management
services, but the Company has been willing to accept property management
engagements in certain cases where the Company had a pre-existing relationship
with a major tenant or client for whom the Company provided development
services. In Greater Washington, D.C., the Company manages six properties for
third parties and earns gross revenues of approximately $936,000 per year. The
Company served as development and project manager for all of these properties.
   
  In addition, the Company earns fees for work performed for its tenants which
have averaged more than $700,000 per year and are expected to continue at that
rate or above.     
 
                               PARTIAL INTERESTS
 
  Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will own less than a 100.0% fee
interest in 14 of the Properties. The Company will own a 25.0% limited
liability company membership interest in a two-building complex (one building
of which is leased entirely to BDM International) in Reston, Virginia, which
the Company is currently developing in partnership with Westbrook. The
Company's economic interest in this property may be increased above 25.0%,
depending upon the achievement of certain performance objectives. The Company
will own a 75.0% partnership interest and will be the sole general partner of
the limited partnership that will own 100.0% of the fee interest in Montvale
Center in Gaithersburg, Maryland. Because of the priority of the Company's
75.0% partnership interest, the Company expects to receive substantially all
of any partnership
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
 
distributions that are made with respect to this property. The Company will
own a 35.7% controlling general partnership interest in the nine Hilltop
Business Center properties, 560 Forbes Boulevard in South San Francisco,
California and 430 Rozzi Place in South San Francisco, California.
 
                             ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
  Some of the Properties are located in urban and industrial areas where fill
or current or historical industrial uses of the areas have caused site
contamination at the Properties. Within the past 12 months, independent
environmental consultants were retained to conduct or update Phase I
environmental assessments (which generally do not involve invasive techniques
such as soil or ground water sampling) and asbestos surveys on all of the
Properties. These environmental assessments have not revealed any
environmental conditions that the Company believes will have a material
adverse effect on its business, assets or results of operations, and the
Company is not aware of any other environmental condition with respect to any
of the Properties which the Company believes would have such a material
adverse effect.
 
  With respect to 17 Hartwell Avenue in Lexington, Massachusetts, the Company
received a Notice of Potential Responsibility ("NOR") from the state
regulatory authority on January 9, 1997, related to groundwater contamination.
In addition, the Company received a Notice of Downgradient Property Status
Submittal from each of two third parties concerning alleged contamination at
two downgradient properties. 17 Hartwell Avenue is a 30,000 square foot office
building occupied by Kendall Company, a division of Tyco International, which
has been the tenant of the entire building for 20 years. The tenant received a
similar NOR and has responded to the state regulatory authority that it will
conduct an investigation. The lease with the tenant contains a provision
pursuant to which the tenant indemnifies the Company against such liability.
The Company has notified the state regulatory authority that it will cooperate
with and monitor the tenant's investigation.
 
  On January 15, 1992, 91 Hartwell Avenue in Lexington, Massachusetts was
listed by the state regulatory authority as an unclassified Confirmed Disposal
Site in connection with groundwater contamination. 91 Hartwell Avenue is a
122,328 square foot office building occupied by five tenants. A health risk
assessment conducted in 1991 by an environmental consultant concluded that
contamination at the property does not pose a human health hazard, and a
letter to the state regulatory authority on August 26, 1992 concluded that no
further remedial response action is necessary at the site. With respect to the
1992 listing, the Company has engaged a specially licensed environmental
consultant to perform the necessary investigation and assessment and to
prepare submittals to the state regulatory authority by August 2, 1997. There
is evidence that the contamination may be migrating from an upgradient source,
in which event the property may qualify for a Downgradient Property Status.
Such status would eliminate the need for the August 2, 1997 submittal and may
assist the Company in assigning responsibility for future investigation and/or
remedial actions to the current or former owners of the upgradient properties.
 
  The Company expects that any resolution of the environmental matters
relating to 17 Hartwell Ave. and 91 Hartwell Ave. will not have a material
impact on the financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the
Company.
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
 
                         THE UNSECURED LINE OF CREDIT
 
  The Company has obtained a commitment to establish a three-year,
$300 million Unsecured Line of Credit with BankBoston, N.A., as agent. The
Company expects to enter into the Unsecured Line of Credit concurrently with
the completion of the Offering. The Unsecured Line of Credit will be a
recourse obligation of the Operating Partnership and will be guaranteed by the
Company. The Company intends to use the Unsecured Line of Credit principally
to fund growth opportunities and for working capital purposes. At the closing
of the Offering, the Company expects to draw down approximately $57.7 million
under this line of credit.
 
  The Company's ability to borrow under the Unsecured Line of Credit will be
subject to the Company's ongoing compliance with a number of financial and
other covenants. The Unsecured Line of Credit will require: the Company to
maintain a ratio of unsecured indebtedness to unencumbered property value of
not more than 60%; that the unencumbered properties must generate sufficient
net operating income to maintain a debt service coverage ratio of at least 1.4
to 1 (based on a 25-year amortization with an assumed interest rate equal to
the rate on seven-year U.S. Treasuries plus 2%, a total indebtedness to total
asset value ratio of not more than 55%; that the ratio of EBITDA to debt
service plus estimated capital expenditures and preferred dividends be at
least 1.75 to 1; and certain other customary covenants and performance
requirements. In addition, the Unsecured Line of Credit will restrict
ownership of hotel properties to 25% of the Company's aggregate portfolio. The
Unsecured Line of Credit will, except under certain circumstances, limit the
Company's ability to make distributions up to 90% of its annual Funds from
Operations.
 
  The Unsecured Line of Credit will, at the Company's election, bear interest
at a floating rate based on a spread over LIBOR ranging from 90 basis points
to 110 basis points, depending upon the Company's applicable leverage ratio,
or the Line of Credit Lender's prime rate, and will require monthly payments
of interest only on prime rate loans, with interest on LIBOR loans payable on
the last day of an interest period but not less often than quarterly. LIBOR
loans may be for periods of between thirty and 180 days.
 
  The commitment for the Unsecured Line of Credit is subject to final approval
and satisfactory completion of the Offering, completion by the Line of Credit
Lender of its due diligence and preparation and execution of an acceptable
credit agreement.
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
                       DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  The Board of Directors of the Company will be expanded immediately following
the completion of the Offering to include the director nominees named below,
each of whom has been nominated for election and consented to serve. Upon
election of the director nominees, there will be a majority of directors who
are neither employees nor affiliates of the Company. Pursuant to the
Certificate, the Board of Directors is divided into three classes of
directors. The initial terms of the three classes will expire in 1998 (Mr.
Zuckerman), 1999 (Messrs. Patricof and Turchin) and 2000 (Messrs. Linde and
Seidenberg), respectively. Beginning in 1998, directors of each class will be
chosen for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms and
each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. The
Company believes that classification of the Board of Directors will help to
assure the continuity and stability of the Company's business strategies and
policies as determined by the Board of Directors. Holders of shares of Common
Stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a
majority of the shares of Common Stock will be able to elect all of the
successors of the class of directors whose terms expire at that meeting.
 
  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
directors, director nominees and executive officers of the Company immediately
following the completion of this Offering:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          NAME                                       AGE        POSITION
          ----                                       --- ----------------------
   <S>                                               <C> <C>
   Mortimer B. Zuckerman............................  59 Chairman of the Board
   Edward H. Linde..................................  55 President,
                                                         Chief Executive
                                                         Officer and Director
   Alan J. Patricof.................................  62 Director Nominee
   Ivan G. Seidenberg...............................  50 Director Nominee
   Martin Turchin...................................  55 Director Nominee
   Raymond A. Ritchey...............................  46 Senior Vice President
   Robert E. Burke..................................  59 Senior Vice President
   David R. Barrett.................................  55 Senior Vice President
   Robert E. Selsam.................................  50 Senior Vice President
   David G. Gaw.....................................  45 Senior Vice President,
                                                         Chief Financial
                                                         Officer
</TABLE>
 
  The following is a biographical summary of the experience of the directors,
director nominees and executive and senior officers of the Company:
 
 Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers
 
  Mr. Mortimer B. Zuckerman serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of
the Company. Mr. Zuckerman co-founded the Company in 1970 after spending seven
years at Cabot, Cabot & Forbes where he rose to the position of Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer. He is a graduate of McGill University,
Montreal receiving an undergraduate degree in 1957 and a degree of law in
1961. He received an MBA with distinction from the Wharton School, University
of Pennsylvania in 1961 and a Master of Law from Harvard University in 1962.
Mr. Zuckerman serves as a Trustee for New York University, a Director and
Member of the Executive Committee of WNET/Channel 13 New York, a Trustee of
Memorial Sloan-Kittering Cancer Institute, a Trustee of the Institute For
Advanced Studies at Princeton, a Member of the Harvard Medical School Board of
Visitors, and a Member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the
International Institute For Strategic Studies. He is also Chairman and Editor-
in-Chief of U.S. News & World Report, Chairman of The Atlantic Monthly
magazine, Chairman and Co-Publisher of the New York Daily News and Chairman of
the Board of Applied Graphics Technologies (AGT) and a member of the Board of
Directors of Snyder Communications.
 
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
 
  Mr. Edward H. Linde serves as President, Chief Executive Officer and a
Director of the Company. Mr. Linde co-founded the Company in 1970 after
spending five years at Cabot, Cabot & Forbes where he became Vice President
and Senior Project Manager. Mr. Linde serves as Chairman of the Board of
Directors of the Massachusetts Government Land Bank and Co-Chairman of the
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency. He is also a member of the Board of
Directors of the CareGroup and the Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, an
Overseer of the Boston Symphony Orchestra, a Member of the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology Visiting Committee to the Department of Urban Studies
and Planning (where he also was a Member of the MIT Corporation from 1990 to
1995) and a member of the Board of Fellows of the Harvard Medical School. Mr.
Linde is a member of the Board of Applied Graphics Technologies (AGT). He
received a BS in Civil Engineering from MIT in 1962 and an MBA from Harvard
Business School, where he was a Baker Scholar, in 1964.
 
  Mr. Alan J. Patricof will serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Patricof
is Chairman of the Board of Directors of Patricof & Co. Ventures, Inc., the
company that he founded in 1969. He has more than 30 years of investment
experience with a particular expertise in portfolio management. Mr. Patricof
was Chairman of the White House Commission on the Small Business
Administration and a member of the Blue Ribbon Commission of the National
Association of Corporate Directors. He also serves as a director of Cellular
Communications International, Inc., Cellular Communications of Puerto Rico,
Inc., CoreComm Incorporated, Healthcare Direct, Inc., Johnny Rockets Group,
Inc., Medscape, Inc., NTL Incorporated, and SCP Communications, Inc. Mr.
Patricof received a BS in finance from Ohio State University and an MBA from
Columbia University Graduate School of Business.
 
  Mr. Ivan G. Seidenberg will serve as a Director of the Company. Mr.
Seidenberg is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of NYNEX, where he has held
various positions since 1991. Mr. Seidenberg is a member of the Board of
Directors of AlliedSignal Inc., American Home Products Corp., The Conference
Board, CVS Corp., Pace University, The Museum of Television and Radio, The New
York Hall of Science, The New York Hospital and Viacom, Inc., and a director
nominee of Bell Atlantic. He is Chairman of the Federal Communications
Commission's Network Reliability and Interoperability Council and a member of
the Council on Foreign Relations and the Lincoln Center Consolidated Fund
Committee. Mr. Seidenberg received a BA in mathematics from City University of
New York and an MBA from Pace University.
 
  Mr. Martin Turchin will serve as a Director of the Company. Since 1985, Mr.
Turchin has served as Vice-Chairman of Insignia/Edward S. Gordon Co., Inc., a
subsidiary of Insignia Financial Group, one of the nation's largest commercial
real estate brokerage and management firms. Mr. Turchin has more than 30 years
experience as a commercial real estate broker, consultant and advisor and has
been involved in some of the largest real estate transactions in the United
States. Mr. Turchin is a three time recipient of the Real Estate Board of New
York's "Most Ingenious Deal of the Year Award." Mr. Turchin attended City
College of the University of New York and St. John's Law School.
 
  Mr. Raymond A. Ritchey serves as a Senior Vice President, Co-Manager of the
Washington office and National Director of Acquisitions and Development for
the Company. In this capacity, Mr. Ritchey is responsible for all marketing
and new opportunity origination in the Washington area and directly oversees
similar activities for the Company on a national basis. Mr. Ritchey joined the
Company in 1980, leading the Company's expansion to become one of the dominant
real estate firms in the Washington metropolitan area. For four years prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Ritchey was one of the leading commercial real estate
brokers in the Washington area with Coldwell Banker. He is a 1972 graduate of
the U.S. Naval Academy and a 1973 graduate of the U.S. Naval Post Graduate
School in Monterey, California.
 
  Mr. Robert E. Burke serves as a Senior Vice President and Co-Manager of the
Washington office for the Company. He joined the Company in 1979 to open its
Washington area office serving as general manager in charge of operations of
that office. Prior to 1979, Mr. Burke spent 7 1/2 years as General Manager of
the John Fitzgerald Kennedy Library Corporation. He received dual degrees in
1960 when he earned a BS from Bates College and a Bachelor of Civil
Engineering degree from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
 
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
 
  Mr. David R. Barrett serves as Senior Vice President and Manager of the
Boston office of the Company. He joined the Company in 1976 after six years as
a principal in a consulting firm specializing in housing and urban development
and after serving as Special Assistant to the Administrator of the Housing and
Development Administration of the City of New York. He has been involved in
all aspects of developing the Company's portfolio of properties and was
directly responsible for the approval, design, construction and leasing of its
Cambridge Center development. Mr. Barrett received a BA from Columbia College
in 1963 and an LLB with honors from Harvard Law School in 1966 where he was an
editor of the Harvard Law Review.
 
  Mr. Robert E. Selsam is a Senior Vice President and Manager of the Company's
New York office. He joined the Company in 1984, prior to which he was Director
of Planning for the Metropolitan Transportation Authority of the State of New
York. Mr. Selsam serves as Secretary and member of the Executive Committee of
the New York Building Congress, is Executive Vice President and past Co-
Chairman of the Associated Builders and Owners of New York, a member of the
Executive Committee of the Association for a Better New York, and Vice
President and Trustee of the New York Foundation for Architecture. He received
a BA from the University of Pennsylvania in 1968 and a MS in Urban Planning
from the Columbia University School of Architecture in 1970. Mr. Selsam has
had direct involvement in all aspects of the Company's New York activities
including development, leasing and building operations.
 
  Mr. David G. Gaw is Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for
the Company, where he oversees a 40-person accounting, control and financial
management department. He joined the Company in 1982 and has been involved in
the Company's financial operations since then, including administering the
Company's financings and banking relationships. From 1978 to 1982 he served as
Vice President for the Norwood Group. Mr. Gaw received a BSBA from Suffolk
University in 1973 and also received an MBA from Suffolk University in 1983.
 
 Senior Officers
 
  Mr. Frederick J. DeAngelis serves as Senior Vice President and General
Counsel for the Company, where he oversees a staff of three lawyers and one
paralegal. Mr. DeAngelis joined the Company in 1980 after serving as a partner
at the firm of Lane & Altman in Boston. He received an AB in Economics (cum
laude) from Holy Cross College in 1970 and a doctor of law degree (magna cum
laude) from Boston College Law School in 1973.
 
  Mr. Stephen R. Clineburg, who joined the Company in 1984, serves as Senior
Vice President and Regional General Counsel, Washington region. From June 1972
through July 1984, Mr. Clineburg was an attorney at the Gulf Oil Corporation
and before that had been a Vice President and Title Officer of the Real Title
Corporation in Fairfax, Virginia. Mr. Clineburg graduated from Columbia
University with a BA in English in 1963 and from the University of Virginia
Law School in Charlottesville in 1966.
   
  Mr. James C. Rosenfeld is a Senior Vice President of the Company, where he
has been responsible for all suburban Boston project development. Prior to
joining the Company in 1980, he worked for ten years at Cabot, Cabot & Forbes
where he served as project manager on major commercial office building
projects. Mr. Rosenfeld received an AB from Bowdoin College in 1965.     
 
  Mr. E. Mitchell Norville is Senior Vice President and Senior Project
Manager-Washington for the Company. In that capacity he oversees development
of the Company's projects, including its fee development work for third
parties. He has had direct responsibility for the project management of such
projects as Independence Square, the headquarters for HCFA, and the work being
performed for the National Institute of Health. Mr. Norville joined the
Company in 1984 following his graduation from the University of Virginia with
an MBA. He also received a BS in Mechanical Engineering from Clemson
University in 1980.
 
  Mr. Peter D. Johnston is a Senior Vice President of the Company, where he
has been responsible for the development of more than one million square feet
of the Company's Washington, D.C., commercial projects. He joined Boston
Properties in 1987 after receiving an MBA from the University of Virginia. Mr.
Johnston also received a Bachelor of Business Administration from Roanoke
College in 1981 as well as an MA degree from Hollins College in 1982.
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
 
  Mr. John D. Camera, Jr. is Senior Vice President--Boston Construction
Management for the Company and in that capacity oversees the Company's Boston
area construction activities. Mr. Camera, who joined the Company in 1980, has
more than 30 years of construction industry experience. He is a 1964 graduate
of the Worcester Polytechnic Institute where he received a BS in Civil
Engineering. Following graduation he served in the U.S. Navy Civil Engineering
Corps. During his time at the Company, he has been responsible for more than
$325 million of construction activity.
 
  Mr. Jonathan B. Kurtis is Senior Vice President--Washington Construction
Management for the Company. In that capacity he oversees all of the Company's
Washington area construction activities and has been responsible for more than
$517 million of successfully completed construction undertaken by the Company.
Mr. Kurtis joined the Company in 1984 following seven years of general
contractor project management experience. He graduated from the University of
Florida in Gainesville, Florida with a Bachelor of Building Construction in
1977.
 
  Mr. John J. Baraldi is Senior Vice President and National Director of
Property Management at the Company. In that capacity, and based on his 35
years of property management experience, he provides national leadership and
guidance to the property managers responsible for each of the Company's
geographical areas of activity. Mr. Baraldi joined the Company in 1975 after
holding property management positions at Cabot, Cabot & Forbes and the General
Foods Corporation.
 
  Mr. David H. Boone is Senior Vice President and Director of Washington Area
Property Management for the Company. In that capacity, he has direct
responsibility for the property management of the Company's Washington
properties. Mr. Boone joined the Company in 1986 after 23 years experience in
building operations and property management with other firms. Mr. Boone has
also served as commercial Vice President for BOMA (Building Owners & Managers
Association) Washington, D.C. and on the Board of Governors for BOMA
International.
 
  Mr. William J. Wedge serves as Senior Vice President--Tax Counsel for the
Company. He joined Boston Properties in 1984 after serving in the Tax
Department of Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Wedge graduated from Dartmouth College in
1977 with a B.A. in History and Government, received a JD (cum laude) from
Suffolk Law School in 1981 and was awarded a Masters of Taxation (LLM) by
Boston University Law School in 1984. Mr. Wedge is an Adjunct Professor of Law
at Suffolk Law School. He oversees tax and corporate affairs for the Company.
 
                     COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
 Audit Committee
 
  Promptly following the consummation of the Offering, the Board of Directors
will establish an Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will make
recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public accountants,
review with the independent public accountants the scope and results of the
audit engagement, approve professional services provided by the independent
public accountants, review the independence of the independent public
accountants, consider the range of audit and non-audit fees and review the
adequacy of the Company's internal accounting controls. The Audit Committee
will initially consist of two or more non-employee directors.
 
 Compensation Committee
 
  Promptly following the completion of the Offering, the Board of Directors
will establish a Compensation Committee to establish remuneration levels for
executive officers of the Company and implement the Company's Stock Option
Plan and any other incentive programs. The Compensation Committee will
initially consist of two or more non-employee directors.
 
  The Board of Directors may from time to time establish certain other
committees to facilitate the management of the Company.
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
 
                           COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
  The Company intends to pay its non-employee directors annual compensation of
$15,000 for their services. In addition, non-employee directors will receive a
fee of $1,000 for each Board of Directors meeting attended in person. Non-
employee directors attending any committee meetings in person will receive an
additional fee of $1,000 for each committee meeting attended, unless the
committee meeting is held on the day of a meeting of the Board of Directors.
Non-employee directors will also receive an additional fee of $250 for each
telephonic meeting attended. Non-employee directors will also be reimbursed
for reasonable expenses incurred to attend director and committee meetings.
Officers of the Company who are directors will not be paid any directors'
fees. Non-employee directors will receive, upon initial election to the Board
of Directors, an option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock, and
annually thereafter will receive an option to purchase 5,000 shares of Common
Stock. These options will become exercisable over two years.
 
                            EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  The following table sets forth the total compensation paid in 1996 and the
annual base salary rates and other compensation expected to be paid in 1997
following the Offering to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of
the Company's four other most highly compensated executive officers (the
"Named Executive Officers").
                           
                        SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                         LONG TERM
                                                                        COMPENSATION
                                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION               AWARDS
                                  ------------------------------------- ------------
                                                             OTHER       SECURITIES
                                                            ANNUAL       UNDERLYING      ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION  YEAR SALARY($)    BONUS($) COMPENSATION($)  OPTIONS(#)   COMPENSATION($)
- ---------------------------  ---- ---------    -------- --------------- ------------  ---------------
<S>                          <C>  <C>          <C>      <C>             <C>           <C>
Edward H. Linde.........     1997 $150,000(1)    (2)          (3)         320,000(4)        --
 President and Chief         1996    7,000        --        $12,378(3)       --             --
  Executive Officer
Raymond A. Ritchey......     1997 $250,000(1)    (2)          --          200,000(4)        (5)
 Senior Vice President       1996  292,423        --          --             --           $4,150(5)
Robert E. Burke.........     1997 $250,000(1)    (2)          --          160,000(4)        (5)
 Senior Vice President       1996  313,023        --          --             --           $4,150(5)
David R. Barrett........     1997 $240,000(1)    (2)          --          120,000(4)        (5)
 Senior Vice President       1996  285,493        --          --             --           $4,150(5)
Robert E. Selsam........     1997 $221,500(1)    (2)          --           80,000(4)        (5)
 Senior Vice President       1996  220,324     $42,654        --             --           $4,150(5)
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) Represents rate of annual base salary for 1997 that will be in effect
    following the Offering.     
   
(2) 1997 bonus will be determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion.
           
(3) Represents the Company's contribution toward Mr. Linde's automobile
    expenses. The Company anticipates that this amount will remain
    approximately the same in 1997.     
   
(4) One third of these options will be exercisable on each of the third,
    fourth and fifth anniversary of the date of grant.     
   
(5) 1996 amounts include the Company's matching contribution under its 401(k)
    plan ($4,000 per individual) and the Company's cost of term life insurance
    (approximately $150 per individual). The Company anticipates that 1997
    amounts will be approximately the same.     
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                      INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                VALUE AT ASSUMED
                         -------------------------------------------   ANNUAL RATES OF
                                  PERCENT OF                             SHARE PRICE
                                 TOTAL OPTIONS  EXERCISE               APPRECIATION FOR
          NAME           OPTIONS  GRANTED TO       OR                    OPTION TERM
          ----           GRANTED EMPLOYEES IN  BASE PRICE EXPIRATION --------------------
                         (#)(1)   FISCAL YEAR  ($/SH)(2)     DATE      5%($)     10%($)
                         ------- ------------- ---------- ---------- --------- ----------
<S>                      <C>     <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Edward H. Linde......... 320,000     16.3%       25.00       (3)     5,030,400 12,748,800
Raymond A. Ritchey...... 200,000     10.3        25.00       (3)     3,144,000  7,968,000
Robert E. Burke......... 160,000      8.2        25,00       (3)     2,515,200  6,374,000
David R. Barrett........ 120,000      6.1        25.00       (3)     1,886,400  4,780,800
Robert E. Selsam........  80,000      4.1        25.00       (3)     1,257,600  3,187,200
</TABLE>
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
 
- --------
   
(1) One third of these options will be exercisable on each of the third,
    fourth and fifth anniversary of the date of grant.     
(2)Based on the Offering price.
(3)The expiration date of the options is the ten year anniversary of the
 closing date of the Offering.
 
  Mr. Zuckerman, Chairman of the Board, will also receive a grant of 320,000
options on the same terms and with the same realizable values as Mr. Linde.
 
                   EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENTS
 
  Mr. Linde, as President and Chief Executive Officer, will enter into an
employment and noncompetition agreement with the Company (the "Employment
Agreement"). Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, until the third anniversary
of the Offering, Mr. Linde will devote substantially all of his business time
to the business and affairs of the Company. Mr. Linde will receive an annual
base salary of $150,000 and will be eligible for bonus compensation, including
stock options, to be determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.
Mr. Linde's employment with the Company may be terminated for "cause" by the
Company for: (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct; (ii) an uncured
breach of any of his material duties under the Employment Agreement; (iii)
fraud or other conduct against the material best interests of the Company; or
(iv) a conviction of a felony if such conviction has a material adverse effect
on the Company. Mr. Linde may terminate his employment for "good reason,"
which includes: (i) a substantial adverse change in the nature or scope of his
responsibilities and authority under the Employment Agreement or (ii) an
uncured breach by the Company of any of its material obligations under the
Employment Agreement. If Mr. Linde's employment is terminated by the Company
"without cause" or by Mr. Linde for "good reason," then Mr. Linde will be
entitled to a severance amount equal to the product of (x) his base salary
plus prior year's bonus multiplied by (y) the number of full and fractional
years that the noncompetition agreement described below is in effect (but in
any event at least one year's base salary plus prior year's bonus).
 
  The Employment Agreement prohibits Mr. Linde while he is a director or an
officer of the Company and for one year thereafter, but in any event until the
third anniversary of the Offering, from (i) engaging, directly or indirectly,
in the acquisition, development, construction, operation, management, or
leasing of any commercial real estate property, (ii) intentionally interfering
with the Company's relationships with its tenants, suppliers, contractors,
lenders or employees or with any governmental agency, or (iii) soliciting the
Company's tenants or employees. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, however,
Mr. Linde may engage in minority interest passive investments which include
the acquisition, holding, and exercise of voting rights associated with
investments made through (i) the purchase of securities that represent a non-
controlling, minority interest in an entity or (ii) the lending of money, but
without management of the property or business to which such investment
directly or indirectly relates and without any business or strategic
consultation with such entity. In addition, Mr. Linde may participate as an
officer or director of any charitable organization, and he may continue to own
and operate the one Excluded Property. The period that this noncompetition
agreement is in effect may be terminated prematurely by the Company which will
reduce the severance amount payable to Mr. Linde. In addition, the agreement
provides that the noncompetition provision shall not apply if Mr. Linde's
employment is terminated following certain changes of control of the Company;
in such event, the severance amount payable to Mr. Linde will be determined by
reference to the period of time that the noncompetition provision would have
been in effect in the absence of such a change of control. See "Policies with
Respect to Certain Activities--Conflict of Interest Policies--Excluded
Property."
   
  Messrs. Barrett, Burke, Ritchey, Rosenfeld and Selsam will enter into
employment agreements similar to that of Mr. Linde, except that the geographic
scope of their noncompetition provisions will be limited to the Company's
markets at the time of termination of their employment. In addition, Mr.
Zuckerman will enter into an agreement with the Company that contains
noncompetition provisions of the same scope and duration as the noncompetition
provisions of Mr. Linde's Employment Agreement. The Company will continue to
be subject during the term of Mr. Selsam's employment to an agreement dated
August 10, 1995 pursuant to which he will be paid (i) $35,000 on August 1,
1996 and (ii) 5% of the management fees earned on 90 Church Street, a property
managed by the Company.     
          
       COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION     
   
  During 1996, the Company had no Compensation Committee. Mr. Linde, the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, served on the Board of
Directors.     
 
                                      109
<PAGE>
 
                               STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
  Prior to the completion of the Offering, the Company will adopt the Boston
Properties, Inc. 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Plan") to provide
incentives to attract and retain executive officers, directors, employees and
other key personnel. The Plan will be administered by the Compensation
Committee. The maximum number of shares available for issuance under the Plan
will be 9.5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock and OP Units (other
than OP Units owned by the Company) outstanding from time to time (initially
4,754,750 shares).
 
 Stock Options
 
  The Plan permits the granting of (i) options to purchase Common Stock
intended to qualify as incentive stock options ("Incentive Options") under
Section 422 of the Code and (ii) options that do not so qualify ("Non-
Qualified Options"). The option exercise price of each option will be
determined by the Committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant in the case of incentive stock
options, and may not be less than 25% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant in the case of Non-Qualified Options. Plan
participants may elect, with the consent of the Committee, to receive
discounted Non-Qualified Options in lieu of cash compensation.
 
  The term of each option will be fixed by the Committee and may not exceed
ten years from date of grant in the case of an Incentive Option. The Committee
will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised and, subject
to the provisions of the Plan, the period of time, if any, after retirement,
death, disability or termination of employment during which options may be
exercised. Options may be made exercisable in installments, and the
exercisability of options may be accelerated by the Committee.
 
  Upon exercise of options, the option exercise price must be paid in full
either in cash or by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to
the Committee or, if the Committee so permits, by delivery of shares of Common
Stock already owned by the optionee or delivery of a promissory note. The
exercise price may also be delivered to the Company by a broker pursuant to
irrevocable instructions to the broker from the optionee.
 
  At the discretion of the Committee, stock options granted under the Plan may
include a "re-load" feature pursuant to which an optionee exercising an option
by the delivery of shares of Common Stock would automatically be granted an
additional stock option (with an exercise price equal to the fair market value
of the Common Stock on the date the additional stock option is granted) to
purchase that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number delivered
to exercise the original stock option. The purpose of this feature is to
enable participants to maintain an equity interest in the Company without
dilution.
 
  To qualify as Incentive Options, options must meet additional Federal tax
requirements, including limits on the value of shares subject to Incentive
Options which first become exercisable in any one calendar year, and a shorter
term and higher minimum exercise price in the case of certain large
stockholders.
 
 Stock Options Granted to Non-employee Directors
 
  The Plan provides for the automatic grant of Non-Qualified Options to non-
employee directors. Each non-employee director will receive, upon initial
election to the Board of Directors, a Non-Qualified Option to acquire 10,000
shares of Common Stock. Each non-employee director who is serving as a
director of the Company on the fifth business day after each annual meeting of
shareholders, beginning with the 1998 annual meeting, will automatically be
granted on such day a Non-Qualified Option to acquire 5,000 shares of Common
Stock. The exercise price of each such Non-Qualified Option is the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. One-half of each Non-Qualified
Option shall be exercisable on each of the first and second anniversary date
of grant. The Committee may also grant additional Non-Qualified Options to
non-employee directors.
 
 Restricted Stock
 
  The Committee may also award shares of Common Stock to participants, subject
to such conditions and restrictions as the Committee may determine. These
conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance
goals and/or continued employment with the Company through a specified
restricted period. If the performance goals and other restrictions are not
attained, the participants will forfeit their shares of restricted stock. The
purchase price of shares of restricted stock will be determined by the
Committee.
 
                                      110
<PAGE>
 
 Deferred Stock Units
 
  The Committee may also award deferred stock units which are ultimately
payable in the form of shares of Unrestricted Stock. The deferred stock units
may be subject to such conditions and restrictions as the Committee may
determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of
certain performance goals and/or continued employment with the Company through
a specified restricted period. If the performance goals and other restrictions
are not attained, the participants will forfeit their shares of deferred stock
units. During the deferral period, subject to terms and conditions imposed by
the Committee, the deferred stock units may be credited with dividend
equivalent rights.
 
 Unrestricted Stock
 
  The Committee may also grant shares (at no cost or for a purchase price
determined by the Committee) which are free from any restrictions under the
Plan. Shares of unrestricted stock may be issued to participants in
recognition of past services or other valid consideration, and may be issued
in lieu of cash compensation to be paid to such participants.
 
 Performance Share Awards
 
  The Committee may also grant performance share awards to participants
entitling the participants to receive shares of Common Stock upon the
achievement of individual or Company performance goals and such other
conditions as the Committee shall determine.
 
 Dividend Equivalent Rights
 
  The Committee may grant dividend equivalent rights, which entitle the
recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient
had held specified shares of Common Stock. Dividend equivalent rights may be
granted as a component of another award or as a freestanding award. Dividend
equivalent rights credited under the Plan may be paid currently or be deemed
to be reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock, which may thereafter
accrue additional dividend equivalent rights at fair market value at the time
of deemed reinvestment. Dividend equivalent rights may be settled in cash,
shares, or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments, as
specified in the award. Awards payable in cash on a deferred basis may provide
for crediting and payment of interest equivalents.
 
 Other Stock-Based Awards
 
  The Committee may also grant awards of capital stock other than Common Stock
and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to or are
otherwise based on, Common Stock, including, without limitation, convertible
preferred stock, convertible debentures, exchangeable securities, awards or
options valued by reference to book value or subsidiary performance. These
awards may be subject to such conditions and restrictions as the Committee may
determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of
certain performance goals and/or continued employment with the Company through
a specified restricted period. If the performance goals and other restrictions
are not attained, the participants will forfeit their awards.
 
 Adjustments for Stock Dividends, Mergers, Etc.
 
  The Committee will make appropriate adjustments in outstanding awards to
reflect stock dividends, stock splits and similar events. In the event of a
merger, liquidation, sale of the Company or similar event, the Committee, in
its discretion, may provide for substitution or adjustments of outstanding
awards, or may terminate all awards with payment of cash or in kind
consideration.
 
 Change of Control
 
  The Committee may provide in each award agreement that the award becomes
fully vested and non-forfeitable if, after a Change of Control of the Company
(as defined in the Plan), the participant's employment is terminated by the
Company (or its successor) without cause, or if the participant voluntarily
resigns for "good reason" (as defined in the Plan).
 
 Amendments and Termination
 
  The Board of Directors may at any time amend or discontinue the Plan and the
Committee may at any time amend or cancel outstanding awards for the purpose
of satisfying changes in the law or for any other lawful
 
                                      111
<PAGE>
 
purpose. However, no such action may be taken which adversely affects any
rights under outstanding awards without the holder's consent. Further, Plan
amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company's stockholders if and
to the extent required by the Code to preserve the qualified status of
Incentive Options or to preserve tax deductibility of compensation earned
under stock options.
 
NEW PLAN BENEFITS
 
  Approximately 175 employees and four non-employee directors are currently
eligible to participate in the Plan. The table below shows the options that
will be granted to employees and non-employee directors in connection with the
Offering.
 
                     1997 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES
     NAME AND POSITION                                UNDERLYING STOCK OPTION(1)
     -----------------                                --------------------------
     <S>                                              <C>
     Mortimer B. Zuckerman...........................           320,000
      Chairman
     Edward H. Linde.................................           320,000
      President and Chief Executive Officer
     Executive Group (6 persons).....................           930,000
     Non-Employee Director Group (4 persons).........           350,000
     Non-Executive Officer Employee Group
      (approximately 169 persons)....................         1,010,000
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) All options will be granted to the employees and the non-employee
    directors at the initial public offering price of $25.00. In general, one-
    third of the options granted to officers and Mr. Zuckerman will be
    exercisable on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the date
    of grant, respectively. One-third of the options granted to employees who
    are not officers will be exercisable on each of the first, second and
    third anniversary of the date of grant, respectively. Other than the
    options granted to Mr. Zuckerman as described above, one-half of the
    options granted to non-employee directors will be exercisable on each of
    the first and second anniversary date of grant, respectively.
 
TAX ASPECTS UNDER THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
 
  The following is a summary of the principal Federal income tax consequences
of option grants under the Plan. It does not describe all Federal tax
consequences under the Plan, nor does it describe state or local tax
consequences.
 
INCENTIVE OPTIONS
 
  Under the Code, an employee will not realize taxable income by reason of the
grant or the exercise of an Incentive Option. If an employee exercises an
Incentive Option and does not dispose of the shares until the later of (a) two
years from the date the option was granted or (b) one year from the date the
shares were transferred to the employee, the entire gain, if any, realized
upon disposition of such shares will be taxable to the employee as long-term
capital gain, and the Company will not be entitled to any deduction. If an
employee disposes of the shares within such one-year or two-year period in a
manner so as to violate the holding period requirements (a "disqualifying
disposition"), the employee generally will realize ordinary income in the year
of disposition, and, provided the Company complies with applicable withholding
requirements, the Company will receive a corresponding deduction, in an amount
equal to the excess of (1) the lesser of (x) the amount, if any, realized on
the disposition and (y) the fair market value of the shares on the date the
option was exercised over (2) the option price. Any additional gain realized
on the disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of the option will be
long-term or short-term capital gain and any loss will be long-term or short-
term capital loss depending upon the holding period for such shares. The
employee will be considered to have disposed of his shares if he sells,
exchanges, makes a gift of or transfers legal title to the shares (except by
pledge or by transfer on death). If the
 
                                      112
<PAGE>
 
disposition of shares is by gift and violates the holding period requirements,
the amount of the employee's ordinary income (and the Company's deduction) is
equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise less the
option price. If the disposition is by sale or exchange, the employee's tax
basis will equal the amount paid for the shares plus any ordinary income
realized as a result of the disqualifying distribution. The exercise of an
Incentive Option may subject the employee to the alternative minimum tax.
 
  Special rules apply if an employee surrenders shares of Common Stock in
payment of the exercise price of his Incentive Option.
 
  An Incentive Option that is exercised by an employee more than three months
after an employee's employment terminates will be treated as a Non-Qualified
Option for Federal income tax purposes. In the case of an employee who is
disabled, the three-month period is extended to one year and in the case of an
employee who dies, the three-month employment rule does not apply.
 
NON-QUALIFIED OPTIONS
 
  There are no Federal income tax consequences to either the optionee or the
Company on the grant of a Non-Qualified Option. On the exercise of a Non-
Qualified Option, the optionee has taxable ordinary income equal to the excess
of the fair market value of the Common Stock received on the exercise date
over the option price of the shares. The optionee's tax basis for the shares
acquired upon exercise of a Non-Qualified Option is increased by the amount of
such taxable income. The Company will be entitled to a Federal income tax
deduction in an amount equal to such excess. Upon the sale of the shares
acquired by exercise of a Non-Qualified Option, the optionee will realize
long-term or short-term capital gain or loss depending upon his or her holding
period for such shares.
 
  Special rules apply if an optionee surrenders shares of Common Stock in
payment of the exercise price of a Non-Qualified Option.
 
                  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
  The Company's directors and officers are and will be indemnified against
certain liabilities under Delaware law, the Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws of the Company and the Operating Partnership Agreement. The Certificate
of Incorporation of the Company requires the Company to indemnify its
directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted from time to time under
Delaware law.
 
  The Bylaws provide that directors and officers of the Company shall be, and,
in the discretion of the Board of Directors, non-officer employees may be,
indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law,
as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and
liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with service for or on behalf of
the Company. The Bylaws also provide that the right of directors and officers
to indemnification shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any
other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any bylaw, agreement,
vote of stockholders or otherwise. The Certificate contains a provision
permitted by Delaware law that generally eliminates the personal liability of
directors for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duty, including
breaches involving negligence or gross negligence in business combinations,
unless the director has breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in
good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
paid a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of the Delaware
General Corporation Law ("DGCL") or obtained an improper personal benefit. The
provision does not alter a director's liability under the federal securities
laws. In addition, this provision does not affect the availability of
equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission, for breach of
fiduciary duty. The Company believes that this provision will assist the
Company in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as officers
and directors.
 
  The Operating Partnership Agreement also provides for indemnification of the
Company and its directors and officers to the same extent indemnification is
provided to directors and officers of the Company in the Company's Certificate
and limits the liability of the Company and its directors and officers to the
Operating
 
                                      113
<PAGE>
 
Partnership and its partners, to the same extent that the liability of
directors and officers of the Company to the Company and its stockholders is
limited under their organizational documents.
 
                          INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS
 
  The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements require,
among other things, that the Company indemnify its directors and executive
officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance to the directors
and executive officers all related expenses, subject to reimbursement if it is
subsequently determined that indemnification is not permitted. Under these
agreements, the Company must also indemnify and advance all expenses incurred
by directors and executive officers seeking to enforce their rights under the
indemnification agreements and may cover directors and executive officers
under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance. Although the
form of indemnification agreement offers substantially the same scope of
coverage afforded by law, as a traditional form of contract it may provide
greater assurance to directors and executive officers that indemnification
will be available.
                              
                           CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS     
   
  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde have made loans totaling $40.5 million to
entities that, prior to the Offering, owned the Development Properties and
certain parcels of land that will be owned by the Company at the completion of
the Offering. Such loans bear interest at an annual rate of 9.25%, which
interest has been capitalized over the period that such loans have been
outstanding. At the completion of the Offering, the balance of such loans will
be approximately $42.8 million, which balance will be repaid at the completion
of the Offering with amounts drawn under the Unsecured Line of Credit.     
 
                                      114
<PAGE>
 
                  POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES
 
  The following is a discussion of certain investment, financing and other
policies of the Company. These policies have been determined by the Company's
Board of Directors and, in general, may be amended or revised from time to
time by the Board of Directors without a vote of the stockholders.
 
                              INVESTMENT POLICIES
 
INVESTMENT IN REAL ESTATE OR INTERESTS IN REAL ESTATE
 
  The Company will conduct all of its investment activities through the
Operating Partnership and its affiliates. The Company's investment objectives
are to provide quarterly cash distributions and achieve long-term capital
appreciation through increases in the value of the Company. The Company has
not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these
investment objectives. For a discussion of the Properties and the Company's
acquisition and other strategic objectives, see "Business and Properties" and
"Business and Growth Strategies."
 
  The Company expects to pursue its investment objectives primarily through
the ownership by the Operating Partnership of the Properties and other
acquired properties. The Company currently intends to invest primarily in
developments of commercial properties and acquisitions of existing improved
properties or properties in need of redevelopment, and acquisitions of land
which the Company believes has development potential. Future investment or
development activities will not be limited to any geographic area or product
type or to a specified percentage of the Company's assets. While the Company
intends to diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, the
Company does not have any limit on the amount or percentage of its assets that
may be invested in any one property or any one geographic area. The Company
intends to engage in such future investment or development activities in a
manner that is consistent with the maintenance of its status as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes. In addition, the Company may purchase or lease
income-producing commercial and other types of properties for long-term
investment, expand and improve the real estate presently owned or other
properties purchased, or sell such real estate properties, in whole or in
part, when circumstances warrant. The Company does not have a policy that
restricts the amount or percentage of assets that will be invested in any
specific property.
 
  The Company may also participate with third parties in property ownership,
through joint ventures or other types of co-ownership. Such investments may
permit the Company to own interests in larger assets without unduly
restricting diversification and, therefore, add flexibility in structuring its
portfolio. The Company will not, however, enter into a joint venture or
partnership to make an investment that would not otherwise meet its investment
policies.
 
  Equity investments may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other
indebtedness or such financing or indebtedness as may be incurred in
connection with acquiring or refinancing these investments. Debt service on
such financing or indebtedness will have a priority over any distributions
with respect to the Common Stock. Investments are also subject to the
Company's policy not to be treated as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").
 
INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE MORTGAGES
 
  While the Company's current portfolio consists of, and the Company's
business objectives emphasize, equity investments in commercial real estate,
the Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, invest in
mortgages and other types of real estate interests consistent with the
Company's qualification as a REIT. The Company does not presently intend to
invest in mortgages or deeds of trust, but may invest in participating or
convertible mortgages if the Company concludes that it may benefit from the
cash flow or any appreciation in value of the property. Investments in real
estate mortgages run the risk that one or more borrowers may default under
such mortgages and that the collateral securing such mortgages may not be
sufficient to enable the Company to recoup its full investment.
 
 
                                      115
<PAGE>
 
SECURITIES OR INTERESTS IN PERSONS PRIMARILY ENGAGED IN REAL ESTATE ACTIVITIES
AND OTHER ISSUERS
 
  Subject to the percentage of ownership limitations and gross income tests
necessary for REIT qualification, the Company also may invest in securities of
other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of
other issuers, including for the purpose of exercising control over such
entities.
 
                                 DISPOSITIONS
 
  The Company does not currently intend to dispose of any of the Properties,
although it reserves the right to do so if, based upon management's periodic
review of the Company's portfolio, the Board of Directors determines that such
action would be in the best interests of the Company. Any decision to dispose
of a Property will be made by the Company and approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors. The tax consequences of the disposition of the Properties
may, however, influence the decision of certain directors and executive
officers of the Company who hold OP Units as to the desirability of a proposed
disposition. See "Policies with Respect to Certain Activities--Conflict of
Interest Policies" and "Operating Partnership Agreement--Tax Protection
Provisions."
 
                              FINANCING POLICIES
 
  The Company does not have a policy limiting the amount of indebtedness that
the Company may incur. In addition, the Certificate and Bylaws do not limit
the amount or percentage of indebtedness that the Company may incur. The
Company has not established any limit on the number or amount of mortgages
that may be placed on any single property or on its portfolio as a whole.
 
  The Board of Directors will consider a number of factors when evaluating the
Company's level of indebtedness and when making decisions regarding the
incurrence of indebtedness, including the purchase price of properties to be
acquired with debt financing, the estimated market value of its properties
upon refinancing and the ability of particular properties and the Company as a
whole to generate cash flow to cover expected debt service. See "Risk
Factors--Impact of Debt on the Company" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
                         CONFLICT OF INTEREST POLICIES
 
  Certain holders of OP Units, including Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde, will
incur adverse tax consequences upon the sale of certain of the Properties to
be owned by the Company at the completion of the Formation Transactions and on
the repayment of indebtedness which are different from the tax consequences to
the Company and persons who purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering.
Consequently, such holders may have different objectives regarding the
appropriate pricing and timing of any such sale or repayment of indebtedness.
While the Company will have the exclusive authority under the Operating
Partnership Agreement to determine whether, when, and on what terms to sell a
Property (other than a Designated Property) or when to refinance or repay
indebtedness, any such decision would require the approval of the Board of
Directors. As Directors of the Company, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will have
substantial influence with respect to any such decision, and such influence
could be exercised in a manner inconsistent with the interests of some, or a
majority, of the Company's stockholders, including in a manner which could
prevent completion of a Property sale or the repayment of indebtedness.
   
  In this connection, the Operating Partnership Agreement provides that, for a
period of ten years following the Offering, the Operating Partnership may not
sell or otherwise transfer a Designated Property (defined as One and Two
Independence Square, 599 Lexington Avenue and Capital Gallery, or a successor
property acquired in a like-kind exchange for such a property) in a taxable
transaction without the prior consent of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde. For the
pro forma calendar year ended December 31, 1996, the Designated Properties
comprised approximately 34.5% of the Company's pro forma Funds from
Operations. The Operating Partnership is not, however, required to obtain this
consent if at any time during this ten year period each of Messrs. Zuckerman
and Linde does not continue to hold at least 30% of his original OP Units.
    
                                      116
<PAGE>
 
  In addition to the foregoing, the Operating Partnership has agreed to
undertake to use its reasonable commercial efforts to cause its lenders to
permit Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde to guarantee additional and/or substitute
Operating Partnership indebtedness following the Offering if Messrs. Zuckerman
or Linde would recognize gain following the Offering as a result of the
refinancing of the Operating Partnership's indebtedness. The Operating
Partnership is under no obligation, however, to maintain any specified debt or
any specified level of indebtedness. See "Operating Partnership Agreement--Tax
Protection Provisions" for a more complete description of these provisions.
 
  The Company has adopted certain policies that are designed to eliminate or
minimize certain potential conflicts of interest. In addition, the Company's
Board of Directors is subject to certain provisions of Delaware law, which are
also designed to eliminate or minimize conflicts. However, there can be no
assurance that these policies or provisions of law will always be successful
in eliminating the influence of such conflicts, and if they are not
successful, decisions could be made that might fail to reflect fully the
interests of all stockholders.
 
  The Company has adopted a policy that, without the approval of a majority of
the disinterested directors, it will not (i) acquire from or sell to any
director, officer or employee of the Company, or any entity in which a
director, officer or employee of the Company has an economic interest of more
than five percent or a controlling interest, or acquire from or sell to any
affiliate of any of the foregoing, any of the assets or other property of the
Company, (ii) make any loan to or borrow from any of the foregoing persons or
(iii) engage in any other transaction with any of the foregoing persons.
 
  Pursuant to Delaware law, a contract or other transaction between the
Company and a Director or between the Company and any other corporation or
other entity in which a Director is a director or has a material financial
interest is not void or voidable solely on the grounds of such common
directorship or interest, the presence of such Director at the meeting at
which the contract or transaction is authorized, approved or ratified or the
counting of the Director's vote in favor thereof if (i) the material facts
relating to the common directorship or interest and as to the transaction are
disclosed to the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board, and the Board
or committee in good faith authorizes the transaction or contract by the
affirmative vote of a majority of disinterested directors, even if the
disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum, or (ii) the material
facts relating to the common directorship or interest and as to the
transaction are disclosed to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and
the transaction is approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders, or
(iii) the transaction or contract is fair and reasonable to the Company at the
time it is authorized, ratified or approved.
 
  See "Risk Factors--Conflicts of Interests."
 
EXCLUDED PROPERTY
 
  The Operating Partnership is succeeding to all but one of the properties
managed by the Company or in which the Company or affiliates of the Company,
including Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde, hold ownership interests. One property
(the "Excluded Property") is not being contributed to the Company. The
Excluded Property is Sumner Square, a four building office complex located in
Washington, D.C., NW (203,765 net rentable square feet).
 
  Since the Excluded Property is located in the same market as certain of the
the Company's Properties, it may compete with such Properties. Upon completion
of the Offering, the Excluded Property will be managed by the Operating
Partnership or the Development and Management Company in return for a
management fee with customary terms that are approved by the Company's
independent directors. In 1996, the management fee paid with respect to the
Excluded Property was approximately $314,000. There is no assurance, however,
that the Excluded Property will continue to be managed by the Operating
Partnership or the Development and Management Company or that fiduciary
obligations will not require Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde, from time to time,
to devote a significant amount of their time to the Excluded Property. See
"Risk Factors--Conflicts of Interest."
 
                                      117
<PAGE>
 
  The partnership that owns the Excluded Property and in which Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde and other affiliates of the Company hold indirect
ownership interests (the "Partnership") has granted the Company an option to
acquire the Excluded Property for a cash price equal to the sum of (i) $1.00
over the outstanding indebtedness of the Partnership (to the extent not
assumed by the Company), (ii) the net cash capital contributions made by the
partners of the Partnership after the closing date of the Offering, with
interest thereon, (iii) any expenses associated with the sale (not to exceed
$50,000), and (iv) real estate taxes incurred in connection with the transfer
of the Excluded Property.
 
                   POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO OTHER ACTIVITIES
 
  The Company has authority to offer Common Stock, Preferred Stock or options
to purchase stock in exchange for property and to repurchase or otherwise
acquire its Common Stock or other securities in the open market or otherwise,
and the Company may engage in such activities in the future. As described
under "Operating Partnership Agreement--Redemption of OP Units," the Company
expects (but is not obligated) to issue Common Stock to holders of OP Units in
the Operating Partnership upon exercise of their redemption rights. Except in
connection with the Formation Transactions, the Company has not issued Common
Stock, OP Units or any other securities in exchange for property or any other
purpose, and the Board of Directors has no present intention of causing the
Company to repurchase any Common Stock. The Company may issue Preferred Stock
from time to time, in one or more series, as authorized by the Board of
Directors without the need for stockholder approval. See "Description of
Capital Stock--Preferred Stock." The Company has not engaged in trading,
underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issuers
other than the Operating Partnership and does not intend to do so. At all
times, the Company intends to make investments in such a manner as to qualify
as a REIT, unless because of circumstances or changes in the Code (or the
Treasury Regulations), the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer
in the best interest of the Company to qualify as a REIT. The Company has not
made any loans to third parties, although it may in the future make loans to
third parties, including, without limitation, to joint ventures in which it
participates. The Company intends to make investments in such a way that it
will not be treated as an investment company under the 1940 Act. The Company's
policies with respect to such activities may be reviewed and modified or
amended from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors without a vote
of the stockholders.
 
                    STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
 
                            FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
  Each Property that will be owned by the Company at the completion of the
Offering is currently owned by a partnership (a "Property Partnership") of
which Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and others affiliated with Boston
Properties, Inc. control the managing general partner and, in most cases, a
majority economic interest. The other direct or indirect investors in the
Property Partnerships include persons formerly affiliated with Boston
Properties, Inc., as well as private investors (including former owners of the
land on which the Properties were developed) who are not affiliated with
Boston Properties, Inc.
 
  Prior to or simultaneously with the completion of the Offering, the Company
will engage in the transactions described below (the "Formation
Transactions"), which are designed to consolidate the ownership of the
Properties and the commercial real estate business of the Company in the
Operating Partnership, to facilitate the Offering and to enable the Company to
qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable
year ending December 31, 1997.
 
  .  Boston Properties, Inc., a Massachusetts company ("BP-Massachusetts")
     that was founded in 1970, will be reorganized to change its jurisdiction
     of organization to Delaware. This reorganization will be effected by
     merging BP-Massachusetts with and into Boston Properties, Inc., a
     Delaware corporation ("BP-Delaware"), immediately prior to the
     completion of the Offering. BP-Delaware was formed on March 24, 1997.
 
  .  The Operating Partnership was organized as a Delaware limited
     partnership on April 8, 1997.
 
 
                                      118
<PAGE>
 
  .  The Company will sell 31,400,000 shares of Common Stock in the Offering
     and will contribute approximately $730.9 million, the net proceeds of
     the Offering, to the Operating Partnership in exchange for an equivalent
     number of OP Units.
 
  .  Pursuant to one or more option, contribution or merger agreements, (i)
     certain Property Partnerships will contribute Properties to the
     Operating Partnership, or will merge into and with the Operating
     Partnership, in exchange for OP Units and the assumption of debt, and
     the partners of such Property Partnerships will receive such OP Units
     either directly as merger consideration or as a distribution from the
     Property Partnership, and (ii) certain persons, both affiliated and not
     affiliated with the Company, will contribute their direct and indirect
     interests in certain Property Partnerships to the Operating Partnership
     in exchange for OP Units.
 
  .  Prior to the completion of the Offering, the Company will contribute
     substantially all of its Greater Washington, D.C. third-party property
     management business to Boston Properties Management, Inc. (the
     "Development and Management Company"), a subsidiary of the Operating
     Partnership. In order to retain qualification as a REIT, the Operating
     Partnership will own a 1.0% voting interest but will hold a 95.0%
     economic interest in the Development and Management Company. The
     remaining voting and economic interest will be held by officers and
     directors of the Development and Management Company. In addition, the
     other management and development operations of the Company will be
     contributed to the Operating Partnership.
 
  .  In connection with the transactions described in the preceding two
     paragraphs, the Operating Partnership will issue a total of 18,650,000
     OP Units.
 
  .  The contribution to the Operating Partnership of the Properties or of
     the direct and indirect interests in the Property Partnerships is
     subject to all of the terms and conditions of the related option, merger
     and contribution agreements. With respect to direct or indirect
     contributions of interests to the Property Partnerships, the Operating
     Partnership will assume all the rights, obligations and responsibilities
     of the holders of such interests. The transfer of such interests is
     subject to the completion of the Offering. Any working capital or other
     cash balance of the Property Partnership as of immediately prior to the
     Offering will be distributed to the holders of such interests prior to
     the contribution to the Operating Partnership. The contribution
     agreements with respect to such interests generally contain
     representations only with respect to the ownership of such interests by
     the holders thereof and certain other limited matters.
 
  .  The Operating Partnership will enter into a participating lease with ZL
     Hotel LLC. Marriott International, Inc. will continue to manage the
     Hotel Properties under the Marriott(R) name pursuant to management
     agreements with ZL Hotel LLC. Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will be the
     sole member-managers of the lessee and will own a 9.8% economic interest
     in ZL Hotel LLC. ZL Hotel Corp. will own the remaining economic
     interests in ZL Hotel LLC. One or more unaffiliated public charities
     will own all of the capital stock of ZL Hotel Corp.
 
  .  The Company, through the Operating Partnership, expects to enter into
     the $300 million Unsecured Credit Facility prior to or concurrently with
     the completion of the foregoing Formation Transactions.
 
  .  Approximately $707.1 million of the net proceeds of the Offering,
     together with $57.7 million drawn under the Unsecured Line of Credit,
     will be used by the Operating Partnership to acquire the Newport Office
     Park Property, repay certain mortgage debt secured by the Properties and
     to refinance existing indebtedness with respect to the Development
     Properties and certain parcels of land, the interest on which will
     continue to be capitalized during the development period.
 
  As a result of the Formation Transactions, (i) the Company will own
33,983,541 OP Units, which will represent an approximately 67.9% economic
interest in the Operating Partnership, and Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and
other persons with a direct or indirect interest in the Property Partnerships
will own 16,066,459 OP Units, which will represent the remaining approximately
32.1% economic interest in the Operating Partnership and (ii) the Company will
indirectly own a fee interest in all of the Properties. At the completion of
the Formation Transactions, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will own an aggregate
of 15,972,611 shares of Common Stock and OP Units.
 
 
                                      119
<PAGE>
 
  In forming the Company, the Company will succeed to the ownership of each of
the Properties or the interests therein based upon a value for such property
determined by the Company. The valuation of the Company as a whole has been
determined based primarily upon a multiple of estimated funds from operations
and adjusted funds from operations attributable to all assets of the Company,
including the Company's interests in the Development and Management Company.
See "Risk Factors--No Assurance as to Value of Property."
 
          CONSEQUENCES OF THE OFFERING AND THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
  Upon completion of the Formation Transactions, the Company will own an
indirect fee interest in all of the Properties. The Operating Partnership will
hold substantially all of the assets of the Company. Based on the assumed
initial public offering price of the Common Stock, (i) the purchasers of
Common Stock in the Offering will own 92.4% of the outstanding Common Stock
(or 62.7% assuming exchange of all OP Units for shares of Common Stock), (ii)
the Company will be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership and
will own 67.9% of the interests in the Operating Partnership and (iii) Messrs.
Zuckerman and Linde will beneficially own, directly or indirectly through
affiliates (not including the Company), a total of 15,972,611 shares of Common
Stock and OP Units (representing a 31.9% economic interest in the Company).
Pursuant to the partnership agreement governing the Operating Partnership (the
"Operating Partnership Agreement"), persons receiving OP Units in the
Formation Transactions will have certain rights, beginning fourteen months
after the completion of the Offering, to cause the Operating Partnership to
redeem their OP Units for cash, or, at the election of the Company, to
exchange their OP Units for shares of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. See
"Underwriting" for certain transfer restrictions with respect to the OP Units
and to shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for such OP Units that are
applicable to Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and other senior officers of the
Company.
   
  The aggregate estimated value to be given by the Operating Partnership for
the Properties or for interests in the Property Partnerships, and for the
development and management business of the Company, is approximately $1.91
billion, consisting of OP Units having a value of $466.3 million and the
assumption of $1.45 billion of indebtedness. The aggregate book value of the
interests and assets to be transferred to the Operating Partnership is
approximately negative $575.7 million.     
 
  No independent third-party appraisals, valuations or fairness opinions have
been obtained by the Company in connection with the Formation Transactions.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the value of the OP Units and cash
received in the Formation Transactions by persons with interests in the
Property Partnerships is equivalent to the fair market value of the interests
and assets acquired by the Company and contributed to the Operating
Partnership. See "Risk Factors--No Assurance as to Value of Property."
 
                          BENEFITS TO RELATED PARTIES
 
  Certain affiliates of the Company will realize certain material benefits in
connection with the Formation Transactions, including the following:
     
  .  In respect of their respective ownership interests in the Property
     Partnerships and the development and management business of the Company,
     Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will become beneficial owners of a total of
     15,972,611 shares of Common Stock and OP Units, with a total value of
     approximately $399.3 million based on the assumed initial public
     offering price of the Common Stock. Other persons who will be officers
     of the Company at the completion of the Offering will receive 1,186,298
     OP Units, with a total value of approximately $29.7 million based on the
     assumed initial public offering price, for their interests in the
     Property Partnerships. In addition, guarantees by Messrs. Zuckerman and
     Linde with respect to principal repayment of approximately $92 million
     of indebtedness will be released because such indebtedness will be
     repaid at the completion of the Offering. The book value of the
     interests and assets to be transferred to the Company by Messrs.
     Zuckerman and Linde and other officers of the Company is approximately
     negative $490 million.     
 
  .  Approximately $749.9 million of indebtedness, of which $707.1 million is
     secured by the Properties, and $42.8 million is due to Messrs. Zuckerman
     and Linde for amounts loaned in connection with the
 
                                      120
<PAGE>
 
        
     Development Properties and certain parcels of land, and the related
     additional and accrued interest thereon, to be assumed by the Operating
     Partnership will be repaid in the Formation Transactions. A portion of
     this debt was previously guaranteed by Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde.
     Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will continue to guarantee certain
     indebtedness of the Company. See "Operating Partnership Agreement--Tax
     Protection Provisions." In addition, the Operating Partnership will
     agree to indemnify Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde for any damages that may
     arise due to the failure of the Operating Partnership to repay when due
     any indebtedness guaranteed by them.     
 
  .  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and others receiving OP Units in connection
     with the Formation Transactions will have registration rights with
     respect to shares of Common Stock that may be issued in exchange for OP
     Units.
 
  .  In connection with certain development projects or rights, Messrs.
     Zuckerman and Linde have direct or indirect personal liability, in
     certain instances, for the performance of contractual obligations by or
     for the benefit of the Operating Partnership. In connection with the
     Formation Transactions, they will be relieved of such personal liability
     or, to the extent they are not so relieved, the Operating Partnership
     will agree to cause such contractual obligations to be performed and to
     indemnify Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and their affiliates for all
     damages and expenses that may arise from any failure to do so.
 
  .  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will continue to own approximately 7.6% of
     the outstanding Common Stock following the Offering, will serve as
     directors and as officers with the titles Chairman of the Board and
     President and Chief Executive Officer, respectively, and Mr. Linde will
     have an employment agreement.
 
  .  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will benefit from a "grandfather" provision
     in the Company's Shareholder Rights Agreement which will assure that
     they and their affiliates will not, alone, be deemed to be a "group"
     that will trigger the exercisability of rights issued thereunder and
     that will enable them to continue to own, whether through ownership of
     Common Stock or OP Units, a percentage economic interest in the Company
     equal to their interest as of immediately after the Closing.
 
                           RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
 
  Under the Operating Partnership Agreement, persons receiving OP Units in the
Formation Transactions are prohibited from transferring such OP Units, except
under certain limited circumstances, for a period of one year. In addition,
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and the other senior officers of the Company have
agreed not to sell any shares of Common Stock owned by them at the completion
of the Offering or acquired by them upon exchange of OP Units for a period of
two years after the completion of the Offering without the consent of both
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
See "Operating Partnership Agreement--Transfer of OP Units; Substitute Limited
Partners" and "Underwriting."
 
                   RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
 
  Due to limitations on the concentration of ownership of stock of a REIT
imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and to
otherwise address concerns relating to concentration of capital stock
ownership, the certificate of incorporation of the Company (the "Certificate")
prohibits any stockholder from actually or beneficially owning more than 6.6%
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Ownership Limit"), except that
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and certain family members, affiliates and "look
through entities" may actually and beneficially own up to 15.0% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Company has adopted a Shareholder
Rights Agreement. See "Risk Factors--Control of the Company" and "Description
of Capital Stock--Restrictions on Transfers."
 
                                      121
<PAGE>
 
                        OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
  The following summary of the Operating Partnership Agreement describes the
material provisions of such agreement. This summary is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the Operating Partnership Agreement, which is filed
as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part.
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
  The Operating Partnership was organized as a Delaware limited partnership on
April 8, 1997. The Company is the sole general partner of, and will hold
approximately 67.9% of the economic interests in, the Operating Partnership.
The Company will hold a one percent general partner interest in the Operating
Partnership and the balance will be held as a limited partner interest. The
Company will conduct substantially all of its business through the Operating
Partnership and its subsidiaries.
 
  Pursuant to the Operating Partnership Agreement, the Company, as the sole
general partner of the Operating Partnership, generally has full, exclusive
and complete responsibility and discretion in the management, operation and
control of the Operating Partnership, including the ability to cause the
Operating Partnership to enter into certain major transactions, including
acquisitions, developments and dispositions of properties and refinancings of
existing indebtedness. No limited partner may take part in the operation,
management or control of the business of the Operating Partnership by virtue
of being a holder of OP Units. Certain restrictions apply to the Company's
ability to engage in a Business Combination, as described more fully under
"Extraordinary Transactions" below.
 
  The limited partners of the Operating Partnership have agreed that in the
event of any conflict in the fiduciary duties owed by the Company to its
stockholders and by the Company, as general partner of the Operating
Partnership, to such limited partners, the Company may act in the best
interests of the Company's stockholders without violating its fiduciary duties
to such limited partners or being liable for any resulting breach of its
duties to the limited partners.
 
  The Operating Partnership Agreement provides that all business activities of
the Company, including all activities pertaining to the acquisition and
operation of properties, must be conducted through the Operating Partnership,
and that the Operating Partnership must be operated in a manner that will
enable the Company to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT.
 
  REMOVAL OF THE GENERAL PARTNER; TRANSFER OF THE GENERAL PARTNER'S INTEREST
 
  The Operating Partnership provides that the limited partners may not remove
the Company as general partner of the Operating Partnership. The Company may
not transfer any of its interests as general or limited partner in the
Operating Partnership except (i) in connection with a merger or sale of all or
substantially all of its assets pursuant to a transaction for which it has
obtained the requisite approval in accordance with the terms of the Operating
Partnership Agreement (ii) if the limited partners holding at least three-
fourths of the OP Units (excluding OP Units owned by the Company) consent to
such transfer or (iii) to certain affiliates of the Company.
 
               AMENDMENTS OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
  Amendments to the Operating Partnership Agreement may be proposed by the
Company or by limited partners owning at least 20% of the OP Units.
 
  Generally, the Operating Partnership Agreement may be amended with the
approval of the Company, as general partner, and limited partners (including
the Company) holding a majority of the OP Units. Certain amendments that
would, among other things, convert a limited partner's interest into a general
partner's interest, modify the limited liability of a limited partner, alter
the interest of a partner in profits or losses or the right to receive any
distributions, alter or modify the redemption right described above, or cause
the termination of the
 
                                      122
<PAGE>
 
Operating Partnership at a time or on terms inconsistent with those set forth
in the Operating Partnership Agreement must be approved by the Company and
each limited partner that would be adversely affected by such amendment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, as general partner, will have the
power, without the consent of the limited partners, to amend the Operating
Partnership Agreement as may be required to (1) add to the obligations of the
Company as general partner or surrender any right or power granted to the
Company as general partner; (2) reflect the admission, substitution,
termination or withdrawal of partners in accordance with the terms of the
Operating Partnership Agreement; (3) establish the rights, powers, duties and
preferences of any additional partnership interests issued in accordance with
the terms of the Operating Partnership Agreement; (4) reflect a change of an
inconsequential nature that does not materially adversely affect the limited
partners, or cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provisions of the
Operating Partnership Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other
provisions of the Operating Partnership Agreement, or make other changes
concerning matters under the Operating Partnership Agreement that are not
otherwise inconsistent with the Operating Partnership Agreement or law; or (5)
satisfy any requirements of federal or state law. Certain provisions affecting
the rights and duties of the Company as general partner (e.g., restrictions on
the Company's power to conduct businesses other than owning OP Units;
restrictions relating to the issuance of securities of the Company and related
capital contributions to the Operating Partnership; restrictions relating to
certain extraordinary transactions involving the Company or the Operating
Partnership) may not be amended without the approval of a majority or, in
certain instances, a supermajority of the OP Units not held by the Company.
 
               TRANSFER OF OP UNITS; SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNERS
 
  The Operating Partnership Agreement provides that limited partners generally
may transfer their OP Units without the consent of any other person, but may
substitute a transferee as a limited partner only with the prior written
consent of the Company as the sole general partner of the Operating
Partnership. In addition, limited partners may not transfer OP Units in any
event until the one-year anniversary of the Offering or in violation of
certain regulatory and other restrictions set forth in the Operating
Partnership Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Messrs. Zuckerman and
Linde and the other executive and senior officers of the Company have entered
into agreements pursuant to which they may not transfer or dispose of OP Units
or Common Stock without the consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of two years (one year in
the case of senior officers who are not executive officers) following the
completion of the Offering.
 
                            REDEMPTION OF OP UNITS
 
  Fourteen months after the completion of the Offering, the Operating
Partnership will be obligated to redeem each OP Unit at the request of the
holder thereof for cash equal to the fair market value of one share of Common
Stock at the time of such redemption (as determined in accordance with the
provisions of the Operating Partnership Agreement), provided that the Company
may elect to acquire any such OP Unit presented for redemption for one share
of Common Stock or an amount of cash of the same value. The Company presently
anticipates that it will elect to issue Common Stock in connection with each
such redemption rather than having the Operating Partnership pay cash. With
each such redemption, the Company's percentage ownership interest in the
Operating Partnership will increase. Persons other than the Company who
acquire OP Units in the Formation Transactions will have certain rights,
pursuant to a separate registration rights agreement, to have the issuance of
shares of Common Stock that may be issued to them in exchange for their OP
Units, or the resale of such shares by them, registered under the Securities
Act. See "Shares Available for Future Sale."
 
             ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
  The Company is authorized, without the consent of the limited partners, to
cause the Operating Partnership to issue additional OP Units to the Company,
to the limited partners or to other persons for such consideration and on such
terms and conditions as the Company deems appropriate. If additional OP Units
are issued to the Company, then the Company must (i) issue additional shares
of Common Stock and must contribute to the Operating Partnership the entire
proceeds received by the Company from such issuance or (ii) issue additional
 
                                      123
<PAGE>
 
OP Units to all partners in proportion to their respective interests in the
Operating Partnership. In addition, the Company may cause the Operating
Partnership to issue to the Company additional partnership interests in
different series or classes, which may be senior to the OP Units, in
conjunction with an offering of securities of the Company having substantially
similar rights, in which the proceeds thereof are contributed to the Operating
Partnership. Consideration for additional partnership interests may be cash or
other property or assets. No limited partner has preemptive, preferential or
similar rights with respect to additional capital contributions to the
Operating Partnership or the issuance or sale of any partnership interests
therein.
 
                          EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS
 
  The Operating Partnership Agreement provides that the Company may not
generally engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or
into another person or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or any
reclassification, or any recapitalization or change of outstanding shares of
Common Stock (a "Business Combination"), unless the holders of OP Units will
receive, or have the opportunity to receive, the same consideration per OP
Unit as holders of Common Stock receive per share of Common Stock in the
transaction; if holders of OP Units will not be treated in such manner in
connection with a proposed Business Combination, the Company may not engage in
such transaction unless limited partners (other than the Company) holding at
least 75% of the OP Units held by limited partners vote to approve the
Business Combination. In addition, the Company, as general partner of the
Operating Partnership, has agreed in the Operating Partnership Agreement with
the limited partners that the Company will not consummate a Business
Combination in which the Company conducted a vote of the stockholders unless
the matter would have been approved had holders of OP Units been able to vote
together with the stockholders on the transaction. The foregoing provision of
the Operating Partnership Agreement would under no circumstances enable or
require the Company to engage in a Business Combination which required the
approval of the Company's stockholders if the Company's stockholders did not
in fact give the requisite approval. Rather, if the Company's stockholders did
approve a Business Combination, the Company would not consummate the
transaction unless (i) the Company as general partner first conducts a vote of
holders of OP Units (including the Company) on the matter, (ii) the Company
votes the OP Units held by it in the same proportion as the stockholders of
the Company voted on the matter at the stockholder vote, and (iii) the result
of such vote of the OP Unit holders (including the proportionate vote of the
Company's OP Units) is that had such vote been a vote of stockholders, the
Business Combination would have been approved by the stockholders. As a result
of these provisions of the Operating Partnership, a third party may be
inhibited from making an acquisition proposal that it would otherwise make, or
the Company, despite having the requisite authority under its Certificate of
Incorporation, may not be authorized to engage in a proposed Business
Combination.
 
                           TAX PROTECTION PROVISIONS
 
  The Operating Partnership Agreement provides that, for a period of ten years
following the Offering, the Operating Partnership may not sell or otherwise
transfer a Designated Property in a taxable transaction without the prior
written consent of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde. The Operating Partnership is
not required to obtain this consent if each of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde do
not continue to hold during this period at least 30% of his original OP Units.
Since the consent of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde is required only in
connection with a taxable sale or other disposition of any Designated
Property, the Operating Partnership will not be required to obtain such
consent in connection with a "like-kind" exchange of any such property under
Section 1031 of the Code or in connection with a number of other nontaxable
transactions, such as a nontaxable reorganization or merger of the Operating
Partnership or the formation of a joint venture involving a Designated
Property pursuant to Section 721 of the Code.
 
  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will recognize approximately $120 million in
gain as a result of the Formation Transactions. To avoid the recognition of
additional gain, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde (together with certain other
Continuing Investors) have agreed to guarantee certain indebtedness of the
Company in the amount of approximately $135 million, which is represented by
non-recourse liabilities on five of the Properties (2300 N Street, Ten
Cambridge Center, the Garage Property, 191 Spring Street and Hilltop Business
Center). Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde have also agreed to guarantee up to
approximately $57.7 million of any recourse
 
                                      124
<PAGE>
 
liabilities of the Operating Partnership (which will initially consist of
amounts outstanding under the Unsecured Line of Credit) through a deficit
restoration obligation set forth in the Operating Partnership Agreement. In
addition to these guarantees, Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde also avoid the
recognition of gain as a result of the allocation of their share of the
Operating Partnership's non-recourse indebtedness in the amount of
approximately $695.3 million (including the approximately $134.5 million noted
above).
 
  If the level of indebtedness of the Operating Partnership were to fall below
the total indebtedness following the Offering (approximately $753 million),
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde would recognize taxable gain under Section 752 of
the Code. To reduce this risk to Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde while providing
the Company with sole control over its level of indebtedness, the Operating
Partnership has agreed to undertake to use its reasonable commercial efforts
to cause its lenders to permit Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde to guarantee
additional and/or substitute indebtedness following the Offering. The
Operating Partnership, however, is under no obligation to Messrs. Zuckerman
and Linde to maintain any specified debt or any specified level of
indebtedness or to make any payments to Messrs. Zuckerman or Linde if a
reduction in the indebtedness of the Operating Partnership were to result in
the recognition of gain by Messrs. Zuckerman or Linde. See "Risk Factors--
Conflicts of Interest."
 
            EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
  The Operating Partnership Agreement generally provides that the Company, as
general partner of the Operating Partnership, will incur no liability to the
Operating Partnership or any limited partner for losses sustained or
liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or of any act or
omission if the Company carried out its duties in good faith. In addition, the
Company is not responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of its
agents, provided the Company appointed such agents in good faith. The Company
may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management
consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisors, and any
action it takes or omits to take in reliance upon the opinion of such persons,
as to matters that the Company reasonably believes to be within their
professional or expert competence, shall be conclusively presumed to have been
done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.
 
  The Operating Partnership Agreement also provides for indemnification of the
Company, the directors and officers of the Company, and such other persons as
the Company may from time to time designate against any judgments, penalties,
fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by such person in
connection with the preceding unless it is established that: (1) the act or
omission of the indemnified person was material to the matter giving rise to
the preceding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of
active and deliberate dishonesty; (2) the indemnified person actually received
an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (3) in the
case of any criminal proceeding, the indemnified person had reasonable cause
to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
                                  TAX MATTERS
 
  The Company will be the tax matters partner of the Operating Partnership
and, as such, will have the authority to make tax elections under the Code on
behalf of the Operating Partnership.
 
                                     TERM
 
  The Operating Partnership will continue in full force and effect until
December 31, 2095 or until sooner dissolved pursuant to the terms of the
Operating Partnership Agreement.
 
                                      125
<PAGE>
 
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of Common Stock (including Common Stock that may be issued in
exchange for OP Units presented for redemption) by each director and director
nominee, by each Named Executive Officer, by all directors (including director
nominees) and executive officers of the Company as a group and by each person
who is expected to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock immediately following the completion of the Offering.
Except as indicated below, all of such Common Stock is owned directly, and the
indicated person has sole voting and investment power.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NUMBER OF SHARES AND   PERCENTAGE  PERCENT
                                         OP UNITS BENEFICIALLY    OF ALL     OF ALL
                                              OWNED AFTER      COMMON STOCK  COMMON
 NAM OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)E                 THE OFFERING      AND OP UNITS STOCK(2)
- ---------------------------              --------------------- ------------ --------
    <S>                                  <C>                   <C>          <C>
    Mortimer B. Zuckerman (3)(5).......        8,957,894          17.90%     21.51%
    Edward H. Linde (4)(5).............        7,014,717          14.02      17.67
    Alan J. Patricof...................              --             --         --
    Ivan G. Seidenberg.................              --             --         --
    Martin Turchin.....................              --             --         --
    Robert E. Burke ...................          285,548            *          *
    Raymond A. Ritchey ................          285,548            *          *
    David R. Barrett...................          169,381            *          *
    Robert E. Selsam...................            8,000            *          *
    All directors and executive
     officers as a group (10 persons)..       16,795,020          33.56%     34.85%
</TABLE>
- --------
*  Less than 1%.
(1) Address: c/o Boston Properties, Inc., 8 Arlington Street, Boston,
    Massachusetts 02116.
(2) Assumes that all the OP Units held by the person are presented to the
    Operating Partnership for redemption and acquired by the Company for
    shares of Common Stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock
    outstanding used in calculating the percentage assumes that none of the OP
    Units held by other persons are similarly acquired for Common Stock.
(3) Includes 920 OP Units held by the Mortimer B. Zuckerman 1983 Family Trust,
    which received OP Units in the Formation Transactions in exchange for
    interests in the Properties. Includes 1,291,770 shares of Common Stock.
(4) Includes 465 OP Units held by The Edward H. Linde 1984 Family Trust, which
    received OP Units in the Formation Transactions in exchange for interests
    in the Properties. Includes 1,291,771 shares of Common Stock.
(5)  Excludes 21,600 of the OP Units owned by Square 36 Properties Limited
     Partnership ("Square 36"). Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde control the
     general partner of Square 36 but do not have an economic interest in such
     OP Units and cannot dispose of such OP Units without the consent of an
     unaffiliated limited partner of Square 36.
 
                                      126
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
  The description of the Company's capital stock set forth below does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
Company's Certificate and Bylaws, copies of which are exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
                                    GENERAL
 
  Under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company has authority to issue
up to 450 million shares of stock, consisting of 250 million shares of Common
Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 150 million shares of excess stock, par
value $0.01 per share ("Excess Stock") (as described below), and 50 million
shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share. Under Delaware law,
stockholders generally are not responsible for the corporation's debts or
obligations. Upon completion of the Offering, 33,983,541 shares of Common
Stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of Excess Stock or
Preferred Stock will be issued and outstanding.
 
  With respect to the Preferred Stock, the Certificate authorizes the
Directors to set or change the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting
powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms
or conditions of redemption of such stock.
 
                                 COMMON STOCK
 
  All shares of Common Stock offered hereby have been duly authorized, and are
fully paid and nonassessable. Subject to the preferential rights of any other
shares or series of shares and to the provisions of the Company's Certificate
regarding Excess Stock, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive
dividends on Common Stock if, as and when authorized and declared by the Board
of Directors of the Company out of assets legally available therefor and to
share ratably in the assets of the Company legally available for distribution
to its stockholders in the event of its liquidation, dissolution or winding-up
after payment of, or adequate provision for, all known debts and liabilities
of the Company.
 
  Subject to the provisions of the Company's Certificate regarding Excess
Stock, each outstanding share of Common Stock entitles the holder to one vote
on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of
directors, and, except as otherwise required by law or except as provided with
respect to any other class or series of shares, the holders of Common Stock
will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the
election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock can elect all of the directors then
standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares of Common Stock
will not be able to elect any director.
 
  Holders of Common Stock have no conversion, sinking fund or redemption
rights, or preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Company.
 
  The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
containing audited consolidated financial statements and an opinion thereon
expressed by an independent public accounting firm and quarterly reports for
the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited financial
information.
 
  Subject to the provisions of the Company's Certificate regarding Excess
Stock, all Common Stock has equal dividend, distribution, liquidation and
other rights, and has no preference, appraisal (except as provided by Delaware
law) or exchange rights.
 
                                PREFERRED STOCK
 
  Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time, in one or more series, as
authorized by the Board of Directors. Prior to the issuance of shares of each
series, the Board of Directors is required by the DGCL and the Company's
Certificate to fix for each series, subject to the provisions of the Company's
Certificate regarding
 
                                      127
<PAGE>
 
Excess Stock, such terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting
powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions,
qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption, as are permitted by
Delaware law. Such rights, powers, restrictions and limitations could include
the right to receive specified dividend payments and payments on liquidation
prior to any such payments being made to the holders of some, or a majority,
of the Common Stock. The Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of
Preferred Stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of
discouraging a takeover or any other transaction that holders of Common Stock
might believe to be in their best interests or in which holders of some, or a
majority, of the Common Stock might receive a premium for their shares over
the then current market price of such shares. As of the date hereof, no shares
of Preferred Stock are outstanding, and the Company has no present plans to
issue any Preferred Stock. Prior to the completion of the Offering, the
Company will authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock in
connection with the adoption of a shareholder rights plan. See "--Shareholder
Rights Agreement"; "Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and of the Company's
Certificate and Bylaws."
 
                           RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS
 
  In order for the Company to qualify as a REIT under the Code, among other
things, not more than 50% in value of its outstanding capital stock may be
owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (defined in the
Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year
(other than the first year) (the "Five or Fewer Requirement"), and such shares
of capital stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at
least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year) or
during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences." In order to protect the Company against the risk of losing its
status as a REIT and to otherwise protect the Company from the consequences of
a concentration of ownership among its stockholders, the Certificate, subject
to certain exceptions, provides that no single person (which includes any
"group" of persons) (other than the "Related Parties," as defined below and
certain "Look-Through Entities," as defined below), may "beneficially own"
more than 6.6% (the "Ownership Limit") of the aggregate number of outstanding
shares of any class or series of capital stock. Under the Certificate, a
person generally "beneficially owns" shares if (i) such person has direct
ownership of such shares, (ii) such person has indirect ownership of such
shares taking into account the constructive ownership rules of Section 544 of
the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code, or (iii) such
person would be deemed to "beneficially own" such shares pursuant to Rule 13d-
3 under the Exchange Act. A Related Party, however, will not be deemed to
beneficially own shares by virtue of clause (iii) of the preceding sentence
and a "group" of which a Related Party is a member will generally not have
attributed to the group's beneficial ownership any shares beneficially owned
by such Related Party. Each of Mr. Zuckerman and his respective heirs,
legatees and devisees, and any other person whose beneficial ownership of
shares of Common Stock would be attributed under the Code to Mr. Zuckerman, is
a "Related Party", and such persons are subject to a "Related Party Ownership
Limit" of 15%, such that none of such persons shall be deemed to beneficially
own shares in excess of the Ownership Limit unless, in the aggregate, such
persons own shares of any class or series of capital stock in excess of 15% of
the number of shares of such class or series outstanding. A similar Related
Party Ownership Limit is applied to Mr. Linde and persons with a similar
relationship to Mr. Linde, all of whom are also Related Parties under the
Certificate. The Company's Certificate provides that pension plans described
in Section 401(a) of the Code and mutual funds registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 ("Look-Through Entities") are subject to a 15% "Look-
Through Ownership Limit." Pension plans and mutual funds are among the
entities that are not treated as holders of stock under the Five or Fewer
Requirement and the beneficial owners of such entities will be counted as
holders for this purpose. Any transfer of shares of capital stock or of any
security convertible into shares of capital stock that would create a direct
or indirect ownership of shares of capital stock in excess of the Ownership
Limit, the Look-Through Ownership Limit or the Related Party Ownership Limit,
as applicable, or that would result in the disqualification of the Company as
a REIT, including any transfer that results in the shares of capital stock
being owned by fewer than 100 persons or results in the Company being "closely
held" within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code or results in the
Company constructively owning 10% or more of the ownership interests in a
tenant of the Company within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code as
modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code, shall be null and void, and the
intended transferee will acquire no rights to the shares of capital stock. The
foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if the
Board of Directors determines that it is no
 
                                      128
<PAGE>
 
longer in the best interests of the Company to attempt to qualify, or to
continue to qualify, as a REIT. The Board of Directors may, in its sole
discretion, waive the Ownership Limit, the Look-Through Ownership Limit and
the Related Party Ownership Limit if evidence satisfactory to the Board of
Directors is presented that the changes in ownership will not jeopardize the
Company's REIT status and the Board of Directors otherwise decides that such
action is in the best interest of the Company.
 
  If any purported transfer of capital stock of the Company or any other event
would otherwise result in any person violating the Ownership Limit, the Look-
Through Ownership Limit or the Related Party Limit, as applicable, or the
Certificate, then any such purported transfer will be void and of no force or
effect with respect to the purported transferee (the "Prohibited Transferee")
as to that number of shares in excess of the applicable Limit and the
Prohibited Transferee shall acquire no right or interest (or, in the case of
any event other than a purported transfer, the person or entity holding record
title to any such shares in excess of the applicable Limit (the "Prohibited
Owner") shall cease to own any right or interest) in such excess shares. Any
such excess shares described above will be converted automatically into an
equal number of shares of Excess Stock (the "Excess Shares") and transferred
automatically, by operation of law, to a trust, the beneficiary of which will
be a qualified charitable organization selected by the Company (the
"Beneficiary"). Such automatic transfer shall be deemed to be effective as of
the close of business on the Trading Day (as defined in the Certificate) prior
to the date of such violative transfer. As soon as practical after the
transfer of shares to the trust, the trustee of the trust (who shall be
designated by the Company and be unaffiliated with the Company and any
Prohibited Transferee or Prohibited Owner) will be required to sell such
Excess Shares to a person or entity who could own such shares without
violating the applicable Limit, and distribute to the Prohibited Transferee an
amount equal to the lesser of the price paid by the Prohibited Transferee for
such Excess Shares or the sales proceeds received by the trust for such Excess
Shares. In the case of any Excess Shares resulting from any event other than a
transfer, or from a transfer for no consideration (such as a gift), the
trustee will be required to sell such Excess Shares to a qualified person or
entity and distribute to the Prohibited Owner an amount equal to the lesser of
the fair market value of such Excess Shares as of the date of such event or
the sales proceeds received by the trust for such Excess Shares. In either
case, any proceeds in excess of the amount distributable to the Prohibited
Transferee or Prohibited Owner, as applicable, will be distributed to the
Beneficiary. Prior to a sale of any such Excess Shares by the trust, the
trustee will be entitled to receive in trust for the Beneficiary, all
dividends and other distributions paid by the Company with respect to such
Excess Shares.
 
  In addition, shares of stock of the Company held in the trust shall be
deemed to have been offered for sale to the Company, or its designee, at a
price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the
transaction that resulted in such transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a
devise or gift, the market price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii)
the market price on the date the Company, or its designee, accepts such offer.
The Company shall have the right to accept such offer for a period of 90 days.
Upon such a sale to the company, the interest of the Beneficiary in the shares
sold shall terminate and the trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the
sale to the Prohibited Owner.
 
  These restrictions will not preclude settlement of transactions through the
NYSE.
 
  Each stockholder shall upon demand be required to disclose to the Company in
writing any information with respect to the direct, indirect and constructive
ownership of capital stock as the Board of Directors deems necessary to comply
with the provisions of the Code applicable to REITs, to comply with the
requirements of any taxing authority or governmental agency or to determine
any such compliance.
 
  The Ownership Limit may have the effect of precluding acquisition of control
of the Company.
 
                         SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
  The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted a Shareholder Rights
Agreement (the "Rights Agreement"). The adoption of the Rights Agreement could
make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a
third party from acquiring, the Company or a large block of the Company's
Common Stock.
 
 
                                      129
<PAGE>
 
   
  Pursuant to the terms of the Rights Agreement, the Board of Directors
declared a dividend distribution of one Preferred Stock Purchase Right (a
"Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock to stockholders of record
as of a day prior to effectiveness of the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part (the "Record Date"). In addition, one Right will
automatically attach to each share of Common Stock issued between the Record
Date and the Distribution Date (as hereinafter defined). Each Right entitles
the registered holder to purchase from the Company a unit consisting of one
one-thousandth of a share (a "Unit") of Series E Junior Participating
Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Series E Preferred
Stock") at a cash exercise price of $100 per Unit (the "Exercise Price"),
subject to adjustment. Each Share offered hereby will be entitled to a Right
when distributed.     
   
  Initially, the Rights are not exercisable and are attached to and trade with
the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Rights will separate from the
Common Stock and will become exercisable upon the earliest of (i) the close of
business on the tenth calendar day following the first public announcement
that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring
Person") has acquired beneficial ownership of more than 15% of the sum of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock and Excess Stock ("Common Shares") (the
date of said announcement being referred to as the "Stock Acquisition Date"),
or (ii) the close of business on the tenth business day (or such other
calendar day as the Board of Directors may determine) following the
commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result upon its
consummation in a person or group becoming the beneficial owner of more than
15% of the outstanding Common Shares (the earlier of such dates being herein
referred to as the "Distribution Date"). For these purposes, a person will not
be deemed to beneficially own shares of Common Stock which may be issued in
exchange for OP Units. In addition, no person who is a partner of the
Operating Partnership as of the closing of the Offering will be an Acquiring
Person unless such person acquires beneficial ownership of (i) more than 15%
of the outstanding Common Shares and (ii) a greater percentage of the then
outstanding Common Shares and OP Units (excluding OP Units held by the
Company) than that percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock
and OP Units (excluding OP Units held by the Company) that such partner held
at the conclusion of the Offering. Furthermore, no "group" of which a Related
Party is a member will be deemed to beneficially own the Common Shares
beneficially owned by such Related Party.     
 
  Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption, exchange or expiration
of the Rights), (a) the Rights will be evidenced by the Common Stock
certificates and will be transferred with and only with such Common Stock
certificates, (b) new Common Stock certificates issued after the Record Date
will contain a notation incorporating the Shareholder Rights Agreement by
reference, and (c) the surrender for transfer of any certificates for Common
Stock will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the
Common Stock represented by such certificate.
 
  The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date and will expire
in 2007, unless previously redeemed or exchanged by the Company as described
below.
 
  As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, Rights Certificates will
be mailed to holders of record of Common Stock as of the close of business on
the Distribution Date and, thereafter, the separate Rights Certificates alone
will represent the Rights. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of
Directors, only shares of Common Stock issued prior to the Distribution Date
will be issued with Rights.
   
  In the event that a Stock Acquisition Date occurs, proper provision will be
made so that each holder of a Right (other than an Acquiring Person or its
associates or affiliates, whose Rights shall become null and void) will
thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of Units of
Series E Preferred Stock of the Company having a market value of two times the
exercise price of the Right (such right being referred to as the "Subscription
Right"). In the event that, at any time following the Stock Acquisition Date,
(i) the Company consolidates with, or merges with and into, any other person,
and the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation, (ii) any
person consolidates with the Company, or merges with and into the Company and
the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger and, in
connection with such merger, all or part of the shares of Common Stock are
changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other person or
cash or any other property, or (iii) 50% or more of the Company's assets or
earning power is sold, mortgaged or otherwise transferred, each holder of a
Right shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock
of the acquiring company having a market value equal to two times the exercise
price     
 
                                      130
<PAGE>
 
of the Right (such right being referred to as the "Merger Right"). The holder
of a Right will continue to have the Merger Right whether or not such holder
has exercised the Subscription Right. Rights that are or were beneficially
owned by an Acquiring Person may under certain circumstances specified in the
Rights Agreement become null and void.
   
  At any time after the Stock Acquisition Date, the Board of Directors may, at
its option, exchange all or any part of the then outstanding and exercisable
Rights for shares of Common Stock or Units of Series E Preferred Stock at an
exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock or one Unit of Series E Preferred
Stock per Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors
generally will not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any
person becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the Common Stock of the
Company.     
   
  The Exercise Price payable, and the number of Units of Series E Preferred
Stock or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights
are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the
event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or
reclassification of, the Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) if holders of the
Series E Preferred Stock are granted certain rights or warrants to subscribe
for Series E Preferred Stock or convertible securities at less than the
current market price of the Series E Preferred Stock, or (iii) upon the
distribution to holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of evidences of
indebtedness or assets (excluding regular quarterly cash dividends) or of
subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).     
   
  With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Exercise Price will be
required until cumulative adjustments amount to at least 1% of the Exercise
Price, determined on a per Right basis. The Company is not obligated to issue
fractional Units. If the Company elects not to issue fractional Units, in lieu
thereof an adjustment in cash will be made based on the fair market value of
the Series E Preferred Stock on the last trading date prior to the date of
exercise. Any of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the
Board of Directors at any time prior to the Distribution Date.     
 
  The Rights may be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001
per Right (payable in cash, Common Stock or other consideration deemed
appropriate by the Board of Directors) by the Board of Directors only until
the earlier of (i) the close of business on the tenth calendar day after the
Stock Acquisition Date, or (ii) the expiration date of the Rights Agreement.
Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering redemption of
the Rights, the Rights will terminate and thereafter the only right of the
holders of Rights will be to receive the redemption price.
 
  The Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board of Directors in its sole
discretion until the Distribution Date. After the Distribution Date, the Board
of Directors may, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Rights
Agreement, amend the Rights Agreement only to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, to shorten or lengthen any time period, or to make changes that
do not adversely affect the interests of Rights holders (excluding the
interests of an Acquiring Person or its associates or affiliates).
 
  Until a Right is exercised, the holder will have no rights as a stockholder
of the Company (beyond those as an existing stockholder), including the right
to vote or to receive dividends. While the distribution of the Rights will not
be taxable to stockholders or to the Company, stockholders may, depending upon
the circumstances, recognize taxable income in the event that the Rights
become exercisable for Units, other securities of the Company, other
consideration or for common stock of an acquiring company.
 
  A copy of the Rights Agreement will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. A copy of the
Rights Agreement is also available from the Company upon written request. The
foregoing description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                      131
<PAGE>
 
                    CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW AND
                     THE COMPANY'S CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS
 
  The following summary of certain provisions of Delaware law and the
Company's Certificate and Bylaws does not purport to be complete and is
subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and the
Company's Certificate and Bylaws, copies of which are exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
  The Certificate and the Bylaws of the Company contain certain provisions
that could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a
tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to
discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate
takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the
Company to negotiate first with the Board of Directors. The Company believes
that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of
discouraging such proposals because, among other things, negotiation of such
proposals might result in an improvement of their terms. The description set
forth below is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Certificate and the Bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. See also
"Description of Capital Stock--Restrictions on Transfers."
 
                      AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS
 
  The Company's Certificate may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the
holders of two-thirds (or, if more than 75% of the directors then in office
approve the amendment, a majority) of all of the votes entitled to be cast on
the matter except that amendments dealing with certain articles of the
Certificate (for example, articles relating to stockholder action; the powers,
election of, removal of and classification of directors; limitation of
liability; and amendment of the By-laws or the Certificate) shall require the
affirmative vote of not less than seventy-five percent of the outstanding
votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Unless otherwise required by law, the
Board of Directors may amend the Company's Bylaws by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the directors then in office. The Bylaws may also be amended by
the stockholders, at an annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such
purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent of the votes
entitled to be cast on the matter; provided, that if the Board of Directors
recommends that stockholders approve such amendment at such meeting, such
amendment shall require the affirmative vote of only a majority of the shares
present at such meeting and entitled to vote.
 
                          DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY
 
  The DGCL permits the dissolution of the Company by (i) the affirmative vote
of a majority of the entire Board of Directors declaring such dissolution to
be advisable and directing that the proposed dissolution be submitted for
consideration at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and (ii) upon
proper notice, stockholder approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
 
                           MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
 
  Under the Company's Bylaws, annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at
such date and time as determined by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board or the President. The Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure
for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for directors or bring
other business before an annual meeting of stockholders. Special meetings of
stockholders may be called only by a majority of the Directors then in office
and only matters set forth in the notice of the meeting may be considered and
acted upon at such a meeting.
 
 
                                      132
<PAGE>
 
                            THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
  The Company's Certificate provides that the Board of Directors shall
initially consist of five Directors and thereafter the number of Directors of
the Company may be established by the Board of Directors but may not be fewer
than the minimum number required by the DGCL nor more than eleven. Subject to
the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect
Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto,
any vacancy will be filled, including any vacancy created by an increase in
the number of Directors, at any regular meeting or at any special meeting
called for the purpose, by a majority of the remaining Directors. Pursuant to
the terms of the Certificate, the Directors are divided into three classes.
One class will hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting
of stockholders to be held in 1998, another class will hold office initially
for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1999
and the third class will hold office initially for a term expiring in 2000. As
the term of each class expires, Directors in that class will be elected for a
term of three years and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
The use of a classified board may render more difficult a change in control of
the Company or removal of incumbent management. The Company believes, however,
that classification of the Board of Directors will help to assure the
continuity and stability of its business strategies and policies.
 
  The Certificate provides that the affirmative vote of more than 75% of the
Directors then in office is required to approve certain transactions or
actions of the Board, including a change of control (as defined) of the
Company or of the Operating Partnership, any amendment to the Operating
Partnership Agreement, any waiver of the limitations on ownership contained in
the Certificate, certain issuances of equity securities by the Company or
termination of the Company's status as a REIT.
 
               SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AND OWNERSHIP LIMITATIONS
 
  The Company will adopt a Shareholder Rights Plan prior to the completion of
the Offering. In addition, the Certificate contains provisions that limit the
ownership by any person of shares of any class or series of capital stock of
the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock--Shareholder Rights Agreement."
 
                  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
  The Company's Certificate generally limits the liability of the Company's
Directors to the Company to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by
Delaware law. The DGCL permits, but does not require, a corporation to
indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents and expressly provides
that the indemnification provided for under the DGCL shall not be deemed
exclusive of any indemnification right under any bylaw, vote of stockholders
or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The DGCL permits indemnification
against expenses and certain other liabilities arising out of legal actions
brought or threatened against such persons for their conduct on behalf of a
corporation, provided that each such person acted in good faith and in a
manner that he reasonably believed was in or not opposed to such corporation's
best interests and in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The DGCL does not allow
indemnification of directors in the case of an action by or in the right of a
corporation (including stockholder derivative suits) unless the directors
successfully defend the action or indemnification is ordered by the court.
 
  The Bylaws provide that Directors and officers of the Company shall be, and,
in the discretion of the Board of Directors, non-officer employees may be,
indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law,
as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and
liabilities actually and reasonably incurred in connection with service for or
on behalf of the Company. The Bylaws also provide that the right of directors
and officers to indemnification shall be a contract right and shall not be
exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any
bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise. The Certificate contains
a provision permitted by Delaware law that generally eliminates the personal
liability of directors for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary
duty, including breaches involving negligence or gross negligence in business
combinations, unless the director has breached his or her duty of loyalty,
failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, paid a dividend or approved
 
                                      133
<PAGE>
 
a stock repurchase in violation of the DGCL or obtained an improper personal
benefit. The provision does not alter a director's liability under the federal
securities laws. In addition, this provision does not affect the availability
of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission, for breach of
fiduciary duty.
 
  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed
that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
                             BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
  Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will be subject to the
provisions of section 203 ("Section 203") of the DGCL. Section 203 provides,
with certain exceptions, that a Delaware corporation may not engage in any of
a broad range of business combinations with a person or affiliate, or
associate of such person, who is an "interested stockholder" for a period of
three years from the date that such person became an interested stockholder
unless: (i) the transaction resulting in a person becoming an interested
stockholder, or the business combination, was approved by the board of
directors of the corporation before the consummation of such transaction; (ii)
the interested stockholder owned 85% or more of the outstanding voting stock
of the corporation immediately after the transaction in which it became an
interested stockholder (excluding shares owned by persons who are both
officers and directors of the corporation, and shares held by certain employee
stock ownership plans); or (iii) on or after the date the person becomes an
interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the
corporation's board of directors and by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
corporation's outstanding voting stock at an annual or special meeting,
excluding shares owned by the interested stockholder. Under Section 203, an
"interested stockholder" is defined (with certain exceptions) as any person
who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or within the prior three
years did own, 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock.
 
                          INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS
 
  The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements require,
among other things, that the Company indemnify its directors and executive
officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance to the directors
and executive officers all related expenses, subject to reimbursement if it is
subsequently determined that indemnification is not permitted. Under these
agreements, the Company must also indemnify and advance all expenses incurred
by directors and executive officers seeking to enforce their rights under the
indemnification agreements and may cover directors and executive officers
under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance. Although the
form of indemnification agreement offers substantially the same scope of
coverage afforded by law, it provides greater assurance to directors and
executive officers that indemnification will be available, because, as a
contract, it cannot be modified unilaterally in the future by the Board of
Directors or the stockholders to eliminate the rights it provides.
 
                                      134
<PAGE>
 
                       SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
                                    GENERAL
 
  Upon the completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding
33,983,541 shares of Common Stock (38,693,541 shares if the Underwriters'
overallotment option is exercised in full). In addition, 16,066,459 shares of
Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon exchange of OP Units. The shares
of Common Stock issued in the Offering will be freely tradeable by persons
other than "affiliates" of the Company without restriction under the
Securities Act, subject to the limitations on ownership set forth in the
Company's Certificate and Bylaws. See "Description of Capital Stock--
Restrictions on Transfers." The shares of Common Stock acquired in redemption
of OP Units (the "Restricted Shares") will be "restricted" securities under
the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act ("Rule 144") and
may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless
an exemption from registration is available, including exemptions contained in
Rule 144. As described below under "--Registration Rights," the Company has
granted certain holders registration rights with respect to their shares of
Common Stock.
 
  In general, under Rule 144 effective April 29, 1997, if one year has elapsed
since the later of the date of acquisition of Restricted Shares from the
Company or any "affiliate" of the Company, as that term is defined under the
Securities Act, the acquiror or subsequent holder thereof is entitled to sell
within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or the average
weekly trading volume of the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks
preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. Sales
under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sales provisions, notice
requirements and the availability of current public information about the
Company. If two years have elapsed since the date of acquisition of Restricted
Shares from the Company or from any "affiliate" of the Company, and the
acquiror or subsequent holder thereof is deemed not to have been an affiliate
of the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, such person is
entitled to sell such shares in the public market under Rule 144(k) without
regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public
information requirements or notice requirements.
 
  The Company has established the Stock Option Plan for the purpose of
attracting and retaining directors, executive officers and other key
employees. See "Management--Stock Option Plan" and "Management--Compensation
of Directors." The Company intends to issue options to purchase approximately
2,300,000 shares of Common Stock to directors, executive officers and certain
key employees prior to the completion of the Offering and has reserved
2,454,750 additional shares for future issuance under the Stock Option Plan.
Prior to the expiration of the initial twelve-month period following
consummation of the Offering, the Company expects to file a registration
statement on Form S-8 with the SEC with respect to the shares of Common Stock
issuable under the Stock Option Plan, which shares may be resold without
restriction, unless held by affiliates.
 
  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Trading of the Common Stock on the NYSE is expected to commence immediately
following the completion of the Offering. No prediction can be made as to the
effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for
future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales
of substantial amounts of Common Stock (including shares issued upon the
exercise of Options), or the perception that such sales occur, could adversely
affect prevailing market prices of the Common Stock. See "Risk Factors--Market
for the Common Stock."
 
                              REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
  The Company has granted those persons with a direct or indirect interest in
the Property Partnerships who will receive OP Units in the Formation
Transactions certain registration rights with respect to the shares of Common
Stock that may be acquired by them in connection with the exercise of the
Redemption/Exchange Rights under the Operating Partnership Agreement. These
registration rights require the Company to register all such shares of Common
Stock effective as of that date which is fourteen months following completion
of the Offering. The Company will bear expenses incident to its registration
requirements under the registration rights, except that such expenses shall
not include any underwriting discounts or commissions or transfer taxes, if
any, relating to such shares.
 
                                      135
<PAGE>
 
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
  The following is a summary of the material federal income tax consequences
associated with an investment in the Common Stock. Goodwin, Procter & Hoar
llp, which has acted as tax counsel to the Company in connection with the
formation of the Company and the Company's election to be taxed as a REIT, has
reviewed the following discussion and is of the opinion that it is an accurate
description of the federal income tax considerations that are likely to be
material to a holder of Common Stock. The following discussion is not
exhaustive of all possible tax considerations and is not tax advice. Moreover,
this summary does not deal with all tax aspects that might be relevant to a
particular prospective stockholder in light of his/her personal circumstances;
nor does it deal with particular types of stockholders that are subject to
special treatment under the Code, such as insurance companies, financial
institutions and broker-dealers. The Code provisions governing the Federal
income tax treatment of REITs are highly technical and complex, and this
summary is qualified in its entirety by the applicable Code provisions, rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial
interpretations thereof. The following discussion and the opinions of Goodwin,
Procter & Hoar llp are based on current law. Unless the context requires
otherwise, references to the "Company" in this "Federal Income Tax
Consequences" section refer only to Boston Properties, Inc.
 
  EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER IS ADVISED TO CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER
REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER OF THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP AND SALE OF THE COMMON STOCK AND OF THE COMPANY'S ELECTION TO BE
TAXED AS A REIT, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, SALE AND OWNERSHIP.
 
                    FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF THE COMPANY
 
  Upon consultation with its advisers, the Company believes that it is in a
position to qualify for treatment as a REIT for the year ending December 31,
1997, upon filing of its election to be taxed as a REIT, and intends to
operate so as to meet the requirements under the Code for qualification as a
REIT, commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 1997 and thereafter.
The Company also believes, after consultation with its advisers, that it has
been organized, has operated and will operate in such a manner as to qualify
for taxation as a REIT under the Code. No assurance can be given, however,
that such requirements have been or will be met.
 
                            OPINION OF TAX COUNSEL
 
  Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp has acted as counsel to the Company in
connection with the formation of the Company, the Offering and the Company's
election to be taxed as a REIT. In the opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp,
commencing with the Company's taxable year ending December 31, 1997, the
Company will qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the Code, provided that (i)
the elections and other procedural steps described in this discussion of
"Federal Income Tax Consequences" are completed in a timely fashion and
(ii) the Company and the Operating Partnership operate in accordance with
various assumptions and factual representations made by the Company and the
Operating Partnership concerning their business, properties and operations. It
must be emphasized that Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp's opinion is based on
various assumptions and is conditioned upon such assumptions and
representations made by the Company and the Operating Partnership concerning
their business and properties as set forth in this Prospectus. Such factual
assumptions and representations are set forth below in this discussion of
"Federal Income Tax Consequences." In addition, Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp's
opinion is based upon the factual representations of the Company and the
Operating Partnership concerning its business and properties as set forth in
this Prospectus. Moreover, such qualification and taxation as a REIT depends
upon the Company's ability to meet, through actual annual operating results,
distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the various
qualification tests imposed under the Code discussed below, the results of
which will not be reviewed by Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp. Accordingly, no
assurance can be given that the actual results of the Company's operations for
any one taxable year will satisfy such requirements. See "Risk Factors--
Failure to Qualify as a REIT."
 
 
                                      136
<PAGE>
 
  The opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp is also based upon existing law
as currently applicable, IRS regulations, currently published administrative
positions of the IRS and judicial decisions, which are subject to change
either prospectively or retroactively. No assurance can be given that any such
changes would not modify the conclusions expressed in the opinion. Moreover,
unlike a private letter ruling (which will not be sought), an opinion of
counsel is not binding on the IRS, and no assurance can be given that the IRS
will not successfully challenge the status of the Company as a REIT.
 
  If the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, it generally will not be
subject to federal corporate income taxes on that portion of its ordinary
income or capital gain that is currently distributed to stockholders. The REIT
provisions of the Code generally allow a REIT to deduct dividends paid to its
stockholders. This deduction for dividends paid to stockholders substantially
eliminates the federal "double taxation" on earnings (once at the corporate
level and once again at the stockholder level) that usually results from
investments in a corporation.
 
  Even if the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, however, the Company
will be subject to federal income tax, as follows: First, the Company will be
taxed at regular corporate rates on its undistributed REIT taxable income,
including undistributed net capital gains. Second, under certain
circumstances, the Company may be subject to the "alternative minimum tax."
Third, if the Company has net income from the sale or other disposition of
"foreclosure property" that is held primarily for sale to customers in the
ordinary course of business or other non-qualifying income from foreclosure
property, it will be subject to tax at the highest corporate rate on such
income. Fourth, if the Company has net income from prohibited transactions
(which are, in general, certain sales or other dispositions of property other
than foreclosure property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary
course of business), such income will be subject to a 100% tax. Fifth, if the
Company should fail to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test
(discussed below) but has nonetheless maintained its qualification as a REIT
because certain other requirements have been met, it will be subject to a 100%
tax on the net income attributable to the greater of the amount by which the
Company fails the 75% or 95% test, multiplied by a fraction intended to
reflect the Company's profitability. Sixth, if the Company fails to distribute
during each year at least the sum of (i) 85% of its REIT ordinary income for
such year, (ii) 95% of its REIT capital gain net income for such year and
(iii) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, the Company will be
subject to a 4% excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over
the amounts actually distributed. Seventh, if the Company should acquire any
asset from a C corporation (i.e., a corporation generally subject to full
corporate-level tax) in a carryover-basis transaction and the Company
subsequently recognizes gain on the disposition of such asset during the ten-
year period (the "Recognition Period") beginning on the date on which the
asset was acquired by the Company, then, to the extent of the excess of (a)
the fair market value of the asset as of the beginning of the applicable
Recognition Period over (b) the Company's adjusted basis in such asset as of
the beginning of such Recognition Period (the "Built-In Gain"), such gain will
be subject to tax at the highest regular corporate rate, pursuant to
guidelines issued by the IRS (the "Built-In Gain Rules").
 
                        REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFICATION
 
  To qualify as a REIT, the Company must elect to be so treated and must meet
the requirements, discussed below, relating to the Company's organization,
sources of income, nature of assets and distributions of income to
stockholders.
 
ORGANIZATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
 
  The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association: (i) that is
managed by one or more directors or trustees, (ii) the beneficial ownership of
which is evidenced by transferable shares or by transferable certificates of
beneficial interest, (iii) that would be taxable as a domestic corporation but
for the REIT requirements, (iv) that is neither a financial institution nor an
insurance company subject to certain provisions of the Code, (v) the
beneficial ownership of which is held by 100 or more persons, and (vi) during
the last half of each taxable year not more than 50% in value of the
outstanding stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly through the
application of certain attribution rules, by five or fewer individuals (as
defined in the Code to include certain entities). In addition, certain other
tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets also
must
 
                                      137
<PAGE>
 
be satisfied. The Code provides that conditions (i) through (iv), inclusive,
must be met during the entire taxable year and that condition (v) must be met
during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a
proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Conditions (v)
and (vi) (the "100 Stockholder Requirement" and "Five or Fewer Requirement")
will not apply until after the first taxable year for which an election is
made to be taxed as a REIT. For purposes of conditions (v) and (vi), pension
funds and certain other tax-exempt entities are treated as individuals,
subject to a "look-through" exception in the case of condition (vi).
 
  Prior to consummation of the Offering, the Company did not satisfy
conditions (v) and (vi) above. The Company's issuance of Common Stock in
connection with the Formation Transactions and the Offering permitted it to
satisfy the 100 Stockholder Requirement and the Five or Fewer Requirement. In
order to protect the Company from a concentration of ownership of its stock
that would cause the Company to fail the Five or Fewer Requirement, the
Company's Certificate provides that stock owned, or deemed to be owned or
transferred to a stockholder in excess of the Ownership Limit or the Look-
Through Ownership Limit will automatically be converted into Excess Stock and
transferred to a charity for resale, with the original stockholder entitled to
receive certain proceeds from such a resale. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Restrictions on Transfers." Excess stock is a separate class of capital
stock of the Company that is entitled to no voting rights but shares ratably
with the Common Stock in dividends and rights upon dissolution. Because of the
absence of authority on this issue, however, there is no assurance that the
operation of the Excess Stock or other provisions contained in the Certificate
will, as a matter of law, prevent a concentration of ownership of stock in
excess of the Ownership Limit from causing the Company to violate the Five or
Fewer Requirement. If there were a concentration of ownership that would cause
the Company to violate the Five or Fewer Requirement, and the operation of the
Excess Stock or other provisions contained in the Certificate were not held to
cure such violation, the Company would be disqualified as a REIT. In rendering
its opinion that the Company is organized in a manner that permits the Company
to qualify as a REIT, Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp is relying on the
representation of the Company that the ownership of its stock (without regard
to the Excess Stock provisions) satisfies the Five or Fewer Requirement, and
Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp expresses no opinion as to whether, as a matter of
law, the Excess Stock or other provisions contained in the Certificate
preclude the Company from failing the Five or Fewer Requirement.
 
  In addition, a corporation may not elect to become a REIT unless its taxable
year is the calendar year. The Company's taxable year is the calendar year.
 
  In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership, Treasury
Regulations provide that the REIT will be deemed to own its proportionate
share (based on its interest in partnership capital) of the assets of the
partnership and will be deemed to be entitled to the income of the partnership
attributable to such share. In addition, the character of the assets and gross
income of the partnership shall retain the same character in the hands of the
REIT for purposes of Section 856 of the Code, including satisfying the gross
income tests and asset tests. Thus, the Company's proportionate share of the
assets, liabilities and items of income of the Operating Partnership
(including the Operating Partnership's share of the assets and liabilities and
items of income with respect to any partnership in which it holds an interest)
will be treated as assets, liabilities and items of income of the Company for
purposes of applying the requirements described herein.
 
INCOME TESTS
 
  To maintain qualification as a REIT, three gross income requirements must be
satisfied annually.
 
  .  First, at least 75% of the Company's gross income, excluding gross
     income from certain dispositions of property held primarily for sale to
     customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business ("prohibited
     transactions"), for each taxable year must be derived directly or
     indirectly from investments relating to real property or mortgages on
     real property (including "rents from real property" and, in certain
     circumstances, interest) or from certain types of temporary investments.
 
  .  Second, at least 95% of the Company's gross income (excluding gross
     income from prohibited transactions) for each taxable year must be
     derived from such real property investments described above and from
     dividends, interest and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or
     securities or from any combination of the foregoing.
 
 
                                      138
<PAGE>
 
  .  Third, short-term gain from the sale or other disposition of stock or
     securities, gain from prohibited transactions and gain from the sale or
     other disposition of real property held for less than four years (apart
     from involuntary conversions and sales of foreclosure property) must
     represent less than 30% of the Company's gross income (including gross
     income from prohibited transactions) for each taxable year. For purposes
     of applying the 30% gross income test, the holding period of Properties
     acquired by the Operating Partnership in the Formation Transactions will
     be deemed to have commenced on the date of acquisition.
 
  Rents received or deemed to be received by the Company qualify as "rents
from real property" in satisfying the gross income requirements for a REIT
described above only if several conditions are met.
 
  .  First, the amount of rent generally must not be based in whole or in
     part on the income or profits of any person. An amount received or
     accrued generally will not be excluded from the term "rents from real
     property," however, solely by reason of being based on a fixed
     percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.
 
  .  Second, the Code provides that rents received from a tenant will not
     qualify as "rents from real property" in satisfying the gross income
     tests if the REIT, or an owner of 10% or more of the REIT, directly or
     constructively owns 10% or more of such tenant (a "Related Party
     Tenant") or a subtenant of such tenant (in which case only rent
     attributable to the subtenant is disqualified).
 
  .  Third, if rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection
     with a lease of real property, is greater than 15% of the total rent
     received under the lease, then the portion of rent attributable to the
     personal property will not qualify as "rents from real property."
 
  .  Finally, for rents to qualify as "rents from real property" the REIT
     must not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to
     tenants, other than through an "independent contractor" who is
     adequately compensated and from whom the REIT does not derive any
     income; provided, however, that a REIT may provide services with respect
     to its properties and the income will qualify as "rents from real
     property" if the services are "usually or customarily rendered" in
     connection with the rental of room or other space for occupancy only and
     are not otherwise considered "rendered to the occupant."
 
  The Company does not charge rent that is based in whole or in part on the
income or profits of any person (except by reason of being based on a fixed
percentage or percentages of receipts or sales consistent with the rule
described above). The Company does not derive, and does not anticipate
deriving, rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with
real property that exceeds 15% of the total rents.
 
  Pursuant to leases with respect to the Hotel Properties, ZL Hotel LLC will
lease from the Operating Partnership the Hotel Properties for a ten year
period. The hotel leases provide that ZL Hotel LLC will be obligated to pay to
the Operating Partnership (i) the greater of Base Rent or Participating Rent
(collectively, the "Rents") and (ii) Additional Charges. Participating Rent is
calculated by multiplying fixed percentages by various revenue categories for
each of the Hotel Properties. Both Base Rent and the thresholds in the
Participating Rent formulas will be adjusted for inflation. Base Rent accrues
and is required to be paid monthly. Participating Rent is payable monthly,
with monthly adjustments based on actual results.
 
  In order for Base Rent, Participating Rent and Additional Charges to
constitute "rents from real property," the leases must be respected as true
leases for federal income tax purposes and not treated as service contracts,
joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. The determination of whether
the leases are true leases depends on an analysis of all the surrounding facts
and circumstances. In making such a determination, courts have considered a
variety of factors, including the following: (i) the intent of the parties,
(ii) the form of the agreement, (iii) the degree of control over the property
that is retained by the property owner (e.g., whether the lessee has
substantial control over the operation of the property or whether the lessee
was required simply to use its best efforts to perform its obligations under
the agreement), and (iv) the extent to which the property owner retains the
risk of loss with respect to the property (e.g., whether the lessee bears the
risk of increases in operating expenses or the risk of damage to the property)
or the potential for economic gain (e.g., appreciation ) with respect to the
property.
 
                                      139
<PAGE>
 
  In addition, Code section 7701(e) provides that a contract that purports to
be a service contract (or a partnership agreement) is treated instead as a
lease of property if the contract is properly treated as such, taking into
account all relevant factors, including whether or not: (i) the service
recipient is in physical possession of the property, (ii) the service
recipient controls the property, (iii) the service recipient has a significant
economic or possessory interest in the property (e.g., the property's use is
likely to be dedicated to the service recipient for a substantial portion of
the useful life of the property, the recipient shares the risk that the
property will decline in value, the recipient shares in any appreciation in
the value of the property, the recipient shares in savings in the property's
operating costs, or the recipient bears the risk of damage to or loss of the
property), (iv) the service provider does not bear any risk of substantially
diminished receipts or substantially increased expenditures if there is
nonperformance under the contract, (v) the service provider does not use the
property concurrently to provide significant services to entities unrelated to
the service recipient, and (vi) the total contract price does not
substantially exceed the rental value of the property for the contract period.
Since the determination whether a service contract should be treated as a
lease is inherently factual, the presence or absence of any single factor may
not be dispositive in every case. The hotel leases have been structured to
qualify as true leases for federal income tax purposes.
 
  Investors should be aware that there are no controlling Treasury
Regulations, published rulings, or judicial decisions involving leases with
terms substantially the same as the hotel leases that discuss whether such
leases constitute true leases for federal income tax purposes. Therefore,
there can be no complete assurance that the IRS will not assert a contrary
position. If the leases are recharacterized as service contracts or
partnership agreements, rather than true leases, part or all of the payments
that the Operating Partnership receives from the lessee would not be
considered rent or would not otherwise satisfy the various requirements for
qualification as "rents from real property." In that case, the Company likely
would not be able to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income tests and, as
a result, would lose its REIT status.
 
  As indicated above, "rents from real property" must not be based in whole or
in part on the income or profits of any person. The Participating Rent should
qualify as "rents from real property" since it is based on percentages of
receipts or sales which percentages are fixed at the time the leases are
entered into, provided (i) the leases are not renegotiated during the term of
the leases in a manner that has the effect of basing Participating Rent on
income or profits and (ii) the leases conform with normal business practice.
More generally, the Participating Rent will not qualify as "rents from real
property" if, considering the hotel leases and all the surrounding
circumstances, the arrangement does not conform with normal business practice,
but is in reality used as a means of basing the Participating Rent on income
or profits. Since the Participating Rent is based on fixed percentages of the
gross revenues from the hotels that are established in the hotel leases, and
the Company has represented that the percentages (i) will not be renegotiated
during the terms of the leases in a manner that has the effect of basing the
Participating Rent on income or profits and (ii) conform with normal business
practice, the Participating Rent should not be considered based in whole or in
part on the income or profits of any person. Furthermore, the Company has
represented that, with respect to other hotel properties that it acquires in
the future, it will not charge rent for any property that is based in whole or
in part on the income or profits of any person (except by reason of being
based on a fixed percentage of gross revenues, as described above.)
 
  Pursuant to leases with independent third parties, the Operating Partnership
or certain subsidiary partnerships will lease the Garage Property and the
garage portions of certain of the Office Properties to independent third
parties for periods between one to three years. The parking leases provide
that the Operating Partnership will receive rent based on the gross receipts
of the parking garage. The same "true lease" and "rent from real property"
analysis applies with respect to the parking leases as is described above for
the hotel leases. The garage leases also have been structured to qualify as
true leases for federal income tax purposes. As is the case with respect to
the hotel leases, there can be no complete assurance that the IRS will not
assert a contrary position, which if successful could result in the loss of
the Company's status as a REIT.
 
  Through the Operating Partnership, which is not an "independent contractor,"
the Company provides certain services with respect to the Properties, but the
Company believes (and has represented to Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp) that all
such services are considered "usually or customarily rendered" in connection
with the rental of space for occupancy only, so that the provision of such
services does not jeopardize the qualification of rent from the Properties as
"rents from real property." In rendering its opinion on the Company's ability
to
 
                                      140
<PAGE>
 
qualify as a REIT, Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp is relying on such
representations. In the case of any services that are not "usual and
customary" under the foregoing rules, the Company intends to employ
"independent contractors" to provide such services.
 
  The Operating Partnership may receive certain types of income with respect
to the properties it owns that will not qualify under the 75% or 95% gross
income test. In particular, dividends on the Company's stock in the
Development and Management Company will not qualify under the 75% gross income
test. The Company believes, however, that the aggregate amount of such non-
qualifying income in any taxable year will not cause the Company to exceed the
limits on non-qualifying income under the 75% and 95% gross income tests.
 
  If the Company fails to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income
tests for any taxable year, it may nevertheless qualify as a REIT for that
year if it is eligible for relief under certain provisions of the Code. These
relief provisions generally will be available if (i) the Company's failure to
meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect,
(ii) the Company attaches a schedule of the sources of its income to its
Federal income tax return and (iii) any incorrect information on the schedule
is not due to fraud with intent to evade tax. It is not possible, however, to
state whether, in all circumstances, the Company would be entitled to the
benefit of these relief provisions. For example, if the Company fails to
satisfy the gross income tests because nonqualifying income that the Company
intentionally incurs exceeds the limits on such income, the IRS could conclude
that the Company's failure to satisfy the tests was not due to reasonable
cause. As discussed above in "--Opinion of Tax Counsel," even if these relief
provisions apply, a tax would be imposed with respect to the excess net
income. No similar mitigation provision provides relief if the Company fails
the 30% income test, and in such case, the Company will cease to qualify as a
REIT. See "Risk Factors--Failure to Qualify as a REIT."
 
ASSET TESTS
 
  At the close of each quarter of its taxable year, the Company also must
satisfy three tests relating to the nature and diversification of its assets.
 
  .  First, at least 75% of the value of the Company's total assets must be
     represented by real estate assets, cash, cash items and government
     securities.
 
  .  Second, no more than 25% of the Company's total assets may be
     represented by securities other than those in the 75% asset class.
 
  .  Third, of the investments included in the 25% asset class, the value of
     any one issuer's securities owned by the Company may not exceed 5% of
     the value of the Company's total assets, and the Company may not own
     more than 10% of any one issuer's outstanding voting securities.
 
  The 5% test must generally be met for any quarter in which the Company
acquires securities of an issuer. Thus, this requirement must be satisfied not
only on the date the Company acquires securities of the Development and
Management Company, but also each time the Company increases its ownership of
securities of the Development and Management Company (including as a result of
increasing its interest in the Operating Partnership as limited partners
exercise their redemption rights).
 
  The Operating Partnership owns 100% of the nonvoting stock and 1% of the
voting stock of the Development and Management Company, and by virtue of its
ownership of Units, the Company is considered to own its pro rata share of
such stock. Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership, however, owns
more than 10% of the voting securities of the Development and Management
Company. In addition, the Company and its senior management do not believe
that the Company's pro rata share of the value of the securities of the
Development and Management Company exceeds 5% of the total value of the
Company's assets. The Company's belief is based in part upon its analysis of
the value of the equity and unsecured debt securities of the Development and
Management Company owned by the Operating Partnership relative to the value of
the other assets owned by the Operating Partnership. No independent appraisals
have been obtained to support this conclusion, however, and Goodwin, Procter
and Hoar LLP, in rendering its opinion as to the qualification of the Company
as a REIT, is relying on the conclusions of the Company and its senior
management as to the value of the securities of the Development and Management
Company. There can be no assurance that the IRS might not
 
                                      141
<PAGE>
 
contend that the value of the securities of the Development and Management
Company held by the Company (through the Operating Partnership) exceeds the 5%
value limitation.
 
  As noted above, the 5% value requirement must be satisfied not only on the
date the Company acquires equity and unsecured debt securities of the
Development and Management Company, but also each time the Company increases
its ownership of such securities of the Development and Management Company
(including as a result of increasing its interest in the Operating Partnership
as partners exercise their redemption rights). Although the Company plans to
take steps to ensure that it satisfied the 5% value test for any quarter with
respect to which retesting is to occur, there can be no assurance that such
steps will always be successful or will not require a reduction in the
Company's overall interest in the Development and Management Company.
 
  After initially meeting the asset tests at the close of any quarter, the
Company will not lose its status as a REIT for failure to satisfy the asset
tests at the end of a later quarter solely by reason of changes in asset
values. If the failure to satisfy the asset tests results from an acquisition
of securities or other property during a quarter, the failure can be cured by
disposition of sufficient nonqualifying assets within 30 days after the close
of that quarter. The Company maintains, and will continue to maintain,
adequate records of the value of its assets to ensure compliance with the
asset tests and will take such other actions within 30 days after the close of
any quarter as may be required to cure any noncompliance.
 
ANNUAL DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
 
  In order to be taxed as a REIT, the Company is required to distribute
dividends (other than capital gain dividends) to its stockholders in an amount
at least equal to (a) the sum of (i) 95% of the Company's "REIT taxable
income" (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction and the
Company's capital gain) and (ii) 95% of the net income, if any, from
foreclosure property in excess of the special tax on income from foreclosure
property, minus (b) the sum of certain items of non-cash income. Such
distributions must be paid in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the
following taxable year if declared before the Company timely files its Federal
income tax return for such year and if paid on or before the first regular
dividend payment after such declaration. Even if the Company satisfies the
foregoing distribution requirements, to the extent that the Company does not
distribute all of its net capital gain or "REIT taxable income" as adjusted,
it will be subject to tax thereon at regular capital gains or ordinary
corporate tax rates. Furthermore, if the Company should fail to distribute
during each calendar year at least the sum of (a) 85% of its ordinary income
for that year, (b) 95% of its capital gain net income for that year and (c)
any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, the Company would be
subject to a 4% excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over
the amounts actually distributed. In addition, if the Company disposes of any
asset subject to the Built-In Gain Rules during the applicable Recognition
Period, the Company will be required, pursuant to guidance issued by the IRS,
to distribute at least 95% of the Built-In Gain (after tax), if any,
recognized on the disposition of the asset.
 
  The Company intends to make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy the
annual distribution requirements. In this regard, the Operating Partnership
Agreement authorizes the Company, as general partner, to take such steps as
may be necessary to cause the Operating Partnership to distribute to its
partners an amount sufficient to permit the Company to meet these distribution
requirements.
 
  It is expected that the Company's REIT taxable income will be less than its
cash flow due to the allowance of depreciation and other non-cash charges in
computing REIT taxable income. Accordingly, the Company anticipates that it
will generally have sufficient cash or liquid assets to enable it to satisfy
the 95% distribution requirement. It is possible, however, that the Company,
from time to time, may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet
the 95% distribution requirement or to distribute such greater amount as may
be necessary to avoid income and excise taxation, as a result of timing
differences between (i) the actual receipt of income and actual payment of
deductible expenses and (ii) the inclusion of such income and deduction of
such expenses in arriving at taxable income of the Company, or as a result of
nondeductible expenses such as principal amortization or capital expenditures
in excess of noncash deductions. In the event that such timing differences
occur, the Company may find it necessary to arrange for borrowings or, if
possible, pay taxable stock dividends in order to meet the dividend
requirement.
 
 
                                      142
<PAGE>
 
  Under certain circumstances, the Company may be able to rectify a failure to
meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying "deficiency dividends"
to stockholders in a later year, which may be included in the Company's
deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Thus, the Company may be
able to avoid being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends. The
Company will, however, be required to pay interest based upon the amount of
any deduction taken for deficiency dividends.
 
                              FAILURE TO QUALIFY
 
  If the Company fails to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year
and the relief provisions do not apply, the Company will be subject to tax
(including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on its taxable income at
regular corporate rates. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which
the Company fails to qualify will not be deductible by the Company nor will
they be required to be made. In such event, to the extent of current or
accumulated earnings and profits, all distributions to stockholders will be
dividends, taxable as ordinary income, and subject to certain limitations of
the Code, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends-received
deduction. Unless the Company is entitled to relief under specific statutory
provisions, the Company also will be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for
the four taxable years following the year during which qualification was lost.
It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances the Company would be
entitled to such statutory relief. For example, if the Company fails to
satisfy the gross income tests because nonqualifying income that the Company
intentionally incurs exceeds the limit on such income, the IRS could conclude
that the Company's failure to satisfy the tests was not due to reasonable
cause. See "Risk Factors--Failure to Qualify as a REIT--Other Tax
Liabilities."
 
                         TAXATION OF U.S. STOCKHOLDERS
 
  As used herein, the term "U.S. Stockholder" means a holder of Common Stock
that for United States federal income tax purposes (a) is a citizen or
resident of the United States, (b) is a corporation, partnership or other
entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of
any political subdivision thereof or (c) is an estate or trust, the income of
which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its
source. For any taxable year for which the Company qualifies for taxation as a
REIT, amounts distributed to taxable U.S. Stockholders will be taxed as
follows.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY
 
  Distributions to U.S. Stockholders, other than capital gain dividends
discussed below, will constitute dividends up to the amount of the Company's
current or accumulated earnings and profits and will be taxable to the
stockholders as ordinary income. These distributions are not eligible for the
dividends-received deduction for corporations. To the extent that the Company
makes a distribution in excess of its current or accumulated earnings and
profits, the distribution will be treated first as a tax-free return of
capital, reducing the tax basis in the U.S. Stockholder's Common Stock, and
the amount of such distribution in excess of a U.S. Stockholder's tax basis in
its Common Stock will be taxable as gain realized from the sale of its Common
Stock. Dividends declared by the Company in October, November or December of
any year payable to a stockholder of record on a specified date in any such
month shall be treated as both paid by the Company and received by the
stockholder on December 31 of the year, provided that the dividend is actually
paid by the Company during January of the following calendar year.
Stockholders may not include on their own federal income tax returns any
losses of the Company.
 
  The Company will be treated as having sufficient earnings and profits to
treat as a dividend any distribution by the Company up to the amount required
to be distributed in order to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax discussed
in "--Opinion of Tax Counsel" above. Moreover, any "deficiency dividend" will
be treated as an ordinary or capital gain dividend, as the case may be,
regardless of the Company's earnings and profits. As a result, stockholders
may be required to treat certain distributions that would otherwise result in
a tax-free return of capital as taxable dividends.
 
 
                                      143
<PAGE>
 
CAPITAL GAIN DIVIDENDS
 
  Dividends to U.S. Stockholders that are properly designated by the Company
as capital gain dividends will be treated as long-term capital gains (to the
extent they do not exceed the Company's actual net capital gain) for the
taxable year without regard to the period for which the stockholder has held
his stock. However, corporate stockholders may be required to treat up to 20%
of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income. Capital gain dividends
are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporations.
 
PASSIVE ACTIVITY LOSS AND INVESTMENT INTEREST LIMITATIONS
 
  Distributions from the Company and gain from the disposition of Common Stock
will not be treated as passive activity income, and therefore stockholders may
not be able to apply any "passive losses" against such income. Dividends from
the Company (to the extent they do not constitute a return of capital) will
generally be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment
income limitation. Under recently enacted legislation, net capital gain from
the disposition of Common Stock and capital gain dividends generally will be
excluded from investment income.
 
CERTAIN DISPOSITIONS OF SHARES
 
  Losses incurred on the sale or exchange of Common Stock held for less than
six months (after applying certain holding period rules) will be deemed long-
term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the
selling stockholder from those shares.
 
TREATMENT OF TAX-EXEMPT STOCKHOLDERS
 
  Distributions from the Company to a tax-exempt employee pension trust or
other domestic tax-exempt stockholder generally, will not constitute
"unrelated business taxable income" ("UBTI") unless the stockholder has
borrowed to acquire or carry its Common Stock. Qualified trusts that hold more
than 10% (by value) of the shares of certain REITS, however, may be required
to treat a certain percentage of such a REIT's distributions as UBTI. This
requirement will apply only if (i) the REIT would not qualify as such for
federal income tax purposes but for the application of the "look-through"
exception to the Five or Fewer Requirement applicable to shares held by
qualified trusts and (ii) the REIT is "predominantly held" by qualified
trusts. A REIT is predominantly held by qualified trusts if either (i) a
single qualified trust holds more than 25% by value of the interests in the
REIT or (ii) one or more qualified trusts, each owning more than 10% by value
of the interests in the REIT, hold in the aggregate more than 50% of the
interests in the REIT. The percentage of any REIT dividend treated as UBTI is
equal to the ratio of (a) the UBTI earned by the REIT (treating the REIT as if
it were a qualified trust and therefore subject to tax on UBTI) to (b) the
total gross income (less certain associated expenses) of the REIT. A de
minimis exception applies where the ratio set forth in the preceding sentence
is less than 5% for any year. For these purposes, a qualified trust is any
trust described in section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from tax under
section 501(a) of the Code. The provisions requiring qualified trusts to treat
a portion of REIT distributions as UBTI will not apply if the REIT is able to
satisfy the Five or Fewer Requirement without relying upon the "look-through"
exception.
 
              SPECIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR FOREIGN STOCKHOLDERS
 
  The rules governing United States income taxation of non-resident alien
individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships and foreign trusts and
estates (collectively, "Non-U.S. Stockholders") are complex, and the following
discussion is intended only as a summary of these rules. Prospective Non-U.S.
Stockholders should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the
impact of federal, state and local income tax laws on an investment in the
Company, including any reporting requirements.
 
  In general, Non-U.S. Stockholders will be subject to regular United States
federal income tax with respect to their investment in the Company if the
investment is "effectively connected" with the Non-U.S. Stockholder's conduct
of a trade or business in the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Stockholder
that receives income that is (or is treated as) effectively connected with a
U.S. trade or business also may be subject to the branch profits
 
                                      144
<PAGE>
 
tax under section 884 of the Code, which is payable in addition to regular
United States federal corporate income tax. The following discussion will
apply to Non-U.S. Stockholders whose investment in the Company is not so
effectively connected.
 
  A distribution by the Company that is not attributable to gain from the sale
or exchange by the Company of a United States real property interest and that
is not designated by the Company as a capital gain dividend will be treated as
an ordinary income dividend to the extent that it is made out of current or
accumulated earnings and profits. Generally, any ordinary income dividend will
be subject to a United States federal income tax equal to 30% of the gross
amount of the dividend unless this tax is reduced by an applicable tax treaty.
Such a distribution in excess of the Company's earnings and profits will be
treated first as a return of capital that will reduce a Non-U.S. Stockholder's
basis in its Common Stock (but not below zero) and then as gain from the
disposition of such shares, the tax treatment of which is described under the
rules discussed below with respect to dispositions of Common Stock.
 
  Distributions by the Company that are attributable to gain from the sale or
exchange of a United States real property interest will be taxed to a Non-U.S.
Stockholder under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980
("FIRPTA"). Under FIRPTA, such distributions are taxed to a Non-U.S.
Stockholder as if the distributions were gains "effectively connected" with a
United States trade or business. Accordingly, a Non-U.S. Stockholder will be
taxed at the normal capital gain rates applicable to a U.S. Stockholder
(subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative
minimum tax in the case of non-resident alien individuals). Distributions
subject to FIRPTA also may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax when made to
a foreign corporate stockholder that is not entitled to treaty exemptions.
 
  Although tax treaties may reduce the Company's withholding obligations, the
Company generally will be required to withhold from distributions to Non-U.S.
Stockholders, and remit to the IRS, (i) 35% of designated capital gain
dividends (or, if greater, 35% of the amount of any distributions that could
be designated as capital gain dividends) and (ii) 30% of ordinary dividends
paid out of earnings and profits. In addition, if the Company designates prior
distributions as capital gain dividends, subsequent distributions, up to the
amount of such prior distributions, will be treated as capital gain dividends
for purposes of withholding. A distribution in excess of the Company's
earnings and profits will be subject to 30% dividend withholding if at the
time of the distribution it cannot be determined whether the distribution will
be in an amount in excess of the Company's current or accumulated earnings and
profits. If the amount of tax withheld by the Company with respect to a
distribution to a Non-U.S. Stockholder exceeds the stockholder's United States
tax liability with respect to such distribution, the Non-U.S. Stockholder may
file for a refund of such excess from the IRS.
 
  Unless the Common Stock constitutes a "United States real property interest"
within the meaning of FIRPTA, a sale of Common Stock by a Non-U.S. Stockholder
generally will not be subject to United States federal income taxation. The
Common Stock will not constitute a United States real property interest if the
Company is a "domestically controlled REIT." A domestically controlled REIT is
a REIT in which at all times during a specified testing period less than 50%
in value of its shares is held directly or indirectly by Non-U.S.
Stockholders. It is currently anticipated that the Company will be a
domestically controlled REIT and therefore that sales of Common Stock will not
be subject to taxation under FIRPTA. However, because the Common Stock will be
publicly traded, no assurance can be given that the Company will continue to
be a domestically controlled REIT. If the Company were not a domestically
controlled REIT, whether a Non-U.S. Stockholder's sale of Common Stock would
be subject to tax under FIRPTA as a sale of a United States real property
interest would depend on whether the Common Stock were "regularly traded" on
an established securities market (such as the NYSE on which the Common Stock
will be listed) and on the size of the selling stockholder's interest in the
Company. If the gain on the sale of Common Stock were subject to taxation
under FIRPTA, the Non-U.S. Stockholder would be subject to the same treatment
as a U.S. Stockholder with respect to the gain (subject to any applicable
alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of
non-resident alien individuals). In addition, distributions that are treated
as gain from the disposition of Common Stock and are subject to tax under
FIRPTA also may be subject to a 30% branch profit tax when made to a foreign
corporate stockholder that is not entitled to treaty exemptions. In any event,
a purchaser of Common Stock from a Non-U.S. Stockholder will not be required
to withhold under FIRPTA on the purchase price if the purchased Common Stock
is "regularly traded" on an established securities market (such as the NYSE)
or if the Company is a
 
                                      145
<PAGE>
 
domestically controlled REIT. Otherwise, under FIRPTA the purchaser of Common
Stock may be required to withhold 10% of the purchase price and remit this
amount to the IRS. Capital gains not subject to FIRPTA will be taxable to a
Non-U.S. Stockholder if the Non-U.S. Stockholder is a non-resident alien
individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the
taxable year and certain other conditions apply, in which case the non-
resident alien individual will be subject to a 30% tax on his or her U.S.
source capital gains.
 
         INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX
 
  Under certain circumstances, U.S. Stockholders may be subject to backup
withholding at a rate of 31% on payments made with respect to, or cash
proceeds of a sale or exchange of, Common Stock. Backup withholding will apply
only if the holder (i) fails to furnish his or her taxpayer identification
number ("TIN") (which, for an individual, would be his or her Social Security
Number), (ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified by the IRS that he
or she has failed properly to report payments of interest and dividends or is
otherwise subject to backup withholding or (iv) under certain circumstances,
fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that he or she has furnished a
correct TIN and (a) that he or she has not been notified by the IRS that he or
she is subject to backup withholding for failure to report interest and
dividend payments or (b) that he or she has been notified by the IRS that he
or she is no longer subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding will not
apply with respect to payments made to certain exempt recipients, such as
corporations and tax-exempt organizations.
 
  U.S. Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their
qualifications for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for
obtaining such an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax.
Rather, the amount of any backup withholding with respect to a payment to a
U.S. Stockholder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Stockholder's
United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S.
Stockholder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished
to the IRS.
 
  Additional issues may arise pertaining to information reporting and backup
withholding for Non-U.S. Stockholders. Non-U.S. Stockholders should consult
their tax advisors with regard to U.S. information reporting and backup
withholding.
 
                           OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
EFFECT OF TAX STATUS OF OPERATING PARTNERSHIP ON REIT QUALIFICATION
 
  Substantially all of the Company's investments are through the Operating
Partnership. In addition, the Operating Partnership holds interests in certain
Properties through subsidiary partnerships. The Company's interest in these
partnerships may involve special tax considerations. Such considerations
include (i) the allocations of items of income and expense, which could affect
the computation of taxable income of the Company, (ii) the status of the
Operating Partnership, and other subsidiary partnerships as partnerships (as
opposed to associations taxable as corporations) for federal income tax
purposes, and (iii) the taking of actions by the Operating Partnership and
subsidiary partnerships that could adversely affect the Company's
qualifications as a REIT. In the opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, based
on certain representations of the Company and its subsidiaries, each of the
Operating Partnership, and the other subsidiary partnerships in which the
Operating Partnership has an interest will be treated for Federal income tax
purposes as a partnership (and not as an association taxable as a
corporation). If any of the Operating Partnership, or other subsidiary
partnerships in which the Operating Partnership has an interest were treated
as an association taxable as a corporation, the Company would fail to qualify
as a REIT for a number of reasons.
 
TAX ALLOCATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTIES
 
  When property is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in
the partnership, the partnership generally takes a carryover basis in that
property for tax purposes equal to the adjusted basis of the contributing
partner in the property, rather than a basis equal to the fair market value of
the property at the time of contribution. Pursuant to section 704(c) of the
Code, income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to such contributed
property must be allocated in a manner such that the contributing partner is
charged with, or benefits from, respectively, the
 
                                      146
<PAGE>
 
unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of
the contribution. The amount of such unrealized gain or unrealized loss is
generally equal to the difference between the fair market value of the
contributed property at the time of contribution and the adjusted tax basis of
such property at the time of contribution (a "Book-Tax Difference"). Such
allocations are solely for Federal income tax purposes and do not affect the
book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the
partners. The Operating Partnership was formed by way of contributions of
appreciated property (including certain of the Properties). Consequently, the
Operating Partnership Agreement requires such allocations to be made in a
manner consistent with section 704(c) of the Code. Final and temporary
Regulations under Section 704(c) of the Code provide partnerships with a
choice of several methods of accounting for Book-Tax Differences for property
contributed to a partnership on or after December 21, 1993, including the
retention of the "traditional method" that was available under prior law or
the election of certain alternative methods. Currently, the Company intends to
elect the "traditional method with curative allocations" of Section 704(c)
allocations. Under the traditional method, which is the least favorable method
from the Company's perspective, the carryover basis of contributed interests
in the Properties in the hands of the Operating Partnership could cause the
Company (i) to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax
purposes than would be allocated to the Company if all Properties were to have
a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of the contribution
(the "ceiling rule") and (ii) to be allocated taxable gain in the event of a
sale of such contributed interests in the Properties in excess of the economic
or book income allocated to the Company as a result of such sale, with a
corresponding benefit to the other partners in the Operating Partnership. If
the "traditional method with curative allocations" is elected by the Company
the Operating Partnership Agreement may specially allocate taxable gain on
sale of the Properties to the contributing partners up to the aggregate amount
of depreciation deductions with respect to each such Property that the
"ceiling rule" prevented the Company from being allocated.
 
  Interests in the Properties purchased for cash by the Operating Partnership
simultaneously with or subsequent to the admission of the Company to the
Operating Partnership will initially have a tax basis equal to their fair
market value. Thus, Section 704(c) of the Code will not apply to such
interests.
 
  A portion of the amounts to be used to fund distributions to stockholders is
expected to come from the Development and Management Company, through
dividends on stock held by the Operating Partnership. The Development and
Management Company will not qualify as a REIT and will pay federal, state and
local income taxes on its taxable income at normal corporate rates. The
federal, state or local income taxes that the company is required to pay will
reduce the amount of dividends payable by such company to the Operating
Partnership and cash available for distribution by the Company, which in turn
could require the Operating Partnership to secure funds from additional
sources in order to allow the Company to make required distributions.
 
  As described above, the value of the equity and unsecured debt securities of
the Development and Management Company held by the Company cannot exceed 5% of
the value of the Company's assets at a time when a Partner exercises his
redemption right (or the Company otherwise is considered to acquire additional
securities of the Development and Management Company). See "--Requirements for
Qualification--Asset Tests." This limitation may restrict the ability of the
Development and Management Company to increase the size of its respective
business unless the value of the assets of the Company is increasing at a
commensurate rate.
 
                              STATE AND LOCAL TAX
 
  The Company and its operating subsidiaries may be subject to state and local
tax in states and localities in which they do business or own property. The
tax treatment of the Company and its operating subsidiaries and the holders of
Common Stock in such jurisdictions may differ from the federal income tax
treatment described above.
 
                                      147
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions in the United States purchase agreement
(the "U.S. Purchase Agreement"), among the Company and each of the
underwriters named below (the "U.S. Underwriters"), and concurrently with the
sale of 6,280,000 shares to the International Managers (as defined below), the
Company has agreed to sell to each of the U.S. Underwriters, for whom Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, PaineWebber
Incorporated, Prudential Securities Incorporated, and Smith Barney Inc. are
acting as representatives (the "U.S. Representatives"), and each of the U.S.
Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase from the Company, the respective
number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their respective names:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER
                                                                          OF
           UNDERWRITER                                                  SHARES
           -----------                                                ----------
      <S>                                                             <C>
      Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
               Incorporated..........................................
      Goldman, Sachs & Co. ..........................................
      Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ......................................
      Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated..............................
      PaineWebber Incorporated.......................................
      Prudential Securities Incorporated.............................
      Smith Barney Inc. .............................................
           Total..................................................... 25,120,000
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has also entered into a purchase agreement (the "International
Purchase Agreement" and, together with the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the
"Purchase Agreements") with certain underwriters outside the United States and
Canada (the "International Managers" and, together with the U.S. Underwriters,
the "Underwriters") for whom Merrill Lynch International, Goldman Sachs
International, Bear, Stearns International Limited, Morgan Stanley & Co.
International Limited, PaineWebber International (UK) Ltd., Prudential-Bache
Securities (U.K.) Inc., and Smith Barney Inc. are acting as lead managers.
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the International Purchase
Agreement and concurrently with the sale of 25,120,000 shares of Common Stock
to the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the Company
has agreed to sell to the International Managers, and the International
Managers have severally agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of
6,280,000 shares of Common Stock. The initial public offering price per share
and the total underwriting discount per share are identical under the U.S.
Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
 
  In each Purchase Agreement, the several U.S. Underwriters and the several
International Managers have agreed, respectively, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in such Purchase Agreement, to purchase all of the shares
of Common Stock being sold pursuant to such Purchase Agreement if any of such
shares of Common Stock are purchased. Under certain circumstances, the
commitments of non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters or International Managers (as
the case may be) may be increased. The sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant
to the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement are
conditioned upon each other.
 
  The U.S. Representatives have advised the Company that the U.S. Underwriters
propose to offer the Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession not in excess of $    per share. The U.S.
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a discount not in
excess of $    per share on sales to certain other brokers and dealers. After
the date of this Prospectus, the initial public offering price and concession
and discount may be changed.
 
  The Company has been informed that the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers have entered into an agreement (the "Intersyndicate
Agreement") providing for the coordination of their activities. Under the
terms of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers are permitted to sell shares of Common Stock to each
other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering price, less an
 
                                      148
<PAGE>
 
amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms of the
Intersyndicate Agreement, the International Managers and any dealer to whom
they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of
Common Stock to persons who are United States persons or Canadian persons or
to persons they believe intend to resell to persons who are United States
persons or Canadian persons, and the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom
they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of
Common Stock to persons who are non-United States and non-Canadian persons or
to persons they believe intend to resell to non-United States and non-Canadian
persons, except in each case for transactions pursuant to such agreement.
 
  The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters an option, exercisable for
30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 3,768,000
additional shares of Common Stock to cover overallotments, if any, at the
initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus. If the U.S. Underwriters exercise this option,
each U.S. Underwriter will have a firm commitment, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage thereof which the
number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the foregoing
table bears to such U.S. Underwriters' initial amount reflected in the
foregoing table. The Company also has granted an option to the International
Managers, exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to 942,000 additional shares of Common Stock to
cover overallotments, if any, on terms similar to those granted to the U.S.
Underwriters.
 
  At the request of the Company, the U.S. Underwriters have reserved up to
750,000 shares of Common Stock for sale at the public offering price to
certain employees of the Company, the Company's business affiliates and other
parties who have expressed an interest in purchasing shares. The number of
shares available to the general public will be reduced to the extent these
persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so
purchased by such persons at the completion of the Offerings will be offered
by the U.S. Underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other
shares offered by this Prospectus.
 
  In the Purchase Agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification of the Underwriters for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act may be permitted pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is therefore unenforceable.
 
  The Company, the Operating Partnership and certain persons who owned
interests in one or more of the Properties prior to the Offering and who
received OP Units in exchange for such interests in the Formation Transactions
(the "Non-Affiliated Participants") have agreed, subject to certain
exceptions, not to sell, offer or contract to sell, grant any option for the
sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or OP Units, or
any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or OP Units,
for a period of one year from the date of the Prospectus, without the prior
written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
Goldman, Sachs & Co. The Company has granted certain registration rights
pursuant to which the Non-Affiliated Participants may require the Company to
file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to sales of any shares
received by the Non-Affiliated Participants in exchange for their OP Units
after the expiration of the one-year period.
 
  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and the senior officers of the Company who will
receive OP Units and/or shares of Common Stock in the Formation Transactions
have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, offer or contract to
sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock or OP Units for a period of two years from the date of the
Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner
& Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
  Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters
and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As
an exception to these rules, the U.S. Representatives are permitted to engage
in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such
transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing
or maintaining the price of the Common Stock.
 
 
                                      149
<PAGE>
 
  If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares of Common Stock
than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the U.S.
Representatives and the International Managers, respectively, may reduce that
short position by purchasing Common Stock in the open market. The U.S.
Representatives and the International Managers, respectively, may also elect
to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment
option described above.
 
  The U.S. Representatives and the International Managers, respectively, may
also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters and selling group members.
This means that if the U.S. Representatives or the International Managers
purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce the Underwriters'
short position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they may reclaim
the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and selling group
members who sold those shares as part of the Offering.
 
  In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher
than it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty
bid might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it
were to discourage resales of the security.
 
  Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the
transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In
addition, none of the Underwriters makes any representation that the U.S.
Representatives or the International Managers will engage in such transactions
or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without
notice.
 
  The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which
they exercise discretionary authority.
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. The initial public offering price has been determined through
negotiations between the Company and the U.S. Representatives. Among the
factors considered in such negotiations, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, are dividend yields and financial characteristics of publicly
traded REITs that the Company and the U.S. Representatives believe to be
comparable to the Company, the expected results of operations of the Company
(which are based on the results of operations of the Boston Properties
Predecessor Group and the third-party development and management business in
recent periods), estimates of the future business potential and earnings
prospects of the Company as a whole and the current state of the real estate
market in the Company's primary markets and the economy as a whole.
 
  The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "BXP," subject to official notice of issuance. In
order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Common Stock on the New
York Stock Exchange, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or
more shares of Common Stock to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
 
  The Company may, in its sole discretion, pay to Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. an advisory fee in the
aggregate equal to 0.50% of the gross proceeds received from the sale of
Common Stock to public investors in the Offerings for financial advisory
services rendered in connection with the Company's formation as a REIT.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The combined historical financial statements and financial statement
schedule of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group included in this
Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part,
to the extent and for the periods indicated in their reports, have been
audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, and are included
herein in reliance upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
 
 
                                      150
<PAGE>
 
  In addition, certain statistical information provided under the captions
"Prospectus Summary--The Properties" and "Business and Properties" has been
prepared by Spaulding & Slye, and is included herein in reliance upon the
authority of such firm as expert in, among other things, office and industrial
real estate market conditions.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  Certain legal matters, including the validity of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby, will be passed upon for the Company by Goodwin, Procter & Hoar
LLP. In addition, the description of federal income tax consequences contained
in this Prospectus under the heading "Federal Income Tax Consequences" is
based upon the opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP. Goodwin, Procter & Hoar
LLP served as corporate, real estate and tax counsel in connection with the
Formation Transactions and the Offering. Gilbert G. Menna, the sole
shareholder of Gilbert G. Menna, P.C., a partner of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar
llp, will serve as an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Bingham, Dana &
Gould LLP (which advised the Company in connection with the restructuring of
indebtedness on the Company's 599 Lexington Avenue Property) and Shaw,
Pittman, Potts & Trowbridge serve as real estate counsel for the Company.
Certain partners of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP or their affiliates, together
with Mr. Menna, will acquire approximately 20,000 shares of Common Stock in
the Offering. In addition, partners and former partners of Shaw, Pittman,
Potts & Trowbridge who had an indirect interest in 2300 N Street will acquire
an interest in approximately 20,000 OP Units. See "Underwriting."
 
  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Skadden,
Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (of which this Prospectus
is a part) under the Securities Act with respect to the securities offered
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all information set forth in the
Registration Statement, certain portions of which have been omitted as
permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. Statements contained
in this Prospectus as to the content of any contract or other document are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of
such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference and the exhibits and schedules hereto. For further information
regarding the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is hereby
made to the Registration Statement and such exhibits and schedules, which may
be obtained from the Commission as its principal office at 450 Fifth Street,
Northwest, Washington, D.C. 20549, upon payment of the fees prescribed by the
Commission. The Commission maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov
containing reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants, including the Company, that file electronically with
the Commission.
 
  Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract
or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the full text of such contract or document.
 
  The Company will be required to file reports and other information with the
Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition to
applicable legal or NYSE requirements, if any, holders of Common Shares will
receive annual reports containing audited financial statements with a report
thereon by the Company's independent certified public accounts, and quarterly
reports containing unaudited financial information for each of the first three
quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                                      151
<PAGE>
 
                                   GLOSSARY
 
  "100 Stockholder Requirement" means the requirement that beneficial
ownership of a corporation must be held by 100 or more persons in order to
qualify as a REIT under the Code.
 
  "1940 Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
  "Absorption" means the net increase in square feet of leased space.
 
  "ADA" means the Americans with Disabilities Act, enacted on July 26, 1990.
 
  "ADR" means the average daily rate of a Hotel Property.
 
  "Annual Net Effective Rent" means the annualized Base Rent for the month of
December 1996, plus tenant pass-throughs of operating and other expenses (but
excluding electricity costs paid by tenants), under each lease executed as of
December 31, 1996, presented on a straight-line basis in accordance with GAAP,
minus amortization of tenant improvement costs and leasing commissions, if
any, paid or payable by the Company during such period, annualized.
   
  "Average Effective Annual Rent" means the Base Rent for the month of
December of the applicable year, presented on a straight-line basis in
accordance with GAAP, exclusive of tenant pass-throughs of operating and other
expenses.     
          
  "Base Rent" means the annualized fixed monthly base rental amount in effect
under each lease executed as of December 31, 1996, excluding monthly tenant
pass-throughs of operating and other expenses, and reduced by any rent
concessions in effect as of December 31, 1996.     
 
  "Beneficiary" means the qualified charitable organization selected by the
Company to serve as the beneficiary of the trust which shall hold any Excess
Shares.
 
  "Book-Tax Difference" means the difference between the fair market value of
the contributed property at the time of contribution and the adjusted tax
basis of such property at the time of contribution.
 
  "Boston Properties Predecessor Group" means Boston Properties, Inc., the
Property Partnerships and the other entities which owned interests in one or
more of the Properties or in other assets that will be contributed to the
Company in connection with the Formation Transactions.
 
  "Built-In Gain" means the excess of the fair market value of an asset as of
the beginning of the applicable Recognition Period over the Company's adjusted
basis in such asset as of the beginning of such Recognition Period.
 
  "Built-In Gain Rules" means the built-in gain rules promulgated in
guidelines issued by the IRS.
 
  "Bylaws" means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.
 
  "Certificate" means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company.
 
  "Class A Office Buildings" means buildings that are centrally located,
professionally managed and maintained, attract high-quality tenants and
command upper-tier rental rates, and are modern structures or have been
modernized to successfully compete with newer buildings.
 
  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, together with
its predecessor.
 
  "Commission" or the "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
  "Common Stock" means shares of the Company's common stock, $.01 par value
per share.
 
  "Company" means Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including the Operating Partnership and
the Development and Management Company.
 
  "Company Quoted Rental Rate" means the weighted average rental rate per
square foot quoted by the Company as of December 31, 1996, based on the total
net rentable square feet of Properties in the applicable
 
                                      152
<PAGE>
 
submarket. This rate is not adjusted to a full-service equivalent rate in
markets in which the Company's rates are not quoted on a full-service basis.
 
  "Continuing Investors" means the persons who held a direct or indirect
interest in the assets of the Company prior to the Offering.
 
  "Development and Management Company" means Boston Properties Management,
Inc., the subsidiary of the Operating Partnership which will succeed to a
portion of the third-party commercial real estate property management business
of Boston Properties, Inc.
 
  "Designated Property" means any of 599 Lexington Avenue, One and Two
Independence Square, and Capital Gallery or a successor property acquired in a
"like kind" exchange for such a property.
 
  "Development Properties" means the seven Office Properties currently under
development or redevelopment by the Company.
 
  "DGCL" means the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
  "Direct Vacancy Rate" means space immediately available by landlords.
 
  "EBITDA" means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization.
       
  "Excess Shares" means those shares of Common Stock in excess of the
Ownership Limit, the Look-Through Ownership Limit, the Related Party Limit, or
the Certificate which are automatically converted into an equal number of
shares of Excess Stock.
 
  "Excess Stock" means the separate class of shares of stock of the Company
into which shares of stock of the Company owned, or deemed to be owned, or
transferred to a stockholder in excess of the Ownership Limit, the Related
Party Limit or the Look-Through Ownership Limit, as applicable, will
automatically be converted.
 
  "Excluded Property" means the property in which Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde
hold ownership interests but which is not being contributed to the Company as
part of the Formation Transactions.
 
  "FIRPTA" means the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980, as
amended.
 
  "Five or Fewer Requirement" means the requirement under the Code that not
more than 50% in value of the Company's outstanding shares of Stock may be
owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the
Code) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year).
 
  "Formation Transactions" means the transactions relating to the formation of
the Company and its subsidiaries, including the transfer to the Company of the
Properties from the Property Partnerships and other entities which own one or
more Properties and the development, project management and property
management businesses of Boston Properties, Inc.
 
  "Funds from Operations" means, in accordance with the resolution adopted by
the Board of Governors of NAREIT, net income (loss) (computed in accordance
with GAAP), excluding significant non-recurring items, gains (or losses) from
debt restructuring and sales of property, plus depreciation and amortization
on real estate assets, and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships
and joint ventures.
 
  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles.
 
 
                                      153
<PAGE>
 
  "Garage Property" means the 1,170 space parking garage in which the Company
has an interest.
 
  "Greater Boston" means the city of Boston and ninety surrounding
municipalities in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as designated by
Spaulding & Slye in its market study cited herein.
 
  "Greater Washington, D.C." means the city of Washington, D.C. and fifty
surrounding municipalities, as designated by Spaulding & Slye in its market
study cited herein.
 
  "GSA" means the General Services Administration of the United States
Government.
 
  "Hotel Properties" means the two full service hotels which the Company will
own at the completion of the Offering.
 
  "Industrial Properties" means the nine industrial properties in which the
Company has an interest.
 
  "International Purchase Agreement" means the purchase agreement among the
Company and the International Managers.
 
  "International Managers" means the underwriters outside the United States
and Canada named in this Prospectus for whom Merrill Lynch International,
Goldman Sachs International, Bear, Stearns International Limited, Morgan
Stanley & Co. International, PaineWebber International (UK) Ltd., Prudential-
Bache Securities (U.K.) Inc., and Smith Barney Inc. are acting as lead
managers.
 
  "Intersyndicate Agreement" means the agreement between the U.S. Underwriters
and the International Managers providing for the coordination of their
activities.
 
  "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.
 
  "LIBOR" means the London Interbank Offered Rate.
 
  "Line of Credit Bank" means BankBoston, N.A.
 
  "Look-Through Ownership Limit" means the ownership limit applicable to
entities which are looked through for purposes of the Five or Fewer
Requirement restricting such entities to holding no more than 15.0% of the
number of outstanding shares of any class or series of capital stock of the
Company.
 
  "Marriott (R)" means Marriott International, Inc., the manager of the two
Hotel Properties.
 
  "MIT" means the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 
  "Mortgage Debt" means the total mortgage debt secured by the Properties
following the Offering.
 
  "Named Executive Officers" means the Company's Chief Executive Officer and
each of the Company's four other most highly compensated executive officers.
 
  "NAREIT" means the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts.
 
  "Non-U.S. Stockholders" means non-United States stockholders for federal
income tax purposes.
 
  "NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
 
  "Offering" means the offering of shares of Common Stock of the Company
pursuant to, and as described in, this Prospectus.
 
  "Office Properties" means the 63 office properties, including seven office
properties currently under development or redevelopment by the Company, in
which the Company has an interest.
 
  "OP Units" means limited and general partnership interests in the Operating
Partnership.
 
                                      154
<PAGE>
 
  "Operating Partnership" means Boston Properties Limited Partnership, a
Delaware limited partnership.
 
  "Operating Partnership Agreement" means the amended and restated agreement
of limited partnership of the Operating Partnership.
 
  "Ownership Limit" means the restriction contained in the Company's
Certificate providing that, subject to certain exceptions, no holder may own,
or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provision of the Code, more
than 6.6% of the number of outstanding shares of any class or series of
capital stock of the Company.
 
  "Plan" means the Boston Properties, Inc. 1997 Stock Option and Incentive
Plan, adopted by the Board of Directors prior to the date hereof.
   
  "Preferred Stock" means shares of Series E preferred stock of the Company,
$.01 par value per share.     
 
  "Prohibited Owner" means a person or entity holding record title to shares
of Common Stock in excess of the Ownership Limit, the Look-Through Ownership
Limit, the Related Party Limit, or the Certificate.
 
  "Prohibited Transferee" means the transferee of any purported transfer of
capital stock of the Company or any other event which would otherwise result
in the transferee violating the Ownership Limit, the Look-Through Ownership
Limit, the Related Party Limit, or the Certificate.
 
  "Properties" means the 75 commercial real estate properties referred to
herein in which the Company has an interest.
 
  "Property Partnership" means a general or limited partnership which, prior
to the Formation Transactions, owned or had an interest in one or more
Properties.
 
  "Prospectus" means this prospectus, as the same may be amended.
 
  "Purchase Agreements" means the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement.
 
  "R&D Properties" means the 27 properties, including four Development
Properties, in which the Company has an interest that support both office,
research and development and other technical uses.
 
  "Recognition Period" means the ten-year period beginning on the date on
which the Company acquires an asset from a C corporation in a carry-over basis
transaction.
 
  "REIT" means real estate investment trust, as defined by Sections 856
through 860 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
 
  "REIT Requirements" means the requirements for qualifying as a REIT under
Sections 856 through 860 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
 
  "Related Party" means each of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde, their respective
heirs, legatees and devisees, and any other person whose beneficial ownership
of shares of Common Stock would be attributed under the Code to Messrs.
Zuckerman, Linde, or their respective heirs, legatees or devisees.
 
  "Related Party Ownership Limit" means the ownership limit applicable to each
of Mr. Zuckerman and associated related parties and Mr. Linde and associated
related parties restricting each such class of persons to holding no more than
15.0% of the number of outstanding shares of any class or series of capital
stock of the Company.
 
  "Related Party Tenant" means a tenant or subtenant of the Company which is
10% or more constructively or directly owned by an owner of 10% or more of the
Company under the Code.
 
  "Restricted Stock" means the shares of Common Stock acquired by holders in
redemption of OP Units which will constitute "restricted" securities as
defined by Rule 144.
 
                                      155
<PAGE>
 
  "REVPAR" means the revenue per available room of a Hotel Property as
determined by dividing room revenue (excluding food and beverage revenue) over
the applicable period by available rooms (i.e., the sum of the number of rooms
available to be rented at a Hotel Property on each day of the applicable
period).
 
  "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
       
  "Stock" means Common Stock and Preferred Stock.
 
  "Subsidiary Corporation" means the Development and Management Company.
 
  "Tax Counsel" means Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, tax counsel to the Company.
 
  "TIN" means taxpayer identification number.
 
  "Total Square Footage" means total net rentable square feet of the Office
and Industrial Properties, plus total square footage of the Hotel and Garage
Properties.
 
  "Treasury Regulations" means regulations of the U.S. Department of Treasury
under the Code.
 
  "UBTI" means unrelated business taxable income as defined by Section 512(a)
of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
 
  "Underwriters" means the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers.
 
  "Unsecured Line of Credit" means the three-year, $300 million unsecured
revolving line of credit with BankBoston, N.A., as agent.
 
  "U.S. or United States" means the United States of America (including the
District of Columbia), its territories, possessions and other areas subject to
its jurisdiction.
 
  "U.S. Purchase Agreement" means the purchase agreement among the Company and
the U.S. Underwriters.
 
  "U.S. Representatives" means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, PaineWebber Incorporated, Prudential Securities Incorporated
and Smith Barney Inc. acting as representatives for the U.S. Underwriters.
 
  "U.S. Stockholder" means a United States stockholder under the REIT
Requirements.
 
  "U.S. Underwriters" means the underwriters for the United States and Canada
named in this Prospectus for whom the U.S. Representatives are acting as
representatives.
 
  "White Paper" means the White Paper on Funds from Operations approved by the
Board of Governors of NAREIT in March 1995.
 
                                      156
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Boston Properties, Inc.:
 Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information:
  Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1997.....  F-2
  Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income for the three month
   period ended March 31, 1997............................................  F-3
  Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended
   December 31, 1996......................................................  F-4
  Notes and Management's Assumptions to the Pro Forma Condensed
   Consolidated Financial Information.....................................  F-5
Boston Properties Predecessor Group:
  Report of Independent Accountants....................................... F-17
  Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and (unaudited)
   as of March 31, 1997................................................... F-18
  Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1996,
   1995 and 1994 and (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1997
   and March 31, 1996..................................................... F-19
  Combined Statements of Owners' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended
   December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 and (unaudited) for the three months
   ended March 31, 1997................................................... F-20
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1996,
   1995 and 1994 and (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1997
   and March 31, 1996..................................................... F-21
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................................. F-22
  Schedule III: Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation as of December
   31, 1996............................................................... F-28
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                 PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 MARCH 31, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (NOTE 5)
                                       ---------------------------------
                                         THE        OTHER    ACQUISITION
                                       OFFERING  ADJUSTMENTS  PROPERTY
                          PREDECESSOR   (A)(I)     (B)(I)      (C)(I)    PRO FORMA
                          -----------  --------  ----------- ----------- ----------
<S>                       <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
         ASSETS
Real estate and equip-
 ment...................  $1,048,210              $  10,283    $21,700   $1,080,193
  Less: accumulated
   depreciation.........    (272,077)                                      (272,077)
                          ----------   --------   ---------    -------   ----------
    Total real estate
     and equipment......     776,133                 10,283     21,700      808,116
Cash and cash equiva-
 lents..................       2,980   $731,942    (727,835)                  7,087
Escrows.................      26,149                (15,419)                 10,730
Tenant and other receiv-
 ables..................      12,619                                         12,619
Accrued rental income...      49,464                                         49,464
Tenant leasing costs....      19,038                                         19,038
Deferred financing
 costs..................       6,037                    749                   6,786
Prepaid expenses and
 other assets...........       7,210     (1,004)                              6,206
Investment in Joint Ven-
 ture...................         433                                            433
                          ----------   --------   ---------    -------   ----------
    Total assets........  $  900,063   $730,938   $(732,222)   $21,700   $  920,479
                          ==========   ========   =========    =======   ==========
    LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
  Mortgage notes payable
   and unsecured line of
   credit...............  $1,418,488              $(700,962)   $21,700   $  739,226
  Notes payable--
   affiliate............      28,157                (28,157)                    --
  Accounts payable and
   accrued expenses.....      16,469                                         16,469
  Accrued interest
   payable..............       6,203                                          6,203
  Rent received in
   advance, security
   deposits and other
   liabilities..........       6,440                                          6,440
                          ----------   --------   ---------    -------   ----------
    Total liabilities...   1,475,757               (729,119)    21,700      768,338
                          ----------   --------   ---------    -------   ----------
Commitments and contin-
 gencies................         --                                             --
Minority interest in
 Operating Partnership..         --                  48,838                  48,838
                          ----------   --------   ---------    -------   ----------
Stockholders' and own-
 ers' equity ...........    (575,694)  $730,938     (51,941)                103,303
                          ----------   --------   ---------    -------   ----------
    Total liabilities
     and equity.........  $  900,063   $730,938   $(732,222)   $21,700   $  920,479
                          ==========   ========   =========    =======   ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the pro forma condensed
                          consolidated balance sheet.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
              PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                          PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (NOTE 5)
                                          ------------------------------
                                                  OTHER    ACQUISITION
                                               ADJUSTMENTS  PROPERTY
                                   PREDECESSOR    B(II)      (C)(II)   PRO FORMA
                                   ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------
<S>                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue:
  Rental:
    Base rent....................    $41,911         --       $775      $42,686
    Rent--hotels and garage......        --     $  3,669                  3,669
    Recoveries from tenants......      5,502                    48        5,550
    Parking and other............        989        (549)                   440
                                     -------    --------      ----      -------
      Total rental revenue.......     48,402       3,120       823       52,345
  Hotel..........................     12,796     (12,796)                   --
  Development and management
   services......................      1,813        (234)                 1,579
  Interest and other.............        444        (176)        4          272
                                     -------    --------      ----      -------
      Total revenue..............     63,455     (10,086)      827       54,196
                                     -------    --------      ----      -------
Expenses:
  Rental:
    Operating....................      7,107        (182)      226        7,151
    Real estate taxes............      6,898         636        89        7,623
  Hotel:
    Operating....................      9,277      (9,277)                   --
    Real estate taxes............        724        (724)                   --
  General and administrative.....      2,667         209                  2,876
  Interest.......................     27,309     (13,821)                13,488
  Interest--amortization of
   financing costs...............        410         (98)                   312
  Depreciation and amortization..      8,841         173                  9,014
                                     -------    --------      ----      -------
      Total expenses.............     63,233     (23,084)      315       40,464
                                     -------    --------      ----      -------
Income before minority interests
 and extraordinary item..........        222      12,998       512       13,732
Minority interest in combined
 partnership.....................       (126)        --                    (126)
                                     -------    --------      ----      -------
Income before minority interest
 in Operating Partnership and
 extraordinary item..............         96      12,998       512       13,606
Minority interest in Operating
 Partnership.....................        --       (4,368)                (4,368)
                                     -------    --------      ----      -------
Net income before extraordinary
 item............................    $    96    $  8,630      $512      $ 9,238
                                     =======    ========      ====      =======
Net income before extraordinary
 item per share..................                                       $   .27
                                                                        =======
Weighted average number of shares
 outstanding.....................                                        33,984
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>    
 
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the pro forma condensed
                       consolidated statement of income.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
              PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                          PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (NOTE 6)
                                          ------------------------------
                                                  OTHER    ACQUISITION
                                               ADJUSTMENTS  PROPERTY
                                   PREDECESSOR   (A)(I)      (B)(I)    PRO FORMA
                                   ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------
<S>                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue:
  Rental:
    Base rent....................   $169,420         --      $2,908    $172,328
    Rent--hotels and garage......        --     $ 22,371                 22,371
    Recoveries from tenants......     22,607                    173      22,780
    Parking and other............      2,979      (2,043)                   936
                                    --------    --------     ------    --------
      Total rental revenue.......    195,006      20,328      3,081     218,415
  Hotel..........................     65,678     (65,678)                   --
  Development and management
   services......................      5,719        (936)                 4,783
  Interest and other.............      3,530        (705)         7       2,832
                                    --------    --------     ------    --------
      Total revenue..............    269,933     (46,991)     3,088     226,030
                                    --------    --------     ------    --------
Expenses:
  Rental:
    Operating....................     29,823        (713)       879      29,989
    Real estate taxes............     28,372       2,754        347      31,473
  Hotel:
    Operating....................     43,634     (43,634)                   --
    Real estate taxes............      3,100      (3,100)                   --
  General and administrative.....     10,754         834                 11,588
  Interest.......................    107,121     (52,703)                54,418
  Interest--amortization of
   financing costs...............      2,273        (731)                 1,542
  Depreciation and amortization..     36,199         691                 36,890
                                    --------    --------     ------    --------
      Total expenses.............    261,276     (96,602)     1,226     165,900
                                    --------    --------     ------    --------
Income before minority interests
 and extraordinary item..........      8,657      49,611      1,862      60,130
Minority interest in combined
 partnership.....................       (384)        --                    (384)
                                    --------    --------     ------    --------
Income before minority interest
 in Operating Partnership and
 extraordinary item..............      8,273      49,611      1,862      59,746
Minority interest in Operating
 Partnership.....................        --      (19,178)               (19,178)
                                    --------    --------     ------    --------
Net income before extraordinary
 item............................   $  8,273    $ 30,433     $1,862    $ 40,568
                                    ========    ========     ======    ========
Net income before extraordinary
 item per share..................                                      $   1.19
                                                                       ========
Weighted average number of shares
 outstanding.....................                                        33,984
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>    
 
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the pro forma condensed
                       consolidated statement of income.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
            PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1. ORGANIZATION:
 
  Boston Properties, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation that was founded in
1970, will be reorganized to change its jurisdiction of organization into a
Delaware corporation, that was formed on March 24, 1997. Boston Properties,
Inc. is also referred to as the "Company". The Company intends to qualify as a
real estate investment trust ("REIT") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended, commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 1997. The
Company will acquire the sole general partnership interest in Boston
Properties, L.P. (the "Operating Partnership"), and will own a 67.9%
partnership interest in the Operating Partnership.
 
  The Company will be reorganized to succeed to (i) the real estate
development, redevelopment, ownership, acquisition, management, operating and
leasing business associated with the Predecessor Company and (ii) various
Property Partnerships under common control with the Company (collectively, the
"Boston Properties Predecessor Group" or the "Predecessor"). The Company will
contribute substantially all of its Greater Washington D.C. third-party
property management business to Boston Properties Management Company, Inc.
(the "Development and Management Company"), a company in which the Operating
Partnership will have a 95% economic interest.
 
2. FORMATION TRANSACTIONS:
 
 The Offering
 
  The Company has filed a registration statement on Form S-11 with the
Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the public offering (the
"Offering") of 31.4 million common shares (exclusive of 4.7 million common
shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option) at an estimated
initial offering price of $25 per share. The Company will contribute certain
management and development operations and the net proceeds from the Offering
to the Operating Partnership in exchange for 34.0 million partnership units
("Units"), representing an approximate 67.9% interest, in the Operating
Partnership.
 
  The Operating Partnership is the successor to the Boston Properties
Predecessor Group. Each property that is included in the financial statements
is currently owned by a Property Partnership affiliated with Boston
Properties, Inc. which controls the managing general partner and, in most
cases, a majority economic interest. Certain Property Partnerships will
contribute properties to the Operating Partnership, or will merge into the
Operating Partnership, in exchange for Units and the assumption of debt, and
the partners of such Property Partnerships will receive such proceeds either
directly as merger consideration or as a distribution from the Property
Partnership, and certain persons, both affiliated and not affiliated with the
Company, will contribute their direct and indirect interests in certain
Property Partnerships in exchange for units. The acquisition or contribution
of the various Boston Properties Predecessor Group interests will be accounted
for at their historical cost. The interests of some of the limited partners of
the Operating Partnership will be acquired by the Company with cash. The
acquisition of such limited partners' interests will be accounted for using
purchase accounting based on the cash paid, resulting in an incremental
increase in the basis of the Predecessor Company's real estate.
 
 The Properties
 
  Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will own a portfolio of 75
commercial real estate properties (74 and 72 properties at March 31, 1997 and
December 31, 1996, respectively) (the "Properties") aggregating approximately
11.0 million square feet, 89% of which was developed or substantially
redeveloped by the Company. The properties consist of 63 office properties
with approximately 7.8 million net rentable square feet (including seven
office properties under development containing approximately 810,000 net
rentable square feet and one property under contract to purchase totaling
170,000 square feet) and approximately 1.3 million additional square feet of
structured parking for 4,222 vehicles, nine industrial properties with
approximately 925,000 net rentable square feet, two hotels with a total of 833
rooms (consisting of approximately 750,000
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
square feet), and a parking garage with 1,170 spaces (consisting of
approximately 330,000 square feet). In addition, the Company will own, have
under contract or have an option to acquire six parcels of land totaling 47.4
acres, which will support approximately 1,009,000 square feet of development.
 
 Third-Party Business
 
  Substantially all of the Greater Washington D.C. third party property
management business will be contributed to the Development and Management
Company as described under "Organization." The other management and
development operations of the Company will be contributed to the Operating
Partnership.
 
 Other
 
  The Operating Partnership will enter into a participating lease with ZL
Hotel LLC. Marriott Hotels, Inc. will continue to manage the Hotel Properties
under the Marriott name pursuant to management agreements with ZL Hotel LLC.
Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde will be the sole member-managers of the lessee and
will own a 9.8% economic interest in ZL Hotel LLC. ZL Hotel Corp. will own the
remaining economic interests in ZL Hotel LLC. One or more public charities
will own all of the capital stock of ZL Hotel Corp.
 
 Unsecured Line of Credit
 
  The Company has obtained a commitment to establish a three-year,
$300 million Unsecured Line of Credit with BankBoston, N.A., as Agent. The
Company expects to enter into the Unsecured Line of Credit concurrently with
the completion of the Offering. The Unsecured Line of Credit will be a
recourse obligation of the Operating Partnership and will be guaranteed by the
Company. The Company intends to use the Unsecured Line of Credit principally
to fund growth opportunities and for working capital purposes. At the closing
of the Offering, the Company expects to draw down approximately $57.7 million
($43.0 million for pro forma presentation as of March 31, 1997) under this
line of credit.
 
  The Company's ability to borrow under the Unsecured Line of Credit will be
subject to the Company's on going compliance with a number of financial and
other covenants. The Unsecured Line of Credit will require the Company to
maintain a ratio of unsecured indebtedness to unsecured property value of not
more than 60%, will provide that the unsecured properties must generate
sufficient cash flow to maintain a debt service coverage ratio of at least 1.4
to 1 (based on an assumed interest rate equal to the rate on seven-year U.S.
Treasuries plus 2%, with a 25-year amortization), will require a total asset
value to total indebtedness ratio of not more than 55% and a ratio of total
EBITDA to total debt service of at least 1.75 to 1, and certain other
customary covenants and performance requirements. The Unsecured Line of Credit
will, except under certain circumstances, limit the Company's ability to make
distributions to 90% of annual Funds from Operations.
 
  The Unsecured Line of Credit will, at the Company's election, bear interest
at a floating rate based on a spread over LIBOR ranging from 90 basis points
to 110 basis points, depending upon the Company's applicable leverage ratio,
or the Line of Credit Bank's prime rate, and will require monthly payments of
interest only on prime rate loans, with interest on LIBOR loans payable on the
last day of an interest period but not less often than quarterly. LIBOR loans
may be for periods of between thirty and 180 days.
 
  The commitment for the Unsecured Line of Credit is subject to final approval
and satisfactory completion of the Offering, completion by the Unsecured Line
of Credit lender of its due diligence and preparation and execution of an
acceptable credit agreement.
 
 Repayment of Mortgage Notes Payable and Notes Payable--Affiliate
 
  Approximately $708,418 (as of March 31, 1997) of the net proceeds of the
Offering will be used to repay certain mortgage indebtedness collateralized by
the Properties as set forth in the following table and $28,157 (as of March
31, 1997) for notes due to affiliates of the Company in respect of
construction loans advanced by them for certain of the Development Properties.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
 
  Certain information regarding the indebtedness to be repaid is set forth
below:
 
  MORTGAGE NOTES PAYABLE TO BE REPAID WITH A PORTION OF THE OFFERING PROCEEDS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        INTEREST   AMOUNT TO
              PROPERTY                  MATURITY DATE     RATE    BE REPAID (1)
              --------                ----------------- -------- --------------
<S>                                   <C>               <C>      <C>
599 Lexington Avenue................  July 19, 2005      8.000%     $185,000
Democracy Center....................  July 24, 1998      6.700%      109,900
Long Wharf Marriott.................  June 28, 1997      6.200%       68,600
Cambridge Center Marriott...........  June 30, 1997      6.875%       61,000
The U.S. International Trade
 Commission Building................  July 12, 1997      7.350%       50,000
One Cambridge Center................  June 30, 1997      6.875%       45,000
2300 N Street.......................  August 3, 1998     9.170%       34,000
Three Cambridge Center..............  June 30,1997       6.875%       19,000
Lexington Office Park...............  June 30, 2001      6.500%       15,275
Waltham Office Center...............  October 1, 1997    9.500%       11,389
Eleven Cambridge Center.............  October 1, 1997    9.500%        8,319
7601 Boston Boulevard, Building
 Eight..............................  August 15, 1997    6.750%        8,266
8000 Grainger Court, Building Five..  August 15, 1997    6.750%        7,567
Fourteen Cambridge Center...........  March 24, 2001     7.250%        6,719
7500 Boston Boulevard, Building
 Six................................  August 15, 1997    6.750%        6,359
195 West Street.....................  June 19, 1999      7.250%        5,778
7600 Boston Boulevard, Building
 Nine...............................  August 15, 1997    6.750%        5,723
7435 Boston Boulevard, Building
 One................................  October 1, 1997    9.500%        5,564
40-46 Harvard Street................  June 1, 2001       6.500%        5,345
170 Tracer Lane.....................  October 1, 1997    9.500%        5,146
6201 Columbia Park Road, Building
 Two................................  August 15, 1997    6.750%        4,960
Eight Arlington Street..............  June 30, 2001      6.500%        4,582
32 Hartwell Avenue..................  October 1, 1997    9.500%        4,193
10 & 20 Burlington Mall Road........  July 1, 2001       8.330%        3,594
7374 Boston Boulevard, Building
 Four...............................  October 1, 1997    9.500%        3,593
2000 South Club Drive, Building
 Three..............................  August 15, 1997    6.750%        3,497
204 Second Avenue...................  October 1, 1997    9.500%        3,331
25-33 Dartmouth Street..............  October 1, 1997    9.500%        3,273
1950 Stanford Court, Building One...  August 15, 1997    6.750%        2,628
91 Hartwell Avenue..................  July 1, 2001       8.330%        2,448
7451 Boston Boulevard, Building
 Two................................  October 1, 1997    9.500%        2,199
164 Lexington Road..................  November 30, 2000  7.800%        1,959
92 & 100 Hayden Avenue..............  July 1, 2001       8.330%        1,958
2391 West Winton Avenue.............  March 20, 2006     9.875%        1,327
17 Hartwell Avenue..................  October 1, 1997    9.500%          926
                                                                    --------
                                                                    $708,418
                                                                    ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The amounts to be repaid are based on the actual debt balances as of the
    March 31, 1997 Balance Sheet. The actual amounts that will be repaid may
    differ due to amortization of the principal balance of the debt up to the
    time of the Offering.
 
3. BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
 
  The accompanying unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared
based upon certain pro forma adjustments to the historical combined financial
statements of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
 
  The pro forma balance sheet of the Company as of March 31, 1997 has been
prepared as if the Formation Transactions, as discussed above, had been
consummated on March 31, 1997. The pro forma statements of income for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 and for the year ended December 31, 1996
have been prepared as if the Formation Transactions had been consummated at
the beginning of the fiscal year presented and carried forward through the
year or interim period presented.
 
  The Development and Management Company has been included in the pro forma
financial information under the equity method of accounting due to the
Operating Partnership's ownership of a noncontrolling, 1% voting interest.
 
  The operations of the hotel properties and the parking garages have been
included in the pro forma financial information pursuant to participating
lease agreements to be entered into in order for the Company to continue to
qualify as a REIT under IRC Section 856.
 
  The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of what
the actual financial position would have been at March 31, 1997 or what the
actual results of operations would have been for the three months ended March
31, 1997, or for the year ended December 31, 1996, had the Formation
Transactions been consummated on March 31, 1997, January 1, 1997 or January 1,
1996 and carried forward through the period presented, nor do they purport to
present the future financial position or results of operations of the Company.
The pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the
historical combined financial statements and notes thereto of the Predecessor.
 
4. ASSUMPTIONS:
 
  Certain assumptions regarding the operations of the Company have been made
in connection with the preparation of the pro forma financial information.
These assumptions are as follows:
 
    (a) The pro forma financial information assumes that the Company has
  elected to be, and qualified as, a REIT for federal income tax purposes and
  has distributed all of its taxable income for the applicable periods, and,
  therefore, incurred no federal income tax liabilities.
 
    (b) Rental income has been recognized on a straight-line method of
  accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    (c) The over-allotment option granted to the underwriters is not
  exercised.
 
    (d) General and administrative expenses historically incurred by the
  Properties and the Boston Properties Predecessor Group have been adjusted
  to reflect the self-administered structure of the Company and the
  additional expenses of being a public company.
 
    (e) Pro forma net income per share has been calculated using 34.0 million
  common shares as the weighted average number of shares outstanding during
  the pro forma period reflecting the issuance of 31.4 million common shares
  to the public in the Offering and 2.6 million common shares held by Messrs.
  Zuckerman and Linde.
 
5. PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FOR MARCH 31, 1997:
 
  A. THE OFFERING:
 
  (i) Balance Sheet
 
  Reflects the initial capitalization of the Company including the issuance of
31.4 million Common shares in connection with the Offering at an assumed
initial public offering price of $25 per share. The estimated costs of the
Offering, totaling $54,063 have been reflected as an offset to Additional
paid-in capital. The resulting net proceeds of the Offering total $730,938. An
additional 2.6 million Common shares will be held by Messrs. Zuckerman and
Linde.
 
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
 
  B. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS:
 
  (i) Balance Sheet
 
  The following Pro Forma Adjustment Summary table summarizes the pro forma
adjustments made to the March 31, 1997 Boston Properties Predecessor Group
Balance Sheet. The column totals reflect the net adjustments presented in the
Balance Sheet on F-2. The summary below should be read in conjunction with the
following notes.
 
                         PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENT SUMMARY
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                                MARCH 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   MORTGAGE
                                                                     NOTES
                                                                    PAYABLE
                                                                      AND
                                   CASH AND              DEFERRED  UNSECURED    NOTES              SHARE-
PRO FORMA                  REAL      CASH               FINANCING    LINE     PAYABLE-   MINORITY HOLDERS'
ADJUSTMENT                ESTATE  EQUIVALENTS ESCROWS   COSTS, NET OF CREDIT  AFFILIATE  INTEREST  EQUITY
- ----------                ------- ----------- --------  ---------- ---------  ---------  -------- --------
<S>                       <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
5B(i)(1) Purchase of
         limited
         partners'
         interests......  $   414  $    (550)                                                     $    136
5B(i)(2) Transfer costs
         paid...........    9,869     (9,869)
5B(i)(3) Deferred
         financing costs
         and mortgage
         loan prepayment
         penalties,
         net............              (8,998)              $749                                      8,249
5B(i)(4) Mortgage loan
         repayment,
         net............            (708,418)                      $(680,261) $(28,157)
5B(i)(5) Extinguishment
         of 599
         Lexington
         debt...........                                             (20,701)                      (20,701)
5B(i)(6) Release of
         escrows........                      $(15,419)                                             15,419
5B(i)(7) Predecessor
         ownership......                                                                 $ 48,838   48,838
                          -------  ---------  --------     ----    ---------  --------   -------- --------
   Pro Forma other
   adjustments total....  $10,283  $(727,835) $(15,419)    $749    $(700,962) $(28,157)  $ 48,838 $ 51,941
                          =======  =========  ========     ====    =========  ========   ======== ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Reflects the incremental increase in basis of the Predecessor's real
    estate resulting from the purchase of certain limited partners' interests
    in the Operating Partnership.
(2)  Represents the transfer costs paid and the corresponding increase in
     basis of the property totaling $9,869 in connection with the contribution
     of the property by the Boston Properties Predecessor Group concurrent
     with the Offering.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
(3)  Represents the write-off to Stockholders' Equity of previously
     capitalized deferred financing costs on mortgage loans to be repaid
     concurrent with the Offering, offset by the capitalization of the
     financing fee and related professional costs to be incurred on the
     Unsecured Line of Credit and prepayment penalties of $7,198 on early
     retirement of mortgage loans charged directly to pro forma Stockholders'
     equity.
(4)  Reflects the expected paydown of (i) outstanding mortgage loans of the
     properties and (ii) the notes payable due to affiliates in the amounts of
     $708,418 and $28,157, respectively, (as of March 31, 1997) with proceeds
     from the Offering, net of anticipated borrowings from the Unsecured Line
     of Credit totaling $28,157 as follows:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                               <C>
   Repayment of mortgage notes payable.............................. $(708,418)
   Drawdown of Unsecured Line of Credit.............................    28,157
                                                                     ---------
     Net mortgage loan repayments................................... $(680,261)
                                                                     =========
</TABLE>
 
(5)  Represents the increase to pro forma Stockholders' Equity for the excess
     mortgage note payable balance over principal repayment required for the
     599 Lexington Avenue loan necessitated by this increasing rate loan being
     accounted for on the effective interest method. (See Footnote #3 in the
     Boston Properties Predecessor Group Historical Combined Financial
     Statements)
(6)  Reflects the release of cash previously required to be held in escrow per
     the terms of the various mortgage notes payable agreements. The cash will
     be distributed to the Predecessor owner concurrent with the repayment of
     the related mortgage notes payable.
(7)  Represents the equity attributable to Units owned by the Boston
     Properties Predecessor Group. The Company is the sole general partner of
     the Operating Partnership and will own approximately 67.9% of the
     Operating Partnership. Persons with an interest in the Property
     Partnerships prior to the Formation Transactions will own in the
     aggregate 16,066,459 Units, which will represent an approximate 32.1%
     minority interest in the Operating Partnership. The minority interest is
     reported as the equity of the Operating Partnership multiplied by such
     persons' ownership percentage in the Operating Partnership.
 
  (ii) Statement of Income
 
  The following Pro Forma Adjustment Summary table summarizes the other pro
forma adjustments made to the Boston Properties Predecessor Group's Statement
of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 1997. The column totals
reflect the net adjustments presented on the Statement of Income on F-3. The
summary below should be read in conjunction with the following notes.
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
                         PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENT SUMMARY
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                              STATEMENT OF INCOME
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                   RENT                                                                    HOTEL
                                  HOTELS                          INTEREST PROPERTY   PROPERTY     HOTEL    REAL   GENERAL
PRO FORMA                          AND   PARKING  HOTEL    MGMT     AND    OPERATING REAL ESTATE OPERATING ESTATE  OFFICE &
ADJUSTMENTS                       GARAGE INCOME  REVENUE   FEES    OTHER   EXPENSES     TAXES    EXPENSES  TAXES    ADMIN
- -----------                       ------ ------- --------  -----  -------- --------- ----------- --------- ------  --------
<S>                               <C>    <C>     <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>     <C>
5B(ii)(1)
          Assignment
          of
          contracts..                                      $(234)                                                   $(216)
5B(ii)(2) Equity
          investment
          income..                                                   $17
5B(ii)(3) Operation
          of
          hotels
          and
          garage..                        $(549) $(12,796)                   $(182)     $636      $(9,277) $ (724)
5B(ii)(4) Rental
          of
          hotels
          and
          garage..                $3,669
5B(ii)(5) General
          and
          administrative..                                                                                            425
5B(ii)(6) Mortgage
          interest..
5B(ii)(7) Amortization
          of
          deferred
          financing
          costs..
5B(ii)(8) Release
          of
          restricted
          cash...                                                   (193)
5B(ii)(9) Depreciation
          expense..
5B(ii)(10)Predecessor
          ownership..
                                  ------  -----  --------  -----   -----     -----      ----      -------  ------   -----
   Pro Forma
   other
   adjustments
   total.........                 $3,669  $(549) $(12,796) $(234)  $(176)    $(182)     $636      $(9,277) $(724)   $ 209
                                  ======  =====  ========  =====   =====     =====      ====      =======  ======   =====
<CAPTION>
                                            INTEREST DEPREC-
PRO FORMA                         INTEREST  EXPENSE  IATION  MINORITY
ADJUSTMENTS                       EXPENSE    AMORT   EXPENSE INTEREST
- -----------                       --------- -------- ------- ---------
<S>                               <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>
5B(ii)(1)
          Assignment
          of
          contracts..
5B(ii)(2) Equity
          investment
          income..
5B(ii)(3) Operation
          of
          hotels
          and
          garage..
5B(ii)(4) Rental
          of
          hotels
          and
          garage..
5B(ii)(5) General
          and
          administrative..
5B(ii)(6) Mortgage
          interest..              $(13,821)
5B(ii)(7) Amortization
          of
          deferred
          financing
          costs..                             $(98)
5B(ii)(8) Release
          of
          restricted
          cash...
5B(ii)(9) Depreciation
          expense..                                   $173
5B(ii)(10)Predecessor
          ownership..                                        $(4,368)
                                  --------- -------- ------- ---------
   Pro Forma
   other
   adjustments
   total.........                 $(13,821)   $(98)   $173   $(4,368)
                                  ========= ======== ======= =========
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
- --------
 (1) In connection with the Formation Transactions, certain third-party
     management contracts will be assigned to the Development and Management
     Company. As a result of the assignment, current operating income,
     expenses and overhead attributable to the contracts will be reflected in
     the operations of the Development and Management Company as detailed
     below:
 
<TABLE>   
   <S>                                                                     <C>
   Management services...................................................  $234
   General and administrative expenses...................................  (216)
                                                                           ----
    Manager contract income..............................................  $ 18
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>    
 
 (2) The Operating Partnership will hold a 95% economic interest in the
     Development and Management Company and record an equity interest of $17
     on the $18 net income.
 (3) In connection with the Formation Transactions, the Operating Partnership
     will enter into participating leases for the operation of the hotels and
     parking garage. As a result of these agreements, revenue and expenses
     will not be reflected from the operation of these businesses.
 (4) Represents rental income from the leasing of the hotels and parking
     garage owned by the Operating Partnership. The hotel lease arrangements
     are with an affiliate.
 (5) Reflects an increase of $425 in general and administrative expenses as a
     result of being a public company.
 (6) Reflects the net decrease in interest expense as a result of the
     repayment of a portion of the existing mortgage indebtedness in
     connection with the Offering. The following outlines the mortgage notes
     payable to be outstanding subsequent to the Offering and the
     corresponding interest expense incurred for the three months ended March
     31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PRINCIPAL INTEREST
                                                   AMOUNT     RATE   INTEREST
                    PROPERTY(IES)                 --------- -------- --------
     <S>                                          <C>       <C>      <C>
       599 Lexington Avenue.....................  $ 225,000   7.00%  $ 3,938(a)
       Two Independence Square..................    122,505   7.90%    2,436
       One Independence Square..................     78,327   7.90%    1,564
       2300 N Street............................     66,000   7.00%    1,155(a)
       Capital Gallery..........................     60,559   8.24%    1,236
       Unsecured Line of Credit.................     42,983   6.50%      240(b)
       Ten Cambridge Center.....................     25,000   7.57%      478
       191 Spring Street........................     23,883   8.50%      492
       Bedford Business Park....................     23,376   8.50%      501
       10 & 20 Burlington Mall Road.............     16,621   8.33%      346
       Cambridge Center North Garage............     15,000   7.57%      284
       91 Hartwell Avenue.......................     11,322   8.33%      236
       92 & 100 Hayden Avenue...................      9,057   8.33%      189
       Montvale Center..........................      7,969   8.59%      171
       Newport Office Park......................      6,874   8.13%      140
       Hilltop Business Center..................      4,750   7.00%       82
                                                  ---------          -------
       Pro forma totals.........................  $ 739,226           13,488
                                                  =========          -------
       Historical interest expense for the three
        months ended March 31, 1997.............                      27,309
                                                                     -------
       Pro forma interest expense adjustment....                     $13,821
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
    --------
    (a) The interest expense used in this calculation assumes the mortgage
        loan was outstanding during all of the three months ended March 31,
        1997.
    (b) Interest on $28,157 of the outstanding balance on the Unsecured
        Line of Credit to be used for development purposes is assumed to be
        capitalized for purposes of the pro forma presentation.
 (7) Reflects the net increase of $150 in the amortization of Deferred
     financing costs for the $1,800 fee and related professional costs on the
     Unsecured Line of Credit, less a net reduction of $248 in amortization of
     Deferred financing costs related to debt paid off with the Offering
     proceeds.
 (8) Reflects the decrease in interest income as a result of the release of
     cash previously required to be held in escrow per the terms of the
     various mortgage note payable agreements.
 (9) Reflects the increase in depreciation from depreciating over 40 years the
     pro forma increase to real estate from the purchase of limited partners'
     interests, transfer costs paid, and the Newport Office Park property
     acquisition.
(10) Represents net income attributable to the minority interest in the
     Operating Partnership to be held by persons who had an interest in the
     Property Partnerships prior to the Formation Transactions. Such persons
     will own in the aggregate approximately 32.1% of the Operating
     Partnership. The Company, is the sole general partner and will own
     approximately 67.9% of the Operating Partnership.
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
  C. ACQUISITION PROPERTY:
 
  (i) Balance Sheet
 
  The balance sheet reflects the acquisition of the Newport Office Park
property. The purchase price of Newport Office Park is $21.7 million. The
acquisition will be consummated pursuant to the assumption of the existing
debt of $6,874 and with drawdown under the Unsecured Line of Credit of
$14,826. Such amounts are reflected on the March 31, 1997 pro forma balance
sheet.
 
  (ii) Statement of Income
 
  The Statement of Income reflects the historical operations of the Newport
Office Park property for the three month period ended March 31, 1997.
Depreciation and interest expense related to the acquisition are reflected in
"other adjustments" (see footnote 5Bii).
 
6. PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FOR DECEMBER 31, 1996:
 
  A. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS:
 
  (i) Statement of income
 
  The following Pro Forma Adjustment Summary table summarizes the other pro
forma adjustments made to the Boston Properties Predecessor Group's Statement
of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1996. The column totals reflect
the net adjustments presented on the Statement of Income on F-4. The summary
should be read in conjunction with the following notes.
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
                         PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENT SUMMARY
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                              STATEMENT OF INCOME
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                 RENT                                                                        HOTEL
                                HOTELS                            INTEREST PROPERTY   PROPERTY     HOTEL      REAL    GENERAL
PRO FORMA                         AND   PARKING   HOTEL    MGMT     AND    OPERATING REAL ESTATE OPERATING   ESTATE   OFFICE &
ADJUSTMENTS                     GARAGE  INCOME   REVENUE   FEES    OTHER   EXPENSES     TAXES    EXPENSES    TAXES     ADMIN
- -----------                     ------  -------  --------  -----  -------- --------- ----------- ---------  --------  --------
<S>                             <C>     <C>      <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>
6A(i)(1)
         Assignment
         of
         contracts..                                       $(936)                                                      $ (866)
6A(i)(2) Equity
         investment
         income...                                                   $66
6A(i)(3) Operation
         of hotels
         and
         garage...                      $(2,043) $(65,678)                   $(713)    $2,754    $(43,634)  $ (3,100)
6A(i)(4) Rental of
         hotels
         and
         garage...              $22,371
6A(i)(5) General
         and
         administrative..                                                                                               1,700
6A(i)(6) Mortgage
         interest..
6A(i)(7) Amortization
         of
         deferred
         financing
         costs....
6A(i)(8) Release
         of
         restricted
         cash.....                                                  (771)
6A(i)(9) Depreciation
         expense..
6A(i)(10)Predecessor
         ownership..
                                ------- -------  --------  -----   -----     -----     ------    --------   --------   ------
   Pro Forma other
   adjustments
   total..........              $22,371 $(2,043) $(65,678) $(936)  $(705)    $(713)    $2,754    $(43,634)  $(3,100)   $  834
                                ======= =======  ========  =====   =====     =====     ======    ========   ========   ======
<CAPTION>
                                          INTEREST DEPREC-
PRO FORMA                       INTEREST  EXPENSE  IATION  MINORITY
ADJUSTMENTS                     EXPENSE    AMORT   EXPENSE INTEREST
- -----------                     --------- -------- ------- ---------
<S>                             <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>
6A(i)(1)
         Assignment
         of
         contracts..
6A(i)(2) Equity
         investment
         income...
6A(i)(3) Operation
         of hotels
         and
         garage...
6A(i)(4) Rental of
         hotels
         and
         garage...
6A(i)(5) General
         and
         administrative..
6A(i)(6) Mortgage
         interest..             $(52,703)
6A(i)(7) Amortization
         of
         deferred
         financing
         costs....                         $(731)
6A(i)(8) Release
         of
         restricted
         cash.....
6A(i)(9) Depreciation
         expense..                                  $691
6A(i)(10)Predecessor
         ownership..                                       $(19,178)
                                --------- -------- ------- ---------
   Pro Forma other
   adjustments
   total..........              $(52,703)  $(731)   $691   $(19,178)
                                ========= ======== ======= =========
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
- --------
(1) In connection with the Formation Transactions, certain third-party
    management contracts will be assigned to the Development and Management
    Company. As a result of the assignment, current operating income, expenses
    and overhead attributable to the contracts will be reflected in the
    operations of the Development and Management Company as detailed below:
 
<TABLE>   
   <S>                                                                     <C>
   Management services...................................................  $936
   General and administrative expenses...................................  (866)
                                                                           ----
    Manager contract income..............................................  $ 70
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>    
 
(2) The Operating Partnership will hold a 95% economic interest in the
    Development and Management Company and record an equity interest of $66 on
    the $70 net income.
(3) In connection with the Formation Transactions, the Operating Partnership
    will enter into participating leases for the operation of the hotels and
    parking garage. As a result of these agreements, revenue and expenses will
    not be reflected from the operation of these businesses.
(4) Represents rental income from the leasing of the hotels and parking garage
    owned by the Operating Partnership. The hotel lease arrangements are with
    an affiliate.
(5) Reflects an increase of $1,700 in general and administrative expenses as a
    result of being a public company.
(6) Reflects the net decrease in interest expense as a result of the repayment
    of a portion of the existing mortgage indebtedness in connection with the
    Offering. The following outlines the mortgage notes payable to be
    outstanding subsequent to the Offering and the corresponding interest
    expense incurred in 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PRINCIPAL INTEREST
                                                  AMOUNT     RATE   INTEREST
                    PROPERTY(IES)                --------- -------- --------
     <S>                                         <C>       <C>      <C>
       599 Lexington Avenue..................... $225,000    7.00%  $15,750(a)
       Two Independence Square..................  122,855    7.90%    9,813
       One Independence Square..................   78,700    7.90%    6,276
       2300 N Street............................   66,000    7.00%    4,620(a)
       Capital Gallery..........................   60,751    8.24%    5,761
       Unsecured Line of Credit.................   42,983    6.50%      964(b)
       Ten Cambridge Center.....................   25,000    7.57%    1,924
       191 Spring Street........................   23,942    8.50%    1,697
       Bedford Business Park....................   23,500    8.50%    1,998(a)
       10 & 20 Burlington Mall Road.............   16,621    8.33%    1,385
       Cambridge Center North Garage............   15,000    7.57%    1,183
       91 Hartwell Avenue.......................   11,322    8.33%      943
       92 & 100 Hayden Avenue...................    9,057    8.33%      754
       Montvale Center..........................    7,992    8.59%      474
       Newport Office Park......................    6,874    8.13%      558
       Hilltop Business Center..................    4,817    7.00%      318
                                                 --------           -------
       Pro forma totals......................... $740,414            54,418
                                                 ========           -------
       Historical interest expense for the year
        ended December 31, 1996.................                    107,121
                                                                    -------
       Pro forma interest expense adjustment....                    $52,703
                                                                    =======
</TABLE>
    --------
    (a) The interest expense used in this calculation assumes the mortgage
        loan was outstanding during all of 1996.
    (b) Interest on $28,157 of the outstanding balance on the Unsecured
        Line of Credit to be used for development purposes is assumed to be
        capitalized for purposes of the pro forma presentation.
(7) Reflects the net increase of $600 in the amortization of Deferred
    financing costs for the $1,800 fee and related professional costs on the
    Unsecured Line of Credit, less a net reduction of $1,331 in amortization
    of Deferred financing costs related to debt paid off with the Offering
    proceeds.
(8) Reflects the decrease in interest income as a result of the release of
    cash previously required to be held in escrow per the terms of the various
    mortgage note payable agreements.
(9) Reflects the increase in depreciation from depreciating over 40 years the
    pro forma increase to real estate from the purchase of limited partners'
    interests, transfer costs paid, and the Newport Office Park property
    acquisition.
(10) Represents net income attributable to the minority interest in the
     Operating Partnership to be held by persons who had an interest in the
     Property Partnerships prior to the Formation Transactions. Such persons
     will own in the aggregate approximately 32.1% of the Operating
     Partnership. The Company, is the sole general partner and will own
     approximately 67.9% of the Operating Partnership.
 
  B. ACQUISITION PROPERTY:
 
    (i) Statement of income
 
      The statement of income reflects the historical operations of the
    Newport Office Park property for the year ended December 31, 1996.
    Depreciation and interest expense related to the acquisition are
    reflected in "other adjustments" (see footnote 6A(i)).
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                   NOTES AND MANAGEMENT'S ASSUMPTIONS TO THE
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
 
7. 1997 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
 
  Prior to the completion of the Offering, the Company will adopt the Boston
Properties, Inc. 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "1997 Incentive
Plan") to provide incentives to attract and retain executive officers,
directors, employees and other key personnel. The 1997 Incentive Plan will be
administered by the Compensation Committee. The maximum number of shares
available for issuance under the 1997 Incentive Plan will be 9.5% of the total
number of shares of Common Stock and OP Units (other than OP Units owned by
the Company) outstanding from time to time (initially 4,754,750 shares).
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Partners and Owners of
 the Boston Properties Predecessor Group
 
  We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Boston
Properties Predecessor Group as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related
combined statements of operations, owners' equity (deficit), and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 and the
financial statement schedule included on the index at F-1 of this Prospectus.
These combined financial statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the management of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall combined financial statement presentation. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the
Boston Properties Predecessor Group as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
combined results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to
the basic combined financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information required to be set forth therein.
 
                                               /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Boston, Massachusetts
May 1, 1997
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             MARCH 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                            -----------  ----------------------
                                               1997         1996        1995
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------
                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>         <C>
                  ASSETS
Real estate and equipment:
  Land and land improvements............... $  169,424   $  169,424  $  169,721
  Buildings and improvements...............    702,800      702,720     698,053
  Tenant improvements......................    112,160      107,808     101,701
  Furniture, fixtures and equipment........     34,514       34,034      32,831
  Development and construction in process..     29,312       21,585      10,018
                                            ----------   ----------  ----------
                                             1,048,210    1,035,571   1,012,324
  Less: accumulated depreciation...........   (272,077)    (263,911)   (238,514)
                                            ----------   ----------  ----------
    Total real estate and equipment........    776,133      771,660     773,810
Cash and cash equivalents..................      2,980        8,998      25,867
Escrows....................................     26,149       25,474      27,716
Tenant and other receivables...............     12,619       12,049      14,362
Accrued rental income......................     49,464       49,206      49,681
Tenant leasing costs net of accumulated
 amortization of $30,559, $29,859 and
 $26,047 at March 31, 1997, and
 December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively..     19,038       18,308      18,043
Deferred financing costs, net of
 accumulated amortization of $23,178,
 $22,768 and $20,772 at March 31, 1997, and
 December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively..      6,037        6,414       4,786
Prepaid expenses and other assets..........      7,210        4,402       8,521
Investment in Joint Venture................        433          --          --
                                            ----------   ----------  ----------
    Total assets........................... $  900,063   $  896,511  $  922,786
                                            ==========   ==========  ==========
 LIABILITIES AND OWNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Liabilities:
  Mortgage notes payable................... $1,418,488   $1,420,359  $1,396,141
  Notes payable--affiliate.................     28,157       22,117       5,267
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses....     16,469       13,795      14,367
  Accrued interest payable.................      6,203        9,667       9,088
  Rents received in advance, security
   deposits and other liabilities..........      6,440        7,205       4,576
                                            ----------   ----------  ----------
    Total liabilities......................  1,475,757    1,473,143   1,429,439
Commitments and contingencies..............        --           --          --
Owners' equity (deficit)...................   (575,694)    (576,632)   (506,653)
                                            ----------   ----------  ----------
    Total liabilities and owners' equity
     (deficit)............................. $  900,063   $  896,511  $  922,786
                                            ==========   ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                          --------------------------------    ----------------------------
                               1997              1996           1996      1995      1994
                          --------------    --------------    --------  --------  --------
                           (UNAUDITED)       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>               <C>               <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenue:
  Rental:
    Base rent...........    $       41,911    $       46,446  $169,420  $155,614  $153,101
    Recoveries from
     tenants............             5,502             5,658    22,607    21,124    21,710
    Parking and other...               989               802     2,979     2,527     1,914
                            --------------    --------------  --------  --------  --------
      Total rental
       revenue..........            48,402            52,906   195,006   179,265   176,725
  Hotel.................            12,796            11,483    65,678    61,320    58,436
  Development and
   management services..             1,813             1,570     5,719     4,444     6,090
  Interest and other....               444               740     3,530     3,696     2,832
                            --------------    --------------  --------  --------  --------
      Total revenue.....            63,455            66,699   269,933   248,725   244,083
                            --------------    --------------  --------  --------  --------
Expenses:
  Rental:
    Operating...........             7,107             7,148    29,823    27,142    25,061
    Real estate taxes...             6,898             7,158    28,372    28,279    28,178
  Hotel:
    Operating...........             9,277             8,162    43,634    41,501    40,276
    Real estate taxes...               724               673     3,100     2,517     2,477
  General and
   administrative.......             2,667             2,633    10,754    10,372    10,123
  Interest..............            27,309            26,861   107,121   106,952    95,331
  Interest--amortization
   of financing costs...               410               499     2,273     1,841     1,942
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........             8,841             8,720    36,199    33,828    33,112
                            --------------    --------------  --------  --------  --------
     Total expenses.....            63,233            61,854   261,276   252,432   236,500
                            --------------    --------------  --------  --------  --------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item and
 minority interest......               222             4,845     8,657    (3,707)    7,583
Minority interest in
 combined partnership...              (126)              (57)     (384)     (276)     (412)
                            --------------    --------------  --------  --------  --------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item.....                96             4,788     8,273    (3,983)    7,171
Extraordinary item-loss
 on early extinguishment
 of debt................               --                --       (994)      --        --
                            --------------    --------------  --------  --------  --------
Net income (loss).......    $           96    $        4,788  $  7,279  $ (3,983) $  7,171
                            ==============    ==============  ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OWNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                              <C>
   Balance at January 1, 1994...................................... $(495,104)
     Contributions.................................................    24,323
     Net income....................................................     7,171
     Distributions.................................................   (38,620)
                                                                    ---------
   Balance at December 31, 1994....................................  (502,230)
     Contributions.................................................    44,661
     Net loss......................................................    (3,983)
     Distributions.................................................   (45,101)
                                                                    ---------
   Balance at December 31, 1995....................................  (506,653)
     Contributions.................................................    33,279
     Net income....................................................     7,279
     Distributions and conversion of equity to note payable-
      affiliate....................................................  (110,537)
                                                                    ---------
   Balance at December 31, 1996....................................  (576,632)
                                                                    ---------
     Contributions (unaudited).....................................    10,239
     Net income (unaudited)........................................        96
     Distributions (unaudited).....................................    (9,397)
                                                                    ---------
   Balance at March 31, 1997 (unaudited)........................... $(575,694)
                                                                    =========
</TABLE>
 
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                  MARCH 31,         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                           ----------------------- ----------------------------
                              1997        1996       1996      1995      1994
                           ----------- ----------- --------  --------  --------
                           (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S>                        <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating
 activities:
  Net income (loss)......   $     96    $  4,788   $  7,279  $ (3,983) $  7,171
  Adjustments to
   reconcile net income
   (loss) to net cash
   provided by operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and
     amortization........      8,841       8,720     36,199    33,828    33,112
    Amortization of
     financing costs.....        410         499      2,273     1,841     1,942
    Accrued rental
     income..............       (258)      1,217        475      (360)    1,252
    Effective interest
     adjustment..........        207         161        644     1,347     3,131
  Change in operating
   assets/liabilities:
    Tenant receivables...       (570)        959      2,313    (1,049)      270
    Escrows..............       (675)     (1,638)    (1,033)      692        21
    Prepaid expenses and
     other assets........     (2,808)      2,056      2,777      (360)    1,550
    Accounts payable and
     accrued expenses....        809        (931)    (1,673)   (2,219)      267
    Accrued interest
     payable.............     (3,464)     (3,043)       579     1,667       (62)
    Rent received in
     advance, security
     deposits and other
     liabilities.........       (765)        963      3,971      (471)   (1,088)
                            --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
   Cash flows provided by
    operating
    activities...........      1,823      13,751     53,804    30,933    47,566
                            --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
Cash flows from investing
 activities:
  Acquisition of or
   additions to real
   estate and equipment..    (12,613)     (3,037)   (30,238)  (33,960)  (11,878)
  Tenant leasing costs...     (1,430)       (375)    (4,077)   (3,191)   (1,554)
  Escrows................        --          --       9,525       307    (4,992)
  Change in accounts
   payable...............      1,865         --       1,101       --        --
  Investment in Joint
   Venture...............       (433)        --         --        --        --
                            --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
   Cash flows used in
    investing
    activities...........    (12,611)     (3,412)   (23,689)  (36,844)  (18,424)
                            --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
Cash flows from financing
 activities:
  Owners' contributions..     10,239       8,331     33,279    44,661    24,323
  Owners' distributions..     (9,397)    (11,343)  (105,619)  (45,101)  (38,620)
  Proceeds from mortgage
   notes payable.........        --          --     117,269     1,200       --
  Proceeds (payments)
   from notes payable--
   affiliate.............      6,040          60     11,933       171      (236)
  Repayment of mortgage
   notes payable.........     (2,079)     (3,536)   (93,695)  (14,641)  (16,445)
  Escrows................        --          --      (6,250)      --        --
  Deferred financing
   costs.................        (33)       (102)    (3,901)     (801)   (2,572)
                            --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
   Cash flows provided by
    (used in) financing
    activities...........      4,770      (6,590)   (46,984)  (14,511)  (33,550)
                            --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents.............     (6,018)      3,749    (16,869)  (20,422)   (4,408)
Cash and cash
 equivalents, beginning
 of period...............      8,998      25,866     25,867    46,289    50,697
                            --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
Cash and cash
 equivalents, end of
 period..................   $  2,980    $ 29,615   $  8,998  $ 25,867  $ 46,289
                            ========    ========   ========  ========  ========
Supplemental cash flow
 information:
  Cash paid for
   interest..............   $ 23,845    $ 23,819   $107,700  $108,618  $ 95,269
                            ========    ========   ========  ========  ========
  Interest capitalized...   $    482    $     54   $    366  $  1,543  $    --
                            ========    ========   ========  ========  ========
Supplemental disclosure
 of noncash transaction:
  Conversion of owners'
   equity to notes
   payable-affiliate.....   $    --     $    --    $  4,918  $    --   $    --
                            ========    ========   ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                    NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
 
  The accompanying combined financial statements comprise interests in
properties and the third party commercial real estate development, project
management and property management business of Boston Properties, Inc. at
March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996.
 
  The accompanying financial statements have been presented on a combined
basis because of the affiliates, general partners and common management which
control the business operations of each entity and because the Properties are
expected to be the subject of a business combination with Boston Properties,
Inc. (the "Company"), which was formed in 1970 and will be reorganized to
change its jurisdiction of organization from Massachusetts to Delaware and is
expected to qualify as a real estate investment trust under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
  The entities owning the properties and Boston Properties, Inc. collectively
are referred to as the "Boston Properties Predecessor Group" or the
"Predecessor".
 
  The interests in properties at December 31, 1996 included in the
accompanying combined financial statements consist of 72 commercial real
estate properties (the "Properties") aggregating approximately 10.4 million
square feet. The Predecessor owns a 100% fee interest in 60 of the Properties.
The Predecessor also owns a 75.0% general partner interest (100% economic
interest as a result of a priority of the Predecessor's interest in one of the
properties which comprises approximately 122,000 square feet). Additionally,
the Predecessor owns a 35.7% controlling general partnership interest in 11 of
the properties which comprise approximately 204,500 square feet. The
Properties consist of 60 office properties with approximately 7.1 million net
rentable square feet, including five office properties currently under
development or redevelopment totaling approximately 371,000 net rentable
square feet (the "Office Properties"); nine industrial properties with
approximately 925,000 net rentable square feet (the "Industrial Properties");
two full service hotels totaling 833 rooms and approximately 750,000 square
feet (the "Hotel Properties"); and a 1,170 space parking garage with
approximately 332,000 square feet located within the Company's mixed-use
development in East Cambridge, Massachusetts (the "Garage Property"). The
Properties are primarily located in ten submarkets, including five submarkets
in Greater Boston (the East Cambridge, Route 128 NW, Route 128/Massachusetts
Turnpike, Route 128 SW and downtown Boston submarkets), five submarkets in
Greater Washington, D.C. (the Southwest and West End Washington, D.C.,
Montgomery County, Maryland, Fairfax County, Virginia and Prince George's
County, Maryland Submarkets) and midtown Manhattan (the Park Avenue
Submarket). The Predecessors' single largest Property, with approximately 1.0
million net rentable square feet, is an Office Property located in the Park
Avenue submarket of midtown Manhattan.
 
  Boston Properties L.P. (the "Operating Partnership") has acquired the right
to purchase from the partners and owners in the Predecessor their interests
therein in exchange for an interest in the Operating Partnership, which will
hold the operating assets of the Company. The Company will be the general and
majority partner of the Operating Partnership. The Operating Partnership will
hold all of the assets of the Predecessor entities as a result of the expected
business combination. Due to the affiliation of the Predecessor, the business
combination will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common
control which is similar to the accounting used for a pooling of interests.
All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
the combined presentation.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
A. REAL ESTATE AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Real estate and equipment are stated at depreciated cost. Pursuant to
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Opinion No. 121, "Accounting for
the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed
of", impairment losses are recorded on long-lived assets used in operation,
when events and
 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired and the estimated
undiscounted cash flows to be generated by those assets are less than the
carrying amount of those assets. Upon determination that an impairment has
occurred, those assets shall be reduced to fair value. No such impairment
losses have been recognized to date.
 
  The cost of buildings and improvements includes the purchase price of
property, legal fees, acquisition costs as well as interest, property taxes
and other costs incurred during the period of development.
 
  Depreciation is computed on the straight line basis over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                            <C>
   Land improvements............................. 25 to 40 years
   Building costs................................ 10 to 40 years
   Tenant improvements........................... Terms of the lease useful life
   Furniture, fixtures, and equipment............ 5 to 7 years
</TABLE>
 
  Depreciation expense for corporate furniture, fixtures, and equipment and
corporate occupied real property was $129 and $139 for the three month periods
ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and $556, $588 and $603 for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
  Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as
incurred. Significant betterments are capitalized.
 
  When assets are sold or retired, their costs and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts with the resulting gains or losses
reflected in net income or (loss) for the period.
 
B. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
  Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and investments with
maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. The majority of
the Predecessor's cash and cash equivalents are held at major commercial
banks. The Predecessor has not experienced any losses to date on its invested
cash.
 
C. ESCROWS
 
  Escrows include amounts established pursuant to various agreements for
security deposits, property taxes, insurance and capital improvements.
 
D. REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
  Base rental revenue is reported on a straight-line basis over the terms of
the respective leases. The impact of the straight line rent adjustment
increased revenues by $258 and decreased revenues by $1,217 for the three
month periods ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and decreased
revenues by $475, increased revenues by $360, and decreased revenues by $1,252
for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
  Accrued rental income represents rental income earned in excess of rent
payments received pursuant to the terms of the individual lease agreements,
net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
  Development fees are recognized ratably over the period of development.
Management fees are recognized as revenue as they are earned.
 
  Revenue recognition of fees received for lease terminations are deferred and
amortized to income using the straight line method over the remaining original
lease term until the space is subsequently leased.
 
 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
e. INCOME TAXES
 
  No provision for income taxes is necessary in the financial statements of
the Predecessor since the Predecessor's statements combine the operations and
balances of partnerships, trusts and an S-corporation, none of which is
directly subject to income tax. The tax effect of its activities accrues to
the individual partners and or principals of the respective entity.
 
  Certain entities included in the Predecessor's combined financial statements
are subject to District of Columbia franchise taxes. Franchise taxes are
recorded as rental operating expenses in the accompanying combined financial
statements.
 
f. TENANT LEASING COSTS
 
  Fees and costs incurred in the successful negotiation of leases, including
brokerage, legal and other costs have been deferred and are being amortized on
a straight line basis over the terms of the respective leases.
 
g. DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS
 
  Fees and costs incurred to obtain long-term financing have been deferred and
are being amortized over the terms of the respective loans on a basis which
approximates the effective interest method.
 
h. INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE
 
  The investment in joint venture represents a 25% interest in an entity which
will own two office buildings in Reston, VA for which the Company will serve
as development manager. Such investment is accounted for under the equity
method.
 
i. INTEREST EXPENSE
 
  Interest expense on fixed rate debt with periodic rate increases is computed
using the effective interest method over the terms of the respective loans.
 
j. PARTNERS' CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND PROFITS AND LOSSES
 
  Partners' capital contributions, distributions and profits and losses are
allocated in accordance with the terms of individual partnership agreements.
 
k. USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
l. UNAUDITED INTERIM STATEMENTS
 
  The combined financial statements as of March 31, 1997 and for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 are unaudited. In the opinion of
management, all adjustments (consisting solely of normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of such combined financial
statements have been included. The results of operations for the three months
ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the Predecessor
Company's future results of operations for the full year ending December 31,
1997.
 
 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
 
3. MORTGAGE NOTES PAYABLE:
 
  Mortgage notes payable are comprised of 44 loans at March 31, 1997, December
31, 1996 and 1995, each of which is collateralized by a building and related
land included in real estate assets. The mortgage notes payable are generally
due in monthly installments and mature at various dates through September 30,
2012. Interest rates on fixed rate mortgage notes payable aggregating
$1,012,320, $1,013,361 and $929,226 at March 31, 1997, December 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively, range from 7.35% to 9.875% (averaging 8.18% at March 31,
1997, and December 31, 1996, respectively). Interest rates on variable rate
mortgage notes payable aggregating $384,948, $385,985 and $446,546 at March
31, 1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, range from 0.7% above the
London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), 5.5% at March 31, 1997 and December
31, 1996 to 1.75% above the LIBOR rate.
 
  The interest rates related to the mortgage notes payable for three
properties aggregating $610,313, $610,782 and $612,657 at March 31, 1997,
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively are subject to periodic scheduled
rate increases. Interest expense for these mortgage notes payable is computed
using the effective interest method. The impact of using this method increased
interest expense $206 and $161 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively, and $644, $1,347 and $3,131 for the years ended December
31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The cumulative liability related to
these adjustments is $21,220, $21,013 and $20,369 at March 31, 1997, December
31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and is included in mortgage notes payable.
 
  Combined aggregate principal maturities of mortgage notes payable at
December 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                  <C>
   1997................................................................ $334,784
   1998................................................................  219,748
   1999................................................................   11,315
   2000................................................................   48,040
   2001................................................................  153,148
</TABLE>
 
  The extraordinary loss reflected in the statement of operations for the year
ended December 31, 1996 resulted from a prepayment penalty upon the early
principal repayment of a mortgage note payable.
 
  Certain mortgage notes payable are subject to prepayment penalties of
varying amounts in the event of an early principal repayment.
 
4. LEASING ACTIVITIES:
 
  Future minimum lease payments to be received as of December 31, 1996 under
noncancelable operating leases, which expire on various dates through 2012,
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                 <C>
   Years ending December 31:
     1997............................................................. $161,817
     1998.............................................................  146,721
     1999.............................................................  137,180
     2000.............................................................  122,164
     2001.............................................................  110,626
     Thereafter.......................................................  506,398
</TABLE>
 
  One major tenant, the General Services Administration, represented 16%, 15%,
15%, 17% and 16% of the Predecessor's total rental income for the three months
ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995,
and 1994, respectively.
 
5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
 
  Notes payable--affiliate consists of amounts funded by affiliates for office
buildings under renovation or construction. The notes bear interest at the
prime rate plus 1% and are due on demand.
 
                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
 
  Rental income of $2,645, $2,641, $10,455, $10,522 and $10,518 has been
received from affiliates for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996,
and for the years ended 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
  Development fees of $0, $0, $25, $125, and $478, have been received from
affiliates for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, and for the
years ended 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
 
  Management fees and other income of $91, $89, $419, $554, and $544, have
been received from affiliates for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
1996, and for the years ended 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
 
  Additionally, certain mortgage notes payable aggregating $214,005 at
December 31, 1996 are guaranteed by affiliates of the Predecessor.
 
6. SAVINGS PLAN:
 
  Effective January 1, 1985, the Predecessor adopted a 401(K) Savings Plan
(the "Plan") for its employees. Under the Plan, employees, age 18 and older,
are eligible to participate in the Plan after they have completed three months
of service. In addition, participants may elect to make an after-tax
contribution of up to 10% of their wages.
 
  The Plan provides that matching employer contributions are to be determined
at the discretion of the Predecessor. The Predecessor matches 200% of the
first 2% of pay (utilizing pay that is not in excess of $100). The cost to the
Predecessor of this matching for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
1996, and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, was $111,
$100, $359, $319 and $216, respectively.
 
  Participants are immediately vested in their pre-tax and after-tax
contributions. Participants vest in the Predecessor's matching contributions
and earnings thereon over a seven year period.
 
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
 Legal Matters
 
  The Predecessor is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that
arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered
by insurance. The Predecessor believes that the final outcome of such matters
will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of
operations or liquidity of the Predecessor.
 
 Environmental Matters
 
  On January 9, 1997, the Predecessor received a Notice of Potential
Responsibility ("NOR") related to groundwater contamination at one of the
Predecessor's properties located in Massachusetts. The lease with the tenant
of the property contains an indemnification from the tenant to the Predecessor
for liability due to the tenant's actions. The tenant is currently conducting
an investigation. The Predecessor expects that any resolution will not have a
material impact on the financial position, results of operations or liquidity
of the Predecessor.
 
 Development
 
  The Predecessor has entered into contracts for the construction and
renovation of projects currently under development. Commitments under these
arrangements totaled approximately $37 million at December 31, 1996.
 
  The Predecessor has future development rights related to the purchase,
construction, and completion of approximately 1.4 million square feet of
office and industrial space. The Predecessor is required to make minimum
deposits of $1 million during the next six years to maintain these rights. If
the Predecessor elects to purchase the land, all deposits would be applied to
the purchase price.
 
                                     F-26
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
 
 Management Contracts
 
  The hotels are managed pursuant to contracts which expire in 2012 with a
national hotel management company. These agreements include base and incentive
fee provisions. The fees under these agreements aggregated $815, $657, $4,974,
$4,410 and $4,001 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, and for
the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
8. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
  The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, escrows, receivables,
accounts payable, accrued expenses and other assets and liabilities are
reasonable estimates of their fair values because of the short maturities of
these instruments. Mortgage notes payable have aggregate carrying values which
approximate their estimated fair values based upon the remaining maturities
for certain debt and interest rates for debt with similar terms and remaining
maturities.
 
                                     F-27
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE III
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                    REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             INITIAL COST
                                                          ------------------
                                                                                 COSTS
                                                                              CAPITALIZED
                                                                              SUBSEQUENT
 PROPERTY NAME     TYPE        LOCATION      ENCUMBRANCES   LAND   BUILDINGS TO ACQUISITION
- ----------------  ------- ------------------ ------------ -------- --------- --------------
<S>               <C>     <C>                <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>
599 Lexington
Avenue            Office  New York, NY         $430,239    $81,040 $100,507     $ 67,459
2300 N. Street    Office  NW, Washington, DC    100,000     16,509   22,415       10,076
10 & 20 Mall
Road              Office  Burlington, MA         20,215        930    6,928        8,237
8 Arlington
Street            Office  Boston, MA              4,611         90    1,855          133
32 Hartwell Ave   Office  Lexington, MA           4,222        168    1,943        2,720
91 Hartwell Ave   Office  Lexington, MA          13,770        784    6,464        1,342
195 West Street   Office  Waltham, MA             5,856        758    5,150        2,557
191 Spring
Street            Office  Lexington, MA          23,942      5,175   27,166       17,693
201 Spring
Street            Office  Lexington, MA              --      1,500    3,637           --
Waltham Office
Center            Office  Waltham, MA            11,389        422    2,719        2,926
204 Second
Avenue            Office  Waltham, MA             3,374         37    2,402          630
170 Tracer Lane   Office  Waltham, MA             5,146        398    4,601        1,282
33 Hayden Avenue  Office  Lexington, MA              --        266    3,234          110
92 Hayden Avenue  Office  Lexington, MA          11,015        230    3,145          510
100 Hayden
Avenue            Office  Lexington, MA              --        364    3,603          264
Lexington Office
Park              Office  Lexington, MA          15,373        998    1,426        9,472
Bedford Business  Office/ Bedford, MA            23,500        502    3,403       12,743
Park              R & D
One Cambridge
Center            Office  Cambridge, MA          45,000        134   25,110        3,133
Three Cambridge
Center            Office  Cambridge, MA          19,000        174   12,200          598
Ten Cambridge
Center            Office  Cambridge, MA          25,000      1,299   12,943        4,420
Eleven Cambridge
Center            Office  Cambridge, MA           8,319        121    5,535          392
Capital Gallery   Office  SW, Washington DC      60,751      4,725   29,560        7,033
The U.S.
International
Commission
Building          Office  SW, Washington DC      50,000        109   22,420        9,293
                                               --------   -------- --------     --------
Subtotal                                       $880,722   $116,733 $308,366     $163,023
                                               --------   -------- --------     --------
<CAPTION>
                                   GROSS AMOUNT
                            CARRIED AT CLOSE OF PERIOD
                  -----------------------------------------------
                                            DEVELOPMENT
                      LAND       BUILDING       AND                                            DEPRECIABLE
                      AND          AND      CONSTRUCTION          ACCUMULATED    YEAR BUILT/      LIVES
 PROPERTY NAME    IMPROVEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS  IN PROCESS   TOTAL   DEPRECIATION    RENOVATED      (YEARS)
- ----------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- ------------ --------------- -----------
<S>               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>             <C>
599 Lexington
Avenue               $81,040     $167,966      $   --    $249,006  $  58,567              1986     (1)
2300 N. Street        16,509       32,491          --      49,000      9,001              1986     (1)
10 & 20 Mall
Road                     939       15,156          --      16,095      4,474           1984-86     (1)
8 Arlington
Street                    90        1,988          --       2,078        770    1860-1920/1989     (1)
32 Hartwell Ave          168        4,663          --       4,831      2,244   1968-79/1987-88     (1)
91 Hartwell Ave          784        7,806          --       8,590      2,081              1985     (1)
195 West Street        1,611        6,854          --       8,465      1,286              1990     (1)
191 Spring
Street                 5,175       44,859          --      50,034      8,857         1971/1995     (1)
201 Spring
Street                    --           --       5,137       5,137         --              1997     N/A
Waltham Office
Center                   425        5,642          --       6,067      3,004   1968-70/1987-88     (1)
204 Second
Avenue                    37        3,032          --       3,069      1,291         1981/1993     (1)
170 Tracer Lane          418        5,863          --       6,281      2,122              1980     (1)
33 Hayden Avenue         266        3,344          --       3,610      1,517              1979     (1)
92 Hayden Avenue         230        3,655          --       3,885      1,294         1968/1984     (1)
100 Hayden
Avenue                   364        3,867          --       4,231      1,132              1985     (1)
Lexington Office
Park                   1,072       10,824          --      11,896      3,561              1982     (1)
Bedford Business         502       16,146          --      16,648      5,831           1969-80     (1)
Park
One Cambridge
Center                   134       28,243          --      28,377      7,975              1987     (1)
Three Cambridge
Center                   174       12,798          --      12,972      3,181              1987     (1)
Ten Cambridge
Center                 1,868       16,794          --      18,662      4,882              1990     (1)
Eleven Cambridge
Center                   121        5,927          --       6,048      1,975              1984     (1)
Capital Gallery        4,725       36,593          --      41,318     14,192              1981     (1)
The U.S.
International
Commission
Building               1,569       30,253          --      31,822     10,762              1987     (1)
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- ------------
Subtotal            $118,221     $464,764      $5,137    $588,122  $ 149,999
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE III
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                    REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           INITIAL COST
                                                        -------------------
                                                                                 COSTS
                                                                              CAPITALIZED
                                                                              SUBSEQUENT
PROPERTY NAME      TYPE      LOCATION      ENCUMBRANCES   LAND    BUILDINGS TO ACQUISITIONS
- -------------     ------ ----------------- ------------ --------- --------- ---------------
<S>               <C>    <C>               <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
Subtotal from
previous page                               $  880,722  $ 116,733 $ 308,366    $ 163,023
                                            ----------  --------- ---------    ---------
One Independence
Square            Office SW, Washington DC      78,700  $   9,356 $  33,701    $  14,170
Two Independence
Square            Office SW, Washington DC     122,856     14,053    59,883        8,795
Montvale Center   Office Gaithersburg, MD        7,992      1,574     9,786        3,433
Democracy Center  Office Bethesda, MD          110,100     12,550    50,015       18,392
7435 Boston
Boulevard,
Building One      Office Springfield, VA         5,564        392     3,822        1,199
7451 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Two      Office Springfield, VA         2,215        249     1,542        1,460
7374 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Four     Office Springfield, VA         3,619        241     1,605          462
8000 Grainger
Court,
Building Five     Office Springfield, VA         7,664        366     4,282          603
7500 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Six      Office Springfield , VA        6,440        138     3,749          206
7501 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Seven    Office Springfield, VA            --        665       878           --
7601 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Eight    Office Springfield, VA         8,372        200     3,883          453
7600 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Nine     Office Springfield, VA         5,796        127     2,839        1,386
7375 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Ten      Office Springfield, VA            --         23     2,685          559
8000 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Eleven   Office Springfield, VA            --        136     3,071           88
                                            ----------  --------- ---------    ---------
 Subtotal                                   $1,240,040  $ 156,803 $ 490,107    $ 214,229
                                            ----------  --------- ---------    ---------
<CAPTION>
                                    GROSS AMOUNT
                             CARRIED AT CLOSE OF PERIOD
                  ------------------------------------------------
                                            DEVELOPMENT
                      LAND       BUILDING       AND                               YEAR    DEPRECIABLE
                      AND          AND      CONSTRUCTION           ACCUMULATED   BUILT/      LIVES
PROPERTY NAME     IMPROVEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS  IN PROCESS    TOTAL   DEPRECIATION RENOVATED   (YEARS)
- -------------     ------------ ------------ ------------ --------- ------------ --------- -----------
<S>               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Subtotal from
previous page      $ 118,221    $ 464,764     $ 5,137    $ 588,122  $ 149,999
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ --------- ------------
One Independence
Square             $   9,634    $  47,593     $    --    $  57,227  $   9,556       1991      (1)
Two Independence
Square                15,038       67,693          --       82,731      9,228       1992      (1)
Montvale Center        2,399       12,394          --       14,793      3,384       1987      (1)
Democracy Center      13,695       67,262          --       80,957     17,710    1985-88      (1)
7435 Boston
Boulevard,
Building One             486        4,927          --        5,413      1,571       1982      (1)
7451 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Two             535        2,716          --        3,251      1,141       1982      (1)
7374 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Four            303        2,005          --        2,308        639       1984      (1)
8000 Grainger
Court,
Building Five            453        4,798          --        5,251      1,509       1984      (1)
7500 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Six             282        3,811          --        4,093      1,174       1985      (1)
7501 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Seven            --           --       1,543        1,543         --       1997      N/A
7601 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Eight           378        4,158          --        4,536      1,270       1986      (1)
7600 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Nine            189        4,163          --        4,352      1,212       1987      (1)
7375 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Ten              47        3,220          --        3,267        894       1988      (1)
8000 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Eleven          214        3,081          --        3,295        629       1989      (1)
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ --------- ------------
 Subtotal          $ 161,874    $ 692,585     $ 6,680    $ 861,139  $ 199,916
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ --------- ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE III
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                    REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   INITIAL COST
                                                                -------------------
                                                                                        COSTS
                                                                                     CAPITALIZED
                                                                                      SUBSEQUENT
PROPERTY NAME        TYPE          LOCATION        ENCUMBRANCES   LAND    BUILDINGS TO ACQUISITION
- ----------------  ---------- --------------------- ------------ --------- --------- --------------
<S>               <C>        <C>                   <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
Subtotal from
previous page                                       $1,240,040  $ 156,803 $ 490,107   $ 214,229
                                                    ----------  --------- ---------   ---------
7700 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Twelve   Office     Springfield, VA                --  $   1,105 $   1,042   $      --
Sugarland
Building One      Office     Herndon, VA                    --        735     2,739          --
Sugarland
Building Two      Office     Herndon, VA                    --        834     3,216          --
Hilltop Business
Center            Office     So. San Francisco, CA       4,817         53       492         140
164 Lexington
Road              Office     Billerica, MA               1,970        592     1,370         127
25-33 Dartmouth
Street            Industrial Westwood, MA                3,296        273     1,595         470
40-46 Harvard
Street            Industrial Westwood, MA                5,380        351     1,782       1,347
1950 Stanford
Court, Building
One               Industrial Landover, MD                2,662        269     1,554         161
6201 Columbia
Park, Building
Two               Industrial Landover, MD                5,023        505     2,746         951
2000 South Club
Drive, Building
Three             Industrial Landover, MD                3,542        465     2,125         702
38 Cabot
Boulevard         Industrial Bucks County, PA               --        329     1,238       1,933
430 Rozzi Place   Industrial So. San Francisco, CA          --         24       217          67
560 Forbes
Boulevard         Industrial So. San Francisco, CA          --         48       435         133
2391 West Winton
Avenue            Industrial Hayward, CA                 1,343        182     1,217          41
17 Hartwell
Avenue            R&D        Lexington, MA                 938         26       150         362
Fourteen
Cambridge         R&D        Cambridge, MA               6,748        110     4,483          --
Long Wharf
Marriott          Hotel      Boston, MA                 68,600      1,752    37,534       2,216
Cambridge Center  Hotel      Cambridge, MA              61,000        478    37,918       3,734
Cambridge Center
N.                Garage     Cambridge, MA              15,000        639    11,630         527
                                                    ----------  --------- ---------   ---------
 Subtotal                                           $1,420,359  $ 165,573 $ 603,590   $ 227,140
                                                    ----------  --------- ---------   ---------
<CAPTION>
                                    GROSS AMOUNT
                             CARRIED AT CLOSE OF PERIOD
                  ------------------------------------------------
                                            DEVELOPMENT
                                                AND                                          DEPRECIABLE
                    LAND AND   BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION           ACCUMULATED  YEAR BUILT/     LIVES
PROPERTY NAME     IMPROVEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS  IN PROCESS    TOTAL   DEPRECIATION  RENOVATED     (YEARS)
- ----------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ --------- ------------ ------------ -----------
<S>               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>
Subtotal from
previous page      $ 161,874    $ 692,585     $  6,680   $ 861,139  $ 199,916
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ --------- ------------
7700 Boston
Boulevard,
Building Twelve    $      --    $      --     $  2,147   $   2,147  $      --           1997     N/A
Sugarland
Building One              --           --        3,474       3,474         --      1985/1997     N/A
Sugarland
Building Two              --           --        4,050       4,050         --      1986/1997     N/A
Hilltop Business
Center                    53          632           --         685        260   early 1970's     (1)
164 Lexington
Road                     592        1,497           --       2,089         39           1995     (1)
25-33 Dartmouth
Street                   273        2,065           --       2,338      1,120           1966     (1)
40-46 Harvard
Street                   351        3,129           --       3,480      2,244           1967     (1)
1950 Stanford
Court, Building
One                      350        1,634           --       1,984        444           1986     (1)
6201 Columbia
Park, Building
Two                      960        3,242           --       4,202      1,186           1986     (1)
2000 South Club
Drive, Building
Three                    859        2,433           --       3,292        682           1988     (1)
38 Cabot
Boulevard                329        3,171           --       3,500      2,709      1972/1984     (1)
430 Rozzi Place           24          284           --         308        117   early 1970's     (1)
560 Forbes
Boulevard                 48          568           --         616        234   early 1970's     (1)
2391 West Winton
Avenue                   182        1,258           --       1,440        858           1974     (1)
17 Hartwell
Avenue                    26          512           --         538        435           1968     (1)
Fourteen
Cambridge                110        4,483           --       4,593      1,569           1983     (1)
Long Wharf
Marriott               1,752       39,750           --      41,502     14,527           1982     (1)
Cambridge Center         478       41,652           --      42,130     10,129           1986     (1)
Cambridge Center
N.                     1,163       11,633           --      12,796      2,000           1990     (1)
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ --------- ------------
 Subtotal          $ 169,424    $ 810,528     $ 16,351   $ 996,303  $ 238,469
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ --------- ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE III
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                    REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           INITIAL COST
                                                        -------------------
                                                                                COSTS
                                                                             CAPITALIZED
                                                                              SUBSEQUENT
PROPERTY NAME        TYPE       LOCATION   ENCUMBRANCES   LAND    BUILDINGS TO ACQUISITION
- -------------     ----------- ------------ ------------ --------- --------- --------------
<S>               <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
Subtotal from
previous page                               $1,420,359  $ 165,573 $ 603,590   $ 227,140
                                            ----------  --------- ---------   ---------
Cambridge Master                Cambridge,
Plan              Development           MA          --  $   1,722 $      --   $   1,727
Maryland Master                  Landover,
Plan              Development           MD          --        464        --          --
Virginia Master               Springfield,
Plan              Development           VA          --        655        --         666
                                            ----------  --------- ---------   ---------
Total                                       $1,420,359  $ 168,414 $ 603,590   $ 229,533
                                            ----------  --------- ---------   ---------
<CAPTION>
                                     GROSS AMOUNT
                              CARRIED AT CLOSE OF PERIOD
                  --------------------------------------------------
                                            DEVELOPMENT
                                                AND                                           DEPRECIABLE
                    LAND AND   BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION             ACCUMULATED  YEAR BUILT/    LIVES
PROPERTY NAME     IMPROVEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS  IN PROCESS     TOTAL    DEPRECIATION  RENOVATED    (YEARS)
- -------------     ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
<S>               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Subtotal from
previous page      $ 169,424    $ 810,528     $ 16,351   $   996,303  $ 238,469
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
Cambridge Master
Plan               $      --    $      --     $  3,449   $     3,449  $      --     Various       N/A
Maryland Master
Plan                      --           --          464           464         --     Various       N/A
Virginia Master
Plan                      --           --        1,321         1,321         --     Various       N/A
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
Total              $ 169,424    $ 810,528     $ 21,585   $ 1,001,537  $ 238,469
                  ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
</TABLE>
- ----
(1) Depreciation of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group's buildings and
    improvements are calculated over lives ranging from the life of the lease
    to 40 years.
(2) The aggregate cost and accumulated depreciation for tax purposes was
    $1,042,317 and $412,548, respectively at December 31, 1996.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
 
                      BOSTON PROPERTIES PREDECESSOR GROUP
 
                    REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
  A summary of activity for real estate and accumulated depreciation is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1996       1995      1994
                                                ----------  --------  --------
   <S>                                          <C>         <C>       <C>
   Real estate:
     Balance at beginning of year.............    $979,493  $952,374  $951,693
       Improvements and
        acquisition/development of real
        estate................................      28,110    29,660     9,397
       Write-off of fully depreciated assets..      (6,066)   (2,541)   (8,716)
                                                ----------  --------  --------
     Balance at end of year...................  $1,001,537  $979,493  $952,374
                                                ==========  ========  ========
   Accumulated depreciation:
     Balance at beginning of year.............     215,303   189,712   170,308
       Depreciation expense...................      29,232    28,132    28,120
       Write-off of fully depreciated assets..      (6,066)   (2,541)   (8,716)
                                                ----------  --------  --------
     Balance at end of year...................    $238,469  $215,303  $189,712
                                                ==========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
 
                                   3 Artwork
 
[Map showing location of the Company's greater Washington, D.C. properties]
<PAGE>
 


                                   4 Artwork


[Picture of Capital Gallery,                [Picture of 191 Spring Street,
 Washington, D.C., S.W.]                     Lexington, Massachusetts]
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
[Picture of Lexington Office Park,          [Picture of 8000 Grainger Court,
 Lexington, Massachusetts]                   Springfield, Virginia]  
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
[Picture of 10 & 20 Burlington Mall Road,   [Picture of 6201 Columbia Park Road 
 Burlington, Massachusetts]                  Landover, Maryland]      
<PAGE>
 
                                  5 Artwork
 
 [Picture of 100 Hayden Avenue,                  [Picture of Democracy Center,
 Lexington, Massachusetts]                        Bethesda, Maryland]




[Picture of 195 West Street,                     [Picture of Montvale Center,
 Waltham, Massachusetts]                          Gaithersburg, Maryland]



[Picture of 2300 N. Street,                      [Picture of 91 Hartwell Avenue,
 Washington, D.C., N.W.]                          Lexington, Massachusetts]
<PAGE>
 
For a summary of property, property type, operating and ownership data regarding
the Properties see the "Summary Property Data" table contained herein.
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AU-
THORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL,
OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION
WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICI-
TATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN
ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE
COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                ---------------
 
                           SUMMARY TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Prospectus Summary.......................................................   1
Summary Selected Financial Information...................................  16
Risk Factors.............................................................  19
The Company..............................................................  30
Business and Growth Strategies...........................................  34
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  38
Distributions............................................................  40
Capitalization...........................................................  44
Dilution.................................................................  46
Selected Financial Information...........................................  47
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  50
Business and Properties..................................................  56
The Unsecured Line of Credit............................................. 103
Management............................................................... 104
Policies with Respect to Certain Activities.............................. 115
Structure and Formation of the Company................................... 118
Operating Partnership Agreement.......................................... 122
Principal Stockholders................................................... 126
Description of Capital Stock............................................. 127
Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and the Company's Certificate and
 Bylaws.................................................................. 132
Shares Available for Future Sale......................................... 135
Federal Income Tax Consequences.......................................... 136
Underwriting............................................................. 148
Experts.................................................................. 150
Legal Matters............................................................ 151
Additional Information................................................... 151
Glossary................................................................. 152
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                ---------------
 
 UNTIL    , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING), ALL DEAL-
ERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SHARES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY REQUIRE-
MENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF THE DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               31,400,000 SHARES
 
 
                [LOGO OF BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC. APPEARS HERE]
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                                 COMMON STOCK
 
                                ---------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                                ---------------
 
                              Joint Lead Managers
                             and Joint Bookrunners
 
                   MERRILL LYNCH & CO. GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                                ---------------
 
                           BEAR, STEARNS & CO., INC.
                          MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                          PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED 
                     PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED 
                              SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
                                        , 1997
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL NOR  +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                       
PROSPECTUS          SUBJECT TO COMPLETION JUNE 16, 1997     
                               31,400,000 SHARES
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
                                                               [LOGO OF BOSTON
                                                               PROPERTIES, INC.
                                                               APPEARS HERE]
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                  ----------
  Boston Properties, Inc. has been formed to succeed to the real estate
development, redevelopment, acquisition, management, operating and leasing
businesses associated with the predecessor company founded by Mortimer B.
Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde in 1970. The Company is one of the largest owners
and developers of office properties in the United States, with a significant
presence in Greater Boston, Greater Washington, D.C. and midtown Manhattan.
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will own 75 properties aggregating
approximately 11.0 million square feet, 89% of which was developed or
redeveloped by the Company. The Company's portfolio consists of 63 office
properties (including seven under development), two hotels, nine industrial
properties, and one garage property. In addition, the Company will own, have
under contract or have options to acquire six parcels of land, which will
support approximately 1.0 million square feet of development.

  Following the Offering, Mr. Zuckerman will serve as Chairman, Mr. Linde will
serve as President and Chief Executive Officer and together they will own a
31.9% economic interest in the Company. The Company is a fully integrated,
self-administered and self-managed real estate company and expects to qualify
as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") for federal income tax purposes.
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have a $300 million unsecured
line of credit.

  All of the shares of the Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by the
Company. Of the 31,400,000 shares of Common Stock being offered hereby,
25,120,000 shares are being offered initially in the United States and Canada
by the U.S. Underwriters and 6,280,000 shares are being offered initially
outside the United States and Canada by the International Managers. See
"Underwriting."

  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be
between $24.00 and $26.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price. The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol "BXP," subject to official notice of issuance.
   
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 19 FOR CERTAIN FACTORS RELEVANT TO AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING:     
  . The Company intends to develop commercial properties and its return on
    such investments can be lower than anticipated because properties can cost
    more to develop, take longer to develop or lease, or lease for lower rent
    than anticipated;
  . The Company intends to acquire portfolios or individual properties; such
    acquisitions may not achieve their intended return;
  . Conflicts of interest exist between the Company and Messrs. Zuckerman and
    Linde in connection with the formation of the Company and its continuing
    operations, including with respect to certain restrictions on the
    Company's ability to sell or transfer four properties, for a period of ten
    years, without the consent of Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde;
  . The Company relies on key personnel whose continued service is not
    guaranteed, including Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde;
  . The consideration to be given by the Company for properties at the
    completion of the Offering may exceed their fair market value; no third-
    party appraisals were obtained by the Company regarding these properties;
     
  . The Company has had historical accounting losses for certain fiscal years
    and could have such losses in the future;     
  . Real estate investment and property management are inherently risky as
    rents can fluctuate and operating costs can increase;
  . The Company may not be able to refinance indebtedness on favorable terms,
    and interest rates might increase on amounts drawn under the Company's
    proposed line of credit;
  . If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT, it will be taxed as a regular
    corporation; and
     
  . Stockholders' ability to change control of the Company is limited by the
    Company's organizational documents and Delaware law.     
 
                                  ----------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
                                        PUBLIC  DISCOUNT(1)  COMPANY(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>          <C>
Per Share.............................    $          $           $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)..............................  $          $            $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against
    certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
    1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $    payable by the Company.
(3) The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase
    up to an additional 3,768,000 shares of Common Stock, and has granted the
    International Managers a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional
    942,000 shares of Common Stock, on the same terms and conditions as set
    forth above solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such options are
    exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and
    Proceeds to Company will be $   , $    and $   , respectively. See
    "Underwriting."
 
                                  ----------
  The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, subject
to prior sale, when, as and if issued and accepted by them, subject to approval
of certain legal maters by counsel for the Underwriters. The Underwriters
reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders
in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the shares will be made in
New York, New York on or about    , 1997.
 
                                  ----------
                   Joint Lead Managers and Joint Bookrunners
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
 
                                  ----------
BEAR, STEARNS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
      MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
               PAINEWEBBER INTERNATIONAL
                       PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES
                             SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
                                  ----------
                  The date of this Prospectus is      , 1997.
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions in the international purchase agreement
(the "International Purchase Agreement"), among the Company and each of the
underwriters named below (the "International Managers"), and concurrently with
the sale of 25,120,000 shares to the U.S. Underwriters (as defined below), the
Company has agreed to sell to each of the International Managers, for whom
Merrill Lynch International, Goldman Sachs International, Bear, Stearns
International Limited, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, PaineWebber
International (UK) Ltd., Prudential-Bache Securities (U.K.) Inc., and Smith
Barney Inc. are acting as lead managers (the "Lead Managers"), and each of the
International Managers has severally agreed to purchase from the Company, the
respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their
respective names:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER
                                                                          OF
           UNDERWRITER                                                  SHARES
           -----------                                                 ---------
      <S>                                                              <C>
      Merrill Lynch International.....................................
      Goldman Sachs International.....................................
      Bear, Stearns International Limited.............................
      Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited......................
      PaineWebber International (UK) Ltd. ............................
      Prudential-Bache Securities (U.K.) Inc. ........................
      Smith Barney Inc. ..............................................
                                                                       ---------
           Total...................................................... 6,280,000
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has also entered into a purchase agreement (the "U.S. Purchase
Agreement" and, together with the International Purchase Agreement, the
"Purchase Agreements") with certain underwriters in the United States and
Canada (the "U.S. Underwriters" and, together with the International
Underwriters, the "Underwriters") for whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, PaineWebber Incorporated, Prudential Securities
Incorporated, and Smith Barney Inc. are acting as representatives. Subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the U.S. Purchase Agreement and
concurrently with the sale of 6,280,000 shares of Common Stock to the
International Managers pursuant to the International Purchase Agreement, the
Company has agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters, and the U.S. Underwriters
have severally agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of 25,120,000
shares of Common Stock. The initial public offering price per share and the
total underwriting discount per share are identical under the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
 
  In each Purchase Agreement, the several U.S. Underwriters and the several
International Managers have agreed, respectively, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in such Purchase Agreement, to purchase all of the shares
of Common Stock being sold pursuant to such Purchase Agreement if any of such
shares of Common Stock are purchased. Under certain circumstances, the
commitments of non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters or International Managers (as
the case may be) may be increased. The sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant
to the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement are
conditioned upon each other.
 
  The Lead Managers have advised the Company that the International Managers
propose to offer the Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain banks,
brokers and dealers (the "Selling Group") at such price less a concession not
in excess of $    per share. The International Managers may allow, and such
dealers may re-allow with the consent of Merrill Lynch International, a
discount not in excess of $    per share on sales to certain other
International Managers and members of the Selling Group. After the date of
this Prospectus, the public offering price and concession and discount may be
changed.
 
  The Company has been informed that the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers have entered into an agreement (the "Intersyndicate
Agreement") providing for the coordination of their activities. Under the
terms of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers are permitted to sell shares of Common Stock to each
other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering price, less an
amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms of the
Intersyndicate Agreement, the International Managers and any dealer to whom
they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of
Common Stock to persons who are United States persons or Canadian persons or
to persons they
 
                                      148
<PAGE>
 
believe intend to resell to persons who are United States persons or Canadian
persons, and the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell shares of
Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to persons
who are non-United States and non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe
intend to resell to non-United States and non-Canadian persons, except in each
case for transactions pursuant to such agreement.
 
  The Company has granted to the International Managers an option, exercisable
for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 942,000
additional shares of Common Stock to cover overallotments, if any, at the
initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus. If the International Managers exercise this
option, each International Manager will have a firm commitment, subject to
certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage thereof
which the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the
foregoing table bears to such International Managers' initial amount reflected
in the foregoing table. The Company also has granted an option to the U.S.
Underwriters, exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to 3,768,000 additional shares of Common Stock to
cover overallotments, if any, on terms similar to those granted to the
International Managers.
 
  At the request of the Company, the U.S. Underwriters have reserved up to
750,000 shares of Common Stock for sale at the public offering price to
certain employees of the Company, the Company's business affiliates and other
parties who have expressed an interest in purchasing shares. The number of
shares available to the general public will be reduced to the extent these
persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so
purchased by such persons at the completion of the Offerings will be offered
by the U.S. Underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other
shares offered by this Prospectus.
 
  In the Purchase Agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification of the Underwriters for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act may be permitted pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is therefore unenforceable.
 
  The Company, the Operating Partnership and certain persons who owned
interests in one or more of the Properties prior to the Offering and who
received OP Units in exchange for such interests in the Formation Transactions
(the "Non-Affiliated Participants") have agreed, subject to certain
exceptions, not to sell, offer or contract to sell, grant any option for the
sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or OP Units, or
any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or OP Units,
for a period of one year from the date of the Prospectus, without the prior
written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
Goldman, Sachs & Co. The Company has granted certain registration rights
pursuant to which the Non-Affiliated Participants may require the Company to
file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to sales of any shares
received by the Non-Affiliated Participants in exchange for their OP Units
after the expiration of the one-year period.
 
  Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde and the senior officers of the Company who will
receive OP Units and/or shares of Common Stock in the Formation Transactions
have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, offer or contract to
sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock or OP Units for a period of two years from the date of the
Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner
& Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
  Each of the Company and the International Managers has represented and
agreed that (a) it has not offered or sold, and prior to the date six months
after the date of this Prospectus will not offer or sell any Shares of Common
Stock to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary
activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of
investments (as principal or agent) for the purpose of their businesses or
otherwise in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public in
the United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of Securities
Regulations 1995, (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable
provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by
it in relation to the shares of Common Stock in, from or otherwise the United
Kingdom and (c) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on
in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issue
or sale of the Common Stock to a person who is of a kind described in Article
II(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)
(Exemptions) Order 1995 or is a person to whom the document may otherwise
lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
                                      149
<PAGE>
 
  Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters
and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As
an exception to these rules, the U.S. Representatives are permitted to engage
in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such
transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing
or maintaining the price of the Common Stock.
 
  If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares of Common Stock
than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the U.S.
Representatives and the International Managers, respectively, may reduce that
short position by purchasing Common Stock in the open market. The U.S.
Representatives and the International Managers, respectively, may also elect
to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment
option described above.
 
  The U.S. Representatives and the International Managers, respectively, may
also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters and selling group members.
This means that if the U.S. Representatives or the International Managers
purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce the Underwriters'
short position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they may reclaim
the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and selling group
members who sold those shares as part of the Offering.
 
  In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher
than it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty
bid might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it
were to discourage resales of the security.
 
  Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the
transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In
addition, none of the Underwriters makes any representation that the U.S.
Representatives or the International Managers will engage in such transactions
or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without
notice.
 
  The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which
they exercise discretionary authority.
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. The initial public offering price has been determined through
negotiations between the Company and the U.S. Representatives. Among the
factors considered in such negotiations, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, are dividend yields and financial characteristics of publicly
traded REITs that the Company and the U.S. Representatives believe to be
comparable to the Company, the expected results of operations of the Company
(which are based on the results of operations of the Boston Properties
Predecessor Group and the third-party development and management business in
recent periods), estimates of the future business potential and earnings
prospects of the Company as a whole and the current state of the real estate
market in the Company's primary markets and the economy as a whole.
 
  The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "BXP," subject to official notice of issuance. In
order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Common Stock on the New
York Stock Exchange, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or
more shares of Common Stock to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
 
  The Company may, in its sole discretion, pay to Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. an advisory fee in the
aggregate equal to 0.50% of the gross proceeds received from the sale of
Common Stock to public investors in the Offerings for financial advisory
services rendered in connection with the Company's formation as a REIT.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The combined historical financial statements and financial statement
schedule of the Boston Properties Predecessor Group included in this
Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part,
to the extent and for the periods indicated in their reports, have been
audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, and are included
herein in reliance upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
 
 
                                      150
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AU-
THORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL,
OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION
WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICI-
TATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN
ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE
COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                ---------------
 
                           SUMMARY TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Prospectus Summary.......................................................   1
Summary Selected Financial Information...................................  16
Risk Factors.............................................................  19
The Company..............................................................  30
Business and Growth Strategies...........................................  34
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  38
Distributions............................................................  40
Capitalization...........................................................  44
Dilution.................................................................  46
Selected Financial Information...........................................  47
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  50
Business and Properties..................................................  56
The Unsecured Line of Credit............................................. 103
Management............................................................... 104
Policies with Respect to Certain Activities.............................. 115
Structure and Formation of the Company................................... 118
Operating Partnership Agreement.......................................... 122
Principal Stockholders................................................... 126
Description of Capital Stock............................................. 127
Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and the Company's Certificate and
 Bylaws.................................................................. 132
Shares Available for Future Sale......................................... 135
Federal Income Tax Consequences.......................................... 136
Underwriting............................................................. 148
Experts.................................................................. 150
Legal Matters............................................................ 151
Additional Information................................................... 151
Glossary................................................................. 152
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                ---------------
 
 UNTIL    , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING), ALL DEAL-
ERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SHARES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY REQUIRE-
MENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF THE DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               31,400,000 SHARES
 
                [LOGO OF BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC. APPEARS HERE]
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
 
                                 COMMON STOCK
 
                                ---------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                                ---------------
 
                              Joint Lead Managers
                             and Joint Bookrunners
 
            MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
 
                                ---------------
 
                      BEAR, STEARNS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
                          MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                           PAINEWEBBER INTERNATIONAL
                 PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
                                        , 1997
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 30. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
  The following table itemizes the expenses incurred by the Company in
connection with the offering of the shares of Common Stock being registered
hereby. All of the amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and
Exchange Commission Registration Fee.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                   ITEM                                AMOUNT
                                   ----                              ----------
      <S>                                                            <C>
      Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee........... $  273,561
      NASD Fee......................................................     30,500
      New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee...........................    210,600
      Transfer Agent's and Registrar's Fees.........................      2,500
      Printing Fees.................................................    515,000
      Legal Fees and Expenses (other than Blue Sky).................  2,550,000
      Accounting Fees and Expenses..................................  1,880,000
      Blue Sky Fees and Expenses (including fees of counsel)........      2,000
      Miscellaneous Expenses........................................    664,000
                                                                     ----------
        Total....................................................... $6,128,161
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>    
 
ITEM 31. SALES TO SPECIAL PARTIES.
 
  See Item 32.
 
ITEM 32. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
  On April 8, 1997, the Operating Partnership was formed with Boston
Properties, Inc., a Massachusetts Corporation ("BP-Massachusetts"), as general
partner and an affiliate as a limited partner. The sale of the interests in
the Operating Partnership was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
 
  On April 9 and 15, 1997, the Company entered into an Omnibus Option
Agreement (or, in the case of one entity, a similar agreement) with a total of
80 individuals (the "Individuals") and entities ("Entities") (including
entities such as trusts or limited partnerships in which one or more of the
Individuals may have the primary economic or a controlling interest). None of
the Entities was formed for the purpose of entering into the Omnibus Option
Agreement and acquiring OP Units. Such agreement provides that the Operating
Partnership can, at its option and without any further action by such
Individuals or Entities, acquire all or any of the interests of the
Individuals or Entities in the 74 Properties (collectively, the "Interests").
The right of the Operating Partnership to acquire all or any of the Interests
from the Individuals and Entities and to issue OP Units in exchange therefor
is subject only to the fulfillment of conditions (principally, the completion
of the Offering) beyond the control of the Individuals and Entities. The total
number of OP Units that will be issued to the Individuals and Entities will
depend on the final offering price of a share of Common Stock in the Offering.
Such agreement was entered into and will be consummated in reliance on Section
4(2) of, and Regulation D under, the Securities Act.
 
  On April 11, 1997, BP-Massachusetts and Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("BP-Delaware"), and the Operating Partnership, entered into a
number of agreements (including a merger agreement and a contribution
agreement) that memorializes (i) the issuance of Common Stock by BP-Delaware
to the stockholders of BP-Massachusetts (Messrs. Zuckerman and Linde) upon
consummation of a reincorporation merger in connection with the Formation
Transactions and (ii) the contribution to the Operating Partnership of
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
the proceeds of the Offering and the management and development operations
currently held by BP-Massachusetts. Such agreements were entered into and will
be consummated in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 33. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
  The Company's Certificate, as amended, and Bylaws provide certain
limitations on the liability of the Company's directors and officers for
monetary damages to the Company. The Certificate and Bylaws obligate the
Company to indemnify its directors and officers, and permit the Company to
indemnify its employees and other agents, against certain liabilities incurred
in connection with their service in such capacities. These provisions could
reduce the legal remedies available to the Company and the stockholders
against these individuals. See "Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and The
Company's Certificate and Bylaws--Limitation of Liability and
Indemnification."
 
  The Company's Certificate limits the liability of the Company's directors
and officers to the Company to the fullest extent permitted from time to time
by Delaware law. The DGCL permits, but does not require, a corporation to
indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents and expressly provides
that the indemnification provided for under the DGCL shall not be deemed
exclusive of any indemnification right under any bylaw, vote of stockholders
or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The DGCL permits indemnification
against expenses and certain other liabilities arising out of legal actions
brought or threatened against such persons for their conduct on behalf of the
corporation, provided that each such person acted in good faith and in a
manner that he reasonably believed was in or not opposed to the corporation's
best interests and in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The DGCL does not allow
indemnification of directors in the case of an action by or in the right of
the corporation (including stockholder derivative suits) unless the directors
successfully defend the action or indemnification is ordered by the court.
 
  The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements require,
among other matters, that the Company indemnify its directors and officers to
the fullest extent permitted by law and advance to the directors and officers
all related expenses, subject to reimbursement if it is subsequently
determined that indemnification is not permitted. Under these agreements, the
Company must also indemnify and advance all expenses incurred by directors and
officers seeking to enforce their rights under the indemnification agreements
and may cover directors and officers under the Company's directors' and
officers' liability insurance. Although the form of indemnification agreement
offers substantially the same scope of coverage afforded by law, it provides
additional assurance to directors and officers that indemnification will be
available because, as a contract, it cannot be modified unilaterally in the
future by the Board of Directors or the Stockholders to eliminate the rights
it provides. It is the position of the SEC that indemnification of directors
and officers for liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act") is against public policy and unenforceable pursuant to
Section 14 of the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 34. TREATMENT OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK BEING REGISTERED.
 
  Not applicable.
 
ITEM 35. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.
 
  (b) Exhibits. The following is a complete list of Exhibits filed or
incorporated by reference as part of this Registration Statement.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
 ----------- -----------
 <C>         <S>
    *1.1     --Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement
    *1.2     --Form of International Purchase Agreement
</TABLE>
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                             DESCRIPTION
 -----------                             -----------
 <C>         <S>
      1.1    --Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement
      1.2    --Form of International Purchase Agreement
     +3.1    --Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
               Company
     +3.2    --Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
     +4.1    --Form of Shareholder Rights Agreement dated as of June   , 1997
              between the Company and BankBoston, N.A., as Rights Agent.
      4.2    --Form of Certificate of Designation for Series E Junior
               Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per
               share
     +4.3    --Form of Common Stock Certificate
     +5.1    --Opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP regarding legality of the
               shares of the Common Stock issued
     +8.1    --Opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP regarding tax matters
    +10.1    --Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of
               the Operating Partnership
    +10.2    --1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
    +10.3    --Form of Noncompetition Agreement between the Company and
               Mortimer B. Zuckerman
    +10.4    --Form of Employment and Noncompetition Agreement between the
               Company and Edward H. Linde
    +10.5    --Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and certain
               executive officers
    +10.6    --Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each
               of its directors and executive officers
    +10.7    --Omnibus Option Agreement by and among Boston Properties Limited
               Partnership (the "Operating Partnership") and the Grantors named
               therein dated as of April 9, 1997
     10.8    --Revolving Credit Agreement with BankBoston, N.A.
    +10.9    --Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Company and the
               persons named therein
    10.10    --Form of Lease Agreement dated as of June  , 1997 between Edward
               H. Linde and Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustees of Downtown
               Boston Properties Trust, and ZL Hotel LLC
    10.11    --Form of Lease Agreement dated as of June  , 1997 between Edward
               H. Linde and Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustees of Two Cambridge
               Center Trust, and ZL Hotel LLC
   +10.12    --Option Agreement between Boston Properties Limited Partnership
               and Square 36 Properties Limited Partnership dated April 15, 1997
   +10.13    --Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Boston Properties
               Management, Inc.
   +10.14    --Form of By-laws of Boston Properties Management, Inc.
   +10.15    --Form of Limited Liability Agreement of ZL Hotel LLC
    10.16    --Form of Option Agreement to Acquire the Property known as Sumner
               Square
   +10.17    --Loan Modification Agreement between Lexreal Associates and
               Mitsui Seimei America Corporation relating to loan secured by 599
               Lexington Avenue
   +10.18    --Loan Modification and Extension Agreement by and between
               Southwest Market Limited Partnership, a District of Columbia
               limited partnership, Mortimer B. Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde
               and the Sumitomo Bank, Limited, for One Independence Square,
               dated as of September 26, 1994
   +10.19    --Loan Modification and Extension Agreement by and among Southwest
               Market Limited Partnership, a District of Columbia limited
               partnership, Mortimer B. Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde and the
               Sumitomo Bank, Limited, for Two Independence Square, dated as of
               September 26, 1994
   +10.20    --Construction Loan Agreement by and between the Sumitomo Bank,
               Limited and Southwest Market Limited Partnership, dated as of
               August 21, 1990
   +10.21    --Construction Loan Agreement by and between the Sumitomo Bank,
               Limited and Southwest Market Limited Partnership for Two
               Independence Square, dated as of February 22, 1991
    10.22    --Consent and Loan Modification Agreement regarding One
               Independence Square between the Sumitomo Bank, Limited and
               Southwest Market Limited Partnership dated as of June  , 1997
    10.23    --Consent and Loan Modification Agreement regarding Two
               Independence Square between the Sumitomo Bank, Limited and
               Southwest Market Limited Partnership dated as of June  , 1997
   +10.24    --Form of Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between Square 36
               Office Joint Venture and the Sanwa Bank Limited dated as of June
                , 1997
   +10.25    --Indemnification Agreement between Boston Properties Limited
               Partnership and Mortimer B. Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde
</TABLE>    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                             DESCRIPTION
 -----------                             -----------
 <C>         <S>
    +21.1    --Schedule of Subsidiaries of the Company
     23.1    --Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P.
    +23.2    --Consent of Spaulding & Slye
     23.3    --Consent of Insignia/Edward S. Gordon Co., Inc.
     23.4    --Consent of The Michael Companies, Inc.
     23.5    --Consent of CB Commercial Real Estate Group, Inc.
     23.6    --Consent of The Flynn Company
     23.7    --Consent of Pinnacle Advisory Group
    +23.8    --Consent of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar llp (included in Exhibits 5.1
               and 8.1)
    +23.9    --Consent of Mr. Patricof to be named as a proposed director
   +23.10    --Consent of Mr. Seidenberg to be named as a proposed director
   +23.11    --Consent of Mr. Turchin to be named as a proposed director
    +27.1    --Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>    
- --------
       
+  Previously filed
 
ITEM 36. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
  (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
  (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
  1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
  this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
  form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
  (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
  Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
  Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
  prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
  the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
  time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, BOSTON
PROPERTIES, INC. CERTIFIES THAT IT HAS REASONABLE GROUNDS TO BELIEVE THAT IT
MEETS ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR FILING ON FORM S-11 AND HAS DULY CAUSED THIS
AMENDMENT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF BOSTON, THE COMMONWEALTH
OF MASSACHUSETTS, ON THIS 16 DAY OF JUNE, 1997.     
 
                                         Boston Properties, Inc.
 
                                                   /s/ Edward H. Linde
                                         By: __________________________________
                                           NAME: EDWARD H. LINDE
                                           TITLE: PRESIDENT AND CHIEF
                                                EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
 
             SIGNATURE                       TITLE                  DATE
 
     /s/ Mortimer B. Zuckerman        Chairman of the             
- ------------------------------------   Board of Directors      June 16, 1997
       MORTIMER B. ZUCKERMAN                                            
 
        /s/ Edward H. Linde           President and Chief         
- ------------------------------------   Executive Officer,      June 16, 1997
          EDWARD H. LINDE              Director                         
                                       (Principal
                                       Executive Officer)
 
          /s/ David G. Gaw            Chief Financial             
- ------------------------------------   Officer (Principal      June 16, 1997
            DAVID G. GAW               Financial Officer                
                                       and Principal
                                       Accounting
                                       Officer)
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                         DESCRIPTION                           PAGE
 -----------                         -----------                           ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
      1.1    --Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement
      1.2    --Form of International Purchase Agreement
     +3.1    --Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
               of the Company
     +3.2    --Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
     +4.1    --Form of Shareholder Rights Agreement dated as of June   ,
               1997 between the Company and BankBoston, N.A., as Rights
               Agent
      4.2    --Form of Certificate of Designation for Series E Junior
               Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $.01
               per share
     +4.3    --Form of Common Stock Certificate
     +5.1    --Opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP regarding legality
               of the shares of the Common Stock issued
     +8.1    --Opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP regarding tax
               matters
    +10.1    --Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
               Partnership of the Operating Partnership
    +10.2    --1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
    +10.3    --Form of Noncompetition Agreement between the Company and
               Mortimer B. Zuckerman
    +10.4    --Form of Employment and Noncompetition Agreement between
               the Company and Edward H. Linde
    +10.5    --Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and
               certain executive officers
    +10.6    --Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and
               each of its directors and executive officers
    +10.7    --Omnibus Option Agreement by and among Boston Properties
               Limited Partnership (the "Operating Partnership") and the
               Grantors named therein dated as of April 9, 1997
     10.8    --Revolving Credit Agreement with BankBoston, N.A.
    +10.9    --Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Company
               and the persons named therein
    10.10    --Form of Lease Agreement dated as of June  , 1997 between
               Edward H. Linde and Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustees of
               Downtown Boston Properties Trust, and ZL Hotel LLC
    10.11    --Form of Lease Agreement dated as of June  , 1997 between
               Edward H. Linde and Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustees of
               Two Cambridge Center Trust, and ZL Hotel LLC
   +10.12    --Option Agreement between Boston Properties Limited
               Partnership and Square 36 Properties Limited Partnership
               dated April 15, 1997
   +10.13    --Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Boston Properties
               Management, Inc.
   +10.14    --Form of By-laws of Boston Properties Management, Inc.
   +10.15    --Form of Limited Liability Agreement of ZL Hotel LLC
    10.16    --Form of Option Agreement to Acquire the Property known as
               Sumner Square
   +10.17    --Loan Modification Agreement between Lexreal Associates
               and Mitsui Seimei America Corporation relating to loan
               secured by 599 Lexington Avenue
   +10.18    --Loan Modification and Extension Agreement by and between
               Southwest Market Limited Partnership, a District of
               Columbia limited partnership, Mortimer B. Zuckerman and
               Edward H. Linde and the Sumitomo Bank, Limited, for One
               Independence Square, dated as of September 26, 1994
   +10.19    --Loan Modification and Extension Agreement by and among
               Southwest Market Limited Partnership, a District of
               Columbia limited partnership, Mortimer B. Zuckerman and
               Edward H. Linde and the Sumitomo Bank, Limited, for Two
               Independence Square, dated as of September 26, 1994
   +10.20    --Construction Loan Agreement by and between the Sumitomo
               Bank, Limited and Southwest Market Limited Partnership,
               dated as of August 21, 1990
</TABLE>    
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.                         DESCRIPTION                           PAGE
 -----------                         -----------                           ----
 <C>         <S>                                                           <C>
   +10.21    --Construction Loan Agreement by and between the Sumitomo
               Bank, Limited and Southwest Market Limited Partnership for
               Two Independence Square, dated as of February 22, 1991
    10.22    --Consent and Loan Modification Agreement regarding One
               Independence Square between the Sumitomo Bank, Limited and
               Southwest Market Limited Partnership dated as of June  ,
               1997
    10.23    --Consent and Loan Modification Agreement regarding Two
               Independence Square between the Sumitomo Bank, Limited and
               Southwest Market Limited Partnership dated as of June  ,
               1997
   +10.24    --Form of Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between
               Square 36 Office Joint Venture and the Sanwa Bank Limited
               dated as of June  , 1997
   +10.25    --Indemnification Agreement between Boston Properties
               Limited Partnership and Mortimer B. Zuckerman and Edward
               H. Linde
    10.26    --Compensation Agreement between the Company and Robert
               Selsam, dated as of August 10, 1995, relating to 90 Church
               Street.
    +21.1    --Schedule of Subsidiaries of the Company
     23.1    --Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P.
    +23.2    --Consent of Spaulding & Slye
     23.3    --Consent of Insignia/Edward S. Gordon Co., Inc.
     23.4    --Consent of The Michael Companies, Inc.
     23.5    --Consent of CB Commercial Real Estate Group, Inc.
     23.6    --Consent of The Flynn Company
     23.7    --Consent of Pinnacle Advisory Group
    +23.8    --Consent of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP (included in
               Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
    +23.9    --Consent of Mr. Patricof to be named as a proposed
               director
   +23.10    --Consent of Mr. Seidenberg to be named as a proposed
               director
   +23.11    --Consent of Mr. Turchin to be named as a proposed director
    +27.1    --Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>    
- --------
       
   
+  Previously filed     
       
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-1.1
<SEQUENCE>2
<DESCRIPTION>FORM OF U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 1.1

================================================================================


                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
                           (a Delaware corporation)


                       25,120,000 Shares of Common Stock



                            U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            -----------------------



Dated:  June __, 1997


================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                               Table of Contents

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                                                 Page
                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                               <C> 
U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT.........................................................................   1
      SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.................................................   4
                 ------------------------------
          (a)  Representations and Warranties by the Company....................................   4
                 (i)       Compliance with Registration Requirements............................   4
                           -----------------------------------------
                 (ii)      Independent Accountants..............................................   5
                           -----------------------
                 (iii)     Financial Statements.................................................   5
                           --------------------
                 (iv)      No Material Adverse Change in Business...............................   6
                           --------------------------------------
                 (v)       Good Standing of the Company.........................................   6
                           ----------------------------
                 (vi)      Good Standing of Subsidiaries........................................   6
                           -----------------------------
                 (vii)     Good Standing of Property Partnerships...............................   7
                           --------------------------------------
                 (ix)      Authorization of Agreement...........................................   7
                           --------------------------
                 (x)       Authorization and Description of Securities..........................   8
                           -------------------------------------------
                 (xi)      Authorization of the Operating Partnership Agreement.................   8
                           ----------------------------------------------------
                 (xiii)    Absence of Defaults and Conflicts....................................   8
                           ---------------------------------
                 (xiv)     Authorization of the Formation Transaction Documents.................  10
                           ----------------------------------------------------
                 (xvi)     Absence of Proceedings...............................................  10
                           ----------------------
                 (xvii)    Qualification as a REIT..............................................  10
                           -----------------------
                 (xviii)   Accuracy of Exhibits.................................................  10
                           --------------------
                 (xix)     New York Stock Exchange Listing......................................  11
                           -------------------------------
                 (xx)      Absence of Further Requirements......................................  11
                           -------------------------------
                 (xxi)     Possession of Licenses and Permits...................................  11
                           ----------------------------------
                 (xxii)    The Properties.......................................................  11
                           --------------
                 (xxiii)   Insurance............................................................  12
                           ---------
                 (xxiv)    Taxes................................................................  12
                           -----
                 (xxv)     Mortgages and Deeds of Trust.........................................  12
                           ----------------------------
                 (xxvii)   Investment Company Act...............................................  13
                           ----------------------
                 (xxviii)  Environmental Laws...................................................  13
                           ------------------
                 (xxix)    Registration Rights..................................................  14
                           -------------------
          (b)    Officer's Certificates.........................................................  14
      SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to U.S. Underwriters; Closing................................  14
                 -----------------------------------------------
          (a)    Initial Securities.............................................................  14
          (b)    Option Securities..............................................................  14
          (c)    Payment........................................................................  15
          (d)    Denominations; Registration....................................................  16
      SECTION 3.  Covenants of the Company......................................................  16
                 ------------------------
          (a)    Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests.................  16
          (b)    Filing of Amendments...........................................................  16
          (c)    Delivery of Registration Statements............................................  17
 
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                                         <C> 
          (d)    Delivery of Prospectuses.......................................................  17
          (e)    Continued Compliance with Securities Laws......................................  17
          (f)    Blue Sky Qualifications........................................................  18
          (g)    Rule 158.......................................................................  18
          (h)    Use of Proceeds................................................................  18
          (i)    Listing........................................................................  18
          (j)    Restriction on Sale of Securities..............................................  18
          (k)    Lock-up Agreements.............................................................  19
          (l)    Qualification as a REIT........................................................  19
          (m)    Compliance with NASD Rules.....................................................  19
          (n)    Compliance with Rule 463.......................................................  19
      SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses............................................................  19
                 -------------------
          (a)    Expenses.......................................................................  19
          (b)    Termination of Agreement.......................................................  20
      SECTION 5. Conditions of U.S. Underwriters' Obligations...................................  20
                 --------------------------------------------
          (a)    Effectiveness of Registration Statement........................................  20
          (b)    Opinion of Counsel for Company.................................................  20
          (c)    Opinion of General Counsel of Company..........................................  21
          (d)    Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters.......................................  21
          (e)    Officers' Certificate..........................................................  21
          (f)    Accountant's Comfort Letter....................................................  22
          (g)    Bring-down Comfort Letter......................................................  22
          (h)    Approval of Listing............................................................  22
          (i)    No Objection...................................................................  22
          (k)    Purchase of Initial International Securities...................................  22
          (l)    Conditions to Purchase of U.S. Option Securities...............................  22
          (m)    Additional Documents...........................................................  23
          (n)    Termination of Agreement.......................................................  23
      SECTION 6. Indemnification................................................................  24
                 ---------------
      (a) Indemnification of U.S. Underwriters..................................................  24
          (b)    Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers.............................  25
          (c)    Actions against Parties; Notification..........................................  25
          (d)    Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse.............................  26
          (e)    Indemnification for Reserved Securities........................................  26
      SECTION 7. Contribution...................................................................  26
                 ------------
      SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.................  28
                 --------------------------------------------------------------
      SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.......................................................  28
                 ------------------------
          (a)    Termination; General...........................................................  28
          (b)    Liabilities....................................................................  28
      SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the U.S. Underwriters...............................  28
                  -----------------------------------------------
      SECTION 11. Notices.......................................................................  29
                  -------
      SECTION 12. Parties.......................................................................  29
                  -------
      SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME........................................................  30
                  ----------------------

</TABLE> 

                                      ii
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                                     <C> 
     SECTION 14.  Effect of Headings............................................................. 30
                  ------------------
     SCHEDULE A............................................................................. Sch A-1
     SCHEDULE B............................................................................. Sch B-1

</TABLE>

                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.

                            (a Delaware corporation)

                       25,120,000 Shares of Common Stock

                          (Par Value $ .01 Per Share)

                            U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            -----------------------

                                                                   June __, 1997

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
  Incorporated
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED
SMITH BARNEY INC.
 as U.S. Representatives of the several U.S. Underwriters
c/o  Merrill Lynch & Co.
     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
       Incorporated
North Tower
World Financial Center
New York, New York  10281-1209

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
     Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Boston
Properties Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (the "Operating
Partnership"), each confirms its agreement with Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Goldman, Sachs &
Co. ("Goldman, Sachs") and each of the other U.S. Underwriters named in Schedule
A hereto (collectively, the "U.S. Underwriters", which term shall also include
any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for
whom Merrill Lynch and Goldman, Sachs, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., PaineWebber
Incorporated, Prudential Securities Incorporated, Smith Barney Inc. are acting
as representatives (in such capacity, the "U.S. Representatives"), with respect
to the issue and sale by the Company and the purchase by the U.S. Underwriters,
acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company
<PAGE>
 
("Common Stock") set forth in said Schedule A, and with respect to the grant by
the Company to the U.S. Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the
option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of 3,768,000
additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any.  The
aforesaid 25,120,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial U.S. Securities") to
be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and all or any part of the 3,768,000
shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof
(the "U.S. Option Securities") are hereinafter called, collectively, the "U.S.
Securities".

     It is understood that the Company and the Operating Partnership are
concurrently entering into an agreement dated the date hereof (the
"International Purchase Agreement") providing for the offering by the Company of
an aggregate of 6,280,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial International
Securities") through arrangements with certain underwriters outside the United
States and Canada (the "International Managers") for which Merrill Lynch
International, Goldman Sachs International, Bear, Stearns International Limited,
PaineWebber International (UK) Ltd., Prudential-Bache Securities (U.K.) Inc.,
and Smith Barney Inc. are acting as lead managers (the "Lead Managers") and the
grant by the Company to the International Managers, acting severally and not
jointly, of an option to purchase all or any part of the International Managers'
pro rata portion of up to 942,000 additional shares of Common Stock solely to
cover overallotments, if any (the "International Option Securities" and,
together with the U.S. Option Securities, the "Option Securities").  The Initial
International Securities and the International Option Securities are hereinafter
called the "International Securities".  It is understood that the Company is not
obligated to sell and the U.S. Underwriters are not obligated to purchase, any
Initial U.S. Securities unless all of the Initial International Securities are
contemporaneously purchased by the International Managers.

     The U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers are hereinafter
collectively called the "Underwriters", the Initial U.S. Securities and the
Initial International Securities are hereinafter collectively called the
"Initial Securities", and the U.S. Securities and the International Securities
are hereinafter collectively called the "Securities".

     The Underwriters will concurrently enter into an Intersyndicate Agreement
of even date herewith (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") providing for the
coordination of certain transactions among the Underwriters under the direction
of Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
Goldman, Sachs & Co. (in such capacity, the "Global Coordinators").

     The Company and the Operating Partnership each understand that the U.S.
Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the U.S. Securities as soon as
the U.S. Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed
and delivered.

     The Company and the U.S. Underwriters agree that up to [750,000] shares of
the Initial U.S. Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and that up
to [       ] shares of the Initial International Securities to be purchased by
the International Managers (collectively, the "Reserved Securities") shall be
reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain eligible

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
employees and persons having business relationships with the Company, as part of
the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of
this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and all other applicable laws,
rules and regulations.  To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not
orally confirmed for purchase by such eligible employees and persons having
business relationships with the Company by the end of the first business day
after the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the
public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-25279) covering the
registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act"), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses.
Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will either
(i) prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A
("Rule 430A") of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act
(the "1933 Act Regulations") and paragraph (b) of Rule 424 ("Rule 424(b)") of
the 1933 Act Regulations or (ii) if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule
434 ("Rule 434") of the 1933 Act Regulations, prepare and file a term sheet (a
"Term Sheet") in accordance with the provisions of Rule 434 and Rule 424(b).
Two forms of prospectus are to be used in connection with the offering and sale
of the Securities:  one relating to the U.S. Securities (the "Form of U.S.
Prospectus") and one relating to the International Securities (the "Form of
International Prospectus").  The Form of International Prospectus is identical
to the Form of U.S. Prospectus, except for the front cover and back cover pages
and the information under the caption "Underwriting."  The information included
in any such prospectus or in any such Term Sheet, as the case may be, that was
omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but
that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became
effective (a) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred to as "Rule
430A Information" or (b) pursuant to paragraph (d) of Rule 434 is referred to as
"Rule 434 Information."  Each Form of U.S. Prospectus and Form  of International
Prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and any
prospectus that omitted, as applicable, the Rule 430A Information or the Rule
434 Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a "preliminary
prospectus."  Such registration statement, including the exhibits thereto and
schedules thereto at the time it became effective and including the Rule 430A
Information and the Rule 434 Information, as applicable, is herein called the
"Registration Statement."  Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule
462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations to register additional shares of Common Stock
to be sold in the public offering of the Securities is herein referred to as the
"Rule 462(b) Registration Statement," and after such filing the term
"Registration Statement" shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.
The final Form of U.S. Prospectus and the final Form of International Prospectus
in the forms first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the
offering of the Securities are herein called the "U.S. Prospectus" and the
"International Prospectus," respectively, and collectively, the "Prospectuses."
If Rule 434 is relied on, the terms "U.S. Prospectus" and "International
Prospectus" shall refer to the preliminary U.S. Prospectus dated June 10, 1997
and preliminary International Prospectus dated June 10, 1997,

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
respectively, each together with the applicable Term Sheet, and all references
in this Agreement to the date of such Prospectuses shall mean the date of the
applicable Term Sheet.  For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the
Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the U.S. Prospectus, the
International Prospectus or any Term Sheet or any amendment or supplement to any
of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission
pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system
("EDGAR").

     At or prior to Closing Time (as hereinafter defined), the Company will
complete a series of transactions (the "Formation Transactions") described in
the Prospectuses under the caption "Structure and Formation of the Company--
Formation Transactions."  As part of the Formation Transactions (i) certain
Property Partnerships (as defined in the Registration Statement) will contribute
properties to the Operating Partnership, or will merge into the Operating
Partnership, in exchange for units of limited partnership of the Operating
Partnership ("OP Units"), (ii) certain persons will contribute their direct and
indirect interests in certain Property Partnerships to the Operating Partnership
or its designee in exchange for OP Units, (iii) the Company will contribute a
portion of its third-party management business to Boston Properties Management,
Inc. (the "Development and Management Company"), a subsidiary of the Operating
Partnership, in exchange for OP Units, and (iv) the Company will contribute the
net proceeds from the public offering of the Securities to the Operating
Partnership in exchange for OP Units.

     SECTION 1.  Representations and Warranties.
                 -------------------------------

     (a)  Representations and Warranties by the Company.  The Company and the
Operating Partnership each severally represents and warrants to each U.S.
Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section
2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section
2(b), hereof and agrees with each U.S. Underwriter, as follows:

                 (i) Compliance with Registration Requirements.  Each of the
                     -----------------------------------------              
     Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has
     become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration
     Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that
     purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the
     Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of
     the Commission for additional information has been complied with.

                     At the respective times the Registration Statement, any
     Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments
     thereto became effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any U.S. Option
     Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration
     Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and
     supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with
     the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and did not
     and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading, and the Prospectuses, any preliminary prospectuses and any
     supplement thereto or prospectus wrapper prepared in connection therewith,
     at their respective times of issuance and at the Closing Time, complied and
     will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or
     regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectuses and such
     preliminary prospectuses, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are
     distributed in connection with the offer and sale of Reserved Securities.
     Neither of the Prospectuses nor any amendments or supplements thereto
     (including any prospectus wrapper), at the time the Prospectuses or any
     amendments or supplements thereto were issued and at the Closing Time (and,
     if any U.S. Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery),
     included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
     or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not misleading.  If Rule 434 is used, the Company will comply with
     the requirements of Rule 434 and the Prospectuses shall not be "materially
     different", as such term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectuses
     included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective.
     The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to
     statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the U.S.
     Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
     furnished to the Company in writing by any U.S. Underwriter through the
     U.S. Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the
     U.S. Prospectus.

               Each preliminary prospectus and the prospectuses filed as part of
     the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment
     thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act, complied when so
     filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act Regulations and each
     preliminary prospectus and the Prospectuses delivered to the Underwriters
     for use in connection with this offering was identical to the
     electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission
     pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

                (ii) Independent Accountants.  The accountants who certified the
                     -----------------------                                    
     financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration
     Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act
     and the 1933 Act Regulations.

               (iii) Financial Statements.  The combined financial statements
                     --------------------                                    
     included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, together with
     the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial position of
     the Boston Properties Predecessor Group (as defined in the Registration
     Statement) at the dates indicated, and the combined statements of
     operations, owners' equity and cash flows of the Boston Properties
     Predecessor Group for the periods specified; said financial statements have
     been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
     ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.
     The supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present
     fairly in accordance with GAAP the information

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     required to be stated therein.  The unaudited pro forma condensed
     consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included in
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses present fairly the
     information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the
     Commission's rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial
     statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein,
     and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the
     adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions
     and circumstances referred to therein.  The selected financial data and the
     summary financial information included in the Prospectuses present fairly
     the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent
     with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration
     Statement.  Other than the historical and pro forma financial statements
     (and schedules) included in the Registration Statement and Prospectuses, no
     other historical or pro forma financial statements (or schedules) are
     required by the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations to be included
     therein.

               (iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business.  Since the
                    --------------------------------------            
     respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectuses, except as otherwise stated therein, (A)
     there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or
     otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of
     the Company, the Operating Partnership and the Subsidiaries (as hereinafter
     defined) considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
     ordinary course of business (a "Material Adverse Effect"), (B) no material
     casualty loss or material condemnation or other material adverse event with
     respect to any of the properties set forth in Schedule C hereto has
     occurred, (C) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company,
     the Operating Partnership or any of the Subsidiaries, other than those in
     the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the
     Company, the Operating Partnership and the Subsidiaries considered as one
     enterprise, and (D) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind
     declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock or
     by the Operating Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to its
     partnership interests or any class of its capital stock.

               (v)  Good Standing of the Company.  The Company has been duly
                    ----------------------------                            
     organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
     the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to
     own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
     described in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its obligations
     under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign
     corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other
     jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of
     the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except
     where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result
     in a Material Adverse Effect.

               (vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries.  Each of the subsidiaries of
                    -----------------------------                              
     the Company, including without limitation the Operating Partnership and the
     Development and Management Company, (each a "Subsidiary" and, collectively,
     the "Subsidiaries")

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     has been duly organized and is validly existing as a general or limited
     partnership or corporation, as the case may be, in good standing (in the
     case of corporations and limited partnerships) under the laws of the
     jurisdiction of its organization, has partnership or corporate power and
     authority, as the case may be, to own, lease and operate its properties and
     to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses and is duly
     qualified as a foreign partnership or corporation to transact business and
     is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
     required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the
     conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in
     good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the
     issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the Subsidiaries that is a
     corporation has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and
     non-assessable, and all of the partnership interests in each Subsidiary
     that is a partnership are validly issued and fully paid; except as
     otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, all such shares and
     interests, as the case may be, are owned by the Company, directly or
     through Subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage,
     pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the outstanding shares
     of capital stock or partnership interests of any Subsidiary was issued in
     violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such
     Subsidiary.

               (vii)  Good Standing of Property Partnerships.  Each of the
                      --------------------------------------              
     Property Partnerships (as defined in the Registration Statement) has been
     duly organized and is validly existing as a general or limited partnership,
     in good standing (in the case of limited partnerships) under the laws of
     the jurisdiction of its organization, has partnership power and authority,
     to own, lease and operate its properties, to conduct its business as
     described in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its respective
     obligations under the Formation Transaction Documents and is duly qualified
     as a foreign partnership to transact business and is in good standing in
     each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by
     reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business,
     except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not
     result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the partnership interests in
     each Property Partnership are validly issued and fully paid; none of the
     outstanding partnership interests of any Property Partnership was issued in
     violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such
     Property Partnership.

               (viii) Capitalization.  The authorized capital stock of the
                      --------------                                      
     Company is as set forth in the Prospectuses under the caption "Description
     of Capital Stock" and the issued and outstanding capital stock of the
     Company, as of the Closing Time, will be  as set forth in the Prospectuses
     under the caption "Capitalization." The shares of issued and outstanding
     capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued
     and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of
     capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or
     other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
               (ix)     Authorization of Agreement.  This Agreement and the
                        --------------------------                         
     International Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company and the Operating Partnership.

               (x)      Authorization and Description of Securities. The
                        -------------------------------------------
     Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the International
     Managers from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale
     to the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and the International
     Managers pursuant to the International Purchase Agreement, respectively,
     and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement
     and the International Purchase Agreement, respectively, against payment of
     the consideration set forth herein and the International Purchase
     Agreement, respectively, will be, as of the Closing Time, validly issued,
     fully paid and non-assessable; the Common Stock conforms, in all material
     respects, to all statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectuses
     and such description conforms, in all material respects, to the rights set
     forth in the instruments defining the same; no holder of the Securities
     will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and
     the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other
     similar rights of any securityholder of the Company; the Company has duly
     reserved a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon
     exchange of outstanding OP Units in accordance with the Operating
     Partnership Agreement (as defined below).

               (xi)     Authorization of the Operating Partnership Agreement.
                        ----------------------------------------------------
     The Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Operating
     Partnership (the "Operating Partnership Agreement") has been duly and
     validly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

               (xii)    Authorization and Description of OP Units.  The OP Units
                        -----------------------------------------               
     to be issued in connection with the Formation Transactions, including,
     without limitation, the OP Units to be issued to the Company, have been
     duly authorized for issuance by the Operating Partnership to the holders or
     prospective holders thereof, and at Closing Time will be validly issued,
     and fully paid and owned in the percentage amounts set forth in the
     Prospectuses by the Company and by the entities or persons described in the
     Prospectuses.  The OP Units have been and will be offered, issued and sold
     at or prior to Closing Time in compliance with all applicable laws
     (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws).

               (xiii)   Absence of Defaults and Conflicts.  Neither the Company
                        ---------------------------------                      
     nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or in
     default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement,
     covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed
     of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or
     instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
     which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or
     assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject (collectively,
     "Agreements and Instruments") except for such defaults that would not
     result in a Material Adverse Effect;

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
     International Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated in this Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement and
     the Registration Statement (including the completion of the Formation
     Transactions, the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the
     proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Prospectuses
     under the caption "Use of Proceeds") and compliance by the Company and the
     Operating Partnership with their obligations under this Agreement and the
     International Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary
     corporate or partnership action, as the case may be, and (except as
     contemplated by the Prospectuses) do not and will not, whether with or
     without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or
     constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below)
     under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or
     encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary
     pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments or violations of any applicable
     law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any
     government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign,
     having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their
     assets, properties or operations (except for such conflicts, breaches or
     defaults or liens, charges, encumbrances or violations that would not
     result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any
     violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any
     Subsidiary.   As used herein, a "Repayment Event" means any event or
     condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence
     of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder's behalf) the right to
     require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such
     indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary.

               Consummation of the Formation Transactions and compliance by the
     Company, its Subsidiaries and the Property Partnerships with their
     respective obligations under each of the documents relating thereto
     (collectively, the "Formation Transaction Documents") have been duly
     authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action of such
     entities, as the case may be, and (except as contemplated by the
     Prospectuses) did not and will not violate or conflict with or constitute a
     breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any
     lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the Properties (as defined in the
     Registration Statement) or any other properties or assets of the Company or
     any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed
     of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or
     instrument, including without limitation, any partnership agreement, to
     which the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or any Property Partnership is
     or was a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or affected, or
     to which any of the Properties or any other properties or assets of the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject (except for such violations,
     conflicts, breaches, defaults, liens, charges or encumbrances that would
     not result in a Material Adverse Effect); none of the Formation
     Transactions resulted or will result in the violation of any provisions of
     the charter, by-laws, partnership agreements or other governing document of
     the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or any Property Partnership (except in
     each case as may have been waived

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     by all applicable parties), or any applicable law, administrative
     regulation or administrative or court decree (except for such violations of
     any applicable law, administrative regulation or administrative or court
     decree that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect); all
     authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to consummate the
     Formation Transactions were timely obtained; and the offer, issuance and
     exchange of the OP Units and general partnership interests in the Operating
     Partnership, the issuance and sale by the Company of Common Stock prior to
     the date hereof will be exempt from the registration requirements of the
     1933 Act and applicable state securities laws.  At or prior to Closing
     Time, each of the Formation Transactions will have occurred, in all
     material respects, in the manner described in the Prospectuses.

                   (xiv)  Authorization of the Formation Transaction Documents.
                          ----------------------------------------------------  
     Each of the Formation Transaction Documents to which the Company, any of
     the Subsidiaries, any of the Property Partnerships or any affiliate of any
     such entity is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
     such party.

                   (xv)   Absence of Labor Dispute.  No material labor dispute
                          ------------------------
     with the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary exists or, to the
     knowledge of the Company, is imminent.

                   (xvi)  Absence of Proceedings.  There is no action, suit,
                          ----------------------                            
     proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or
     governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the
     knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or
     any Subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration
     Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be
     expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably
     be expected to materially and adversely affect the Properties or assets
     thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this
     Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement and the Formation
     Transaction Documents or the performance by the parties of their
     obligations hereunder or thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or
     governmental proceedings to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party
     or of which any of their respective property or assets, including without
     limitation the Properties, is the subject which are not described in the
     Registration Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to
     the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
     Adverse Effect.

                   (xvii) Qualification as a REIT.  Commencing with the taxable
                          -----------------------                              
     year ending December 31, 1997, the Company will be organized in conformity
     with the requirements for qualification as a real estate investment trust
     (a "REIT") under the Internal Revenue Code 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
     and its proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the
     requirements for taxation as a REIT under the Code.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
               (xviii)  Accuracy of Exhibits.  There are no contracts or
                        --------------------                            
     documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement
     or the Prospectuses or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been
     so described and filed as required.

                 (xix)  New York Stock Exchange Listing.  The Common Stock has
                        -------------------------------                       
     been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to
     official notice of issuance.

                  (xx) Absence of Further Requirements.  No filing with, or
                       -------------------------------                     
     authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration,
     qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency
     is necessary or required for the performance by the Company and the
     Operating Partnership of their obligations hereunder, in connection with
     the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities under this Agreement and
     the International Purchase Agreement or the consummation of the
     transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the International Purchase
     Agreement and the Formation Transaction Documents, except (i) such as have
     been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1933
     Act Regulations and foreign or state securities or blue sky laws, (ii) such
     as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions
     outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities are offered and
     (iii) state filings in connection with the Formation Transactions (which
     state filings will be made prior to or at the Closing Time).

                 (xxi) Possession of Licenses and Permits.  The Company and its
                       ----------------------------------                      
     Subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other
     authorizations (collectively, "Governmental Licenses") issued by the
     appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies
     necessary to conduct the business now operated by them; the Company and its
     subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such
     Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not,
     singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the
     Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when
     the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such
     Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not have a
     Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its
     Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the
     revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly
     or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or
     finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                (xxii) The Properties.  (a) Upon consummation of the Formation
                       --------------                                         
     Transactions, the Operating Partnership and the Subsidiaries will have good
     and marketable title in fee simple to all of the Properties and good and
     marketable title to all other real properties owned by them, in each case,
     free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests,
     claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (i) are
     described in the Prospectuses or (ii) do not, singly or in the aggregate,
     materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the
     use made and

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
     proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries; (b)  all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests,
     claims, restrictions or encumbrances on or affecting the properties and
     assets (including without limitation the Properties) of the Company or any
     of the Subsidiaries that are required to be disclosed in the Prospectuses
     are disclosed therein; (c) neither the Company nor the Operating
     Partnership knows of any violation of any municipal, state or federal law,
     rule or regulation (including those pertaining to environmental matters)
     concerning the Properties or any part thereof which would, upon
     consummation of the Formation Transactions, have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (d)  each of the Properties complies with all applicable zoning laws,
     ordinances, regulations and deed restrictions or other covenants in all
     material respects and, if and to the extent there is a failure to comply,
     such failure does not result in a Material Adverse Effect and will not
     result in a forfeiture or reversion of title; (e) none of the Company, any
     Subsidiary nor any Property Partnership has received from any governmental
     authority any written notice of any condemnation of or zoning change
     affecting the Properties or any part thereof, and none of the Company, any
     Subsidiary nor any Property Partnership knows of any such condemnation or
     zoning change which is threatened and which if consummated would have a
     Material Adverse Effect; and (f) no lessee of any portion of any of the
     Properties is in default under any of the leases governing such Properties
     and there is no event which, but for the passage of time or the giving of
     notice or both, would constitute a default under any of such leases, except
     such defaults that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (xxiii)  Insurance.  Upon consummation of the Formation
                        ---------                                     
     Transactions, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries will be insured by
     insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and
     risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in
     which they will be engaged; and neither the Company nor any of the
     Subsidiaries has any reason to believe that any of them will not be able to
     renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or
     to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to
     continue its business.

                (xxiv)  Taxes.  The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has
                        -----                                               
     filed all material foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are
     required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except in any
     case in which the failure so to file would not, upon consummation of the
     Formation Transactions, have a Material Adverse Effect) and has paid all
     taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty
     levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and
     payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently
     being contested in good faith or as described in or contemplated by the
     Prospectuses.

                 (xxv)  Mortgages and Deeds of Trust.  Except as set forth in
                        ----------------------------
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, the mortgages and deeds of
     trust encumbering the properties and assets described in the Prospectus are
     not convertible and neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any
     Property Partnership, nor any person affiliated therewith holds a
     participating interest therein, and such mortgages and deeds

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     of trust are not cross-defaulted or cross-collateralized to any property
     not owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

               (xxvi)   Compliance with Cuba Act.  The Company has complied
                        ------------------------
     with, and is and will be in compliance with, the provisions of that certain
     Florida act relating to disclosure of doing business with Cuba, codified as
     Section 517.075 of the Florida statutes, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder (collectively, the "Cuba Act") or is exempt therefrom.

               (xxvii)  Investment Company Act.  The Company and the Operating
                        ----------------------                                
     Partnership are not, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as
     herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as
     described in the Prospectuses will not be, an "investment company" as such
     term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
     "1940 Act").

               (xxviii) Environmental Laws.  Except as otherwise disclosed in
                        ------------------                                   
     the Prospectuses or in the Phase I Environmental Site Assessments and
     Asbestos Survey Reports previously delivered to the U.S. Representatives
     and International Managers or their counsel (the "Environmental Reports"),
     (i) the Company, its Subsidiaries and the Property Partnerships have been
     and are in compliance with applicable Environmental Statutes; (ii) neither
     the Company, any of the Subsidiaries, the Property Partnerships, nor, to
     the best knowledge of the Company, any other owners of the property at any
     time or any other party has at any time released (as such term is defined
     in Section 101(22) of CERCLA (as hereinafter defined)) or otherwise
     disposed of or dealt with, Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) on,
     to or from the Properties, except for such releases as would not be
     reasonably likely to cause the Company to incur material liability that
     would require disclosure pursuant to federal or state laws regulating the
     issuance of securities; (iii) the Company does not intend to use the
     Properties or any subsequently acquired properties, other than in
     compliance with applicable Environmental Statutes (as hereinafter defined),
     (iv) neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries knows of any seepage,
     leak, discharge, release, emission, spill, or dumping of Hazardous
     Materials into waters (including, but not limited, to groundwater and
     surface water) on, beneath or adjacent to the Properties or onto lands from
     which Hazardous Materials might seep, flow or drain into such waters; (v)
     neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of,
     or has any knowledge of any occurrence or circumstance which, with notice
     or passage of time or both, would give rise to a claim under or pursuant to
     any Environmental Statute or common law with respect to the Properties or
     the assets described in the Prospectus or arising out of the conduct of the
     Company, its Subsidiaries, or the Property Partnerships, except for such
     claims that would not be reasonably likely to cause the Company to incur
     material liability that would require disclosure pursuant to federal or
     state laws regulating the issuance of securities; (vi) neither the
     Properties nor any other land owned by the Company or any of the
     Subsidiaries is included or, to the best of the Company's knowledge,
     proposed for inclusion on the National Priorities List issued pursuant to
     CERCLA by the United States

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") or to the best of the Company's
     knowledge, proposed for inclusion on any similar list or inventory issued
     pursuant to any other Environmental Statute or issued by any other
     Governmental Authority (as hereinafter defined).

                       As used herein, "Hazardous Material" shall include,
     without limitation any flammable explosives, radioactive materials,
     hazardous materials, hazardous wastes, toxic substances, or related
     materials, asbestos or any hazardous material as defined by any federal,
     state or local environmental law, ordinance, rule or regulation including,
     without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
     and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 9601-9675
     ("CERCLA"), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49
     U.S.C. (S)(S) 1801-1819, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as
     amended, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 6901-K, the Emergency Planning and Community
     Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 11001-11050, the Toxic
     Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. (S)(S) 2601-2671, the Federal
     Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. (S)(S) 136-136y, the
     Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 7401-7642, the Clean Water Act (Federal
     Water Pollution Control Act), 33 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1251-1387, the Safe Drinking
     Water Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 300f-300j-26, and the Occupational Safety and
     Health Act, 29 U.S.C. (S)(S) 651-678, as any of the above statutes may be
     amended from time to time, and in the regulations promulgated pursuant to
     each of the foregoing (including environmental statues not specifically
     defined herein) (individually, an "Environmental Statute" and collectively
     "Environmental Statutes") or by any federal, state or local governmental
     authority having or claiming jurisdiction over the properties and assets
     described in the Prospectus (a "Governmental Authority").

               (xxix)  Registration Rights.  Except as described in the
                       -------------------                             
     Registration Statement, there are no persons with registration rights or
     other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the
     Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the
     1933 Act.

     (b) Officer's Certificates.  Any certificate signed by any officer of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Global Coordinators, the
U.S. Representatives or to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters shall be deemed a
representation and warranty solely by the Company to each U.S. Underwriter as to
the matters covered thereby.

     SECTION 2.  Sale and Delivery to U.S. Underwriters; Closing.
                 ----------------------------------------------- 

     (a) Initial Securities.  On the basis of the representations and warranties
herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein  set forth, the
Company agrees to sell to each U.S. Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and
each U.S. Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the
Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule B, the number of Initial
U.S. Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such U.S.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial U.S. Securities which such
Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of
Section 10 hereof.

     (b) Option Securities.  In addition, on the basis of the representations
and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the U.S. Underwriters,
severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional 3,540,000 shares of
Common Stock at the price per share set forth in Schedule B, less an amount per
share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and
payable on the Initial U.S. Securities but not payable on the U.S. Option
Securities.  The option hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof
and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose
of covering over-allotments which may be made in connection with the offering
and distribution of the Initial U.S. Securities upon notice by the Global
Coordinators to the Company setting forth the number of U.S. Option Securities
as to which the several U.S. Underwriters are then exercising the option and the
time and date of payment and delivery for such U.S. Option Securities.  Any such
time and date of delivery for the U.S. Option Securities (a "Date of Delivery")
shall be determined by the Global Coordinators, but shall not be earlier than
two nor later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option,
nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined.  If the
option is exercised as to all or any portion of the U.S. Option Securities, each
of the U.S. Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that
proportion of the total number of U.S. Option Securities then being purchased
which the number of Initial U.S. Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the
name of such U.S. Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial U.S.
Securities, subject in each case to such adjustments as the Global Coordinators
in its discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional
shares.

     (c) Payment.  Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of
Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, Massachusetts, or at such
other place as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinators and the Company,
at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after
4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof
(unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such
other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed
upon by the Global Coordinators and the Company (such time and date of payment
and delivery being herein called "Closing Time").

     In addition, in the event that any or all of the U.S. Option Securities are
purchased by the U.S. Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and
delivery of certificates for, such U.S. Option Securities shall be made at the
above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the
Global Coordinators and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in
the notice from the Global Coordinators to the Company.

     Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, against delivery to
the U.S. Representatives for the respective accounts of the U.S. Underwriters of
certificates for the U.S. Securities to be purchased by them.  It is understood
that each U.S. Underwriter has authorized the U.S.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make
payment of the purchase price for, the Initial U.S. Securities and the U.S.
Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase.  Merrill Lynch,
individually and not as representative of the U.S. Underwriters, may (but shall
not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial U.S.
Securities or the U.S. Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any U.S.
Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the
relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not
relieve such U.S. Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

     (d)   Denominations; Registration.  Certificates for the Initial U.S.
Securities and the U.S. Option Securities, if any, shall be in such
denominations and registered in such names as the U.S. Representatives may
request in writing at least two full business day before the Closing Time or the
relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.  The certificates for the Initial
U.S. Securities and the U.S. Option Securities, if any, will be made available
for examination and packaging by the U.S. Representative(s) in The City of New
York not later than 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the
Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

     SECTION 3.  Covenants of the Company.  Each of the Company and the
                 ------------------------                              
Operating Partnership covenants with each U.S. Underwriter as follows:

                 (a)   Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission
     Requests.  The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the
     requirements of Rule 430A or Rule 434, as applicable, and will notify the
     Global Coordinators promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when
     any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become
     effective, or any supplement to the Prospectuses or any amended
     Prospectuses shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments
     from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any
     amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to
     the Prospectuses or for additional information, and (iv) of the issuance by
     the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of
     any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of
     the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the
     initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes.  The
     Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 424(b)
     and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly
     whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was
     received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it
     will promptly file such prospectus.  The Company will make every reasonable
     effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is
     issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

                 (b)   Filing of Amendments.  The Company will give the Global
     Coordinators notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to
     the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), any
     Term Sheet or any amendment,

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
     supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the
     Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the
     Prospectuses, will furnish the Global Coordinators with copies of any such
     documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use,
     as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the
     Global Coordinators or counsel for the U.S. Underwriters shall reasonably
     object.

                 (c)   Delivery of Registration Statements.  The Company has
     furnished or, upon request, will deliver to the U.S. Representatives and
     counsel for the U.S. Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the
     Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto
     (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein)
     and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will
     also deliver to the U.S. Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy
     of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment
     thereto (without exhibits) for each of the U.S. Underwriters.  The copies
     of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the
     U.S. Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted
     copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the
     extent permitted or required by Regulation S-T.

                 (d)   Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to
     each U.S. Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary
     prospectus as such U.S. Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company
     hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the
     1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company
     will furnish to each U.S. Underwriter, without charge, during the period
     when the U.S. Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or
     the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"), such number of copies
     of the U.S. Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such U.S.
     Underwriter may reasonably request. The U.S. Prospectus and any amendments
     or supplements thereto furnished to the U.S. Underwriters will be identical
     to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission
     pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted or required by Regulation
     S-T.

                 (e)   Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company
     will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit
     the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in
     this Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement and in the
     Prospectuses. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act
     to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall
     occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the
     reasonable opinion of counsel for the U.S. Underwriters or for the Company,
     to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement any Prospectus
     in order that the Prospectuses will not include any untrue statements of a
     material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
     the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances
     existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be
     necessary, in the reasonable opinion of such counsel, at any such time to
     amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement any Prospectus in
     order to comply with

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company
     will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section
     3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such
     statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the
     Prospectuses comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to
     the U.S. Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement
     as the U.S. Underwriters may reasonably request.

                 (f)   Blue Sky Qualifications.  The Company will use its best
     efforts, in cooperation with the U.S. Underwriters, to qualify, if
     necessary, the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable
     securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or
     foreign) as the Global Coordinators may designate and to maintain such
     qualifications in effect for a period of not more than one year from the
     later of the effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule
     462(b) Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall
     not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to
     qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any
     jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to
     taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is
     not otherwise so subject.  In each jurisdiction in which the Securities
     have been so qualified, the Company will file such statements and reports
     as may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such
     qualification in effect for a period of not more than one year from the
     effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b)
     Registration Statement.

                 (g)   Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports
     pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally
     available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings
     statement for the purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by,
     the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

                 (h)   Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds
     received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in
     the Prospectuses under "Use of Proceeds".

                 (i)   Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to effect
     the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the New York
     Stock Exchange.

                 (j)   Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of one
     year from the date of the Prospectuses, the Company and the Operating
     Partnership will not, without the prior written consent of the Global
     Coordinators, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to
     sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or
     contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or
     otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or OP Units, or
     any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common
     Stock or OP Units, or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act
     with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any
     other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part,
     directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
     Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii)
     above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other
     securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply
     to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder or under the International
     Purchase Agreement or (B) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to
     purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans
     of the Company referred to in the Prospectuses or any employee benefit
     plans of the Company which have been approved by the requisite vote of the
     stockholders of the Company at a duly called meeting of stockholders.

                 (k)   Lock-up Agreements. The Company will use its best efforts
     to cause each holder of Common Stock or OP Units issued in connection with
     the Formation Transactions to enter into a written agreement, in form and
     substance satisfactory to Merrill Lynch and Goldman, Sachs, on behalf of
     the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

                 (l)   Qualification as a REIT.  The Company will use its best
     efforts to meet the requirements to qualify, for the taxable year ending
     December 31, 1997, as a REIT under the Code.

                 (m)   Compliance with NASD Rules. The Company hereby agrees
     that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as
     required by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the
     "NASD") or the NASD rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or
     hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this
     Agreement. The Underwriters will notify the Company as to which persons
     will need to be so restricted. At the request of the Underwriters, the
     Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction
     upon such securities for such period of time. Should the Company release,
     or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities,
     the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable
     expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in
     connection with such release.

                 (n)   Compliance with Rule 463.  The Company will file with the
     Commission such reports on Form SR as may be required pursuant to Rule 463
     of the 1933 Act Regulations.

     SECTION 4.  Payment of Expenses.  (a)  Expenses.  The Company will pay all
                 -------------------                                           
expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement,
including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement
(including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each
amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the
Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other
documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale,
issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and
delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including
any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the
sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters and the
transfer of the

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
Securities between the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers, (iv)
the fees and disbursements of the Company's counsel, accountants and other
advisors, (v) the qualification or registration (or exemption therefrom) of the
Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section
3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the
preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing
and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, any
Term Sheets and of the Prospectuses and any amendments or supplements thereto,
(vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of
the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of
any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities and (ix) the filing fees
incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the
Underwriters in connection with, the review by the NASD of the terms of the sale
of the Securities, (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange and (xi) all costs and
expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel
for the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Reserved
Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to employees and others
having a business relationship with the Company.

     (b)   Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the U.S.
Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section
9(a)(i) hereof, the Company shall reimburse the U.S. Underwriters for all of
their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel for the U.S. Underwriters.

     SECTION 5.  Conditions of U.S. Underwriters' Obligations.  The obligations
                 --------------------------------------------                  
of the several U.S. Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 1 hereof or
in certificates of any officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company
delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company
of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further
conditions:

                 (a)   Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration
     Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become
     effective and at the Closing Time no stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under
     the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the
     Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional
     information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of
     counsel to the U.S. Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A
     Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with
     Rule 424(b) (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall
     have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements
     of Rule 430A) or, if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 434, a Term
     Sheet shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule
     424(b).

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                 (b)   Opinion of Counsel for Company. At Closing Time, the U.S.
     Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
     Closing Time, of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, counsel for the Company and
     the Operating Partnership, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel
     for the U.S. Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of
     such letter for each of the other U.S. Underwriters to the effect set forth
     in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the U.S.
     Underwriters may reasonably request.

           (c)   Opinion of General Counsel of Company. At Closing Time, the
U.S. Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
Closing Time, of Frederick J. DeAngelis, General Counsel of the Company, in form
and substance satisfactory to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters, together with
signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other U.S.
Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto and to such further
effect as counsel to the U.S. Underwriters may reasonably request.

           (d)   Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters.  At Closing Time, the
U.S. Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
Closing Time, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the U.S.
Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each
of the other U.S. Underwriters with respect to the matters set forth in clauses
(i), (x), (xi), (solely as to preemptive or other similar rights arising by
operation of law or under the charter or by-laws of the Company), (xiv) through
(xvi), inclusive, and the penultimate paragraph of Exhibit B hereto.

           In giving the opinions described in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d)
above, each counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of
jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, the federal law of the United States and the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the
U.S. Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion
involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon
certificates of officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries and certificates of
public officials.

                 (e)   Officers' Certificate. At Closing Time, there shall not
     have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which
     information is given in the Prospectuses, any material adverse change in
     the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs
     or business prospects of the Company, the Operating Partnership and the
     Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
     ordinary course of business, and the U.S. Representatives shall have
     received a certificate of the President or a Vice President of the Company
     and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company and
     appropriate officers of the Company, as General Partner, on behalf of the
     Operating Partnership, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i)
     there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations
     and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct in all material
     respects with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as
     of Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied in all material respects
     with all agreements and satisfied all

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
     conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing
     Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose
     have been instituted or are pending or are contemplated by the Commission.

                 (f)   Accountant's Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution
     of this Agreement, the U.S. Representatives shall have received from
     Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. a letter dated such date, in form and substance
     satisfactory to the U.S. Representatives, together with signed or
     reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other U.S. Underwriters
     containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in
     accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the
     financial statements and certain financial information contained in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectuses.

                 (g)   Bring-down Comfort Letter. At Closing Time, the U.S.
     Representatives shall have received from Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. a letter,
     dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements
     made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section,
     except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than
     three business days prior to Closing Time.

                 (h)   Approval of Listing. At Closing Time, the Securities
     shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange,
     subject only to official notice of issuance.

                 (i)   No Objection. The NASD has confirmed that it has not
     raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the
     underwriting terms and arrangements.

                 (j)   Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the
     U.S. Representatives shall have received the agreements described in
     Section 3(k) hereof.

                 (k)   Purchase of Initial International Securities.
     Contemporaneously with the purchase by the U.S. Underwriters of the Initial
     U.S. Securities under this Agreement, the International Managers shall have
     purchased the Initial International Securities under the International
     Purchase Agreement.

                 (l)   Conditions to Purchase of U.S. Option Securities.  In the
     event that the U.S. Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section
     2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the U.S. Option Securities,
     the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the
     statements in any certificates furnished by the Company or any subsidiary
     of the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of
     Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the U.S. Representatives
     shall have received:

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
          (i)    Officers' Certificate.  A certificate, dated such Date of
                 ---------------------                                    
          Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of
          the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company
          confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant
          to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of
          Delivery.

          (ii)   Opinion of Counsel for Company.  The favorable opinion of
                 ------------------------------                           
          Goodwin, Proctor & Hoar LLP, counsel for the Company and the Operating
          Partnership, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the
          U.S. Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the U.S.
          Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and
          otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b)
          hereof.

          (iii)  Opinion of General Counsel of Company.  The favorable opinion
                 -------------------------------------                        
          of Frederick J. DeAngelis, General Counsel of the Company, in form and
          substance satisfactory to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters, dated
          such Date of Delivery, relating to the U.S. Option Securities to be
          purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as
          the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

          (iv)   Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters.  The favorable 
                 ----------------------------------------   
          opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the
          U.S. Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the U.S.
          Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and
          otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d)
          hereof.

          (v)    Bring-down Comfort Letter.  A letter from Coopers & Lybrand
                 -------------------------                                  
          L.L.P., in form and substance satisfactory to the U.S. Representatives
          and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and
          substance as the letter furnished to the U.S. Representatives pursuant
          to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the "specified date" in the letter
          furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than
          five days prior to such Date of Delivery.

                 (m)   Additional Documents. At Closing Time and at each Date of
     Delivery, counsel for the U.S. Underwriters shall have been furnished with
     such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose
     of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as
     herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the
     representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions,
     herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection
     with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall
     be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the U.S.
     Representatives and counsel for the U.S. Underwriters.

                 (n)   Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in
     this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be
     fulfilled, this Agreement,

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
     or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of U.S. Option Securities
     on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of
     the several U.S. Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities,
     may be terminated by the U.S. Representatives by notice to the Company at
     any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case
     may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any
     other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6,
     7 and 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and
     effect.

     SECTION 6.  Indemnification.
                 --------------- 

     (a)   Indemnification of U.S. Underwriters.  The Company and the Operating
Partnership jointly agree to indemnify and hold harmless each U.S. Underwriter
and each person, if any, who controls any U.S. Underwriter within the meaning of
Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

                 (i)   against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
     expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or
     alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration
     Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information
     and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or the omission or alleged
     omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of
     any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
     included in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any
     amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission
     therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
     therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
     misleading;

                 (ii)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
     expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of (A) the violation of any
     applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved
     Securities have been offered and (B) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
     statement of a material fact included in the supplement or prospectus
     wrapper material distributed in [Canada] in connection with the reservation
     and sale of the Reserved Securities to eligible employees and persons
     having business relationships with the Company or the omission or alleged
     omission therefrom of a material fact necessary to make the statements
     therein, when considered in conjunction with the Prospectuses or
     preliminary prospectuses, not misleading;

                 (iii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
     expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid
     in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
     governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim
     whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such
     alleged untrue statement or omission or in connection with any violation of
     the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A) hereof; provided that

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
     (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the
     written consent of the Company; and

                 (iv)  against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred
     (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch
     and Goldman, Sachs), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or
     defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
     governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim
     whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such
     alleged untrue statement or omission or in connection with any violation of
     the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A) hereof, to the extent that
     any such expense is not paid under (i), (ii) or (iii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss,
- --------  -------                                                            
liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of (A) any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the
Operating Partnership by any U.S. Underwriter through the U.S. Representatives
expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto),
including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable,
or any preliminary prospectus or the U.S. Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto) or (B) the fact that such U.S. Underwriter sold Securities
to a person as to whom it shall be established that there was not sent or given,
at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the U.S.
Prospectus or of the U.S. Prospectus as then amended or supplemented in any case
where such delivery is required by the 1933 Act if the Company has previously
furnished copies thereof in sufficient quantity to such U.S. Underwriter and the
loss, claim, damage or liability of such U.S. Underwriter results from an untrue
statement or omission of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus
or U.S. Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), which was corrected
in the U.S. Prospectus or in the U.S. Prospectus as then amended or supplemented
and delivery would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage
or liability.

     (b)   Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers.  Each U.S.
Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its
directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each
person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the
1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability,
claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a)
of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or
omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and
the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary U.S. prospectus or
the U.S. Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such U.S.
Underwriter through the U.S. Representatives expressly for use in the
Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus
or the U.S. Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).  The Company
and the Operating Partnership acknowledge that the statements set forth in the
last paragraph of the cover page and

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
in the second, fifth and twelfth through fifteenth paragraphs under the caption
"Underwriting" in the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration
Statement relating to the Securities as originally filed or in any amendment
thereof, an related preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses or in any
amendment thereof or supplement thereto, as the case may be.

     (c)   Actions against Parties; Notification.  Each indemnified party shall
give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of
any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought
hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such
indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not
materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement.  In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above,
counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill Lynch and
Goldman, Sachs, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b)
above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company.  An
indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such
action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not
(except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the
indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it so elects within a
reasonable time after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying party, jointly
with any other indemnifying parties receiving such notice, may assume the
defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and approved by the indemnified
parties defendant in such action (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld), unless such indemnified parties reasonably object to such assumption
on the ground that there may be legal defenses available to them which are
different from or in addition to those available to such indemnifying party.  If
an indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, the indemnifying party
shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified
parties incurred thereafter in connection with such action, except the
indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable costs of investigation
subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense.
In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of
more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own
counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or
separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of
the same general allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall,
without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle or compromise or consent to the entry
of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or
proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any
claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be
sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified
parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement,
compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified
party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation,
proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission
of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified
party.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
     (d)   Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an
indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the
indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by
Section 6(a)(i)(iii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement
is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of
the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice
of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being
entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such
indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
settlement.

     (e)   Indemnification for Reserved Securities. In connection with the offer
and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees, promptly upon a request
in writing, to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from and against any
and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by them as a
result of the failure of eligible employees and persons having business
relationships with the Company to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved
Securities which, by the end of the first business day following the date of
this Agreement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase.

     SECTION 7.  Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in Section 6
                 ------------                                                   
hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or
expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses
incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the
Operating Partnership on the one hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the other
hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if
the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and
the Operating Partnership on the one hand and of the U.S. Underwriters on the
other hand in connection with the statements or omissions, or in connection with
any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A) hereof, which
resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations.

     The relative benefits received by the Company and the Operating Partnership
on the one hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the other hand in connection with
the offering of the U.S. Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed
to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the
offering of the U.S. Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting
expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discount received
by the U.S. Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the U.S.
Prospectus, or, if Rule 434 is used, the corresponding location on the Term
Sheet, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the U.S.
Securities as set forth on such cover.

     The relative fault of the Company and the Operating Partnership on the one
hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by
reference to, among other things,

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the Company, the Operating Partnership or by the U.S. Underwriters
and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or any violation of
the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A) hereof.

     The Company, the Operating Partnership and the U.S. Underwriters agree that
it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7
were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the U.S. Underwriters were
treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation
which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in
this Section 7.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages
and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this
Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending
against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental
agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any
such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no U.S. Underwriter shall
be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price at which the U.S. Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the
public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such
U.S. Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

     No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls a U.S.
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such U.S.
Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who
signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the
1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.  The U.S.
Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7
are several in proportion to the number of Initial U.S. Securities set forth
opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

     SECTION 8.  Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.
                 -------------------------------------------------------------- 
All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in
certificates of officers of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of the
Subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force
and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any U.S.
Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Company, and shall
survive delivery of the Securities to the U.S. Underwriters.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 9.  Termination of Agreement.
                 ------------------------ 

     (a)   Termination; General.  The U.S. Representatives may terminate this
Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i)
if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the
respective dates as of which information is given in the U.S. Prospectus, any
material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the
earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse
change in the financial markets in the United States or the international
financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other
calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change
in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in
each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the U.S.
Representatives, impracticable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts
for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the
Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the New
York Stock Exchange, or if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or
the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended
or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed,
or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by
such system or by order of the Commission, the NASD or any other governmental
authority, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal
or New York authorities.

     (b)   Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this
Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other
party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections
1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and
effect.

     SECTION 10.  Default by One or More of the U.S. Underwriters.  If one or
                  -----------------------------------------------            
more of the U.S. Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery
to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this
Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the U.S. Representatives shall have the
right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the
non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all,
but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be
agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the U.S.
Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour
period, then:

                 (a)   if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10%
     of the number of U.S. Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the
     non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not
     jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their
     respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting
     obligations of all non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters, or

                 (b)   if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the
     number of U.S. Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or,
     with respect to any

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
     Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the
     U.S. Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Option
     Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall
     terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting U.S.
     Underwriter.

     No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting U.S.
Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

     In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of
this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing
Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the U.S.
Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant U.S. Option
Securities, as the case may be, either the U.S. Representatives or the Company
shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery,
as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any
required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other
documents or arrangements.  As used herein, the term "U.S. Underwriter" includes
any person substituted for a U.S. Underwriter under this Section 10.

     SECTION 11.  Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
                  -------                                                       
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the U.S.
Underwriters shall be directed to the U.S. Representatives c/o Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, North Tower, World Financial Center, New
York, New York 10281-1201, attention of Richard B. Saltzman; and notices to the
Company and the Operating Partnership shall be directed to it at 8 Arlington
Street, Boston, Massachusetts  02116, attention of Frederick J. DeAngelis, Esq.
Notices given by telex or telephone shall be confirmed in writing.

     SECTION 12.  Parties.  This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of
                  -------                                                    
and be binding upon the U.S. Underwriters and the Company and their respective
successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or
shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the U.S.
Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling
persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their
heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  This
Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the
sole and exclusive benefit of the U.S. Underwriters and the Company and their
respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors
and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other
person, firm or corporation.  No purchaser of Securities from any U.S.
Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

     SECTION 13.  GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
                  ----------------------                                      
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  SPECIFIED
TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 14.  Effect of Headings.  The Article and Section headings herein
                  ------------------                                          
and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this
instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement between
the U.S. Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.



                                    By
                                       ----------------------------------
                                       Title:


                                    BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED
                                    PARTNERSHIP



                                    By
                                       ----------------------------------
                                       Title:


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
     as of the date first above written:


MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
  Incorporated
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED
SMITH BARNEY INC.

By:  MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
      INCORPORATED


By 
   -----------------------------------------
             Authorized Signatory

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
By:  GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

- --------------------------------------------

For themselves and as U.S. Representatives of the
other U.S. Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULE A

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                     Number of
                                                                      Initial
          Name of Underwriter                                       Securities
          -------------------                                       ----------
     <S>                                                            <C> 
     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
          Incorporated.............................................
     Goldman, Sachs & Co...........................................
     Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.......................................
     Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.............................
     PaineWebber Incorporated......................................
     Prudential Securities Incorporated............................
     Smith Barney Inc..............................................



                                                                     -----------

     Total.........................................................  25,120,000
                                                                     ==========

</TABLE> 

                                    Sch A-1
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULE B

                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
                       25,120,000 Shares of Common Stock
                           (Par Value $.01 Per Share)



          1.  The initial public offering price per share for the Securities,
determined as provided in said Section 2, shall be $_____________.
 
          2.  The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the
several Underwriters shall be $__________, being an amount equal to the initial
public offering price set forth above less $_________ per share; provided that
the purchase price per share for any Option Securities purchased upon the
exercise of the over-allotment option described in Section 2(b) shall be reduced
by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the
Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option
Securities.

                                    Sch B-1
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULE C

                               Certain Properties


599 Lexington Avenue
One Independence Square
Two Independence Square
Democracy Center
Capital Gallery
2300 N Street
Long Wharf Marriott
Cambridge Center Marriott

                                    Sch C-1
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-1.2
<SEQUENCE>3
<DESCRIPTION>FORM OF INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 1.2

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
                            (a Delaware corporation)



                        6,280,000 Shares of Common Stock



                        INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT



Dated:  June   , 1997


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                                                          <C>
SECTION 1.  Representations and Warranties..................................   4
    (a)  Representations and Warranties by the Company......................   4
           (i)  Compliance with Registration Requirements....................  4
           (ii)  Independent Accountants.....................................  5
           (iii)  Financial Statements.......................................  5
           (iv)  No Material Adverse Change in Business......................  6
           (v)  Good Standing of the Company.................................  6
           (vi)  Good Standing of Subsidiaries...............................  6
           (vii)  Good Standing of Property Partnerships.....................  7
           (viii)  Capitalization............................................  7
           (ix)  Authorization of Agreement..................................  7
           (x)  Authorization and Description of Securities..................  8
           (xi)  Authorization of the Operating Partnership Agreement........  8
           (xii)  Authorization and Description of OP Units..................  8
           (xiii)  Absence of Defaults and Conflicts.........................  8
           (xiv)  Authorization of the Formation Transaction Documents....... 10
           (xv)  Absence of Labor Dispute.................................... 10
           (xvi)  Absence of Proceedings..................................... 10
           (xvii)  Qualification as a REIT................................... 10
           (xviii)  Accuracy of Exhibits..................................... 10
           (xix)  New York Stock Exchange Listing............................ 10
           (xx)  Absence of Further Requirements............................. 10
           (xxi)  Possession of Licenses and Permits......................... 11
           (xxii)  The Properties............................................ 11
           (xxiii)  Insurance................................................ 12
           (xxiv)  Taxes..................................................... 12
           (xxv)  Mortgages and Deeds of Trust............................... 12
           (xxvi)  Compliance with Cuba Act.................................. 12
           (xxvii)  Investment Company Act................................... 12
           (xxviii)  Environmental Laws...................................... 13
           (xxix)  Registration Rights....................................... 14
     (b)   Officer's Certificates............................................ 14
 
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to International Managers; Closing.............. 14
     (a)   Initial Securities................................................ 14
     (b)   Option Securities................................................. 14
     (c)   Payment........................................................... 15
     (d)   Denominations; Registration....................................... 15
 
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company.......................................... 16
     (a)   Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests.... 16
     (b)   Filing of Amendments.............................................. 16
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
     (c)   Delivery of Registration Statements............................... 16
     (d)   Delivery of Prospectuses.......................................... 17
     (e)   Continued Compliance with Securities Laws......................... 17
     (f)   Blue Sky Qualifications........................................... 17
     (g)   Rule 158.......................................................... 18
     (h)   Use of Proceeds................................................... 18
     (i)   Listing........................................................... 18
     (j)   Restriction on Sale of Securities................................. 18
     (k)   Lock-up Agreements................................................ 18
     (l)   Qualification as a REIT........................................... 19
     (m)   Compliance with NASD Rules........................................ 19
     (n)   Compliance with Rule 463.......................................... 19
 
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses............................................... 19
     (a)   Expenses.......................................................... 19
     (b)   Termination of Agreement.......................................... 20
 
SECTION 5. Conditions of International Managers' Obligations................. 20
     (a)   Effectiveness of Registration Statement........................... 20
     (b)   Opinion of Counsel for Company.................................... 20
     (c)   Opinion of Counsel for International Managers..................... 20
     (d)   Opinion of Counsel for International Managers..................... 20
     (e)   Officers' Certificate............................................. 21
     (f)   Accountant's Comfort Letter....................................... 21
     (g)   Bring-down Comfort Letter......................................... 21
     (h)   Approval of Listing............................................... 21
     (i)   No Objection...................................................... 22
     (j)   Lock-up Agreements................................................ 22
     (k)   Purchase of Initial U.S. Securities............................... 22
     (l)   Conditions to Purchase of International Option Securities......... 22
           (i)  Officers' Certificate........................................ 22
           (ii)  Opinion of Counsel for Company.............................. 22
           (iii)  Opinion of General Counsel of Company...................... 22
           (iv)  Opinion of Counsel for International Managers............... 23
           (v)  Bring-down Comfort Letter.................................... 22
     (m)   Additional Documents.............................................. 23
     (n)   Termination of Agreement.......................................... 23
 
SECTION 6. Indemnification................................................... 23
     (a)   Indemnification of International Managers......................... 23
     (b)   Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers................ 24
     (c)   Actions against Parties; Notification............................. 25
     (d)   Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse................ 25
     (e)   Indemnification for Reserved Securities........................... 26
</TABLE>

                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
SECTION 7. Contribution...................................................... 26

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.... 27

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.......................................... 27
     (a)   Termination; General.............................................. 27
     (b)   Liabilities....................................................... 28
 
SECTION 10.  Default by One or More of the International Managers............ 28
 
SECTION 11.  Notices......................................................... 29
 
SECTION 12.  Parties......................................................... 29
 
SECTION 13.  GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.......................................... 29
 
SECTION 14.  Effect of Headings.............................................. 29
</TABLE>

                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.

                            (a Delaware corporation)

                        6,280,000 Shares of Common Stock

                           (Par Value $.01 Per Share)

                        INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
            
                                                            June  , 1997


MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
BEAR, STEARNS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
PAINEWEBBER INTERNATIONAL (UK) LTD.
PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (U.K.) INC.
SMITH BARNEY INC.
 as Lead Managers of the several International Managers
c/o  Merrill Lynch International
Ropemaker Place
25 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9LY
England

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Boston
Properties Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (the "Operating
Partnership"), each confirms its agreement with Merrill Lynch International
("Merrill Lynch (Int'l)"), Goldman Sachs International ("Goldman Sachs
(Int'l)"), Bear, Stearns International Limited ("Bear, Stearns (Int'l)"), Morgan
Stanley & Co. International Limited ("Morgan Stanley (Int'l)"), PaineWebber
International (UK) Ltd. ("PaineWebber (Int'l)"), Prudential-Bache Securities
(U.K.) Inc. ("Prudential-Bache (Int'l)"), Smith Barney Inc. ("Smith Barney") and
each of the other international underwriters named in Schedule A hereto
(collectively, the "International Managers", which term shall also include any
underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom
Merrill Lynch (Int'l), Goldman Sachs (Int'l), Bear, Stearns (Int'l), Morgan
Stanley (Int'l), PaineWebber (Int'l), Prudential-Bache (Int'l) and Smith Barney

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the "Lead Managers"), with
respect to the issue and sale by the Company and the purchase by the
International Managers, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective
numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company
("Common Stock") set forth in said Schedule A, and with respect to the grant by
the Company to the International Managers, acting severally and not jointly, of
the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of
942,000 additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any.  The
aforesaid 6,280,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial International
Securities") to be purchased by the International Managers and all or any part
of the 942,000 shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section
2(b) hereof (the "International Option Securities") are hereinafter called,
collectively, the "International Securities".

     It is understood that the Company and the Operating Partnership are
concurrently entering into an agreement dated the date hereof (the "U.S.
Purchase Agreement") providing for the offering by the Company of an aggregate
of 25,120,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial U.S. Securities") through
arrangements with certain underwriters in the United States and Canada (the
"U.S. Underwriters") for which Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman Sachs & Co., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.,
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, PaineWebber Incorporated, Prudential
Securities Incorporated and Smith Barney Inc. are acting as representatives (the
"U.S. Representatives") and the grant by the Company to the U.S. Underwriters,
acting severally and not jointly, of an option to purchase all or any part of
the U.S. Underwriters' pro rata portion of up to 3,768,000 additional shares of
Common Stock solely to cover overallotments, if any (the "U.S. Option
Securities" and, together with the International Option Securities, the "Option
Securities").  The Initial U.S. Securities and the U.S. Option Securities are
hereinafter called the "U.S. Securities".  It is understood that the Company is
not obligated to sell, and the International Managers are not obligated to
purchase, any Initial International Securities unless all of the Initial U.S.
Securities are contemporaneously purchased by the U.S. Underwriters.

     The International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters are hereinafter
collectively called the "Underwriters", the Initial International Securities and
the Initial U.S. Securities are hereinafter collectively called the "Initial
Securities", and the International Securities and the U.S. Securities are
hereinafter collectively called the "Securities".

     The Underwriters will concurrently enter into an Intersyndicate Agreement
of even date herewith (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") providing for the
coordination of certain transactions among the Underwriters under the direction
of Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
Goldman, Sachs & Co. (in such capacity, the "Global Coordinators").

     The Company and the Operating Partnership each understand that the
International Managers propose to make a public offering of the International
Securities as soon as the Lead Managers deem advisable after this Agreement has
been executed and delivered.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     The Company and the International Managers agree that up to [       ]
shares of the Initial International Securities to be purchased by the
International Managers and that up to [750,000] shares of the Initial U.S.
Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters (collectively, the "Reserved
Securities") shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain eligible
employees and persons having business relationships with the Company, as part of
the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of
this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and all other applicable laws,
rules and regulations.  To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not
orally confirmed for purchase by such eligible employees and persons having
business relationships with the Company by the end of the first business day
after the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the
public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-25279) covering the
registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act"), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses.
Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will either
(i) prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A
("Rule 430A") of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act
(the "1933 Act Regulations") and paragraph (b) of Rule 424 ("Rule 424(b)") of
the 1933 Act Regulations or (ii) if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule
434 ("Rule 434") of the 1933 Act Regulations, prepare and file a term sheet (a
"Term Sheet") in accordance with the provisions of Rule 434 and Rule 424(b).
Two forms of prospectus are to be used in connection with the offering and sale
of the Securities:  one relating to the International Securities (the "Form of
International Prospectus") and one relating to the U.S. Securities (the "Form of
U.S. Prospectus").  The Form of International Prospectus is identical to the
Form of U.S. Prospectus, except for the front cover and back cover pages and the
information under the caption "Underwriting."  The information included in any
such prospectus or in any such Term Sheet, as the case may be, that was omitted
from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is
deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective
(a) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred to as "Rule 430A
Information" or (b) pursuant to paragraph (d) of Rule 434 is referred to as
"Rule 434 Information."  Each Form of International Prospectus and Form of U.S.
Prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and any
prospectus that omitted, as applicable, the Rule 430A Information or the Rule
434 Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a "preliminary
prospectus."  Such registration statement, including the exhibits thereto and
schedules thereto at the time it became effective and including the Rule 430A
Information and the Rule 434 Information, as applicable, is herein called the
"Registration Statement."  Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule
462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations to register additional shares of Common Stock
to be sold in the public offering of the Securities is herein referred to as the
"Rule 462(b) Registration Statement," and after such filing the term
"Registration Statement" shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.
The final Form of International Prospectus and the final Form of U.S. Prospectus
in the forms first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
offering of the Securities are herein called the "International Prospectus" and
the "U.S. Prospectus," respectively, and collectively, the "Prospectuses."  If
Rule 434 is relied on, the terms "International Prospectus" and "U.S.
Prospectus" shall refer to the preliminary International Prospectus dated June
10, 1997 and preliminary U.S. Prospectus dated June 10, 1997 respectively, each
together with the applicable Term Sheet and all references in this Agreement to
the date of such Prospectuses shall mean the date of the applicable Term Sheet.
For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement,
any preliminary prospectus, the International Prospectus, the U.S. Prospectus or
any Term Sheet or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be
deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic
Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system ("EDGAR").

     At or prior to Closing Time (as hereinafter defined), the Company will
complete a series of transactions (the "Formation Transactions") described in
the Prospectuses under the caption "Structure and Formation of the Company--
Formation Transactions."  As part of the Formation Transactions (i) certain
Property Partnerships (as defined in the Registration Statement) will contribute
properties to the Operating Partnership, or will merge into the Operating
Partnership, in exchange for units of limited partnership of the Operating
Partnership ("OP Units"), (ii) certain persons will contribute their direct and
indirect interests in certain Property Partnerships to the Operating Partnership
or its designee in exchange for OP Units, (iii) the Company will contribute a
portion of its third-party management business to Boston Properties Management,
Inc. (the "Development and Management Company"), a subsidiary of the Operating
Partnership, in exchange for OP Units, and (iv) the Company will contribute the
net proceeds from the public offering of the Securities to the Operating
Partnership in exchange for OP Units.

     SECTION 1.  Representations and Warranties.
                 ------------------------------ 

     (a)  Representations and Warranties by the Company.  The Company and the
Operating Partnership each severally represents and warrants to each
International Manager as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to
in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in
Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each International Manager, as follows:

            (i)  Compliance with Registration Requirements.  Each of the
                 -----------------------------------------              
     Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has
     become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration
     Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that
     purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the
     Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of
     the Commission for additional information has been complied with.

            At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b)
     Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became
     effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any International Option
     Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery),

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any
     amendments and supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material
     respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations
     and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
     omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
     make the statements therein not misleading, and the Prospectuses, any
     preliminary prospectuses and any supplement thereto or prospectus wrapper
     prepared in connection therewith, at their respective times of issuance and
     at the Closing Time, complied and will comply in all material respects with
     any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the
     Prospectuses and such preliminary prospectuses, as amended or supplemented,
     if applicable, are distributed in connection with the offer and sale of
     Reserved Securities.  Neither of the Prospectuses nor any amendments or
     supplements thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), at the time the
     Prospectuses or any amendments or supplements thereto were issued and at
     the Closing Time (and, if any International Option Securities are
     purchased, at the Date of Delivery), included or will include an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material
     fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  If Rule 434 is
     used, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 434 and the
     Prospectuses shall not be "materially different", as such term is used in
     Rule 434, from the prospectuses included in the Registration Statement at
     the time it became effective.  The representations and warranties in this
     subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the
     Registration Statement or the International Prospectus made in reliance
     upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing
     by any International Manager through the Lead Managers expressly for use in
     the Registration Statement or the International Prospectus.

          Each preliminary prospectus and the prospectuses filed as part of the
     Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment
     thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act, complied when so
     filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act Regulations and each
     preliminary prospectus and the Prospectuses delivered to the Underwriters
     for use in connection with this offering was identical to the
     electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission
     pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

          (ii)   Independent Accountants.  The accountants who certified the
                 -----------------------                                    
     financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration
     Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act
     and the 1933 Act Regulations.

          (iii)  Financial Statements.  The combined financial statements
                 --------------------                                    
     included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, together with
     the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial position of
     the Boston Properties Predecessor Group (as defined in the Registration
     Statement) at the dates indicated, and the combined statements of
     operations, owners' equity and cash flows of the Boston Properties

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     Predecessor Group for the periods specified; said financial statements have
     been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
     ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.
     The supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present
     fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated
     therein.  The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
     statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectuses present fairly the information shown
     therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission's rules and
     guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been
     properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used
     in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein
     are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances
     referred to therein.  The selected financial data and the summary financial
     information included in the Prospectuses present fairly the information
     shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the
     audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement.  Other
     than the historical and pro forma financial statements (and schedules)
     included in the Registration Statement and Prospectuses, no other
     historical or pro forma financial statements (or schedules) are required by
     the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations to be included therein.

          (iv)  No Material Adverse Change in Business.  Since the respective
                --------------------------------------                       
     dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and
     the Prospectuses, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no
     material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the
     earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, the
     Operating Partnership or the Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined)
     considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course
     of business (a "Material Adverse Effect"), (B) no material casualty loss or
     material condemnation or other material adverse event with respect to any
     of the properties set forth in Schedule C hereto has occurred, (C) there
     have been no transactions entered into by the Company, the Operating
     Partnership or any of the Subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary
     course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, the
     Operating Partnership and the Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
     and (D) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared,
     paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock or by the
     Operating Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to its
     partnership interests or any class of its capital stock.

          (v)  Good Standing of the Company.  The Company has been duly
               ----------------------------                            
     organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
     the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to
     own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
     described in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its obligations
     under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign
     corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other
     jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of
     the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except
     where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result
     in a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          (vi)   Good Standing of Subsidiaries.  Each of the subsidiaries of the
                 -----------------------------                                  
     Company, including without limitation the Operating Partnership and the
     Development and Management Company, (each a "Subsidiary" and, collectively,
     the "Subsidiaries") has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
     general or limited partnership or corporation, as the case may be, in good
     standing (in the case of corporations and limited partnerships) under the
     laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has partnership or corporate
     power and authority, as the case may be, to own, lease and operate its
     properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses and
     is duly qualified as a foreign partnership or corporation to transact
     business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such
     qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of
     property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify
     or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect;
     all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the Subsidiaries
     that is a corporation has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully
     paid and non-assessable, and all of the partnership interests in each
     Subsidiary that is a partnership are validly issued and fully paid; except
     as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, all such shares and
     interests, as the case may be, are owned by the Company, directly or
     through Subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage,
     pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the outstanding shares
     of capital stock or partnership interests of any Subsidiary was issued in
     violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such
     Subsidiary.

          (vii)  Good Standing of Property Partnerships.  Each of the Property
                 --------------------------------------                       
     Partnerships (as defined in the Registration Statement) has been duly
     organized and is validly existing as a general or limited partnership, in
     good standing (in the case of limited partnerships) under the laws of the
     jurisdiction of its organization, has partnership power and authority to
     own, lease and operate its properties, to conduct its business as described
     in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its respective
     obligations under the Formation Transaction Documents and is duly qualified
     as a foreign partnership to transact business and is in good standing in
     each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by
     reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business,
     except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not
     result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the partnership interests in
     each Property Partnership are validly issued and fully paid; none of the
     outstanding partnership interests of any Property Partnership was issued in
     violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such
     Property Partnership.

          (viii) Capitalization.  The authorized capital stock of the Company
                 --------------                                              
     is as set forth in the Prospectuses under the caption "Description of
     Capital Stock" and the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company,
     as of the Closing Time, will be as set forth in the Prospectuses under the
     caption "Capitalization."  The shares of issued and outstanding capital
     stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are
     fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital
     stock of

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar
     rights of any securityholder of the Company.

          (ix)  Authorization of Agreement.  This Agreement and the U.S.
                --------------------------                              
     Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
     Company and the Operating Partnership.

          (x)   Authorization and Description of Securities.  The Securities to
                -------------------------------------------                    
     be purchased by the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters from
     the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the
     International Managers pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Underwriters
     pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement, respectively, and, when issued and
     delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase
     Agreement, respectively, against payment of the consideration set forth
     herein and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, respectively, will be, as of the
     Closing Time, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the Common
     Stock conforms, in all material respects, to all statements relating
     thereto contained in the Prospectuses and such description conforms, in all
     material respects, to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the
     same; no holder of the Securities will be subject to personal liability by
     reason of being such a holder; and the issuance of the Securities is not
     subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of
     the Company; the Company has duly reserved a sufficient number of shares of
     Common Stock for issuance upon exchange of outstanding OP Units in
     accordance with the Operating Partnership Agreement (as defined below).

          (xi)  Authorization of the Operating Partnership Agreement.  The
                ----------------------------------------------------      
     Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Operating
     Partnership (the "Operating Partnership Agreement") has been duly and
     validly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

          (xii) Authorization and Description of OP Units.  The OP Units to be
                -----------------------------------------                     
     issued in connection with the Formation Transactions, including, without
     limitation, the OP Units to be issued to the Company, have been duly
     authorized for issuance by the Operating Partnership to the holders or
     prospective holders thereof, and at Closing Time will be validly issued,
     and fully paid and owned in the percentage amounts set forth in the
     Prospectuses by the Company and by the entities or persons described in the
     Prospectuses.  The OP Units have been and will be offered, issued and sold
     at or prior to Closing Time in compliance with all applicable laws
     (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws).

          (xiii)  Absence of Defaults and Conflicts.  Neither the Company nor
                  ---------------------------------                          
     any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or in
     default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement,
     covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed
     of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or
     instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property
     or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject (collectively,
     "Agreements and Instruments") except for such defaults that would not
     result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the U.S.
     Purchase Agreement and the Registration Statement (including the completion
     of the Formation Transactions, the issuance and sale of the Securities and
     the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the
     Prospectuses under the caption "Use of Proceeds") and compliance by the
     Company and the Operating Partnership with their obligations under this
     Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized by all
     necessary corporate or partnership action, as the case may be, and (except
     as contemplated by the Prospectuses) do not and will not, whether with or
     without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or
     constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below)
     under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or
     encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary
     pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments or violations of any applicable
     law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any
     government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign,
     having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their
     assets, properties or operations (except for such conflicts, breaches or
     defaults or liens, charges, encumbrances or violations that would not
     result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any
     violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any
     Subsidiary.  As used herein, a "Repayment Event" means any event or
     condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence
     of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder's behalf) the right to
     require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such
     indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary.

          Consummation of the Formation Transactions and compliance by the
     Company, its Subsidiaries and the Property Partnerships with their
     respective obligations under each of the documents relating thereto
     (collectively, the "Formation Transaction Documents") have been duly
     authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action of such
     entities, as the case may be, and (except as contemplated by the
     Prospectuses) did not and will not violate or conflict with or constitute a
     breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any
     lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the Properties (as defined in the
     Registration Statement) or any other properties or assets of the Company or
     any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed
     of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or
     instrument, including without limitation, any partnership agreement, to
     which the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or any Property Partnership is
     or was a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or affected, or
     to which any of the Properties or any other properties or assets of the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject (except for such violations,
     conflicts, breaches, defaults, liens, charges or encumbrances that would
     not result in a Material Adverse Effect); none of the Formation
     Transactions resulted or will result in

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     the violation of any provisions of the charter, by-laws, partnership
     agreements or other governing document of the Company, any of the
     Subsidiaries or any Property Partnership (except in each case as may have
     been waived by all applicable parties), or any applicable law,
     administrative regulation or administrative or court decree (except for
     such violations of any applicable law, administrative regulation or
     administrative or court decree that would not result in a Material Adverse
     Effect); all authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to consummate
     the Formation Transactions were timely obtained; and the offer, issuance
     and exchange of the OP Units and general partnership interests in the
     Operating Partnership, the issuance and sale by the Company of Common Stock
     prior to the date hereof will be exempt from the registration requirements
     of the 1933 Act and applicable state securities laws.  At or prior to
     Closing Time, each of the Formation Transactions will have occurred, in all
     material respects, in the manner described in the Prospectuses.

          (xiv)  Authorization of the Formation Transaction Documents.  Each of
                 ----------------------------------------------------          
     the Formation Transaction Documents to which the Company, any of the
     Subsidiaries, any of the Property Partnerships or any affiliate of any such
     entity is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such
     party.

          (xv)   Absence of Labor Dispute.  No material labor dispute with the
                 ------------------------                                     
     employees of the Company or any Subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of
     the Company, is imminent.

          (xvi)  Absence of Proceedings.  There is no action, suit, proceeding,
                 ----------------------                                        
     inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental
     agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of
     the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any
     Subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement
     (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be expected to
     result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably be expected
     to materially and adversely affect the Properties or assets thereof or the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the U.S.
     Purchase Agreement and the Formation Transaction Documents or the
     performance by the parties of their obligations hereunder or thereunder;
     the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the
     Company or any Subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective
     property or assets, including without limitation the Properties, is the
     subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, including
     ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not
     reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xvii)  Qualification as a REIT.  Commencing with the taxable year
                  -----------------------                                   
     ending December 31, 1997, the Company will be organized in conformity with
     the requirements for qualification as a real estate investment trust (a
     "REIT") under the Internal Revenue Code 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
     its proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements
     for taxation as a REIT under the Code.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
          (xviii)   Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or documents
                    --------------------
     which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
     Prospectuses or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so
     described and filed as required.

          (xix)     New York Stock Exchange Listing.  The Common Stock has been
                    -------------------------------                            
     approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to an official
     notice of issuance.

          (xx)      Absence of Further Requirements.  No filing with, or
                    -------------------------------                     
     authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration,
     qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency
     is necessary or required for the performance by the Company and the
     Operating Partnership of their obligations hereunder, in connection with
     the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities under this Agreement and
     the U.S. Purchase Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement, the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the
     Formation Transaction Documents, except (i) such as have been already
     obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act
     Regulations and foreign or state securities or blue sky laws, (ii) such as
     have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside
     the United States in which the Reserved Securities are offered and (iii)
     state filings in connection with the Formation Transactions (which state
     filings will be made prior to or at the Closing Time).

          (xxi)     Possession of Licenses and Permits.  The Company and its
                    ----------------------------------                      
     Subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other
     authorizations (collectively, "Governmental Licenses") issued by the
     appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies
     necessary to conduct the business now operated by them; the Company and its
     Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such
     Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not,
     singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the
     Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when
     the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such
     Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not have a
     Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its
     Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the
     revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly
     or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or
     finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xxii)    The Properties.  (a)  Upon consummation of the Formation
                    --------------                                          
     Transactions, the Operating Partnership and the Subsidiaries will have good
     and marketable title in fee simple to all of the Properties and good and
     marketable title to all other real properties owned by them, in each case,
     free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests,
     claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (i) are
     described in the Prospectuses or (ii) do not, singly or in the aggregate,
     materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the
     use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries; (b) all mortgages,

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
     pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances on
     or affecting the properties and assets (including without limitation the
     Properties) of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries that are required to
     be disclosed in the Prospectuses are disclosed therein; (c) neither the
     Company nor the Operating Partnership knows of any violation of any
     municipal, state or federal law, rule or regulation (including those
     pertaining to environmental matters) concerning the Properties or any part
     thereof which would, upon consummation of the Formation Transactions, have
     a Material Adverse Effect; (d) each of the Properties complies with all
     applicable zoning laws, ordinances, regulations and deed restrictions or
     other covenants in all material respects and, if and to the extent there is
     a failure to comply, such failure does not result in a Material Adverse
     Effect and will not result in a forfeiture or reversion of title; (e) none
     of the Company, any Subsidiary nor any Property Partnership has received
     from any governmental authority any written notice of any condemnation of
     or zoning change affecting the Properties or any part thereof, and none of
     the Company, any Subsidiary nor any Property Partnership knows of any such
     condemnation or zoning change which is threatened and which if consummated
     would have a Material Adverse Effect; and (f) no lessee of any portion of
     any of the Properties is in default under any of the leases governing such
     Properties and there is no event which, but for the passage of time or the
     giving of notice or both, would constitute a default under any of such
     leases, except such defaults that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xxiii)  Insurance.  Upon consummation of the Formation Transactions,
                   ---------                                                   
     the Company and each of the Subsidiaries will be insured by insurers of
     recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in
     such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they
     will be engaged; and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has
     any reason to believe that any of them will not be able to renew its
     existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain
     similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its
     business.

          (xxiv)   Taxes. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has filed all
                   -----
     material foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are required to
     be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which
     the failure so to file would not, upon consummation of the Formation
     Transactions, have a Material Adverse Effect) and has paid all taxes
     required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied
     against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable,
     except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being
     contested in good faith or as described in or contemplated by the
     Prospectuses.

          (xxv)     Mortgages and Deeds of Trust.  Except as set forth in the
                    ----------------------------                             
     Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, the mortgages and deeds of
     trust encumbering the properties and assets described in the Prospectus are
     not convertible and neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any
     Property Partnership, nor any person affiliated therewith holds a
     participating interest therein, and such mortgages and deeds of trust are

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     not cross-defaulted or cross-collateralized to any property not owned
     directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

          (xxvi)    Compliance with Cuba Act. The Company has complied with, and
                    ------------------------
     is and will be in compliance with, the provisions of that certain Florida
     act relating to disclosure of doing business with Cuba, codified as Section
     517.075 of the Florida statutes, and the rules and regulations thereunder
     (collectively, the "Cuba Act") or is exempt therefrom.

          (xxvii)   Investment Company Act.  The Company and the Operating
                    ----------------------                                
     Partnership are not, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as
     herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as
     described in the Prospectuses will not be, an "investment company" as such
     term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
     "1940 Act").

          (xxviii)  Environmental Laws.  Except as otherwise disclosed in the
                    ------------------                                       
     Prospectuses or in the Phase I Environmental Site Assessments and Asbestos
     Survey Reports previously delivered to the U.S. Representatives and
     International Managers or their counsel (the "Environmental Reports"), (i)
     the Company, its Subsidiaries and the Property Partnerships have been and
     are in compliance with applicable Environmental Statutes; (ii) neither the
     Company, any of the Subsidiaries, the Property Partnerships, nor, to the
     best knowledge of the Company, any other owners of the property at any time
     or any other party has at any time released (as such term is defined in
     Section 101(22) of CERCLA (as hereinafter defined)) or otherwise disposed
     of or dealt with, Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) on, to or
     from the Properties, except for such releases as would not be reasonably
     likely to cause the Company to incur material liability that would require
     disclosure pursuant to federal or state laws regulating the issuance of
     securities; (iii) the Company does not intend to use the Properties or any
     subsequently acquired properties, other than in compliance with applicable
     Environmental Statutes (as hereinafter defined); (iv) neither the Company
     nor any of the Subsidiaries knows of any seepage, leak, discharge, release,
     emission, spill or dumping of Hazardous Materials into waters (including,
     but not limited, to groundwater and surface water) on, beneath or adjacent
     to the Properties or onto lands from which Hazardous Materials might seep,
     flow or drain into such waters; (v) neither the Company nor any of the
     Subsidiaries has received any notice of, or has any knowledge of any
     occurrence or circumstance which, with notice or passage of time or both,
     would give rise to a claim under or pursuant to any Environmental Statute
     or common law with respect to the Properties or the assets described in the
     Prospectus or arising out of the conduct of the Company, its Subsidiaries,
     or the Property Partnerships, except for such claims that would not be
     reasonably likely to cause the Company to incur material liability that
     would require disclosure pursuant to federal or state laws regulating the
     issuance of securities; (vi) neither the Properties nor any other land
     owned by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is included or, to the best
     of the Company's knowledge, proposed for inclusion on the National
     Priorities List issued pursuant to CERCLA by the United States
     Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") or to the best of the Company's

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     knowledge, proposed for inclusion on any similar list or inventory issued
     pursuant to any other Environmental Statute or issued by any other
     Governmental Authority (as hereinafter defined).

          As used herein, "Hazardous Material" shall include, without limitation
     any flammable explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous materials,
     hazardous wastes, toxic substances, or related materials, asbestos or any
     hazardous material as defined by any federal, state or local environmental
     law, ordinance, rule or regulation including, without limitation, the
     Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of
     1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 9601-9675 ("CERCLA"), the Hazardous
     Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1801-1819, the
     Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 6901-
     K, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42
     U.S.C. (S)(S) 11001-11050, the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C.
     (S)(S) 2601-2671, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7
     U.S.C. (S)(S) 136-136y, the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 7401-7642, the
     Clean Water Act (Federal Water Pollution Control Act), 33 U.S.C. (S)(S)
     1251-1387, the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 300f-300j-26, and
     the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. (S)(S) 651-678, as any of
     the above statutes may be amended from time to time, and in the regulations
     promulgated pursuant to each of the foregoing (including environmental
     statues not specifically defined herein) (individually, an "Environmental
     Statute" and collectively "Environmental Statutes") or by any federal,
     state or local governmental authority having or claiming jurisdiction over
     the properties and assets described in the Prospectus (a "Governmental
     Authority").

          (xxix)  Registration Rights.  Except as described in the Registration
                  -------------------                                          
     Statement, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar
     rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration
     Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.

     (b) Officer's Certificates.  Any certificate signed by any officer of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Global Coordinators, the
Lead Managers or to counsel for the International Managers shall be deemed a
representation and warranty solely by the Company to each International Manager
as to the matters covered thereby.


     SECTION 2.  Sale and Delivery to International Managers; Closing.
                 ---------------------------------------------------- 

     (a) Initial Securities.  On the basis of the representations and warranties
herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein  set forth, the
Company agrees to sell to each International Manager, severally and not jointly,
and each International Manager, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase
from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule B, the number of
Initial International Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of
such International Manager, plus any additional number of Initial International

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
Securities which such International Manager may become obligated to purchase
pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.

     (b) Option Securities.  In addition, on the basis of the representations
and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the International Managers,
severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional 942,000 shares of
Common Stock at the price per share set forth in Schedule B, less an amount per
share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and
payable on the Initial International Securities but not payable on the
International Option Securities.  The option hereby granted will expire 30 days
after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time
only for the purpose of covering over-allotments which may be made in connection
with the offering and distribution of the Initial International Securities upon
notice by the Global Coordinators to the Company setting forth the number of
International Option Securities as to which the several International Managers
are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for
such International Option Securities.  Any such time and date of delivery for
the International Option Securities (a "Date of Delivery") shall be determined
by the Global Coordinators, but shall not be earlier than two nor later than
seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event
prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined.  If the option is exercised
as to all or any portion of the International Option Securities, each of the
International Managers, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that
proportion of the total number of International Option Securities then being
purchased which the number of Initial International Securities set forth in
Schedule A opposite the name of such International Manager bears to the total
number of Initial International Securities, subject in each case to such
adjustments as the Global Coordinators in their discretion shall make to
eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

     (c) Payment.  Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of
Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, Massachusetts, or at such
other place as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinators and the Company,
at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after
4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof
(unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such
other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed
upon by the Global Coordinators and the Company (such time and date of payment
and delivery being herein called "Closing Time").

     In addition, in the event that any or all of the International Option
Securities are purchased by the International Managers, payment of the purchase
price for, and delivery of certificates for, such International Option
Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place
as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinators and the Company, on each Date
of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Global Coordinators to the
Company.

     Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, against delivery to
the Lead Managers for the

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
respective accounts of the International Managers of certificates for the
International Securities to be purchased by them.  It is understood that each
International Manager has authorized the Lead Managers, for its account, to
accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the
Initial International Securities and the International Option Securities, if
any, which it has agreed to purchase.  Merrill Lynch (Int'l) or Goldman Sachs
(Int'l), individually and not as representatives of the International Managers,
may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the
Initial International Securities or the International Option Securities, if any,
to be purchased by any International Manager whose funds have not been received
by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but
such payment shall not relieve such International Manager from its obligations
hereunder.

     (d) Denominations; Registration.  Certificates for the Initial
International Securities and the International Option Securities, if any, shall
be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Lead Managers may
request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the
relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.  The certificates for the Initial
International Securities and the International Option Securities, if any, will
be made available for examination and packaging by the Lead Managers in The City
of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the business day prior
to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

     SECTION 3.  Covenants of the Company.  Each of the Company and the
                 ------------------------                              
Operating Partnership covenants with each International Manager as follows:

          (a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests.
     The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of
     Rule 430A or Rule 434, as applicable, and will notify the Global
     Coordinators promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any
     post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become
     effective, or any supplement to the Prospectuses or any amended
     Prospectuses shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments
     from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any
     amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to
     the Prospectuses or for additional information, and (iv) of the issuance by
     the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of
     any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of
     the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the
     initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes.  The
     Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 424(b)
     and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly
     whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was
     received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it
     will promptly file such prospectus.  The Company will make every reasonable
     effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is
     issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
          (b) Filing of Amendments.  The Company will give the Global
     Coordinators notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to
     the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), any
     Term Sheet or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the
     prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became
     effective or to the Prospectuses, will furnish the Global Coordinators with
     copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such
     proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any
     such document to which the Global Coordinators or counsel for the
     International Managers shall reasonably object.

          (c) Delivery of Registration Statements.  The Company has furnished
     or, upon request, will deliver to the Lead Managers and counsel for the
     International Managers, without charge, signed copies of the Registration
     Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including
     exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and signed
     copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver
     to the Lead Managers, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration
     Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without
     exhibits) for each of the International Managers.  The copies of the
     Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the
     International Managers will be identical to the electronically transmitted
     copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the
     extent permitted or required by Regulation S-T.

          (d) Delivery of Prospectuses.  The Company has delivered to each
     International Manager, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary
     prospectus as such International Manager reasonably requested, and the
     Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by
     the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities.  The
     Company will furnish to each International Manager, without charge, during
     the period when the International Prospectus is required to be delivered
     under the 1933 Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"),
     such number of copies of the International Prospectus (as amended or
     supplemented) as such International Manager may reasonably request.  The
     International Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto
     furnished to the International Managers will be identical to the
     electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission
     pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted or required by Regulation
     S-T.

          (e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws.  The Company will
     comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the
     completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this
     Agreement, the U.S. Purchase Agreement and in the Prospectuses.  If at any
     time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in
     connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition
     shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion
     of counsel for the International Managers or for the Company, to amend the
     Registration Statement or amend or supplement any Prospectus in order that
     the Prospectuses will not include any untrue statements of a material fact
     or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
     therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be
     necessary, in the reasonable opinion of such counsel, at any such time to
     amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement any Prospectus in
     order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act
     Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the
     Commission, subject to Section 3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be
     necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectuses comply with such requirements, and the
     Company will furnish to the International Managers such number of copies of
     such amendment or supplement as the International Managers may reasonably
     request.

          (f) Blue Sky Qualifications.  The Company will use its best efforts,
     in cooperation with the International Managers, to qualify, if necessary,
     the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws
     of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Global
     Coordinators may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect
     for a period of not more than one year from the later of the effective date
     of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement;
     provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any
     general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign
     corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is
     not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing
     business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.  In
     each jurisdiction in which the Securities have been so qualified, the
     Company will file such statements and reports as may be required by the
     laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification in effect for a
     period of not more than one year from the effective date of the
     Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

          (g) Rule 158.  The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to
     the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its
     securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the
     purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last
     paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

          (h) Use of Proceeds.  The Company will use the net proceeds received
     by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the
     Prospectuses under "Use of Proceeds".

          (i) Listing.  The Company will use its best efforts to effect the
     listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the New York
     Stock Exchange.

          (j) Restriction on Sale of Securities.  During a period of one year
     from the date of the Prospectuses, the Company and the Operating
     Partnership will not, without the prior written consent of the Global
     Coordinators, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to
     sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or
     contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or
     otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or OP Units or
     any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common
     Stock or OP Units, or file any registration

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
     statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii)
     enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that
     transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic
     consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or
     transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by
     delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
     The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold
     hereunder or under the U.S. Purchase Agreement or (B) any shares of Common
     Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to
     existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the
     Prospectuses or any employee benefit plans of the Company which have been
     approved by the requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company at a duly
     called meeting of stockholders.

          (k) Lock-up Agreements.  The Company will use its best efforts to
     cause each holder of Common Stock or OP Units issued in connection with the
     Formation Transactions to enter into a written agreement, in form and
     substance satisfactory to Merrill Lynch (Int'l) and Goldman Sachs (Int'l),
     on behalf of the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

          (l) Qualification as a REIT.  The Company will use its best efforts to
     meet the requirements to qualify, for the taxable year ending December 31,
     1997, as a REIT under the Code.

          (m) Compliance with NASD Rules.  The Company hereby agrees that it
     will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as required by
     the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") or the
     NASD rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a
     period of three months following the date of this Agreement.  The
     Underwriters will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so
     restricted.  At the request of the Underwriters, the Company will direct
     the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such
     securities for such period of time.  Should the Company release, or seek to
     release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities, the Company
     agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses
     (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection
     with such release.

          (n) Compliance with Rule 463.  The Company will file with the
     Commission such reports on Form SR as may be required pursuant to Rule 463
     of the 1933 Act Regulations.

     SECTION 4.  Payment of Expenses.  (a)  Expenses.  The Company will pay all
                 -------------------                                           
expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement,
including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement
(including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each
amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the
Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other
documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale,
issuance or delivery of the

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for
the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes
and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the
Securities to the Underwriters and the transfer of the Securities between the
U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers, (iv) the fees and
disbursements of the Company's counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the
qualification or registration (or exemption therefrom) of the Securities under
securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof,
including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for
the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation
of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and
delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, any Term
Sheets and of the Prospectuses and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii)
the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue
Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of any
transfer agent or registrar for the Securities and (ix) the filing fees incident
to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in
connection with, the review by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the
Securities, (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of
the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange and (xi) all costs and expenses of
the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities
which are designated by the Company for sale to employees and others having a
business relationship with the Company.

     (b)  Termination of Agreement.  If this Agreement is terminated by the Lead
Managers in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i)
hereof, the Company shall reimburse the International Managers for all of their
out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel for the International Managers.

     SECTION 5.  Conditions of International Managers' Obligations.  The
                 -------------------------------------------------      
obligations of the several International Managers hereunder are subject to the
accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in
Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Company or any
subsidiary of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the
performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and
to the following further conditions:

          (a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement.  The Registration
     Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become
     effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
     the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or
     proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any
     request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have
     been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the
     International Managers.  A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information
     shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b)
     (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been
     filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule
     430A) or, if the Company has elected to rely

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
     upon Rule 434, a Term Sheet shall have been filed with the Commission in
     accordance with Rule 424(b).

          (b) Opinion of Counsel for Company.  At Closing Time, the Lead
     Managers shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing
     Time, of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, counsel for the Company and the
     Operating Partnership, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for
     the International Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of
     such letter for each of the other International Managers to the effect set
     forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the
     International Managers may reasonably request.

          (c) Opinion of General Counsel of Company.  At Closing Time, the Lead
     Managers shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing
     Time, of Frederick J. DeAngelis, General Counsel of the Company, in form
     and substance satisfactory to counsel for the International Managers,
     together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the
     other International Managers, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto
     and to such further effect as counsel to the International Managers may
     reasonably request.

          (d) Opinion of Counsel for International Managers.  At Closing Time,
     the Lead Managers shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
     Closing Time, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the
     International Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of such
     letter for each of the other International Managers with respect to the
     matters set forth in clauses (i), (x), (xi), (solely as to preemptive or
     other similar rights arising by operation of law or under the charter or
     by-laws of the Company), (xiv) through (xvi), inclusive, and the
     penultimate paragraph of Exhibit B hereto.

     In giving the opinions described in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) above, each
counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other
than the law of the State of New York, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the
federal law of the United States and the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Lead Managers.  Such
counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters,
they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers
of the Company and its Subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

          (e) Officers' Certificate.  At Closing Time, there shall not have
     been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which
     information is given in the Prospectuses, any material adverse change in
     the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs
     or business prospects of the Company, the Operating Partnership and the
     Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
     ordinary course of business, and the Lead Managers shall have received a
     certificate of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the
     chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company and appropriate
     officers of the Company, as General

                                       21

<PAGE>
 
     Partner, on behalf of the Operating Partnership, dated as of Closing Time,
     to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii)
     the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and
     correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as though
     expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied in
     all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on
     its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time, and (iv)
     no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
     has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
     are pending or are contemplated by the Commission.

          (f) Accountant's Comfort Letter.  At the time of the execution of this
     Agreement, the Lead Managers shall have received from Coopers & Lybrand
     L.L.P. a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Lead Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for
     each of the other International Managers containing statements and
     information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort
     letters" to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and
     certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and
     the Prospectuses.

          (g) Bring-down Comfort Letter.  At Closing Time, the Lead Managers
     shall have received from Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. a letter, dated as of
     Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the
     letter furnished pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that
     the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business
     days prior to Closing Time.

          (h) Approval of Listing.  At Closing Time, the Securities shall have
     been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to
     official notice of issuance.

          (i) No Objection.  The NASD has confirmed that it has not raised any
     objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the
     underwriting terms and arrangements.

          (j) Lock-up Agreements.  At the date of this Agreement, the Lead
     Managers shall have received the agreements described in Section 3(k)
     hereof.

          (k) Purchase of Initial U.S. Securities.  Contemporaneously with the
     purchase by the International Managers of the Initial International
     Securities under this Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters shall have purchased
     the Initial U.S. Securities under the U.S. Purchase Agreement.

          (l) Conditions to Purchase of International Option Securities.  In the
     event that the International Managers exercise their option provided in
     Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the International
     Option Securities, the representations and

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
     warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any
     certificates furnished by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company
     hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the
     relevant Date of Delivery, the Lead Managers shall have received:

          (i)    Officers' Certificate.  A certificate, dated such Date of
                 ---------------------                                    
          Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of
          the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company
          confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant
          to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of
          Delivery.

          (ii)   Opinion of Counsel for Company.  The favorable opinion of
                 ------------------------------                           
          Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, counsel for the Company and the Operating
          Partnership, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the
          International Managers, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the
          International Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of
          Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by
          Section 5(b) hereof.

          (iii)  Opinion of General Counsel for Company.  The favorable opinion
                 --------------------------------------                        
          of of Frederick J. DeAngelis, General Counsel of the Company, in form
          and substance satisfactory to counsel for the International Managers,
          dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the International Option
          Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to
          the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

          (iv)   Opinion of Counsel for International Managers.  The favorable
                 ---------------------------------------------                
          opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the
          International Managers, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the
          International Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of
          Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by
          Section 5(d) hereof.

          (v)    Bring-down Comfort Letter.  A letter from Coopers & Lybrand
                 -------------------------                                  
          L.L.P., in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Managers and
          dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and
          substance as the letter furnished to the Lead Managers pursuant to
          Section 5(g) hereof, except that the "specified date" in the letter
          furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than
          five days prior to such Date of Delivery.

     (m) Additional Documents.  At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery,
counsel for the International Managers shall have been furnished with such
documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of
enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein
contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations
or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained;
and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and
sale of the Securities

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
the Lead Managers and counsel for the International Managers.

     (n) Termination of Agreement.  If any condition specified in this Section
shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this
Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of International
Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the
obligations of the several International Managers to purchase the relevant
Option Securities may be terminated by the Lead Managers by notice to the
Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the
case may be, and such  termination shall be without liability of any party to
any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7
and 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

     SECTION 6.  Indemnification.
                 --------------- 

     (a) Indemnification of International Managers.  The Company and the
Operating Partnership jointly agree to indemnify and hold harmless each
International Manager and each person, if any, who controls any International
Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the
1934 Act as follows:

          (i)   against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
     whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged
     untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement
     (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the
     Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or the omission or alleged omission
     therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
     make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue
     statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any
     preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any amendment or supplement
     thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact
     necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

          (ii)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
     whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of (A) the violation of any applicable
     laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved Securities have
     been offered and (B) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
     material fact included in the supplement or prospectus wrapper material
     distributed in [Canada] in connection with the reservation and sale of the
     Reserved Securities to eligible employees and persons having business
     relationships with the Company or the omission or alleged omission
     therefrom of a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, when
     considered in conjunction with the Prospectuses or preliminary
     prospectuses, not misleading;

          (iii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
     whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in
     settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
     governmental agency or body, commenced or

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
     threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement
     or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission or in
     connection with any violation of the nature referred to in Section
     6(a)(ii)(A) hereof; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such
     settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

          (iv) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including
     the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch (Int'l) and
     Goldman Sachs (Int'l)), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or
     defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
     governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim
     whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such
     alleged untrue statement or omission or in connection with any violation of
     the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A) hereof, to the extent that
     any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss,
- --------  -------                                                            
liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of (A) any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the
Operating Partnership by any International Manager through the Lead Managers
expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto),
including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable,
or any preliminary prospectus or the International Prospectus (or any amendment
or supplement thereto) or (B) the fact that such International Manager sold
Securities to a person as to whom it shall be established that there was not
sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of
the International Prospectus or of the International Prospectus as then amended
or supplemented in any case where such delivery is required by the 1933 Act if
the Company has previously furnished copies thereof in sufficient quantity to
such International Manager and the loss, claim, damage or liability of such
International Manager results from an untrue statement or omission of a material
fact contained in any preliminary prospectus or International Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement thereto), which was corrected in the International
Prospectus or in the International Prospectus as then amended or supplemented,
and delivery would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage
or liability.

     (b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers.  Each International
Manager severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its
directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each
person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the
1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability,
claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a)
of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or
omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and
the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary international
prospectus or the International Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement
thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
to the Company by such International Manager through the Lead Managers expressly

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such
preliminary prospectus or the International Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto).  The Company and the Operating Partnership acknowledge that
the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page and in the
second, fifth and twelfth through fifteenth paragraphs under the caption
"Underwriting" in the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration
Statement relating to the Securities as originally filed or in any amendment
thereof, a related preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses or in any
amendment thereof or supplement thereto, as the case may be.

     (c) Actions against Parties; Notification.  Each indemnified party shall
give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of
any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought
hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such
indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not
materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement.  In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above,
counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill Lynch (Int'l)
and Goldman Sachs (Int'l), and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to
Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the
Company.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the
defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying
party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be
counsel to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it so
elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying
party, jointly with any other indemnifying parties receiving such notice, may
assume the defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and approved by the
indemnified parties defendant in such action (which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld), unless such indemnified parties reasonably object to
such assumption on the ground that there may be legal defenses available to them
which are different from or in addition to those available to such indemnifying
party.  If an indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, the
indemnifying party shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of counsel for
the indemnified parties incurred thereafter in connection with such action,
except the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable costs of
investigation subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with
the defense.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and
expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate
from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one
action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction
arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying
party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle or compromise or consent to
the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation
or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or
any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could
be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the
indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such
settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each
indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation,
investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii)

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a
failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

     (d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse.  If at any time an
indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the
indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by
Section 6(a)(i)(iii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement
is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of
the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice
of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being
entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such
indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
settlement.

     (e) Indemnification for Reserved Securities.  In connection with the offer
and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees, promptly upon a request
in writing, to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from and against any
and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by them as a
result of the failure of eligible employees and persons having business
relationships with the Company to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved
Securities which, by the end of the first business day following the date of
this Agreement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase.

     SECTION 7.  Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in Section 6
                 ------------                                                   
hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or
expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses
incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the
Operating Partnership on the one hand and the International Managers on the
other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or
(ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable
law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative
benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the
Company and the Operating Partnership on the one hand and of the International
Managers on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions, or in
connection with any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A)
hereof, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses,
as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

     The relative benefits received by the Company and the Operating Partnership
on the one hand and the International Managers on the other hand in connection
with the offering of the International Securities pursuant to this Agreement
shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net
proceeds from the offering of the International Securities pursuant to this
Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Operating
Partnership and the total underwriting discount received by the International
Managers, in each case as set forth on the cover of the International
Prospectus, or, if Rule 434 is used, the

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
corresponding location on the Term Sheet, bear to the aggregate initial public
offering price of the International Securities as set forth on such cover.

     The relative fault of the Company and the Operating Partnership on the one
hand and the International Managers on the other hand shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material
fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Operating Partnership
or by the International Managers and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission or any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A)
hereof.

     The Company, the Operating Partnership and the International Managers agree
that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section
7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the International Managers
were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred
to above in this Section 7.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities,
claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to
above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or
defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever
based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no International Manager
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the International Securities underwritten by it and
distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any
damages which such International Manager has otherwise been required to pay by
reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission.

     No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an
International Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such
International Manager, and each director of the Company, each officer of the
Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section
20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
The International Managers' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to
this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial International
Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and
not joint.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 8.  Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.
                 --------------------------------------------------------------
All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in
certificates of officers of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of the
Subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force
and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any
International Manager or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Company,
and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the International Managers.

     SECTION 9.  Termination of Agreement.
                 ------------------------ 

     (a) Termination; General.  The Lead Managers may terminate this Agreement,
by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i) if there
has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective
dates as of which information is given in the International Prospectus, any
material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the
earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse
change in the financial markets in the United States or the international
financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other
calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change
in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in
each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Lead
Managers, impracticable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the
sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has
been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the New York Stock
Exchange, or if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York
Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially
limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum
ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system
or by order of the Commission, the NASD or any other governmental authority, or
(iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York
authorities.

     (b) Liabilities.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section,
such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party
except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6,
7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

     SECTION 10.  Default by One or More of the International Managers.  If one
                  ----------------------------------------------------         
or more of the International Managers shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of
Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase
under this Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the Lead Managers shall have
the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of
the non-defaulting International Managers, or any other underwriters, to
purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts
as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Lead
Managers shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period,
then:

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
          (a)  if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the
     number of International Securities to be purchased on such date, each of
     the non-defaulting International Managers shall be obligated, severally and
     not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that
     their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the
     underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting International Managers, or

          (b)  if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number
     of International Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement
     or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing
     Time, the obligation of the International Managers to purchase and of the
     Company to sell the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date
     of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-
     defaulting International Manager.

     No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting
International Manager from liability in respect of its default.

     In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of
this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing
Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the
International Managers to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant
International Option Securities, as the case may be, either the Lead Managers or
the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date
of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order
to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in
any other documents or arrangements.  As used herein, the term "International
Manager" includes any person substituted for an International Manager under this
Section 10.

     SECTION 11.  Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
                  -------                                                       
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the
International Managers shall be directed to the Lead Managers c/o Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, North Tower, World Financial Center, New
York, New York 10281-1201, attention of Richard B. Saltzman; and notices to the
Company and the Operating Partnership shall be directed to it at 8 Arlington
Street, Boston, Massachusetts  02116, attention of Frederick J. DeAngelis, Esq.
Notices given by telex or telephone shall be confirmed in writing.

     SECTION 12.  Parties.  This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of
                  -------                                                    
and be binding upon the International Managers and the Company and their
respective successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is
intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other
than the International Managers and the Company and their respective successors
and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6
and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein
contained.  This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended
to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the International Managers and the
Company and their respective successors, and said controlling

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives,
and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.  No purchaser of
Securities from any International Manager shall be deemed to be a successor by
reason merely of such purchase.

     SECTION 13.  GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
                  ----------------------                                      
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  SPECIFIED
TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

     SECTION 14.  Effect of Headings.  The Article and Section headings herein
                  ------------------                                          
and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this
instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement between
the International Managers and the Company in accordance with its terms.

                              Very truly yours,

                              BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.


                              By
                                -------------------------------------
                                  Title:

                              BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


                              By
                                -------------------------------------
                                  Title:

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
 as of the date first above written:
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
BEAR, STEARNS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
PAINEWEBBER INTERNATIONAL (UK) LTD.
PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (U.K.) INC.
SMITH BARNEY INC.

By: MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL


By 
   ----------------------------------------------
             Authorized Signatory


By: GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL


- -------------------------------------------------

For themselves and as Lead Managers of the
other International Managers named in Schedule A hereto.

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULE A



<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                             Number of
                                                       Initial International
Name of International Manager                                Securities
- -----------------------------                                ----------
<S>                                                          <C> 
Merrill Lynch International ...........................
Goldman Sachs International ...........................
Bear, Stearns International Limited ...................
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited ............
PaineWebber International (UK) Ltd. ...................
Prudential-Bache Securities (U.K.) Inc. ...............
Smith Barney Inc. .....................................

                                                              ---------

Total .................................................       6,280,000
                                                              =========
</TABLE> 







                                   Sch A - 1
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULE B

                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.

                        6,280,000 Shares of Common Stock
                           (Par Value $.01 Per Share)



          1.  The initial public offering price per share for the Securities,
determined as provided in said Section 2, shall be $_____.

          2.  The purchase price per share for the International Securities to
be paid by the several International Managers shall be $_____, being an amount
equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $_____ per
share; provided that the purchase price per share for any International Option
Securities purchased upon the exercise of the over-allotment option described in
Section 2(b) shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or
distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial International
Securities but not payable on the International Option Securities.




                                   Sch B - 1
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULE C

                               Certain Properties


599 Lexington Avenue
One Independence Square
Two Independence Square
Democracy Center
Capital Gallery
2300 N Street
Long Wharf Marriott
Cambridge Center Marriott







                                    Sch C-1
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-4.2
<SEQUENCE>4
<DESCRIPTION>CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2

 
                                 Form of Certificate of Designation, Preferences
                                and Rights of a Series of Preferred Stock

                    CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES
                           AND RIGHTS OF A SERIES OF
                                PREFERRED STOCK

                                       OF

                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.


                            Pursuant to Section 151
            of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
                                 _____________


BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

     That, pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of
Incorporation") of said Corporation, and pursuant to the provisions of Section
151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, said Board of
Directors, by a unanimous written consent, dated as of June 11, 1997, adopted a
resolution providing for the designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, such provisions as may be desired concerning voting, redemption,
dividends, dissolution or the distribution of assets, and conversion or
exchange, of a Series of Preferred Stock, which resolution is as follows:

                            See attached pages 2A-8A
<PAGE>
 
                         VOTE OF DIRECTORS ESTABLISHING
            SERIES E JUNIOR PARTICIPATING CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.

             Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law
                           of the State of Delaware:


          VOTED, that pursuant to the authority conferred upon and vested in the
Board of Directors by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Certificate of Incorporation") of Boston Properties, Inc. (the "Corporation")
the Board of Directors hereby establishes and designates a series of Preferred
Stock of the Corporation, and hereby fixes and determines the relative rights
and preferences of the shares of such series, in addition to those set forth in
the Certificate of Incorporation, as follows:

          Section 1.  Designation and Amount.  The shares of such series shall
                      ----------------------                                  
be designated as "Series E Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock," par
value $.01 per share (hereinafter called "Series E Preferred Stock"), and the
number of shares initially constituting such series shall be 200,000.  Such
number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of
Directors and by the filing of a certificate pursuant to the provisions of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware stating that such increase or
reduction has been so authorized; provided, however, that no decrease shall
                                  --------  -------                        
reduce the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock to a number less than
that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares of Series E
Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or
warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Corporation.

          Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.
                      --------------------------- 

          (A)    (i)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any
series of preferred stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to
the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of shares of common stock
and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the
purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June,
September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as
a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of
Series E Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent)
equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject to the provisions for
adjustment hereinafter set forth, 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of
all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in
kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend
payable in shares of common stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of
common stock (by reclassification or otherwise), 

                                      2-A
<PAGE>
 
declared on the shares of common stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series E
Preferred Stock. The multiple of cash and non-cash dividends declared on the
shares of common stock to which holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are
entitled, which shall be 1,000 initially but which shall be adjusted from time
to time as hereinafter provided, is hereinafter referred to as the "Dividend
Multiple." In the event the Corporation shall at any time after June 13, 1997
(the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare or pay any dividend on the shares of
common stock payable in shares of common stock, or (ii) effect a subdivision or
combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of common stock (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of common
stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of common stock, then in each
such case the Dividend Multiple thereafter applicable to the determination of
the amount of dividends which holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to receive shall be the Dividend Multiple applicable
immediately prior to such event multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after such event
and the denominator of which is the number of shares of common stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event. The prior sentence shall
specifically not apply to the merger of Boston Properties, Inc., a Massachusetts
corporation, with and into the Corporation and any transaction or action taken
in contemplation or furtherance thereof.

          (ii) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this paragraph (A),
the Corporation shall, out of funds legally available for that purpose, declare
a dividend or distribution on the Series E Preferred Stock as provided in this
paragraph (A) immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the
shares of common stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of common
stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been
declared on the shares of common stock during the period between any Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a
dividend of $1.00 per share on the Series E Preferred Stock shall nevertheless
be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

              (B) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on
outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series E
Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record
date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on
such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or
unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after
the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series E Preferred
Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to
accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but
unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series
E Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at
the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of
Directors may fix in accordance with 

                                      3-A
<PAGE>
 
applicable law a record date for the determination of holders of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or
distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than such
number of days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof as may be allowed
by applicable law.

     Section 3.  Voting Rights.  In addition to any other voting rights required
                 -------------                                                  
by law, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have the
following voting rights:

     (A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each
share of Series E Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000
votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.
The number of votes which a holder of a share of Series E Preferred Stock is
entitled to cast, which shall initially be 1,000 but which may be adjusted from
time to time as hereinafter provided, is hereinafter referred to as the "Vote
Multiple."  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights
Declaration Date (i) declare or pay any dividend on shares of common stock
payable in shares of common stock, or (ii) effect a subdivision or combination
or consolidation of the outstanding shares of common stock (by reclassification
or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of common stock) into a
greater or lesser number of shares of common stock, then in each such case the
Vote Multiple thereafter applicable to the determination of the number of votes
per share to which holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be
entitled shall be the Vote Multiple immediately prior to such event multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of common stock
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the
number of shares of common stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.

     (B) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of common stock and the
holders of shares of any other capital stock of this Corporation having general
voting rights, shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a
vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

     (C) (i)   Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on any shares
of Series E Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to at least
two full quarter dividends (whether or not declared and whether or not
consecutive), the holders of record of the outstanding shares of Series E
Preferred Stock shall have the exclusive right, voting separately as a single
class, to elect two directors of the Corporation at a special meeting of
shareholders of the Corporation or at the Corporation's next annual meeting of
shareholders, and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders, as provided
below.  At elections for such directors, each Series E Preferred Share shall
entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes in such elections.

         (ii)  Upon the vesting of such right of the holders of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock, the maximum authorized number of members of the Board
of Directors shall automatically be increased by two and the two vacancies so
created shall be filled by vote of

                                      4-A
<PAGE>
 
the holders of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock as hereinafter
set forth. A special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation then
entitled to vote shall be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or
the President or the Secretary of the Corporation, if requested in writing by
the holders of record of not less than 10% of the shares of Series E Preferred
Stock then outstanding. At such special meeting, or, if no such special meeting
shall have been called, then at the next annual meeting of shareholders of the
Corporation, the holders of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall elect,
voting as above provided, two directors of the Corporation to fill the aforesaid
vacancies created by the automatic increase in the number of members of the
Board of Directors. At any and all such meetings for such election, the holders
of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be
necessary to constitute a quorum for such election, whether present in person or
proxy, and such two directors shall be elected by the vote of at least a
majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by such shareholders
present or represented at the meeting. Any director elected by holders of shares
of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section may be removed at any
annual or special meeting, by vote of a majority of the shareholders voting as a
class who elected such director, with or without cause. In case any vacancy
shall occur among the directors elected by the holders of shares of Series E
Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section, such vacancy may be filled by the
remaining director so elected, or his successor then in office, and the director
so elected to fill such vacancy shall serve until the next meeting of
shareholders for the election of directors. After the holders of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect directors in
any default period and during the continuance of such period, the number of
directors shall not be further increased or decreased except by vote of the
holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to
the rights of any equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the
Series E Preferred Stock.

         (iii) The right of the holders of shares of Series E Preferred
Stock, voting separately as a class, to elect two members of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation as aforesaid shall continue until, and only until,
such time as all arrears in dividends (whether or not declared) on the Series E
Preferred Stock shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment, at
which time such right shall terminate, except as herein or by law expressly
provided subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default
of the character above-mentioned.  Upon any termination of the right of the
holders of the Series E Preferred Stock as a class to vote for directors as
herein provided, the term of office of all directors then in office elected by
the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section shall
terminate immediately.  Whenever the term of office of the directors elected by
the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section shall
terminate and the special voting powers vested in the holders of the Series E
Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section shall have expired, the maximum number
of members of this Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be such number as
may be provided for in the By-laws of the Corporation, irrespective of any
increase made pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

     (D) Except as otherwise required by applicable law or as set forth herein,
holders of 

                                      5-A
<PAGE>
 
Series E Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent
shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with
holders of shares of common stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate
action.

     Section 4.  Certain Restrictions.
                 -------------------- 

     (A)   Whenever dividends or distributions payable on the Series E Preferred
Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued
and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of
Series E Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the
Corporation shall not:

     (i)   declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or
           redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
           of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
           dissolution or winding up) to the Series E Preferred Stock;

     (ii)  declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any
           shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
           liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series E Preferred
           Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series E Preferred Stock
           and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in
           arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of
           all such shares are then entitled;

     (iii) except as permitted in subsection 4(A)(iv) below, redeem, purchase
           or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on
           a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
           winding up) with the Series E Preferred Stock, provided that the
           Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire
           shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock
           of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
           dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series E Preferred
           Stock; or

     (iv)  purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series
           E Preferred Stock, or any shares of any stock ranking on a parity
           (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
           up) with the Series E Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a
           purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by
           the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms
           as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective
           annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of
           the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will
           result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or
           classes.

     (B)   The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to
purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the
Corporation unless the 

                                      6-A
<PAGE>
 
Corporation could, under subsection (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise
acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

     Section 5.  Reacquired Shares.  Any shares of Series E Preferred Stock
                 -----------------                                         
purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever
shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such
shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of
preferred stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock
to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to
the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

     Section 6.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.  Upon any liquidation
                 --------------------------------------                       
(voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no
distribution shall be made (x) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the
Series E Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series
E Preferred Stock shall have received an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of
such payment, plus an amount equal to the greater of (1) $1,000.00 per share or
(2) an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth, equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount to be
distributed per share to holders of shares of common stock, or (y) to the
holders of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series E Preferred Stock,
except distributions made ratably on the Series E Preferred Stock and all other
such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all
such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  In
the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date
(i) declare or pay any dividend on shares of common stock payable in shares of
common stock, or (ii) effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of
the outstanding shares of common stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by
payment of a dividend in shares of common stock) into a greater or lesser number
of shares of common stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount per share
to which holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock were entitled immediately
prior to such event under clause (x) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted
by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after such event and the
denominator of which is the number of shares of common stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     Neither the consolidation of nor merging of the Corporation with or into
any other corporation or corporations, nor the sale or other transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of
this Section 6.

     Section 7.  Consolidation, Merger, etc.  In case the Corporation shall
                 --------------------------                                
enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which
the shares of common stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or
securities, cash and/or any other property, 

                                      7-A
<PAGE>
 
then in any such case the shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall at the same
time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the
provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 1,000 times the
aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable
in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of common stock
is changed or exchanged, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, payable with
respect to the Series E Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at
any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare or pay any dividend on
shares of common stock payable in shares of common stock, or (ii) effect a
subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of common
stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares
of common stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of common stock, then
in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to
the exchange or change of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be adjusted
by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after such event and the
denominator of which is the number of shares of common stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     Section 8.  Redemption.  The shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall not
                 ----------                                                   
be redeemable; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability
               --------  -------                                                
of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise deal in such shares to the extent
otherwise permitted hereby and by law.

     Section 9.  Ranking.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
                 -------                                                  
Incorporation or a Certificate of Vote of Directors Establishing a Class of
Stock relating to a subsequently-designated series of preferred stock of the
Corporation, the Series E Preferred Stock shall rank junior to any other series
of the Corporation's preferred stock subsequently issued, as to the payment of
dividends and the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding
up and shall rank senior to the common stock.

     Section 10.  Amendment.  The Certificate of Incorporation and this
                  ---------                                            
Certificate of Vote of Directors shall not be amended in any manner which would
materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the
Series E Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative
vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of Series E
Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

     Section 11.  Fractional Shares.  Shares of Series E Preferred Stock may be
                  -----------------                                            
issued in whole shares or in any fraction of a share that is one one-thousandth
(1/1,000th) of a share or any integral multiple of such fraction, which shall
entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to
exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to
have the benefit of all other rights of holders of shares of Series E Preferred
Stock.  In lieu of fractional shares, the Corporation may elect to make a cash
payment as provided in the Rights Agreement for fractions of a share other than
one one-thousandth (1/1,000th) of a share or any integral multiple thereof.

                                      8-A
<PAGE>
 
   I, William J. Wedge, Senior Vice President and Secretary of the Corporation,
do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act
and deed on behalf of the Corporation this 13th day of June, 1997.

                                    BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.

 
                                    By: _______________________________
                                          William J. Wedge, Senior Vice
                                          President and Secretary
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.8
<SEQUENCE>5
<DESCRIPTION>REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT W/ BANKBOSTON
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8

                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                     among

                     BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                      and

                        OTHER BORROWERS WHICH MAY BECOME
                           PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT

                                      and

             BANKBOSTON, N.A. (formerly known as The First National
                                Bank of Boston)

                                      and

                          OTHER BANKS WHICH MAY BECOME
                           PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT

                                      and

                      BANKBOSTON, N.A. (formerly known as
                      The First National Bank of Boston),
                                    AS AGENT

                                      with

                          BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.,
                            ACTING AS LOAN ARRANGER

                           Dated as of June __, 1997
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Section                                                                    Page
- -------                                                                    ---- 
<S>       <C>                                                              <C>
 
(S)   1.  DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION                            1
                                                                          
          (S)1.1.   Definitions                                              1
          (S)1.2.   Rules of Interpretation                                 22
                                                                          
(S)   2.  THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY                                     22
                                                                          
          (S)2.1.   Commitment to Lend                                      22
          (S)2.2.   The Revolving Credit Notes                              23
          (S)2.3.   Interest on Revolving Credit Loans; Fees                24
          (S)2.4.   Requests for Revolving Credit Loans                     24
          (S)2.5.   Conversion Options                                      26
          (S)2.6.   Funds for Revolving Credit Loans                        27
          (S)2.7.   Reduction of Commitment                                 28
                                                                          
(S)   3.  LETTERS OF CREDIT                                                 28
                                                                          
          (S)3.1.   Letter of Credit Commitments                            28
          (S)3.2.   Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower                30
          (S)3.3.   Letter of Credit Payments; Funding of a Loan            30
          (S)3.4.   Obligations Absolute                                    31
          (S)3.5.   Reliance by Issuer                                      32
          (S)3.6.   Letter of Credit Fee                                    32
                                                                          
(S)   4.  REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS                           32
                                                                          
          (S)4.1.   Maturity                                                32
          (S)4.2.   Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans           33
          (S)4.3.   Mandatory Repayment of Loans                            33
                                                                          
(S)   5.  CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS                                        33
                                                                          
          (S)5.1.   Funds for Payments                                      33
          (S)5.2.   Computations                                            34
          (S)5.3.   Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate                  34
          (S)5.4.   Illegality                                              34
          (S)5.5.   Additional Costs, Etc.                                  35
          (S)5.6.   Capital Adequacy                                        36
          (S)5.7.   Certificate                                             36
</TABLE> 

                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>       <C>                                                               <C>

          (S)(S)5.8.   Indemnity                                            37
          (S)(S)5.9.   Interest on Overdue Amounts                          37
 
(S)(S)6.  GUARANTY                                                          37
 
(S)(S)7.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                    37
 
          (S)(S)7.1.   Authority; Etc.                                      38
          (S)(S)7.2.   Governmental Approvals                               40
          (S)(S)7.3.   Title to Properties; Leases                          40
          (S)(S)7.4.   Financial Statements                                 40
          (S)(S)7.5.   No Material Changes, Etc.                            41
          (S)(S)7.6    Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Etc.                41
          (S)(S)7.7.   Litigation                                           42
          (S)(S)7.8.   No Materially Adverse Contracts                      42
          (S)(S)7.9.   Compliance With Other Instruments, Laws, Etc.        42
          (S)(S)7.10.  Tax Status                                           42
          (S)(S)7.11.  No Event of Default                                  43
          (S)(S)7.12.  Investment Company Acts                              43
          (S)(S)7.13.  Absence of UCC Financing Statements, Etc.            43
          (S)(S)7.14.  Absence of Liens                                     43
          (S)(S)7.15   Intentionally Omitted                                43
          (S)(S)7.16.  Employee Benefit Plans; Multiemployer Plans;         
                       Guaranteed Pension Plans                             43
          (S)(S)7.17.  Regulations U and X                                  43
          (S)(S)7.18.  Environmental Compliance                             43
          (S)(S)7.19.  Subsidiaries                                         45
          (S)(S)7.20.  Loan Documents                                       45
          (S)(S)7.21.  REIT Status                                          46
          (S)(S)7.22.  Initial Public Offering Registration Statement       46
 
(S)(S)8.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND THE 
          GUARANTOR                                                         47
 
          (S)(S)8.1.    Punctual Payment                                    47
          (S)(S)8.2.    Maintenance of Office                               47
          (S)(S)8.3.    Records and Accounts                                47
          (S)(S)8.4.    Financial Statements, Certificates and Information  47
          (S)(S)8.5.    Notices                                             50
          (S)(S)8.6.    Existence of Borrower; Maintenance of Properties    52
          (S)(S)8.7.    Existence of Guarantor; Maintenance of REIT Status  
                        of Guarantor; Maintenance of Properties             53
          (S)(S)8.8.    Insurance                                           53
          (S)(S)8.9.    Taxes                                               53
          (S)(S)8.10.   Inspection of Properties and Books                  54
</TABLE> 

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>       <C>                                                               <C>

          (S)(S)8.11.   Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and
                        Permit                                              54 
          (S)(S)8.12.   Use of Proceeds                                     55
          (S)(S)8.13.   Acquisition of Borrowing Base Property              55
          (S)(S)8.14.   Additional Borrowers; Solvency of Borrowers         55
          (S)(S)8.15.   Further Assurances                                  56
          (S)(S)8.16.   Interest Rate Protection                            56
          (S)(S)8.17.   Environmental Indemnification                       56
          (S)(S)8.18.   Response Actions                                    57
          (S)(S)8.19.   Environmental Assessments                           57
          (S)(S)8.20.   Employee Benefit Plans                              58
          (S)(S)8.21.   No Amendments to Certain Documents                  58
          (S)(S)8.22.   Intentionally Omitted                               58
      
(S)(S)9.  CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND
          THE GUARANTORS                                                    59
                              
          (S)(S)9.1.    Restrictions on Indebtedness                        59
          (S)(S)9.2.    Restrictions on Liens, Etc.                         60
          (S)(S)9.3.    Restrictions on Investments                         62
          (S)(S)9.4.    Merger, Consolidation and Disposition of Assets     63
          (S)(S)9.5.    Compliance with Environmental Laws                  64
          (S)(S)9.6.    Distributions                                       64
          (S)(S)9.7     Hotel Properties                                    64
 
(S)(S)10. FINANCIAL COVENANTS; COVENANTS REGARDING
          BORROWING BASE PROPERTIES                                         65
 
          (S)(S)10.1.   Consolidated Total Indebtedness                     65
          (S)(S)10.2.   Secured Consolidated Total Indebtedness             65
          (S)(S)10.3.   Debt Service Coverage                               65
          (S)(S)10.4.   Unsecured Consolidated Total Indebtedness           65
          (S)(S)10.5.   Net Worth                                           65
          (S)(S)10.6.   Borrowing Base Properties                           65
          (S)(S)10.7.   Borrowing Base Debt Service Coverage                66
 
(S)(S)11. ESCROW CLOSING                                                    66
 
(S)(S)12  CONDITIONS TO THE FIRST ADVANCE                                   67
 
          (S)(S)12.1.   Satisfaction of Escrow Conditions                   67
          (S)(S)12.2.   Loan Documents                                      67
          (S)(S)12.3.   Certified Copies of Organization Documents          67
          (S)(S)12.4.   By-laws; Resolutions                                67
          (S)(S)12.5.   Incumbency Certificate; Authorized Signers          68
          (S)(S)12.6.   Title Policies                                      68
</TABLE> 

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>       <C>                                                               <C>


          (S)(S)12.7.   Certificates of Insurance                           68
          (S)(S)12.8.   Hazardous Substance Assessments                     68
          (S)(S)12.9.   Opinion of Counsel Concerning Organization
                        and Loan Documents                                  68
          (S)(S)12.10.  Tax and Securities Law Compliance                   69
          (S)(S)12.11.  Guaranty                                            69
          (S)(S)12.12.  Structural Condition Assurances                     69
          (S)(S)12.13.  Financial Analysis of Borrowing Base Properties     69
          (S)(S)12.14.  Inspection of Borrowing Base Properties             69
          (S)(S)12.15.  Certifications from Government Officials;
                        UCC-11 Reports                                      69
          (S)(S)12.16.  Completion of Initial Public Offering;
                        IPO Proceeds                                        69
          (S)(S)12.17.  Proceedings and Documents                           70
          (S)(S)12.18.  Fees                                                70
          (S)(S)12.19.  Closing Certificate; Compliance Certificate         70
          (S)(S)12.20.  Partnership Documents                               70
          (S)(S)12.21.  Release Documents                                   70
 
(S)(S)13. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS                                      70
 
          (S)(S)13.1    Representations True; No Event of Default;
                        Compliance Certificate                              70
          (S)(S)13.2    No Legal Impediment                                 71
          (S)(S)13.3    Governmental Regulation                             71
 
(S)(S)14. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC.                             71
 
          (S)(S)14.1.   Events of Default and Acceleration                  71
          (S)(S)14.2.   Termination of Commitments                          76
          (S)(S)14.3.   Remedies                                            76
 
(S)(S)15. SETOFF                                                            76
 
(S)(S)16. THE AGENT                                                         77
 
          (S)(S)16.1.   Authorization                                       77
          (S)(S)16.2.   Employees and Agents                                77
          (S)(S)16.3.   No Liability                                        77
          (S)(S)16.4.   No Representations                                  77
          (S)(S)16.5.   Payments                                            78
          (S)(S)16.6.   Holders of Revolving Credit Notes                   79
          (S)(S)16.7.   Indemnity                                           79
          (S)(S)16.8.   Agent as Bank                                       79
          (S)(S)16.9.   Notification of Defaults and Events of Defalt       79
</TABLE> 

                                     -iv-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>       <C>                                                               <C>

          (S)(S)16.10.  Duties in the Case of Enforcement                   79
          (S)(S)16.11.  Successor Agent                                     80
          (S)(S)16.12.  Notices                                             80
 
(S)(S)17. EXPENSES                                                          80
                                                         
(S)(S)18. INDEMNIFICATION                                                   81
                                                         
(S)(S)19. SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.                                       82
                                                         
(S)(S)20. ASSIGNMENT; PARTICIPATIONS; ETC.                                  83
 
          (S)(S)20.1.   Conditions to Assignments by Banks                  83
          (S)(S)20.2.   Certain Representations and Warranties;      
                        Limitations; Covenants                              83
          (S)(S)20.3.   Register                                            84
          (S)(S)20.4.   New Revolving Credit Notes                          84
          (S)(S)20.5.   Participations                                      85
          (S)(S)20.6.   Pledge by Lender                                    85
          (S)(S)20.7.   No Assignment by Borrower                           85
          (S)(S)20.8.   Disclosure                                          85
          (S)(S)20.9.   Syndication                                         86
 
(S)(S)21. NOTICES, ETC.                                                     86
                                                         
(S)(S)22. BPLP AS AGENT FOR THE BORROWERS                                   87
                                                         
(S)(S)23. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE                87
                                                         
(S)(S)24. HEADINGS                                                          87
                                                         
(S)(S)25. COUNTERPARTS                                                      87
                                                         
(S)(S)26. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.                                            87
                                                         
(S)(S)27. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL AND CERTAIN DAMAGE CLAIMS                    88
                                                         
(S)(S)28. CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.                               88
                                                         
(S)(S)29. SEVERABILITY                                                      89
</TABLE>

                                      -v-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

EXHIBITS
- --------
<S>  <C> 

A    Form of Revolving Credit Note
B    Form of Loan Request
C    Form of Compliance Certificate
D    Form of Escrow Agreement
E    Form of Closing Certificate
F    Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
G    Form of Joinder Agreement
</TABLE> 

                                     -vi-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                    Schedules to Revolving Credit Agreement
                    ---------------------------------------
<S>              <C> 
Schedule 1       Borrowers
Schedule 2       Banks
Schedule 3       Borrowing Base Properties
Schedule 4       Banks' Commitments
Schedule 7.7     Litigation
Schedule 7.19    Subsidiaries
</TABLE> 

                                     -vii-
<PAGE>
 
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                           --------------------------


           This REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of the __ day of June,
1997, by and among BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
partnership ("BPLP") and the Wholly-owned Subsidiaries (defined below) which are
listed on Schedule 1 hereto (as such Schedule 1 may be amended from time to
          ----------
time) (BPLP and any such Wholly-owned Subsidiary being hereinafter referred to
collectively as the "Borrower" unless referred to in their individual
capacities), having their principal place of business at 8 Arlington Street,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116, BANKBOSTON, N.A. (formerly known as The First
National Bank of Boston) ("BankBoston"), a national banking association having
its principal place of business at 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
02110, and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule 2 hereto or which
                                                    ----------
may become parties hereto pursuant to (S)20 (individually, a "Bank" and
collectively, the "Banks") and BANKBOSTON, as agent for itself and each other
Bank.

                                    RECITALS
                                    -------- 

           A.  The Borrower is primarily engaged in the business of owning,
purchasing, developing, constructing, renovating and operating office and
industrial buildings and hotels in the United States.

           B.  Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Guarantor"), is the sole general partner of BPLP, holds in excess of __% of the
partnership interests in BPLP as of the date of this Agreement, and is qualified
to elect REIT status for income tax purposes and has agreed to guaranty the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (as
defined below).

           C.  The Borrower and the Guarantor have requested, and the Banks have
agreed to establish, an unsecured revolving credit facility for use by the
Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof.

           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

           (S)1.    DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.
                    ---------------------------------------

           (S)1.1.  Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings
set forth in this (S)1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Agreement
referred to below:

           Accountants. In each case, independent certified public accountants
           -----------
reasonably acceptable to the Majority Banks. The Banks hereby acknowledge that
the Accountants may include Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P. and any other so-called
"big-six" accounting firm.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
           Accounts Payable. See definition of "Consolidated Total
           ----------------
Indebtedness".

           Affiliate. With reference to any Person, (i) any director or
           ---------
executive officer of that Person, (ii) any other Person controlling, controlled
by or under direct or indirect common control of that Person, (iii) any other
Person directly or indirectly holding 10% or more of any class of the capital
stock or other equity interests (including options, warrants, convertible
securities and similar rights) of that Person and (iv) any other Person 10% or
more of any class of whose capital stock or other equity interests (including
options, warrants, convertible securities and similar rights) is held directly
or indirectly by that Person.

           Agent. BankBoston, N.A. acting as agent for the Banks, or any
           -----
successor agent, as permitted by (S)16.

           Agent's Head Office. The Agent's head office located at 100 Federal
           -------------------
Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or at such other location as the Agent may
designate from time to time, or the office of any successor Agent permitted
under (S)16 hereof, provided such office (which need not be such successor
                    --------
Agent's head office) is located in Boston, Massachusetts.

           Agreement. This Revolving Credit Agreement, including the Schedules
           ---------                                                 --------- 
and Exhibits hereto, as the same may be from time to time amended and in effect.

           Agreement of Limited Partnership of BPLP. The Amended and Restated
           ---------------------------------------- 
Agreement of Limited Partnership of BPLP, dated June __, 1997 among the
Guarantor and the limited partners named therein, as amended through the date
hereof and as the same may be further amended from time to time as permitted by
(S)8.21.

           Annualized Borrowing Base Properties Capital Expenditures. For any
           --------------------------------------------------------- 
rolling four (4) calendar quarters, determined as of the last day of a calendar
quarter, an amount equal to $.25 multiplied by the total number of square feet
                                 ---------- --
of the Real Estate Assets which are Borrowing Base Properties on the last day of
such calendar quarter.

           Annualized Capital Expenditures. For any rolling four (4) calendar
           -------------------------------   
quarters, determined as of the last day of a calendar quarter, an amount equal
to $.25 multiplied by the total number of square feet of the Real Estate Assets
        ----------
on the last day of such calendar quarter.

           Applicable L/C Percentage. With respect to any Letter of Credit, a
           -------------------------
per annum percentage equal to the Applicable Margin in effect on the date upon
which such Letter of Credit was issued.

           Applicable Margin. For purposes of this Agreement, the Applicable
           -----------------
Margin shall be equal to the percentage determined for each Rate Period in
accordance with the following:

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
        (i)   For the period from the Closing Date through the day after the
date on which the Agent has received the financial statements required to be
delivered pursuant to Section 8.4(b) for the quarter ending June 30, 1997, the
Applicable Margin will equal __%.

        (ii)  For any period during which the Consolidated Total Indebtedness on
the last day of a quarter constituted between 46% and 55% of the Consolidated
Total Adjusted Asset Value for such quarter, the Applicable Margin will equal
1.1%.

        (iii) For any period during which the Consolidated Total Indebtedness on
the last day of a quarter constituted between 36% and 45% of the Consolidated
Total Adjusted Asset Value for such quarter, the Applicable Margin will equal
1%.

        (iv)  For any period during which the Consolidated Total Indebtedness on
the last day of a quarter constituted less than 35% of the Consolidated Total
Adjusted Asset Value for such quarter, the Applicable Margin will equal .90%.

For purposes of determining the Applicable Margin, Consolidated Total
Indebtedness and Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value will be tested as of
the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal
quarter ending June 30, 1997, based upon the annual or quarterly financial
statement required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.4(a) or 8.4(b),
respectively, and, for purposes of determining the interest rate for any Rate
Period hereunder, any interest rate change shall be effective on the date after
the date on which such financial statements are required to be delivered to the
Agent (assuming such financial statement are timely delivered). The Borrower
shall notify the Agent in writing of any change in the Applicable Margin when it
submits the financial statements upon which such change in the Applicable Margin
is based.

           Arranger.  BancBoston Securities Inc.
           --------

           Assumed Test Debt Service. For any fiscal quarter, an amount equal to
           -------------------------
the aggregate amount determined to be the payments which would be required
during such quarter to amortize the average amount of Unsecured Consolidated
Total Indebtedness outstanding during such quarter with respect to the Borrowing
Base Properties, using a twenty-five (25) year mortgage style amortization
schedule, and using an annual interest rate equal to the sum of two percent (2%)
plus the imputed seven (7) year United States Treasury notes annual yield as of
- ----
the last day of such fiscal quarter based upon published quotes for Treasury
notes having seven (7) years to maturity.

           Assignment and Assumption.  See (S)20.1.
           -------------------------

           Average Unused Commitment. For any period of time, the daily average
           -------------------------
difference between (i) the Total Commitment in effect for each day during such
period and (ii) the sum of the principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding on each day during such period plus the Maximum Drawing Amount for
                                           ----
each such day during such period.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
           Banks. Collectively, BankBoston and the other lending institutions
           -----
listed on Schedule 2 hereto and any other banks which may provide additional
          ----------
commitments and become parties to this Agreement, and any other Person who
becomes an assignee of any rights of a Bank pursuant to (S)20 or a Person who
acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a Bank.

           Base Rate. The higher of (i) the annual rate of interest announced
           ---------
from time to time by Bank of Boston at its head office in Boston, Massachusetts
as its "base rate" and (ii) one half of one percent (1/2%) above the overnight
federal funds effective rate as published by the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time. Any change in the Base
Rate during an Interest Period shall result in a corresponding change on the
same day in the rate of interest accruing from and after such day on the unpaid
balance of principal of the Base Rate Loans, if any, applicable to such Interest
Period, effective on the day of such change in the Base Rate.

           Base Rate Loans. Those Revolving Credit Loans bearing interest
           ---------------
calculated by reference to the Base Rate.

           Borrower.  As defined in the preamble hereto.
           --------

           Borrowing Base. As determined from time to time, the Borrowing Base
           --------------
Properties.

           Borrowing Base Availability. As at any date of determination an
           ---------------------------
amount equal to the Eligible Amount on such date minus the Maximum Drawing
                                                 ----- ---       
Amount on such date.

           Borrowing Base Conditions. See definition of "Borrowing Base
           -------------------------
Property".

           Borrowing Base Debt Service Coverage Ratio. As of any date of
           ------------------------------------------
determination, the ratio of (i) Borrowing Base Net Operating Income as
determined on such date divided by 4, to (ii) the Assumed Test Debt Service
                        ------- --  
applicable to the quarter upon which the Borrowing Base Net Operating income was
based.

           Borrowing Base Net Operating Income. As of any date of determination,
           ----------------------------------- 
the Net Operating Income calculated with respect to the Real Estate Assets which
are Borrowing Base Properties during the quarter upon which such Net Operating
Income is based, provided that such Net Operating Income shall be adjusted on a
                 --------
pro forma basis to account for Real Estate Assets that were acquired by the
- --- -----
Borrower and added to the Borrowing Base during such quarter by projecting the
results generated by any such Real Estate Asset for the portion of the
applicable quarter during which the Borrower owned (or ground-leased) such Real
Estate Asset over the entire applicable quarter.

           Borrowing Base Property. As of any date of determination, an
           -----------------------
Unencumbered Asset owned by the Borrower that: (i) is a Permitted Property, (ii)
is not the subject of a Disqualifying Structural Event, (iii) is not the subject
of a Disqualifying Environmental 


                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
Event, (iv) is not a Real Estate Asset Under Development, (v) is wholly-owned or
ground-leased by the Borrower, (vi) is not subject to a Non-Material Breach, and
(vii) has been designated by the Borrower in writing to the Agent as a Real
Estate Asset that is a Borrowing Base Property, provided that on such date of
                                                --------
determination, the Unencumbered Assets that are Borrowing Base Properties shall
have been 85% leased in the aggregate as of the date of such determination, and
provided, further, that each request to include an Unencumbered Asset as a
- --------  -------
Borrowing Base Property shall be accompanied by a compliance certificate in the
form of Exhibit C-5 attached hereto (the foregoing clauses (i) through (vii) and
        -----------
the succeeding provisos being herein referred to collectively as the "Borrowing
               --------
Base Conditions"). The Borrowing Base Properties that constitute the Borrowing
Base on the Closing Date are set forth on Schedule 3.
                                          ---------- 
           Borrowing Base Value. As of any date of determination, an amount
           --------------------
equal to (i) the Borrowing Base Net Operating Income from the Borrowing Base
Properties as determined on such date minus (ii) the amount by which the Annual
                                      -----
Borrowing Base Capital Expenditures applicable to the quarter upon which such
Borrowing Base Net Operating Income was based exceeds the amount deducted for
Capital Expenditures in determining such Borrowing Base Net Operating Income,
with the number resulting from such subtraction being divided by the
                                                      ------- --
Capitalization Rate; provided that such Borrowing Base Net Operating Income
                     -------- 
shall be adjusted on a pro forma basis to account for Real Estate Assets that
                       --- -----
were acquired by the Borrower and added to the Borrowing Base during such
quarter by projecting the results generated by any such Real Estate Asset for
the portion of the applicable quarter during which the Borrower owned (or
ground-leased) such Real Estate Asset over the entire applicable quarter.

           BP Group. Collectively, (i) BPLP, (ii) the Guarantor, (iii) the
           --------
respective Subsidiaries of BPLP and the Guarantor and (iv) the Partially-Owned
Real Estate Holding Entities.

           Buildings. Individually and collectively, the buildings, structures
           ---------
and improvements now or hereafter located on the Real Estate Assets.

           Business Day. Any day on which banking institutions in Boston,
           ------------
Massachusetts, are open for the transaction of banking business and, in the case
of Eurodollar Rate Loans, also a day which is a Eurodollar Business Day.

           Capital Expenditures. Any expenditure for any item that would be
           --------------------
treated or defined as a capital expenditure under GAAP or the Code.

           Capitalization Rate.  The Capitalization Rate shall be 9.5%.
           -------------------

           Capitalized Leases. Leases under which the Borrower or any of its
           ------------------
Subsidiaries or any Partially-Owned Entity is the lessee or obligor, the
discounted future rental obligations under which are required to be capitalized
on the balance sheet of the lessee or obligor in accordance with GAAP.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
           CERCLA.  See (S)7.18.
           ------

           Closing Date. The first date on which all of the conditions set forth
           ------------
in (S)12 have been satisfied.

           Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect
           ----
from time to time.

           Completed Loan Request. A loan request accompanied by all information
           ----------------------
required to be supplied under the applicable provisions of (S)2.4.

           Commitment. With respect to each Bank, the amount set forth from time
           ---------- 
to time on Schedule 4 hereto as the amount of such Bank's Commitment to make
           ----------
Loans to, and to participate in the issuance, extension and renewal of Letters
of Credit for the account of, the Borrower as such Schedule 4 may be amended
                                                   ----------
from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

           Commitment Percentage. With respect to each Bank, the percentage set
           ---------------------
forth on Schedule 4 hereto as such Bank's percentage of the Total Commitment, as
         ----------
such Schedule 4 may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of
     ----------
this Agreement.

           Consolidated or consolidated. With reference to any term defined
           ----------------------------
herein, shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, or the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (as the case may be),
consolidated in accordance with GAAP in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

           Consolidated EBITDA. In relation to the Borrower, the Guarantor and
           -------------------
their respective Subsidiaries for any fiscal quarter, an amount equal to,
without double-counting, the net income or loss of the Borrower, the Guarantor
and their respective Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP (before
minority interests and excluding the adjustment for so-called "straight-line
rent accounting") for such quarter, plus the following to the extent deducted in
                                    ----
computing such Consolidated net income for such quarter: (i) Consolidated Total
Interest Expense for such quarter and (ii) real estate depreciation,
amortization and other extraordinary items for such quarter; and minus all gains
                                                                 ----- 
(or plus all losses) attributable to the sale or other disposition of assets or
    ----
debt restructurings in such quarter, in each case adjusted to include only the
funds actually received in cash by the Borrower, the Guarantor and their
respective Subsidiaries from any Partially-Owned Entity.

           Consolidated Fixed Charges. For any fiscal quarter, an amount equal
           --------------------------
to (i) Consolidated Total Interest Expense for such quarter plus (ii) the
                                                            ----
aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness (excluding
optional prepayments, balloon payments at maturity and any mid-term balloon
payments of principal with respect to Indebtedness otherwise requiring equal
periodic amortization payments of principal and interest over the term of such
Indebtedness (and any balloon payments at maturity with 


                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
respect to such Indebtedness)) required to be made during such quarter by the
Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries on a Consolidated
basis plus (iii) the aggregate amount of capitalized interest required in
      ---- 
accordance with GAAP to be paid or accrued during such quarter by the Borrower,
the Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries plus (iv) Annualized Capital
                                               ----
Expenditures applicable to such quarter divided by 4.
                                        ------- -- 
           Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value. As of any date of
           ---------------------------------------
determination, an amount equal to (a) the sum of (i) the Fair Market Value of
Real Estate as of such date, plus (ii) 100% of the value of Unrestricted Cash
                             ----
and Cash Equivalents on such date, plus (iii) 100% of the Development Costs
incurred and paid to date by the Borrower with respect to any Real Estate Assets
which are Real Estate Assets Under Development on such date, provided that, for
                                                             --------
purposes of this clause (iii), the aggregate amount of Development Costs
included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value shall not
exceed an amount equal to 20% of the sum of the Fair Market Value of Real Estate
Assets on such date plus the value of Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents on
                    ----
such date (the "Eligible Real Estate Development Costs"), plus (iv) the
                                                          ----
aggregate amount of principal under any Mortgage that will be due and payable to
the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (to the extent of Borrower's direct or indirect
interest therein).

           Consolidated Net Worth. As at any date of determination, an amount
           ----------------------
equal to the Consolidated net worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as
determined in accordance with GAAP.

           Consolidated Total Indebtedness. As of any date of determination,
           -------------------------------
Consolidated Total Indebtedness means for the Borrower, the Guarantor and their
respective Subsidiaries, the sum of (without double-counting), (i) all Accounts
Payable on such date, (ii) all Indebtedness outstanding on such date, and (iii)
all Letters of Credit outstanding on such date, in each case whether Recourse,
Without Recourse or contingent, provided, however, that amounts not drawn under
                                --------  -------
the Revolving Credit Loans or any other Indebtedness on such date shall not be
included in calculating Consolidated Total Indebtedness, and provided, further,
                                                             --------  -------
that (without double-counting) (i) all amounts of guarantees, indemnities for
borrowed money, stop-loss agreements and the like provided by the Borrower, the
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, in each case in connection
with and guarantying repayment of amounts outstanding under any other
Indebtedness, (ii) all amounts for which a letter of credit has been issued for
the account of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries, (iii) all amounts of bonds posted by the Borrower, the Guarantor
or any of their respective Subsidiaries guaranteeing performance or payment
obligations and (iv) all liabilities of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of
their respective Subsidiaries as partners, members or the like for liabilities
of partnerships or other entities in which any of them have an equity interest,
which liabilities are for borrowed money or any of the matters listed in clauses
(i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be included in Consolidated Total Indebtedness.
For purposes hereof, the value of Accounts Payable shall be determined in
accordance with GAAP, and the amount of borrowed money shall equal the sum of
(a) the amount of borrowed money as determined in accordance with GAAP plus (b)
                                                                       ----
the amount of those 


                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
contingent liabilities for borrowed money set forth in subsections (i) through
(iv) above, but shall exclude any adjustment for so-called "straight-line
interest accounting" or the "constant yield to maturity method" required under
GAAP.

           Consolidated Total Interest Expense. For any fiscal quarter, the
           -----------------------------------
aggregate amount of interest required in accordance with GAAP to be paid or
accrued (but excluding interest reserves funded from the proceeds of any
construction loan), without double-counting, by the Borrower, the Guarantor and
their respective Subsidiaries during such quarter on: (i) all Indebtedness of
the Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries (including the
Loans and including original issue discount and amortization of prepaid
interest, if any) (ii) all amounts available for borrowing, or for drawing under
letters of credit, if any, issued for the account of the Borrower, the Guarantor
or their respective Subsidiaries, but only if such interest was or is required
to be reflected as an item of expense, and (iii) all commitment fees, agency
fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees and expenses in
connection with the borrowing of money.

           Conversion Request. A notice given by the Borrower to the Agent of
           ------------------
its election to convert or continue a Loan in accordance with (S)2.5.

           Default. When used with reference to this Agreement or any other Loan
           -------
Document, an event or condition specified in (S)14.1 that, but for the
requirement that time elapse or notice be given, or both, would constitute an
Event of Default.

           Development Costs. Construction, development and/or acquisition costs
           -----------------
relating to a Real Estate Asset Under Development, provided that for Real Estate
Assets Under Development owned by any Partially-Owned Entity, the Development
Costs of such Real Estate Asset Under Development shall only be the Borrower's
pro-rata share of the Development Costs of such Real Estate Asset Under
Development (based on the greater of (x) the Borrower's percentage equity
interest in such Partially-Owned Entity or (y) the Borrower's obligation to
provide funds to such Partially-Owned Entity).

           Disqualifying Environmental Event. Any Release or threatened Release
           ---------------------------------
of Hazardous Substances, any violation of Environmental Laws or any other
similar environmental event with respect to any Borrowing Base Property that
will, in the Borrower's and the Agent's reasonable opinion cost in excess of
$1,000,000 to remediate or, which, with respect to the Borrowing Base
Properties, will, in the Borrower's and Agent's reasonable opinion cost in
excess of $20,000,000 in the aggregate to remediate, provided that for all such
                                                     -------- 
environmental events that, individually or in the aggregate, in the Borrower's
and the Agent's reasonable judgment will cost in excess of $20,000,000 to
remediate, the Borrower has received an indemnification, in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent, for an amount at least equal to $10,000,000 from a third
party, who, in the reasonable opinion of Agent, is a credit-worthy entity.

           Disqualifying Structural Event. Any structural issue, which, with
           ------------------------------
respect to any Borrowing Base Property other than rehab properties, will, in the
Borrower's and the 

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
Agent's reasonable opinion cost in excess of $1,000,000 to fix or, which, with
respect to the Borrowing Base Properties other than rehab properties, will, in
the Borrower's and Agent's reasonable opinion cost in excess of $10,000,000 in
the aggregate to fix, provided that if, in the Borrower's and Agent's reasonable
opinion, such structural issues will cost in excess of $10,000,000 in the
aggregate to fix, the Borrowing Base Value shall be reduced by an amount equal
to the aggregate of all costs in excess of such $10,000,000.

           Distribution.  With respect to:
           ------------

                          (i)   the Borrower, any distribution of cash or other
                    cash equivalent, directly or indirectly, to the partners of
                    the Borrower; or any other distribution on or in respect of
                    any partnership interests of the Borrower; and

                          (ii)  the Guarantor, the declaration or payment of
                    any dividend on or in respect of any shares of any class of
                    capital stock of Guarantor, other than dividends payable
                    solely in shares of common stock by Guarantor; the purchase,
                    redemption, or other retirement of any shares of any class
                    of capital stock of the Guarantor, directly or indirectly
                    through a Subsidiary of the Guarantor or otherwise; the
                    return of capital by the Guarantor to its shareholders as
                    such; or any other distribution on or in respect of any
                    shares of any class of capital stock of the Guarantor.

           Dollars or $. Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of
           ------------
America.

           Drawdown Date. The date on which any Revolving Credit Loan is made or
           -------------
is to be made, and the date on which any Revolving Credit Loan is converted or
continued in accordance with (S)2.5.

           Eligible Amount. As of the date that any Loan is to be made
           ---------------
hereunder, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum amount that would
permit Unsecured Consolidated Total Indebtedness (after giving effect to such
Loan) to be less than 60% of Borrowing Base Value on such date and (ii) the
maximum amount that would permit the Borrowing Base Debt Service Coverage Ratio
(after giving effect to such Loan) to be no less than 1.4 to 1.0. In no event,
however, shall Eligible Amount be in excess of $300,000,000.

           Eligible Assignee. Any of (a) a commercial bank organized under the
           -----------------
laws of the United States, or any State- thereof or the District of Columbia,
and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (b) a savings and loan
association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States, or
any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having a net worth of at
least $100,000,000, calculated in accordance with GAAP; and (c) a commercial
bank organized under the laws of any other country (including the central bank
of such country) which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such 


                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
country, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000, provided that such
                                                              --------
bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States of
America.

           Eligible Real Estate Development Costs. See definition of
           --------------------------------------
"Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value".

           Employee Benefit Plan. Any employee benefit plan within the meaning
           ---------------------
of (S)3(3) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by 'the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

           Environmental Laws.  See (S)7.18(a).
           ------------------

           Environmental Reports.  See (S)7.18
           --------------------- 

           ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
           -----
amended and in effect from time to time.

           ERISA Affiliate. Any Person which is treated as a single employer
           ---------------
with the Borrower under (S)414 of the Code.

           ERISA Reportable Event. A reportable event with respect to a
           ----------------------
Guaranteed Pension Plan within the meaning of (S)4043 of ERISA and the
regulations promulgated thereunder as to which the requirement of notice has not
been waived.

           Escrow Agent. The Person designated as the escrow agent in the Escrow
           ------------ 
Agreement.

           Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Agreement, dated as of the Escrow
           ----------------
Closing Date, among BPLP, the Agent, the Escrow Agent and certain other parties,
the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D.
                                        --------- 

           Escrow Closing.  See (S)11.
           --------------

           Escrow Closing Date. The date on which the Loan Documents are placed
           -------------------
in escrow pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, but in any event, no
later than June 16, 1997 unless the parties hereto otherwise agree in writing.

           Eurocurrency Reserve Rate. For any day with respect to a Eurodollar
           -------------------------
Rate Loan, the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which any Bank subject
thereto would be required to maintain reserves under Regulation D of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor or similar
regulations relating to such reserve requirements) against "Eurocurrency
Liabilities" (as that term is used in Regulation D), if such liabilities were
outstanding. The Eurocurrency Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on
and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.


                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
           Eurodollar Breakage Costs. With respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan
           -------------------------
to be prepaid prior to the end of the applicable Interest Period or not drawn
after elected, a prepayment "breakage" fee in an amount determined by the Agent
in the following manner:

                       (i)    First, the Agent shall determine the amount
                    by which (a) the total amount of interest which would have
                    otherwise accrued hereunder on each installment of principal
                    prepaid or not so drawn, during the period beginning on the
                    date of such prepayment or failure to draw and ending on the
                    last day of the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loan Interest
                    Period (the "Reemployment Period"), exceeds (b) the total
                    amount of interest which would accrue, during the
                    Reemployment Period, on any readily marketable bond or other
                    obligation of the United States of America designated by the
                    Agent in its sole discretion at or about the time of such
                    payment, such bond or other obligation of the United States
                    of America to be in an amount equal (as nearly as may be) to
                    the amount of principal so paid or not drawn after elected
                    and to have maturity at the end of the Reemployment Period,
                    and the interest to accrue thereon to take account of
                    amortization of any discount from par or accretion of
                    premium above par at which the same is selling at the time
                    of designation. Each such amount is hereinafter referred to
                    as an "Installment Amount".

                       (ii)   Second, each Installment Amount shall be treated
                    as payable on the last day of the Eurodollar Rate Loan
                    Interest Period which would have been applicable had such
                    principal installment not been prepaid or not borrowed.

                       (iii)  Third, the amount to be paid on each such date
                    shall be the present value of the Installment Amount
                    determined by discounting the amount thereof from the date
                    on which such Installment Amount is to be treated as
                    payable, at the same yield to maturity as that payable upon
                    the bond or other obligation of the United States of America
                    designated as aforesaid by the Agent.

           Eurodollar Business Day. Any day on which commercial banks are open
           -----------------------
for international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London or
such other eurodollar interbank market as may be selected by the Agent in its
sole discretion acting in good faith.

           Eurodollar Rate. For any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar
           ---------------  
Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the quotient (rounded upwards to the
nearest 1/16 of one percent) of (a) the rate at which the Agent is offered
Dollar deposits two Eurodollar Business Days prior to the beginning of such
Interest Period in an interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and
foreign currency and exchange operations of the Agent are customarily conducted
for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the 


                                     -11-
<PAGE>
 
number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of
the Eurodollar Rate Loan to which such Interest Period applies, divided by (b) a
number equal to 1.00 minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.

           Eurodollar Rate Loan(s). Revolving Credit Loans bearing interest
           -----------------------
calculated by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

           Event of Default.  See (S)14.1.
           ----------------

           Exception Property.  See (S)10.6.
           ------------------

           Fair Market Value of Real Estate Assets. As of any date of
           ---------------------------------------
determination, an amount equal to (i) (x) Consolidated EBITDA for the most
recent one (1) complete fiscal quarter (after adjustments for any straight-line
rent accounting), minus (y) $.0625 multiplied by the aggregate square footage of
                  -----            ---------- 
all Real Estate Assets at such date; multiplied by (ii) 4; with the product
                                     ----------
being divided by (iii) the Capitalization Rate.

           Financial Statement Date.  March 31, 1977.
           ------------------------

           Formation Transactions.  As defined in the Prospectus.
           ---------------------- 

           Fronting Bank. BankBoston or such other Bank as the Borrower may
           -------------
identify in accordance with Section 3.1.5.

           "funds from operations". As defined in accordance with resolutions
            ---------------------
adopted by the Board of Governors of the National Association of Real Estate
Investment Trusts as in effect on the Closing Date.

           GAAP. Generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.
           ----

           Grandfathered Properties. Individually and collectively, Long Wharf
           ------------------------
Marriott, Boston, Massachusetts and Democracy Center, Bethesda, Maryland whose
individual Borrowing Base Values exceed 15% (and may exceed 20%) of the Total
Commitment in effect from time to time, but whose aggregate Borrowing Base
Values cannot exceed 50% of the Total Commitment in effect from time to time.

           Guaranteed Pension Plan. Any employee pension benefit plan within the
           -----------------------
meaning of (S)3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or
any Guarantor, as the case may be, or any ERISA Affiliate of any of them the
benefits of which are guaranteed on termination in full or in part by the PBGC
pursuant to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

           Guaranty. The Guaranty dated as of the date hereof made by the
           --------
Guarantor in favor of the Agent and the Banks.


                                     -12-
<PAGE>
 
           Guarantor. Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the
           ---------
sole general partner of the Borrower.

           Hazardous Substances. See (S)7.18(b).
           --------------------

           Indebtedness. All of the following obligations without duplication:
           ------------
(a) the Obligations to the extent outstanding from time to time; (b) all debt
and similar monetary obligations for borrowed money, whether direct or indirect;
(c) all other liabilities for borrowed money secured by any Lien existing on
property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured
thereby shall have been assumed; (d) reimbursement obligations for letters of
credit; and (e) all guarantees, endorsements and other contingent obligations
for borrowed money whether direct or indirect in respect of indebtedness or
obligations of others.

           Initial Closing Date.  See (S)11.
           --------------------

           Initial Public Offering. The initial public offering of the Guarantor
           -----------------------
as described in the Prospectus.

           Interest Payment Date. As to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of any
           ---------------------
calendar month in which such Loan is outstanding. As to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan, the last day of the applicable Interest Period and when such Loan is due,
and if such Interest Period is longer than three months, at intervals of three
months after the first day thereof, but no less than quarterly.

           Interest Period. With respect to each Revolving Credit Loan , but
           ---------------
without duplication of any other Interest Period, (a) initially, the period
commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Loan and ending on the last day of one
of the following periods (as selected by the Borrower in a Completed Loan
Request): (i) for any Base Rate Loan, the last day of the calendar month, and
(ii) for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 6 months; and (b) thereafter,
each period commencing at the end of the last day of the immediately preceding
Interest Period applicable to such Revolving Credit Loan and ending on the last
day of the applicable period set forth in (a)(i) and (ii) above (as selected by
the Borrower in a Conversion Request); provided that all of the foregoing
                                       --------
provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

                      (A)   if any Interest Period with respect to a Base
                 Rate Loan would end on a day that is not a Business Day,
                 that Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding
                 Business Day;

                      (B)   if any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar
                 Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business
                 Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next
                 succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension
                 would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar
                 month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the
                 immediately preceding Business Day;


                                     -13-
<PAGE>
 
                      (C)   if the Borrower shall fail to give notice of
                 conversion as provided in (S)2.5, the Borrower shall be
                 deemed to have requested a conversion of the affected
                 Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the
                 then current Interest Period with respect thereto;

                      (D)   any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate
                 Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month
                 (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
                 day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period)
                 shall, subject to subparagraph (E) below, end on the last
                 Business Day of a calendar month; and

                      (E)   any Interest Period that would otherwise extend
                 beyond the Maturity Date shall end on the Maturity Date.

           Investments. All expenditures made and all liabilities incurred
           -----------
(contingently or otherwise, but without double-counting): (i) for the
acquisition of stock, partnership or other equity interests or for the
acquisition of Indebtedness of, or for loans, advances, capital contributions or
transfers of property to, any Person; (ii) in connection with Real Estate Assets
Under Development; and (iii) for the acquisition of any other obligations of any
Person. In determining the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any
particular time: (a) there shall be included as an Investment all interest
accrued with respect to Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and until
such interest is paid; (b) there shall be deducted in respect of each such
Investment any amount received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase,
redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating
distribution); (c) there shall not be deducted in respect of any Investment any
amounts received as earnings on such Investment, whether as dividends, interest
or otherwise, except that accrued interest included as provided in the foregoing
clause (a) may be deducted when paid; and (d) there shall not be deducted from
the aggregate amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.

           IPO Proceeds. The proceeds of the Initial Public Offering available
           ------------
to the Borrower (after deducting the costs and expenses incurred in connection
with the Initial Public Offering) in the aggregate amount of not less than (i)
$600,000,000 and (ii) such greater amount as may be necessary to enable the
Borrower to be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement on the Closing
Date.

           Joinder Documents. The one or more Joinder Agreements among the
           -----------------
Agent, the Banks and any Wholly-owned Subsidiary which is to become a Borrower
at any time after the Closing Date, the form of which is attached hereto as
Exhibit G, together with all other documents, instruments and certificates
- ---------
required by any such Joinder Agreement to be delivered by such Wholly-owned
Subsidiary to the Agent and the Banks on the date such Wholly-owned Subsidiary
becomes a Borrower hereunder.


                                     -14-
<PAGE>
 
           Leases. Leases, licenses and agreements, whether written or oral,
           ------
relating to the use or occupation of space in or on the Buildings or on the Real
Estate Assets by Persons other than the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any
Partially-Owned Entity.

           Leasing Costs. Collectively, leasing commissions, legal fees, design
           -------------
costs, tenant improvement costs and other costs incurred by the Borrower, its
Subsidiaries or any Partially-Owned Entity in connection with entering into
Leases or amendments thereto.

           Letter of Credit.  See (S)3.1.1.
           ----------------

           Letter of Credit Application.  See (S)3.1.1.
           ----------------------------

           Letter of Credit Fee.  See (S)3.6.
           --------------------

           Letter of Credit Participation.  See (S)3.1.4.
           ------------------------------

           Liabilities. All obligations, contingent and otherwise, that in
           -----------
accordance with GAAP should be classified upon the obligor's balance sheet as
liabilities, or to which reference should be made by footnotes thereto,
including in any event and whether or not so classified: (a) all debt and
similar monetary obligations, whether direct or indirect, including, without
limitation, all Indebtedness; (b) all liabilities secured by any mortgage,
pledge, security interest, lien, charge, or other encumbrance existing on
property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured
thereby shall have been assumed; and (c) all guarantees for borrowed money,
endorsements and other contingent obligations, whether direct or indirect, in
respect of indebtedness or obligations of others, including any obligation to
supply funds (including partnership obligations and capital requirements) to or
in any manner to invest in, directly or indirectly, the debtor, to purchase
indebtedness, or to assure the owner of indebtedness against loss, through an
agreement to purchase goods, supplies, or services for the purpose of enabling
the debtor to make payment of the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise,
and the obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit.

           Lien.  See (S)9.2.
           ----  

           Loan Documents. Collectively, this Agreement, the Letter of Credit
           --------------
Applications, the Letters of Credit, the Revolving Credit Notes, the Guaranty,
the Joinder Documents and any and all other agreements, instruments, documents
or certificates now or hereafter evidencing or otherwise relating to the
Revolving Credit Loans and executed and delivered by or on behalf of the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in connection
with or in any way relating to the Loans or the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement, and all schedules, exhibits and annexes hereto or thereto, as
any of the same may from time to time be amended and in effect.

           Loans.  The Revolving Credit Loans.
           -----

                                     -15-
<PAGE>
 
           Majority Banks. As of any date, the Banks whose aggregate Commitments
           --------------
constitute at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the Total Commitment.

           Maturity Date. June __, 2000, or such earlier date on which the
           -------------
Revolving Credit Loans shall become due and payable pursuant to the terms
hereof.

           Maximum Drawing Amount. The maximum aggregate amount that the
           ----------------------
beneficiaries may at any time draw under outstanding Letters of Credit, as such
maximum aggregate amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms
of the Letters of Credit.

           Minimum Commitment. With reference to the Agent, a Commitment equal
           ------------------
to the greater of (i) $25,000,000 or (ii) an amount which is greater than or
equal to the Commitment of any other Bank.

           Moody's.  Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.
           -------

           Mortgages. Mortgage debt instruments, in which the Borrower holds a
           ---------
direct or indirect interest, for real estate that is developed.

           Multiemployer Plan. Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of
           ------------------
(S)3(37) of ERISA maintained or contributed to b the Borrower or any
Guarantor as the case may be or any ERISA Affiliate.

           Net Operating Income. As at any date of determination, an amount
           --------------------
equal to (i) the aggregate rental and other income from the operation of all
Real Estate Assets during the most recent complete fiscal quarter, multiplied by
4; minus (ii) all expenses and other proper charges incurred in connection with
the operation of such Real Estate Assets (including, without limitation, real
estate taxes, management fees, bad debt expenses and rent under ground leases)
during the most recently completed fiscal quarter multiplied by 4; but, in any
case, before payment of or provision for debt service charges for such fiscal
quarter, income taxes for such fiscal quarter, and depreciation, amortization,
and other non-cash expenses for such fiscal quarter, all as determined in
accordance with GAAP (except that any rent leveling adjustments shall be
excluded from rental income).

           Non-Material Breach.  See (S)14.
           -------------------

           Obligations. All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the
           -----------
Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any of the Banks and the Agent, individually or
collectively (but without double-counting), under this Agreement and each of the
other Loan Documents and in respect of any of the Loans and the Revolving Credit
Notes and Reimbursement Obligations incurred and the Letter of Credit
Applications and the Letters of Credit and other instruments at any time
evidencing any thereof, whether existing on the date of this Agreement or
arising or incurred hereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or
contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or
unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise.


                                     -16-
<PAGE>
 
           Organizational Documents. Collectively, (i) the Agreement of Limited
           ------------------------
Partnership of BPLP, (ii) the Certificate of Limited Partnership of BPLP, (iii)
the Certificate of Incorporation of the Guarantor, (iv) the by-laws of the
Guarantor, and (v) all of the partnership agreements, corporate charters and
by-laws, limited liability company operating agreements, joint venture
agreements or similar agreements, charter documents and certificates or other
agreements relating to the formation, organization or governance of any Borrower
(including, without limitation, any Wholly-owned subsidiary who becomes a
Borrower from time to time hereunder), in each case as any of the foregoing may
be amended in accordance with Section 8.21.

           Outside Closing Date.  See (S)11.
           --------------------

           Partially-Owned Entity(ies). Any of the partnerships, associations,
           --------------------------
corporations, limited liability companies, trusts, joint ventures or other
business entities in which the Borrower and/or the Guarantor, directly, or
indirectly through its full or partial ownership of another entity, own an
equity interest, but which is not required in accordance with GAAP to be
consolidated with the Borrower or the Guarantor for financial reporting
purposes.

           PBGC. The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by (S)4002
           ----
of ERISA and any successor entity or entities having similar responsibilities.

           Permits. All governmental permits, licenses, and approvals necessary
           -------
for the lawful operation and maintenance of the Real Estate Assets.

           Permitted Liens.  Liens permitted by (S)9.2.
           ---------------

           Permitted Property. A property which is an office property, an
           ------------------
industrial property or a hotel property (including any of such properties being
rehabilitated or expanded), including properties having uses ancillary to any of
the foregoing, including, without limitation, retail and parking facilities
which are ancillary to any such office, industrial or hotel property.

           Person. Any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited
           ------
liability company, unincorporated association, business, or other legal entity,
and any government (or any governmental agency or political subdivision
thereof).

           Preliminary Prospectus.  See (S)7.22(a).
           ----------------------

           Prospectus.  See (S)7.22(a).
           ----------

           Prospectus Financials.  See (S)7.4(a)
           ---------------------

                                     -17-
<PAGE>
 
           Protected Interest Rate Agreement. An agreement which evidences the
           ---------------------------------
interest protection arrangements required by (S)8.16 hereof, and all
extensions, renewals, modifications, amendments, substitutions and replacements
thereof

           Rate Period. The period beginning on the day following delivery to
           -----------
the Agent of the annual or quarterly financial statements required to be
delivered pursuant to Sections 8.4(a) or (b) and ending two days after the day
on which the next quarterly (or annual, if applicable) financial statements are
delivered to the Agent.

           RCRA.  See (S)7.18.
           ----

           Real Estate Assets. The fixed and tangible properties consisting of
           ------------------
land, buildings and/or other improvements owned or ground-leased by the
Borrower, by the Guarantor or by any other member of the BP Group at the
relevant time of reference thereto, including, without limitation, the Borrowing
Base Properties at such time of reference, but excluding all leaseholds other
than ground leases having an unexpired term of not less than thirty (30) years
from the date hereof (which ground lease unexpired term will include only
renewal options exercisable solely at the ground lessee's option and, if
exercisable prior to the Maturity Date, so exercised).

           Real Estate Assets Under Development. Any Real Estate Assets for
           ------------------------------------
which the Borrower, Guarantor, any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries or any
Partially-Owned Entity is actively pursuing construction of one or more
Buildings or other improvements and for which construction is proceeding to
completion without undue delay from Permit denial, construction delays or
otherwise, all pursuant to such Person's ordinary course of business, provided
that any such Real Estate Asset (or, if applicable, any Building comprising a
portion of any such Real Estate Asset) will no longer be considered a Real
Estate Asset Under Development when a certificate of occupancy has issued for
such Real Estate Asset (or Building) or such Real Estate Asset (or Building) may
otherwise be lawfully occupied for its intended use. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, tenant improvements (where available) to previously constructed
and/or leased Real Estate Assets shall not be considered Real Estate Assets
Under Development.

           Record. The grid attached to any Revolving Credit Note, or the
           ------
continuation of such grid, or any other similar record, including computer
records, maintained by any Bank with respect to any Loan.

           Recourse. With reference to any obligation or liability, any
           --------
liability or obligation that is not Without Recourse to the obligor thereunder,
directly or indirectly. For purposes hereof, a Person shall not be deemed to be
"indirectly" liable for the liabilities or obligations of an obligor solely by
reason of the fact that such Person has an ownership interest in such obligor,
provided that such Person is not otherwise legally liable, directly or
indirectly, for such obligor's liabilities or obligations (e.g., by reason of a
guaranty or contribution obligation, by operation of law or by reason of such
Person being a general partner of such obligor).


                                     -18-
<PAGE>
 
           Registration Statement.  See (S)7.22(a).
           ----------------------

           Reimbursement Obligation. The Borrower's obligation to reimburse the
           ------------------------
Banks and the Agent on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as
provided in (S).3.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Borrower shall
notify the Agent of its intent to repay the Reimbursement Obligation on the date
of the related drawing under any Letter of Credit as provided in (S).3.2 and
such Reimbursement Obligation is in fact paid by the Borrower on such date, such
Reimbursement Obligation shall simultaneously with such drawing be converted to
and become a Base Rate Loan as set forth in (S)3.3.

           REIT. A "real estate investment trust", as such term is defined in
           ----
Section 856 of the Code.

           Release.  See (S)7.18(c)(iii).
           -------

           Required Banks. As of any date, the Banks whose aggregate Commitments
           --------------
constitute at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Total
Commitment.

           Revolving Credit Loan(s). Each and every revolving credit loan made
           ------------------------
or to be made or deemed made by the Banks to the Borrower pursuant to (S)2 or
(S)3.3.

           Revolving Credit Notes. Collectively, the separate promissory notes
           ----------------------
of the Borrower in favor of each Bank in substantially the form of Exhibit A
hereto, in the aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000, dated as of the date
hereof or as of such later date as any Person becomes a Bank under this
Agreement, and completed with appropriate insertions, as each of such notes may
be amended and/or restated from time to time.

           Revolving Credit Note Record. A Record with respect to the Revolving
           ----------------------------
Credit Notes.

           S&P. Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill,
           ---
Inc., and its successors.

           SARA. See (S)7.18.
           ----

           SEC.  See (S)7.22(a).
           ---

           SEC Filings. Collectively, (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) the
           -----------
Prospectus, (iii) the Preliminary Prospectus, (iv) each Form 10-K and Form 8-K
filed by the Guarantor with the SEC from time to time and (v) each of the other
public forms and reports filed by the Guarantor with the SEC from time to time.

           Secured Consolidated Total Indebtedness. As of any date of
           ---------------------------------------
determination, the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Indebtedness
of the Borrower, the Guarantor and their Subsidiaries outstanding at such date
secured by a Lien evidenced by 


                                     -19-
<PAGE>
 
a mortgage, deed of trust or other similar security instrument on properties or
other assets of the Borrower, the Guarantor or their Subsidiaries, without
regard to Recourse.

           Subsidiary. Any corporation, association, partnership, limited
           ----------
liability company, trust, joint venture or other business entity which is
required to be consolidated with the Borrower or the Guarantor in accordance
with GAAP.

           Total Commitment. As of any date, the sum of the then current
           ----------------
Commitments of the Banks, provided that the Total Commitment shall not at any
time exceed $300,000,000.

           Type. As to any Revolving Credit Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan
           ----
or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

           Unanimous Bank Approval. The written consent of each Bank that is a
           -----------------------
party to this Agreement at the time of reference.

           Unencumbered Asset. Any Real Estate Asset that on any date of
           ------------------
determination is not subject to any Liens (excluding (i) any such Lien imposed
by the organizational documents of the owner of such asset relating solely to a
restriction on the timing of any sale or refinancing of such Real Estate Asset
which does not materially and adversely affect the value of such Real Estate
Asset and with respect to which the Agent has been specifically notified, and
(ii) any Permitted Liens).

           Uniform Customs. With respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform
           ---------------
Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International
Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500, or any successor version thereof
adopted by the Agent in the ordinary course of its business as a letter of
credit issuer and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

           Unsecured Consolidated Total Indebtedness. As of any date of
           -----------------------------------------
determination, the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Indebtedness
of the Borrower, the Guarantor and their Subsidiaries outstanding at such date
(including, without limitation, all the Obligations under this Agreement as of
such date), that is not secured by a Lien evidenced by a mortgage, deed of trust
or other similar security interest.

           Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents. As of any date of
           -------------------------------------- 
determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash then
actually held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding without
limitation, until forfeited or otherwise entitled to be retained by the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries, tenant security and other restricted deposits) and
(b) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash equivalents (valued at fair market
value) then held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. As used in this
definition, (i) "unrestricted" means the specified asset is not subject to any
Liens in favor of any Person and (ii) "cash equivalents" means that such asset
has a liquid, par value in cash and is convertible to cash on demand.
Notwithstanding anything 


                                     -20-
<PAGE>
 
contained herein to the contrary, the term Unrestricted Cash and Cash
Equivalents shall not include the Commitments of the Banks to make Loans under
this Agreement.

           Unused Facility Fee.  See (S)2.3(d).
           -------------------

           Value of Unencumbered Assets. As at any date of determination, the
           ----------------------------
sum of (i) the Borrowing Base Value plus (ii) Unrestricted Cash and Cash
                                    ----
Equivalents on such date.

           Wholly-owned Subsidiary. Any Subsidiary which the Borrower and/or the
           -----------------------
Guarantor shall at all times own directly or indirectly (through a Subsidiary or
Subsidiaries) at least a majority (by number of votes or controlling interests)
of the outstanding voting interests and ninety-nine percent (99%) of the
economic interests. For purposes of this definition, (i) with respect to any
Subsidiary of the Borrower or the Guarantor which is a Massachusetts nominee
trust, references to such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be references to the
beneficiary or beneficiaries of such nominee trust, and (ii) BPLP shall not be
permitted to be released from its Obligations as a Borrower hereunder,
notwithstanding any provision of (S)8.14.

           "Without Recourse" or "without recourse". With reference to any
            ----------------      ----------------
obligation or liability, any obligation or liability for which the obligor
thereunder is not liable or obligated other than as to its interest in a
designated Real Estate Asset or other specifically identified asset only,
subject to such limited exceptions to the non-recourse nature of such obligation
or liability, such as, but not limited to, fraud, misappropriation,
misapplication and environmental indemnities, as are usual and customary in like
transactions involving institutional lenders at the time of the incurrence of
such obligation or liability.

           (S)1.2. Rules of Interpretation.
                   -----------------------
 
                               (i)   A reference to any document or agreement
                   shall include such document or agreement as amended, modified
                   or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its
                   terms or the terms of this Agreement.

                               (ii)  The singular includes the plural and
                   the plural includes the singular.

                               (iii) A reference to any law includes any
                   amendment or modification to such law.

                               (iv)  A reference to any Person includes its
                   permitted successors and permitted assigns.

                               (v)   Accounting terms not otherwise defined
                   herein have the meanings assigned to them by generally
                   accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis
                   by the accounting entity to which they refer.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
                               (vi)   The words "include", "includes" and
                   "including" are not limiting.

                               (vii)  All terms not specifically defined herein
                   or by generally accepted accounting principles, which terms
                   are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in
                   Massachusetts, have the meanings assigned to them therein.

                               (viii) Reference to a particular "(S)" refers
                   to that section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

                               (ix)   The words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder"
                   and words of like import shall refer to this Agreement as a
                   whole and not to any particular section or subdivision of
                   this Agreement.

           (S)2.   THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.
                   -----------------------------   

           (S)2.1  Commitment to Lend. Subject to the provisions of (S)2.4
                   ------------------
and the other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the
Banks severally agrees to lend to the Borrower, and the Borrower may borrow,
repay, and reborrow from each Bank from time to time between the Closing Date
and the Maturity Date upon notice by the Borrower to the Agent (with copies to
the Agent for each Bank) given in accordance with (S)2.4 hereof, such sums as
are requested by the Borrower up to a maximum aggregate principal amount
outstanding (after giving effect to all amounts requested) at any one time equal
to such Bank's Commitment minus an amount equal to such Bank's Commitment
                          -----
Percentage multiplied by the Maximum Drawing Amount; provided that the sum of
           ----------                                --------
the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to all
amounts requested) plus, without double-counting the portion, if any, of any
                   ----
Letter of Credit which is drawn and included in the Revolving Credit Loans, all
outstanding Reimbursement Obligations shall not at any time exceed the lesser of
(i) the Total Commitment and (ii) the Borrowing Base Availability at such time,
and provided, further, that at the time the Borrower requests a Revolving Credit
    --------  -------
Loan and after giving effect to the making thereof: (i) in the case of any
borrowing, all of the conditions in (S)13 (and in the case of any initial
borrowing, also the conditions in (S)12) have been met at the time of such
request, and (ii) there has not occurred and is not continuing (or will not
occur by reason of) any Default or Event of Default; it being acknowledged and
agreed that the Borrower shall be permitted to request and borrow Loans if a 
Non-Material Breach (rather than a Default or Event of Default) exists, provided
                                                                        --------
that in the event that such Non-Material Breach relates to a Real Estate Asset
forming part of the Borrowing Base at such time, such Real Estate Asset shall be
excluded from the calculation of Borrowing Base Availability for all purposes in
the compliance certificate accompanying any Completed Loan Request.

           The Revolving Credit Loans shall be made pro rata in accordance with
                                                    --- ----
each Bank's Commitment Percentage. Each request for a Revolving Credit Loan made
pursuant to (S)2.4 hereof shall constitute a representation and warranty by
the Borrower

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
that the conditions set forth in (S)12 have been satisfied (except to
the extent any such condition has been waived and/or deferred in writing by the
Agent and the required number of Banks) as of the Closing Date and that the
conditions set forth in (S)13 have been satisfied (except to the extent any such
condition has been waived and/or deferred in writing by the Agent and the
required number of Banks) on the date of such request and will be satisfied
(except to the extent any such condition has been waived and/or deferred in
writing by the Agent and the required number of Banks) on the proposed Drawdown
Date of the requested Loan or issuance of Letter of Credit, as the case may be,
provided that the making of such representation and warranty by the Borrower
- --------
shall not limit the right of any Bank not to lend if such conditions have not
been met. No Revolving Credit Loan shall be required to be made by any Bank
unless (in connection with the initial Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of
Credit) all of the conditions contained in (S)12 have been satisfied (except to
the extent any such condition has been waived and/or deferred in writing by the
Agent and the required number of Banks) as of the Closing Date and unless all of
the conditions set forth in (S)13 have been met at the time of any request for a
Revolving Credit Loan (except to the extent any such condition has been waived
and/or deferred in writing by the Agent and the required number of Banks).

           (S)2.2. The Revolving Credit Notes. The Revolving Credit Loans
                   --------------------------
shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes. A Revolving Credit Note shall
be payable to the order of each Bank in an aggregate principal amount equal to
such Bank's Commitment. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Bank to make or
cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any Revolving
Credit Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Bank's
Revolving Credit Notes, an appropriate notation on such Bank's Revolving Credit
Note Record reflecting the making of such Revolving Credit Loan or (as the case
may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Revolving
Credit Loans set forth on such Bank's Revolving Credit Note Record shall be
prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such
- ----- -----
Bank, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount
on such Bank's Revolving Credit Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect
the rights and obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under any Revolving
Credit Note to make payments of principal of or interest on any Revolving Credit
Note when due.

           (S)2.3. Interest on Revolving Credit Loans; Fees.
                   ----------------------------------------

                   (a)  Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for the
period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of
the Interest Period with respect thereto (unless earlier paid in accordance with
(S)4.2) at a rate equal to the Base Rate.

                   (b)  Each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest for the
period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of
the Interest Period with respect thereto (unless earlier paid in accordance with
(S)4.2) at a rate equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest
Period plus the Applicable Margin.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
                      (c)  The Borrower unconditionally promises to pay interest
on each Revolving Credit Loan in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with
respect thereto.

                      (d)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent, for the
accounts of the Banks in accordance with their respective Commitment
Percentages, an unused facility fee calculated at the rate of (i) one-quarter of
one percent (1/4%) per annum on the Average Unused Commitment during each
calendar quarter or portion thereof during which the Average Unused Commitment
is less than or equal to one-half (1/2) of the Total Commitment then in effect
and (ii) one eighth of one percent (1/8%) per annum on the Average Unused
Commitment during each calendar quarter or portion thereof during which the
Average Unused Commitment is greater than one-half (1/2) of the Total Commitment
then in effect (the "Unused Facility Fee"). The Unused Facility Fee shall be
payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each calendar quarter
for the immediately preceding calendar quarter commencing on the first such date
following the Closing Date through the Maturity Date, with a final payment on
the Maturity Date.

           (S)2.4. Requests for Revolving Credit Loans.
                   -----------------------------------

           The following provisions shall apply to each request by the Borrower
for a Revolving Credit Loan:

                               (i)  The Borrower shall submit a Completed Loan
                      Request to the Agent, together with a duplicate copy of
                      such Completed Loan Request for each Bank which is then a
                      party to this Agreement at the time such loan request is
                      made. Such Completed Loan Requests shall be delivered in
                      separate envelopes to the Agent and be addressed to the
                      Agent and each Bank, respectively, and each such envelope
                      shall be conspicuously marked with the following legend:
                      "LOAN REQUEST -- TIME SENSITIVE -- MUST RESPOND WITHIN
                      [2/4] DAYS" and with the appropriate period filled in.
                      Except as otherwise provided herein, each Completed Loan
                      Request shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or an
                      integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each
                      Completed Loan Request shall be irrevocable and binding on
                      the Borrower and shall obligate the Borrower to accept the
                      Revolving Credit Loans requested from the Banks on the
                      proposed Drawdown Date, unless such Completed Loan Request
                      is withdrawn (x) in the case of a request for a Eurodollar
                      Rate Loan, at least four (4) Business Days prior to the
                      proposed Drawdown Date for such Loan, and (y) in the case
                      of a request for a Base Rate Loan, at least two (2)
                      Business Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date for such
                      Loan.

                               (ii)  Each Completed Loan Request shall be
                      delivered by the Borrower to the Agent by 10:00 a.m. on
                      any Business Day, and at least two (2) Business Days prior
                      to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Base Rate Loan, and
                      at least four (4) Business Days prior to the proposed
                      Drawdown Date of any Eurodollar Rate Loan.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
                               (iii)  Each Completed Loan Request shall include
                      a completed writing in the form of Exhibit B hereto
                                                         ---------
                      specifying: (1) the principal amount of the Revolving
                      Credit Loan requested, (2) the proposed Drawdown Date of
                      such Revolving Credit Loan, (3) the Interest Period
                      applicable to such Revolving Credit Loan, and (4) the Type
                      of such Revolving Credit Loan being requested.

                                (iv)  No Bank shall be obligated to fund any
                     Revolving Credit Loan or issue any Letter of Credit unless:

                                      (a)  a Completed Loan Request has been
                               timely received by the Agent as provided in
                               subsection (i) above; and

                                      (b)  both before and after giving effect
                               to the Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of Credit
                               to be made or issued pursuant to the Completed
                               Loan Request, all of the conditions contained in
                               (S)12 shall have been satisfied (to the extent
                               such conditions have not been waived and/or
                               deferred in writing by the Agent and the required
                               number of Banks prior to the initial advance) as
                               of the Closing Date, with respect to the initial
                               advance only, and all of the conditions set forth
                               in (S)13 shall have been met, including,
                               without limitation, the condition under
                               (S)13.1 that there be no Default or Event of
                               Default under this Agreement; and

                                      (c)  the Agent shall have received (with
                               copies to the Agent for each Bank) a certificate
                               in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto signed by the
                                              -----------
                               chief financial officer, treasurer or controller
                               of the Borrower setting forth computations
                               evidencing compliance with the covenants
                               contained in (S)10 on a pro forma basis after
                                                       ---------
                               giving effect to such requested Revolving Credit
                               Loan (including, without limitation, a
                               certification that, to the best of the Borrower's
                               knowledge, if the Borrowing Base Value and the
                               Borrowing Base Debt Service Coverage Ratio were
                               to be calculated on the Drawdown Date of any Loan
                               for the period through the Drawdown Date rather
                               than through the last day of the most recently
                               completed fiscal quarter, there would be
                               sufficient Borrowing Base Availability for the
                               requested Loan), and certifying that, both before
                               and after giving effect to such requested
                               Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of Credit, no
                               Default or Event of Default exists or will exist
                               under this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
                               and that after taking into account such requested
                               Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of Credit, no
                               Default or Event of Default will exist as of the
                               Drawdown Date.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
 
                               (v)  The Agent will use best efforts to cause the
                       Completed Loan Request to be delivered to each Bank on
                       the same day or the Business Day following the day a
                       Completed Loan Request is received by the Agent.

              (S)2.5.  Conversion Options.
                       ------------------

                       (a)  The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert
any outstanding Revolving Credit Loan to a Revolving Credit Loan of another
Type, provided that (i) with respect to any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate
Loan to a Base Rate Loan, such conversion shall take place automatically at the
end of the applicable Interest Period unless the Borrower provides notice to the
Agent of its request to continue such Loan as a Eurodollar Rate Loan as provided
in (S)2.5(b) and (S)2.5(a)(ii); (ii) subject to the further proviso at the
end of this (S)2.5(a) and subject to (S)2.5(b) and 2.5(d), with respect to
any conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan (or a continuation
of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, as provided in (S)2.5(b)), the Borrower shall give
the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) at least four (4) Eurodollar
Business Days' prior written notice of such election, which such notice must be
received by the Agent by 10:00 a.m. on any Business Day; and (iii) no Loan may
be converted into a Eurodollar Rate Loan when any Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing. All or any part of outstanding Revolving Credit
Loans of any Type may be converted as provided herein, provided that each
                                                       --------
Conversion Request relating to the conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a
Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be for an amount equal to $1,000,000 or an integral
multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and shall be irrevocable by the Borrower.

                       (b)  Any Revolving Credit Loan of any Type may be
continued as such upon the expiration of the Interest Period with respect
thereto (i) in the case of Base Rate Loans, automatically and (ii) in the case
of Eurodollar Rate Loans by compliance by the Borrower with the notice
provisions contained in (S)2.5(a)(ii); provided that no Eurodollar Rate Loan
                                       --------
may be continued as such when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing but shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on the
last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto ending during the
continuance of any Default or Event of Default. The Borrower shall notify the
Agent promptly when any such automatic conversion contemplated by this
(S)2.5(b) is scheduled to occur.

                       (c)  In the event that the Borrower does not notify the
Agent of its election hereunder with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan, such
Loan shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan at the end of the
applicable Interest Period.

                       (d)  The Borrower may not request or elect a Eurodollar
Rate Loan pursuant to (S)2.4, elect to convert a Base Rate Loan to a
Eurodollar Loan pursuant to (S)2.5(a) or elect to continue a Eurodollar Rate
Loan pursuant to (S)2.5(b) if, after giving effect thereto, there would be
greater than six (6) Eurodollar Rate Loans then outstanding. Any Loan Request
for a Eurodollar Rate Loan that would create greater than six (6) Eurodollar
Rate Loans outstanding shall be deemed to be a Loan Request for 

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
 
a Base Rate Loan. By way of explanation of the foregoing, in the event that the
Borrower wishes to convert or continue two or more Loans into one Eurodollar
Rate Loan on the same day and for identical Interest Periods (or borrow an
additional Loan simultaneously with converting or continuing a Loan for
identical Interest Periods), such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall constitute one
single Eurodollar Rate Loan for purposes of this clause (d).

           (S)2.6.  Funds for Revolving Credit Loans.
                    --------------------------------

                    (a)  Subject to the other provisions of this (S)2, not
later than 11:00 a.m. (Boston time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any
Revolving Credit Loans, each of the Banks will make available to the Agent, at
its Head Office, in immediately available funds, the amount of such Bank's
Commitment Percentage of the amount of the requested Revolving Credit Loan. Upon
receipt from each Bank of such amount, the Agent will make available to the
Borrower the aggregate amount of such Revolving Credit Loan made available to
the Agent by the Banks. All such funds received by the Agent by 11:00 a.m.
(Boston Time) on any Business Day will be made available to the Borrower not
later than 2:00 p.m. on the same Business Day; funds received after such time
will be made available by not later than 11:00 a.m. on the next Business Day.
The failure or refusal of any Bank to make available to the Agent at the
aforesaid time and place on any Drawdown Date the amount of its Commitment
Percentage of the requested Revolving Credit Loan shall not relieve any other
Bank from its several obligation hereunder to make available to the Agent the
amount of its Commitment Percentage of any requested Revolving Credit Loan but
in no event shall the Agent (in its capacity as Agent) have any obligation to
make any funding or shall any Bank be obligated to fund more than its Commitment
Percentage of the requested Revolving Credit Loan or to increase its Commitment
Percentage on account of such failure or otherwise.

                    (b)  The Agent may, unless notified to the contrary by
any Bank prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that such Bank has made available to
the Agent on such Drawdown Date the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage
of the Revolving Credit Loan to be made on such Drawdown Date, and the Agent may
(but it shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make
available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If any Bank makes available to
the Agent such amount on a date after such Drawdown Date, such Bank shall pay to
the Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) the average, computed
for the period referred to in clause (iii) below, of the weighted average
interest rate paid by the Agent for federal funds acquired by the Agent during
each day included in such period, multiplied by (ii) the amount of such Bank's
                                  ----------
Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loan, multiplied by (iii) a
                                                     -------------
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapsed from and
including such Drawdown Date to the date on which the amount of such Bank's
Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loan shall become immediately
available to the Agent, and the denominator of which is 365. A statement of the
Agent submitted to such Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this
paragraph shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due and owing to the Agent
                   ----- -----
by such Bank.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)2.7. Reduction of Commitment. The Borrower shall have the right
                   -----------------------
at any time and from time to time upon five (5) Business Days' prior written
notice to the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) to reduce by
$500,000 or an integral multiple thereof or terminate entirely the unborrowed
portion of the then Total Commitment, whereupon the Commitments of the Banks
shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitment
Percentages by the amount specified in such notice or, as the case may be,
terminated. Upon the effective date of any such reduction or termination, the
Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks the
full amount of the Unused Facility Fee then accrued and unpaid on the amount of
the reduction. No reduction or termination of the Commitments may be reinstated.

           (S)3.   LETTERS OF CREDIT.
                   -----------------

           (S)3.1. Letter of Credit Commitments.
                   ----------------------------

                   (S)3.1.1.  Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit.
                              -------------------------------------
Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the execution and delivery by the
Borrower of a letter of credit application on the Fronting Bank's customary form
as part of a Completed Loan Request (a "Letter of Credit Application"), the
Fronting Bank on behalf of the Banks and in reliance upon the agreement of the
Banks set forth in (S)3.1.4 and upon the representations and warranties of
the Borrower contained herein, agrees, in its individual capacity, to issue,
extend and renew for the account of the Borrower one or more letters of credit
(individually, a "Letter of Credit"), in such form as may be requested from time
to time by the Borrower and reasonably agreed to by the Fronting Bank; provided,
                                                                       --------
however, that, after giving effect to such Completed Loan Request, (a) the
- -------
Maximum Drawing Amount plus all Reimbursement Obligations (to the extent, if
any, not yet deemed a Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to (S)3.3), shall not
exceed $50,000,000 at any one time and (b) the sum of (i) all Reimbursement
Obligations (to the extent, if any, not yet deemed a Revolving Credit Loan
pursuant to (S)3.3) and (ii) the amount of all Loans outstanding shall not
exceed the lesser of (x) the Total Commitment in effect at such time and (y) the
Borrowing Base Availability at such time.

                   (S)3.1.2.  Letter of Credit Applications. Each Letter
                              -----------------------------
of Credit Application shall be completed to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Agent and the Fronting Bank. In the event that any provision of any Letter of
Credit Application shall be inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement
(including provisions applicable to a Completed Loan Request) or shall impose
additional financial or other material obligations (other than technical,
administrative and ministerial obligations, whether relating to the mechanics of
a draw under a Letter of Credit or otherwise), then the provisions of this
Agreement shall, to the extent of any such inconsistency or additional material
obligation, govern.

                   (S)3.1.3.  Terms of Letters of Credit. Each Letter of
                              --------------------------
Credit issued, extended or renewed hereunder shall, among other things, (i)
provide for the payment of sight drafts for honor thereunder when presented in
accordance with the terms thereof and when accompanied by the documents
described therein, and (ii) have an expiry date no 

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
 
later than the date which is fourteen (14) days prior to the Maturity Date. Each
Letter of Credit so issued, extended or renewed shall be subject to the Uniform
Customs.

                      (S)3.1.4.  Obligations of Banks with respect to Letters
                                 --------------------------------------------
of Credit. Each Bank severally agrees that it shall be absolutely liable,
- ---------
without regard to the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any other
condition precedent whatsoever, to the extent of such Bank's Commitment
Percentage, to reimburse the Fronting Bank on demand pursuant to (S)3.3 for
the amount of each draft paid by the Fronting Bank under each Letter of Credit
to the extent that such amount is not reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to
(S)3.2 (such agreement for a Bank being called herein the "Letter of Credit
Participation" of such Bank). Each such payment made by a Bank shall be treated
as a purchase by such Bank of a participation in the Fronting Bank's interest in
such Letter of Credit and each Bank shall share, in accordance with its
respective Commitment Percentage, in any interest which accrues and is payable
by the Borrower pursuant to (S)3.2 or otherwise in connection with such
Letter of Credit.

                      (S)3.1.5.  Fronting Bank. Notwithstanding the
                                 -------------
definition of Fronting Bank, in the event that the Borrower reasonably
determines that it would be beneficial to have a Letter of Credit issued by a
Bank with a higher rating than BankBoston has at any applicable time of
reference (as determined by Moody's or S&P), the Borrower shall have the right
to elect any Bank having a higher rating than BankBoston as the Fronting Bank
for that particular Letter of Credit.

           (S)3.2. Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower. In order to
                   ----------------------------------------
induce the Fronting Bank to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit and
the Banks to participate therein, the Borrower hereby agrees, except as
contemplated in (S)3.3 below, to reimburse or pay to the Fronting Bank, for
the account of the Fronting Bank or (as the case may be) the Banks, with respect
to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed by the Fronting Bank
hereunder,

                   (a)   except as otherwise expressly provided in
(S)3.2(b) and (c) or (S)3.3, promptly upon notification by the Fronting
Bank or the Agent that any draft presented under such Letter of Credit is
honored by the Fronting Bank, or the Fronting Bank otherwise makes a payment
with respect thereto, (i) the amount paid by the Fronting Bank under or with
respect to such Letter of Credit, and (ii) any amounts payable pursuant to
(S)5.5 hereof under, or with respect to, such Letter of Credit,

                   (b)   upon the reduction (but not termination) of the Total
Commitment to an amount less than the then Maximum Drawing Amount (after taking
into account all outstanding Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, if any
(without double counting)), an amount equal to such difference, which amount
shall be held by the Agent in an interest-bearing account (with interest to be
added to such account) as cash collateral for the benefit of the Banks and the
Agent for all Reimbursement Obligations, and

                   (c)   upon the termination of the Total Commitment, or the
acceleration of the Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters of
Credit in accordance with 

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
 
(S)14, an amount equal to the then Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of
Credit, which amount shall be held by the Agent in an interest-bearing account
(with interest to be added to such account) as cash collateral for the benefit
of the Banks and the Agent for all Reimbursement Obligations.

           Each such payment shall be made to the Agent for the benefit of the
Banks at the Agent's Head Office in immediately available funds. Interest on any
and all amounts not converted to a Loan pursuant to (S)3.3 and remaining
unpaid by the Borrower under this (S)3.2 at any time from the date such
amounts become due and payable (whether as stated in this (S)3.2, by
acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full (whether before or after
judgment) shall be payable to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks on demand
at the rate specified in (S)5.9 for overdue principal on the Loans.

           (S)3.3. Letter of Credit Payments; Funding of a Loan. If any draft
                   --------------------------------------------
shall be presented or other demand for payment shall be made under any Letter of
Credit, the Fronting Bank will use its best efforts to notify the Borrower and
the Banks, on or before the date the Fronting Bank intends to honor such
drawing, of the date and amount of the draft presented or demand for payment and
of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft or honor such demand for
payment and, except to the extent the amount of such draft becomes a Revolving
Credit Loan as set forth in this (S)3.3, Borrower shall reimburse Agent, as
set forth in (S)3.2 above. Notwithstanding anything contained in (S)3.2
above or this (S)3.3 to the contrary, however, unless Borrower shall have
notified the Agent and Fronting Bank prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the
Business Day immediately prior to the date of such drawing that Borrower intends
to reimburse Fronting Bank for the amount of such drawing with funds other than
the proceeds of the Loans, Borrower shall be deemed to have timely given a
Completed Loan Request pursuant to (S)2.4 to Agent, requesting a Base Rate
Loan on the date on which such drawing is honored and in an amount equal to the
amount of such drawing. The Borrower may thereafter convert any such Base Rate
Loan to a Loan of another Type in accordance with (S)2.5. Each Bank shall, in
accordance with (S)2.6, make available such Bank's Commitment Percentage of
such Loan to Agent, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by Agent to
reimburse Fronting Bank for the amount of such draw. In the event that any Bank
fails to make available to Agent the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage
of such Loan on the date of the drawing, Agent shall be entitled to recover such
amount on demand from such Bank plus any additional amounts payable under
(S)2.6(b) in the event of a late funding by a Bank. The Fronting Bank is
irrevocably authorized by the Borrower and each of the Banks to honor draws on
each Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof in accordance with the terms of
the Letter of Credit. The responsibility of the Agent to the Borrower and the
Banks shall be only to determine that the documents (including each draft)
delivered under each Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment shall
be in conformity in all material respects with such Letter of Credit.

           (S)3.4. Obligations Absolute. The Borrower's obligations under
                   --------------------
this (S)3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances
and irrespective of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any
condition precedent whatsoever or 

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
 
any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower may have or
have had against the Agent, any Bank or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit.
The Borrower further agrees with the Agent and the Banks that the Agent and the
Banks shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations
under (S)3.2 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or
genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon (so long as the
documents delivered under each Letter of Credit in connection with such
presentment shall be in the form required by, and in conformity in all material
respects with, such Letter of Credit), even if such documents should in fact
prove to be in any or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute
between or among the Borrower, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any
financing institution or other party to whom any Letter of Credit may be
transferred, or any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower against the
beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Agent and the
Banks shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in
transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however
transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit. The Borrower agrees that
any action taken or omitted by the Agent or any Bank under or in connection with
each Letter of Credit and the related drafts and documents, if done in good
faith and absent gross negligence, shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall
not result in any liability on the part of the Agent or any Bank to the
Borrower.

           (S)3.5. Reliance by Issuer. To the extent not inconsistent with
                   ------------------
(S)3.4, the Agent and any Fronting Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall
be fully protected in relying upon, any Letter of Credit, draft, writing,
resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram,
telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other
document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent
or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal
counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The
Agent and any Fronting Bank shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to
take any action under this (S)3 (other than the issuance of a Letter of
Credit pursuant to a Letter of Credit Application and otherwise in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement) unless it shall first have received such
advice or concurrence of the Majority Banks as it reasonably deems appropriate
or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Banks
against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason
of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Agent and any Fronting Bank
shall in all cases be fully protected by the Banks in acting, or in refraining
from acting, under this (S)3 in accordance with a request of the Majority
Banks, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto
shall be binding upon the Banks and all future holders of the Notes or of a
Letter of Credit Participation.

           (S)3.6. Letter of Credit Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent
                   --------------------
a fee (in each case, a "Letter of Credit Fee") in an amount equal to the
Applicable L/C Percentage of the undrawn amount of each outstanding Letter of
Credit, which fee (a) shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of
each calendar quarter for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, with a
final payment on the Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the Commitments
shall terminate (which Letter of Credit Fee shall be pro-rated for any calendar
quarter in which such Letter of Credit is issued, drawn upon or 

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
 
otherwise reduced or terminated) and (b) shall be for the accounts of the Banks
as follows: (i) an amount equal to 0.25% per annum of the Letter of Credit Fee
shall be for the account of the Fronting Bank and (ii) the remainder of the
Letter of Credit Fee shall be for the accounts of the Banks (including the
Fronting Bank) pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitment
               --- ----
Percentages.

           (S)4.   REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.
                   ---------------------------------------

           (S)4.1. Maturity. The Borrower promises to pay on the Maturity
                   --------
Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the Maturity Date,
all unpaid principal of the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date,
together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, the unpaid
balance of the Unused Facility Fee accrued through such date, and any and all
other unpaid amounts due under this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes or any
other of the Loan Documents.

           (S)4.2. Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans. The
                   ---------------------------------------------
Borrower shall have the right, at its election, to prepay the outstanding amount
of the Revolving Credit Loans, in whole or in part, at any time without penalty
or premium; provided that the outstanding amount of any Eurodollar Rate Loans
may not be prepaid unless the Borrower pays the Eurodollar Breakage Costs for
each Eurodollar Rate Loan so prepaid at the time of such prepayment. The
Borrower shall give the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank), no later
than 10:00 a.m., Boston time, at least two (2) Business Days' prior written
notice of any prepayment pursuant to this (S)4.2 of any Base Rate Loans, and
at least four (4) Eurodollar Business Days' notice of any proposed prepayment
pursuant to this (S)4.2 of Eurodollar Rate Loans, specifying the proposed
date of prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans and the principal amount to be
prepaid. Each such partial prepayment of the Loans shall be in an amount equal
to $500,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less,
the outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Loans then being repaid, shall
be accompanied by the payment of all charges, if any, outstanding on all
Revolving Credit Loans so prepaid and of all accrued interest on the principal
prepaid to the date of payment, and shall be applied, in the absence of
instruction by the Borrower, first to the principal of Base Rate Loans and then
to the principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans.

           (S)4.3  Mandatory Repayment of Loans. If at any time the sum of
                   ----------------------------
the outstanding amount of the Loans, plus the Maximum Drawing Amount, plus
without double-counting any Revolving Credit Loans, the outstanding
Reimbursement Obligations, if any, exceeds the lesser of (i) the Total
Commitment at such time, or (ii) the Borrowing Base Availability at such time,
the Borrower shall, within fifteen (15) days after receiving notice of such
excess from the Agent (i) pay to the Agent an amount in cash necessary to
eliminate such excess, or (ii) add one (1) or more Real Estate Assets to the
Borrowing Base which have Borrowing Base Values, in the aggregate, sufficient to
eliminate such excess.

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)5.   CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.
                   --------------------------

           (S)5.1. Funds for Payments.
                   ------------------

                   (a)  All payments of principal, interest, fees, and any other
amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made to
the Agent, for the respective accounts of the Banks or (as the case may be) the
Agent, at the Agent's Head Office, in each case in Dollars and in immediately
available funds.

                   (b)  All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under any of
the other Loan Documents shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and free
and clear of and without deduction for any taxes, levies, imposts, duties,
charges, fees, deductions, withholdings, compulsory liens, restrictions or
conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction
or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein unless
the Borrower is compelled by law to make such deduction or withholding. If any
such obligation is imposed upon the Borrower with respect to any amount payable
by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (except with respect to
taxes on the income or profits of the Agent or any Bank), the Borrower shall pay
to the Agent, for the account of the Banks or (as the case may be) the Agent, on
the date on which such amount is due and payable hereunder or under such other
Loan Document, such additional amount in Dollars as shall be necessary to enable
the Banks to receive the same net amount which the Banks would have received on
such due date had no such obligation been imposed upon the Borrower. The
Borrower will deliver promptly to the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each
Bank) certificates or other valid vouchers for all taxes or other charges
deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Borrower hereunder or
under such other Loan Document.

           (S)5.2. Computations. All computations of interest on the Loans
                   ------------
and of other fees to the extent applicable shall be based on a 360-day year and
paid for the actual number of days elapsed. Except as otherwise provided in the
definition of the term "Interest Period" with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans,
whenever a payment hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents becomes
due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such payment shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall accrue during
such extension. The outstanding amount of the Loans as reflected on the
Revolving Credit Note Record from time to time shall constitute prima facie
evidence of the principal amount thereof.

           (S)5.3. Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate. In the event,
                   --------------------------------------
prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan, the Agent shall reasonably and in good faith determine that adequate and
reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate that would
otherwise determine the rate of interest to be applicable to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan during any Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith give notice of such
determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) to the
Borrower and the Banks. In such event (a) any Loan Request with respect to
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically withdrawn and shall be deemed a
request for Base Rate Loans, (b) each Eurodollar Rate Loan will 

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period thereof,
become a Base Rate Loan, and (c) the obligations of the Banks to make Eurodollar
Rate Loans shall be suspended, in each case unless and until the Agent
reasonably and in good faith determines that the circumstances giving rise to
such suspension no longer exist, whereupon the Agent shall so notify the
Borrower and the Banks.

           (S)5.4. Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if
                   ----------
any present or future law, regulation, treaty or directive or in the
interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Bank to
make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Bank shall forthwith give notice of
such circumstances to the Borrower and thereupon (a) the Commitment of such Bank
to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate
Loans shall forthwith be suspended and (b) such Bank's Commitment Percentage of
a Eurodollar Rate Loans then outstanding shall be converted automatically to
Base Rate Loans on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such
Eurodollar Rate Loans or within such earlier period as may be required by law,
all until such time as it is no longer unlawful for such Bank to make or
maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans. The Borrower hereby agrees promptly to pay the
Agent for the account of such Bank, upon demand, any additional amounts
necessary to compensate such Bank for any costs incurred by such Bank in making
any conversion required by this (S)5.4 prior to the last day of an Interest
Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, including any interest or fees
payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or
maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder.

           (S)5.5. Additional Costs, Etc. If any present or future applicable
                   ---------------------
law, which expression, as used herein, includes statutes, rules and regulations
thereunder and interpretations thereof by any competent court or by any
governmental or other regulatory body or official charged with the
administration or the interpretation thereof and requests, directives,
instructions and notices at any time or from time to time hereafter made upon or
otherwise issued to any Bank or the Agent by any central bank or other fiscal,
monetary or other authority (whether or not having the force of law, but if not
having the force of law, then generally applied by the Banks or the Agent with
respect to similar loans), shall:

                   (a)  subject any Bank or the Agent to any tax, levy, impost,
duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with respect to this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letters of Credit, such Bank's
Commitment or the Loans (other than taxes based upon or measured by the income
or profits of such Bank or the Agent), or

                   (b)  materially change the basis of taxation (except for
changes in taxes on income or profits) of payments to any Bank of the principal
of or the interest on any Loans or any other amounts payable to the Agent or any
Bank under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or

                   (c)  impose or increase or render applicable (other than to
the extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement) any special
deposit, reserve, 

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy or other similar requirements (whether
or not having the force of law) against assets held by, or deposits in or for
the account of, or loans by, or letters of credit issued by, or commitments of
an office of any Bank, or

                     (d)  impose on any Bank or the Agent any other conditions
or requirements with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any
Letters of Credit, the Loans, such Bank's Commitment, or any class of loans,
letters of credit or commitments of which any of the Loans or such Bank's
Commitment forms a part;

and the result of any of the foregoing is

                           (i)   to increase the cost to any Bank of making,
                     funding, issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of
                     the Loans or such Bank's Commitment or any Letter of
                     Credit, or

                           (ii)  to reduce the amount of principal, interest,
                     Reimbursement Obligation or other amount payable to such
                     Bank or the Agent hereunder on account of such Bank's
                     Commitment, any Letter of Credit or any of the Loans, or

                           (iii) to require such Bank or the Agent to make any
                     payment or to forego any interest or Reimbursement
                     Obligation or other sum payable hereunder, the amount of
                     which payment or foregone interest or Reimbursement
                     Obligation or other sum is calculated by reference to the
                     gross amount of any sum receivable or deemed received by
                     such Bank or the Agent from the Borrower hereunder,

then, and in each such case, the Borrower will, within thirty (30) days after
notice by the Agent or such Bank (such notice to be given promptly by the Agent
or such Bank upon the making of any such determination), at any time and from
time to time and as often as the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Bank
or the Agent such additional amounts as such Bank or the Agent shall determine
in good faith to be sufficient to compensate such Bank or the Agent for such
additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or other sum, provided
that such Bank or the Agent is generally imposing similar charges on its other
similarly situated borrowers.

           (S)5.6. Capital Adequacy. If any future law, governmental rule,
                   ----------------
regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of
law, but if not having the force of law, then generally applied by the Banks
with respect to similar loans) or the interpretation thereof by a court or
governmental authority with appropriate jurisdiction affects the amount of
capital required or expected to be maintained by banks or bank holding companies
and any Bank or the Agent determines that the amount of capital required to be
maintained by it is increased by or based upon the existence of Loans made or
deemed to be made pursuant hereto, then such Bank or the Agent may notify the
Borrower of such fact, and the Borrower shall pay to such Bank or the Agent from
time to time, within thirty (30) days after notice by the Agent or such Bank
(such notice to be 

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
 
given promptly by the Agent or such Bank upon the making of any such
determination), as an additional fee payable hereunder, such amount as such Bank
or the Agent shall determine reasonably and in good faith and certify in a
notice to the Borrower to. be an amount that will adequately compensate such
Bank in light of these circumstances for its increased costs of maintaining such
capital. Each Bank and the Agent shall allocate such cost increases among its
customers in good faith and on an equitable basis, and will not charge the
Borrower unless it is generally imposing a similar charge on its other similarly
situated borrowers.

           (S)5.7. Certificate. A certificate setting forth any additional
                   -----------
amounts payable pursuant to (S)5.5 or 5.6 and a brief explanation of such
amounts which are due, including reasonably detailed information regarding the
method and calculation of such amount, submitted by any Bank or the Agent to the
Borrower, shall be prima facie evidence that such amounts are due and owing.
                   ----- -----

           (S)5.8. Indemnity. In addition to the other provisions of this
                   ---------
Agreement regarding such matters, the Borrower agrees to indemnify the Agent and
each Bank and to hold the Agent and each Bank harmless from and against any
loss, cost or expense (including loss of the spread to which such Bank would
have been entitled through the end of the applicable Interest Period in excess
of the applicable interest rate(s) then in effect) that the Agent or such Bank
may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) a default by the Borrower in the
payment of any principal amount of or any interest on any Eurodollar Rate Loans
as and when due and payable, including any such loss or expense arising from
interest or fees payable by the Agent or such Bank to lenders of funds obtained
by it in order to maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans, (b) the failure by the
Borrower to make a borrowing or conversion after the Borrower has given a
Completed Loan Request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Conversion Request for a
Eurodollar Rate Loan, and (c) the making of any payment of a Eurodollar Rate
Loan or the making of any conversion of any such Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a
day that is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect
thereto, including interest or fees payable by the Agent or a Bank to lenders of
funds obtained by it in order to maintain any such Eurodollar Rate Loans;
provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to so indemnify any
- --------  -------
Bank pursuant to clause (b) above during and for any period of time when such
Bank has wrongfully failed or refused to fund its proportionate share of a Loan
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and is a Delinquent Bank.

           (S)5.9. Interest on Overdue Amounts. Overdue principal and (to the
                   ---------------------------
extent permitted by applicable law) interest on the Loans and all other overdue
amounts payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall bear
interest payable on demand at a rate per annum equal to three percent (3%) above
the Base Rate until such amount shall be paid in full (after as well as before
judgment). In addition, the Borrower shall pay a late charge equal to three
percent (3%) of any amount of interest charges on the Loans which is not paid
within ten (10) days of the date when due.

           (S)6.   GUARANTY. The Guarantor will guaranty the Obligations
                   --------
pursuant to the Guaranty. The Obligations are full recourse obligations of the
Borrower, and all of 

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
 
the respective assets and properties of the Borrower shall be available for the
payment in full in cash and performance of the Obligations.

           (S)7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Borrower for itself and
                   ------------------------------
for the Guarantor insofar as any such statements relate to the Guarantor
represents and warrants to the Banks all of the statements contained in this
(S)7.

           (S)7.1. Authority, Etc.
                   --------------

                   (a)      Organization: Good Standing.
                            ---------------------------

                                  (i) The Borrower is a limited partnership,
                            general partnership, nominee trust or limited
                            liability company, as the case may be, duly
                            organized, validly existing and in good standing
                            under the laws of its state of organization, unless
                            the failure to be so does not relate to BPLP or the
                            Guarantor and is a Non-Material Breach; the Borrower
                            has all requisite limited partnership, general
                            partnership, trust, limited liability company or
                            corporate, as the case may be, power to own its
                            respective properties and conduct its respective
                            business as now conducted and as presently
                            contemplated, unless any such failure to have any of
                            the foregoing does not relate to BPLP or the
                            Guarantor and is a Non-Material Breach; and the
                            Borrower is in good standing as a foreign entity and
                            is duly authorized to do business in the
                            jurisdictions where the Borrowing Base Properties
                            owned or ground-leased by it are located and in each
                            other jurisdiction where such qualification is
                            necessary except where a failure to be so qualified
                            in such other jurisdiction would not have a
                            materially adverse effect on any of their respective
                            businesses, assets or financial conditions.

                                  (ii) The Guarantor is a corporation duly
                            organized, validly existing and in good standing
                            under the laws of the State of Delaware; each
                            Subsidiary of the Guarantor is duly organized,
                            validly existing and in good standing as a
                            corporation, nominee trust, limited liability
                            company, limited partnership or general partnership,
                            as the case may be, under the laws of the state of
                            its organization, unless the failure to be so does
                            not relate to BPLP and is a Non-Material Breach; the
                            Guarantor and each of its Subsidiaries has all
                            requisite corporate, trust, limited liability
                            company, limited partnership or general partnership,
                            as the case may be, power to own its respective
                            properties and conduct its respective business as
                            now conducted and as presently contemplated, unless
                            any such failure to have any of the foregoing does
                            not relate to BPLP or the Guarantor and is a Non-
                            Material Breach; and the Guarantor is in good
                            standing as a foreign entity and is duly authorized
                            to do business in the jurisdictions where

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
 
                            such qualification is necessary (including in
                            the Commonwealth of Massachusetts) except where a
                            failure to be so qualified in such other would not
                            have a materially adverse effect on the business,
                            assets or financial condition of the Guarantor.

                     (b)    Capitalization. The outstanding equity of BPLP is
                            --------------
comprised of a general partner interest and limited partner interests, all of
which have been duly issued and are outstanding and fully paid and non-
assessable. All of the issued and outstanding general partner interests of the
BPLP are owned and held of record by the Guarantor. There are no outstanding
securities or agreements exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying any
rights to acquire a general partner interest in BPLP. There are no outstanding
commitments, options, warrants, calls or other agreements (whether written or
oral) binding on BPLP or the Guarantor which require or could require BPLP or
the Guarantor to sell, grant, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge or otherwise
dispose of any general partner interest in BPLP. Except as set forth in the
Agreement of Limited Partnership of BPLP, no general partner interests of BPLP
are subject to any restrictions on transfer or any partner agreements, voting
agreements, trust deeds, irrevocable proxies; or any other similar agreements or
interests (whether written or oral). For so long as any Borrower which is a
Wholly-owned Subsidiary is a Borrower, BPLP and/or the Guarantor own, directly
or indirectly, at least a majority (by number of votes or controlling interests)
of the outstanding voting interests and at least 99% of the economic interests
in each of the Borrowers other than BPLP.

                     (c)    Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and
                            -----------------
performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower
or the Guarantor is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby (i) are within the authority of the Borrower and the
Guarantor, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary proceedings on the
part of the Borrower or the Guarantor and any general partner thereof, (iii) do
not materially conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of any
provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Borrower or the
Guarantor is subject or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit
applicable to the Borrower or the Guarantor, unless any such conflict, breach or
contravention does not relate to BPLP or the Guarantor and is a Non-Material
Breach, (iv) do not conflict with any provision of the agreement of limited
partnership, any certificate of limited partnership, the charter documents or 
by-laws of the Borrower or the Guarantor or any general partner thereof, and (v)
do not contravene any provisions of, or constitute Default or Event of Default
hereunder or a failure to comply with any term, condition or provision of, any
other agreement, instrument, judgment, order, decree, permit, license or
undertaking binding upon or applicable to the Borrower or the Guarantor or any
of the Borrower's or the Guarantor's properties (except for any such failure to
comply under any such other agreement, instrument, judgment, order, decree,
permit, license, or undertaking as would not materially and adversely affect the
condition (financial or otherwise), properties, business or results of
operations of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group) or result
in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, encumbrance or
charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Borrower, the Guarantor.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
 
                    (d)     Enforceability. Each of the Loan Documents to which
                             -------------
the Borrower or the Guarantor is a party has been duly executed and delivered
and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and the
Guarantor, as the case may be, subject only to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting
generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and to the fact that the
availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is
subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may
be brought.

           (S)7.2.  Governmental Approvals. The execution, delivery and
                    ----------------------
performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and by the Borrower and the
Guarantor of the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is
or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do
not require (i) the approval or consent of any governmental agency or authority
other than those already obtained or those which would not have a material
adverse effect on BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group, or
(ii) filing with any governmental agency or authority, other than filings which
will be made with the SEC when and as required by law or deemed appropriate by
the Guarantor.

           (S)7.3.  Title to Properties; Leases.
                    --------------------------- 

           The Borrower and the Guarantor each has good fee or leasehold title
to all of its respective properties, assets and rights of every name and nature
purported to be owned by it, including, without limitation, that:

                    (a)     As of the Closing Date (with respect to Borrowing
Base Properties designated as such on the Closing Date) or the date of
designation as an Borrowing Base Properties (with respect to Borrowing Base
Properties acquired and/or designated as such after the Closing Date), and in
each case to the best of its knowledge thereafter (but only for so long as such
Real Estate Assets continue to be Borrowing Base Properties), the Borrower or
Guarantor holds good and clear record and marketable fee simple or leasehold
title to (or an undivided condominium interest in) the Borrowing Base
Properties, subject to no Liens, except for Permitted Liens and, in the case of
any ground-leased Borrowing Base Property, the terms of such ground lease, as
the same may then or thereafter be amended from time to time in a manner
consistent with the minimum term for ground leases set forth in the definition
of "Real Estate Assets" in (S)1.1 above.

                    (b)     The Borrower and the Guarantor will, as of the
Closing Date (or with respect to the Newport Office Park located in Quincy,
Massachusetts, will within a reasonable period of time after the Closing Date),
own all of the assets as reflected in the financial statements of the Borrower
and the Guarantor described in (S)7.4, the S-11, the Prospectus and the
Preliminary Prospectus or acquired since the date of such financial statements
(except property and assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course
of business since that date).

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)7.4.   Financial Statements. The following financial statements
                     --------------------
have been furnished to each of the Banks:

                     (a)     The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet
                                           --- -----
of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1997, and their related
unaudited consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996 and for the three months ended March 31, 1997, prepared as if
the Initial Public Offering and all of the Formation Transactions set forth in
the Prospectus had occurred as of March 31, 1997 in the case of the balance
sheet and as of the beginning of the fiscal year presented and carried forward
through the year or interim period presented in the case of the statements of
operations, contained in pages F-1 through F-16, inclusive, of the Prospectus,
together with the financial statements for the Boston Properties Predecessor
Group (as defined in the Prospectus), combined in accordance with GAAP,
contained in pages F-17 through F-32, inclusive, of the Prospectus
(collectively, the "Prospectus Financials"). Such Prospectus Financials have
been prepared in accordance with GAAP and, assuming such Formation Transactions
had occurred as of March 31, 1997 in the case of the pro forma balance sheet and
                                                     --- -----
as of the beginning of the fiscal year presented and carried forward through the
year or interim period presented in the case of the pro forma statements of
                                                    --- -----
operations, fairly present the financial condition of the Guarantor and its
Subsidiaries (or such Boston Properties Predecessor Group, as the case may be)
as at the close of business on the date thereof and the results of operations
for the fiscal year then ended. There are no contingent liabilities of the
Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (or such Boston Properties Predecessor
Group, as the case may be) as of such date involving material amounts, known to
the officers of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (or such Boston
Properties Predecessor Group, as the case may be) not disclosed in said
Prospectus Financials.

                     (b)     A summary of information relating to the Properties
(as defined in the Prospectus) as of _______________, including true, accurate
and complete information in all material respects as to the average annual base
rents, occupancy rates and lease expiration information.

           (S)7.5    No Material Changes, Etc. Since the Financial Statement
                     ------------------------
Date, there has occurred no materially adverse change in the financial condition
or business of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group, other
than changes in the ordinary course of business that have not had any materially
adverse effect either individually or in the aggregate on the business or
financial condition of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group.
Between the Financial Statement Date and the Closing Date, there has been no
material adverse change to the Net Operating Income of any Real Estate Asset
that is a Borrowing Base property on the Closing Date.

           (S)7.6.   Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Etc. Except to the extent
                     ------------------------------------
the failure or breach of such representation or warranty constitutes a Non-
Material Breach, the Borrower, Guarantor and each of their respective
Subsidiaries possesses all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade
names, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate
for the conduct of their respective businesses substantially as

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
now conducted without known conflict with any rights of others, including all
material Permits.

           (S)7.7 Litigation. Except as stated on Schedule 7.7, there are no
                  ----------                      ------------
actions, suits, proceedings or investigations of any kind pending or, to the
Borrower's knowledge, threatened against the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of
their respective Subsidiaries before any court, tribunal or administrative
agency or board that, if adversely determined, might, either individually or in
the aggregate, materially adversely affect the properties, assets, financial
condition or business of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group,
or materially impair the right of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the
BP Group, to carry on their respective businesses substantially as now conducted
by them, or result in any substantial liability not adequately covered by
insurance, or for which adequate reserves are not maintained, as reflected in
the applicable consolidated financial statements or SEC Filings of the Borrower
and the Guarantor, or which question the validity of this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents, or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or
thereto.

           (S)7.8. No Materially Adverse Contracts, Etc. Neither the
                   ------------------------------------
Borrower, the Guarantor nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to
any charter, corporate, partnership or other legal restriction, or any judgment,
decree, order, rule or regulation that has or is reasonably expected in the
future to have (and with respect solely to any restriction on the timing of any
sale or refinancing of a Real Estate Asset which would be an acceptable Lien
under the definition of "Unencumbered Asset" contained in an Organizational
Document, such expectation existed at the time such restriction was imposed) a
materially adverse effect on the respective businesses, assets or financial
conditions of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group. None of
the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party
to any contract or agreement that has or is expected, in the judgment of their
respective officers, to have any materially adverse effect on the respective
businesses of the BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group.

           (S)7.9. Compliance With Other Instruments, Laws, Etc. Neither the
                      --------------------------------------------
Borrower, the Guarantor nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is in violation
of any provision of its partnership agreement or charter, as the case may be, or
any respective agreement or instrument to which it may be subject or by which it
or any of its properties may be bound or any decree, order, judgment, statute,
license, rule or regulation, in any of the foregoing cases in a manner that
could result, individually or in the aggregate, in the imposition of substantial
penalties or materially and adversely affect the financial condition, properties
or businesses of the BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group.

           (S)7.10. Tax Status. (i) Each of the Borrower, the Guarantor and
                    ----------
their respective Subsidiaries (a) has made or filed all federal, state and local
income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any
jurisdiction to which it is subject, (b) has paid all taxes and other
governmental assessments and charges shown or determined to be due on such
returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good 

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
 
faith and by appropriate proceedings, and (c) has set aside on its books
provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods
subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply,
and (ii) there are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by
the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the respective officers of the
Borrower and the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries know of no basis
for any such claim.

           (S)7.11  No Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has
                    -------------------
occurred and is continuing.

           (S)7.12. Investment Company Acts. None of the Borrower, the
                    -----------------------
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is an "investment company", or
an "affiliated company" or a "principal underwriter" of an "investment company",
as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

           (S)7.13. Absence of UCC Financing Statements, Etc. Except for
                    ----------------------------------------
Permitted Liens and except to the extent the failure or breach of such
representation and warranty constitutes a Non-Material Breach, there is no
financing statement, security agreement, chattel mortgage, real estate mortgage,
equipment lease, financing lease, option, encumbrance or other document filed or
recorded with any filing records, registry, or other public office, that
purports to cover, affect or give notice of any present or possible future lien
or encumbrance on, or security interest in, any Borrowing Base Property. Neither
the Borrower nor the Guarantor has pledged or granted any lien on or security
interest in or otherwise encumbered or transferred any of their respective
interests in any Subsidiary who is a Borrower (including in the case of the
Guarantor, its interests in BPLP), unless such pledge, lien or security interest
relates only to a Borrower other than BPLP and is a Non-Material Breach.

           (S)7.14. Absence of Liens. The Borrower or the Guarantor is the
                    ----------------
owner of or the holder of a ground leasehold interest in the Borrowing Base
Properties free from any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

           (S)7.15. Certain Transactions.  [Intentionally Omitted.]
                    --------------------

           (S)7.16. Employee Benefit Plans; Multiemployer Plans; Guaranteed
                    -------------------------------------------------------
Pension Plans. Except as disclosed in the SEC Filings, none of the Borrower, the
- -------------
Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to any Employee
Benefit Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Guaranteed Pension Plan.

           (S)7.17. Regulations U and X. No portion of any Loan is to be
                    -------------------
used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be obtained, for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying any "margin security" or "margin stock" as such terms
are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

           (S)7.18. Environmental Compliance. The Borrower has caused Phase I
                    ------------------------
and other environmental assessments (collectively, the "Environmental Reports")
to be conducted 

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
 
and/or taken other steps to investigate the past and present environmental
condition and usage of the Real Estate Assets. Based upon such Environmental
Reports, to the Borrower's knowledge, except as identified in such Environmental
Reports, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties:

                     (a)       None of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, any
Guarantor or any operator of the Real Estate Assets or any portion thereof, or
any operations thereon is in material violation, or alleged material violation,
of any judgment, decree, order, law, license, rule or regulation pertaining to
environmental matters, including without limitation, those arising under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended ("CERCLA"), the
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 ("SARA"), the Federal Clean
Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, or any
state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order or decree relating to
health, safety or the environment (hereinafter "Environmental Laws"), which
violation or alleged violation has, or its remediation would have, by itself or
when aggregated with all such other violations or alleged violations, a material
adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or constitutes a Disqualifying
Environmental Event with respect to any of the Borrowing Base Properties.

                     (b)       None of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of
their respective Subsidiaries has received written notice from any third party,
including, without limitation, any federal, state or local governmental
authority, (i) that it has been identified by the United States Environmental
Protection Agency ("EPA) as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA with
respect to a site listed on the National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300
Appendix B (1986), (ii) that any hazardous waste, as defined by 42 U.S.C. 
(S)9601(5), any hazardous substances as defined by 42 U.S.C. (S)9601(14), any
pollutant or contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. (S)9601(33) or any toxic
substances, oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances
regulated by any Environmental Laws ("Hazardous Substances") which it has
generated, transported or disposed of have been found at any site at which a
federal, state or local agency or other third party has conducted or has ordered
that the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries conduct
a remedial investigation, removal or other response action pursuant to any
Environmental Law, or (iii) that it is or shall be a named party to any claim,
action, cause of action, complaint, or legal or administrative proceeding (in
each case, contingent or otherwise) arising out of any third party's incurrence
of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any kind whatsoever in connection with
the release of Hazardous Substances, which event described in any such notice
would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial
condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or constitutes
a Disqualifying Environmental Event with respect to any of the Borrowing Base
Properties.

                     (c)       (i) No portion of the Real Estate Assets has been
used for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances
except in material accordance with applicable Environmental Laws; and no
underground tank or other 

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
 
underground storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances is located on any
portion of any Real Estate Assets except in material accordance with applicable
Environmental Laws, (ii) in the course of any activities conducted by the
Borrower, the Guarantor, their respective Subsidiaries or the operators of their
respective properties or any ground or space tenants on any Real Estate Asset,
no Hazardous Substances have been generated or are being used on such Real
Estate Asset except in material accordance with applicable Environmental Laws,
(iii) there has been no present or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, past
releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging,
injecting, escaping, disposing or dumping (a "Release") or threatened Release of
Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from the Real Estate Assets in violation
of applicable Environmental Laws, (iv) to the best of Borrower's knowledge,
there have been no Releases in violation of applicable Environmental Laws upon,
from or into any real property in the vicinity of any of the Real Estate Assets
which, through soil or groundwater contamination, may have come to be located on
such Real Estate Asset, and (v) to the best of Borrower's Knowledge, any
Hazardous Substances that have been generated on any of the Real Estate Assets
during ownership thereof by the Borrower, the Guarantor their respective
Subsidiaries or the operations of their respective properties have been
transported off-site only in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws;
any of which events described in clauses (i) through (v) above would have a
material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of BPLP,
the Guarantor, or taken as a whole, the BP Group, or constitutes a Disqualifying
Environmental Event with respect to any of the Borrowing Base Properties.
Notwithstanding that the representations contained herein are limited to the
knowledge of the Borrower, any such limitation shall not affect the covenants
specified in (S)8.11 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

                  (d)       None of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of the
Real Estate Assets is subject to any applicable Environmental Law requiring the
performance of Hazardous Substances site assessments, or the removal or
remediation of Hazardous Substances, or the giving of notice to any governmental
agency or the recording or delivery to other Persons of an environmental
disclosure document or statement, by virtue of the transactions set forth herein
and contemplated hereby, or as a condition to the effectiveness of any other
transactions contemplated hereby.

      (S)7.19.    Subsidiaries. Schedule 7.19 sets forth, as of the Closing
                  ------------  -------------
Date, all of the respective Subsidiaries of BPLP, each other Borrower and the
Guarantor.

      (S)7.20.    Loan Documents. All of the representations and warranties
                  --------------
by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Guarantor and their respective
Subsidiaries made in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents or any
document or instrument delivered to the Agent or the Banks pursuant to or in
connection with any of such Loan Documents are true and correct in all material
respects and do not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make such
representations and warranties not materially misleading.

                                      -44-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)7.21. REIT Status. The Guarantor has not taken any action that
                    -----------
would prevent it from maintaining its qualification as a REIT for its tax year
ended December 31, 1997 or from maintaining such qualification at all times
during the term of the Loans.

           (S)7.22 Initial Public Offering Registration Statement.
                   ----------------------------------------------

           (a) A registration statement on Form S-11 (File No. 333-25279) with
respect to the Common Stock (as defined in such registration statement) has been
prepared by the Guarantor in conformity with the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and regulations (the "Rules
and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC" or the
"Commission") thereunder; and has been filed with the Commission. The Guarantor
has prepared and has filed amendments to such registration statement, which
amendments have been similarly prepared. There has been delivered to the Agent
copies of such registration statement and amendments, together with copies of
each exhibit filed therewith. The Guarantor has also prepared a related
preliminary prospectus, a copy of which has also been provided to the Agent. The
Guarantor has also filed with the Commission (or will timely file) one of the
following: (i) prior to effectiveness of such registration statement, a further
amendment thereto, including the form of final prospectus, or (ii) a final
prospectus in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b) of the Rules and
Regulations. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus, or such
final prospectus, include all Rule 430A Information.

           The term "Registration Statement" as used in this Agreement means the
above registration statement at the time such registration statement became
effective and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto became
effective, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended; provided,
                                                                      --------
however, that such term shall also include all Rule 430A Information deemed to
- -------
be included in such registration statement at the time such registration
statement became effective as provided by Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations. The term "Preliminary Prospectus" means any preliminary prospectus
referred to in the preceding paragraph and any preliminary prospectus included
in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective that omits Rule
430A Information. The term "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean the
prospectus relating to the Common Stock in the form in which it is first filed
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or, if
no filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations is required,
means the form of final prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the
time such registration statement became effective. The term "Rule 430A
Information" means information with respect to the Common Stock and the offering
thereof permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement when it became
effective pursuant to Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations.

           (b) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending
the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, and each Preliminary Prospectus has
conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules
and Regulations and, as of its date, has not included any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading; as of the Closing Date, the Registration 

                                      -45-
<PAGE>
 
Statement has become effective and the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, contain all material
statements and information required to be included therein by the Act and the
Rules and Regulations and in all material respects conform to the requirements
of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement
nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment or supplement thereto, include any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

           (S)8.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTOR.
                   -------------------------------------------------------
The Borrower for itself and on behalf of the Guarantor and their respective
Subsidiaries (if and to the extent expressly included in Subsections contained
in this Section) covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan, Letter of
Credit or Revolving Credit Note is outstanding or the Banks have any obligation
to make any Loans or any Bank has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any
Letters of Credit:

           (S)8.1. Punctual Payment. The Borrower will duly and punctually
                   ----------------
pay or cause to be paid the principal and interest on the Loans and all
interest, fees, charges and other amounts provided for in this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the
Revolving Credit Notes, and the other Loan Documents.

           (S)8.2. Maintenance of Office. Each of the Borrower and the
                   ---------------------
Guarantor will maintain its chief executive office in Boston, Massachusetts, or
at such other place in the United States of America as each of them shall
designate in Schedule 2 or otherwise upon written notice to the Agent to be
             ----------
delivered within fifteen (15) days of any change of chief executive office,
where, subject to (S)22, notices, presentations and demands to or upon the
Borrower and the Guarantor, as the case may be, in respect of the Loan Documents
may be given or made.

           (S)8.3. Records and Accounts. Each of the Borrower and the
                   --------------------
Guarantor will (a) keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, true and
accurate records and books of account in which full, true and correct entries in
all material respects will be made in accordance with GAAP and (b) maintain
adequate accounts and reserves for all taxes (including income taxes),
contingencies, depreciation and amortization of its properties and the
properties of its Subsidiaries; all of such reserves may be unfunded.

           (S)8.4. Financial Statements, Certificates and Information. The
                   --------------------------------------------------  
Borrower will deliver and cause the Guarantor to deliver (as applicable) to the
Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank):

                   (a)   as soon as practicable, but in any event not later
than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, the
audited consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at the
end of such year, and the related audited consolidated statements of income,
changes in shareholder's equity and cash flows for the year then ended, in each
case, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the 

                                      -46-
<PAGE>
 
previous fiscal year and all such statements to be in reasonable detail,
prepared in accordance with GAAP, and, in each case, accompanied by an auditor's
report prepared without qualification by the Accountants; together with a
written statement from such Accountants to the effect that they have read a copy
of this Agreement, and that, in making the examination necessary to said
certification, they have obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of
Default under (S)9 or (S)10 or otherwise under the provisions of this Agreement
relating to the financial condition of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries,
or of any facts or circumstances that would cause the Guarantor not to continue
to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, or, if such Accountants
shall have obtained knowledge of any then existing Default, Event of Default or
such facts or circumstances, they shall make disclosure thereof in such
statement;

                     (b)       as soon as practicable, but in any event not
later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of its March 31, June 30
and September 30 fiscal quarters, copies of the unaudited consolidated balance
sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and
the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in
shareholders' equity and cash flows for the portion of the Guarantor's fiscal
year then elapsed, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP
(which may be provided by inclusion in the Form 10-Q of the Guarantor filed with
the SEC for such period provided pursuant to clause (i) below), together with a
certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower
and the Guarantor that the information contained in such financial statements
fairly presents the financial position of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on
the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments none of which shall be
materially adverse);

                     (c)       Upon the request of the Agent and as soon as
practicable, but in any event not later than ninety (90) days after the end of
each of its fiscal years, statements of Net Operating Income and outstanding
Indebtedness as at the end of such fiscal year and for the fiscal year then
ended in respect of each Real Estate Asset (including each Borrowing Base
Property), each prepared in accordance with GAAP consistent with the definitions
of Net Operating Income and outstanding Indebtedness used in this Agreement and
a summary rent roll in respect of each Borrowing Base Property, in each case
certified by the chief financial or accounting officer of the Borrower as true
and correct in all material respects;

                     (d)       Upon the request of the Agent and as soon as
practicable, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the end
of each of the fiscal quarters of the Borrower, (1) copies of the unaudited
statements of Net Operating Income and outstanding Indebtedness as at the end of
such quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then elapsed in respect of
each Real Estate Asset (including each Borrowing Base Property), each prepared
in accordance with GAAP consistent with the definitions of Net Operating Income
and outstanding Indebtedness used in this Agreement and certified by the chief
financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to present fairly the Net
Operating Income and outstanding Indebtedness in respect of each such Real
Estate Asset and (ii) an occupancy analysis in respect of each Real Estate Asset
(including each 

                                      -47-
<PAGE>
 
Borrowing Base Property) certified by the chief financial officer of the
Borrower to be true and complete in all material respects;

                     (e)       simultaneously with the delivery of the financial
statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a statement in the form
of Exhibit C-2 hereto signed by the chief financial or accounting officer of the
Borrower and (if applicable) reconciliations to reflect changes in GAAP since
the date of such financial statements;

                     (f)       promptly as they become available, a copy of each
report (including any so-called management letters) submitted to the Borrower,
the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries by the Accountants in
connection with each annual audit of the books of the Borrower, the Guarantor or
such Subsidiary by such Accountants or in connection with any interim audit
thereof pertaining to any phase of the business of the Borrower, the Guarantor
or any such Subsidiary;

                     (g)       contemporaneously with (or promptly after) the
filing or mailing thereof, copies of all material of a financial nature sent to
the holders of any Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than the Loans) for
borrowed money, to the extent that the information or disclosure contained in
such material refers to or could reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or prospects, or
operations of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group;

                     (h)       contemporaneously with the filing or mailing
thereof, copies of all material of a financial nature filed with the SEC or sent
to the stockholders of the Guarantor;

                     (i)       as soon as practicable, but in any event not
later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor,
copies of the Form 10-K statement filed by the Guarantor with the SEC for such
fiscal year, and as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than fifty
(50) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor copies of the
Form 10-Q statement filed by the Guarantor with the SEC for such fiscal quarter,
provided that, in either case, if the SEC has granted an extension for the
filing of such statements, the Guarantor shall deliver such statements to the
Agent within ten (10) days after the filing thereof with the SEC;

                     (j)       from time to time such other financial data and
information about the Borrower, the Guarantor, their respective Subsidiaries,
the Real Estate Assets and the Partially-Owned Real Estate Holding Entities as
the Agent or any Bank (through the Agent) may reasonably request, including
without limitation complete rent rolls, existing environmental reports, and
insurance certificates with respect to the Real Estate Assets (including the
Borrowing Base Properties);

                     (k)       in the case of the Borrower and the Guarantor, as
soon as practicable, but in any event not later than ninety (90) days after the
end of each of their respective fiscal years, pro forma projections for the next
three fiscal years;

                                      -48-
<PAGE>
 
                     (l)       together with the financial statements delivered
pursuant to (S)8.4(a), a certification by the chief financial or accounting
officer of the Borrower of the state and federal taxable income of the Guarantor
and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the applicable fiscal year; and

                     (m)       in the event that the definition of "funds from
operations" is revised by the Board of Governors of the National Association of
Real Estate Investment Trusts, a report, certified by the chief financial or
accounting officer of the Borrower, of the "funds from operations" of the
Borrower based on the definition as in effect on the date of this Agreement and
based on the definition as so revised from time to time, which such report shall
be delivered to the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) with the
financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to (S)8.4(b) above.

              (S)8.5. Notices.
                      -------

                     (a)       Defaults. The Borrower will, and will cause the
                               --------
Guarantor, as applicable, to, promptly after obtaining knowledge of the same,
notify the Agent in writing (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) of the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or Non-Material Breach. If any
Person shall give any notice or take any other action in respect of (x) a
claimed Default (whether or not constituting an Event of Default) under this
Agreement or (y) a claimed failure by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of
their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, to comply with any term, condition
or provision of or under any note, evidence of Indebtedness, indenture or other
obligation in excess of $10,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, to which
or with respect to which any of them is a party or obligor, whether as principal
or surety, and such failure to comply would permit the holder of such note or
obligation or other evidence of Indebtedness to accelerate the maturity thereof,
which acceleration would have a material adverse effect on BPLP, the Guarantor
or, taken as a whole, the BP Group, the Borrower or Guarantor, as the case may
be, shall forthwith give written notice thereof to the Agent and each of the
Banks, describing the notice or action and the nature of the claimed failure to
comply.

                     (b)       Environmental Events. The Borrower will, and will
                               --------------------
cause the Guarantor to, promptly give notice in writing to the Agent (with
copies to the Agent for each Bank) (i) upon Borrower's or Guarantor's obtaining
knowledge of any material violation (as determined by the Borrower or Guarantor
in the exercise of its reasonable discretion) of any Environmental Law regarding
any Real Estate Asset or Borrower's or Guarantor's operations, (ii) upon
Borrower's or Guarantor's obtaining knowledge of any known Release of any
Hazardous Substance at, from, or into any Real Estate Asset which it reports in
writing or is reportable by it in writing to any governmental authority and
which is material in amount or nature or which could materially affect the value
of such Real Estate Asset, (iii) upon Borrower's or such Guarantor's receipt of
any notice of material violation of any Environmental Laws or of any material
Release of Hazardous Substances in violation of any Environmental Laws or any
matter that may be a Disqualifying Environmental Event with respect to any of
the Borrowing Base Properties, including a notice or claim of liability or
potential responsibility from any 

                                      -49-
<PAGE>
 
third party (including without limitation any federal, state or local
governmental officials) and including notice of any formal inquiry, proceeding,
demand, investigation or other action with regard to (A) Borrower's or such
Guarantor's or any other Person's operation of any Real Estate Asset, (B)
contamination on, from or into any Real Estate Asset, or (C) investigation or
remediation of off-site locations at which Borrower or such Guarantor or any of
its predecessors are alleged to have directly or indirectly disposed of
Hazardous Substances, or (iv) upon Borrower's or such Guarantor's obtaining
knowledge that any expense or loss has been incurred by such governmental
authority in connection with the assessment, containment, removal or remediation
of any Hazardous Substances with respect to which Borrower or such Guarantor or
any Partially-Owned Real Estate Entity may be liable or for which a lien may be
imposed on any Real Estate Asset; any of which events described in clauses (i)
through (iv) above would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets
or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
or constitutes a Disqualifying Environmental Event with respect to any of the
Borrowing Base Properties.

                     (c)       Notification of Claims against Borrowing Base
                               ---------------------------------------------
Properties. The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, promptly upon
- ----------
becoming aware thereof, notify the Agent in writing (with copies to the Agent
for each Bank) of any setoff, claims, withholdings or other defenses to which
any of the Borrowing Base Properties are subject, which (i) would have a
material adverse effect on (x) the business, assets or financial condition of
BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group, or (y) the value of any
such Borrowing Base Property, or (ii) with respect to such Borrowing Base
Property, constitute a Disqualifying Environmental Event, a Disqualifying
Structural Event or a Lien subject to the bonding or insurance requirement of
(S)9.2(viii).

                     (d)       Notice of Litigation and Judgments. The Borrower
                               ----------------------------------
will, and will cause the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries, to give
notice to the Agent in writing (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) within
fifteen (15) days of becoming aware of any litigation or proceedings threatened
in writing or any pending litigation and proceedings an adverse determination in
which could materially affect BPLP, the Guarantor or taken as a whole, the BP
Group, or any Borrowing Base Property or to which the Borrower, the Guarantor or
any of their respective Subsidiaries is or is to become a party involving an
uninsured claim against the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse
effect on BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group, the respective
properties, business, assets, financial condition or prospects or on the value
or operation of the Borrowing Base Properties and stating the nature and status
of such litigation or proceedings. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the
Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Agent and
each of the Banks, in writing, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent and each of the Banks, within ten (10) days of any judgment not covered by
insurance, final or otherwise, against the Borrower, Guarantor or any of such
Subsidiaries in an amount in excess of $1,000,000.

                                      -50-
<PAGE>
 
                     (e)       Acquisition of Real Estate Assets. The Borrower
                               ---------------------------------
shall notify the Agent in writing (with copies to the Agent for each Bank)
within seven (7) days of the acquisition of any Real Estate Asset by the
Borrower, the Guarantor or any other member of the BP Group (whether or not such
acquisition was made with proceeds of the Loans), which notice shall include, at
the Agent's request, with respect to such Real Estate Asset, its address, a
brief description and recent photograph, a rent roll summary, a pro forma and
historic (if available) income statement and a summary of the key business terms
of such acquisition, provided that the failure of the Borrower to provide such
notice to the Agent shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default
hereunder.

                     (f)       Insolvency Events. The Borrower shall notify the
                               -----------------
Agent in writing (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) promptly after the
occurrence of any of the events described in ss.14.1(g) or (h) with respect to
any member of the BP Group other than BPLP and the Guarantor.

              (S)8.6. Existence of Borrower; Maintenance of Properties. The
                      ------------------------------------------------
Borrower will do or cause to be done all things necessary to, and shall,
preserve and keep in full force and effect its respective existence in its
jurisdiction of organization and will do or cause to be done all things
necessary to preserve and keep in full force all of its respective rights and
franchises and those of its respective Subsidiaries each of which in the good
faith judgment of BPLP may be necessary to properly and advantageously conduct
the businesses conducted by it. The Borrower (a) will cause all necessary
repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements to be made to all
Real Estate Assets owned or controlled by it, all as in the judgment of the
Borrower may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection
therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times, subject to
the terms of the applicable Leases and partnership agreements or other entity
charter documents, and in any event, will keep all of the Real Estate Assets
(for so long as such Real Estate Assets are owned by the Borrower, the Guarantor
or any of their respective Subsidiaries) in a condition consistent with the Real
Estate Assets currently owned or controlled by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries,
(b) will cause all of its other properties and those of its Subsidiaries (to the
extent controlled by the Borrower) used or useful in the conduct of its business
or the business of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition,
repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment, and (c)
will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to continue to engage primarily in
the businesses now conducted by it and in related businesses, all of the
foregoing to the extent necessary to comply with the other terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement, and in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above,
except to the extent that the failure to comply with the provisions thereof
constitutes a Non-Material Breach.

             (S)8.7. Existence of Guarantor; Maintenance of REIT Status of
                     -----------------------------------------------------
Guarantor; Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower will cause the Guarantor to
- ------------------------------------
do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect the Guarantor's existence as a Delaware corporation. The Borrower
will cause 

                                      -51-
<PAGE>
 
the Guarantor at all times to maintain its status as a REIT and not to take any
action which could lead to its disqualification as a REIT. Without limitation of
(S)9.3(f) hereof, the Borrower will cause the Guarantor not to engage in any
business other than the business of acting as a REIT and serving as the general
partner and limited partner of the Borrower, as a member, partner or stockholder
of other Persons and matters directly relating thereto and as a Guarantor, and
shall cause the Guarantor to conduct all or substantially all of its business
operations through the Borrower or through subsidiary partnerships or other
entities in which the Borrower owns at least 99% of the economic interests. The
Borrower will cause the Guarantor (a) to cause all of its properties and those
of its Subsidiaries used or useful in the conduct of its business or the
business of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair
and working order (including, without limitation, that all Real Estate Assets
will be maintained in a condition consistent with the Real Estate Assets
currently owned or controlled by the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries), and
supplied with all necessary equipment, (b) to cause to be made all necessary
repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in
the judgment of the Guarantor may be necessary so that the business carried on
in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all
times and (c) to cause each of its Subsidiaries to continue to engage primarily
in the businesses now conducted by it and in related businesses, in each case
under clauses (a), (b) and (c) above to the extent, in the good faith judgment
of the Guarantor, necessary to properly and advantageously conduct the
businesses being conducted by it.

              (S)8.8. Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause the Guarantor
                      ---------
to, maintain with respect to its properties, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers,
insurance with respect to such properties and its business against such
casualties and contingencies as shall be in accordance with the general
practices of businesses engaged in similar activities in similar geographic
areas and in amounts, containing such terms, in such forms and for such periods
as may be reasonable and prudent, unless any failure to do so does not relate to
BPLP or the Guarantor and is a Non-Material Breach.

              (S)8.9. Taxes. The Borrower will, and will cause the Guarantor and
                      -----
each of their respective Subsidiaries to, pay or cause to be paid real estate
taxes, other taxes, assessments and other governmental charges against the Real
Estate Assets before the same become delinquent and will duly pay and discharge,
or cause to be paid and discharged, before the same shall become overdue, all
taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon its sales and
activities, or any part thereof, or upon the income or profits therefrom, as
well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies that if unpaid might by law
become a lien or charge upon any of the Real Estate Assets, unless any failure
to do so does not relate to BPLP or the Guarantor and is a Non-Material Breach;
provided that any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need not be paid
if the validity or amount thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and if the Borrower or the Guarantor shall have set
aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto; and provided further
that the Borrower or the Guarantor will pay all such taxes, assessments,
charges, levies or claims forthwith prior to the consummation of proceedings to
foreclose any lien that may have attached as security therefor. Promptly upon
request by the Agent if required for bank regulatory compliance purposes or
similar bank purposes, the Borrower will provide evidence of the 

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
 
payment of real estate taxes, other taxes, assessments and other governmental
charges against the Real Estate Assets in the form of receipted tax bills or
other form reasonably acceptable to the Agent, or evidence of the existence of
applicable contests as contemplated herein.

              (S)8.10. Inspection of Properties and Books. The Borrower will,
                       ----------------------------------
and will cause the Guarantor to, permit the Agent or any of the Banks' other
designated representatives upon no less than 24 hours notice (which notice may
be given orally or in writing), to visit and inspect any of the properties of
the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to examine
the books of account of the Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective
Subsidiaries (and to make copies thereof and extracts therefrom) and to discuss
the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower, the Guarantor and their
respective Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers,
all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Agent may reasonably request;
provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
- --------
the Borrower shall only be responsible for the costs and expenses incurred by
the Agent in connection with such inspections. The Agent and each Bank agrees to
keep any non-public information delivered or made available by the Borrower to
it confidential from anyone other than persons employed or retained by the Agent
or such Bank who are or are expected to become engaged in evaluating, approving,
structuring or administering the Loans; provided that nothing herein shall
                                        --------
prevent the Agent or any Bank from disclosing such information (i) to any other
Bank, (ii) to any other person if reasonably incidental to the administration of
the Loans, (iii) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (iv) upon
the request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority, (v) which has been
publicly disclosed other than as a result of a disclosure by the Agent or any
Bank which is not permitted by this Agreement, (vi) in connection with any
litigation to which the Agent, any Bank, or their respective Affiliates may be a
party, (vii) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise
of any remedy hereunder, (viii) to the Agent's or such Bank's Affiliates, legal
counsel and independent auditors, and (ix) to any actual or proposed participant
or Eligible Assignee of all or part of its rights hereunder.

              (S)8.11. Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits.
                       ------------------------------------------------------
The Borrower will, and will cause the Guarantor to, comply with, and will cause
each of their respective Subsidiaries to comply with (a) all applicable laws and
regulations now or hereafter in effect wherever its business is conducted,
including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and all applicable federal
and state securities laws, (b) the provisions of its partnership agreement or
corporate charter and other charter documents and by-laws, as applicable, (c)
all material agreements and instruments to which it is a party or by which it or
any of its properties may be bound (including the Real Estate Assets and the
Leases) and (d) all applicable decrees, orders, and judgments, unless such non-
compliance does not relate to BPLP or the Guarantor and constitutes a Non-
Material Breach. If at any time while any Loan or Revolving Credit Note or
Letter of Credit is outstanding or the Banks have any obligation to make Loans
or issue Letters of Credit hereunder, any Permit shall become necessary or
required in order that the Borrower may fulfill any of its obligations
hereunder, the Borrower and the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries will
immediately take or cause to be taken all reasonable steps 

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
 
within the power of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as applicable, to obtain such
Permit and furnish the Agent with evidence thereof.

              (S)8.12. Use of Proceeds. Subject at all times to the other
                       ---------------
provisions this Agreement, the Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans
solely for working capital and general corporate purposes, including, without
limitation, in connection with the acquisition, rehabilitation and development
of Permitted Properties and the acquisition of Mortgages in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.

              (S)8.13. Addition of Borrowing Base Property. Prior to the
                       -----------------------------------
addition of any Real Estate Asset to the Borrowing Base as a Borrowing Base
Property, the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Agent (i) the Joinder
Documents (including the documents, instruments, certificates and agreements
required thereby). Upon satisfaction of the requirements of this (S)8.13, and
subject to the compliance of any such additional Borrowing Base Property with
the Borrowing Base Conditions, such Real Estate Asset shall be included as a
Borrowing Base Property.

              (S)8.14. Additional Borrowers; Solvency of Borrowers; Removal
                       ----------------------------------------------------
of Borrowers.
- ------------

                     (a)       If, after the Closing Date, BPLP wishes to
designate as a Borrowing Base Property a Real Estate Asset that otherwise
qualifies as a Borrowing Base Property but is owned or ground-leased by a Person
other than the Borrower, BPLP shall cause such Person (which Person must be a
Wholly-owned Subsidiary) to become a party to this Agreement and the other
applicable Loan Documents prior to such Real Estate Asset becoming a Borrowing
Base Property hereunder. The liability of each Borrower which is from time to
time a Borrower hereunder shall be joint and several with all other Borrowers
for all Obligations for so long as such Borrower is a Borrower hereunder
(provided that BPLP shall at all times be a Borrower hereunder). At any time and
 --------
from time to time but only for so long as no Default or Event of Default shall
then exist, BPLP may notify Agent, in writing (each, a "Release Notice"), that
one (1) or more Borrowing Base Properties are to be removed from the Borrowing
Base. Such Release Notice shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance in
the form of Exhibit C-4, evidencing compliance. Immediately upon receipt of such
            -----------
Release Notice and Certificate of Compliance, such Borrowing Base Properties
(each, a "Released Property") shall be removed from the Borrowing Base and any
Wholly-owned Subsidiary which is the owner of a Released Property and which is
then a Borrower (other than BPLP) hereunder shall be released from its
obligations hereunder (including the Obligations), provided, however, that any
                                                   --------  -------
such release shall only be effective as to Obligations arising after the
applicable Release Notice (and the Certificate of Compliance evidencing
compliance) is received by Agent. BPLP will not permit any Borrower (other than
BPLP) that owns or ground leases any Borrowing Base Property to have any
Subsidiaries unless such Subsidiary's business, obligations and undertakings are
exclusively related to the business of such Borrower.

                                      -54-
<PAGE>
 
                      (b)       Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall remain
solvent at all times, unless such failure to remain solvent does not relate to
BPLP or the Guarantor and is a Non-Material Breach.

              (S)8.15. Further Assurances. The Borrower will, and will cause the
                       ------------------
Guarantor to, cooperate with, the Agent and the Banks and execute such further
instruments and documents as the Banks or the Agent shall reasonably request to
carry out to their satisfaction the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents.

           8.16. Interest Rate Protection. For any period of time during which
                 ------------------------
the outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit
exceeds $200,000,000 for more than 60 consecutive days, the Borrower shall, upon
the Agent's reasonable written request (each, an "Agent Notice"), maintain in
effect interest rate protection arrangements to reduce the Borrower's interest
rate risk on the amounts in excess of such $200,000,000 balance by means of
hedging techniques or vehicles such as interest rate swaps, interest rate caps,
interest rate corridors or interest rate collars, in each case to be capped at a
rate reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Banks and otherwise
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Borrower shall be considered to be in compliance with the
requirements set forth above if, within ten (10) days after Borrower's receipt
of Agent's written request, Borrower provides evidence reasonably satisfactory
to Agent of Borrower's intent (together with a proposed plan) to reduce such
outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit to an
amount less than $200,000,000 during the sixty (60) day period following the
date of the Agent's written request. Once obtained, the Borrower shall maintain
such arrangements in full force and effect as provided therein, and shall not,
without Unanimous Bank Approval, modify, terminate, or transfer such
arrangements during the period in which the outstanding balance of the Revolving
Credit Loans and Letters of Credit remains in excess of $200,000,000 with
respect to any specific related Agent Notice. The Borrower may, at its option,
enter into additional interest rate protection arrangements permitted pursuant
to (S)9.3.

              (S)8.17. Environmental Indemnification. The Borrower covenants and
                       -----------------------------
agrees that it will indemnify and hold the Agent and each Bank, and each of
their respective Affiliates, harmless from and against any and all claims,
expense, damage, loss or liability incurred by the Agent or any Bank (including
all reasonable costs of legal representation incurred by the Agent or any Bank,
but excluding, as applicable, for the Agent or a Bank any claim, expense,
damage, loss or liability as a result of the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Agent or such Bank or any of their respective Affiliates)
relating to (a) any Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Substances on any
Real Estate Asset; (b) any violation of any Environmental Laws with respect to
conditions at any Real Estate Asset or the operations conducted thereon; (c) the
investigation or remediation of off-site locations at which the Borrower, the
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or their predecessors are
alleged to have directly or indirectly disposed of Hazardous Substances; or (d)
any action, suit, proceeding or 

                                      -55-
<PAGE>
 
investigation brought or threatened with respect to any Hazardous Substances
relating to Real Estate Assets (including, but not limited to, claims with
respect to wrongful death, personal injury or damage to property). It is
expressly acknowledged by the Borrower that this covenant of indemnification
shall survive the payment of the Loans and shall inure to the benefit of the
Agent and the Banks and their respective Affiliates, their respective
successors, and their respective assigns under the Loan Documents permitted
under this Agreement.

              (S)8.18. Response Actions. The Borrower covenants and agrees that
                       ----------------
if any Release or disposal of Hazardous Substances shall occur or shall have
occurred on any Real Estate Asset owned directly or indirectly by the Borrower
or the Guarantor, in violation of applicable Environmental Laws, the Borrower
will cause the prompt containment and removal of such Hazardous Substances and
remediation of such wholly-owned Real Estate Asset as necessary to comply with
all Environmental Laws.

              (S)8.19. Environmental Assessments. If the Agent in its good faith
                       -------------------------
judgment, after discussion with the Borrower and review of any environmental
reports provided by the Borrower, has reasonable grounds to believe that a
Disqualifying Environmental Event has occurred with respect to any one or more
of the Borrowing Base Properties, whether or not a Default or an Event of
Default shall have occurred, the Agent may, from time to time, for the purpose
of assessing and determining whether a Disqualifying Environmental Event has in
fact occurred, cause the Borrower to obtain one or more environmental
assessments or audits of such Borrowing Base Property prepared by a
hydrogeologist, an independent engineer or other qualified consultant or expert
approved by the Agent to evaluate or confirm (i) whether any Hazardous
Substances are present in the soil or water at such Borrowing Base Property and
(ii) whether the use and operation of such Borrowing Base Property complies with
all Environmental Laws. Environmental assessments may include without limitation
detailed visual inspections of such Borrowing Base Property including, without
limitation, any and all storage areas, storage tanks, drains, dry wells and
leaching areas, and, if and to the extent reasonable, appropriate and required
pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws, the taking of soil samples, surface
water samples and ground water samples, as well as such other investigations or
analyses as the Agent deems appropriate. All such environmental assessments
shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower; provided, however, the
Agent may not require environmental assessments at the Borrower's expense, with
respect to any Borrowing Base Property, more frequently than upon the occurrence
of a Release on any Borrowing Base Property.

              (S)8.20. Employee Benefit Plans.
                       ----------------------

                       (a)       Notice. The Borrower will, and will cause the
                                 ------
Guarantor to, notify the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) within a
reasonable period after the establishment of any Employee Benefit Plan or
Guaranteed Pension Plan by any of them or any of their respective ERISA
Affiliates other than those disclosed in the SEC Filings and no Borrower will,
or will permit the Guarantor to, establish any Employee Benefit Plan,
Multiemployer Plan or Guaranteed Pension Plan which could reasonably be 

                                      -56-
<PAGE>
 
expected to have a material adverse effect on BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a
whole, the BP Group.

                     (b)       In General. Each Employee Benefit Plan maintained
                               ----------
by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates will
be operated in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA
and, to the extent applicable, the Code, including but not limited to the
provisions thereunder respecting prohibited transactions.

                     (c)       Terminability of Welfare Plans. With respect to
                               ------------------------------
each Employee Benefit Plan maintained by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of
their respective ERISA Affiliates which is an employee welfare benefit plan
within the meaning of (S)3(l) or (S)3(2)(B) of ERISA, the Borrower, the
Guarantor, or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, as the case may be, has
the right to terminate each such plan at any time (or at any time subsequent to
the expiration of any applicable bargaining agreement) without liability other
than liability to pay claims incurred prior to the date of termination.

                     (d)       Unfunded or Underfunded Liabilities. The Borrower
                               -----------------------------------
will not, and will not permit the Guarantor to, at any time, have accruing or
accrued unfunded or underfunded liabilities with respect to any Employee Benefit
Plan, Guaranteed Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or permit any condition to
exist under any Multiemployer Plan that would create a withdrawal liability,
which such liability could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a
whole, the BP Group.

              (S)8.21. No Amendments to Certain Documents. The Borrower will
                       ----------------------------------
not, and will not permit the Guarantor to, at any time cause or permit its
certificate of limited partnership, agreement of limited partnership (including
without limitation the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Borrower,
articles of incorporation, by-laws, operating agreement or other charter
documents, as the case may be, to be modified, amended or supplemented in any
respect whatever, without (in each case) the express prior written consent or
approval of the Agent, if such changes would affect the Guarantor's REIT status
or otherwise materially adversely affect the rights of the Agent and the Banks
hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

              (S)8.22.    [Intentionally Omitted.]

              (S)9.   CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND THE
                      --------------------------------------------------
GUARANTOR. The Borrower for itself and on behalf of the Guarantor covenants and
- ---------
agrees that, so long as any Loan, Letter of Credit or Revolving Credit Note is
outstanding or any of the Banks has any obligation to make any Loans or any Bank
has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

                                      -57-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)9.1.     Restrictions on Liabilities.
                       ---------------------------

           The Borrower and the Guarantor may, and may permit their respective
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable for,
contingently or otherwise, any Liabilities other than the specific Liabilities
which are prohibited under this (S)9.1 and with respect to which Liabilities
each of the Borrower and the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable for,
contingently or otherwise, singularly or in the aggregate as follows:

                     (a)       Unsecured Indebtedness (excluding the
Obligations) which is incurred under a revolving credit facility with a
commercial bank, trust company, or savings and loan association, provided that,
                                                                 --------
in the event the Borrower acquires a Real Estate Asset with respect to which
there is any such unsecured Indebtedness, the Borrower shall have a period of 90
days in which to repay such Indebtedness in full;

                     (b)       Indebtedness which would result in a Default or
Event of Default under (S)10 hereof,

                     (c)       An aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000 at
any one time in respect of taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies
and claims for labor, materials and supplies (other than in respect of
properties owned by Partially-Owned Real Estate Holding Entities) for which
payment therefor is required to be made in accordance with the provisions of
(S)7.9 and such payment is due and delinquent and which is not being contested
diligently and in good faith; and

                     (d)       An aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000 at
any one time in respect of uninsured judgments or awards, with respect to which
the applicable periods for taking appeals have expired, or with respect to which
final and unappealable judgments or awards have been rendered, and such
judgments or awards remain unpaid for more than thirty (30) days.

           The terms and provisions of this (S)9.1 are in addition to, and not
in limitation of, the covenants set forth in (S)10 of this Agreement.

           Without limiting the foregoing, but subject to the other provisions
of this Agreement (including without limitation (S)10 hereof), Indebtedness
Without Recourse to any of the Credit Parties or any of their respective assets
other than their respective interests in the Real Estate Assets that are subject
to such Indebtedness Without Recourse is not restricted.

           Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
Borrower and the Guarantors will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to,
incur any Indebtedness for borrowed money in any single transaction which
exceeds $50,000,000 in the aggregate unless the Borrower shall have delivered a
compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto to the Agent evidencing
                                      -----------
covenant compliance at the time of delivery of the certificate and on a
pro-forma basis after giving effect to such proposed Indebtedness.

                                      -58-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)9.2. Restrictions on Liens, Etc. None of the Borrower, the
                   --------------------------
Guarantor and any Wholly-owned Subsidiary will: (a) create or incur or suffer to
be created or incurred or to exist any lien, mortgage, pledge, attachment,
security interest or other rights of third parties of any kind upon any of the
Borrowing Base Properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (but only for
so long as they remain Borrowing Base Properties), or upon the income or profits
therefrom; (b) acquire, or agree or have an option to acquire, any property or
assets upon conditional sale or other title retention or purchase money security
agreement, device or arrangement in connection with the operation of the
Borrowing Base Properties; (c) suffer to exist for a period of more than thirty
(30) days, with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties, any taxes,
assessments, governmental charges and claims for labor, materials and supplies
for which payment thereof is not being contested and required to be made in
accordance with the provisions of (S)8.9 and has not been timely made and, with
respect to any individual Borrowing Base Property, is in an amount not in excess
of the lesser of (i) $500,000 and (ii) three percent (3%) of the fair market
value of the applicable Borrowing Base Property; or (d) sell, assign, pledge or
otherwise transfer for security any accounts, contract rights, general
intangibles, chattel paper or instruments, with or without recourse, relating to
the Borrowing Base Properties (the foregoing items (a) through (d) being
sometimes referred to in this (S)9.2 collectively as "Liens"), provided that the
                                                               --------
Borrower, the Guarantors and any Wholly-owned Subsidiary may create or incur or
suffer to be created or incurred or to exist:

                     (i)       Liens securing taxes, assessments, governmental
charges or levies or claims for labor, material and supplies, the Indebtedness
with respect to which is not prohibited by (S)9.1(c) or (S)9.2(c) above;

                     (ii)      Liens arising out of deposits or pledges made in
connection with, or to secure payment of, worker's compensation, unemployment
insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations; and deposits
with utility companies and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of
business;

                     (iii)     Liens (other than affecting the Borrowing Base
Properties) in respect of judgments or awards, the Indebtedness with respect to
which is not prohibited by (S)9.1(d);

                     (iv)      encumbrances on properties consisting of
easements, rights of way, covenants, zoning and other land-use restrictions,
building restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property and defects and
irregularities in the title thereto; landlord's or lessor's Liens under Leases
to which the Borrower, any Guarantor, or any wholly-owned Subsidiary is a party
or bound; purchase options granted at a price not less than the market value of
such property; and other minor Liens or encumbrances on properties, none of
which interferes materially and adversely with the use of the property affected
in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower, and which matters (x)
do not individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the
business of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group (y) do not
make title to such property unmarketable by the conveyancing standards in effect
where such property is located;

                                      -59-
<PAGE>
 
                     (v)       any Leases;

                     (vi)      Liens and other encumbrances or rights of others
which exist on the date of this Agreement and which do not otherwise constitute
a breach of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Liens created by or
pursuant to the Organizational Documents of the Borrower with respect to a
restriction on sale or refinancing of a Real Estate Asset that would be an
acceptable Lien under the definition of "Unencumbered Asset", so long as all
such Liens, individually, or in the aggregate, do not have a material adverse
effect on BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group; provided that
                                                                  --------
nothing in this clause (vi) shall be deemed or construed to permit an Borrowing
Base Property to be subject to a Lien to secure Indebtedness;

                     (vii)     as to Real Estate Assets which are acquired after
the date of this Agreement, Liens and other encumbrances or rights of others
which exist on the date of acquisition and which do not otherwise constitute a
breach of this Agreement; provided that nothing in this clause (vii) shall be
deemed or construed to permit a Borrowing Base Property to be subject to a Lien
to secure Indebtedness;

                     (viii)    Liens affecting the Borrowing Base Properties in
respect of judgments or awards that are under appeal or have been in force for
less than the applicable period for taking an appeal, so long as execution is
not levied thereunder or in respect of which, at the time, a good faith appeal
or proceeding for review is being diligently prosecuted, and in respect of which
a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review;
provided that the Borrower shall have obtained a bond or insurance or made other
- --------
arrangements with respect thereto, in each case reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent;

                     (ix)      Liens securing Indebtedness for the purchase
price of capital assets (other than Real Estate Assets but including
Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases for equipment and other equipment
leases) to the extent not otherwise prohibited by (S)9.1; and

                     (x)       other Liens (other than affecting the Borrowing
Base Properties) in connection with any Indebtedness permitted under (S)9.1.

                     Nothing contained in this (S)9.2 shall restrict or limit
the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Wholly-owned Subsidiaries
from creating a Lien in connection with any Real Estate Asset which is not a
Borrowing Base Property and otherwise in compliance with the other terms of this
Agreement.

           (S)9.3.   Restrictions on Investments. None of the Borrower, the
                     ---------------------------
Guarantor, or any of their respective Subsidiaries will make or permit to exist
or to remain outstanding any Investment except Investments in:

                                      -60-
<PAGE>
 
                     (a)       marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of
the United States of America that mature within two (2) years from the date of
purchase (including investments in securities guaranteed by the United States of
America such as securities in so-called "overseas private investment
corporations");

                     (b)       demand deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers
acceptances and time deposits of United States banks having total assets in
excess of $1,000,000,000;

                     (c)       securities commonly known as "commercial paper"
issued by a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof that at the time of purchase have been
rated and the ratings for which are not less than "P 1" if rated by Moody's, and
not less than "A 1" if rated by S&P;

                     (d)       Investments existing on the Closing Date and
listed in the SEC Filings or in the financial statements referred to in (S)7.4
hereof;

                     (e)       other Investments hereafter in connection with
the acquisition and development of Permitted Properties by the Borrower or any
Wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, provided that the aggregate amounts
                                         --------
actually invested by Borrower (or if not invested directly by Borrower, actually
invested by an Affiliate of the Borrower for which the Borrower has any funding
obligation), the Guarantor and such Wholly-owned Subsidiary at any time in Real
Estate Assets Under Development will not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Fair Market Value of Assets at the time of any such Investment;

                     (f)       so long as no Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing or would occur after giving effect thereto, Investments (i) in
Real Estate Assets, (ii) in interests in Partially-Owned Real Estate Holding
Entities, (iii) in the stock of or other beneficial interests in Persons whose
primary operations consist of the ownership, development, operation or
management of Real Estate Assets or the ownership of Mortgages, or (iv)
consisting of the acquisition of (A) contracts for the management of real estate
assets for third parties unrelated to the Borrower, or (B) Mortgages, provided
that the aggregate fair market value of Borrower's, Guarantor's, and any such
Subsidiary's interest in such other businesses (excluding management and
development businesses except to the extent of amounts actually invested by the
Borrower, the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary therein) does not exceed twenty-
five percent (25%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value at the time of
any such Investment;

                     (g)       any Investments now or hereafter made in the
Operating Subsidiaries or any Wholly-owned Subsidiary;

                     (h)       Investments in respect of (1) equipment,
inventory and other tangible personal property acquired in the ordinary course
of business, (2) current trade and customer accounts receivable for services
rendered in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with
customary trade terms, (3) advances in the ordinary course of business to
employees for travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures, (4)
prepaid expenses made in the ordinary course of business; and

                                      -61-
<PAGE>
 
                     (i)       shares of so-called "money market funds"
registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 which maintain
a level per-share value, invest principally in marketable direct or guaranteed
obligations of the United States of America and agencies and instrumentalities
thereof, and have total assets in excess of $50,000,000.

           (S)9.4.    Merger, Consolidation and Disposition of Assets.
                      -----------------------------------------------

           None of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries will:

                     (a)       become a party to any merger or consolidation
without prior written approval of the Majority Banks, except that so long as no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur after
giving effect thereto, the merger or consolidation of one or more Persons with
and into the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be permitted in connection with the
acquisition of Real Estate Assets if the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case
may be, is the surviving entity; provided that prior to any such merger or
                                 --------
consolidation (other than (x) the merger or consolidation of one or more Wholly-
owned Subsidiaries with and into the Borrower or (y) the merger or consolidation
of two or more Wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower, the Borrower shall
provide to the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) a statement in the
form of Exhibit D hereto signed by the chief financial officer or treasurer of
        ---------
the Borrower and setting forth in reasonable detail computations evidencing
compliance with the covenants contained in (S)(S)10.1 through 10.7 hereof and
certifying, to the best knowledge of the signatory, that no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur and be continuing after
giving effect to such merger or consolidation and all liabilities, fixed or
contingent, pursuant thereto;

                               (b)       without limitation of the other
           provisions of this Agreement, and in particular, subject to the
           provisions of (S)14 hereof relating to the removal of a Real Estate
           Asset from the Borrowing Base in connection with the curing of any
           Default, Event of Default or Non-Material Breach, sell, transfer or
           otherwise dispose of any Real Estate Assets in any single transaction
           having a sales price (net of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on
           such Real Estate Assets, if any), in excess of $50,000,000
           (collectively and individually, "Sell" or a "Sale") or grant a Lien
           to secure Indebtedness (an "Indebtedness Lien") in any single
           transaction in an amount in excess of $50,000,000 unless, in each
           such event, the Borrower has provided to the Agent (with copies to
           the Agent for each Bank) a compliance certificate in the form of
           Exhibit C-4 or Exhibit C-6, as applicable, hereto signed by the chief
           -----------    -----------
           financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower, setting
           forth in reasonable detail computations evidencing compliance with
           the covenants contained in (S)10 hereof and certifying that no
           Default or Event of Default would exist or occur and be continuing
           after giving effect to all such proposed Sales or Indebtedness Liens.

                                      -62-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)9.5.  Compliance with Environmental Laws. None of the Borrower,
                    ----------------------------------
the Guarantor or any Subsidiary will do any of the following: (a) use any of the
Real Estate Assets or any portion thereof as a facility for the handling,
processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances except for quantities of
Hazardous Substances used in the ordinary course of business and in compliance
with all applicable Environmental Laws, (b) cause or permit to be located on any
of the Real Estate Assets any underground tank or other underground storage
receptacle for Hazardous Substances except in compliance with Environmental
Laws, (c) generate any Hazardous Substances on any of the Real Estate Assets
except in compliance with Environmental Laws, or (d) conduct any activity at any
Real Estate Asset or use any Real Estate Asset in any manner so as to cause a
Release in violation of applicable Environmental Laws; unless, with respect to
clause (d) above, any such occurrence would constitute a Non-Material Breach
hereunder.

           (S)9.6.  Distributions.
                    -------------

                   (a)       The Borrower will not make (i) annual Distributions
in excess of 90% of "funds from operations"; (ii) Distributions in excess of
100% of "funds from operations" for more than three consecutive fiscal quarters;
or (iii) any Distributions during any period after any monetary Event of Default
has occurred; provided, however, (a) that the Borrower may at all times
              --------  -------
(including while a monetary Event of Default is continuing) make Distributions
to the extent (after taking into account all available funds of the Guarantor
from all other sources) required in order to enable the Guarantor to continue to
qualify as a REIT and (b) in the event that the Borrower cures any such monetary
default in clause (iii) above and the Agent has accepted such cure prior to
accelerating the Loan, the limitation of section (iii) above shall cease to
apply with respect to such monetary default.

                   (b)     The Guarantor will not, during any period when any
monetary Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, make any Distributions
in excess of the Distributions required to be made by the Guarantor in order to
maintain its status as a REIT.

           (S)9.7.  Hotel Properties. At any time of determination, the hotel
                    ----------------
properties shall not constitute more than 25% of the Consolidated Total Adjusted
Asset Value or more than 25% of the number of Real Estate Assets. The Agent
acknowledges that, on the Closing Date, there are seventy-four (74) Real Estate
Assets.

           (S)10.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS; COVENANTS REGARDING BORROWING BASE
                    -------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTIES. The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan, Letter
- ----------
of Credit or Revolving Credit Note is outstanding or any Bank has any obligation
to make any Loan or any Bank has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any
Letters of Credit:

           (S)10.1. Consolidated Total Indebtedness. As at the end of any fiscal
                    --------------------------------
quarter, Consolidated Total Indebtedness on the last day of such quarter shall
not exceed 55% of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value for such quarter.

                                      -63-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)10.2. Secured Consolidated Total Indebtedness. As at the end of
                    ---------------------------------------
any fiscal quarter, Secured Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not exceed (i)
45% of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value for such quarter with respect to
any quarter ending on or before June 30, 1998, and (ii) 40% of Consolidated
Total Adjusted Asset Value for such quarter with respect to any quarter ending
on or after September 30, 1998.

           (S)10.3. Debt Service Coverage. As at the end of any fiscal quarter,
                    ---------------------
the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such quarter to (ii) Consolidated Fixed
Charges for such quarter shall not be less than 1.75 to 1.0.

           (S)10.4. Unsecured Consolidated Total Indebtedness. As at the end of
                    -----------------------------------------
any fiscal quarter, the Value of Unencumbered Assets for such quarter shall not
be less than 1.75 times the Unsecured Consolidated Total Indebtedness on the
last day of such quarter.

           (S)10.5. Net Worth. As at the end of any fiscal quarter or any other
                    ---------
date of measurement, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Guarantor and its
Subsidiaries shall not be less than the sum of (i) $125,000,000 plus (ii) 75% of
                                                                ----
the aggregate proceeds received by the Guarantor (net of fees and expenses
customarily incurred in transactions of such type) in connection with any
offering of stock in the Guarantor, plus (iii) 75% of the aggregate value of
                                    ----
operating units issued by the Borrower in connection with asset or stock
acquisitions (valued at the time of issuance by reference to the terms of the
agreement pursuant to which such units are issued), in each case after the
Closing Date and on or prior to the date such determination of Consolidated Net
Worth is made.

           (S)10.6. Borrowing Base Properties.
                    -------------------------

                    (a)       As at the end of any fiscal quarter or any other
date of measurement, the Borrower shall not permit Unsecured Consolidated Total
Indebtedness (exclusive of Accounts Payable, but including amounts outstanding
under any Loans and Letters of Credit after giving effect to Loan Requests) to
exceed 60% of the aggregate Borrowing Base Value.

                    (b)       Except for the Exception Property and the
Grandfathered Properties, not more than 15% of the Borrowing Base Value shall be
derived from any single Borrowing Base Property. One Borrowing Base Property
(the "Exception Property") (but not more than one property (other than the
Grandfathered Properties)), which property can differ from time to time, as
designated by Borrower) can constitute up to 20% of the Borrowing Base Value. In
addition, the Borrowing Base Value derived from the Grandfathered Properties
will not be limited in amount, provided that the percentage of the Borrowing
                               --------
Base Value attributable to the two Grandfathered Properties shall not, in the
aggregate, exceed 50% at any time.

                    (c)       For purposes of determining the Borrowing Base
Value for this (S)10.6, the Net Operating Income of any Borrowing Base Property
acquired during such prior fiscal quarter shall be adjusted on a pro-forma basis
by projecting the Net Operating 

                                      -64-
<PAGE>
 
Income generated by each such acquired Borrowing Base Property for the portion
of the quarter during which it was owned or ground-leased by the Borrower over
the entire quarter.

                    (d)       Notwithstanding the Borrowing Base Conditions, in
the event that the Borrower desires to include any Unencumbered Asset in the
Borrowing Base that does not meet one or more of the Borrowing Base Conditions,
any such Unencumbered Asset shall only be permitted to be included in the
Borrowing Base in the event that (i) the Borrower has submitted to the Agent a
compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit C-5, modified to reflect the non-
                                      -----------
conformity of the proposed Borrowing Base Property, and (ii) the Majority Banks
have provided the Borrower with written approval, in their sole discretion, for
such non-conforming Unencumbered Asset to be included in the Borrowing Base.
Upon any such written approval by the Majority Banks, such Unencumbered Asset
shall be considered a Borrowing Base Property for all purposes hereunder,
provided that on the date of inclusion of any such Unencumbered Asset in the
Borrowing Base (and thereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement),
such Unencumbered Asset is otherwise in compliance with the Borrowing Base
Conditions other than with respect to the non-conformity as certified by the
Borrower and approved by the Majority Banks in the compliance certificate
submitted by the Borrower under clause (i) of the preceding sentence, and
provided, further that there is otherwise no Default or Event of Default
- --------  -------
existing upon the date of, or arising as a result of, the inclusion of such
Unencumbered Asset in the Borrowing Base.

           (S)10.7. Borrowing Base Debt Service Coverage Ratio. As of the end of
                    ------------------------------------------
any fiscal quarter or any other date of measurement, the Borrowing Base Debt
Service Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 1.40 to 1.0.

           (S)11.   ESCROW CLOSING. In order to facilitate the Initial Public
                    --------------
Offering, the parties hereto are, on or before June 16, 1997, executing and
delivering into escrow, in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement,
all of the Loan Documents, and certain of the other documents and certificates
referenced in (S)12 as conditions to making the initial Revolving Credit Loans
(the "Escrow Closing"). None of such Loan Documents or other documents or
certificates shall be deemed to have been delivered by the Borrower or any other
party thereto until all of the conditions to release from escrow, as set forth
in the Escrow Agreement, have been satisfied. In the event the conditions for
release of the Loan Documents and other documents and certificates have not been
satisfied on or prior to the Initial Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) or if
extended in accordance with the terms hereof, the Outside Closing Date (as
hereinafter defined), the Banks and the Agent shall have no further obligations
to the Borrower or the Guarantor with respect to the Commitments, the Loans or
any of the other transactions referenced herein and the Borrower and the
Guarantor shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Banks or the
Agent, except only that the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Agent all
amounts incurred by the Agent and the Banks required to be paid by the Borrower
under (S)17. The "Initial Closing Date" shall be on or before June 20, 1997
unless the Borrower extends the Initial Closing Date to a date not later than
October 2, 

                                      -65-
<PAGE>
 
1997 (the "Outside Closing Date") upon written notice delivered to the Agent by
no later than the third business day preceding the Initial Closing Date.

           (S)12.   CONDITIONS TO THE FIRST ADVANCE. The obligations of the
                    -------------------------------
Banks to make the initial Revolving Credit Loans and of the Fronting Bank to
issue any initial Letters of Credit shall be subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions precedent on or prior to the Initial Closing Date or, if
properly extended, by Borrower, the Outside Closing Date:

           (S)12.1. Satisfaction of Escrow Conditions. All conditions to release
                    ---------------------------------
of the Loan Documents from Escrow as contained in the Escrow Agreement shall
have been satisfied and pursuant thereto each of the duly executed Loan
Documents shall have been delivered by the respective parties thereto and, shall
be in full force and effect.

           (S)12.2. Loan Documents. Each of the Loan Documents shall have
                    --------------
been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto and shall be
in full force and effect.

           (S)12.3. Certified Copies of Organization Documents. The Agent shall
                    ------------------------------------------
have received (i) from the Borrower a copy, certified as of a recent date by a
duly authorized officer of the Guarantor, in its capacity as general partner of
the Borrower, to be true and complete, of the Agreement of Limited Partnership
of BPLP and any other Organizational Document or other agreement governing the
rights of the partners or other equity owners of the Borrower, and (ii) from the
Guarantor a copy, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate officer of
the State of Delaware to be true and correct, of the corporate charter of the
Guarantor, in each case along with any other organization documents of the
Borrower or the Guarantor and their respective general partners, as the case may
be, and each as in effect on the date of such certification.

           (S)12.4. By-laws; Resolutions. All action on the part of the Borrower
                    --------------------
and the Guarantor necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by
the Borrower and the Guarantor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to
which any of them is or is to become a party shall have been duly and
effectively taken, and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Banks shall have
been provided to the Agent. The Agent shall have received from the Guarantor
true copies of its by-laws and the resolutions adopted by its board of directors
authorizing the transactions described herein and evidencing the due
authorization, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which the
Guarantor and/or the Borrower is a party, each certified by the secretary as of
a recent date to be true and complete.

           (S)12.5. Incumbency Certificate: Authorized Signers. The Agent shall
                    ------------------------------------------
have received from the Guarantor an incumbency certificate, dated as of the
Closing Date, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Guarantor and giving
the name of each individual who shall be authorized: (a) to sign, in the name
and on behalf of the Borrower and the Guarantor, as the case may be, each of the
Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is or is to become a
party; (b) to make Loan and Conversion 

                                      -66-
<PAGE>
 
Requests on behalf of the Borrower and (c) to give notices and to take other
action on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantor as applicable, under the Loan
Documents.

           (S)12.6.  Title Policies. The Agent (on behalf of the Banks) shall
                     --------------
have received copies of the owner's title policies, if any, for all Borrowing
Base Properties for which the Agent has requested copies, and shall have been
permitted to review such other title policies at BPLP as it has requested prior
to the Closing Date.

           (S)12.7.  Certificates of Insurance. The Agent shall have received,
                     -------------------------
to the extent available (and if not available on the Closing Date, within thirty
(30) days after the Closing Date) (a) current certificates of insurance as to
all of the insurance maintained by Borrower on the Borrowing Base Properties
(including flood insurance if necessary) from the insurer or an independent
insurance broker, identifying insurers, types of insurance, insurance limits,
and policy terms; and (b) such further information and certificates from
Borrower, its insurers and insurance brokers as the Agent may reasonably
request.

           (S)12.8.  Hazardous Substance Assessments. The Agent shall have
                     -------------------------------
received hazardous waste site assessment reports running in favor of the Agent
and the Banks concerning Hazardous Substances (or the threat thereof) and
asbestos with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties, dated no earlier than
July 31, 1996, from environmental engineers reasonably acceptable to the Agent,
such reports to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and each of
the Banks.

           (S)12.9.  Opinion of Counsel Concerning Organization and Loan
                     ---------------------------------------------------
Documents. Each of the Banks and the Agent shall have received favorable
- ---------
opinions addressed to the Banks and the Agent in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Banks and the Agent from Goodwin, Procter and Hoar LLP and
Shaw, Pittman, Potts & Trowbridge, as counsel to the Borrower, the Guarantor and
their respective Subsidiaries, with respect to applicable law, including,
without limitation, Massachusetts law and certain matters of Delaware law.

           (S)12.10. Tax and Securities Law Compliance. Each of the Banks and
                     ----------------------------------
the Agent shall also have received from Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, as counsel
to the Borrower and the Guarantor, a reliance letter addressed to the Banks and
the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Banks and the
Agent, together with a favorable opinion with respect to the qualification of
the Guarantor as a REIT and certain other tax matters.

           (S)12.11  Guaranty.  The Guaranty shall have been duly executed and
                     --------
delivered by the Guarantor.

           (S)12.12. Structural Condition Assurances. The Agent and each of the
                     -------------------------------
Banks shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Agent and each of the
Banks as to the good physical condition of the Buildings and that utilities and
public water and sewer service is 

                                      -67-
<PAGE>
 
available at the lot lines of the Borrowing Base Properties and connected
directly to the Buildings on the Borrowing Base Properties with all necessary
Permits.

           (S)12.13. Financial Analysis of Borrowing Base Properties. Each of
                     -----------------------------------------------
the Banks shall have completed, to its satisfaction, a financial analysis of
each Borrowing Base Property, which analysis shall include, without limitation,
a review, with respect to each Borrowing Base Property, of (i) the most recent
rent rolls, (ii) three (3) year historical and projected operating statements,
(iii) cash flow projections, (iv) market data, (v) selected Leases, and (vi)
tenant financial statements, to the extent available. The costs and expenses
incurred by each Bank (other than the Agent) in conducting such analysis shall
be borne by such Bank; provided that the Borrower will furnish such materials to
                       --------
the Banks at the Borrower's expense. The Borrower agrees that at the request of
any Bank it will furnish the materials described in this (S)12.13 to such Bank
after the Closing Date.

           (S)12.14. Inspection of Borrowing Base Properties. The Agent shall
                     ---------------------------------------
have completed to its satisfaction, and at the Borrower's expense, an inspection
of the Borrowing Base Properties which the Agent has not inspected in the one
(1) year period prior to the Closing Date.

           (S)12.15. Certifications from Government Officials; UCC-11 Reports.
                     --------------------------------------------------------
The Agent shall have received long-form certifications from government officials
evidencing the legal existence, good standing and foreign qualification of the
Borrower and the Guarantor, along with a certified copy of the certificate of
limited partnership of the Borrower, all as of the most recent practicable date.

           (S)12.16. Completion of Initial Public Offering; IPO Proceeds. The
                     ---------------------------------------------------
Guarantor (i) shall have successfully completed the Initial Public Offering and
shall have received net IPO Proceeds of at least $600,000,000 or such greater
amount as may be necessary to enable the Borrower to be in compliance with the
terms hereof on the Closing Date; and (ii) all Formation Transactions (as
described in the Prospectus) shall have been completed.

           (S)12.17. Proceedings and Documents. All proceedings in connection
                     -------------------------
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the other Loan Documents
and all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and
substance to each of the Banks and to the Agent's counsel, and the Agent, each
of the Banks and such counsel shall have received all information and such
counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the
Agent may reasonably request.

           (S)12.18. Fees.  The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent, for the
                     ----
accounts of the Banks or for its own account, as applicable, all of the fees and
expenses that are due and payable as of the Closing Date in accordance with this
Agreement.

           (S)12.19. Closing Certificate; Compliance Certificate. The Borrower
                     -------------------------------------------
shall have delivered a Closing Certificate to the Agent, the form of which is
attached hereto as 

                                      -68-
<PAGE>
 
Exhibit E. The Borrower shall have delivered a compliance certificate in the
- ---------
form of Exhibit C-6 hereto evidencing compliance with the covenants set forth in
        -----------
(S)10 hereof on a pro forma basis.

           (S)12.20. Partnership Documents. The Agent shall have received from
                     ---------------------
the Borrower true copies of all Partnership Documents.

           (S)12.21. Release Documents. The Agent shall have delivered to the
                     -----------------
Borrower appropriate release documentation necessary to release all security
interests granted by the Borrower in the Borrowing Base Properties, including,
without limitation, appropriate releases of mortgages and deeds of trust and UCC
termination statements.

           (S)13.    CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS. The obligations of the Banks
                     ----------------------------
to make any Loan and of any Bank to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit,
in each case, whether on or after the Closing Date, shall also be subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

           (S)13.1.  Representations True; No Event of Default; Compliance
                     -----------------------------------------------------
Certificate. Each of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of
- -----------
the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries contained in
this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document or instrument
delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall be true as of
the date as of which they were made and shall also be true at and as of the time
of the making of each Loan or the issuance, extension or renewal of each Letter
of Credit, with the same effect as if made at and as of that time (except (i) to
the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or not prohibited
by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation,
the fact that a Real Estate Asset may cease to be a Borrowing Base Property
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) and changes occurring in the ordinary
course of business, (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties
relate expressly to an earlier date and (iii) to the extent otherwise
represented by the Borrower with respect to the representation set forth in
(S)7.10); and no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of any Loan Request or on the Drawdown
Date of any Loan. Each of the Banks shall have received a certificate of the
Borrower signed by an authorized officer of the Borrower as provided in
(S)2.4(iv)(c).

           (S)13.2.  No Legal Impediment. No change shall have occurred any law
                     -------------------
or regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable
opinion, as determined in good faith, of the Agent or any Bank would make it
illegal for any Bank to make such Loan or to participate in the issuance,
extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit or, in the reasonable opinion, as
determined in good faith, of the Agent, would make it illegal to issue, extend
or renew such Loan or Letter of Credit.

           (S)13.3.  Governmental Regulation. Each Bank shall have received such
                     -----------------------
statements in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to such Bank as such
Bank shall reasonably require in good faith for the purpose of compliance with
any applicable regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

                                      -69-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)14.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION: ETC.
                     ------------------------------------

           (S)14.1.  Events of Default and Acceleration. If any of the following
                     ----------------------------------
events ("Events of Default") shall occur:

                     (a)       the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of
the Loans when the same shall become due and payable;

                     (b)       the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on
the Loans or any other sums due hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents (including, without limitation, amounts due under (S)8.17) when the
same shall become due and payable, and such failure continues for three (3) days
(provided that in the case of such sums due other than for interest, the
 --------
Borrower shall have received from the Agent notice of the nature and amount of
such other amounts and that payment therefor is due);

                     (c)       the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their
respective Subsidiaries shall fail to comply with any of their respective
covenants contained in the following:

                                         (i)    (S)8.1 (except with respect to
                               principal, interest and other sums covered by
                               clauses (a) or (b) above);

                                        (ii)    (S).8.5 (clauses (a) through
                               (d)), unless such failure is cured within fifteen
                               (15) Business Days;

                                       (iii)    (S)8.6 (as to the legal
                               existence of Borrower), unless such breach
                               relates to a Borrower other than BPLP and is a
                               Non-Material Breach;

                                        (iv)    (S)8.7 (as to the legal
                               existence and REIT status of the Guarantor);

                                         (v)    (S)8.10, unless such failure is
                               cured within three (3) Business Days;

                                        (vi)    (S)8.12;

                                       (vii)    (S).8.13, unless, with respect
                               solely to clauses (ii) and (iii) of (S)8.13, such
                               failure is cured within thirty (30) days;

                                      (viii)    (S)8.14, unless, with respect
                               solely to the last sentence of clause (a) of
                               (S)8.14, such failure is cured within thirty (30)
                               days;

                                       (ix)     (S)8.16;

                                      -70-
<PAGE>
 
                                          (x)      (S)9.1;

                                          (xi)     (S)9.2 (pertaining to liens,
                               mortgages, pledges, attachments or other security
                               interests with respect to Borrowing Base
                               Properties) unless (1) with respect solely to
                               such liens or attachments which are not
                               affirmatively created or incurred, such failure
                               is cured within thirty (30) days (with no
                               double-counting of any cure period set forth in
                               (S)9.2) or (2) such failure is a breach which is
                               a Non-Material Breach;

                                          (xii)    (S)9.3;

                                          (xiii)   (S)9.4;

                                          (xiv)    (S)9.6;

                                          (xv)     (S)9.7; and

                                          (xvi)    (S)10;

                     (d)       the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their
respective Subsidiaries shall fail to perform any other term, covenant or
agreement contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents (other than
those specified elsewhere in this (S)14) and such failure continues for thirty
(30) days after written notice of such failure from the Agent (such notice not,
however, being required for any failure with respect to which the Borrower is
otherwise obligated hereunder to notify the Agent or the Banks), provided,
                                                                 --------
however, that if the Borrower is diligently and in good faith prosecuting a cure
- -------
of any such failure or breach that is capable of being cured (all as determined
by the Agent in its reasonable and good faith judgment), the Borrower shall be
permitted an additional thirty (30) days (but in no event more than an aggregate
of sixty (60) days after any such initial written notice from the Agent) to
effect such cure;

                     (e)        any representation or warranty of the Borrower,
the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries in this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents shall prove to have been false in any material
respect upon the date when made or deemed to have been made or repeated and the
same is not otherwise specified herein to be a Non-Material Breach;

                     (f)       the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their
respective Subsidiaries or, to the extent of Recourse to the Borrower, the
Guarantor or such Subsidiaries thereunder, any of their respective Affiliates,
shall fail to pay at maturity, or within any applicable period of grace, any
obligation for borrowed money or credit received or in respect of any
Capitalized Leases (other than non-recourse obligations or credit), which is in
excess of $50,000,000, either individually or in the aggregate, or fail to
observe or perform any material term, covenant, condition or agreement contained
in any agreement, document or instrument by which it is bound evidencing,
securing or otherwise relating 

                                      -71-
<PAGE>
 
to such Recourse obligations, evidencing or securing borrowed money or credit
received or in respect of any Capitalized Leases for such period of time (after
the giving of appropriate notice if required) as would permit the holder or
holders thereof or of any obligations issued thereunder in excess of
$50,000,000, either individually or in the aggregate, to accelerate the maturity
thereof; provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, no Event of
         --------  -------
Default under the Loan Document shall occur pursuant to this subparagraph (f)
unless and until the holder or holders of such recourse indebtedness have
declared an event of default beyond any applicable notice and grace periods, if
any, on in excess of $50,000,000 of such recourse indebtedness either
individually or in the aggregate;

                     (g)       any of BPLP, the Guarantor or any of their
respective Subsidiaries shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors,
or admit in writing its inability to pay or generally fail to pay its debts as
they mature or become due, or shall petition or apply for the appointment of a
trustee or other custodian, liquidator or receiver of any of BPLP, the Guarantor
or any of their respective Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of the
properties or assets of any of such parties or shall commence any case or other
proceeding relating to any of the BPLP, the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency,
readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any
jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect, or shall take any action to authorize
or in furtherance of any of the foregoing, or if any such petition or
application shall be filed or any such case or other proceeding shall be
commenced against any of BPLP, the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries and (i) any of BPLP, the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries shall indicate its approval thereof, consent thereto or
acquiescence therein or (ii) any such petition, application, case or other
proceeding shall continue undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period
of ninety (90) days, except, with respect solely to such parties other than BPLP
and the Guarantor, any of the foregoing constitutes a Non-Material Breach;

                     (h)       a decree or order is entered appointing any
trustee, custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating any of BPLP, the
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent, or
approving a petition in any such case or other proceeding, or a decree or order
for relief is entered in respect of any of BPLP, the Guarantor or any of their
respective Subsidiaries in an involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws as
now or hereafter constituted, except, with respect solely to such parties other
than BPLP and the Guarantor, any of the foregoing constitutes a Non-Material
Breach;

                     (i)       there shall remain in force, undischarged,
unsatisfied and unstayed, for more than thirty (30) days, whether or not
consecutive, any uninsured final judgment against any of BPLP, the Guarantor or
any of their respective Subsidiaries that, with other outstanding uninsured
final judgments, undischarged, unsatisfied and unstayed, against any of such
parties exceeds in the aggregate $10,000,000, except, with respect solely to
such parties other than BPLP and the Guarantor, any of the foregoing constitutes
a Non-Material Breach;

                                      -72-
<PAGE>
 
                     (j)       any of the Loan Documents or any material
provision of any Loan Document shall be canceled, terminated, revoked or
rescinded otherwise than in accordance with the terms thereof or with the
express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Agent or the
Guaranty shall be canceled, terminated, revoked or rescinded at any time or for
any reason whatsoever, or any action at law, suit or in equity or other legal
proceeding to make unenforceable, cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan
Documents shall be commenced by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or any court or any
other governmental or regulatory authority or agency of competent jurisdiction
shall make a determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to
the effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents is illegal, invalid or
unenforceable as to any material terms thereof;

                     (k)       any "Event of Default" or default (after notice
and expiration of any period of grace, to the extent provided, as defined or
provided in any of the other Loan Documents, shall occur and be continuing;

                     (l)       with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, an
ERISA Reportable Event shall have occurred and the Majority Banks shall have
determined in their reasonable discretion that such event reasonably could be
expected to result in liability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
any Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to the PBGC or such Guaranteed Pension
Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000 and such event in the
circumstances occurring reasonably could constitute grounds for the termination
of such Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the
appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such
Guaranteed Pension Plan; or a trustee shall have been appointed by the United
States District Court to administer such Plan; or the PBGC shall have instituted
proceedings to terminate such Guaranteed Pension Plan;

                     (m)       subject to the Borrower's right to remove Real
Estate Assets from the Borrowing Base in accordance with the provisions set
forth below in this (S)14, the failure of any of the Real Estate Assets being
included from time to time as Borrowing Base Properties to comply with any of
the conditions set forth in the definition of Borrowing Base Properties; or

                     (n)       the Guarantor shall at any time fail to be the
sole general partner of BPLP; 

                     then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be
continuing, the Agent may, and upon the request of the Majority Banks shall, by
notice in writing to the Borrower, declare all amounts owing with respect to
this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes and the other Loan Documents and all
Reimbursement Obligations to be, and they shall thereupon forthwith become,
immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice
of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, the
Guarantor and each of their respective 

                                      -73-
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiaries; provided that in the event of any Event of Default specified in
              --------
(S)14.1(g) or 14.1(h), all such amounts shall become immediately due and payable
automatically and without any requirement of notice from any of the Banks or the
Agent or action by the Banks or the Agent.

                     For purposes of this Section 14, the term "Non-Material
Breach" shall refer to a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant
contained in this Agreement to which the term "Non-Material Breach" is expressly
applied herein, but only to the extent such breach does not (A) materially
adversely affect the business, properties or financial condition of BPLP, the
Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group or (B) adversely affect the ability
of BPLP, the Guarantor or, taken as a whole, the BP Group, to fulfill the
Obligations to the Banks and the Agent (including, without limitation, to repay
all amounts outstanding on the Loans, together with interest and charges thereon
when due).

                     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this (S)14.1
and in addition to the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding
paragraph, in the event of a Default, Event of Default or Non-Material Breach
arising as a result of the inclusion of any Real Estate Asset in the Borrowing
Base at any particular time of reference, if such Default, Event of Default or
Non-Material Breach is capable of being cured by the exclusion of such Real
Estate Asset from the Borrowing Base and from all other covenant calculations
under (S)10 or otherwise, the Borrower shall be permitted a period not to exceed
ten (10) days to submit to the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank) a
compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit C-4 hereto evidencing compliance
with Section 2.1 and with all of the covenants set forth in (S)10 (with
calculations evidencing such compliance after excluding from Borrowing Base Net
Operating Income all of the Net Operating Income generated by the Real Estate
Asset to be excluded from the Borrowing Base) and with the Borrowing Base
Conditions, and otherwise certifying that, after giving effect to the exclusion
of such Real Estate Asset from the Borrowing Base, no Default, Event of Default
or Non-Material Breach will be continuing.

          (S)14.2. Termination of Commitments. If any one or more Events of
                   --------------------------
Default specified in (S)14.1(g) or (S)14.1(h) shall occur, any unused portion of
the Commitments hereunder shall forthwith terminate and the Banks shall be
relieved of all obligations to make Loans to the Borrower and the Agent and any
Fronting Bank shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or
renew Letters of Credit. If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, whether or not the Banks shall have accelerated the maturity of
the Loans pursuant to (S)14.1, any Bank may, by notice to the Borrower,
terminate the unused portion of that Bank's Commitment hereunder, and upon such
notice being given such unused portion of such Commitment shall terminate
immediately, such Bank shall be relieved of all further obligations to make
Loans, the Agent and any Fronting Bank shall be relieved of all further
obligations to issue, extend or renew Letters of Credit and the Total
Commitments shall be reduced accordingly. No such termination of a Commitment
hereunder shall relieve the Borrower of any of the Obligations or any of its
existing obligations to such Bank arising under other agreements or instruments.

                                      -74-
<PAGE>
 
          (S)14.3. Remedies. In the event that one or more Events of Default
                   --------    
shall have occurred and be continuing, whether or not the Banks shall have
accelerated the maturity of the Loans pursuant to (S)14.1, the Majority Banks
may direct the Agent to proceed to protect and enforce the rights and remedies
of the Agent and the Banks under this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes, any
or all of the other Loan Documents or under applicable law by suit in equity,
action at law or other appropriate proceeding (including for the specific
performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations are
evidenced and, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, the obtaining of
the ex parte appointment of a receiver), and, if any amount shall have become
due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any
other legal or equitable right or remedy of the Agent and the Banks under the
Loan Documents or applicable law. No remedy herein conferred upon the Banks or
the Agent or the holder of any Revolving Credit Note or purchaser of any Letter
of Credit Participation is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each
and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other
remedy given hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of
law.

          (S)15.   SETOFF.  Neither the Agent nor any of the Banks shall
                   ------
have any right of set-off or the like with respect to the Obligations against
any assets of the Borrower, the Guarantor, their respective Subsidiaries or any
Partially-Owned Entity.

          (S)16.   THE AGENT.
                   --------- 

          (S)16.1. Authorization. (a) The Agent is authorized to take such
                   -------------
action on behalf of each of the Banks and to exercise all such powers as are
hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents and any related documents
delegated to the Agent, together with such powers as are reasonably incident
thereto, provided that no duties or responsibilities not expressly assumed
         --------
herein or therein shall be implied to have been assumed by the Agent. The
relationship between the Agent and the Banks is and shall be that of agent and
principal only, and nothing contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents shall be construed to constitute the Agent as a trustee or fiduciary
for any Bank.

                     (b)       The Borrower, without further inquiry or
investigation, shall, and is hereby authorized by the Banks to, assume that all
actions taken by the Agent hereunder and in connection with or under the Loan
Documents are duly authorized by the Banks. The Banks shall notify Borrower of
any successor to Agent by a writing signed by Majority Banks, which successor
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower so long as no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing. The Borrower acknowledges that any Bank
which acquires BankBoston is acceptable as a successor to the Agent.

                                      -75-
<PAGE>
 
          (S)16.2. Employees and Agents. The Agent may exercise its powers and
                   -------------------- 
execute its duties by or through employees or agents and shall be entitled to
take, and to rely on, advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its
rights and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Agent
may utilize the services of such Persons as the Agent in its sole discretion may
reasonably determine, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any such Persons
shall be paid by the Borrower.

          (S)16.3. No Liability. Neither the Agent, nor any of its
                   ------------
shareholders, directors, officers or employees nor any other Person assisting
them in their duties nor any agent or employee thereof, shall be liable for any
waiver, consent or approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken,
in good faith by it or them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents,
or in connection herewith or therewith, or be responsible for the consequences
of any oversight or error of judgment whatsoever, except that the Agent may be
liable for losses due to its willful misconduct or gross negligence.

          (S)16.4. No Representations. The Agent shall not be responsible for
                   ------------------
the execution or validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Revolving
Credit Notes, the Letters of Credit, or any of the other Loan Documents or for
the validity, enforceability or collectibility of any such amounts owing with
respect to the Revolving Credit Notes, or for any recitals or statements,
warranties or representations made herein or in any of the other Loan Documents
or in any certificate or instrument hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of
the Guarantor or the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or be
bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the
terms, conditions, covenants or agreements in this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents. The Agent shall not be bound to ascertain whether any notice,
consent, waiver or request delivered to it by the Borrower or the Guarantor or
any holder of any of the Revolving Credit Notes shall have been duly authorized
or is true, accurate and complete. The Agent has not made nor does it now make
any representations or warranties, express or implied, nor does it assume any
liability to the Banks, with respect to the credit worthiness or financial
condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the Guarantor or any of
the Subsidiaries or any tenant under a Lease or any other entity. Each Bank
acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Bank, and based upon such information and documents as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Agreement.

          (S)16.5.    Payments.
                      --------

                     (a)       A payment by the Borrower to the Agent hereunder
or any of the other Loan Documents for the account of any Bank shall constitute
a payment to such Bank. The Agent agrees to distribute to each Bank such Bank's
pro rata share of payments received by the Agent for the account of the Banks,
as provided herein or in any of the other Loan Documents. All such payments
shall be made on the date received, if before 1:00 p.m., and if after 1:00 p.m.,
on the next Business Day. If payment is not made on the day received, the funds
shall be invested by the Agent in overnight obligations, and interest thereon
paid pro rata to the Banks.
     --- ---- 

                                      -76-
<PAGE>
 
                     (b)       If in the reasonable opinion of the Agent the
distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder, under the
Revolving Credit Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents might involve it
in material liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right
to make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent
jurisdiction, provided that the Agent shall invest any such undistributed
              --------
amounts in overnight obligations on behalf of the Banks and interest thereon
shall be paid pro rata to the Banks. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall
              --- ----
adjudge that any amount received and distributed by the Agent is to be repaid,
each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall either
repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be
repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be
determined by such court.

                     (c)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any Bank that
fails (i) to make available to the Agent its pro rata share of any Loan or to
purchase any Letter of Credit Participation or (ii) to adjust promptly such
Bank's outstanding principal and its pro rata Commitment Percentage as provided
                                     --- ----  
in (S)2.1, shall be deemed delinquent (a "Delinquent Bank") and shall be deemed
a Delinquent Bank until such time as such delinquency is satisfied. A Delinquent
Bank shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the
Borrower, whether on account of outstanding Loans, interest, fees or otherwise,
to the remaining nondelinquent Banks for application to, and reduction of, their
respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans. The Delinquent Bank hereby
           --- ----  
authorizes the Agent to distribute such payments to the nondelinquent Banks in
proportion to their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans. If not
                               --- ---- 
previously satisfied directly by the Delinquent Bank, a Delinquent Bank shall be
deemed to have satisfied in full a delinquency when and if, as a result of
application of the assigned payments to all outstanding Loans of the
nondelinquent Banks, the Banks' respective pro rata shares of all outstanding
                                           --- ----
Loans have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such delinquency and
without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency.

          (S)16.6. Holders of Revolving Credit Notes. The Agent may deem and
                    ---------------------------------
treat the payee of any Revolving Credit Notes or the purchaser of any Letter of
Credit Participation as the absolute owner or purchaser thereof for all purposes
hereof until it shall have been furnished in writing with a different name by
such payee or by a subsequent holder, assignee or transferee.

          (S)16.7. Indemnity. The Banks ratably and severally agree hereby to
                    ---------    
indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and its Affiliates from and against any
and all claims, actions and suits (whether groundless or otherwise), losses,
damages, costs, expenses (including any expenses for which the Agent has not
been reimbursed by the Borrower as required by (S)17), and liabilities of every
nature and character arising out of or related to this Agreement, the Revolving
Credit Notes, or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions
contemplated or evidenced hereby or thereby, or the Agent's actions taken
hereunder or thereunder, except to the extent that any of the same shall be
directly caused by the Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence.

                                      -77-
<PAGE>
 
          (S)16.8. Agent as Bank. In its individual capacity as a Bank,
                    -------------
BankBoston shall have the same obligations and the same rights, powers and
privileges in respect to its Commitment and the Loans made by it, and as the
holder of any of the Revolving Credit Notes and as the purchaser of any Letter
of Credit Participations, as it would have were it not also the Agent.

           (S)16.9. Notification of Defaults and Events of Default. Each Bank
                    ----------------------------------------------    
hereby agrees that, upon learning of the existence of a Default or an Event of
Default, it shall (to the extent notice has not previously been provided)
promptly notify the Agent thereof. The Agent hereby agrees that upon receipt of
any notice under this (S)16.9 it shall promptly notify the other Banks of the
existence of such Default or Event of Default.

           (S)16.10. Duties in the Case of Enforcement. In case one or more
                     ---------------------------------
Events of Default have occurred and shall be continuing, and whether or not
acceleration of the Obligations shall have occurred, the Agent shall, if (a) so
requested by the Majority Banks and (b) the Banks have provided to the Agent
such additional indemnities and assurances against expenses and liabilities as
the Agent may reasonably request, proceed to enforce the provisions of this
Agreement and exercise all or any such other legal and equitable and other
rights or remedies as it may have in respect of enforcement of the Banks' rights
against the Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Majority Banks may direct the Agent
in writing as to the method and the extent of any such enforcement, the Banks
(including any Bank which is not one of the Majority Banks) hereby agreeing to
ratably and severally indemnify and hold the Agent harmless from all liabilities
incurred in respect of all actions taken or omitted in accordance with such
directions, provided that the Agent need not comply with any such direction to
the extent that the Agent reasonably believes the Agent's compliance with such
direction to be unlawful or commercially unreasonable in any applicable
jurisdiction.

           (S)16.11. Successor Agent. BankBoston, or any successor Agent, may
                     ---------------
resign as Agent at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Banks and to
the Borrower. The Majority Banks may remove the Agent in the event of the
Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence or in the event that the Agent
ceases to hold a Commitment under this Agreement. In addition, the Borrower may
remove the Agent in the event that the Agent holds (without participation) less
than the Minimum Commitment, provided that if the Agent holds less than the
                             --------   
Minimum Commitment at any time as a result of the merger or consolidation of any
of the other Banks or as a result of events other than the sale by the Agent of
any portion of its Commitment, the Agent shall have a period of ninety (90) days
after its failure to hold at least the Minimum Commitment to cure such failure.
Any such resignation or removal shall be effective upon appointment and
acceptance of a successor Agent, as hereinafter provided. Upon any such
resignation or removal, the Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint a
successor Agent, which is a Bank under this Agreement and which holds at least
the Minimum Commitment, provided that so long as no Default or Event of Default
                        --------
has occurred and is continuing the Borrower shall have the right to approve any
successor Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If, in the
case of a resignation by the Agent, no successor Agent shall have 

                                      -78-
<PAGE>
 
been so appointed by the Majority Banks and approved by the Borrower, and shall
have accepted such appointment, within thirty (30) days after the retiring
Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf
of the Banks, appoint any one of the other Banks as a successor Agent. The
Borrower acknowledges that any Bank which acquires BankBoston is acceptable as a
successor Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a
successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or
removed Agent, and the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from all
further duties and obligations as Agent under this Agreement. After any Agent's
resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this (S)16 shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while
it was Agent under this Agreement. The Agent agrees that it shall not assign any
of its rights or duties as Agent to any other Person.

           (S)16.12.  Notices.  Any notices or other information required
                      -------  
hereunder to be provided to the Agent (with copies to the Agent for each Bank)
shall be forwarded by the Agent to each of the Banks on the same day (if
practicable) and, in any case, on the next Business Day following the Agent's
receipt thereof

           (S)17. EXPENSES. The Borrower agrees to pay (a) the reasonable costs
                  --------
of producing and reproducing this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the
other agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) the reasonable fees,
expenses and disbursements of the Agent's outside counsel or any local counsel
to the Agent incurred in connection with the preparation, administration or
interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein,
each closing hereunder, and amendments, modifications, approvals, consents or
waivers hereto or hereunder, (c) the fees, expenses and disbursements of the
Agent incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, administration
or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein,
including, without limitation, the costs incurred by the Agent in connection
with its inspection of the Borrowing Base Properties (subject to (S)12.14), and,
without double-counting amounts under clause (b) above, the fees and
disbursements of the Agent's counsel in preparing the documentation, (d) the
fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of the Agent and its Affiliates incurred
in connection with the initial syndication and/or participations of the Loans
(whether occurring before or after the closing hereunder), including, without
limitation, reasonable legal fees, travel costs, costs of preparing syndication
materials and photocopying costs, provided that the Borrower shall not incur any
costs or fees of any kind in connection with any participation, sale or other
syndication of any portion of the Loans which occurs after the initial
syndication other than reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection
with any participation, sale or syndication undertaken at the request of the
Borrower or (in addition to any other fees or expenses relating thereto) in
connection with an amendment or increase to the amount of the Total Commitment,
(e) all reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs,
which attorneys may be employees of any Bank or the Agent, and the fees and
costs of engineers, investment bankers, or other experts retained by any Bank or
the Agent in connection with any such enforcement proceedings) incurred by any
Bank or the Agent in connection with (i) the 

                                      -79-
<PAGE>
 
enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents against
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the Guarantor or the administration
thereof after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of
Default (including, without limitation, expenses incurred in any restructuring
and/or "workout" of the Loans), and (ii) any litigation, proceeding or dispute
whether arising hereunder or otherwise, in any way related to any Bank's or the
Agent's relationship with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the
Guarantor, (f) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent
incurred in connection with UCC searches, UCC terminations or mortgage
discharges, and (g) all costs incurred by the Agent in the future in connection
with its inspection of the Borrowing Base Properties, provided that prior to the
                                                      --------  
occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower shall not be required to pay for
more than one inspection of each Borrowing Base Property per year. The covenants
of this (S)17 shall survive payment or satisfaction of payment of amounts owing
with respect to the Revolving Credit Notes.

           (S)18. INDEMNIFICATION. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold
                  ---------------      
harmless the Agent and each of the Banks and the shareholders, directors,
agents, officers, subsidiaries and affiliates of the Agent and each of the Banks
from and against any and all claims, actions and suits, whether groundless or
otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, settlement
payments, obligations, damages and expenses of every nature and character in
connection therewith, arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or which otherwise
arise in connection with the financing, including, without limitation, (a) any
actual or proposed use by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the
proceeds of any of the Loans, (b) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the
Guarantor entering into or performing this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, or (c) pursuant to (S)8.17 hereof, in each case including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and allocated costs
of internal counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation,
litigation or other proceeding, provided, however, that the Borrower shall not
                                -----------------
be obligated under this (S)18 to indemnify any Person for liabilities arising
from such Person's own gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this
Agreement. In litigation, or the preparation therefor, the Borrower shall be
entitled to select counsel reasonably acceptable to the Majority Banks, and the
Agent (as approved by the Majority Banks) shall be entitled to select their own
supervisory counsel, and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Borrower
agrees to pay promptly the reasonable fees and expenses of each such counsel.
Prior to any settlement of any such litigation by the Banks, the Banks shall
provide the Borrower and the Guarantor with notice and an opportunity to address
any of their concerns with the Banks, and the Banks shall not settle any
litigation without first obtaining Borrower's consent thereto, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If and to the extent that the
obligations of the Borrower under this (S)18 are unenforceable for any reason,
the Borrower hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment in
satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable law. The
provisions of this (S)18 shall survive the repayment of the Loan and the
termination of the obligations of the Banks hereunder and shall continue in full
force and effect as long as the possibility of any such claim, action, cause of
action or suit exists.

                                      -80-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)19.   SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC. All covenants, agreements,
                    ---------------------------
representations and warranties made herein, in the Revolving Credit Notes, in
any of the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other papers delivered by
or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the Guarantor
pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Banks and the
Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any of
them, and shall survive the making by the Banks of any of the Loans and the
issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit, as herein contemplated,
and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Letter of Credit or
any amount due under this Agreement or the Revolving Credit Notes or any of the
other Loan Documents remains outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to make
any Loans or the Agent or any Fronting Bank has any obligation to issue, extend
or renew any Letter of Credit. The indemnification obligations of the Borrower
provided herein and in the other Loan Documents shall survive the full repayment
of amounts due and the termination of the obligations of the Banks hereunder and
thereunder to the extent provided herein and therein. All statements contained
in any certificate or other paper delivered to any Bank or the Agent at any time
by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the Guarantor
pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall
constitute representations and warranties by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or
the Guarantor hereunder.

           (S)20.   ASSIGNMENT; PARTICIPATIONS; ETC.
                    --------------------------------

           (S)20.1. Conditions to Assignment by Banks. Except as provided
                    ----------------------------------
herein, each Bank may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion
of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or
a portion of its Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of
the Loans at the time owing to it, the Revolving Credit Notes held by it and its
participating interest in the risk relating to any Letters of Credit); provided
                                                                       --------
that (a) the Agent and the Borrower each shall have the right to approve any
Eligible Assignee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,
it being agreed that the Agent and the Borrower must approve or reject a
proposed Eligible Assignee within seven (7) days of receiving a written request
from any Bank for such approval (provided that the request for approval, and the
                                 --------
envelope in which it is delivered, is conspicuously marked with the following
legend: "REQUEST FOR APPROVAL -- TIME SENSITIVE -- MUST RESPOND WITHIN SEVEN (7)
DAYS") and if the Agent or the Borrower fails to respond within such seven (7)
day period, such request for approval shall be deemed approved by the Agent or
the Borrower, or both, as the case may be, (b) each such assignment shall be of
a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all the assigning Bank's rights and
obligations under this Agreement, (c) subject to the provisions of (S)2.7
hereof, each Bank shall have at all times an amount of its Commitment of not
less than $10,000,000 and (d) the parties to such assignment shall execute and
deliver to the Agent, for recording in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an
assignment and assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto (an
                                                        ---------
"Assignment and Assumption"), together with any Revolving Credit Notes subject
to such assignment. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording,
from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption,
which

                                      -81-
<PAGE>
 
which effective date shall be at least two (2) Business Days after the execution
thereof unless otherwise agreed by the Agent (provided any assignee has assumed
the obligation to fund any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans), (i) the assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such
Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder
and thereunder, and (ii) the assigning Bank shall, to the extent provided in
such assignment and upon payment to the Agent of the registration fee referred
to in (S)20.3, be released from its obligations under this Agreement. Any such
Assignment and Assumption shall run to the benefit of the Borrower and a copy of
any such Assignment and Assumption shall be delivered by the Assignor to the
Borrower.

           (S)20.2. Certain Representations and Warranties; Limitations;
                    ----------------------------------------------------
Covenants. By executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption, the parties
- ----------
to the assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other
parties hereto as follows: (a) other than the representation and warranty that
it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free
and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Bank makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or
value of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant hereto; (b) the assigning Bank makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the
financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the Guarantor or any
other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the
Obligations, or the performance or observance by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries or the Guarantor or any other Person primarily or secondarily
liable in respect of any of the Obligations of any of their obligations under
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (c) such assignee confirms that
it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most
recent financial statements referred to in (S)7.4 and (S)8.4 and such other
documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Assumption; (d) such
assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Bank, the
Agent or any other Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall
deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (e) such assignee represents
and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee; (f) such assignee appoints and
authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise
such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated
to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto; (g) such assignee agrees that it will perform in
accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this
Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank; (h) such assignee
represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such
Assignment and Assumption; and (i) such assignee acknowledges that it has made
arrangements with the assigning Bank satisfactory to such assignee with respect
to its pro rata share of Letter of Credit Fees in respect of outstanding Letters
of Credit.

                                      -82-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)20.3. Register. The Agent shall maintain a copy of each
                    --------
Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register or similar list (the
"Register") for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks and the
Commitment Percentages of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, the Banks
from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the
absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks may treat
each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Bank hereunder for all
purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by
the Borrower and the Banks at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice. Upon each such recordation, the assigning Bank agrees
to pay to the Agent a registration fee in the sum of $2,500.

           (S)20.4. New Revolving Credit Notes. Upon its receipt of an
                    --------------------------
Assignment and Assumption executed by the parties to such assignment, together
with each Revolving Credit Note subject to such assignment, the Agent shall (a)
record the information contained therein in the Register, and (b) give prompt
notice thereof to the Borrower and the Banks (other than the assigning Bank).
Unless done simultaneously with the Assignment and Assumption, within two (2)
Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense,
(i) shall execute and deliver to the Agent, in exchange for each surrendered
Revolving Credit Note, a new Revolving Credit Note to the order of such Eligible
Assignee in an amount equal to the amount assumed by such Eligible Assignee
pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption and, if the assigning Bank has
retained some portion of its obligations hereunder, a new Revolving Credit Note
to the order of the assigning Bank in an amount equal to the amount retained by
it hereunder and (ii) shall deliver an opinion from counsel to the Borrower in
substantially the form delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to (S)12.9 as to
such new Revolving Credit Notes. Such new Revolving Credit Notes shall provide
that they are replacements for the surrendered Revolving Credit Notes, shall be
in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the
surrendered Revolving Credit Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such
Assignment and Assumption and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of
the assigned Revolving Credit Notes. The surrendered Revolving Credit Notes
shall be canceled and returned to the Borrower.

           (S)20.5. Participations. Each Bank may sell participations to one
                    --------------
or more banks or other entities in all or a portion of such Bank's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that (a)
each such participation shall be in an amount of not less than $10,000,000, (b)
any such sale or participation shall not affect the rights and duties of the
selling Bank hereunder to the Borrower and the Agent and the Bank shall continue
to exercise all approvals, disapprovals and other functions of a Bank, (c) the
only rights granted to the participant pursuant to such participation
arrangements with respect to waivers, amendments or modifications of, or
approvals under, the Loan Documents shall be the rights to approve waivers,
amendments or modifications that would reduce the principal of or the interest
rate on any Loans, extend the term or increase the amount of the Commitment of
such Bank as it relates to such participant, reduce the amount of any fees to
which such participant is entitled or extend any regularly scheduled payment
date for principal or interest, and (d) no participant shall 

                                      -83-
<PAGE>
 
have the right to grant further participations or assign its rights, obligations
or interests under such participation to other Persons without the prior written
consent of the Agent.

           (S)20.6. Pledge by Lender. Notwithstanding any other provision of
                    ----------------
this Agreement, any Bank at no cost to the Borrower may at any time pledge all
or any portion of its interest and rights under this Agreement (including all or
any portion of its Revolving Credit Notes) to any of the twelve Federal Reserve
Banks organized under (S)4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. (S)341. No such
pledge or the enforcement thereof shall release the pledgor Bank from its
obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

           (S)20.7. No Assignment by Borrower. The Borrower shall not assign
                    -------------------------
or transfer any of its rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents
without prior Unanimous Bank Approval.

           (S)20.8. Disclosure. The Borrower agrees that, in addition to
                    ----------
disclosures made in accordance with standard banking practices, any Bank may
disclose information obtained by such Bank pursuant to this Agreement to
assignees or participants and potential assignees or participants hereunder. Any
such disclosed information shall be treated by any assignee or participant with
the same standard of confidentiality set forth in (S)8.10 hereof.

           (S)20.9. Syndication. The Borrower acknowledges that each of the
                    -----------
Agent and the Arranger intends, and shall have the right, by itself or through
its Affiliates, to syndicate or enter into co-lending arrangements with respect
to the Loans and the Total Commitment pursuant to this (S)20, and the Borrower
agrees to cooperate with the Agent's and the Arranger's and their Affiliate's
syndication and/or co-lending efforts, such cooperation to include, without
limitation, the provision of information reasonably requested by potential
syndicate members.

           (S)21.   NOTICES, ETC. Except as otherwise expressly provided in
                    ------------
this Agreement, all notices and other communications made or required to be
given pursuant to this Agreement or the Revolving Credit Notes or any Letter of
Credit Applications shall be in writing and shall be delivered in hand, mailed
by United States registered or certified first class mail, postage prepaid, sent
by overnight courier, or sent by facsimile and confirmed by delivery via courier
or postal service, addressed as follows:

                       (a)   if to the Borrower or any Guarantor, at Boston
Properties, Inc., 8 Arlington Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, Attention:
Mr. Edward H. Linde, President and Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to the
General Counsel of BPLP at the address for the Borrower set forth above and to
Ross D. Gillman, Esq., Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, Exchange Place, Boston,
Massachusetts 02109, or to such other address for notice as the Borrower or any
Guarantor shall have last furnished in writing to the Agent;

                                      -84-
<PAGE>
 
                       (b)   if to the Agent, to the Real Estate Finance
Department at 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, with a copy to
Robert C. Avil, Vice President, BankBoston, N.A., 115 Perimeter Center Place,
Suite 500, Atlanta, Georgia 30346, or such other address for notice as the Agent
shall have last furnished in writing to the Borrower, with a copy to Michael J.
Haroz, Esq., Goulston & Storrs, 400 Atlantic Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 
02110-3333, or at such other address for notice as the Agent shall last have
furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice; and

                       (c)   if to any Bank, at such Bank's address set forth on
                                                                              --
Schedule 1.3 hereto, or such other address for notice as such Bank shall have
- --------
last furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice.

Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made and to
have become effective (i) if delivered by hand, overnight courier, or facsimile
to the party to which it is directed, at the time of the receipt thereof by such
party or the sending of such facsimile and (ii) if sent by registered or
certified first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the third Business Day following
the mailing thereof.

           (S)22.   BPLP AS AGENT FOR THE BORROWERS. Each Borrower (other
                    -------------------------------
than BPLP) hereby appoints BPLP as its agent with respect to the receiving and
giving of any notices, requests, instructions, reports, certificates (including,
without limitation, compliance certificates), schedules, revisions, financial
statements or any other written or oral communications hereunder. The Agent and
each Bank is hereby entitled to rely on any communications given or transmitted
by BPLP as if such communication were given or transmitted by each and every
Borrower; provided however, that any communication given or transmitted by any
Borrower other than BPLP shall be binding with respect to such Borrower. Any
communication given or transmitted by the Agent or any Bank to BPLP shall be
deemed given and transmitted to each and every Borrower.

           (S)23.   GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE. THIS
                    --------------------------------------------------
AGREEMENT AND EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY
PROVIDED THEREIN, ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH COMMONWEALTH (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO
CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTOR AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS SITTING IN SUFFOLK COUNTY OR ANY FEDERAL COURT
SITTING IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS AND CONSENTS TO THE NON-
EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH
SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER OR THE GUARANTOR AND THEIR RESPECTIVE
SUBSIDIARIES BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN (S)21. THE BORROWER AND THE
GUARANTOR AND THEIR RESPECTIVE 

                                      -85-
<PAGE>
 
SUBSIDIARIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION THAT ANY OF THEM MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS
BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

           (S)24. HEADINGS. The captions in this Agreement are for
                  --------
convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions
hereof.

           (S)25. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement and any amendment hereof may
                  ------------
be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart,
each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of
which together shall constitute one instrument. In proving this Agreement it
shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart
signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

           (S)26. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC. The Loan Documents and any other
                  ---------------------
documents executed in connection herewith or therewith express the entire
understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated
hereby. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived,
discharged or terminated, except as provided in (S)27.

           (S)27. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL AND CERTAIN DAMAGE CLAIMS. EXCEPT TO
                  ----------------------------------------------
THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED BY LAW, THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTOR AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL
WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE
OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED BY
LAW, THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTOR AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES HEREBY
WAIVE ANY RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION
REFERRED TO IN THE PRECEDING SENTENCE ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL
DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY DAMAGES PURSUANT TO M.G.L. C. 93A ET SEQ. EACH OF THE
BORROWER AND THE GUARANTOR AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES (A) CERTIFIES THAT
NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY BANK OR THE AGENT HAS REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH BANK OR THE AGENT WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF
LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE
AGENT AND THE BANKS HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS TO WHICH THEY ARE PARTIES BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND
CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

                                      -86-
<PAGE>
 
           (S)28. CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC. Except as otherwise
                  ----------------------------------
expressly provided in this Agreement, any consent or approval required or
permitted by this Agreement may be given, and any term of this Agreement or of
any of the other Loan Documents may be amended, and the performance or
observance by the Borrower or the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries of any terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the
continuance of any Default or Event of Default may be waived (either generally
or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with, but
only with, the written consent of the Majority Banks.

           Notwithstanding the foregoing, Unanimous Bank Approval shall be
required for any amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement that:

                                          (i) reduces or forgives any principal
                               of any unpaid Loan or any interest thereon
                               (including any interest "breakage" costs) or any
                               fees due any Bank hereunder, or permits any
                               prepayment not otherwise permitted hereunder; or

                                         (ii) changes the unpaid principal
                               amount of, or the rate of interest on, any Loan;
                               or

                                        (iii) changes the date fixed for any
                               payment of principal of or interest on any Loan
                               (including, without limitation, any extension of
                               the Maturity Date) or any fees payable hereunder;
                               or

                                         (iv) changes the amount of any Bank's
                               Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment
                               permitted under (S)20.1 hereof) or increases the
                               amount of the Total Commitment; or

                                         (v)  modifies any provision herein or
                               in any other Loan Document which by the terms
                               thereof expressly requires Unanimous Bank
                               Approval; or

                                        (vi)  changes the definitions of
                               Majority Banks, Required Banks or Unanimous Bank
                               Approval. No waiver shall extend to or affect any
                               obligation not expressly waived or impair any
                               right consequent thereon. No course of dealing or
                               delay or omission on the part of the Agent or the
                               Banks or any Bank in exercising any right shall
                               operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be
                               prejudicial to such right or any other rights of
                               the Agent or the Banks. No notice to or demand
                               upon the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to
                               other or further notice or demand in similar or
                               other circumstances.

           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Required Banks shall be required
for any amendment, modification or waiver of this agreement that:

                                      -87-
<PAGE>
 
                                          (i) amends any of the covenants
                               contained in (S)10.1 through (S)10.7, inclusive,
                               hereof, or

                                         (ii) amends any of the provisions
                               governing funding contained in (S)2 hereof, or

                                        (iii) changes the rights, duties or
                               obligations of the Agent specified in (S)16
                               hereof (provided that no amendment or
                               modification to such (S)16 or to the fee payable
                               to the Agent under this Agreement may be made
                               without the prior written consent of the Agent).


           (S)29. SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement are
                  ------------
severable, and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or
unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or
unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in
such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision
in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision of this Agreement in
any jurisdiction.


                  (Remainder of page intentionally left blank)

                                      -88-
<PAGE>
 
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Agreement
as a sealed instrument as of the date first set forth above.

                            BANKBOSTON, N.A.
                            individually and as Agent


                            By: ____________________________
                            Name:  Robert C. Avil
                            Title: Vice President


                      (Signatures continued on next pages)

                                      -89-
<PAGE>
 
                                   8 Arlington Street*
                                   -------------------

                                   THE ATLANTIC MONTHLY TRUST


                                   By:____________________________________
                                        Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                        and not individually


                                   32 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, MA
                                   ---------------------------------

                                   MBZ-LEX TRUST
                                   
                                   
                                   By:____________________________________
                                        Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                        and not individually
                                   
                                   
                                   By:____________________________________
                                        Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                        not individually


                                   Waltham Office Center, Waltham, MA
                                   ----------------------------------

                                   ZEE EM TRUST II
                                   
                                   
                                   By:____________________________________
                                        Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                        and not individually
                                   
                                   
                                   By:____________________________________
                                        Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                        not individually
         
                       (Signatures continued on next page)

- ---------------------------
* The designation of the specific Real Estate Asset or Assets owned by any 
signatory to this Agreement or any other Loan Document is for informational 
purposes only and does not in any way limit the joint and several liability of 
each Borrower, for so long as it is a Borrower, for the Obligations.

                                      -90-
<PAGE>
 
                                 204 Second Avenue, Waltham, MA
                                 ------------------------------

                                 WP TRUST
                                 
                                 
                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                      not individually


                                 170 Tracer Lane, Waltham, MA
                                 ----------------------------

                                 TRACER LANE TRUST
                                 
                                 
                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                      not individually
                                 
                                 
                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                      and not individually


                                 33 Hayden Avenue, Lexington, MA
                                 -------------------------------

                                 HAYDEN OFFICE TRUST
                                 
                                 
                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                      not individually
                                 
                                 
                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                      and not individually

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                      -91-
<PAGE>
 
                                 Lexington Office Park, 420-430 Bedford Street,
                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                 Lexington, MA
                                 -------------

                                 ELANDZEE TRUST
                                 
                                 
                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                      and not individually


                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                      not individually


                                 40-46 Harvard Street, Westwood, MA
                                 ----------------------------------

                                 40-46 HARVARD STREET TRUST


                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                      and not individually
                                 
                                 
                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                      not individually


                                 17 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, MA
                                 ---------------------------------

                                 ZEE BEE TRUST II


                                 By:____________________________________
                                      Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                      and not individually

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                      -92-
<PAGE>
 
                                   One Cambridge Center, Cambridge, MA
                                   -----------------------------------

                                   ONE CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST


                                    By:____________________________________
                                         Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                         and not individually


                                    By:____________________________________
                                         David Barrett, as Trustee and 
                                         not individually


                                    By:____________________________________
                                         Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                         not individually
                                    
                                    
                                    Three Cambridge Center, Cambridge, MA
                                    -------------------------------------

                                    THREE CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST


                                    By:____________________________________
                                         Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                         and not individually
                                    
                                    
                                    By:____________________________________
                                         David Barrett, as Trustee and 
                                         not individually
                                    
                                    
                                    By:____________________________________
                                         Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                         not individually

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                      -93-
<PAGE>
 
                                    Eleven Cambridge Center, Cambridge, MA
                                    --------------------------------------

                                    ELEVEN CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST


                                    By:____________________________________
                                         Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                         and not individually
                                    
                                    
                                    By:____________________________________
                                         David Barrett, as Trustee and 
                                         not individually
                                    
                                    
                                    By:____________________________________
                                         Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                         not individually
                                    
                                    
                                    Fourteen Cambridge Center, Cambridge, MA
                                    ----------------------------------------

                                    FOURTEEN CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST


                                    By:____________________________________
                                         Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                         and not individually
                                    
                                    
                                    By:____________________________________
                                         David Barrett, as Trustee and 
                                         not individually
                                    
                                    
                                    By:____________________________________
                                         Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                         not individually

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                      -94-
<PAGE>
 
                         500 E Street, S.W., Washington, D.C.
                         ------------------------------------
                         
                         SCHOOL STREET ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         
                         By:   Boston Properties LLC, its sole general partner
                               
                               By:  Boston Properties Limited
                                    Partnership, its managing member
                                    
                                    By:        Boston Properties, Inc., its
                                               general partner
                                    
                                               By:______________(SEAL)
                                                     Edward H. Linde
                                                     President and Chief
                                                     Executive Officer


                         Democracy Center, Bethesda, MD
                         ------------------------------

                         DEMOCRACY ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         
                         By:  Boston Properties LLC, its general partner
                              
                              By:  Boston Properties Limited
                                   Partnership, its managing member
                                   
                                   By:        Boston Properties, Inc., its
                                              general partner
                                   
                                              By:___________________(SEAL)
                                                    Edward H. Linde
                                                    President and Chief
                                                    Executive Officer

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                      -95-
<PAGE>
 
                         1950 Stanford Court, Building One (MD 1),
                         -----------------------------------------
                         Landover, MD
                         ------------
                         
                         MARYLAND 50 BUILDING I ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         
                         By:  Boston Properties LLC, its general partner
                              
                              By:       Boston Properties Limited
                                        Partnership, its managing member
                              
                                        By:        Boston Properties, Inc., its
                                                   general partner
                              
                                                   By:___________________(SEAL)
                                                         Edward H. Linde
                                                         President and Chief
                                                         Executive Officer
                         
                         
                         6201 Columbia Park Road, Building Two (MD2),
                         --------------------------------------------
                         Landover, MD
                         ------------
                         
                         MARYLAND 50 BUILDING II ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         
                         By:  Boston Properties LLC, its general partner
                              
                              By:       Boston Properties Limited
                                        Partnership, its managing member
                              
                                        By:        Boston Properties, Inc., its
                                                   general partner
                              
                                                   By:___________________(SEAL)
                                                         Edward H. Linde
                                                         President and Chief
                                                         Executive Officer

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                      -96-
<PAGE>
 
                         2000 South Club Drive, Building Three (MD3),
                         --------------------------------------------
                         Landover, MD
                         ------------
                         
                         MARYLAND 50 BUILDING III ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         
                         By:  Boston Properties LLC, its general partner
                              
                              By:       Boston Properties Limited
                                        Partnership, its managing member
                              
                                        By:        Boston Properties, Inc., its
                                                   general partner
                              
                                                   By:___________________(SEAL)
                                                         Edward H. Linde
                                                         President and Chief
                                                         Executive Officer


                         Long Wharf Marriott, Boston, MA
                         -------------------------------

                         DOWNTOWN BOSTON PROPERTIES TRUST


                         By:____________________________________
                              Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                              not individually
                         
                         
                         By:____________________________________
                              Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                              and not individually

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                      -97-
<PAGE>
 
                                       Cambridge Center Marriott, Cambridge, MA
                                       ----------------------------------------

                                       TWO CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST


                                       By:____________________________________
                                            Mortimer B. Zuckerman, as Trustee 
                                            and not individually


                                       By:____________________________________
                                            Edward H. Linde, as Trustee and 
                                            not individually


                                       By:____________________________________
                                            David Barrett, as Trustee and 
                                            not individually


                                       195 West Street, Waltham, MA
                                       ----------------------------

                                       25-33 Dartmouth Street, Westwood, MA
                                       ------------------------------------

                                       7435 Boston Boulevard, Building One,
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Springfield, VA
                                       ---------------

                                      7451 Boston Boulevard, Building Two,
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------

                                      7374 Boston Boulevard, Building Four,
                                      -------------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------

                                      8000 Grainger Court, Building Five,
                                      -----------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------

                                      7500 Boulevard, Building Six,
                                      -----------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------

                                      7501 Boston Boulevard, Building Seven,
                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------
                                      
                                      7601 Boston Boulevard, Building Eight,
                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                      -98-
<PAGE>
 
                                      7600 Boston Boulevard, Building Nine,
                                      -------------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------

                                      7375 Boston Boulevard, Building Ten,
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------
                                      
                                      8000 Corporate Court, Building Eleven,
                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------
                                      
                                      7700 Boston Boulevard, Building Twelve,
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                      Springfield, VA
                                      ---------------

                                      38 Cabot Boulevard, Bucks County, PA
                                      ------------------------------------

                                      2391 West Winton Avenue, Hayward, CA
                                      ------------------------------------

                                      365 Herndon Parkway (Sugarland I),
                                      ---------------------------------
                                      Herndon, VA
                                      -----------

                                      397 Herndon Parkway (Sugarland II),
                                      -----------------------------------
                                      Herndon, VA
                                      -----------

                                      164 Lexington Road, Billerica, MA
                                      ---------------------------------

                                      BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                      
                                      
                                      By:  Boston Properties, Inc., its sole 
                                           general partner
                                           
                                           By:_________________________(SEAL)
                                                 Edward H. Linde
                                                 President and Chief Executive 
                                                 Officer

                                      -99-
<PAGE>
 
                                  Schedule 1.1
                                  ------------

                            Borrowing Base Properties
                            -------------------------

                                     -100-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                  Schedule 1.3

Bank                              Commitment Amount                  Commitment Percentage
- ----                              -----------------                  ---------------------
<S>                               <C>                                <C> 
BankBoston, N.A.                    $300,000,000.00                           100%
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110

TOTAL                               $300,000,000.00                           100%
</TABLE> 

                                     -101-
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.10
<SEQUENCE>6
<DESCRIPTION>LEASE AGRMNT. DOWNTOWN BOSTON PROPERTIES TRUST
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit 10.10

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                           DATED AS OF JUNE ___, 1997

                                     BETWEEN

              EDWARD H. LINDE AND MORTIMER B. ZUCKERMAN AS TRUSTEES
                       OF DOWNTOWN BOSTON PROPERTIES TRUST

                                    AS LESSOR

                                       AND

                                  ZL HOTEL LLC

                                    AS LESSEE
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                       <C>  
ARTICLE I

     LEASE.................................................................... 1
     1.1     Leased Property.................................................. 1
     1.2     Term............................................................. 2
     1.3     Initial Transition............................................... 2
                                                                               
ARTICLE II                                                                     
                                                                               
     DEFINITIONS.............................................................. 2
     2.1     Definitions...................................................... 2
                                                                              
ARTICLE III                                                                   
                                                                              
     RENT.................................................................... 15
     3.1     Rent............................................................ 15
     3.2     Confirmation of Percentage Rent................................. 22
     3.3     Additional Charges.............................................. 23
     3.4     No Set Off...................................................... 24
     3.5     Annual Operating Projection..................................... 24
     3.6     Books and Records............................................... 24
     3.7     Intentionally Omitted........................................... 24
     3.8     Changes in Operations........................................... 24
     3.9     Allocation of Revenues.......................................... 24
                                                                              
ARTICLE IV                                                                    
                                                                              
     IMPOSITIONS............................................................. 25
     4.1     Payment of Impositions.......................................... 25
     4.2     Notice of Impositions........................................... 26
     4.3     Adjustment of Impositions....................................... 26
     4.4     Utility Charges................................................. 26
                                                                              
ARTICLE V                                                                     
                                                                              
     NO TERMINATION, ABATEMENT............................................... 26
     5.1     No Termination, Abatement....................................... 26
                                                                              
ARTICLE VI                                                                    
                                                                              
     PROPERTY OWNERSHIP...................................................... 27
     6.1     Ownership of the Leased Property................................ 27
</TABLE> 
                                       (i)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>                                                                       <C>  
     6.2     Lessee's Personal Property....................................... 27
     6.3     Lessor's Lien.................................................... 28
     6.4     Equipment Lease Property......................................... 28

ARTICLE VII

     CONDITION, USE........................................................... 29
     7.1     Condition of the Leased Property................................. 29
     7.2     Use of the Leased Property....................................... 29

ARTICLE VIII

     LEGAL REQUIREMENTS....................................................... 31
     8.1     Compliance with Legal and Insurance Requirements................. 31
     8.2     Legal Requirement Covenants...................................... 31
     8.3     Environmental Covenants.......................................... 31

ARTICLE IX

     MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.................................................. 33
     9.1     Maintenance and Repair........................................... 33

ARTICLE X

     ALTERATIONS.............................................................. 35
     10.1    Alterations...................................................... 35
     10.2    Salvage.......................................................... 35
     10.3    Lessor Alterations............................................... 35

ARTICLE XI

     LIENS.................................................................... 35
     11.1    Liens............................................................ 35

ARTICLE XII

     PERMITTED CONTESTS....................................................... 36
     12.1    Permitted Contests............................................... 36

ARTICLE XIII

     INSURANCE................................................................ 37
     13.1    General Insurance Requirements................................... 37
     13.2    Replacement Cost................................................. 39
     13.3    (Intentionally deleted).......................................... 39
     13.4    Waiver of Subrogation............................................ 39
     13.5    Form Satisfactory, etc........................................... 40
</TABLE> 
                                      (ii)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>                                                                       <C>  
     13.6    Increase in Limits............................................... 40
     13.7    Blanket Policy................................................... 40
     13.8    Separate Insurance............................................... 40
     13.9    Reports On Insurance Claims...................................... 41

ARTICLE XIV

     DAMAGE AND RECONSTRUCTION................................................ 41
     14.1    Insurance Proceeds............................................... 41
     14.2    Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction 
             Covered by Insurance............................................. 41
     14.3    Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction 
             Not Covered by Insurance......................................... 42
     14.4    Lessee's Property and Business Interruption Insurance............ 42
     14.5    Abatement of Rent................................................ 42

ARTICLE XV

     CONDEMNATION............................................................. 43
     15.1    Definitions...................................................... 43
     15.2    Parties' Rights and Obligations.................................. 43
     15.3    Total Taking..................................................... 43
     15.4    Allocation of Award.............................................. 43
     15.5    Partial Taking................................................... 44
     15.6    Temporary Taking................................................. 44

ARTICLE XVI

     DEFAULTS................................................................. 45
     16.1    Events of Default................................................ 45
     16.2    Remedies......................................................... 47
     16.3    Waiver........................................................... 48
     16.4    Application of Funds............................................. 48

ARTICLE XVII

     LESSOR'S RIGHT TO CURE................................................... 48
     17.1    Lessor's Right to Cure Lessee's Default.......................... 48

ARTICLE XVIII

     LIMITATIONS.............................................................. 48
     18.1    Personal Property Limitation..................................... 48
     18.2    Sublease Rent Limitation......................................... 49
     18.3    Sublease Lessee Limitation....................................... 49
     18.4    Lessee Ownership Limitation...................................... 49
</TABLE> 
                                      (iii)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                       <C>  
ARTICLE XIX

     HOLDING OVER............................................................ 50
     19.1    Holding Over.................................................... 50

ARTICLE XX

     INDEMNITIES............................................................. 50
     20.1    Indemnification................................................. 50

ARTICLE XXI

      SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT.............................................. 52
      21.1   Subletting and Assignment....................................... 52
      21.2   Attornment...................................................... 53
      21.3   Management Agreement............................................ 54

ARTICLE XXII

     ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES................................................... 54
     22.1    Officer's Certificates; Financial Statements; Lessor's 
             Estoppel Certificates and Covenants............................. 54

ARTICLE XXIII

     INSPECTIONS............................................................. 56
     23.1    Regular Meetings; Lessor's Right to Inspect..................... 56

ARTICLE XXIV

     NO WAIVER............................................................... 56
     24.1    No Waiver....................................................... 56

ARTICLE XXV

     CUMULATIVE REMEDIES..................................................... 57
     25.1    Remedies Cumulative............................................. 57

ARTICLE XXVI

     SURRENDER............................................................... 57
     26.1    Acceptance of Surrender......................................... 57

ARTICLE XXVII

     NO MERGER............................................................... 57
     27.1    No Merger of Title.............................................. 57
</TABLE> 
                                      (iv)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>                                                                       <C>  
ARTICLE XXVIII

     CONVEYANCE BY LESSOR.................................................... 57
     28.1    Conveyance by Lessor............................................ 57
     28.2    Lessor May Grant Liens.......................................... 58
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXIX                                                                  
                                                                              
     QUIET ENJOYMENT......................................................... 59
     29.1    Quiet Enjoyment................................................. 59
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXX                                                                   
                                                                              
     NOTICES................................................................. 60
     30.1    Notices......................................................... 60
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXI                                                                  
                                                                              
     APPRAISALS.............................................................. 60
     31.1    Appraisers...................................................... 60
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXII                                                                 
                                                                              
     (Intentionally Deleted)................................................. 61
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXIII                                                                
                                                                              
     (Intentionally Deleted)................................................. 61
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXIV                                                                 
                                                                              
     (Intentionally Deleted)................................................. 61
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXV                                                                  
                                                                              
     LESSEE CAPITALIZATION REQUIREMENTS...................................... 61
     35.1    Lessee's Net Worth.............................................. 61
     35.2    Lessee's Cash................................................... 62
     35.3    Verification of Net Worth....................................... 62
     35.4    Change of Control............................................... 62
     35.5    Other Business Activities....................................... 63
     35.6    Non-Competition................................................. 63
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXVI                                                                 
                                                                              
     LESSOR'S OPTION TO TERMINATE............................................ 63
</TABLE> 
                                       (v)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>                                                                       <C>  
     36.1    Lessor's Option to Terminate Lease...............................63

ARTICLE XXXVII

     LESSOR'S RIGHTS..........................................................64
     37.1    Lessor's Rights..................................................64

ARTICLE XXXVIII

     CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.....................................................64
     38.1    Capital Expenditures.............................................64

ARTICLE XXXIX

     LESSOR'S DEFAULT.........................................................65
     39.1    Lessor's Default.................................................65

ARTICLE XL

     ARBITRATION..............................................................66
     40.1    Arbitration......................................................66
     40.2    Alternative Arbitration..........................................66
     40.3    Arbitration Procedures...........................................66

ARTICLE XLI

     TRADE-OUTS...............................................................67
     41.1    Trade-outs.......................................................67

ARTICLE XLII

     MISCELLANEOUS............................................................68
     42.1    Miscellaneous....................................................68
     42.2    Transition Procedures............................................68
     42.3    Waiver of Presentment, etc.......................................69
     42.4    Standard of Discretion...........................................69
     42.5    Action for Damages...............................................69
</TABLE> 

                                      (vi)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

EXHIBITS
- --------
<S>               <C> 
Exhibit A -       Property Description
Exhibit B -       Revenue Percentages and Breakdowns
Exhibit B-1-      Base Rate Payments
Exhibit B-2-      Percentage Rental Adjustments to Second Break Points
Exhibit C -       Equipment Leases
</TABLE> 

                                     (vii)
<PAGE>
 
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                                ---------------


     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (hereinafter called "Lease"), made as of the _____ day
                                               -----                            
of June, 1997, by and between EDWARD H. LINDE AND MORTIMER B. ZUCKERMAN, as
TRUSTEES OF DOWNTOWN BOSTON PROPERTIES TRUST u/t/d May 11, 1979 and recorded
with the Suffolk County Registry of Deeds in Book 9351, Page 70, and filed with
the Suffolk County Registry District of the Land Court as Document No. 348533
and noted on Certificate of Title No. 92381, as amended (hereinafter called
"Lessor"), and ZL HOTEL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter
 ------                                                                       
called "Lessee"), provides as follows:
        ------                        

     Lessor, in consideration of the payment of rent by Lessee to Lessor, the
covenants and agreements to be performed by Lessee, and upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter stated, does hereby rent and lease unto Lessee, and
Lessee does hereby rent and lease from Lessor, the Leased Property (as
hereinafter defined).


                                   ARTICLE I
                                   ---------

                                     LEASE
                                     -----

      1.1  Leased Property.  The Leased Property (herein so called) is comprised
           ---------------                                                      
of Lessor's interest in the following:

           (a) the land described in Exhibit A attached hereto and by reference
                                     ---------
incorporated herein (the "Land");
                          ----

           (b) all buildings, structures and other improvements of every kind
including, but not limited to, alleyways and connecting tunnels, sidewalks,
utility pipes, conduits and lines (on-site and off-site), parking areas and
roadways appurtenant to such buildings and structures presently or hereafter
situated upon the Land (collectively, the "Leased Improvements");
                                           -------------------

           (c) all easements, rights and appurtenances relating to the Land and
the Leased Improvements;

           (d) all equipment, machinery, fixtures, and other items of property
required for or incidental to the use of the Leased Improvements as a hotel,
including all components thereof, now and hereafter permanently affixed to or
incorporated into the Leased Improvements, including, without limitation, all
furnaces, boilers, heaters, electrical equipment, heating, plumbing, lighting,
ventilating, refrigerating, incineration, air and water pollution control, waste
disposal, air-cooling and air-conditioning systems and apparatus, sprinkler
systems and fire and theft protection equipment, all of which to the greatest
extent permitted by law are hereby deemed by the parties hereto to constitute
real estate, together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and
additions thereto (collectively, the "Fixtures");
                                      --------

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
           (e) all furniture and furnishings and all other items of personal
property (excluding Inventory and personal property owned by Lessee) located on,
and used in connection with, the operation of the Leased Improvements as a
hotel, together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and additions
thereto; and

           (f) all existing occupancy leases of the Leased Property (including
any security deposits or collateral held by Lessor pursuant thereto).

THE LEASED PROPERTY IS DEMISED IN ITS PRESENT CONDITION WITHOUT REPRESENTATION
OR WARRANTY (EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED) BY LESSOR AND SUBJECT TO THE RIGHTS OF
PARTIES IN POSSESSION, AND TO THE EXISTING STATE OF TITLE INCLUDING ALL
COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS, EASEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS OF RECORD
INCLUDING ALL APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND MATTERS WHICH WOULD BE DISCLOSED
BY AN INSPECTION OF THE LEASED PROPERTY OR BY AN ACCURATE SURVEY THEREOF.

      1.2  Term.  The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall commence, if at all,
           ----                                ----                             
on the date of Lessor's acquisition (the "Acquisition") of the Leased Property
                                          -----------                         
(the "Commencement Date") and shall end on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the
      -----------------                                                      
last day of the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, unless sooner
terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof. In the event the
Acquisition does not occur by October 31, 1997, this Lease shall terminate and
be of no further force and effect.

      1.3  Initial Transition.
           ------------------ 

           (a) Upon the Commencement Date and pursuant to a separate Assignment
and Assumption Agreement, Lessor or the prior owner of the Leased Property shall
transfer and assign to Lessee, and Lessee shall assume, all occupancy agreements
and operating agreements to which the Leased Property remains subject on the
Commencement Date.

           (b) As between Lessor and Lessee, Lessor shall be entitled to all
income and shall be responsible for the payment or settlement of all expenses of
the Leased Property accruing prior to the Commencement Date. Lessee shall act as
Lessor's agent for the collection of all such income and shall remit the same to
Lessor promptly upon Lessee's receipt thereof. Lessee shall notify Lessor of all
such expenses and shall act as Lessor's payment agent for such expenses using
funds provided by Lessor from time to time. On the Commencement Date, Lessee
shall be entitled to receive all cash, working capital funds, bank accounts,
house banks and similar accounts existing at or with respect to the Leased
Property as of the Commencement Date and, as between Lessor and Lessee, Lessee
shall be entitled to retain all such cash and other accounts for its own use.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE II
                                  ----------

                                  DEFINITIONS
                                  -----------

      2.1  Definitions.  For all purposes of this Lease, except as otherwise
           -----------                                                      
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the terms
defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and
include the plural as well as the singular, (b) all accounting terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance
with GAAP, (c) all references in this Lease to designated "Articles", "Sections"
and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other
subdivisions of this Lease and (d) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder"
and other words of similar import refer to this Lease as a whole and not to any
particular Article, Section or other subdivision:

     Acquisition:  As defined in Section 1.2.
     -----------                 ----------- 

     Accounting Period:  As used in this Lease, the term "Accounting Period"
     -----------------                                                      
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(O) of the Management Agreement.
                                    ---------------                             

     Additional Charges:  As defined in Section 3.3.
     ------------------                 ----------- 

     Affiliate:  As used in this Lease the term "Affiliate" of a person shall
     ---------                                                               
mean (a) any person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by
or is under common control with such person, (b) any other person that owns,
beneficially, directly or indirectly, ten percent or more of the outstanding
capital stock, shares or equity interests of such person, or (c) any officer,
director, employee, partner or trustee of such person or any person controlling,
controlled by or under common control with such person (excluding trustees and
persons serving in similar capacities who are not otherwise an Affiliate of such
person).  The term "person" means and includes individuals, corporations,
general and limited partnerships, limited liability companies, stock companies
or associations, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust
companies, land trusts, business trusts, or other entities and governments and
agencies and political subdivisions thereof.  For the purposes of this
definition (a) "control" (including the correlative meanings of the terms
"controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any
person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person,
through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests or other
equity interests, by contract or otherwise and (b) it is acknowledged and agreed
that Lessor and Lessee are not Affiliates of each other.

     Annual Food Sales Break Point(s):  As used in this Lease, the term Annual
     --------------------------------                                         
Food Sales Break Point(s) shall mean the Annual Food Sales First Break Point and
the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point, in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(ii)
                                                             ------------------
and Exhibit B.
    --------- 

     Annual Food Sales First Break Point:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     -----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     Annual Food Sales Second Break Point:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ------------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     Annual Operating Projection:  As used in this Lease, the term "Annual
     ---------------------------                                          
Operating Projection" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.04 of the
                                                          ------------       
Management Agreement.

     Annual Room Revenues Break Point(s):  As used in this Lease, the term
     -----------------------------------                                  
"Annual Room Revenues Break Point(s)" shall mean the Annual Room Revenues First
Break Point and the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point, in accordance with
                                                                               
Section 3.1(b)(ii) and Exhibit B.
- ------------------     --------- 

     Annual Room Revenues First Break Point:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii)
     --------------------------------------                 ------------------
and Exhibit B.
    --------- 

     Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii)
     ---------------------------------------                 ------------------
and Exhibit B.
    --------- 

     Approval:  As defined in Section 42.4.
     --------                 ------------ 

     Approved Financial Institution:  As defined in Section 35.2.
     ------------------------------                 ------------ 

     Award:  As defined in Section 15.1(c).
     -----                 --------------- 

     Base Rent:  As defined in Section 3.1(a).
     ---------                 -------------- 

     Base Rate:  The prime rate (or base rate) reported in the Money Rates
     ---------                                                            
column or comparable section of The Wall Street Journal as the rate then in
                                -----------------------                    
effect for corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks, whether
or not such rate has actually been charged by any such bank.  If no such rate is
reported in The Wall Street Journal or if such rate is discontinued, then Base
            -----------------------                                           
Rate shall mean such other successor or comparable rate as Lessor may reasonably
designate.

     Beverage Sales:  Shall mean gross revenue from the sale of (i) wine, beer,
     --------------                                                            
liquor or other alcoholic beverages, whether sold in a bar or lounge, delivered
to or available in a guest room, sold at meetings or banquets or at any other
location at the Leased Property and (ii) non-alcoholic beverages sold in a bar
or lounge.  Such gross revenue constituting Beverage Sales shall include sales
by Lessee and its permitted subtenants, licensees and concessionaires (including
Manager).  Such revenue shall be determined in a manner consistent with the
Uniform System and shall not include the following:

           (a) Any gratuity or service charge added to a customer's bill or
statement in lieu of a gratuity which is paid directly to an employee;

           (b) Credits, rebates or refunds; and

           (c) Sales taxes or taxes of any other kind imposed on the sale of
alcoholic or other beverages.

     Break Points:  As defined in Section 3.1(b).
     ------------                 -------------- 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     Business Day:  Each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is
     ------------                                                               
not a day on which national banks in the City of Boston, Massachusetts or in the
municipality wherein the Leased Property is located are closed.

     Capital Expenditures:  Amounts advanced to pay the costs of Capital
     --------------------                                               
Improvements.

     Capital Expenditures Reserve:  An amount equal to 5% of Gross Revenues for
     ----------------------------                                              
each Lease Year (or such greater amount as contemplated in Article 8 of the
                                                           ---------       
Management Agreement), to be accrued by Lessor in accordance with the provisions
of Article XXXVIII hereof.
   ---------------

     Capital Impositions:  Taxes, assessments or similar charges imposed upon or
     -------------------                                                        
levied against the Leased Property for the costs of public improvements,
including, without limitation, roads, sidewalks, public lighting fixtures,
utility lines, storm sewers drainage facilities, and similar improvements.

     Capital Improvements: Improvements to (a) the external walls and internal
     --------------------                                                     
load bearing walls (other than windows and plate glass), (b) the roof of the
Facility, (c) private roadways, parking areas, sidewalks and curbs appurtenant
thereto that are under Lessee's control (other than cleaning, patching and
striping) and (d) mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems that service
common areas, entire wings of the Facility or the entire Facility, including
conduit and ductware connected thereto.  Any dispute as to whether an
improvement is a capital or non-capital improvement shall be resolved by
arbitration pursuant to Section 40.2, it being the intent of Lessor and Lessee
                        ------------                                          
that "capital" obligations of the Lessee pursuant to Section 8.03(B) of the
                                                     ---------------       
Management Agreement are intended to be included herein.

     Capital Inventory Budget: As used in this Lease, the term "Capital
     ------------------------                                          
Inventory Budget" shall mean the estimate of expenditures for repairs or
replacement of furniture, fixtures and equipment and building repairs, prepared
and delivered to Lessee by Manager pursuant to Section 8.04 of the Management
                                               ------------                  
Agreement.

     Cash:  As defined in Section 35.2.
     ----                 ------------ 

     CERCLA:  The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
     ------                                                             
Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

     Change Percentage: Means the applicable percentage identified on 
     -----------------
Exhibit B-2 by which the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point and the Annual
- -----------
Food Sales Second Break Point shall be adjusted based upon the applicable REVPAR
Change.

     Claims:  As defined in Section 12.1.
     ------                 ------------ 

     COBRA:  The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as
     -----                                                                 
amended.

     Code:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     ----                                                 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     Commencement Date:  As defined in Section 1.2.
     -----------------                 ----------- 

     Company: Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     -------                                                  

     Comparable Lease:  As defined in Section 36.1.
     ----------------                 ------------ 

     Cumulative Monthly Portion:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii).
     --------------------------                 ------------------ 

     Condemnation, Condemnor:  As defined in Section 15.1.
     -----------------------                 ------------ 

     Consolidated Financials:  For any fiscal year or other accounting period
     -----------------------                                                 
for Lessee and its consolidated Subsidiaries, statements of operations,
partners' capital and cash flow (or, in the case of a corporation, statements of
operations, retained earnings and cash flow) for such period and for the period
from the beginning of the respective fiscal year to the end of such period and
the related balance sheet as at the end of such period, together with the notes
to any such yearly statement, all in such detail as may be required by the SEC
with respect to filings made by the Company or Lessor, and setting forth in
comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period in the
preceding fiscal year, and prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited annually
(and quarterly if required by the SEC) by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. or another
so-called "Big Six" firm of independent certified public accountants designated
by Lessor.  Consolidated Financials shall be prepared on the basis of a December
31 fiscal year of Lessee, or on such other basis as Lessor shall designate.

     Consumable Supplies:  Office supplies, cleaning supplies, uniforms, laundry
     -------------------                                                        
and valet supplies, engineering supplies, fuel, stationery, soap, matches,
toilet and facial tissues, and such other supplies as are consumed customarily
on a recurring basis in the operation of the Facility, together with food and
beverages that are to be offered for sale to guests and to the public.

     Consumer Price Index:  The "Consumer Price Index" published by the Bureau
     --------------------                                                     
of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor, U.S. City Average,
All Item for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (1982-1984 = 100).

     Date of Taking:  As defined in Section 15.1(b).
     --------------                 --------------- 

     Emergency Expenditures:  Expenditures required to take necessary or
     ----------------------                                             
appropriate actions to respond to Emergency Situations.

     Emergency Situations:  Fire, any other casualty, or any other events,
     --------------------                                                 
circumstances or conditions (including, without limitation, those involving
Hazardous Materials) which threaten the safety or physical well-being of the
Facility's guests or employees or which involve the risk of material property
damage or material loss to the Facility.

     Environmental Authority:  Any department, agency or other body or component
     -----------------------                                                    
of any Government that exercises any form of jurisdiction or authority under any
Environmental Law.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     Environmental Authorization:  Any license, permit, order, approval,
     ---------------------------                                        
consent, notice, registration, filing or other form of permission or
authorization required under any Environmental Law.

     Environmental Laws:  All applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws
     ------------------                                                        
and regulations relating to pollution of the environment (including without
limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface
strata), including without limitation laws and regulations relating to
emissions, discharges, Releases or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials or
otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment,
storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials.  Environmental
Laws include but are not limited to CERCLA, FIFRA, RCRA, SARA and TSCA.

     Environmental Liabilities:  Any and all actual or potential obligations to
     -------------------------                                                 
pay the amount of any judgment or settlement, the cost of complying with any
settlement, judgment or order for injunctive or other equitable relief, the cost
of compliance or corrective action in response to any notice, demand or request
from an Environmental Authority, the amount of any civil penalty or criminal
fine, and any court costs and reasonable amounts for attorney's fees, fees for
witnesses and experts, and costs of investigation and preparation for defense of
any claim or any Proceeding, regardless of whether such Proceeding is
threatened, pending or completed, that may be or have been asserted against or
imposed upon Lessor, Lessee, any Predecessor, the Leased Property or any
property used therein and arising out of:

           (a) the failure to comply at any time with all Environmental Laws
applicable to the Leased Property;

           (b) the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, in, under, at or in
any way affecting the Leased Property;

           (c) a Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials on,
in, at, under or in any way affecting the Leased Property;

           (d) the identification of Lessee, Lessor or any Predecessor as a
potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under any other Environmental Law;

           (e) the presence at any time of any above-ground and/or underground
storage tanks, as defined in RCRA or in any applicable Environmental Law on, in,
at or under the Leased Property or any adjacent site or facility; or

           (f) any and all claims for injury or damage to persons or property
arising out of exposure to Hazardous Materials originating or located at the
Leased Property, or resulting from operation thereof or any adjoining property.

     Event of Default:  As defined in Section 16.1.
     ----------------                 ------------ 

     Existing Condition:  As defined in Section 8.3(b).
     ------------------                 -------------- 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     Facility:  The hotel and/or other facility offering lodging and other
     --------                                                             
services or amenities being operated or proposed to be operated on the Leased
Property.

     FIFRA:  The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as
     -----                                                              
amended.

     First Tier Food Sales Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     --------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     First Tier Room Revenue Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     Fixtures:  As defined in Section 1.1.
     --------                 ----------- 

     Food Sales:  Shall mean (i) gross revenue from the sale of food and non-
     ----------                                                             
alcoholic beverages that are prepared at the Facility and sold or delivered on
or off the Facility by Lessee, its permitted subtenants, licensees, or
concessionaires (including Manager) whether for cash or for credit, including in
respect of guest rooms, banquet rooms, meeting rooms and other similar rooms,
and (ii) gross revenue from the rental of banquet, meeting and other similar
rooms. Such gross revenue constituting Food Sales shall include sales by Lessee
and its permitted subtenants, licensees and concessionaires (including Manager).
Such revenue shall be determined in a manner consistent with the Uniform System
and shall not include the following:

           (a)  Vending machine sales;

           (b) Any gratuities or service charges added to a customer's bill or
statement in lieu of a gratuity which is paid directly to an employee;

           (c) Non-alcoholic beverages sold from a bar or lounge;

           (d) Credits, rebates or refunds; and

           (e) Sales taxes or taxes of any other kind imposed on the sale of
food or non-alcoholic beverages.

     Furniture and Equipment:  For purposes of this Lease, the terms "furniture
     -----------------------                                                   
and equipment" shall mean collectively all furniture, furnishings, wall
coverings, fixtures and hotel equipment and systems owned by Lessor and located
at, or used in connection with, the Facility, together with all replacements
therefor and additions thereto, including, without limitation, (i) all equipment
and systems required for the operation of kitchens, bars and restaurants, and
laundry and dry cleaning facilities, (ii) office equipment, (iii) dining room
wagons, materials handling equipment, and cleaning and engineering equipment,
(iv) telephone and computerized accounting systems, and (v) vehicles.

     GAAP:  Generally accepted accounting principles as are at the time
     ----                                                              
applicable and otherwise consistently applied.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     Government:  The United States of America, any city, county, state,
     ----------                                                         
district or territory thereof, any foreign nation, any city, county, state,
district, department, territory or other political division thereof, or any
political subdivision of any of the foregoing.

     Gross Revenues:  All revenues, receipts, and income of any kind derived
     --------------                                                         
directly or indirectly by Lessee from or in connection with the Facility whether
on a cash basis or credit, paid or collected, determined in accordance with GAAP
and the Uniform System, but excluding, however:  (i) funds furnished by Lessor,
(ii) federal, state and municipal excise, sales, and use taxes collected
directly from patrons and guests or as a part of the sales price of any goods,
services or displays, such as gross receipts, admissions, cabaret or similar or
equivalent taxes and paid over to federal, state or municipal governments, (iii)
gratuities, (iv) proceeds of insurance and condemnation, (v) proceeds from sales
other than sales in the ordinary course of business, (vi) all loan proceeds from
financing or refinancings of the Facility or interests therein or components
thereof, (vii) judgments and awards, except any portion thereof arising from
normal business operations of the Facility, and (viii) items constituting
"allowances" under the Uniform System.

     Hazardous Materials:  All chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes and
     -------------------                                                      
toxic substances, including without limitation:

           (a) Solid or hazardous waste, as defined in RCRA or in any
Environmental Law;

           (b) Hazardous substances, as defined in CERCLA or in any
Environmental Law;

           (c) Toxic substances, as defined in TSCA or in any Environmental Law;

           (d) Insecticides, fungicides, or rodenticides, as defined in FIFRA or
in any Environmental Law;

           (e) Gasoline or any other petroleum product or byproduct,
polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos and urea formaldehyde;

           (f) Asbestos or asbestos containing materials;

           (g) Urea Formaldehyde foam insulation; and

           (h)  Radon gas.

     Holder:  Any holder of any indebtedness of the Lessor or any of its
     ------                                                             
Affiliates, any holder of a Mortgage, any purchaser of the Leased Property or
any portion thereof at a foreclosure sale or any sale in lieu thereof, or any
designee of any of the foregoing.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     Impositions:  Collectively, all taxes (including, without limitation, all
     -----------                                                              
ad valorem, sales and use, occupancy, single business, gross receipts,
transaction privilege, rent or similar taxes as the same relate to or are
imposed upon Lessee or Lessor or Lessee's business conducted upon the Leased
Property), assessments (including, without limitation, all assessments for
public improvements or benefit, whether or not commenced or completed prior to
the date hereof and whether or not to be completed within the Term), ground
rents, water, sewer or other rents and charges, excises, tax inspection,
authorization and similar fees and all other governmental charges, in each case
whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, or foreseen or
unforeseen, of every character in respect of the Leased Property or the business
conducted thereon by Lessee (including all interest and penalties thereon caused
by any failure in payment by Lessee), which at any time prior to, during or with
respect to the Term hereof may be assessed or imposed on or with respect to or
be a lien upon (a) Lessor's interest in the Leased Property, (b) the Leased
Property, or any part thereof or any rent therefrom or any estate, right, title
or interest therein, or (c) any occupancy, operation, use or possession of, or
sales from, or activity conducted on or in connection with the Leased Property,
or the leasing or use of the Leased Property or any part thereof by Lessee.
Nothing contained in this definition of Impositions shall be construed to
require Lessee to pay (1) any tax based on net income (whether denominated as a
franchise or capital stock or other tax) imposed on Lessor or any other person,
or (2) any net revenue tax of Lessor or any other person, or (3) any tax imposed
with respect to the sale, exchange or other disposition by Lessor of any Leased
Property or the proceeds thereof.

     Indemnified Party:  Either of a Lessee Indemnified Party or a Lessor
     -----------------                                                   
Indemnified Party.

     Indemnifying Party:  Any party obligated to indemnify an Indemnified Party
     ------------------                                                        
pursuant to any provision of this Lease.

     Initial Nonconsumable Inventory:  As defined in Section 6.2(a).
     -------------------------------                 -------------- 

     Insurance Requirements:  All terms of any insurance policy required by this
     ----------------------                                                     
Lease and all requirements of the issuer of any such policy.

     Inventory:  All "Inventories of Merchandise" and "Inventories of Supplies"
     ---------                                                                 
as defined in the Uniform System, including, but not limited to, linens, china,
silver, glassware and other non-depreciable personal property, and any property
of the type described in Section 1221(1) of the Code.

     Land:  As defined in Article I.
     ----                 --------- 

     Lease:  This Lease.
     -----              

     Lease Year:  Any twelve-month period from January 1 to December 31 during
     ----------                                                               
the Term; provided that the initial Lease Year shall be the period beginning on
the Commencement Date and ending on December 31, 1997, and the last Lease Year
shall be the period beginning on January 1 of the calendar year in which the
Term expires and ending on the last day of the month in which the Commencement
Date occurs (to the extent any computation or other provision hereof provides

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
for an action to be taken on a Lease Year basis, an appropriate proration or
other adjustment shall be made in respect of the initial and final Lease Years
to reflect that such periods are less than full calendar year periods).

     Leased Improvements; Leased Property:  Each as defined in Article I.
     ------------------------------------                      --------- 

     Legal Requirements:  All federal, state, county, municipal and other
     ------------------                                                  
governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments,
decrees and injunctions affecting either the Leased Property or the maintenance,
construction, use, operation or alteration thereof (whether by Lessee or
otherwise), now or hereafter enacted and in force, including (a) all laws, rules
or regulations pertaining to the environment, occupational health and safety and
public health, safety or welfare, and (b) any laws, rules or regulations that
may (1) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to the Leased
Property or (2) in any way adversely affect the use and enjoyment thereof; and
all permits, licenses and authorizations necessary or appropriate to operate the
Leased Property for its Primary Intended Use; and all covenants, agreements,
restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or
known to Lessee (other than encumbrances hereafter created by Lessor without the
consent of Lessee), at any time in force affecting the Leased Property.

     Lessee:  The Lessee designated on this Lease and its permitted successors
     ------                                                                   
and assigns.

     Lessee Indemnified Party:  Lessee, any Affiliate of Lessee, any other
     ------------------------                                             
Person against whom any claim for indemnification may be asserted hereunder as a
result of a direct or indirect ownership interest in Lessee, the officers,
directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees, agents and
representatives of any of the foregoing Persons and any corporate stockholder,
agent, or representative of any of the foregoing Persons, and the respective
heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of any such officer,
director, stockholder, employee, agent or representative.

     Lessee's Personal Property:  As defined in Section 6.2.
     --------------------------                 ----------- 

     Lessor:  The Lessor designated on this Lease and its respective successors
     ------                                                                    
and assigns. As of the date of this Lease the sole beneficiary of Lessor is
Boston Properties Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership.

     Lessor Impositions:  With respect to each Lease Year, an amount equal to
     ------------------                                                      
the aggregate amount of Capital Impositions, Real Estate Taxes and Personal
Property Taxes due and payable for such Lease Year.

     Lessor Indemnified Party:  Lessor, any Affiliate of Lessor, including the
     ------------------------                                                 
Company, any other Person against whom any claim for indemnification may be
asserted hereunder as a result of a direct or indirect ownership interest in
Lessor, the officers, directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees,
agents and representatives of any of the foregoing Persons and of any
stockholder, partner, member, agent, or representative of any of the foregoing
Persons, and the 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and
assigns of any such officer, director, partner, stockholder, employee, agent or
representative.

     Lessor Insurance Costs:  The costs to be borne by Lessor for insurance
     ----------------------                                                
coverages contemplated by Article XIII hereof.
                          ------------        

     Lessor Obligations:  An amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount that
     ------------------                                                   
Lessor is obligated to pay for the Lease Year in question under the terms of
this Lease for Lessor Impositions and Lessor Insurance Costs plus (b) the amount
to be accrued by Lessor in the Capital Expenditures Reserve for the Lease Year
in question.

     Lessor's Audit:  An audit by Lessor's independent certified public
     --------------                                                    
accountants of the operation of the Leased Property during any Lease Year, which
audit may, at Lessor's election, be either a complete audit of the Leased
Property's operations or an audit of Room Revenues, Food Sales and/or Beverage
Sales realized from the operation of the Leased Property during such Lease Year.

     Licenses:  As defined in Section 42.2.
     --------                 ------------ 

     Management Agreement:  Any management agreement and/or development
     --------------------                                              
agreement with a manager under which the Facility is operated, including without
limitation, that certain Management Agreement dated March 30, 1979, as amended
successively on March 30, 1979, April 9, 1979, December 27, 1979, April 2, 1980,
March 10, 1982, January 20, 1989, June 28, 1990 and June ___, 1997, and that
certain Development Agreement dated January 10, 1979, as amended successively on
March 30, 1979, December 27, 1979, June 28, 1990 and June ___, 1997, each
between Manager and Lessee, and each as the same may be further amended or
modified after the date hereof, with the prior written consent of Lessor.

     Manager: As used in this Agreement, shall mean Marriott International, Inc.
     -------                                                                    
or any permitted successor or assign.

     Migration:  As defined in Section 8.3(b).
     ---------                 -------------- 

     Minimum Net Worth:  As defined in Section 35.1.
     -----------------                 ------------ 

     Monthly Revenues Computation:  As defined in Section 3.1(b).
     ----------------------------                 -------------- 

     Mortgage:  As defined in Section 28.2.
     --------                 ------------ 

     Net Worth:  As defined in Section 35.1.
     ---------                 ------------ 

     Nonconsumable Inventory:  Inventory exclusive of Consumable Supplies.
     -----------------------                                              

     Notice:  A notice given pursuant to Article XXX.
     ------                              ----------- 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     Officer's Certificate:  A certificate of Lessee reasonably acceptable to
     ---------------------                                                   
Lessor, signed by the chief financial officer or another officer duly authorized
so to sign by Lessee or a managing member of Lessee, or any other person whose
power and authority to act has been authorized by delegation in writing by any
such officer.

     Other Leased Properties:  Shall mean any other hotels, in addition to the
     -----------------------                                                  
Leased Property, which at the time are the subject of leases in which Lessor or
an Affiliate of Lessor is the landlord and Lessee or an Affiliate of Lessee is
the tenant.

     Other Leases:  Shall mean the leases in effect at the time of applicable
     ------------                                                            
determination pursuant to which Lessor or an Affiliate of Lessor leases to
Lessee or an Affiliate of Lessee the Other Leased Properties.

     Overdue Rate:  On any date, a rate equal to the Base Rate plus 5% per
     ------------                                                         
annum, but in no event greater than the maximum rate then permitted under
applicable law.

     Payment Date:  Any due date for the payment of any installment of Rent.
     ------------                                                           

     Percentage Rent:  As defined in Section 3.1(b).
     ---------------                 -------------- 

     Person:  Any Government, natural person, corporation, partnership or other
     ------                                                                    
legal entity.

     Personal Property Limitation:  As defined in Section 18.1.
     ----------------------------                 ------------ 

     Personal Property Taxes:  All personal property taxes imposed on the
     -----------------------                                             
furniture, furnishings or other items of personal property located on, and used
in connection with, the operation of the Leased Improvements as a hotel (other
than Inventory and other personal property owned by the Lessee and/or its
tenants, licensees, concessionaires, agents or contractors (including Manager)),
together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and additions
thereto.

     Predecessor:  Any Person whose liabilities arising under any Environmental
     -----------                                                               
Law have or may have been retained or assumed by Lessor or Lessee pursuant to
the provisions of this Lease.

     Primary Intended Use:  As defined in Section 7.2(b).
     --------------------                 -------------- 

     Proceeding:  Any judicial action, suit or proceeding (whether civil or
     ----------                                                            
criminal), any administrative proceeding (whether formal or informal), any
investigation by a governmental authority or entity (including a grand jury),
and any arbitration, mediation or other non-judicial process for dispute
resolution.

     RCRA:  The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended.
     ----                                                          

     Real Estate Taxes:  All real estate taxes, including general and special
     -----------------                                                       
assessments, if any, which are imposed upon the Land and any improvements
thereon.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     Release:  A "Release" as defined in CERCLA or in any Environmental Law,
     -------                                                                
unless such Release has been properly authorized and permitted in writing by all
applicable Environmental Authorities or is allowed by such Environmental Law
without authorizations or permits.

     Rent:  Collectively, the Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional Charges.
     ----                                                                       

     Revenue Audit:  As defined in Section 3.2(b).
     -------------                 -------------- 

     Revenues Computation:  As defined in Section 3.1(b).
     --------------------                 -------------- 

     REVPAR: Means the revenue per available room of the Leased Property,
     ------                                                              
determined by dividing Room Revenues by available rooms for the applicable
period.

     REVPAR Change: As defined in Section 3.1(d)(ii).
     -------------                ------------------ 

     Room Revenues:  Gross revenue from the rental of guest rooms, whether to
     -------------                                                           
individuals, groups or transients, at the Facility, determined in a manner
consistent with the Uniform System, excluding the following:

        (a) The amount of all credits, rebates or refunds to customers, guests
or patrons; and

        (b) All sales taxes or any other taxes imposed on the rental of such
guest rooms; and

        (c) any fees collected for amenities including, but not limited to,
telephone, laundry, movies or concessions.

     SARA:  The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as
     ----                                                               
amended.

     SEC:  The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
     ---                                                                       

     Second Tier Food Sales Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ---------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     Second Tier Room Revenue Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     -----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     State:  The State or Commonwealth of the United States in which the Leased
     -----                                                                     
Property is located.

     STR Reports:  Reports compiled by Smith Travel Research which contain
     -----------                                                          
historical supply and demand, occupancy, and average rate information for the
Facility and hotels with which it competes.

     Subsidiaries:  Corporations or other entities in which Lessee owns,
     ------------                                                       
directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting rights or control, as
applicable (individually, a "Subsidiary").
                             ----------   

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
     Taking:  A permanent or temporary taking or voluntary conveyance during the
     ------                                                                     
Term hereof of all or part of the Leased Property, or any interest therein or
right accruing thereto or use thereof, as the result of, or in settlement of,
any Condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding affecting the Leased
Property whether or not the same shall have actually been commenced.

     Tax Law Change:  A change in the Code (including, without limitation, a
     --------------                                                         
change in the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder) or in the judicial or
administrative interpretations of the Code, which in Lessor's determination will
permit Lessor or an Affiliate thereof to operate the Facility as a hotel without
adversely affecting the Company's qualification for taxation as a real estate
investment trust under the applicable provisions of the Code.

     Tax Structure Change:  A change in the corporate structure of the Company
     --------------------                                                     
and its Affiliates which in the Lessor's determination will permit an Affiliate
of the Company to lease the Leased Property from Lessor or another Affiliate of
the Company without adversely affecting the Company's qualification for taxation
as a real estate investment trust under the applicable provisions of the Code.

     Term:  As defined in Section 1.2.
     ----                 ----------- 

     Third Tier Food Revenue Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     Third Tier Room Revenue Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     TSCA:  The Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended.
     ----                                                

     Unavoidable Delay:  Delay due to strikes, lock-outs, labor unrest,
     -----------------                                                 
inability to procure materials, power failure, acts of God, governmental
restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty,
condemnation or other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of the party
responsible for performing an obligation hereunder, provided that lack of funds
shall not be deemed a cause beyond the reasonable control of either party hereto
unless such lack of funds is caused by the breach of the other party's
obligation to perform any obligations of such other party under this Lease.

     Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use:  A state or condition of the
     ---------------------------------------                              
Facility such that in the judgment of Lessor the Facility cannot be operated on
a commercially practicable basis for its Primary Intended Use, such that Lessor
intends to, and shall, complete the cessation of operations from the Leased
Facility, if and to the extent permitted under the Management Agreement.

     Uniform System:  Shall mean the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels (8th
     --------------                                                            
Revised Edition, 1986) as published by the Hotel Association of New York City,
Inc., as the same may hereafter be revised, and as the same is interpreted and
applied by the Lessor's independent certified public accountants in connection
with any Lessor's Audit.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
     Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use:  A state or condition of the
     ---------------------------------------                              
Facility such that in the judgment of Lessor to the extent such judgment is not
prohibited under the Management Agreement, the Facility cannot function as an
integrated hotel facility consistent with standards applicable to a well
maintained and operated hotel comparable in quality and function to that of the
Facility prior to the damage or loss.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                  -----------

                                      RENT
                                      ----

      3.1  Rent.  Lessee will pay to Lessor in lawful money of the United States
           ----                                                                 
of America which shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private
debts, at Lessor's address set forth in Article XXX hereof or at such other
                                        -----------                        
place or to such other Person, as Lessor from time to time may designate in a
Notice, all Rent contemplated hereby during the Term on the basis hereinafter
set forth.  If there is a dispute as to the amount of Rent to be paid by Lessee,
either party may submit the dispute to arbitration pursuant to Section 40.2.
                                                               ------------  
However, Lessee shall be required to pay, as and when Rent is due and payable
hereunder, the amount of Rent calculated by Lessor to be due and payable until
such time as the dispute is resolved by agreement between the parties or by
arbitration pursuant to Section 40.2:
                        ------------ 

           (a) Base Rent: During the Term, Lessee shall pay to Lessor as Base
               ---------
Rent (herein so called and subject to increase as set forth in Subparagraph (d)
below) the annual sum of Eight Million Nine Hundred Thirty Three Thousand Nine
Hundred Ninety Dollars ($8,933,990), which shall be payable in arrears in
periodic installments on or before the earlier of (i) the twenty-fifth day after
the end of each Accounting Period or (ii) the fifth day after Lessee's receipt
of amounts relating to each Accounting Period pursuant to Section 5.02 of the
                                                          ------------
Management Agreement, in the amount for each such Accounting Period as set forth
on the attached Exhibit B-1, provided, however, the monthly payment of Base Rent
shall be prorated as to any partial month.

           (b) Percentage Rent:  In addition to the sums payable pursuant to
               ---------------                                              
subparagraph (a) above, Lessee shall, on the date of each payment of Base Rent
pursuant to subparagraph (a) above during the Term hereof, pay to Lessor an
amount equal to the Percentage Rent (herein so called and subject to increase
(or decrease) as set forth in Subparagraph (d) below) payable in accordance with
the provisions of this subparagraph (b).  Percentage Rent shall be calculated by
the following formula (the "Revenues Computation"):
                            --------------------   

               (i) For any calendar month, Percentage Rent shall equal:

                   (1) An amount equal to the Monthly Revenues Computation
                       (defined below), for the Lease Year in question

                                      less

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
           (2) An amount equal to the Base Rent paid by Lessee to Lessor for the
               Lease Year to date

                                      less

           (3) An amount equal to the Percentage Rent theretofore paid for the
               Lease Year in question to date.

     (ii)  "Monthly Revenues Computation" shall be computed utilizing the
            ----------------------------                                 
following definitions:

           (1) "Cumulative Monthly Portion" shall mean a fraction having as its
               --------------------------                                     
     numerator the total number of calendar months (including partial months) in
     a Lease Year which have elapsed prior to the month in which a monthly
     payment of Percentage Rent is due, and having as its denominator the total
     number of calendar months (including partial months) in the Lease Year. For
     example, the Cumulative Monthly Portion in a 12-month Lease Year for the
     January Percentage Rent payment due in February will be 1/12 and for the
     February Percentage Rent payment due in March will be 2/12, and such
     progression shall continue for each successive calendar month so that the
     Cumulative Monthly Portion for the December Percentage Rent payment due in
     January of the next Lease Year will be 12/12 or 100%.

           (2) "First Tier Room Revenue Percentage," "Second Tier Room Revenue
                ----------------------------------    ------------------------
     Percentage," "Third Tier Room Revenue Percentage," "First Tier Food Sales
     ----------    ----------------------------------    ---------------------
     Percentage," "Second Tier Food Sales Percentage" and "Third Tier Food Sales
     ----------    ---------------------------------       ---------------------
     Percentage" shall mean the percentages corresponding to each of such terms
     ----------  
     as set forth on Exhibit B.
                     --------- 

           (3) "Annual Room Revenues First Break Point" and "Annual Room
                --------------------------------------       -----------
     Revenues Second Break Point" shall mean the amount of annual Room Revenues
     ---------------------------
     corresponding to each of such terms as set forth on Exhibit B.
                                                         ---------

           (4) "Annual Food Sales First Break Point" and "Annual Foods Sales
                -----------------------------------       ------------------
     Second Break Point" shall mean the amount of annual Food Sales and Beverage
     ------------------
     Sales corresponding to each of such terms as set forth on Exhibit B.
                                                               --------- 

     (iii) The Monthly Revenues Computation shall be the amount obtained by
adding, for the applicable Lease Year the following sums:

           (1) an amount equal to the First Tier Room Revenue Percentage of all
     year to date Room Revenues up to (but not exceeding) the Cumulative Monthly
     Portion of the Annual Room Revenues First Break Point,

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
           (2) an amount equal to the Second Tier Room Revenue Percentage of all
     year to date Room Revenues in excess of the Cumulative Monthly Portion of
     the Annual Room Revenues First Break Point up to (but not exceeding) the
     Cumulative Monthly Portion of the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point,

           (3) an amount equal to the Third Tier Room Revenue Percentage of all
     year to date Room Revenues in excess of the Cumulative Monthly Portion of
     the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point,

           (4) an amount equal to the First Tier Food Sales Percentage of all
     year to date Food Sales and Beverage Sales up to (but not exceeding) the
     Cumulative Monthly Portion of the Annual Food Sales First Break Point,

           (5) an amount equal to the Second Tier Food Sales Percentage of all
     year to date Food Sales and Beverage Sales in excess of the Cumulative
     Monthly Portion of the Annual Food Sales First Break Point up to (but not
     exceeding) the Cumulative Monthly Portion of the Annual Food Sales Second
     Break Point, and

           (6) an amount equal to the Third Tier Food Sales Percentage of all
     year to date Food Sales and Beverage Sales in excess of the Cumulative
     Monthly Portion of the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point.

     (iv)  If the Term begins or ends in the middle of a calendar year, then the
   number of months falling within the Term during such calendar year shall
   constitute a separate Lease Year. In that event, the Annual Room Revenues
   First Break Point, the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point, the Annual
   Food Sales First Break Point and the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point
   (collectively, the "Break Points") shall each be multiplied by a fraction
                       ------------    
   equal to (A) the number of months (including partial months) in the Lease
   Year divided by (B) twelve (12), and the Cumulative Monthly Portion for each
        ----------    
   of the months in such Lease Year shall be determined as set forth in the
   definition of Cumulative Monthly Portion above.

     (v)   The obligation to pay Percentage Rent shall survive the expiration or
   earlier termination of the Term, and a final reconciliation, taking into
   account, among other relevant adjustments, any adjustments which are accrued
   after such expiration or termination date but which related to Percentage
   Rent accrued prior to such termination date, shall be made not later than
   sixty (60) days after such expiration or termination date.

     (c) Officer's Certificates.  An Officer's Certificate shall be delivered to
         ----------------------                                                 
Lessor monthly setting forth the calculation of the Percentage Rent payment for
the most recently completed month within 10 days after each month of each Lease
Year during the Term.  There shall be no reduction in Base Rent regardless of
the results of the Monthly or Annual Revenues Computation.  Percentage Rent
shall be subject to confirmation and adjustment, if applicable, as 

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
set forth in Section 3.2. Notwithstanding the amounts of Percentage Rent paid
             -----------
monthly pursuant to the formula set forth above, for each Lease Year during the
Term commencing with the Lease Year in which the Commencement Date occurs, the
Percentage Rent payable under this Lease shall be equal to the amount determined
by the following formula:

        The amount equal to the Annual Revenues Computation (as defined below)
        for the Lease Year in question

                                      less

        An amount equal to the Base Rent paid for the applicable Lease Year

                                     equals

        Percentage Rent for the applicable Lease Year.

The Annual Revenues Computation (herein so called) shall be the amount obtained
by adding, for the applicable Lease Year, the following sums:

           (1) an amount equal to the First Tier Room Revenue Percentage of Room
     Revenues for the applicable Lease Year up to (but not exceeding) the Annual
     Room Revenues First Break Point,

           (2) an amount equal to the Second Tier Room Revenue Percentage of
     Room Revenues for the applicable Lease Year in excess of the Annual Room
     Revenues First Break Point up to (but not exceeding) the Annual Room
     Revenues Second Break Point,

           (3) an amount equal to the Third Tier Room Revenue Percentage of Room
     Revenues for the applicable Lease Year in excess of the Annual Room
     Revenues Second Break Point,

           (4) an amount equal to the First Tier Food Sales Percentage of Food
     Sales and Beverage Sales for the applicable Lease Year up to (but not
     exceeding) the Annual Food Sales First Break Point,

           (5) an amount equal to the Second Tier Food Sales Percentage of Food
     Sales and Beverage Sales for the applicable Lease Year in excess of the
     Annual Food Sales First Break Point up to (but not exceeding) the Annual
     Food Sales Second Break Point, and

           (6) an amount equal to the Third Tier Food Sales Percentage of Food
     Sales and Beverage Sales for the applicable Lease Year in excess of the
     Annual Food Sales Second Break Point.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
If the annual Percentage Rent due and payable for any Lease Year (as shown in
the applicable Officer's Certificate) exceeds the amount actually paid as
Percentage Rent by Lessee for such year, Lessee also shall pay such excess to
Lessor within sixty (60) days after the end of the applicable Lease Year.  If
the Percentage Rent actually due and payable for such Lease Year is shown by
such certificate to be less than the amount actually paid as Percentage Rent for
the applicable Lease Year, Lessee shall be entitled to a credit in the amount of
such overpayment against the next ensuing payment of Base Rent and/or Percentage
Rent, provided, however, if such overpayment is greater than a monthly payment
of Base Rent, Lessor shall pay the amount which is over and above the monthly
payment of Base Rent to Lessee within thirty (30) days of such determination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Annual Revenues Computation is less than
the Base Rent for the applicable Lease Year, Lessee shall not be entitled to any
credit or refund.

     (d) CPI Adjustments/REVPAR Adjustments.
         ---------------------------------- 

     (i) For each Lease Year during the Term beginning with the Lease Year
commencing January 1, 1998, the Base Rent then in effect, the Annual Room
Revenues First Break Point and the Annual Food Sales First Break Point then
included in the Revenues Computation set forth in Section 3.1(b), shall be
increased or, with respect to the Annual Room Revenues First Break Point and the
Annual Food Sales First Break Point only, decreased as follows:

           (1) For the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1998 and for each Lease
Year thereafter during the Term, the Consumer Price Index for the day before the
day that the new Lease Year commences ("Measurement Date") shall be divided by
the Consumer Price Index for the day that is twelve months preceding the
Measurement Date;

           (2) The new Base Rent for the then current Lease Year shall be the
product of the Base Rent in effect in the most recently ended Lease Year and the
quotient obtained under subparagraph (1) above;

           (3) The new Annual Room Revenues First Break Point in the Revenues
Computation described in Section 3.1(b) above for the Lease Year commencing
January 1, 1998 shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Room Revenues First Break
Point in effect in the Lease Year ending December 31, 1997 plus or minus, as
applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Room Revenues First Break Point
multiplied by the quotient obtained in subparagraph (1) above; and the new
Annual Room Revenues First Break Point in the Revenue Computation for the Lease
Year beginning with the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1999 and for each Lease
Year thereafter during the Term, shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Room
Revenues First Break Point in effect in the most recently ended Lease Year plus
or minus, as applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Room Revenues First
Break Point multiplied by the quotient obtained in subparagraph (1) above; and

          (4) The new Annual Food Sales First Break Point in the Revenues
Computation described in Section 3.1(b) above for the Lease Year commencing
January 1, 1998 shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Food Sales First Break Point
in effect in the Lease Year 

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
ending December 31, 1997 plus or minus, as applicable, (b) the product of such
Annual Food Sales First Break Point multiplied by the quotient obtained in
subparagraph (1) above; and the new Annual Food Sales Break Point in the
Revenues Computation for the Lease Year beginning with the Lease Year commencing
January 1, 1999 and for each Lease Year thereafter during the Term, shall be the
sum of (a) the Annual Food Sales First Break Point in effect in the most
recently ended Lease Year plus or minus, as applicable, (b) the product of such
Annual Food Sales First Break Point multiplied by the quotient obtained in
subparagraph (1) above.

     In no event shall the Base Rent be reduced as a result of any changes in
the Consumer Price Index.

     If (1) a significant change is made in the number or nature (or both) of
items used in determining the Consumer Price Index, or (2) the Consumer Price
Index shall be discontinued for any reason, the Bureau of Labor Statistics shall
be requested to furnish a new index comparable to the Consumer Price Index,
together with information which will make possible a conversion to the new index
in computing the adjusted Base Rent, Annual Room Revenues First Break Point, and
Annual Food Sales First Break Point hereunder.  If for any reason the Bureau of
Labor Statistics does not furnish such an index and such information, the
parties will instead mutually select, accept and use such other index or
comparable statistics on the cost of living in various U.S. cities that is
computed and published by an agency of the United States or a responsible
financial periodical of recognized authority.

     (ii) For each Accounting Period ending during each Lease Year during the
Term, beginning with the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1998, the Annual Room
Revenues Second Break Point and the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point then
included in the Revenues Computations set forth in Section 3.1(b), shall be
increased or decreased as follows (provided, however, that in no event shall the
                                   --------  -------                            
Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point or the Annual Food Sales Second Break
Point be adjusted during the first two (2) Accounting Periods ending during a
Lease Year):

          1.  For each Accounting Period during the Lease Year commencing
              January 1, 1998 and for each Accounting Period during each Lease
              Year thereafter during the Term (other than the first two (2)
              Accounting Periods ending during a Lease Year, as noted above) the
              "REVPAR Change" for each such Accounting Period shall be computed
              by dividing (x) the REVPAR for the period commencing on the first
              day of the first Accounting Period ending during such Lease Year
              and ending on the last day of the applicable Accounting Period of
              the termination, by (y) the REVPAR for the period commencing on
              the first day of the first Accounting Period ending during the
              prior Lease Year and ending on the last day of the corresponding
              Accounting Period during the prior Lease Year. For example, the
              REVPAR Change for the third Accounting Period ending during a
              Lease Year shall be determined by dividing REVPAR for the first
              three Accounting Periods of such Lease Year 

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
              by REVPAR for the first three Accounting Periods of the prior
              Lease Year. Similarly, the REVPAR Change for the fourth Accounting
              Period ending during a Lease Year shall be determined by dividing
              REVPAR for the first four Accounting Periods of such Lease Year by
              REVPAR for the first four Accounting Periods of the prior Lease
              Year. Such progression shall continue for each successive
              Accounting Period during each Lease Year such that the REVPAR
              Change for the thirteenth Accounting Period ending during a Lease
              Year shall be determined by dividing REVPAR for the thirteen
              Accounting Periods of such Lease Year by REVPAR for the thirteen
              Accounting Periods of the prior Lease Year;

          2.  The new Annual Rooms Revenue Second Break Point in the Revenues
              Computation described in Section 3.1(b) above for each Accounting
              Period ending during the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1998
              shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Room Revenues Second Break
              Point in effect in the Lease Year ending January 31, 1997 plus or
              minus, as applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Room Revenues
              Second Break Point multiplied by the applicable Change Percentage
              for each Accounting Period ending during such Lease Year set forth
              on the attached Exhibit B-2; and the new Annual Rooms Revenue
                              -----------      
              Second Break Point in the Revenues Computation for each Accounting
              Period ending during the Lease Year beginning with the Lease Year
              commencing January 1, 1999 and for each Lease Year thereafter
              during the Term, shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Room Revenues
              Second Break Point in effect in the most recently ended Lease Year
              plus or minus, as applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Room
              Revenues Second Break Point multiplied by the applicable Change
              Percentage for each Accounting Period ending during such Lease
              Year set forth on the attached Exhibit B-2; and
                                             -----------     

          3.  The new Annual Food Sales Second Break Point in the Revenues
              Computation described in Section 3.1(b) above for each Accounting
              Period ending during the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1998
              shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point
              in effect in the Lease Year ending January 31, 1997 plus or minus,
              as applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Food Sales Second
              Break Point multiplied by the applicable Change Percentage for
              each Accounting Period ending during such Lease Year set forth on
              the attached Exhibit B-2; and the new Annual Food Sales Second
                           -----------
              Break Point in the Revenues Computation for each Accounting Period
              ending during the Lease Year beginning with the Lease Year
              commencing January 1, 1999 and for each Lease Year thereafter
              during the Term, shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Food Sales

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
              Second Break Point in effect in the most recently ended Lease Year
              plus or minus, as applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Food
              Sales Second Break Point multiplied by the applicable Change
              Percentage for each Accounting Period ending during such Lease
              Year set forth on the attached Exhibit B-2.
                                             ----------- 

           (iii)  Adjustments calculated as set forth above in the Base Rent,
the Annual Room Revenues Break Point(s) and the Annual Food Sales Break Point(s)
shall be effective on the first day of each calendar Lease Year (or each
Accounting Period, as applicable) to which such adjusted amounts apply. If Rent
is paid prior to the determination of the amount of any adjustment to Base Rent,
the Annual Room Revenues Break Point(s) or the Annual Foods Sales Break Point(s)
applicable for such period, whether because of a delay in the publication of the
Consumer Price Index or the determination of applicable REVPAR or because of any
other reason, payment adjustments for any shortfall in or overpayment of Rent
paid shall be made with the first Base Rent and Percentage Rent payments due
after the amount of the adjustments are determined.

      3.2  Confirmation of Percentage Rent.
           ------------------------------- 

           (a) Lessee shall utilize, or cause to be utilized, an accounting
system for the Leased Property in accordance with GAAP and the Uniform System,
that will accurately record all data necessary to compute Percentage Rent, and
Lessee shall retain, for at least five (5) years after the expiration of each
Lease Year, reasonably adequate records conforming to such accounting system
showing all data necessary to conduct Lessor's Audit and to compute Percentage
Rent for the applicable Lease Years.

           (b) Lessor shall have the right from time to time by its accountants
or representatives to audit such information in connection with Lessor's Audit,
and to examine all Lessee's records (including supporting data and sales and
excise tax returns) reasonably required to complete Lessor's Audit and to verify
Percentage Rent, subject to any prohibitions or limitations on disclosure of any
such data under Legal Requirements. If any Lessor's Audit discloses a deficiency
in the payment of Percentage Rent, and either Lessee agrees with the result of
Lessor's Audit or the matter is otherwise determined or compromised, Lessee
shall forthwith pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency, as finally agreed or
determined, together with interest at the Overdue Rate from the date when said
payment should have been made to the date of payment thereof; provided, however,
that as to any Lessor's Audit that is commenced more than one (1) year after the
end of any Lease Year, the deficiency, if any, with respect to such Percentage
Rent shall bear interest at the Overdue Rate only from the date such
determination of deficiency is made unless such deficiency is the result of
gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Lessee, in which case
interest at the Overdue Rate will accrue from the date such payment should have
been made to the date of payment thereof. In addition to the amounts described
above in this Section 3.2(b), if any Lessor's Audit discloses a deficiency in
              --------------                             
the payment of Percentage Rent which, as finally agreed or determined, exceeds
3%, Lessee shall pay the costs of the portion of Lessor's Audit allocable to the
determination of Gross Revenues (the "Revenue Audit"). In no event shall Lessor
                                      -------------                             
undertake a Lessor's Audit more than five (5) years after the last day of the
Lease Year for which such audit is requested.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
           (c) Any proprietary information obtained by Lessor pursuant to the
provisions of this Section shall be treated as confidential, except that such
information may be used, subject to appropriate confidentiality safeguards, in
any litigation between the parties and except further that Lessor may disclose
such information to prospective lenders and investors and to any other persons
to whom disclosure is necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable laws,
regulations and government requirements.

           (d) The obligations of Lessee and Lessor contained in this Section
shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Any dispute
as to the existence or amount of any deficiency in the payment of Percentage
Rent as disclosed by Lessor's Audit shall, if not otherwise settled by the
parties, be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of Section 40.2.
                                                                   ------------ 

      3.3  Additional Charges.  In addition to the Base Rent and Percentage
           ------------------                                              
Rent, Lessee also will pay and discharge as and when due and payable the
following:  (a) all other amounts, liabilities, obligations and Impositions that
Lessee assumes or agrees to pay under this Lease, and (b) in the event of any
failure on the part of Lessee to pay any of those items referred to in clause
(a) of this Section 3.3, Lessee also will promptly pay and discharge every fine,
            -----------                                                         
penalty, interest and cost that may be added for non-payment or late payment of
such items. The items referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 3.3
                                                                 -----------
shall be additional rent hereunder and shall be referred to herein collectively
as the "Additional Charges".  Lessor shall have all legal, equitable and
        ------------------                                              
contractual rights, powers and remedies provided either in this Lease or by
statute or otherwise in the case of non-payment of the Additional Charges as in
the case of non-payment of the Base Rent.  If any installment of Base Rent,
Percentage Rent or Additional Charges (but only as to those Additional Charges
that are payable directly to Lessor) shall not be paid on its due date,  Lessee
will pay Lessor within ten (10) days of demand, as Additional Charges, a late
charge (to the extent permitted by law) equal to the greater of (i) interest
computed at the Overdue Rate on the amount of such installment, from the due
date of such installment to the date of payment thereof, or (b) five percent
(5%) of such amount.  To the extent that Lessee pays any Additional Charges to
Lessor pursuant to any requirement of this Lease, Lessee shall be relieved of
its obligation to pay such Additional Charges to the entity to which they would
otherwise be due and Lessor shall pay the same from monies received from Lessee.

      3.4  No Set Off.  Rent shall be paid to Lessor without set off, deduction
           ----------                                                          
or counterclaim; provided, however, that Lessee shall have the right of offset
to the extent specifically provided in Section 39.1 and the right to assert any
                                       ------------                            
claim or counterclaim in a separate action brought by Lessee under this Lease or
to assert any mandatory counterclaim in any action brought by Lessor under this
Lease.

      3.5  Annual Operating Projection.  Not later than twenty-five (25) days
           ---------------------------                                       
prior to the commencement of each Lease Year, Lessee shall submit to Lessor an
Annual Operating Projection and a Capital Inventory Budget prepared in
accordance with the requirements of Section 8.04 and Section 9.04 of the
Management Agreement.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
      3.6  Books and Records.  Lessee shall keep and shall cause Manager to
           -----------------                                               
keep, full and adequate books of account and other records reflecting the
results of operation of the Facility on an accrual basis, all in accordance with
the Uniform System and GAAP and the obligations of Lessee under this Lease.  The
books of account and all other records relating to or reflecting the operation
of the Facility shall be kept either at the Facility or at Lessee's offices in
Boston, Massachusetts and shall be available to Lessor and its representatives
and its auditors or accountants, at all reasonable times for examination, audit,
inspection, and transcription.  All of such books and records pertaining to the
Facility including, without limitation, books of account, guest records and
front office records, at all times shall be the property of Lessor and shall not
be removed from the Facility or Lessee's offices without Lessor's prior written
approval.  Lessee shall be entitled to make copies of any or all such books and
records for its own files.  Lessee's obligations under this Section 3.6 shall
                                                            -----------      
survive termination of this Lease for any reason.

      3.7  Intentionally Omitted.
           --------------------- 

      3.8  Changes in Operations.  Without Lessor's prior written consent,
           ---------------------                                          
Lessee shall not (i) provide food and/or beverage operations at the Facility if
not presently provided, (ii) discontinue any food and/or beverage operations
which are presently provided, or (iii) convert a subtenant, licensee or
concessionaire to an operating department of the Facility or vice-versa.

      3.9  Allocation of Revenues.  In the event that individuals or groups
           ----------------------                                          
purchase rooms, food and beverage and/or the use of other hotel facilities or
services together or as part of a package, Lessee agrees that revenues shall be
allocated among Room Revenues, Food Sales, Beverage Sales and/or other revenue
categories, as applicable, in a reasonably manner consistent with the historical
allocation of such revenues.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                  -----------

                                  IMPOSITIONS
                                  -----------

      4.1  Payment of Impositions.
           ---------------------- 

          (a) Subject to Article XII relating to permitted contests, Lessee will
                         -----------                                            
pay, or cause to be paid, all Impositions (other than Lessor Impositions, which
shall be paid by Lessor) before any fine, penalty, interest or cost may be added
for non-payment, such payments to be made directly to the taxing or other
authorities where feasible, and will promptly furnish to Lessor copies of
official receipts or other satisfactory proof evidencing such payments.
Lessee's obligation to pay such Impositions shall be deemed absolutely fixed
upon the date such Impositions become a lien upon the Leased Property or any
part thereof, subject to Lessee's right of contest pursuant to the provisions of
Article XII.  If any such Imposition may, at the option of the taxpayer,
- -----------                                                             
lawfully be paid in installments (whether or not interest shall accrue on the
unpaid balance of such Imposition), Lessee may exercise the option to pay the
same (and any accrued interest on the unpaid balance of such Imposition) in
installments payable during the Term and in such event, shall pay such
installments and any unpaid balance of such Impositions prior to the 

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof and before any fine,
penalty, premium, further interest or cost may be added thereto.

          (b) Lessor, at its expense, shall, to the extent required or permitted
by applicable law, prepare and file all tax returns in respect of Lessor's net
income, gross receipts, sales and use, single business, transaction privilege,
rent, ad valorem, franchise taxes, Real Estate Taxes, Personal Property Taxes
and taxes on its capital stock, and Lessee, at its expense, shall, to the extent
required or permitted by applicable laws and regulations, prepare and file all
other tax returns and reports in respect of any Imposition as may be required by
governmental authorities.

          (c) If any refund shall be due from any taxing authority in respect of
any Imposition paid by Lessee, the same shall be paid over to or retained by
Lessee if no Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder and be continuing.
If an Event of Default shall have been declared by Lessor and be continuing, any
such refund shall be paid over to or retained by Lessor.  Any such funds
retained by Lessor due to an Event of Default shall be applied as provided in
Article XVI.
- ----------- 

          (d) Lessor and Lessee shall, upon request of the other, cooperate with
the other party and otherwise provide such data as is maintained by the party to
whom the request is made with respect to the Leased Property as may be necessary
to prepare any required returns and reports.  Lessee shall file all Personal
Property Tax returns in such jurisdictions where it is legally required to so
file.  Lessor, to the extent it possesses the same, and Lessee, to the extent it
possesses the same, will provide the other party, upon request, with cost and
depreciation records necessary for filing returns for any property classified as
personal property. Where Lessor is legally required to file Personal Property
Tax returns, Lessee shall provide Lessor with copies of assessment notices in
sufficient time for Lessor to file a protest.

          (e) Lessor may, upon notice to Lessee and to the extent not prohibited
by the Management Agreement, at Lessor's option and at Lessor's sole expense,
protest, appeal, or institute such other proceedings (in its or Lessee's name)
as Lessor may deem appropriate to effect a reduction of real estate or personal
property assessments for those Impositions to be paid by Lessor, and Lessee, at
Lessor's expense as aforesaid, shall fully cooperate with Lessor in such
protest, appeal, or other action.  Lessor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend,
and hold harmless Lessee from and against any claims, obligations, and
liabilities against or incurred by Lessee in connection with such cooperation.
Billings for reimbursement of Personal Property Taxes by Lessee to Lessor shall
be accompanied by copies of a bill therefor and payments thereof which identify
the personal property with respect to which such payments are made. Lessor,
however, reserves the right to effect any such protest, appeal or other action
and, upon notice to Lessee, shall control any such activity, which shall then
proceed at Lessor's sole expense.  Upon such notice, Lessee, at Lessor's
expense, shall cooperate fully with such activities.

          (f) To the extent received by it, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with
copies of all assessment notices for Real Estate Taxes and Personal Property
Taxes in sufficient time for Lessor to file a protest and pay such taxes without
penalty.  Lessor shall within thirty (30) days after 

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
making such payment furnish Lessee with evidence of payment of Capital
Impositions, Real Estate Taxes and Personal Property Taxes.

          4.2  Notice of Impositions.  Lessor shall give prompt Notice to Lessee
               ---------------------                                            
of all Impositions payable by Lessee hereunder of which Lessor at any time has
knowledge, provided that Lessor's failure to give any such Notice shall in no
way diminish Lessee's obligations hereunder to pay such Impositions, but if
Lessee did not otherwise have knowledge of such Imposition sufficient to permit
it to pay same, such failure shall obviate any default hereunder for a
reasonable time after Lessee receives Notice of any Imposition which it is
obligated to pay during the first taxing period applicable thereto.

          4.3  Adjustment of Impositions.  Impositions payable by Lessee which
               -------------------------                                      
are imposed in respect of the tax-fiscal period during which the Term terminates
shall be adjusted and prorated between Lessor and Lessee, whether or not such
Imposition is imposed before or after such termination, and Lessee's obligation
to pay its prorated share thereof after termination shall survive such
termination.

          4.4  Utility Charges.  Lessee will be solely responsible for obtaining
               ---------------                                                  
and maintaining utility services to the Leased Property and will pay or cause to
be paid all charges for electricity, gas, oil, water, sewer and other utilities
used in the Leased Property during the Term.

                                   ARTICLE V
                                   ---------

                           NO TERMINATION, ABATEMENT
                           -------------------------

          5.1  No Termination, Abatement.  Except as otherwise specifically
               -------------------------                                   
provided in this Lease, Lessee, to the extent permitted by law, shall remain
bound by this Lease in accordance with its terms and shall neither take any
action without the written consent of Lessor to modify, surrender or terminate
the same, nor seek nor be entitled to any abatement, deduction, deferment or
reduction of the Rent, or setoff against the Rent, nor shall the obligations of
Lessee be otherwise affected by reason of (a) any damage to, or destruction of,
any Leased Property or any portion thereof from whatever cause or any Taking of
the Leased Property or any portion thereof, (b) any bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, winding up
or other proceedings affecting Lessor or any assignee or transferee of Lessor,
or (c) for any other cause whether similar or dissimilar to any of the foregoing
other than a discharge of Lessee from any such obligations as a matter of law.
Lessee hereby specifically waives all rights, arising from any default under
this Lease by Lessor which may now or hereafter be conferred upon it by law to
(1) modify, surrender or terminate this Lease or quit or surrender the Leased
Property or any portion thereof, or (2) entitle Lessee to any abatement,
reduction, suspension or deferment of or set off against the Rent or other sums
payable by Lessee hereunder, except as otherwise specifically provided in this
Lease. The obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be separate and independent
covenants and agreements and the Rent and all other sums payable by Lessee
hereunder shall continue to be payable in all events unless the obligations to
pay the same shall be terminated pursuant to the express provisions of this
Lease or by termination of this Lease other than by reason of an Event of
Default.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VI
                                  ----------

                              PROPERTY OWNERSHIP
                              ------------------

          6.1  Ownership of the Leased Property.  Lessee acknowledges that the
               --------------------------------                               
Leased Property is the property of Lessor and that Lessee has only the right to
the possession and use of the Leased Property upon the terms and conditions of
this Lease.

          6.2  Lessee's Personal Property.
               -------------------------- 

               (a)  Upon commencement of the Term, (i) Lessor shall transfer (to
the extent owned by Lessor) to Lessee all Consumable Supplies at the Facility
for their fair market value, and (ii) Lessor shall transfer (to the extent owned
by Lessor) to Lessee all Nonconsumable Inventory located at the Facility on the
Commencement Date (the "Initial Nonconsumable Inventory"). At all times during
                        -------------------------------
the Term, Lessee shall maintain, or cause Manager to maintain, Inventory
consistent with the amount of inventory which is customarily maintained in a
hotel of the type and character of the Facility and is otherwise required to
operate the Leased Property in the manner contemplated by this Lease and in
compliance with the Management Agreement and all Legal Requirements. All
Inventory, to the extent not owned by the Manager pursuant to the Management
Agreement, shall be the property of Lessee, subject to Lessee's obligations
under Section 6.2(b). Lessee may (and shall as provided hereinbelow), at its
      --------------
expense, but subject to the Management Agreement, install, affix or assemble or
place on any parcels of the Land or in any of the Leased Improvements, any items
of personal property (including Inventory) owned by Lessee (collectively, the
"Lessee's Personal Property"). Lessee may, subject to the second sentence of
 --------------------------
this Section 6.2(a) and the conditions set forth in Section 6.2(b) below, remove
     --------------                                 --------------
any of Lessee's Personal Property set forth on such list at any time during the
Term or upon the expiration or any prior termination of the Term. All of
Lessee's Personal Property, other than Inventory, not removed by Lessee within
thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term
shall be considered abandoned by Lessee and may be appropriated, sold, destroyed
or otherwise disposed of by Lessor without first giving Notice thereof to
Lessee, without any payment to Lessee and without any obligation to account
therefor. Lessee will, at its expense, restore the Leased Property to the
condition required by Section 9.1(d), including repair of all damage to the
                      --------------
Leased Property caused by the removal of Lessee's Personal Property, whether
effected by Lessee or Lessor.

               (b)  Lessor and Lessee agree that the transfer of Consumable
Supplies and Initial Nonconsumable Inventory from Lessor to Lessee upon
commencement of the Term shall be treated as a sale of the Initial Nonconsumable
Inventory for the fair market value thereof (the "Purchase Price"). The Purchase
                                                  --------------
Price, plus interest thereon at the applicable federal rate published pursuant
to Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be
payable in equal monthly installments over the Term and shall be credited
against amounts of Base Rent and Percentage Rent payable under this Lease.
Nothing in this Section 6.2(b) shall be interpreted to give rise to any
                --------------
obligation of Lessee to make any payment to Lessor, but instead this Section
                                                                     -------
6.2(b) is intended to characterize payments otherwise denominated as Rent as
- ------
payments

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
of the Purchase Price and interest thereon. Lessor and Lessee shall determine
the Purchase Price in their joint inventory of the Facility to be conducted
within fifteen (15) days of the date hereof.

          6.3  Lessor's Lien.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable
               -------------                                                
law, Lessor is granted a lien and security interest on all Lessee's Personal
Property now or hereinafter placed in or upon the Leased Property, and such lien
and security interest shall remain attached to such Lessee's Personal Property
until payment in full of all Rent and satisfaction of all of Lessee's
obligations hereunder; provided, however, Lessor shall subordinate its lien and
security interest only to that of any non-Affiliate of Lessee which finances
such Lessee's Personal Property or any non-Affiliate conditional seller of such
Lessee's Personal Property, the terms and conditions of such subordination to be
satisfactory to Lessor in the exercise of reasonable discretion. Lessee shall,
upon the request of Lessor, execute such financing statements or other documents
or instruments reasonably requested by Lessor to perfect the lien and security
interests herein granted.

          6.4  Equipment Lease Property.  Personal property utilized at the
               ------------------------                                    
Facility which is leased pursuant to the equipment leases listed on Exhibit C
                                                                    ---------
and which expire on or before the termination of this Lease shall, at the option
of Lessor, become the property of Lessor without the payment of additional
consideration by Lessor except for any consideration which must be paid to the
equipment lessor on expiration of the equipment lease to acquire title thereto.
Lessee shall cooperate with Lessor to assume the transfer of title to such
leased property to Lessor and shall give Notice to Lessor of any such leases and
of the expiration dates thereof.  Lessor shall, at Lessor's cost, acquire title
to or replace such leased property with funds other than the Capital
Expenditures Reserve when the leases for such leased property expire and make
such property or replacement property available to Lessee hereunder during the
Term of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                  -----------

                                CONDITION, USE
                                --------------

          7.1  Condition of the Leased Property.  Lessee acknowledges receipt
               --------------------------------                              
and delivery of possession of the Leased Property.  Lessee has examined and
otherwise has knowledge of the condition of the Leased Property and has found
the same to be satisfactory for its purposes hereunder.  Lessee is leasing the
Leased Property "as is", "with all faults", and in its present condition.
Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Lessee waives any claim or
action against Lessor in respect of the condition of the Leased Property.
LESSOR MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN RESPECT OF
THE LEASED PROPERTY, OR ANY PART THEREOF, EITHER AS TO ITS FITNESS FOR USE,
DESIGN OR CONDITION FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE
QUALITY OF THE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP THEREIN, LATENT OR PATENT, IT BEING
AGREED THAT ALL SUCH RISKS ARE TO BE BORNE BY LESSEE. LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
THE LEASED PROPERTY HAS BEEN INSPECTED BY LESSEE AND IS SATISFACTORY TO IT.

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
          7.2  Use of the Leased Property.
               -------------------------- 

               (a)  Lessee covenants that it will, or will cause Manager to,
obtain and maintain, all permits, licenses and approvals, including, without
limitation, liquor licenses, needed to use and operate the Leased Property and
the Facility under applicable local, state and federal law, the Management
Agreement.

               (b)  Lessee shall use or cause to be used the Leased Property
only as a hotel facility, and for such other uses as may be necessary or
incidental to such use, or such other use as otherwise approved by Lessor (the
"Primary Intended Use"). Lessee shall not use the Leased Property or any portion
 --------------------
thereof for any other use without the prior written consent of Lessor. No use
shall be made or permitted to be made of the Leased Property, and no acts shall
be done, which will cause the cancellation of any insurance policy covering the
Leased Property or any part thereof (unless another adequate policy satisfactory
to Lessor is available and Lessee pays any premium increase), nor shall Lessee
sell or permit to be kept, used or sold in or about the Leased Property any
article which is prohibited by law or fire underwriter's regulations. Lessee
shall comply, and shall cause Manager to comply, with all of the requirements
pertaining to the Leased Property of any insurance board, association,
organization or company necessary for the maintenance of insurance, as herein
provided, covering the Leased Property and Lessee's Personal Property, which
compliance shall be performed at Lessee's sole cost except to the extent that
such compliance requires the performance of a Capital Improvement or the payment
of a Capital Imposition which are not the Manager's obligation under the
Management Agreement.

               (c)  Subject to the provisions of Articles XIV and XV, Lessee
                                                 ------------     --
covenants and agrees that during the Term it will (1) continuously operate and
cause the Manager to continuously operate the Leased Property as a hotel
facility, (2) keep in full force and effect and comply in all material respects
with all the provisions of the Management Agreement and cause the Manager to
comply in all material respects with all of the provisions of the Management
Agreement, (3) not enter into, terminate or amend in any respect any Management
Agreement without the consent of Lessor, (4) maintain or cause to be maintained,
appropriate certifications and licenses for such use and (5) keep Lessor advised
of the status of any litigation affecting the Leased Property.

               (d)  Lessee shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste
on the Leased Property, or in the Facility, nor shall Lessee cause or permit any
nuisance thereon.

               (e)  Lessee shall neither suffer nor permit the Leased Property
or any portion thereof, or Lessee's Personal Property, to be used in such a
manner as (1) might reasonably tend to impair Lessor's (or Lessee's, as the case
may be) title thereto or to any portion thereof, or (2) may reasonably make
possible a claim or claims of adverse usage or adverse possession by the public,
as such, or of implied dedication of the Leased Property or any portion thereof.

               (f)  Lessee acknowledges and agrees that all employees involved
in the use and operation of the Leased Property shall be employees of Lessee,
Manager, or one of their Affiliates and not of Lessor or any of its Affiliates.
Lessee, the Manager, and their respective Affiliates shall fully comply with all
Legal Requirements and all collective bargaining and other agreements  

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
applicable to such employees. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this
Lease, all such employees shall be terminated or retained by Lessee, Manager or
their respective Affiliates, as applicable, and Lessee, Manager or their
respective Affiliates, as applicable, shall provide any required notices or
other rights to such employees, all without liability to Lessor or the Leased
Property, or any other owner, lessee or manager of the Leased Property. Payment
of all costs and expenses associated with accrued but unpaid salary, earned but
unpaid vacation pay, accrued but unearned vacation pay, pension and welfare
benefits, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended
("COBRA")benefits, employee fringe benefits, employee termination payments or 
  -----
any other employee benefits due to such employees, shall be the sole
responsibility and obligation of and shall be paid when due by Lessee, Manager
or their respective Affiliates, as applicable. Upon the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease, any owner, manager or lessee of the Leased Property
shall have the right, but not the obligation, to extend offers of employment to
some or all of such employees on such terms and conditions as are determined
solely in such party's discretion; and Lessee shall, and shall cause Manager to,
use reasonable efforts to assist such party in its efforts to secure
satisfactory employment arrangements with such employees. Lessee, Manager or
their respective Affiliates, as applicable, shall provide any notices, coverages
or other rights as shall be required to comply with the medical coverage
continuation requirements of COBRA to any persons who are entitled to such
rights by virtue of the maintenance of any group health plan by Lessee, Manager
or their respective Affiliates, as applicable, and shall maintain, or cause an
affiliate company to maintain, a group health plan that such person shall be
entitled to participate in for the maximum period required by COBRA. Lessee
shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lessor, the Leased Property, and any
other owner, lessee or manager of the Leased Property, from and against any and
all claims, causes of action, proceedings, judgments, damages, penalties,
liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and
disbursements) arising out of the employment or termination of employment of or
failure to offer employment to any employee or prospective employee by Lessee,
Manager or their respective Affiliates, including, without limitation, claims of
discrimination, sexual harassment, breaches of employment or collective
bargaining agreements, or the failure of Lessee, Manager or any of their
Affiliates to comply with the provisions of this section. The indemnification
rights and obligations provided for in this section shall survive the
termination of this Lease.

                                 ARTICLE VIII
                                 ------------

                              LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
                              ------------------

          8.1  Compliance with Legal and Insurance Requirements.  Subject to
               ------------------------------------------------             
Sections 8.2 and 8.3 and Article XII relating to permitted contests, Lessee, at
- --------------------     -----------                                           
its expense, will promptly (a) comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and
Insurance Requirements in respect of the use, operation, maintenance, repair and
restoration of the Leased Property, and (b) procure, maintain and comply, or
cause Manager to procure, maintain and comply, with all appropriate licenses and
other authorizations required for any use of the Leased Property and Lessee's
Personal Property then being made, and for the proper erection, installation,
operation and maintenance of the Leased Property or any part thereof.

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
          8.2  Legal Requirement Covenants.  Subject to Section 8.3, Lessee
               ---------------------------              -----------        
covenants and agrees that (i) the Leased Property and Lessee's Personal Property
shall not be used for any unlawful purpose, and that Lessee shall not permit or
suffer to exist any unlawful use of the Leased Property by others, (ii) Lessee
shall or shall cause Manager to acquire and maintain all appropriate licenses,
certifications, permits and other authorizations and approvals needed to operate
the Leased Property in its customary manner for the Primary Intended Use, and
any other lawful use conducted on the Leased Property as may be permitted from
time to time hereunder and (iii) Lessee's use of the Leased Property and
maintenance, alteration, and operation of the same, and all parts thereof, shall
at all times conform to all Legal Requirements, unless the same are finally
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unlawful (and Lessee shall
cause all such sub-tenants, invitees or others (including Manager) to so comply
with all Legal Requirements).

          8.3  Environmental Covenants.  Lessor and Lessee (in addition to, and
               -----------------------                                         
not in diminution of, Lessee's covenants and undertakings in Sections 8.1 and
8.2 hereof) covenant and agree as follows:

               (a)  At all times hereafter until Lessee completely vacates the
Leased Property and surrenders possession of the same to Lessor, Lessee shall
fully comply with all Environmental Laws applicable to the Leased Property and
the operations thereon, except to the extent that such compliance would require
the remediation of Environmental Liabilities for which Lessee has no indemnity
obligations under Section 8.3(b). Lessee agrees to give Lessor prompt written
                  --------------
notice of (1) all Environmental Liabilities; (2) all pending, threatened or
anticipated Proceedings, and all notices, demands, requests or investigations,
relating to any Environmental Liability or relating to the issuance, revocation
or change in any Environmental Authorization required for operation of the
Leased Property; (3) all Releases at, on, in, under or in any way affecting the
Leased Property, or any Release known by Lessee at, on, in or under any property
adjacent to the Leased Property; and (4) all facts, events or conditions that
could reasonably lead to the occurrence of any of the above-referenced matters.

               (b)  LESSEE WILL PROTECT, INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND
LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL ENVIRONMENTAL
LIABILITIES TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW INCLUDING THOSE RESULTING FROM A
LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES' OWN NEGLIGENCE except to the extent that the same
(i) are caused by the intentionally wrongful acts or grossly negligent failures
to act of Lessor, or (ii) result from conditions existing at the Leased Property
at the date of this Lease (an "Existing Condition") or from Releases or other
                               ------------------
violations of Environmental Laws originating on adjacent property but affecting
the Leased Property (a "Migration"), provided that in either case such
                        ---------
exclusions shall not apply to the extent that the Existing Condition or the
Migration has been exacerbated by Lessee's act or negligent failure to act.

               (c)  Lessor hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless
any and all Lessee Indemnified Parties from and against any and all
Environmental Liabilities to the extent

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
that the same were caused by the intentionally wrongful acts or grossly
negligent failures to act of Lessor.

               (d)  If any Proceeding is brought against any Indemnified Party
in respect of an Environmental Liability with respect to which such Indemnified
Party may claim indemnification under either Section 8.3(b) or (c), the
                                             --------------    ---
Indemnifying Party, upon request, shall at its sole expense resist and defend
such Proceeding, or cause the same to be resisted and defended by counsel
designated by the Indemnifying Party and approved by the Indemnified Party,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however,
that such approval shall not be required in the case of defense by counsel
designated by any insurance company undertaking such defense pursuant to any
applicable policy of insurance. Each Indemnified Party shall have the right to
employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense
thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel will be at the sole expense
of such Indemnified Party unless a conflict of interest prevents representation
of such Indemnified Party by the counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and
such separate counsel has been approved by the Indemnifying Party, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Indemnifying Party
shall not be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding made without its
consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, but if settled
with the consent of the Indemnifying Party, or if settled without its consent
(if its consent shall be unreasonably withheld), or if there be a final,
nonappealable judgment for an adversary party in any such Proceeding, the
Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties
from and against any liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Parties by reason
of such settlement or judgement.

               (e)  At any time any Indemnified Party has reason to believe
circumstances exist which could reasonably result in an Environmental Liability,
upon reasonable prior written notice to Lessee stating such Indemnified Party's
basis for such belief, an Indemnified Party shall be given immediate access to
the Leased Property (including, but not limited to, the right to enter upon,
investigate, drill wells, take soil borings, excavate, monitor, test, cap and
use available land for the testing of remedial technologies), Lessee's
employees, and to all relevant documents and records regarding the matter as to
which a responsibility, liability or obligation is asserted or which is the
subject of any Proceeding; provided that such access may be conditioned or
restricted as may be reasonably necessary to ensure compliance with law and the
safety of personnel and facilities or to protect confidential or privileged
information and shall also be subject to any limitations set forth in the
Management Agreement.  All Indemnified Parties requesting such immediate access
and cooperation shall endeavor to coordinate such efforts to result in as
minimal interruption of the operation of the Leased Property as practicable.

               (f)  The indemnification rights and obligations provided for in
this Article VIII shall be in addition to any indemnification rights and
     ------------
obligations provided for elsewhere in this Lease.

               (g)  The indemnification rights and obligations provided for in
this Article VIII shall survive the termination of this Lease.
     ------------
     

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
               For purposes of this Section 8.3, all amounts for which any
                                    -----------                           
Indemnified Party seeks indemnification shall be computed net of (a) any actual
income tax benefit resulting therefrom to such Indemnified Party, (b) any
insurance proceeds received (net of tax effects) with respect thereto, and (c)
any amounts recovered (net of tax effects) from any third parties based on
claims the Indemnified Party has against such third parties which reduce the
damages that would otherwise be sustained; provided that in all cases, the
timing of the receipt or realization of insurance proceeds or income tax
benefits or recoveries from third parties shall be taken into account in
determining the amount of reduction of damages.  Each Indemnified Party agrees
to use its reasonable efforts to pursue, or assign to Lessee or Lessor, as the
case may be, any claims or rights it may have against any third party which
would materially reduce the amount of damages otherwise incurred by such
Indemnified Party.

                                  ARTICLE IX
                                  ----------

                            MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
                            -----------------------

          9.1  Maintenance and Repair.
               ---------------------- 

               (a)  Except as provided in Section 9.1(b), Lessee will, or will
                                          --------------
cause the Manager to, keep the Leased Property and all parts thereof, including
without limitation, all private roadways, sidewalks, curbs and other
appurtenances thereto that are under Lessee's control, and including without
limitation windows and plate glass, parking lots, HVAC, mechanical, electrical
and plumbing systems and equipment (including conduit and ductware), in good
order and repair and, if applicable, in compliance with the standards of the
Management Agreement (whether or not the need for such repairs occurred as a
result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or the age of the Leased
Property or any portion thereof) ordinary wear and tear excepted except for the
obligation to make necessary and appropriate repairs, replacements and
improvements as provided in this Section 9.1(a), and, except as otherwise
                                 --------------
provided in Section 9.1(b), Article XIV or Article XV, with reasonable
            --------------  -----------    ----------    
promptness, make all necessary and appropriate repairs, replacements and
improvements thereto of every kind and nature, whether interior or exterior
ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen or arising by reason of a
condition existing prior to the commencement of the Term of this Lease
(concealed or otherwise), or required by any governmental agency having
jurisdiction over the Leased Property. All repairs shall, to the extent
reasonably achievable, be at least equivalent in quality to the original work.
Lessee will not take or omit to take any action, the taking or omission of which
might materially impair the value or the usefulness of the Leased Property or
any part thereof for its Primary Intended Use. If Lessee fails to make any
required repairs or replacements after fifteen (15) days notice from Lessor, or
after such longer period as may be reasonably required provided that Lessee at
all times diligently proceeds with such repair or replacement, then Lessor shall
have the right, but shall not be obligated, to make such repairs or replacements
on behalf of and for the account of Lessee. In such event, such work shall be
paid for in full by Lessee as Additional Charges.

               (b)  Notwithstanding Lessee's obligations under Section 9.1(a)
                                                               --------------
above but subject to the limitations on Lessor's obligations for Capital
Expenditures set forth in Article XXXVIII and the terms and conditions set forth
                          ---------------
in Article 8 of the Management Agreement, unless caused 
   ---------

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
by Lessee's negligence or willful misconduct or that of its employees,
contractor or agents, Lessor shall be required to make all Capital Expenditures.
Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Lessor shall not under any
circumstances be required to build or rebuild any improvement on the Leased
Property, or to make any repairs, replacements, alterations, restorations or
renewals of any nature or description to the Leased Property, whether ordinary
or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, or to make any expenditure whatsoever
with respect thereto, in connection with this Lease, or to maintain the Leased
Property in any way. Lessee hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, the
right to make repairs at the expense of Lessor pursuant to any law in effect at
the time of the execution of this Lease or hereafter enacted. Lessor shall have
the right to give, record and post, as appropriate, notices of non-
responsibility under any mechanic's lien laws now or hereafter existing.

               (c)  Nothing contained in this Lease and no action or inaction by
Lessor shall be construed as (1) constituting the request of Lessor, expressed
or implied, to any contractor, subcontractor, laborer, materialman or vendor to
or for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any
materials or other property for the construction, alteration, addition, repair
or demolition of or to the Leased Property or any part thereof, or (2) giving
Lessee any right, power or permission to contract for or permit the performance
of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in
such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against Lessor and any
ground lessor(s) in respect thereof or to make any agreement that may create, or
in any way be the basis for any right, title, interest, lien, claim or other
encumbrance upon the estate of Lessor in the Leased Property, or any portion
thereof.

               (d)  Lessee will, upon the expiration or prior termination of the
Term, vacate and surrender the Leased Property to Lessor in the condition in
which the Leased Property was originally received from Lessor, except as
repaired, rebuilt, restored, altered or added to as permitted or required by the
provisions of this Lease and except for ordinary wear and tear (subject to the
obligation of Lessee to maintain the Leased Property in good order and repair in
accordance with Section 9.1(a) above, as would a prudent owner of comparable
                --------------
property, during the entire Term) or damage by casualty or Condemnation (subject
to the obligation of Lessee to restore or repair as set forth in this Lease.)


                                   ARTICLE X
                                   ---------

                                  ALTERATIONS
                                  -----------

          10.1  Alterations.  Subject to first obtaining the written approval of
                -----------                                                     
Lessor (except only as and to the extent, if any, that Manager has such rights
to make alterations pursuant to the Management Agreement without first obtaining
the Lessee's prior approval), Lessee may, but shall not be obligated to, if and
to the extent permitted pursuant to the Management Agreement, make such
additions, modifications or improvements to the Leased Property from time to
time as Lessee deems desirable for its permitted uses and purposes, provided
that such action will not alter the character or purposes of the Leased Property
or detract from the value or operating efficiency thereof and will not impair
the revenue-producing capability of the Leased Property or adversely affect the
ability of the Lessee or Lessor to comply with the provisions of this Lease. 
All such 

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
work shall be performed in a first class manner in accordance with all
applicable governmental rules and regulations and after receipt of all required
permits and licenses.  If required by Lessor all such work shall be covered by
performance bonds issued by bonding companies reasonably acceptable to Lessor.
The cost of such additions, modifications or improvements to the Leased Property
shall be paid by Lessee, and all such additions, modifications and improvements
shall, without payment by Lessor at any time, be included under the terms of
this Lease and upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall pass
to and become the property of Lessor.

          10.2  Salvage.  All materials which are scrapped or removed in
                -------                                                 
connection with the making of repairs required by Articles IX or X shall be or
                                                  -----------    -            
become the property of Lessor or Lessee depending on which party is paying for
or providing the financing for such work.

          10.3  Lessor Alterations.  Lessor shall have the right, without
                ------------------                                       
Lessee's consent (unless Manager's consent is required pursuant to the
Management Agreement), to make or cause to be made alterations and additions to
the Leased Property required in connection with (i) Emergency Situations, (ii)
Legal Requirements, (iii) maintenance of the Management Agreement, and (iv) the
performance by Lessor of its obligations under this Lease.  Without Lessee's
consent (unless Manager's consent is required pursuant to the Management
Agreement), Lessor shall further have the right, but not the obligation, to make
such other additions to the Leased Property as it may reasonably deem
appropriate during the Term of this Lease.  All such work unless necessitated by
Lessee's acts or omissions or unless otherwise required to be performed by
Lessee under this Lease (in which event work shall be paid for by Lessee) shall
be performed at Lessor's expense, in compliance with all Legal Requirements, in
a good and workmanlike manner and shall be done after reasonable notice to and
coordination with Lessee, so as to minimize any disruptions or interference with
the operation of the Facility.

                                  ARTICLE XI
                                  ----------

                                     LIENS
                                     -----

          11.1  Liens.  Subject to the provision of Article XII relating to
                -----                               -----------            
permitted contests, Lessee will not directly or indirectly create or allow to
remain and will promptly discharge at its expense any lien, encumbrance,
attachment, title retention agreement or claim upon the Leased Property
resulting from the action or inaction of Lessee, or any attachment, levy, claim
or encumbrance in respect of the Rent, excluding, however, (a) this Lease, (b)
the matters, if any, included as exceptions or insured against in the title
policy insuring Lessor's interest in the Leased Property, (c) restrictions,
liens and other encumbrances which are consented to in writing by Lessor, (d)
liens for those taxes which Lessee is not required to pay hereunder, (e)
subleases permitted by Article XXI hereof, (f) liens for Impositions or for sums
                       -----------
resulting from noncompliance with Legal Requirements to the extent Lessee is
responsible hereunder for such compliance so long as (l) the same are not yet
delinquent or (2) such liens are in the process of being contested as permitted
by Article XII, (g) liens of mechanics, laborers, suppliers or vendors for sums
   -----------
either disputed or not yet due provided that any such liens for disputed sums
are in the process of being contested as permitted by Article XII hereof, and
                                                      -----------  
(h) any liens which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to the provisions
of this Lease.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XII
                                  -----------

                              PERMITTED CONTESTS
                              ------------------

          12.1  Permitted Contests.  Lessee shall have the right to contest the
                ------------------                                             
amount or validity of any Imposition to be paid by Lessee or any Legal
Requirement to be satisfied by Lessee hereunder or any lien, attachment, levy,
encumbrance, charge or claim (any such Imposition, Legal Requirement, lien,
attachment, levy, encumbrance, charge or claim herein referred to as "Claims")
                                                                      ------  
not otherwise permitted by Article XI, by appropriate legal proceedings in good
                           ----------                                          
faith and with due diligence (but this shall not be deemed or construed in any
way to relieve, modify or extend Lessee's covenants to pay or its covenants to
cause to be paid any such charges at the time and in the manner as in this
Article provided), on condition, however, that such legal proceedings shall not
operate to relieve Lessee from its obligations hereunder and shall not cause the
sale or risk the loss of any portion of the Leased Property, or any part
thereof, or cause Lessor or Lessee to be in default under any mortgage, deed of
trust, security deed or other agreement encumbering the Leased Property or any
interest therein.  Upon the request of Lessor, as security for the payment of
such Claims, Lessee shall either (a) provide a bond or other assurance
reasonably satisfactory to Lessor (and satisfactory to any Holder, if approval
thereof is required by such Holder's Mortgage) that all Claims which may be
assessed against the Leased Property together with interest and penalties, if
any, thereon and legal fees anticipated to be incurred in connection therewith
will be paid, or (b) deposit within the time otherwise required for payment with
a bank or trust company designated by Lessor as trustee upon terms reasonably
satisfactory to Lessor, or with any Holder upon terms satisfactory to such
Holder, money in an amount sufficient to pay the same, together with interest
and penalties thereon and legal fees anticipated to be incurred in connection
therewith, as to all Claims which may be assessed against or become a Claim on
the Leased Property, or any part thereof, in said legal proceedings.  Lessee
shall furnish Lessor and any Holder with reasonable evidence of such deposit
within five days of the same.  Lessor agrees to join in any such proceedings if
the same be required to legally prosecute such contest of the validity of such
Claims; provided, however, that Lessor shall not thereby be subjected to any
liability for the payment of any costs or expenses in connection with any
proceedings brought by Lessee; and Lessee covenants to indemnify and save
harmless Lessor from any such costs or expenses.  Lessee shall be entitled to
any refund of any Claims and such charges and penalties or interest thereon
which have been paid by Lessee or paid by Lessor and for which Lessor has been
fully reimbursed. In the event that Lessee fails to pay any Claims when due or
to provide the security therefor as provided in this paragraph and to diligently
prosecute any contest of the same, Lessor may, upon ten days advance Notice to
Lessee, pay such charges together with any interest and penalties and the same
shall be repayable by Lessee to Lessor as Additional Charges at the next Payment
Date provided for in this Lease. Provided, however, that should Lessor
reasonably determine that the giving of such Notice would risk loss to the
Leased Property or cause damage to Lessor, then Lessor shall only give such
Notice as is practical under the circumstances. Lessor reserves the right to
contest any of the Claims at its expense not pursued by Lessee. Lessor and
Lessee agree to cooperate in coordinating the contest of any Claims.

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XIII
                                 ------------

                                   INSURANCE
                                   ---------

          13.1  General Insurance Requirements.
                ------------------------------ 

                (a)  Coverages. During the Term of this Lease, the Leased
                     ---------    
Property shall at all times be insured with the kinds and amounts of insurance
described below. This insurance shall be written by companies authorized to
issue insurance in the State. The policies must name the party obtaining the
policy as the insured and the other party as an additional named insured, and
the Manager shall also be named as an additional insured under the coverages
described in Sections 13.1(a)(iv) through (xi). Losses shall be payable to
             --------------------         ----   
Lessor or Lessee as provided in this Lease. Any loss adjustment for coverages
insuring both parties shall require the written consent of Lessor and Lessee,
each acting reasonably and in good faith. Evidence of insurance shall be
deposited with Lessor. The policies on the Leased Property, including the Leased
Improvements, Fixtures and Lessee's Personal Property, shall at all times
satisfy the requirements of the Management Agreement and of any ground lease,
mortgage, security agreement or other financing lien affecting the Leased
Property and at a minimum shall include:

                         Building insurance on the "Special Form" (formerly "All
                Risk" form) (including earthquake and flood in reasonable
                amounts if and as determined by Lessor) in an amount not less
                than 100% of the then full replacement cost thereof (as defined
                in Section 13.2) or such other amount which is acceptable to
                   ------------
                Lessor, and personal property insurance on the "Special Form" in
                the full amount of the replacement cost thereof;

                         Insurance for loss or damage (direct and indirect) from
                steam boilers, pressure vessels or similar apparatus, air
                conditioning systems, piping and machinery, and sprinklers, if
                any, now or hereafter installed in the Facility, in the minimum
                amount of $5,000,000 or in such greater amounts as are then
                customary or as may be reasonably requested by Lessor from time
                to time;

                         Loss of income insurance on the "Special Form", in the
                amount of one year of the greater of (a) Base Rent, or (b)
                Percentage Rent (based on the last Lease Year of operation or,
                to the extent the Leased Property has not been operated for an
                entire 12-month Lease Year, based on prorated Percentage Rent) 
                for the benefit of Lessor, and business interruption insurance
                on the "Special Form" in the amount of one year of gross profit,
                for the benefit of Lessee;

                         Commercial general liability insurance, with
                contractual indemnity endorsement, with amounts not less than
                $1,000,000 combined single limit for each occurrence and
                $2,000,000 for the aggregate of all occurrences within each
                policy year, as well as excess liability (umbrella) insurance
                with limits of at least $50,000,000 per occurrence, covering
                each of the following: bodily injury, death, or property damage
                liability per occurrence, personal injury, general aggregate,

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
                products and completed operations with respect to Lessee, and
                "all risk legal liability" (including liquor law or "dram shop"
                liability, if liquor or alcoholic beverages are served on the
                Leased Property) with respect to Lessor and Lessee;

                         Fidelity bonds or blanket crime policies with limits
                and deductibles as may be reasonably determined by Lessor,
                covering Lessee's employees in job classifications normally
                bonded under prudent hotel management practices in the United
                States or otherwise required by law;

                         Workers' compensation insurance to the extent necessary
                to protect Lessor, Lessee and the Leased Property against
                Lessee's workman's compensation claims to the extent required by
                applicable state laws;

                         Comprehensive form vehicle liability insurance for
                owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, in the amount of
                $1,000,000;

                         Garagekeeper's legal liability insurance covering both
                comprehensive and collision-type losses with a limit of
                liability of $3,000,000 for any one occurrence, of which
                coverage in excess of $1,000,000 may be provided by way of an
                excess liability policy;

                         Innkeeper's legal liability insurance covering property
                of guests while on the Leased Property for which Lessor is
                legally responsible with a limit of not less than $5,000 in any
                one occurrence or $25,000 annual aggregate;

                         Safe deposit box legal liability insurance covering
                property of guests while in a safe deposit box on the Leased
                Property for which Lessor is legally responsible with a limit of
                not less than $100,000 in any one occurrence; and

                         Insurance covering such other hazards (such as plate
                glass or other common risks) and in such amounts as may be (A)
                required by a Holder, or (B) customary for comparable properties
                in the area of the Leased Property and is available from
                insurance companies, insurance pools or other appropriate
                companies authorized to do business in the State at rates which
                are economically practicable in relation to the risks covered as
                may be reasonably determined by Lessor.

                (b)  Responsibility for Insurance. Lessee shall obtain the
                     ----------------------------
insurance and pay the premiums for the coverages described in Sections
                                                              --------  
13.1(a)(iv) through (x), and Lessor shall obtain the insurance and pay the
- -----------         ---
premiums for the coverages described in Sections 13.1(a)(i) through (iii),
                                        -------------------         -----
provided that Lessee shall reimburse Lessor immediately after demand therefor
for any premiums paid by Lessor for the coverages required under Section
                                                                 -------
13.1(a)(i) to the extent that the premiums relate to coverages for property
- ----------
owned by Lessee or coverages which benefit Lessee. Insurance required by Section
                                                                         -------
13.1(a)(xi) shall be obtained and paid for by Lessor to the extent that it
- -----------
relates to risks of the type covered by the insurance obtained pursuant to
Sections 13.1(a)(i) 
- -------------------

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
through (iii), and obtained and paid for by Lessee if it relates to risks of the
- -------------
type covered by the insurance obtained pursuant to Sections 13.1(a)(iv) through
                                                   --------------------
(x). The party responsible for the premium for any insurance coverage shall also
- ---
be responsible for any and all deductibles and self-insured retentions in
connection with such coverages. In the event that either party can obtain
comparable insurance coverage required to be carried by the other party from
comparable insurers and at a cost significantly less than that at which such
other party can obtain such coverage, the parties shall cooperate in good faith
to obtain such coverage at the lower cost and shall allocate the premiums
therefor in accordance with the provisions of the first sentence of this Section
                                                                         -------
13.1(b). In addition to the rights set forth in Sections 17.1 and 39.1, if any
- -------                                         ----------------------
party responsible for obtaining and maintaining the insurance required under
this Lease fails to do so or fails to obtain renewals or substitutions therefor
at least fifteen (15) days before such insurance will lapse, the other party may
obtain such insurance and the defaulting party shall reimburse the party
obtaining such insurance for the cost thereof promptly upon demand, together
with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate until such cost is repaid by the
defaulting party.

                (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
Lessee shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this Section
                                                                         -------
13.1 if and to the extent Manager maintains the insurance required pursuant to
- ----
Article XII of the Management Agreement.
- -----------

          13.2  Replacement Cost.  The term "full replacement cost" as used
                ----------------             ---------------------         
herein shall mean the actual replacement cost of the Leased Property requiring
replacement from time to time including an increased cost of construction
endorsement, if available, and the cost of debris removal.  In the event either
party believes that full replacement cost has increased or decreased at any time
during the Term, it shall have the right to have such full replacement cost
redetermined.

          13.3  (Intentionally deleted)

          13.4  Waiver of Subrogation.  Lessor and Lessee each waive any and all
                ---------------------                                           
rights of recovery against the other (and against the partners, officers,
employees and agents of the other party) for loss of or damage to such waiving
party or its property or the property of others under its control, to the extent
such loss or damage is covered by, or in the event the responsible party fails
to maintain the required insurance hereunder, would have been covered by, the
insurance required to be obtained by such waiving party under Sections 13.1(a)
                                                              ----------------
through (iii); provided, however, that this waiver does not apply to any rights
- -------------                                                                  
that either party may have to insurance proceeds from their respective insurance
policies at the time of such loss or damage.  In obtaining policies of property
insurance on their respective interests in the personal property and
improvements located in the Leased Property, Lessor and Lessee shall give notice
to their respective insurance carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of
subrogation is contained in this Lease; and Lessor and Lessee shall each obtain
from their insurance carriers a consent to such waiver.

          13.5  Form Satisfactory, etc.  All of the policies of insurance
                ----------------------                                   
referred to in this Article XIII shall be written in a form, with deductibles
                    ------------                                             
and by insurance companies satisfactory to Lessor and shall satisfy the
requirements of any ground lease, mortgage, security agreement or 

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
other financing lien, if any, on the Leased Property and of the Management
Agreement. The party responsible for obtaining any policy shall pay all of the
premiums therefor, and deliver copies of such policies or certificates thereof
to the other party prior to their effective date (and, with respect to any
renewal policy, thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the existing
policy), and in the event of the failure of the responsible party either to
effect such insurance as herein called for or to pay the premiums therefor, or
to deliver such policies or certificates thereof to the other party at the times
required, such other party shall be entitled, but shall have no obligation,
after ten (10) days' Notice to the responsible party (or after less than ten
(10) days' Notice if required to prevent the expiration of any existing policy),
to effect such insurance and pay the premiums therefor, and to be reimbursed for
any such premiums upon written demand therefor. Each insurer mentioned in this
Article XIII shall agree, by endorsement to the policy or policies issued by it,
- ------------
or by independent instrument furnished to the party not responsible hereunder
for obtaining such policy, that it will give to such party thirty (30) days'
written notice before the policy or policies in question shall be materially
altered, allowed to expire or canceled.

          13.6  Increase in Limits.  If either Lessor or Lessee at any time
                ------------------                                         
deems the limits of the personal injury or property damage under the
comprehensive public liability insurance then carried to be either excessive or
insufficient, Lessor and Lessee shall endeavor in good faith to agree on the
proper and reasonable limits for such insurance to be carried and such insurance
shall thereafter be carried with the limits thus agreed on until further change
pursuant to the provisions of this Section.  If the parties fail to agree on
such limits, the matter shall be referred to arbitration as provided for in
Section 40.1.  However, in no event shall such limits fail to satisfy the
- ------------                                                             
requirements of the Management Agreement and of any ground lease, Mortgage,
security agreement or other financing lien, if any, affecting the Leased
Property.

          13.7  Blanket Policy.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                --------------                                           
contained in this Article XIII, Lessee or Lessor may bring the insurance
                  ------------                                          
provided for herein within the coverage of a so-called blanket policy or
policies of insurance carried and maintained by Lessee or Lessor; provided,
however, that the coverage afforded to Lessor and Lessee will not be reduced or
diminished or otherwise be different from that which would exist under a
separate policy meeting all other requirements of this Lease by reason of the
use of such blanket policy of insurance, and provided further that the
requirements of this Article XIII are otherwise satisfied.
                     ------------                         

          13.8  Separate Insurance.  Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall on its own
                ------------------                                             
initiative or pursuant to the request or requirement of any third party, take
out separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss
with that required in this Article to be furnished, or increase the amount of
any then existing insurance by securing an additional policy or additional
policies, unless all parties having an insurable interest in the subject matter
of the insurance, including in all cases Lessor, are included therein as
additional insureds, and the loss is payable under such additional separate
insurance in the same manner as losses are payable under this Lease. Each party
shall immediately notify the other party that it has obtained any such separate
insurance or of the increasing of any of the amounts of the then existing
insurance.

          13.9  Reports On Insurance Claims.  Lessee shall promptly investigate
                ---------------------------                                    
and make a complete and timely written report to the appropriate insurance
company as to all accidents, all 

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
claims for damage relating to the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the
Facility, and any damage or destruction to the Facility and the estimated cost
of repair thereof and shall prepare any and all reports required by any
insurance company in connection therewith. All such reports shall be timely
filed with the insurance company as required under the terms of the insurance
policy involved, and a copy of all such reports shall be furnished to Lessor.

                                  ARTICLE XIV
                                  -----------

                           DAMAGE AND RECONSTRUCTION
                           -------------------------

          14.1  Insurance Proceeds.  Except as and to the extent set forth in
                ------------------                                           
the Management Agreement, all proceeds of the insurance contemplated by Sections
                                                                        --------
13.1(a)(i) and (ii) payable by reason of any loss or damage to the Leased
- ----------     ----                                                      
Property, or any portion thereof, and insured under any policy of insurance
required by Article XIII of this Lease shall be paid to Lessor and made
            ------------                                               
available, if applicable, for reconstruction or repair, as the case may be, of
any damage to or destruction of the Leased Property or any portion thereof, and,
if applicable, shall be paid out by Lessor from time to time for the reasonable
costs of such reconstruction or repair upon satisfaction of reasonable terms and
conditions specified by Lessor.  Any excess proceeds of insurance remaining
after the completion of the restoration or reconstruction of the Leased Property
shall be paid to Lessor.  If neither Lessor nor Lessee is required or elects to
repair and restore, and the Lease is terminated as described in Section 14.2,
                                                                ------------ 
all such insurance proceeds shall be retained by Lessor except for any amount
thereof paid with respect to Lessee's Personal Property.  All salvage resulting
from any risk covered by insurance shall belong to Lessor, except to the extent
of salvage relating to Lessee's Personal Property.

          14.2  Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Covered by
                ---------------------------------------------------------------
                Insurance.
                ---------

                (a) If during the Term the Leased Property is totally or 
partially destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article XIII
                                                                    ------------
and the Facility thereby is rendered Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary
Intended Use, this Lease shall (if and to the extent the Management Agreement
may be terminated pursuant to Article 15 thereof) terminate as of the date of
                              ----------
the casualty and neither Lessor nor Lessee shall have any further liability
hereunder except for any liabilities which have arisen prior to or which survive
such termination, and Lessor shall be entitled to retain all insurance proceeds
except for any amount thereof paid with respect to Lessee's Personal Property.

                (b) If during the Term the Leased Property is partially
destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article XIII, but the
                                                          ------------
Facility is not thereby rendered Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary
Intended Use, Lessor or, at the election of Lessor (unless required pursuant to
Article 15 of the Management Agreement), Lessee shall restore the Facility to
- ----------
substantially the same condition as existed immediately before the damage or
destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and this
Lease shall not terminate as a result of such damage or destruction. If Lessee
restores the Facility, the insurance proceeds shall be paid out by Lessor from
time to time for the reasonable costs of such restoration upon satisfaction of
terms and conditions specified by Lessor, and any excess proceeds remaining

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
after such restoration shall be paid to Lessor except for any amount thereof
paid with respect to Lessee's Personal Property.

                (c) If the Facility is to be restored in accordance with the
provisions of Section 14.2(b) or otherwise and if the cost of the repair or
              ---------------                                              
restoration exceeds the amount of proceeds received by Lessor from the insurance
required under Article XIII, Lessor shall agree to contribute any excess amounts
               ------------                                                     
needed to restore the Facility prior to requiring Lessee to commence such work.
Such difference shall be made available by Lessor, together with any other
insurance proceeds, for application to the cost of repair and restoration in
accordance with the provisions of Section 14.2(b).
                                  --------------- 

          14.3  Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Not Covered
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
by Insurance. If during the Term the Facility is totally or materially damaged
- ------------                                                                  
or destroyed by a risk not covered by the insurance described in Article XIII,
                                                                 ------------ 
or if the Holder will not make the proceeds of such insurance available to
Lessor for restoration of the Facility, unless in either event such damage or
destruction renders the Facility Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary
Intended Use, Lessor at its option shall either, (a) at Lessor's sole cost and
expense, restore the Facility to substantially the same condition it was in
immediately before such damage or destruction and this Lease shall not terminate
as a result of such damage or destruction, or (b) terminate the Lease (if and to
the extent the Management Agreement may be terminated pursuant to Article 15
                                                                  ----------
thereof) and neither Lessor nor Lessee shall have any further liability
thereunder except for any liabilities which have arisen or occurred prior to
such termination and those which expressly survive termination of this Lease.
If such damage or destruction is determined by Lessor not to be material, Lessor
may, at Lessor's sole cost and expense, restore the Facility to substantially
the same condition as existed immediately before the damage or destruction and
otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and this Lease shall not
terminate as a result of such damage or destruction.

          14.4  Lessee's Property and Business Interruption Insurance.  All
                -----------------------------------------------------      
insurance proceeds payable by reason of any loss of or damage to any of Lessee's
Personal Property and the business interruption insurance maintained for the
benefit of Lessee shall be paid to Lessee; provided, however, no such payments
shall diminish or reduce the insurance payments otherwise payable to or for the
benefit of Lessor hereunder.

          14.5  Abatement of Rent.  Any damage or destruction due to casualty
                -----------------                                            
notwithstanding, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Lessee's
obligation to pay Rent required by this Lease shall remain unabated by any
damage or destruction which does not result in a reduction of Gross Revenues. If
and to the extent that any damage or destruction results in a reduction of Gross
Revenues which would otherwise be realizable from the operation of the Facility,
then Lessor shall receive all loss of income insurance and Lessee shall have no
obligation to pay Rent in excess of the amount of Percentage Rent, if any,
realizable from Gross Revenues generated by the operation of the Leased Property
during the existence of such damage or destruction; provided, however, that if
such damage or destruction was caused by Lessee's gross negligence or willful
misconduct, Lessee shall remain liable for the amount of Rent which would have
been payable hereunder at a rate equal to the average Rent during the last three
preceding 12-month Lease Years (or if three 12-month Lease Years shall not have
elapsed, the average during the preceding 12-

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
month Lease Years or if one Lease Year has not elapsed, the amount derived by
annualizing the Percentage Rent from the Commencement Date of this Lease) as if
such damage or destruction had not occurred.

                                  ARTICLE XV
                                  ----------

                                 CONDEMNATION
                                 ------------

          15.1  Definitions.
                ----------- 

                (a) "Condemnation" means a Taking resulting from (1) the
                    -------------
exercise of any governmental power, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise,
by a Condemnor, and (2) a voluntary sale or transfer by Lessor to any Condemnor,
either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation
are pending.

                (b) "Date of Taking" means the date the Condemnor has the right
                     --------------
to possession of the property being condemned.

                (c) "Award" means all compensation, sums or anything of value
                     -----
awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.

                (d) "Condemnor" means any public or quasi-public authority, or
                     ---------
private corporation or individual, having the power of Condemnation.

          15.2  Parties' Rights and Obligations.  If during the Term there is
                -------------------------------                              
any Condemnation of all or any part of the Leased Property or any interest in
this Lease, the rights and obligations of Lessor and Lessee shall be determined
by this Article XV.
        ---------- 

          15.3  Total Taking.  If title to the fee of the whole of the Leased
                ------------                                                 
Property is condemned by any Condemnor, this Lease shall cease and terminate as
of the Date of Taking by the Condemnor.  If title to the fee of less than the
whole of the Leased Property is so taken or condemned, which nevertheless
renders the Leased Property Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary Intended
Use, then either Lessee or Lessor shall have the option, by notice to the other,
at any time prior to the Date of Taking, to terminate this Lease as of the Date
of Taking.  Upon such date, if such Notice has been given, this Lease shall
thereupon cease and terminate.  All Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional
Charges paid or payable by Lessee hereunder shall be apportioned as of the Date
of Taking, and Lessee shall promptly pay Lessor such amounts.

          15.4  Allocation of Award.  The total Award made with respect to the
                -------------------                                           
Leased Property or for loss of rent, or for Lessor's loss of business beyond the
Term, shall be solely the property of and payable to Lessor. Any Award made for
loss of Lessee's business during the remaining Term, if any, for the taking of
Lessee's Personal Property, or for removal and relocation expenses of Lessee in
any such proceedings shall be the sole property of and payable to Lessee. In any
Condemnation proceedings Lessor and Lessee shall each seek its Award in
conformity herewith,

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
at its respective expense; provided, however, neither Lessor nor Lessee shall
initiate, prosecute or acquiesce in any proceedings that may result in a
diminution of any Award payable to the other.

          15.5  Partial Taking.
                -------------- 

                (a) If title to less than the whole of the Leased Property is
condemned, and the Leased Property is not Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its
Primary Intended Use, or if Lessor and Lessee are entitled but elect not to
terminate this Lease as provided in Section 15.3, then Lessor or, at Lessor's
                                    ------------                             
election, Lessee shall, with all reasonable dispatch and to the extent that the
Holder permits the application of the Award therefor and the Award to be
contributed to restoration as provided in this Section 15.5(a) is sufficient
                                               ---------------              
therefor, restore the untaken portion of any Leased Improvements so that such
Leased Improvements constitute a complete architectural unit of the same general
character and condition (as nearly as may be possible under the circumstances)
as the Leased Improvements existing immediately prior to the Condemnation.
Lessor and Lessee shall each contribute to the cost of restoration that part of
its Award specifically allocated to such restoration, if any, together with
severance and other damages awarded for the taken Leased Improvements; provided,
however, that the amount of such contribution shall not exceed such cost.

                (b) In the event of a partial Taking as described in Section
                                                                     -------
15.5(a) which does not result in a termination of this Lease by Lessor, the Base
- -------
Rent shall be abated in the manner and to the extent that is fair, just and
equitable to both Lessee and Lessor, taking into consideration, among other
relevant factors, the number of usable rooms, the amount of square footage, or
the revenues affected by such partial Taking. If Lessor and Lessee are unable to
agree upon the amount of such abatement within thirty (30) days after such
partial Taking, the matter shall be submitted to Arbitration as provided for in
Section 40.2 hereof.
- ------------        

          15.6  Temporary Taking.  If the whole or any part of the Leased
                ----------------                                         
Property or of Lessee's interest under this Lease is condemned by any Condemnor
for its temporary use or occupancy, this Lease shall not terminate by reason
thereof, and Lessee shall continue to pay, in the manner and at the times herein
specified, the full amounts of Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional Charges
realizable from Gross Revenues generated by the Leased Property during such
period, together with additional amounts of Rent, if any, to the extent of the
remaining balance, if any, of the Award made to Lessee for such Condemnation
allocable to the Term (after payment of Base Rent and Additional Charges),
Lessee shall pay Percentage Rent at a rate equal to the average Percentage Rent
during the last three preceding 12-month Lease Years (or if three 12-month Lease
Years shall not have elapsed, the average during the preceding 12-month Lease
Years).  Except only to the extent that Lessee may be prevented from so doing
pursuant to the terms of the order of the Condemnor, Lessee shall continue to
perform and observe all of the other terms, covenants, conditions and
obligations hereof on the part of the Lessee to be performed and observed, as
though such Condemnation had not occurred.  In the event of any Condemnation as
in this Section 15.6 described, the entire amount of any Award made for such
        ------------                                                        
Condemnation allocable to the Term of this Lease, whether paid by way of
damages, rent or otherwise, shall be paid (a) directly to Lessee if the Award is
payable by the Condemnor on a monthly basis, or (b) if payable by the Condemnor
less frequently than on a monthly basis, the Award shall be paid to an 

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
institutional trustee designated by Lessor or to the Holder of a Mortgage, if
any, and made available to Lessee on terms reasonably satisfactory to Lessor or
such Holder for application pursuant to the provisions of this Section 15.6.
                                                               ------------
Lessee covenants that upon the termination of any such period of temporary use
or occupancy it will, to the extent that its Award is sufficient therefor and
subject to Lessor's contribution as set forth below, restore the Leased Property
as nearly as may be reasonably possible to the condition in which the same was
immediately prior to such Condemnation, unless such period of temporary use or
occupancy extends beyond the expiration of the Term, in which case Lessee shall
not be required to make such restoration. If restoration is required hereunder,
Lessor shall contribute to the cost of such restoration that portion of its
entire Award that is specifically allocated to such restoration in the judgment
or order of the court, if any.

                                  ARTICLE XVI
                                  -----------

                                   DEFAULTS
                                   --------

          16.1  Events of Default.  Any one or more of the following events
                -----------------                                          
shall constitute an Event of Default (herein so called) hereunder:

                (a) if Lessee fails to make any payment of Base Rent or
Percentage Rent within ten (10) days after receipt by the Lessee of Notice from
Lessor that the same has become due and payable, provided that Lessor shall not
be required to give any such Notice more than once in any Lease Year and that
any second or subsequent failure by Lessee during such Lease Year to make any
payment of Base Rent or Percentage Rent on the date the same becomes due and
payable shall constitute an immediate Event of Default; or

                (b) if Lessee fails to make any payment of Additional Charges
within ten (10) days after receipt by Lessee of Notice from Lessor that the same
has become due and payable; or

                (c) if Lessee fails to observe or perform any other term,
covenant or condition of this Lease and such failure is not curable, or if
curable is not cured by Lessee within a period of thirty (30) days after receipt
by the Lessee of Notice thereof from Lessor, unless such failure is curable but
cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which
case it shall not be deemed an Event of Default if (i) Lessee, within such
thirty (30) day period, proceeds with due diligence to cure the failure and
thereafter diligently completes the curing thereof within 120 days of Lessor's
Notice to Lessee, which 120-day period shall cease to run during any period that
a cure of such failure is prevented by an Unavoidable Delay and shall resume
running upon the cessation of such Unavoidable Delay, and (ii) the failure does
not result in a notice or declaration of default under any material contract or
agreement to which Lessor, the Company, or any Affiliate of either of them is a
party or by which any of their assets are bound; or

                (d) if Lessee shall (i) be generally not paying its debts as
they become due, (ii) file, or consent by answer or otherwise to the filing
against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any
other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, (iii) make an
assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consent to the appointment of
a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect
to it or with respect to any substantial part of its assets, (v) be adjudicated
insolvent, or (vi) take corporate action for the purpose of any of the
foregoing; or if a court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction
shall enter an order appointing, without consent by Lessee, a custodian,
receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or
with respect to any substantial part of its assets, or if an order for relief
shall be entered in any case or proceeding for liquidation or reorganization or
otherwise to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any
jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of Lessee,
or if any petition for any such relief shall be filed against Lessee and such
petition shall not be dismissed within sixty (60) days; or

                (e) if Lessee is liquidated or dissolved, or begins proceedings
toward such liquidation or dissolution, or, in any manner, ceases to do business
or permits the sale or divestiture of substantially all of its assets; or

                (f) if the estate or interest of Lessee in the Leased Property
or any part thereof is voluntarily or involuntarily transferred, assigned,
conveyed, levied upon or attached in any Proceeding; or

                (g) if, except as a result of and to the extent required by
damage, destruction, Condemnation or Unavoidable Delay, Lessee ceases operations
on the Leased Property; or

                (h) if notice of a default or an event of default has been given
by the Manager under the Management Agreement with respect to the Facility on
the Leased Property as a result of any action or failure to act by the Lessee or
any Person with whom the Lessee contracts at the Facility, which default or
event of default is not cured within applicable cure periods and does not arise
solely from Lessor's breach of any of its obligations under this Lease which are
required to maintain the Management Agreement in effect;

                (i) if Manager shall default beyond any applicable notice and
cure period (without extension or waiver by Lessee) under the Management
Agreement;

                (j) if an Event of Default occurs under any or all of the Other
Leases; or

                (k) if Lessee breaches any of the provisions of Article XXXV.
                                                                ------------

                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section
                                                                      -------
16.1(c), the cure periods set forth in Section 16.1(c) shall not apply to (i)
- -------                                ---------------
any intentional failure by Lessee to observe or perform any term, covenant or
condition of this Lease, or (ii) any failure by Lessee to perform any term,
covenant or condition for which a different grace or cure period is expressly
set forth in any other provision of this Lease, and in either of the foregoing
events such failure shall, after the expiration of any other grace or cure
period expressly set forth elsewhere herein, constitute an immediate Event of
Default.

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
                If litigation is commenced with respect to any alleged default
under this Lease, the prevailing party in such litigation shall receive, in
addition to its damages incurred, such sum as the court shall determine as its
reasonable attorneys' fees, and all costs and expenses incurred in connection
therewith.

          16.2  Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lessor
                --------                                                     
shall have the right, at Lessor's option, to elect to do any one or more of the
following without further notice or demand to Lessee:  (a) terminate this Lease,
in which event Lessee shall immediately surrender the Leased Property to Lessor,
and, if Lessee fails to so surrender, Lessor shall have the right, without
notice, to enter upon and take possession of the Leased Property and to expel or
remove Lessee and its effects without being liable for prosecution or any claim
for damages therefor; and Lessee shall, and hereby agrees to, indemnify Lessor
for all loss and damage which Lessor suffers by reason of such termination,
including without limitation, damages in an amount equal to the total of (1) the
reasonable costs of recovering the Leased Property in the event that Lessee does
not promptly surrender the Leased Property, and all other reasonable expenses
incurred by Lessor in connection with Lessee's default; (2) the unpaid Rent
earned as of the date of termination, plus interest at the Overdue Rate accruing
after the due date until such sums are paid by Lessee to Lessor; (3) the total
Rent (including Percentage Rent as determined below) which Lessor would have
received under this Lease for the remainder of the Term, but discounted to the
then present value at a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, less the fair
market rental value of the balance of the Term as of the time of such default
discounted to the then present value at a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per
annum; and (4) all other sums of money and damages owing by Lessee to Lessor; or
(b) enter upon and take possession of the Leased Property without terminating
this Lease and without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages
therefor, and, if Lessor elects, relet the Leased Property on such terms as
Lessor deems advisable, in which event Lessee shall pay to Lessor on demand the
reasonable costs of repossessing and reletting the Leased Property and any
deficiency between the Rent payable hereunder (including Percentage Rent as
determined below) and the rent paid under such reletting; provided, however,
that Lessee shall not be entitled to any excess payments received by Lessor from
such reletting and Lessor's failure to relet the Leased Property shall not
release or affect Lessee's liability for Rent or for damages; or (c) enter the
Leased Property without terminating this Lease and without being liable for
prosecution or any claim for damages therefor and maintain the Leased Property
and repair or replace any damage thereto or do anything for which Lessee is
responsible hereunder.  Lessee shall reimburse Lessor immediately upon demand
for any expense which Lessor incurs in thus effecting Lessee's compliance under
this Lease, and Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for any damages with
respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Lessee shall
not be liable to Lessor for consequential, punitive or exemplary damages.

          The rights granted to Lessor in this Section 16.2 shall be cumulative
                                               ------------                    
of every other right or remedy provided in this Lease or which Lessor may
otherwise have at law or in equity or by statute, and the exercise of one or
more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or
subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies or constitute a forfeiture or
waiver of Rent or damages accruing to Lessor by reason of any Event of Default
under this Lease.

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
          Percentage Rent for the purposes of this Section 16.2 shall be a sum
                                                   ------------               
equal to (i) the average of the annual amounts of the Percentage Rent for the
three 12-month Lease Years immediately preceding the Lease Year in which the
termination, re-entry or repossession takes place, or (ii) if three 12-month
Lease Years shall not have elapsed, the average of the Percentage Rent during
the preceding 12-month Lease Years during which the Lease was in effect, or
(iii) if one Lease Year has not elapsed, the amount derived by annualizing the
Percentage Rent from the effective date of this Lease.

          16.3  Waiver.  Each party waives, to the extent permitted by
                ------                                                
applicable law, any right to a trial by jury in any proceedings brought by
either party to enforce the provisions of this Lease, including, without
limitation, proceedings to enforce the remedies set forth in this Article XVI,
                                                                  ----------- 
and Lessee waives the benefit of any laws now or hereafter in force exempting
property from liability for rent or for debt.

          16.4  Application of Funds.  Any payments received by Lessor under any
                --------------------                                            
of the provisions of this Lease during the existence or continuance of any Event
of Default shall be applied to Lessee's obligations in the order that Lessor may
determine or as may be prescribed by the laws of the State.

                                 ARTICLE XVII
                                 ------------

                            LESSOR'S RIGHT TO CURE
                            ----------------------

          17.1  Lessor's Right to Cure Lessee's Default.  If Lessee fails to
                ---------------------------------------                     
make any payment or to perform any act required to be made or performed under
this Lease including, without limitation, Lessee's failure to comply with the
terms of any Management Agreement  and fails to cure the same within the
relevant time periods, if any, provided in Section 16.1 or elsewhere in this
                                           ------------                     
Lease, Lessor, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Lessee, and
without waiving or releasing any obligation or default, may (but shall be under
no obligation to) at any time thereafter upon Notice to Lessee make such payment
or perform such act for the account and at the expense of Lessee, and may, to
the extent permitted by law, enter upon the Leased Property for such purpose
and, subject to Section 16.2, take all such action thereon as, in Lessor's
                ------------                                              
opinion, may be necessary or appropriate therefor.  No such entry shall be
deemed an eviction of Lessee.  All sums so paid by Lessor and all costs and
expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and
expenses, in each case to the extent permitted by law) so incurred, together
with a late charge thereon (to the extent permitted by law) at the Overdue Rate
from the date on which such sums or expenses are paid or incurred by Lessor
until such sums or expenses are paid by Lessee to Lessor, shall constitute
Additional Charges and shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor on demand.  The
obligations of Lessee and rights of Lessor contained in this Article shall
survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XVIII
                                 -------------

                                  LIMITATIONS
                                  -----------

          18.1  Personal Property Limitation.  Anything contained in this Lease
                ----------------------------                                   
to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the average of the adjusted tax bases of
the items of Lessor's personal property that are leased to the Lessee under this
Lease at the beginning and at the end of any Lease Year shall not exceed 15% of
the average of the aggregate adjusted tax bases of the Leased Property at the
beginning and at the end of such Lease Year and (ii) the rent attributable to
personal property leased hereunder with respect to any calendar shall not exceed
10% of the total rent under this Lease for such year (the limitations in the
preceding clauses (i) and (ii) are referred to collectively as the "Personal
                                                                    --------
Property Limitation"). Lessor and Lessee shall at all times cooperate in good
- -------------------
faith and use their best efforts to permit Lessor to comply with the Personal
Property Limitation, which compliance may include, by way of example only and
not by way of limitation or obligation, the purchase by Lessee at fair market
value of personal property in excess of the Personal Property Limitation. All
such compliance shall be effected in a manner which has no material net economic
detriment to Lessee and will not jeopardize the Company's status as a real
estate investment trust under the applicable provisions of the Code. This
Section 18.1 is intended to ensure that the Rent qualifies as (i) "rents from
- ------------
real property," within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or any similar
or successor provisions thereto, and (ii) excluded "rents" described in Section
512(b)(3)(A) of the Code or any similar or successor provision thereto, and
shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

          18.2  Sublease Rent Limitation.  Anything contained in this Lease to
                ------------------------                                      
the contrary notwithstanding, Lessee shall not sublet the Leased Property or
enter into any licenses or concessions or enter into any similar arrangement on
any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the sublessee
thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on either (a) the net income or
profits derived by the business activities of the sublessee, licensee, or
concessionaire, or (b) any other formula such that any portion of the Rent would
fail to qualify as "rents from real property" within the meaning of Section
856(d) of the Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto.

          18.3  Sublease Lessee Limitation.  Anything contained in this Lease to
                --------------------------                                      
the contrary notwithstanding, Lessee shall not sublease the Leased Property to,
or enter into any license, concession or similar arrangement with, any Person in
which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, a 10% or more interest, within
the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, or any Person in which Boston
Properties Limited Partnership owns, directly or indirectly,  a ten percent
(10%) or more interest within the meaning of the same section as modified by
Section 7704(d)(3)(B) of the Code or any similar or successor provisions
thereto.

          18.4  Lessee Ownership Limitation.  Anything contained in this Lease
                ---------------------------                                   
to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessor shall not take, or permit an Affiliate
of Lessor to take, any action that would cause the Company to own, directly or
indirectly, a 10% or more interest in the Lessee within the meaning of Section
856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, or that would cause Boston Properties Limited
Partnership to own, directly or indirectly, a ten percent (10%) or more interest
in the Lessee within the meaning of the same Section as modified by Section
7704(d)(3)(B) of the Code, or any similar or successor provisions thereto.
Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessee shall
not take, or permit an Affiliate of Lessee to take, any action that would cause
the Company to own, directly or indirectly, a 10% or more interest in the 

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
Lessee within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, or that would
cause Boston Properties Limited Partnership to own, directly or indirectly, a
ten percent (10%) or more interest in the Lessee within the meaning of the same
Section as modified by Section 7704(d)(3)(B) of the Code, or any similar or
successor provisions thereto. Any transfer of interests in the Lessee pursuant
to Section 35.4 shall be deemed to be an action of Lessee for purposes of this
Section 18.4.

          18.5  Schedule of Owners.  Upon the Commencement Date, Lessee shall
                ------------------                                           
provide to Lessor a schedule of all owners of interests in Lessee who own of
record or beneficially ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding ownership
interests in Lessee.  During the Term, Lessee shall promptly provide Lessor with
Notice of any changes in the foregoing schedule.  Lessee shall from time to time
provide such information as Lessor may reasonably request to verify Lessee's
compliance with Section 18.4 and this Section 18.5.
                ------------          ------------ 

                                  ARTICLE XIX
                                  -----------

                                 HOLDING OVER
                                 ------------

          19.1  Holding Over.  If Lessee for any reason remains in possession of
                ------------                                                    
the Leased Property after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term,
such possession shall be as a tenant at sufferance during which time Lessee
shall pay as rental each month two times the aggregate of (a) one-twelfth of the
aggregate Base Rent and Percentage Rent payable with respect to the last Lease
Year of the Term, (b) all Additional Charges accruing during the applicable
month and (c) all other sums, if any, payable by Lessee under this Lease with
respect to the Leased Property.  During such period, Lessee shall be obligated
to perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease,
but shall have no rights hereunder other than the right, to the extent given by
law to tenancies at sufferance, to continue its occupancy and use of the Leased
Property.  Nothing contained herein shall constitute the consent, express or
implied, of Lessor to the holding over of Lessee after the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE XX
                                  ----------

                                  INDEMNITIES
                                  -----------

          20.1  Indemnification.
                --------------- 

                (a) LESSEE WILL PROTECT, INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND
LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS,
CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, CAUSES OF ACTION, COSTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES AND EXPENSES), TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW, INCLUDING THOSE RESULTING FROM A LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTY'S
OWN NEGLIGENCE but excluding 

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
those resulting from a Lessor Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful
misconduct, imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against Lessor Indemnified
Parties by reason of: (a) any accident, injury to or death of persons or loss of
or damage to property occurring on or about the Leased Property or adjoining
sidewalks, during the Term or while the Leased Property is in the possession or
control of Lessee including without limitation any claims under liquor
liability, "dram shop" or similar laws, (b) any past, present or future use,
misuse, non-use, condition, management, operation, maintenance or repair by
Lessee or any of its agents, employees, contractors or invitees of the Leased
Property or Lessee's Personal Property, or any litigation, proceeding or claim
by governmental entities or other third parties to which a Lessor Indemnified
Party is made a party or participant related to such use, misuse, non-use,
condition, management, operation, maintenance, or repair thereof by Lessee or
any of its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, including any failure of
Lessee or any of its agents, employees, contractors or invitees to perform any
obligations under this Lease or imposed by applicable law (other than arising
out of Condemnation proceedings), (c) any Impositions that are the obligations
of Lessee pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Lease, (d) any failure
on the part of Lessee to perform or comply with any of the terms of this Lease,
and (e) the nonperformance by Lessee or any of its agents, employees or
contractors of any of the terms and provisions of any and all existing and
future subleases of the Leased Property to be performed by the landlord
thereunder.

                (b) Lessor shall indemnify, save harmless and defend Lessee
Indemnified Parties from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims,
damages, penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses imposed upon or
incurred by or asserted against Lessee Indemnified Parties as a result of (a)
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor arising in connection with
this Lease or (b) any failure on the part of Lessor to perform or comply with
any of the terms of this Lease.

                (c) Any amounts that become payable by an Indemnifying Party
under this Section shall be paid within ten (10) days after liability therefor
on the part of the Indemnifying Party is determined by litigation or otherwise,
and if not timely paid, shall bear a late charge (to the extent permitted by
law) at the Overdue Rate from the date of such determination to the date of
payment. Any such amounts shall be reduced by insurance proceeds received and
any other recovery (net of costs) obtained by the Indemnified Party. An
Indemnifying Party, upon request, shall at its sole expense resist and defend
any Proceeding, claim or action, or cause the same to be resisted and defended
by counsel designated by the Indemnified Party and approved by the Indemnifying
Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however,
that such approval shall not be required in the case of defense by counsel
designated by any insurance company undertaking such defense pursuant to any
applicable policy of insurance. Each Indemnified Party shall have the right to
employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding, claim or action and to
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
will be at the sole expense of such Indemnified Party unless a conflict of
interest prevents representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel
selected by the Indemnified Party and such separate counsel has been approved by
the Indemnifying Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such
Proceeding, claim or action made without its consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, but if settled with the consent of the Indemnifying
Party, or if settled without its consent (if its consent shall be unreasonably
withheld), or if there be a final, non-appealable judgment for 

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
an adversary party in any such Proceeding, claim or action, the Indemnifying
Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Party from and against
any liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Party by reason of such settlement
or judgement. Nothing herein shall be construed as indemnifying a Lessor
Indemnified Party against its own grossly negligent acts or omissions or willful
misconduct.

                (d) Lessee's and Lessor's obligations under the provisions of
this Article shall survive any termination of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE XXI
                                  -----------

                           SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT
                           -------------------------

          21.1  Subletting and Assignment.
                ------------------------- 

                (a) Subject to the provisions of Article XVIII and Sections
                                                 -------------     --------
21.2, 21.3 and any other express consents, conditions, limitations or other
- ----------
provisions set forth herein, Lessee shall not assign this Lease or hereafter
sublease all or any part of the Leased Property without first obtaining the
written consent of Lessor. In the case of a permitted subletting, the sublessee
shall comply with the provisions of Sections 18.2, 18.3, 18.4, 18.5, 21.2 and
                                    -------------------------------------
21.3, and in the case of a permitted assignment, the assignee shall assume in
- ----
writing and agree to keep and perform all of the terms of this Lease on the part
of Lessee to be kept and performed and shall be, and become, jointly and
severally liable with Lessee for the performance thereof. In case of either an
assignment or subletting made during the Term, Lessee shall remain primarily
liable, as principal rather than as surety, for the prompt payment of the Rent
and for the performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions to
be performed by Lessee hereunder. An original counterpart of each such sublease
and assignment and assumption, duly executed by Lessee and such sublessee or
assignee, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor,
shall be delivered promptly to Lessor.

                (b) Lessee acknowledges that this Lease is a lease of
nonresidential real property and therefore agrees that Lessee, as the debtor in
possession, or the trustee for Lessee (collectively "the Trustee") in any
                                                     -----------
proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code relating to
Bankruptcy, as amended (the "Bankruptcy Code"), shall not seek or request any
                             ---------------
extension of time to assume or reject this Lease or to perform any obligations
of this Lease which arise from or after the order of relief.

                (c) If the Trustee proposes to assume or to assign this Lease or
sublet the Premises (or any portion thereof) to any person which shall have made
a bona fide offer to accept an assignment of this Lease or a subletting on terms
acceptable to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give Lessor, and lessors and
mortgagees of Lessor of which Lessee has notice, written notice setting forth
the name and address of such person and the terms and conditions of such offer,
no later than twenty (20) days after receipt of such offer, but in any event no
later than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the Trustee makes
application to the Bankruptcy Court for authority and approval to enter into
such assumption and assignment or subletting.  Lessor shall have the prior 

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
right and option, to be exercised by written notice to the Trustee given at any
time prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment or subletting, to
receive an assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises to Lessor or
Lessor's designee upon the same terms and conditions and for the same
consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such person, less any
brokerage commissions which may be payable out of the consideration to be paid
by such person for the assignment or subletting of this Lease.

                (d) The Trustee shall have the right to assume Lessee's rights
and obligations under this Lease only if the Trustee: (a) promptly cures or
provides adequate assurance that the Trustee will promptly cure any default
under this Lease; (b) compensates or provides adequate assurance that the
Trustee will promptly compensate Lessor for any actual pecuniary loss incurred
by Lessor as a result of Lessee's default under this Lease; and (c) provides
adequate assurance of future performance under this Lease. Adequate assurance of
future performance by the proposed assignee shall include, as a minimum, that:
(i) any proposed assignee of this Lease shall provide to Lessor an audited
financial statement, dated no later than six (6) months prior to the effective
date of such proposed assignment or sublease with no material change therein as
of the effective date, which financial statement shall show the proposed
assignee to have a net worth equal to at least the Minimum Net Worth, or, in the
alternative, the proposed assignee shall provide a guarantor of such proposed
assignee's obligations under this Lease, which guarantor shall provide an
audited financial statement meeting the requirements of (i) above and shall
execute and deliver to Lessor a guaranty agreement in form and substance
acceptable to Lessor; and (ii) any proposed assignee shall grant to Lessor a
security interest in favor of Lessor in all furniture, fixtures, and other
personal property to be used by such proposed assignee in the Leased Property.
All payments required of Lessee under this Lease, whether or not expressly
denominated as such in this Lease, shall constitute rent for the purposes of
Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

                (e) The parties agree that for the purposes of the Bankruptcy
Code relating to (a) the obligation of the Trustee to provide adequate assurance
that the Trustee will "promptly" cure defaults and compensate Lessor for actual
pecuniary loss, the word "promptly" shall mean that cure of defaults and
compensation will occur no later than sixty (60) days following the filing of
any motion or application to assume this Lease; and (b) the obligation of the
Trustee to compensate or to provide adequate assurance that the Trustee will
promptly compensate Lessor for "actual pecuniary loss", the term "actual
                                                                  ------
pecuniary loss" shall mean, in addition to any other provisions contained herein
- --------------
relating to Lessor's damages upon default obligations of Lessee to pay money
under this Lease and all attorneys' fees and related costs of Lessor incurred in
connection with any default of Lessee in connection with Lessee's bankruptcy
proceedings.

                (f) Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned
pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed, without
further act or deed, to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this
Lease and each of the conditions and provisions hereof on and after the date of
such assignment. Any such assignee shall, upon the request of Lessor, forthwith
execute and deliver to Lessor an instrument, in form and substance acceptable to
Lessor, confirming such assumption.

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
          21.2  Attornment.  Lessee shall insert in each future sublease
                ----------                                              
permitted under Section 21.1 provisions to the effect that (a) such sublease is
                ------------                                                   
subject and subordinate to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease and to
the rights of Lessor hereunder, (b) if this Lease terminates before the
expiration of such sublease, the sublessee thereunder will, at Lessor's option,
attorn to Lessor and waive any right the sublessee may have to terminate the
sublease or to surrender possession thereunder as a result of the termination of
this Lease, and (c) if the sublessee receives a written Notice from Lessor or
Lessor's assignees, if any, stating that an uncured Event of Default exists
under this Lease, the sublessee shall thereafter be obligated to pay all rentals
accruing under said sublease directly to the party giving such Notice, or as
such party may direct.  All rentals received from the sublessee by Lessor or
Lessor's assignees, if any, as the case may be, shall be credited against the
amounts owing by Lessee under this Lease.

          21.3  Management Agreement.  Lessee shall not enter into any
                --------------------                                  
management or agency agreement relating to the management or operation of the
Facility or any modifications to such management or agency agreement without
Lessor's prior written approval of the terms and conditions thereof and of the
identity of any manager of the Facility which is not an Affiliate of Lessee.
Lessor hereby approves that certain Management Agreement dated as of March 30,
1979, as amended successively on March 30, 1979, April 9, 1979, December 27,
1979, April 2, 1980, March 10, 1982, January 20, 1989, June 28, 1990 and June
___, 1997, as the same may be further amended or modified with the  prior
written consent of Lessor, and that certain Development Agreement dated January
10, 1979, as amended successively on March 30, 1979, December 27, 1979, June 28,
1990 and June ___, 1997, as the same may be further amended or modified with the
prior written consent of Lessor (collectively, the "Management Agreement")
between Lessee, as Developer and Marriott International, Inc., as manager.  To
the extent any of the provisions of the Management Agreement impose a greater
obligation on Lessee than the corresponding provisions of this Lease, then
Lessee shall be obligated to comply with, and to take all reasonable actions
necessary to prevent breaches or defaults under, the provisions of the
Management Agreement, except to the extent that Lessee is prevented from
complying with the Management Agreement because of Lessor's breach of its
obligations to comply with Article XXXVIII.  It is the intent of the parties
                           ---------------                                  
hereto that Lessee shall comply in every respect with the provisions of the
Management Agreement so as to avoid any default thereunder during the term of
this Agreement.  Lessee shall not terminate or enter into any modification of
the Management Agreement without in each instance first obtaining Lessor's
written consent.  Lessor and Lessee agree to cooperate fully with each other in
the event it becomes necessary to obtain a management extension or modification
or a new franchise for the Leased Property, and in any transfer of the
Management Agreement to Lessor or any Affiliate thereof or any other successor
to Lessee upon the termination of this Lease.  Any management or agency
agreement other than the Management Agreement shall provide, among other things,
that (i) upon termination of this Lease or termination of Lessee's right to
possession of the Leased Property for any reason whatsoever, the Management
Agreement may be terminated by Lessor without liability for any payment due or
to become due to the Manager, and (ii) all fees and other amounts payable by
Lessee to the Manager shall be fully subordinate to Rent and other amounts
payable by Lessee to Lessor hereunder.  Subject to Lessor's prior approval,
Lessee may elect to manage the Facility itself, in which case where appropriate
in this Lease, the term "Manager" shall mean Lessee.  Lessee shall not enter
into any franchise or license agreement without the prior written consent of
Lessor and shall, upon Lessor's 

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
written request, cooperate fully with Lessor in entering into and establishing a
franchise or license agreement relating to the Leased Property.

                                 ARTICLE XXII
                                 ------------

                             ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
                             ---------------------

    22.1  Officer's Certificates; Financial Statements; Lessor's Estoppel 
          ---------------------------------------------------------------
Certificates and Covenants.
- -------------------------- 

          (a)  At any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10)
days Notice by Lessor, Lessee will furnish to Lessor an Officer's Certificate
certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or that
this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and setting forth the
modifications), the date to which the Rent has been paid, whether to the
knowledge of Lessee there is any existing default or Event of Default hereunder
by Lessor or Lessee, and such other information as may be reasonably requested
by Lessor. Any such certificate furnished pursuant to this Section may be relied
upon by Lessor, any lender, any underwriter and any prospective purchaser of the
Leased Property.

          (b)  Lessee will furnish the following statements and operating
information to Lessor:

               (1)  if requested in writing by Lessor: the most recent
      Consolidated Financials of Lessee within thirty (30) days after each
      quarter of any fiscal year (or, in the case of the final quarter in any
      fiscal year, the most recent Consolidated Financials of Lessee within
      ninety (90) days);

               (2)  with reasonable promptness, such other information
      respecting the financial condition, operations and affairs of Lessee or
      the Leased Property (A) as Lessor or the Company may be required or may
      deem desirable in its reasonable discretion to file with or provide to the
      SEC or any other governmental agency or any other Person, all in the form,
      and either audited or unaudited, as Lessor may request in Lessor's
      reasonable discretion, (B) as may be reasonably necessary to confirm
      compliance by Lessee and its Affiliates with the requirements of this
      Lease, and (C) as may be required or requested by any existing, potential
      or future Holder;

               (3)  on or before each Friday during the Term, a preliminary
      schedule of Room Revenues, Food Sales and Beverage Sales of the Facility
      for the immediately preceding calendar week, and on or before the 5th day
                                                   ---
      of each month, a preliminary schedule of Gross Revenues of the Facility
      for the immediately preceding calendar month, and on or before the 25th
                                                    ---
      day of each month, a balance sheet, and detailed profit and loss and cash
      flow statements showing the financial position of the Facility as at the
      end of the preceding month and the results of operation of the Facility
      for such preceding month and the Lease Year to date in accordance with
      Section 5.05 of the Management Agreement;
      ------------

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
               (4)  monthly STR Reports within five (5) days of Lessee's receipt
      thereof, if any;

               (5)  unless required earlier pursuant to this Lease, within five
      (5) days of Lessee's receipt thereof, any reports received from the
      Manager under the Management Agreement; and

               (6)  upon request by Lessor, copies of all licenses, permits,
      occupancy agreements, operating agreements, leases, contracts, inspection
      reports, studies, appraisals, assessments, default or other notices and
      similar materials and information existing with respect to the Leased
      Property.

          (c)  At any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10)
days notice by Lessee, Lessor will furnish to Lessee or to any person designated
by Lessee an estoppel certificate certifying that this Lease is unmodified and
in full force and effect (or that this Lease is in full force and effect as
modified and setting forth the modifications), the date to which Rent has been
paid, whether to the knowledge of Lessor there is any existing default or Event
of Default on Lessee's or Lessor's part hereunder, and such other information as
may be reasonably requested by Lessee. Any such certificate furnished pursuant
to this Section may be relied upon by Lessee, any lender, any underwriter and
any purchaser of the assets of Lessee.

          (d)  Lessee covenants to cause its officers and employees, its
auditors and Manager (to the maximum extent permitted under the Management
Agreement) to cooperate fully and promptly with Lessor and the Company and with
the auditors for Lessor and the Company in connection with the timely
preparation and filing of Lessor's and the Company's filings, reports and
returns under applicable federal, state and other governmental securities, blue
sky and tax laws and regulations.

                                 ARTICLE XXIII
                                 -------------

                                  INSPECTIONS
                                  -----------

          23.1  Regular Meetings; Lessor's Right to Inspect.
                -------------------------------------------

                (a) Lessee agrees that if requested by Lessor (if and to the
extent agreed to by Manager), the general manager, the controller, the director
of marketing, the asset manager and, if specifically requested by Lessor, the
director of food and beverage and the chief engineer for the Facility will meet
at the Facility with Lessor and its representatives on a monthly basis
throughout each Lease Year in order to discuss all aspects of the management,
maintenance and operation of the Facility.

                (b) Lessee shall permit Lessor and its representatives as
frequently as reasonably requested by Lessor to inspect the Leased Property and
Lessee's accounts and records pertaining thereto and make copies thereof, during
usual business hours upon reasonable advance notice, subject only to any
business confidentiality requirements reasonably requested by Lessee. In

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
conducting such inspections Lessor shall not unreasonably interfere with the
conduct of Lessee's business at the Leased Property.

                                 ARTICLE XXIV
                                 ------------

                                   NO WAIVER
                                   ---------

          24.1  No Waiver.  No failure by Lessor or Lessee to insist upon the
                ---------                                                    
strict performance of any term hereof or to exercise any right, power or remedy
consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial payment
of Rent during the continuance of any such breach, shall constitute a waiver of
any such breach or of any such term.  To the extent permitted by law, no waiver
of any breach shall affect or alter this Lease, which shall continue in full
force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach.


                                  ARTICLE XXV
                                  -----------

                              CUMULATIVE REMEDIES
                              -------------------

          25.1  Remedies Cumulative.  To the extent permitted by law but subject
                -------------------                                             
to Article XXXIX and any other provisions of this Lease expressly limiting the
   -------------                                                              
rights, powers and remedies of either Lessor or Lessee, each legal, equitable or
contractual right, power and remedy of Lessor or Lessee now or hereafter
provided either in this Lease or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and
concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power and remedy and
the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Lessor or Lessee of any one or more
of such rights, powers and remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or
subsequent exercise by Lessor or Lessee of any or all of such other rights,
powers and remedies.

                                 ARTICLE XXVI
                                 ------------

                                   SURRENDER
                                   ---------

          26.1  Acceptance of Surrender.  No surrender to Lessor of this Lease
                -----------------------                                       
or of the Leased Property or any part thereof, or of any interest therein, shall
be valid or effective unless agreed to and accepted in writing by Lessor and no
act by Lessor or any representative or agent of Lessor, other than such a
written acceptance by Lessor, shall constitute an acceptance of any such
surrender.

                                 ARTICLE XXVII
                                 -------------

                                   NO MERGER
                                   ---------

          27.1  No Merger of Title.  There shall be no merger of this Lease or
                ------------------                                            
of the leasehold estate created hereby by reason of the fact that the same
person or entity may acquire, own or hold, directly or indirectly: (a) this
Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby or any interest in this Lease or
such leasehold estate and (b) the fee estate in the Leased Property.

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
                                ARTICLE XXVIII
                                --------------

                             CONVEYANCE BY LESSOR
                             --------------------

          28.1  Conveyance by Lessor.  Lessor shall have the unrestricted right
                --------------------                                           
to mortgage or otherwise convey the Leased Property to a Holder.  If Lessor
conveys the Leased Property in accordance with the terms hereof other than to a
Holder, and the grantee or transferee of the Leased Property expressly assumes
all obligations of Lessor hereunder arising or accruing from and after the date
of such conveyance or transfer, Lessor shall thereupon be released from all
future liabilities and obligations of Lessor under this Lease arising or
accruing from and after the date of such conveyance or other transfer as to the
Leased Property and all such future liabilities and obligations shall thereupon
be binding upon the new owner.  If Lessee is not reasonably satisfied that the
new owner is a capable, reliable and qualified Person of good reputation and
character, Lessee may terminate this Lease upon sixty (60) days' Notice to
Lessor given within thirty (30) days after Lessee receives Notice of such
conveyance.



          28.2  Lessor May Grant Liens.
                ---------------------- 

                (a) Without the consent of Lessee, Lessor may from time to time,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist any lien, encumbrance
or title retention agreement upon the Leased Property, or any portion thereof or
interest therein, or upon Lessor's interest in this Lease, whether to secure any
borrowing or other means of financing or refinancing.  This Lease and Lessee's
interest hereunder shall at all times be subject and subordinate to the lien and
security title of any deeds to secure debt, deeds of trust, mortgages, or other
interests heretofore or hereafter granted by Lessor or which otherwise encumber
or affect the Leased Property and to any and all advances to be made thereunder
and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, substitutions,
and extensions thereof (all of which are herein called the "Mortgage"), provided
                                                            --------            
that the Mortgage and all security agreements delivered by Lessor in connection
therewith shall be subject to Lessee's rights under this Lease to receive all
Gross Revenues of the Facility prior to the earlier of the occurrence of an
Event of Default or the date that this Lease is terminated by the Holder of the
Mortgage in the exercise of its remedies thereunder.  In confirmation of such
subordination, however, Lessee shall, at Lessor's request, promptly execute,
acknowledge and deliver any instruments which may be required to evidence
subordination to any Mortgage and to the Holder thereof and the assignment of
this Lease and Lessor's rights and interests thereunder to such Holder.  In the
event of Lessee's failure to deliver such instruments and if the Mortgage and
such instruments do not change materially and adversely any term of this Lease,
Lessor may, in addition to any other remedies for breach of covenant hereunder,
execute, acknowledge, and deliver the instrument as the agent or attorney-in-
fact of Lessee, and Lessee hereby irrevocably constitutes Lessor its attorney-
in-fact for such purpose, Lessee acknowledging that the appointment is coupled
with an interest and is irrevocable.

                (b) Lessee shall, upon the request of Lessor or any existing,
potential or future Holder, (i) provide Lessor or such Holder with copies of all
licenses, permits, occupancy agreements, operating agreements, leases,
contracts, inspection reports, studies, appraisals, assessments, default or
other notices and similar materials reasonably requested in connection with

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
any existing or proposed financing of the Leased Property, and (ii) execute
and/or cause the Manager to execute, as applicable, such estoppel agreements and
collateral assignments with respect to the Facility's liquor license, the
Management Agreement and any of the other aforementioned agreements as Holder
may reasonably request in connection with any such financing, provided that no
such estoppel agreement or collateral assignment shall in any way affect the
Term or affect adversely in any material respect any rights of Lessee under this
Lease.

                (c) No act or failure to act on the part of Lessor which would
entitle Lessee under the terms of this Lease, or by law, to be relieved of any
of Lessee's obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, its obligation
to pay Rent) or to terminate this Lease, shall result in a release or
termination of such obligations of Lessee or a termination of this Lease unless:
(i) Lessee shall have first given written notice of Lessor's act or failure to
act to any Holder of whom Lessee has been given written notice of such Holder's
status as a Holder, specifying the act or failure to act on the part of Lessor
which would give basis to Lessee's rights; and (ii) the Holder, after receipt of
such notice, shall have failed or refused to correct or cure the condition
complained of within a reasonable time thereafter (in no event less than sixty
(60) days), which shall include a reasonable time for such Holder to obtain
possession of the Leased Property, if possession is reasonably necessary for the
Holder to correct or cure the condition, or to foreclose such Mortgage, and if
the Holder notifies the Lessee of its intention to take possession of the Leased
Property or to foreclosure such Mortgage, and correct or cure such condition. If
such Holder is prohibited by any process or injunction issued by any court or by
reason of any action by any court having jurisdiction or any bankruptcy, debtor
rehabilitation or insolvency proceedings involving Lessor from commencing or
prosecuting foreclosure or other appropriate proceedings in the nature thereof,
provided, however, that this Lease shall continue to be in full force and
effect, the times for commencing or prosecuting such foreclosure or other
proceedings shall be extended for the period of such prohibition.

                (d) Lessee shall deliver by notice delivered in the manner
provided in Article XXX to any Holder who gives Lessee written notice of its
            -----------
status as a Holder, at such Holder's address stated in the Holder's written
notice or at such other address as the Holder may designate by later written
notice to Lessee, a duplicate copy of any and all notices regarding any default
which Lessee may from time to time give or serve upon Lessor pursuant to the
provisions of this Lease. Copies of such notices given by Lessee to Lessor shall
be delivered to such Holder simultaneously with delivery to Lessor. No such
notice by Lessee to Lessor hereunder shall be deemed to have been given unless
and until a copy thereof has been mailed to such Holder as provided above.

                (e) At any time, and from time to time, upon not less than ten
(10) days' notice by a Holder to Lessee, Lessee shall deliver to such Holder an
estoppel certificate certifying as to the information required in 
Section 22.1(c), and such other information as may be reasonably requested by
- ---------------
such Holder. Any such certificate may be relied upon by such Holder.

                (f) Lessee shall cooperate in all reasonable respects, and as
generally described in Section 42.2 of this Lease, with any transfer of the
                       ------------                                        
Leased Property to a Holder that succeeds to the interest of Lessor in the
Leased Property (including, without limitation, in connection with 

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
the transfer of any management, franchise, license, lease, permit, contract,
agreement, or similar item to such Holder or such Holder's designee necessary or
appropriate to operate the Leased Property). Lessor and Lessee shall cooperate
in (i) including in this Lease by suitable amendment from time to time any
provision which may be requested by any proposed Holder, or may otherwise be
reasonably necessary, to implement the provisions of this Article and (ii)
entering into any further agreement with or at the request of any Holder which
may be reasonably requested or required by such Holder in furtherance or
confirmation of the provisions of this Article; provided, however, that any such
amendment or agreement shall not in any way affect the Term nor affect adversely
in any material respect any rights of Lessor or Lessee under this Lease.

                                 ARTICLE XXIX
                                 ------------

                                QUIET ENJOYMENT
                                ---------------

          29.1  Quiet Enjoyment.  So long as Lessee pays all Rent as the same
                ---------------                                              
becomes due and complies with all of the terms of this Lease and performs its
obligations hereunder, in each case within the applicable grace and/or cure
periods, if any, Lessee shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the
Leased Property for the Term hereof, free of any claim or other action by Lessor
or anyone claiming by, through or under Lessor and not claiming by, through or
under Lessee, but subject to all liens and encumbrances subject to which the
Leased Property was conveyed to Lessor or hereafter consented to by Lessee or
provided for herein. Lessee shall have the right by separate and independent
action to pursue any claim it may have against Lessor as a result of a breach by
Lessor of the covenant of quiet enjoyment contained in this Section.

                                  ARTICLE XXX
                                  -----------

                                    NOTICES
                                    -------

          30.1  Notices.  All notices, demands, requests, consents approvals and
                -------                                                         
other communications ("Notice" or "Notices") hereunder shall be in writing and
personally served or mailed (by express mail, courier, or registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid), (i) if to Lessor
at c/o Boston Properties, Inc., 8 Arlington Street, Boston, MA 02116, Attention:
David Barrett and David G. Gaw and  (ii) if to Lessee at 8 Arlington Street,
Boston, MA  02116, Attention: William J. Wedge, or to such other address or
addresses as either party may hereafter designate.  Personally delivered Notice
shall be effective upon receipt, and Notice given by mail shall be complete at
the time of deposit in the U.S. Mail system, but any prescribed period of Notice
and any right or duty to do any act or make any response within any prescribed
period or on a date certain after the service of such Notice given by mail shall
be extended five days.

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XXXI
                                 ------------

                                  APPRAISALS
                                  ----------

          31.1  Appraisers.  If it becomes necessary to determine the fair
                ----------                                                
market value or fair market rental of the Leased Property for any purpose of
this Lease, then, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, the
party required or permitted to give Notice of such required determination shall
include in the Notice the name of a person selected to act as appraiser on its
behalf.  Within ten (10) days after Notice, Lessor (or Lessee, as the case may
be) shall by Notice to Lessee (or Lessor, as the case may be) appoint a second
person as appraiser on its behalf.  The appraisers thus appointed, each of whom
must be a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or any
successor organization thereto) with at least five years experience in the State
appraising property similar to the Leased Property, shall, within ten (10) days
after the date of the Notice appointing the second appraiser, proceed to
appraise the Leased Property to determine the fair market value or fair market
rental thereof as of the relevant date (giving effect to the impact, if any, of
inflation from the date of their decision to the relevant date); provided,
however, that if only one appraiser shall have been so appointed, then the
determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon the parties.  If
two appraisers are appointed and if the difference between the amounts so
determined does not exceed 5% of the lesser of such amounts, then the fair
market value or fair market rental shall be an amount equal to 50% of the sum of
the amounts so determined. If the difference between the amounts so determined
exceeds 5% of the lesser of such amounts, then such two appraisers shall have
ten (10) days to appoint a third appraiser. If no such appraiser shall have been
appointed within such ten (10) days or within sixty (60) days of the original
request for a determination of fair market value or fair market rental,
whichever is earlier, either Lessor or Lessee may apply to any court having
jurisdiction to have such appointment made by such court. Any appraiser
appointed by the original appraisers or by such court shall be instructed to
determine the fair market value or fair market rental within thirty (30) days
after appointment of such appraiser. The determination of the appraiser which
differs most in the terms of dollar amount from the determinations of the other
two appraisers shall be excluded, and 50% of the sum of the remaining two
determinations shall be final and binding upon Lessor and Lessee as the fair
market value or fair market rental of the Leased Property, as the case may be.
This provision for determining by appraisal shall be specifically enforceable to
the extent such remedy is available under applicable law, and any determination
hereunder shall be final and binding upon the parties except as otherwise
provided by applicable law. Lessor and Lessee shall each pay the fees and
expenses of the appraiser appointed by it and each shall pay one-half of the
fees and expenses of the third appraiser and one-half of all other costs and
expenses incurred in connection with each appraisal.

                                 ARTICLE XXXII
                                 -------------

                            (Intentionally Deleted)

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
                                ARTICLE XXXIII
                                --------------

                            (Intentionally Deleted)

                                 ARTICLE XXXIV
                                 -------------

                            (Intentionally Deleted)


                                 ARTICLE XXXV
                                 ------------

                      LESSEE CAPITALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
                      ----------------------------------

          35.1  Lessee's Net Worth.  Lessee shall be obligated to maintain at
                ------------------                                           
all times during the Term a Net Worth in an amount at least equal to twenty
percent (20%) of the aggregate projected Base Rent and Percentage Rent for the
Leased Property and the Other Leased Properties, shown from time to time on the
Annual Operating Projection for the Leased Property last approved by Lessor
pursuant to Section 3.5 of this Lease and the similar annual budgets last
            -----------                                                  
approved by Lessor pursuant to Section 3.5 or similar sections of the Other
                               -----------                                 
Leases (the "Minimum Net Worth").  As used herein, "Net Worth" shall mean the
             -----------------                                               
excess of total assets over total liabilities, total assets and total
liabilities each to be determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however,
from the determination of total assets:  (a) goodwill, organizational expenses,
research and development expenses, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents,
patent applications, and other similar intangibles; (b) all deferred charges
that are not required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP or unamortized
debt discounts and expense; (c) treasury stock; (d) securities which are not
readily marketable; (e) any write-up in the book value of any asset resulting
from a revaluation thereof; (f) this Lease and the Other Leases; and (g) any
items not included in clauses (a) through (f) above that are treated as
intangibles in conformity with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, demand notes
from Messrs. Zuckerman and/or Linde shall be acceptable assets hereunder.

          35.2  Lessee's Cash.  On the date hereof Lessee shall have Cash and/or
                -------------                                                   
Working Capital in the amount of at least $500,000, and Lessee shall at all
times hereafter maintain an adequate amount of Working Capital to operate the
Facility.  As used herein, "Cash" shall mean (a) cash or other immediately
                            ----                                          
available funds, (b) any debt instrument with a term of up to 12 months that is
issued by or backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, (c) any
certificate of deposit with a term of up to 12 months that is issued by an
issuer that, on the date of issuance and on each date of any renewal or
reissuance thereof, is a substantial U.S. financial institution that is
satisfactory to Lessor (an "Approved Financial Institution"), and which
                            ------------------------------             
instrument is in form and substance satisfactory to the Lessor, (d) any
irrevocable, "clean" letter of credit issued by an issuer that, on the date of
issuance and on each date of any renewal or reissuance thereof, is an Approved
Financial Institution, and which instrument is in form and substance
satisfactory to the Lessor, and (e) a repurchase agreement with a term of up to
ninety (90) days that is binding upon an Approved Financial Institution, and
which agreement is in form and substance satisfactory to  


                                      63
<PAGE>
 
the Lessor. As used herein, "Working Capital" shall mean the excess of the
Lessee's current assets over the Lessee's current liabilities, both as
determined in accordance with GAAP.

          35.3  Verification of Net Worth.  In addition to the Consolidated
                -------------------------                                  
Financials of Lessee to be delivered to Lessor pursuant to Section 22.1, Lessee
                                                           ------------        
shall deliver to Lessor, together with such Consolidated Financials of Lessee,
an Officer's Certificate in form reasonably required by Lessor, certifying the
Net Worth and Cash of Lessee as of the date of the Consolidated Financials of
Lessee being delivered concurrently therewith and stating that Lessee is in
compliance with its obligations under Sections 35.1 and 35.2 of this Lease, or
                                      ----------------------                  
if not, so stating and including the reasons therefor.  Lessor shall have the
right from time to time and at any time to have an independent certified public
accountant selected by Lessor perform an audit or other review of the books and
records of Lessee to verify the amount of Lessee's Net Worth and Cash, and
Lessee shall cooperate with Lessor in connection therewith.  If Lessor audits or
reviews the amount of Lessee's Net Worth and Cash shown in the last Officer's
Certificate delivered to Lessor, and such audit or review discloses that either
the Net Worth or Cash of Lessee as of such date certified is one percent (1%) or
more less than the amount shown on the Officer's Certificate or that the
statements in such Officer's Certificate regarding Lessee's compliance with
those obligations under Sections 35.1 or 35.2 is otherwise materially incorrect,
                        ---------------------                                   
then in addition to any other rights and remedies of Lessor, Lessee shall pay
for the cost of the audit or review.  Otherwise, Lessor shall bear the cost of
the audit or review.

          35.4  Change of Control.  Lessee represents and warrants that it is a
                -----------------                                              
Delaware limited liability company all of whose interests are owned by Mortimer
B. Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde who, in the aggregate, hold a 9.8% ownership
interest, Seven Cambridge Center, Inc., which holds a 90.2% ownership interest.
Without the prior written consent of Lessor, neither Lessee nor any member of
Lessee shall, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, convey, pledge or assign,
or suffer or permit the sale, transfer, conveyance, pledge or assignment, of (a)
its interest in this Lease, or (b) any ownership interest in Lessee.

          35.5  Other Business Activities.  Lessee shall not engage in or incur
                -------------------------                                      
any expenses, indebtedness or obligations related to any business or activity,
including without limitation owning, leasing or managing hotels other than the
Facility, that is not directly related to leasing the Leased Property under this
Lease or the Other Leased Properties under the Other Leases.

          35.6  Non-Competition.  Without Lessor's prior written consent,
                ---------------                                          
neither Lessee nor any Affiliate thereof shall, during the Term hereof, either
(a) lease or manage another hotel owned by a real estate investment trust other
than the Company, or (b) acquire, construct, operate, lease, franchise or manage
any hotel within a five (5) mile radius of the Leased Property.


                                      64
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XXXVI
                                 -------------

                         LESSOR'S OPTION TO TERMINATE
                         ----------------------------

          36.1  Lessor's Option to Terminate Lease.
                ---------------------------------- 

                (a)  In the event (i) Lessor consummates a bona fide contract to
sell the Leased Property to a non-Affiliate, (ii) of a Tax Law Change resulting
in Lessor's determination to terminate this Lease, or (iii) a Tax Structure
Change, then in any of such events Lessor may terminate this Lease by (1) giving
not less than thirty (30) days prior Notice to Lessee of Lessor's election to
terminate this Lease upon the closing under such contract, or (2) upon a date
specified by Lessor which is on or after the effective date of the Tax Law
Change or an election of Lessor to terminate this Lease under (iii) above,
whichever is applicable. Effective upon such date, this Lease shall terminate
and be of no further force and effect except as to any obligations of the
parties existing as of such date that survive termination of this Lease and all
Rent including Percentage Rent and Additional Charges shall be adjusted as of
the termination date.

                (b)  As compensation for the early termination of its leasehold
estate under this Article XXXVI because of a Tax Law Change, Lessor shall within
                  -------------
ninety (90) days of such termination, pay to Lessee the fair market value of
Lessee's leasehold estate hereunder for the twelve (12) month period commencing
on the date of such termination (or, if shorter, the remaining term of the
Lease).

                (c)  As compensation for the early termination of its leasehold
estate under this Article XXXVI because of a Tax Structure Change, Lessor shall
                  -------------
within ninety (90) days after the termination of this Lease pay to Lessee the
fair market value of Lessee's leasehold estate hereunder for the twelve (12)
month period commencing on the date of such termination (or, if shorter, the
remaining term of the Lease).

                (d)  For the purposes of this Section, fair market value of the
leasehold estate means, as applicable, an amount equal to the price that a
willing buyer not compelled to buy would pay a willing seller not compelled to
sell for Lessee's leasehold estate under this Lease or an offered replacement
leasehold estate assuming that the remaining term of the Lease is the lesser of
                 -------- ----
(i) the actual remaining term or (ii) twelve (12) months. In computing fair
market value of a leasehold estate and a new management agreement, the appraiser
shall discount all future income, expenses and fees to the then present value at
a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum.


                                      65
<PAGE>
 
                                ARTICLE XXXVII
                                --------------

                                LESSOR'S RIGHTS
                                ---------------

          37.1  Lessor's Rights.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                ---------------                                           
contained herein or in the Management Agreement, any event or other circumstance
requiring Lessee's consent under the Management Agreement shall not be granted
or withheld by Lessee unless and until Lessee shall have consulted with Lessor
in connection with such consent or disapproval.

                                ARTICLE XXXVIII
                                ---------------

                             CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
                             --------------------

          38.1  Capital Expenditures.
                -------------------- 

                (a)  Commencing upon the Commencement Date, Lessor shall be
obligated to accrue the Capital Expenditures Reserve (to the extent such reserve
is not maintained by Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement). Except as
otherwise provided in the Management Agreement, upon written request by Lessee
to Lessor stating the specific use to be made and subject to the reasonable
approval thereof by Lessor, such funds shall only be made available by Lessor to
Lessee for Capital Expenditures if and to the extent specifically approved by
Lessor; provided, however, that no Capital Expenditures shall be used to
purchase property (other than "real property" within the meaning of Treasury
Regulations Section 1.856-3(d)), to the extent that doing so would cause the
Lessor to recognize income other than "rents from real property" as defined in
Section 856(d) of the Code or to recognize income other than rents described in
Section 512(b)(3) of the Code. Lessor's obligation shall be cumulative, but not
compounded, and any amounts that have accrued hereunder shall be payable in
future periods for such uses and in accordance with the procedures set forth
herein. Lessee shall have no interest in any accrued obligation of Lessor
hereunder after the termination of this Lease. All Capital Improvements shall be
owned by Lessor subject to the provisions of this Lease and the Management
Agreement. Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor of any Capital Expenditures or
other expenditures made in accordance with the Management Agreement.

                (b) Except as specifically provided otherwise in Section 8.3(b),
                                                                 -------------- 
Lessor's obligation to make Capital Expenditures in respect to Capital
Improvements and to comply with the provisions of this Lease which may require
the availability of funds for Capital Improvements shall be limited to amounts
available in the Capital Expenditures Reserve and such additional amounts as
Lessor may agree to make available in Lessor's sole discretion; provided,
however, that if additional Capital Expenditures are required to meet Emergency
Situations, Lessor shall make such amounts available to Lessee and, unless
otherwise provided in Section 8.03(B) of the Management Agreement, receive a pro
rata credit therefor against amounts which Lessor is obligated to accrue for the
Capital Expenditures Reserve during the remainder of the Term.  No arbitration
resulting from the failure of Lessor and Lessee to agree upon any matter shall
increase Lessor's obligation for Capital Expenditures beyond the amounts set
forth in the immediately preceding sentence.  To the extent that Lessee's
obligations under this Lease (including, without 


                                      66
<PAGE>
 
limitation, the obligations set forth in Sections 7.2, 8.1 and 9.1 and in
                                         -----------------     ---
Article XXXVII) are dependent upon the availability of amounts for Capital
- --------------
Expenditures which exceed the amounts that Lessor is obligated to provide
pursuant to this Article XXXVIII, such obligations of Lessee shall be
                 ---------------
correspondingly diminished.

                (c)  Lessor shall, subject to Manager's rights pursuant to the
Management Agreement, have sole authority with respect to the implementation of
all Capital Improvements. Such authority shall extend both to the plans and
specifications (including matters of design and decor) and to the contracting
and purchasing of all labor, services and materials.

                                 ARTICLE XXXIX
                                 -------------

                               LESSOR'S DEFAULT
                               ----------------

          39.1  Lessor's Default.
                ---------------- 

                (a)  It shall be a breach of this Lease if Lessor fails to
observe or perform any term, covenant or condition of this Lease on its part to
be performed and such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after
Notice thereof from Lessee, unless such failure cannot with due diligence be
cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which case such failure shall not
be deemed a breach if Lessor proceeds within such thirty (30)-day period, with
due diligence, to cure the failure and thereafter diligently completes the
curing thereof. The time within which Lessor shall be obligated to cure any such
failure also shall be subject to extension of time due to the occurrence of any
Unavoidable Delay. If Lessor does not cure any such failure within the
applicable time period as aforesaid, Lessee may declare the existence of a
"Lessor Default" by a second Notice to Lessor. Thereafter, subject to the
 --------------
provisions of the following paragraph, Lessee may (but shall be under no
obligation at any time thereafter to) make such payment or perform such act for
the account and at the expense of Lessor. All sums so paid by Lessee and all
costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees
and court costs) so incurred, together with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate
from the date on which such sums or expenses are paid or incurred by Lessee
until the date paid by Lessor or offset by Lessee as expressly provided herein,
shall be paid by Lessor to Lessee on demand or Lessee may offset or counterclaim
such sums actually paid by Lessee against Percentage Rents or Other Charges due
hereunder. Lessee shall have no right to terminate this Lease for any Lessor
Default and no right, for any such Lessor Default, to offset or counterclaim
against any rent or other Charges due hereunder unless otherwise expressly
provided in this Lease.

                (b)  If Lessor shall in good faith dispute the occurrence of any
Lessor Default and Lessor, before the expiration of the applicable cure period,
shall give Notice thereof to Lessee, setting forth, in reasonable detail, the
basis therefor, no Lessor Default shall be deemed to have occurred and Lessor
shall have no obligation with respect thereto, and Lessee shall have no right to
offset or counterclaim for costs and expenses incurred and paid by Lessee
against any Percentage Rent or Other Charges due hereunder, until final adverse
determination thereof, whether through arbitration or otherwise; provided,
                                                                 -------- 
however, that in the event of any such adverse determination, Lessor shall pay
- -------
to Lessee, or Lessee may offset or counterclaim against Percentage 


                                      67
<PAGE>
 
Rent or Other Charges due hereunder, interest on any disputed funds at the Base
Rate, from the date demand for such funds was made by Lessee until the date of
final adverse determination and, thereafter, at the Overdue Rate until paid. If
Lessee and Lessor shall fail, in good faith, to resolve any such dispute within
ten (10) days after Lessor's Notice of dispute, either may submit the matter for
determination by arbitration, but only if such matter is required to be
submitted to arbitration pursuant to any provision of this Lease, or otherwise
by a court of competent jurisdiction.

                (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Lease, for the enforcement of any judgment (or other judicial decree) requiring
the payment of money by Lessor to Lessee by reason of any default by Lessor
under this Lease or otherwise, Lessee shall look solely to the estate and
property of Lessor in the Leased Property and any insurance proceeds under any
policies of insurance maintained by Lessor in accordance with this Lease which
are paid on account of the same circumstances as led to Lessee's judgment, it
being intended that no other assets of Lessor or any of Lessor's Affiliates
shall be subject to levy, execution, attachment or any other legal process for
the enforcement or satisfaction of any judgment (or other judicial decree)
obtained by Lessee against Lessor, except in the following cases: (i) any
liability of Lessor for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or
Environmental Liabilities caused by affirmative actions of Lessor, (ii) any
liability of Lessor for repayment to Lessee upon the termination of this Lease
of any excess payments of Percentage Rent or Additional Charges for the last
Lease Year or part thereof, and (iii) in the case of a final award of damages
against Lessor payable to Lessee, Lessee may offset the amount of such judgment
or award against the Percentage Rent next coming due under this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE XL
                                  ----------

                                  ARBITRATION
                                  -----------

          40.1  Arbitration.  Except as set forth in Section 40.2, in each case
                -----------                          ------------              
specified in this Lease in which it shall become necessary to resort to
arbitration, such arbitration shall be determined as provided in this Section
                                                                      -------
40.1.  The party desiring such arbitration shall give Notice to that effect to
- ----                                                                          
the other party, and an arbitrator shall be selected by mutual agreement of the
parties, or if they cannot agree within thirty (30) days of such notice, by
appointment made by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") from among the
                                                           ---                 
members of its panels who are qualified and who have experience in resolving
matters of a nature similar to the matter to be resolved by arbitration.

          40.2  Alternative Arbitration.  In each case specified in this Lease
                -----------------------                                       
for a matter to be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 40.2, Lessor shall be entitled to designate any nationally recognized
- ------------                                                                 
accounting firm with a hospitality division of which Lessor or an Affiliate of
Lessor is not a significant client to serve as arbitrator of such dispute within
fifteen (15) days after written demand for arbitration is received or sent by
Lessor.  In the event Lessor fails to make such designation within such fifteen
(15) day period, Lessee shall be entitled to designate any nationally recognized
accounting firm with a hospitality division of which Lessee or an Affiliate of
Lessee is not a significant client to serve as arbitrator of such dispute within


                                      68
<PAGE>
 
fifteen (15) days after Lessor fails to timely make such designation.  In the
event no nationally recognized accounting firm satisfying such qualifications is
available and willing to serve as arbitrator, the arbitration shall instead be
administered as set forth in Section 40.1.
                             ------------ 

          40.3  Arbitration Procedures.  In any arbitration commenced pursuant
                ----------------------                                        
to Sections 40.1 or 40.2, a single arbitrator shall be designated and shall
   -------------    ----                                                   
resolve the dispute. The arbitrator's decision shall be binding on all parties
and shall not be subject to further review or appeal except as otherwise allowed
by applicable law. Upon the failure of either party (the "non-complying party")
                                                          -------------------
to comply with his decision, the arbitrator shall be empowered, at the request
of the other party, to order such compliance by the non-complying party and to
supervise or arrange for the supervision of the non-complying party's obligation
to comply with the arbitrator's decision, all at the expense of the non-
complying party. To the maximum extent practicable, the arbitrator and the
parties, and the AAA if applicable, shall take any action necessary to insure
that the arbitration shall be concluded within ninety (90) days of the filing of
such dispute. The fees and expenses of the arbitrator shall be shared equally by
Lessor and Lessee except as otherwise specified above in this Section 40.3.
                                                              ------------
Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties or required by the arbitrator
or AAA, if applicable, arbitration proceedings hereunder shall be conducted in
the State. Notwithstanding formal rules of evidence, each party may submit such
evidence as each party deems appropriate to support its position and the
arbitrator shall have access to and right to examine all books and records of
Lessee and Lessor regarding the Facility during the arbitration.

                                  ARTICLE XLI
                                  -----------

                                  TRADE-OUTS
                                  ----------

          41.1  Trade-outs.  Lessee shall not enter into and shall use its best
                ----------                                                     
efforts not permit Manager to enter into any material trade-out agreements or
arrangements (i.e., agreements or arrangements pursuant to which goods or
services are provided to or for the benefit of Lessee or Manager or their
respective Affiliates or the Facility in exchange for free or reduced rate
rooms, food and beverage services, or other Facility services) without Lessor's
prior written consent.  As to any trade-out agreements assigned to and assumed
by Lessee from Lessor or the prior owner of the Leased Property, Lessor and
Lessee shall agree on fair and equitable amounts (or a methodology for
determining such amounts) to be included in Beverage Sales, Food Sales and Room
Revenues for purposes of this Lease, including the calculation of Percentage
Rent, to take into account the loss of Gross Revenues, if any, resulting from
the rooms or services provided by the Facility in exchange for the goods or
services provided to Lessee, its Affiliates, or the Facility.  If Lessor and
Lessee do not reach agreement as to such amounts (or a methodology for
determining such amounts) the disagreement shall be resolved by arbitration
pursuant to Section 40.2.  Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to
            ------------                                                        
a trade-out agreement or arrangement proposed by Lessee which benefits the
Facility provided that the term of the trade-out agreement does not extend
beyond the stated Term of this Lease and provided that Lessor and Lessee have
agreed in writing as to the amounts (or a methodology for determining such
amounts) to be included in Beverage Sales, Food Sales and Room Revenues to take
into account the loss of Gross Revenues, if any, resulting from the rooms or
services provided by the Facility in exchange for the goods or services provided
to or for the benefit of the Facility.


                                      69
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XLII
                                 ------------

                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                 -------------

          42.1  Miscellaneous.  Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary
                -------------                                                   
notwithstanding, all claims against, and liabilities of, Lessee or Lessor
arising prior to any date of termination of this Lease shall survive such
termination.  If any term or provision of this Lease or any application thereof
is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease and any other
application of such term or provisions shall not be affected thereby.  If any
late charges or any interest rate provided for in any provision of this Lease
are based upon a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted by applicable law,
the parties agree that such charges shall be fixed at and limited to the maximum
permissible rate.  Neither this Lease nor any provision hereof may be changed,
waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument in recordable
form signed by Lessor and Lessee.  All the terms and provisions of this Lease
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns.  The headings in this Lease are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof.  This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State, but not including its conflicts of laws rules.  If
any payment required to be made pursuant to this Lease shall become due on a day
which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding
Business Day.

          42.2  Transition Procedures.  Lessee shall and shall cause Manager to
                ---------------------                                          
cooperate in good faith to provide access and information to any prospective
purchaser or lessee of the Leased Property which may acquire the Leased Property
or lease it upon the expiration or termination of the Term.  Upon any expiration
or termination of the Term, Lessor and Lessee shall do the following and, in
general, shall cooperate in good faith to effect an orderly transition of the
lease of the Facility.  The provisions of this Section 42.2 shall survive the
                                               ------------                  
expiration or termination of this Lease until they have been fully performed.
Nothing contained herein shall limit Lessor's rights and remedies under this
Lease if such termination occurs as the result of an Event of Default.

                (a)  Transfer of Licenses. Upon the expiration or earlier
                     --------------------   
termination of the Term, Lessee shall use its best efforts (i) to transfer to
Lessor or Lessor's designee all licenses, operating permits and other
governmental authorizations and all contracts, including contracts with
governmental or quasi-governmental entities, in each instance to the extent held
in the name of Lessee, that may be necessary for the operation of the Facility
(collectively, "Licenses"), or (ii) if such transfer is prohibited by law or
                --------
Lessor otherwise elects, to cooperate with Lessor or Lessor's designee in
connection with the processing by Lessor or Lessor's designee of any
applications for all Licenses, including Lessee or Manager continuing to operate
the liquor operations under its licenses with Lessor or its designee agreeing to
indemnify and hold Lessee harmless as a result thereof except for the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee; provided, in either case, that the
costs and expenses of any such transfer or the processing of any such
application shall be paid by Lessor or Lessor's designee.


                                      70
<PAGE>
 
                (b)  Leases and Concessions. Lessee shall assign to Lessor or
                     ----------------------
Lessor's designee simultaneously with the termination of this Agreement, and the
assignee shall assume all leases, contracts, concession agreements and
agreements (including the Management Agreement) in effect with respect to the
Facility then in Lessee's name, unless Lessor rejects one or more of such
leases, contracts, concession agreements or other agreements (other than the
Management Agreement) in writing within thirty (30) days following the date of
termination of this Agreement in which event the agreement or agreements so
rejected shall be deemed reassigned and shall remain the property and
responsibility of Lessee.

                (c)  Books and Records. To the extent that Lessor has not
                     -----------------
already received copies thereof, a copy of all books and records (including
computer records) for the Facility kept by Lessee pursuant to Section 3.6 shall
                                                              -----------
be promptly delivered to Lessor or Lessor's designee.

                (d)  Receivables and Payables, etc. Lessor shall be entitled to
                     -----------------------------
retain all cash, bank accounts and house banks on the termination date. Lessee
shall be entitled to collect all Gross Revenues and accounts receivable accrued
through the termination date. Lessee shall be responsible for the payment of
Rent, all operating expenses of the Facility and all other obligations of Lessee
accrued under this Lease as of the termination date, and Lessor shall be
responsible for all operating expenses of the Facility accruing after the
termination date. Lessee shall surrender the Leased Property with an amount and
quality of Nonconsumable Inventory equal to the Initial Nonconsumable Inventory,
and Lessor shall have no obligation to purchase such Nonconsumable Inventory or
any other items of Lessee's Personal Property.

          42.3  Waiver of Presentment, etc.  Lessee waives all presentments,
                --------------------------                                  
demands for payment and for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests,
notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance and waives
all notices of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional
obligations, except as expressly granted herein.

          42.4  Standard of Discretion.  In any provision of this Lease
                ----------------------                                 
requiring or permitting the exercise by Lessor or Lessee of such party's
approval, election, decision, consent, judgment, determination or words of
similar import (collectively, an "Approval"), such Approval may, unless
                                  --------                             
otherwise expressly specified in such provision, be given or withheld in such
party's sole, absolute and unreviewable discretion.  Any Approval which by the
terms of this Lease may not be unreasonably withheld shall also not be
unreasonably delayed.

          42.5  Action for Damages.  In any suit or other claim brought by
                ------------------                                        
either party seeking damages against the other party for breach of its
obligations under this Lease, the party against whom such claim is made shall be
liable to the other party only for actual damages and not for consequential,
punitive or exemplary damages.


                                      71
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

                                 LESSOR:
                                 ------ 

                                 DOWNTOWN BOSTON PROPERTIES TRUST


                                    By:
                                       -------------------------------- 
                                    Name: Mortimer B. Zuckerman
                                          -----------------------------
                                    Title: Trustee and Not Individually
                                           ----------------------------



                                    By:
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Edward H. Linde
                                          -----------------------------
                                    Title: Trustee and Not Individually
                                           ----------------------------



                                 LESSEE:
                                 ------ 

                                 ZL HOTEL LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
                                 company


                                 By:
                                    -----------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                      ---------------------------------
                                 Title:
                                       --------------------------------


                                      72
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.11
<SEQUENCE>7
<DESCRIPTION>LEASE AGRMNT. - TWO CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.11

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                           DATED AS OF JUNE ___, 1997

                                     BETWEEN

              EDWARD H. LINDE AND MORTIMER B. ZUCKERMAN AS TRUSTEES
                          OF TWO CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST

                                    AS LESSOR

                                       AND

                                  ZL HOTEL LLC

                                    AS LESSEE
<PAGE>
 
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C> 
ARTICLE I

     LEASE.................................................................... 1
     1.1     Leased Property.................................................. 1
     1.2     Term............................................................. 2
     1.3     Initial Transition............................................... 2
                                                                               
ARTICLE II                                                                     
                                                                               
     DEFINITIONS.............................................................. 2
     2.1     Definitions...................................................... 2

ARTICLE III

     RENT.................................................................... 16
     3.1     Rent............................................................ 16
     3.2     Confirmation of Percentage Rent................................. 23
     3.3     Additional Charges.............................................. 24
     3.4     No Set Off...................................................... 24
     3.5     Annual Operating Projection..................................... 24
     3.6     Books and Records............................................... 24
     3.7     Intentionally Omitted........................................... 25
     3.8     Changes in Operations........................................... 25
     3.9     Allocation of Revenues.......................................... 25
                                                                              
ARTICLE IV                                                                    
                                                                              
     IMPOSITIONS............................................................. 25
     4.1     Payment of Impositions.......................................... 25
     4.2     Notice of Impositions........................................... 26
     4.3     Adjustment of Impositions....................................... 27
     4.4     Utility Charges................................................. 27
                                                                              
ARTICLE V                                                                     
                                                                              
     NO TERMINATION, ABATEMENT............................................... 27
     5.1     No Termination, Abatement....................................... 27
                                                                              
ARTICLE VI                                                                    
                                                                              
     PROPERTY OWNERSHIP...................................................... 27
</TABLE> 

                                      (i)
<PAGE>

<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                         <C> 
     6.1     Ownership of the Leased Property................................ 27
     6.2     Lessee's Personal Property...................................... 27
     6.3     Lessor's Lien................................................... 28
     6.4     Equipment Lease Property........................................ 29
                                                                              
ARTICLE VII                                                                   
                                                                              
     CONDITION, USE.......................................................... 29
     7.1     Condition of the Leased Property................................ 29
     7.2     Use of the Leased Property...................................... 29
                                                                              
ARTICLE VIII                                                                  
                                                                              
     LEGAL REQUIREMENTS...................................................... 31
     8.1     Compliance with Legal and Insurance Requirements................ 31
     8.2     Legal Requirement Covenants..................................... 31
     8.3     Environmental Covenants......................................... 32
                                                                              
ARTICLE IX                                                                    
                                                                              
     MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS................................................. 34
     9.1     Maintenance and Repair.......................................... 34
                                                                              
ARTICLE X                                                                     
                                                                              
     ALTERATIONS............................................................. 35
     10.1    Alterations..................................................... 35
     10.2    Salvage......................................................... 35
     10.3    Lessor Alterations.............................................. 36
                                                                              
ARTICLE XI                                                                    
                                                                              
     LIENS................................................................... 36
     11.1    Liens........................................................... 36
                                                                              
ARTICLE XII                                                                   
                                                                              
     PERMITTED CONTESTS...................................................... 36
     12.1     Permitted Contests............................................. 36
                                                                              
ARTICLE XIII                                                                  
                                                                              
     INSURANCE............................................................... 37
     13.1    General Insurance Requirements.................................. 37
     13.2    Replacement Cost................................................ 40
     13.3    (Intentionally deleted)......................................... 40
</TABLE> 

                                     (ii)
<PAGE>
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                         <C> 
     13.4    Waiver of Subrogation........................................... 40
     13.5    Form Satisfactory, etc.......................................... 40
     13.6    Increase in Limits.............................................. 41
     13.7    Blanket Policy.................................................. 41
     13.8    Separate Insurance.............................................. 41
     13.9    Reports On Insurance Claims..................................... 41
                                                                              
ARTICLE XIV                                                                   
                                                                              
     DAMAGE AND RECONSTRUCTION............................................... 41
     14.1    Insurance Proceeds.............................................. 41
     14.2    Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Covered     
             by Insurance.................................................... 42
     14.3    Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Not         
             Covered by Insurance............................................ 42
     14.4    Lessee's Property and Business Interruption Insurance........... 43
     14.5    Abatement of Rent............................................... 43
                                                                              
ARTICLE XV                                                                    
                                                                              
     CONDEMNATION............................................................ 43
     15.1    Definitions..................................................... 43
     15.2    Parties' Rights and Obligations................................. 44
     15.3    Total Taking.................................................... 44
     15.4    Allocation of Award............................................. 44
     15.5    Partial Taking.................................................. 44
     15.6    Temporary Taking................................................ 45
                                                                              
ARTICLE XVI                                                                   
                                                                              
     DEFAULTS................................................................ 46
     16.1    Events of Default............................................... 46
     16.2    Remedies........................................................ 47
     16.3    Waiver.......................................................... 48
     16.4    Application of Funds............................................ 49
                                                                              
ARTICLE XVII                                                                  
                                                                              
     LESSOR'S RIGHT TO CURE.................................................. 49
     17.1    Lessor's Right to Cure Lessee's Default......................... 49
                                                                              
ARTICLE XVIII                                                                 
                                                                              
     LIMITATIONS............................................................. 49
     18.1    Personal Property Limitation.................................... 49
     18.2    Sublease Rent Limitation........................................ 50
</TABLE> 

                                     (iii)
<PAGE>

<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                         <C> 
     18.3    Sublease Lessee Limitation...................................... 50
     18.4    Lessee Ownership Limitation..................................... 50
                                                                              
ARTICLE XIX                                                                   
                                                                              
     HOLDING OVER............................................................ 51
     19.1    Holding Over.................................................... 51
                                                                              
ARTICLE XX                                                                    
                                                                              
     INDEMNITIES............................................................. 51
     20.1    Indemnification................................................. 51
                                                                              
ARTICLE XX                                                                    
                                                                              
     SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT............................................... 53
     21.1    Subletting and Assignment....................................... 53
     21.2    Attornment...................................................... 54
     21.3    Management Agreement............................................ 55
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXII                                                                  
                                                                              
     ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES................................................... 55
     22.1    Officer's  Certificates;  Financial Statements;  Lessor's        
             Estoppel Certificates and Covenants............................. 55
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXIII                                                                 
                                                                              
     INSPECTIONS............................................................. 57
     23.1    Regular Meetings; Lessor's Right to Inspect..................... 57
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXIV                                                                  
                                                                              
     NO WAIVER............................................................... 57
     24.1    No Waiver....................................................... 57
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXV                                                                   
                                                                              
     CUMULATIVE REMEDIES..................................................... 58
     25.1    Remedies Cumulative............................................. 58
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXVI                                                                  
                                                                              
     SURRENDER............................................................... 58
     26.1    Acceptance of Surrender......................................... 58
</TABLE> 

                                     (iv)
<PAGE>

<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                         <C> 
ARTICLE XXVII

     NO MERGER............................................................... 58
     27.1    No Merger of Title.............................................. 58
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXVIII                                                                

     CONVEYANCE BY LESSOR.................................................... 58
     28.1    Conveyance by Lessor............................................ 58
     28.2    Lessor May Grant Liens.......................................... 59
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXIX                                                                  
                                                                              
     QUIET ENJOYMENT......................................................... 61
     29.1    Quiet Enjoyment................................................. 61
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXX                                                                   
                                                                              
     NOTICES................................................................. 61
     30.1    Notices......................................................... 61
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXI                                                                  
                                                                              
     APPRAISALS.............................................................. 61
     31.1    Appraisers...................................................... 61
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXII                                                                 
                                                                              
     (Intentionally Deleted)................................................. 62
     (Intentionally Deleted)................................................. 62
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXIV                                                                 
                                                                              
      (Intentionally Deleted)................................................ 62
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXV                                                                  
                                                                              
     LESSEE CAPITALIZATION REQUIREMENTS...................................... 62
     35.1    Lessee's Net Worth.............................................. 62
     35.2    Lessee's Cash................................................... 63
     35.3    Verification of Net Worth....................................... 63
     35.4    Change of Control............................................... 64
     35.5    Other Business Activities....................................... 64
     35.6    Non-Competition................................................. 64
</TABLE> 

                                      (v)
<PAGE>

<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                         <C> 
ARTICLE XXXVI

     LESSOR'S OPTION TO TERMINATE............................................ 64
     36.1    Lessor's Option to Terminate Lease.............................. 64
     37.1    Lessor=s Rights................................................. 65
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXVIII                                                               
                                                                              
     CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.................................................... 65
     38.1    Capital Expenditures............................................ 65
                                                                              
ARTICLE XXXIX                                                                 
                                                                              
     LESSOR'S DEFAULT........................................................ 66
     39.1    Lessor's Default................................................ 66
                                                                              
ARTICLE XL                                                                    
                                                                              
     ARBITRATION............................................................. 67
     40.1    Arbitration..................................................... 67
     40.2    Alternative Arbitration......................................... 68
     40.3    Arbitration Procedures.......................................... 68
                                                                              
ARTICLE XLI                                                                   
                                                                              
     TRADE-OUTS.............................................................. 68
                                                                              
ARTICLE XLII                                                                  
                                                                              
     MISCELLANEOUS........................................................... 69
     42.1    Miscellaneous................................................... 69
     42.2    Transition Procedures........................................... 69
     42.3    Waiver of Presentment, etc...................................... 70
     42.4    Standard of Discretion.......................................... 70
     42.5    Action for Damages.............................................. 70
</TABLE> 

EXHIBITS
- --------

Exhibit A-   Property Description
Exhibit B-   Revenue Percentages and Breakdowns
Exhibit B-1- Base Rate Payments
Exhibit B-2- Percentage Rental Adjustments to Second Break Points
Exhibit C-   Equipment Leases

                                     (vi)
<PAGE>
 
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                                ---------------


     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (hereinafter called "Lease"), made as of the _____ day
                                               -----                            
of June, 1997, by and between EDWARD H. LINDE AND MORTIMER B. ZUCKERMAN, as
TRUSTEES OF TWO CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST u/t/d March 15, 1985 and recorded with
the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds in Book 16221, Page 423
(hereinafter called "Lessor"), and ZL HOTEL LLC, a Delaware limited liability
                     ------                                                  
company (hereinafter called "Lessee"), provides as follows:
                             ------                        

     Lessor, in consideration of the payment of rent by Lessee to Lessor, the
covenants and agreements to be performed by Lessee, and upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter stated, does hereby rent and lease unto Lessee, and
Lessee does hereby rent and lease from Lessor, the Leased Property (as
hereinafter defined).


                                   ARTICLE I
                                   ---------

                                     LEASE
                                     -----

     1.1  Leased Property.  The Leased Property (herein so called) is comprised
          ---------------                                                      
of Lessor's interest in the following:

          (a) the land described in Exhibit A attached hereto and by reference
                                    ---------                                 
incorporated herein (the "Land");
                          ----   

          (b) all buildings, structures and other improvements of every kind
including, but not limited to, alleyways and connecting tunnels, sidewalks,
utility pipes, conduits and lines (on-site and off-site), parking areas and
roadways appurtenant to such buildings and structures presently or hereafter
situated upon the Land (collectively, the "Leased Improvements");
                                           -------------------   

          (c) all easements, rights and appurtenances relating to the Land and
the Leased Improvements;

          (d) all equipment, machinery, fixtures, and other items of property
required for or incidental to the use of the Leased Improvements as a hotel,
including all components thereof, now and hereafter permanently affixed to or
incorporated into the Leased Improvements, including, without limitation, all
furnaces, boilers, heaters, electrical equipment, heating, plumbing, lighting,
ventilating, refrigerating, incineration, air and water pollution control, waste
disposal, air-cooling and air-conditioning systems and apparatus, sprinkler
systems and fire and theft protection equipment, all of which to the greatest
extent permitted by law are hereby deemed by the parties hereto to constitute
real estate, together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and
additions thereto (collectively, the "Fixtures");
                                      --------   

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
          (e) all furniture and furnishings and all other items of personal
property (excluding Inventory and personal property owned by Lessee) located on,
and used in connection with, the operation of the Leased Improvements as a
hotel, together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and additions
thereto; and

          (f) all existing occupancy leases of the Leased Property (including
any security deposits or collateral held by Lessor pursuant thereto).

THE LEASED PROPERTY IS DEMISED IN ITS PRESENT CONDITION WITHOUT REPRESENTATION
OR WARRANTY (EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED) BY LESSOR AND SUBJECT TO THE RIGHTS OF
PARTIES IN POSSESSION, AND TO THE EXISTING STATE OF TITLE INCLUDING ALL
COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS, EASEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS OF RECORD
INCLUDING ALL APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND MATTERS WHICH WOULD BE DISCLOSED
BY AN INSPECTION OF THE LEASED PROPERTY OR BY AN ACCURATE SURVEY THEREOF.

      1.2 Term.  The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall commence, if at all,
          ----                                ----                             
on the date of Lessor's acquisition (the "Acquisition") of the Leased Property
                                          -----------                         
(the "Commencement Date") and shall end on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the
      -----------------                                                      
last day of the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, unless sooner
terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof. In the event the
Acquisition does not occur by October 31, 1997, this Lease shall terminate and
be of no further force and effect.

      1.3 Initial Transition.
          ------------------ 

          (a) Upon the Commencement Date and pursuant to a separate Assignment
and Assumption Agreement, Lessor or the prior owner of the Leased Property shall
transfer and assign to Lessee, and Lessee shall assume, all occupancy agreements
and operating agreements to which the Leased Property remains subject on the
Commencement Date.

          (b) As between Lessor and Lessee, Lessor shall be entitled to all
income and shall be responsible for the payment or settlement of all expenses of
the Leased Property accruing prior to the Commencement Date.  Lessee shall act
as Lessor's agent for the collection of all such income and shall remit the same
to Lessor promptly upon Lessee's receipt thereof. Lessee shall notify Lessor of
all such expenses and shall act as Lessor's payment agent for such expenses
using funds provided by Lessor from time to time.  On the Commencement Date,
Lessee shall be entitled to receive all cash, working capital funds, bank
accounts, house banks and similar accounts existing at or with respect to the
Leased Property as of the Commencement Date and, as between Lessor and Lessee,
Lessee shall be entitled to retain all such cash and other accounts for its own
use.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE II
                                  ----------

                                  DEFINITIONS
                                  -----------

      2.1 Definitions.  For all purposes of this Lease, except as otherwise
          -----------                                                      
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the terms
defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and
include the plural as well as the singular, (b) all accounting terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with
GAAP, (c) all references in this Lease to designated "Articles", "Sections" and
other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other
subdivisions of this Lease and (d) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder"
and other words of similar import refer to this Lease as a whole and not to any
particular Article, Section or other subdivision:

     Acquisition:  As defined in Section 1.2.
     -----------                 ----------- 

     Accounting Period:  As used in this Lease, the term "Accounting Period"
     -----------------                                                      
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of the Management Agreement.
                                    ------------                             

     Additional Charges:  As defined in Section 3.3.
     ------------------                 ----------- 

     Affiliate:  As used in this Lease the term "Affiliate" of a person shall
     ---------                                                               
mean (a) any person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by
or is under common control with such person, (b) any other person that owns,
beneficially, directly or indirectly, ten percent or more of the outstanding
capital stock, shares or equity interests of such person, or (c) any officer,
director, employee, partner or trustee of such person or any person controlling,
controlled by or under common control with such person (excluding trustees and
persons serving in similar capacities who are not otherwise an Affiliate of such
person).  The term "person" means and includes individuals, corporations,
general and limited partnerships, limited liability companies, stock companies
or associations, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust
companies, land trusts, business trusts, or other entities and governments and
agencies and political subdivisions thereof.  For the purposes of this
definition (a) "control" (including the correlative meanings of the terms
"controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any
person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person,
through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests or other
equity interests, by contract or otherwise and (b) it is acknowledged and agreed
that Lessor and Lessee are not Affiliates of each other.

     Annual Food Sales Break Point(s):  As used in this Lease, the term Annual
     --------------------------------                                         
Food Sales Break Point(s) shall mean the Annual Food Sales First Break Point and
the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point, in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(ii)
                                                             ------------------
and Exhibit B.
    --------- 

     Annual Food Sales First Break Point:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     -----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     Annual Food Sales Second Break Point:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ------------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     Annual Operating Projection:  As used in this Lease, the term "Annual
     ---------------------------                                          
Operating Projection" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.05 of the
                                                          ------------       
Management Agreement.

     Annual Room Revenues Break Point(s):  As used in this Lease, the term
     -----------------------------------                                  
"Annual Room Revenues Break Point(s)" shall mean the Annual Room Revenues First
Break Point and the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point, in accordance with
Section 3.1(b)(ii) and Exhibit B.
- ------------------     ---------

     Annual Room Revenues First Break Point:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii)
     --------------------------------------                 ------------------
and Exhibit B.
    --------- 

     Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii)
     ---------------------------------------                 ------------------
and Exhibit B.
    --------- 

     Approval:  As defined in Section 42.4.
     --------                 ------------ 

     Approved Financial Institution:  As defined in Section 35.2.
     ------------------------------                 ------------ 

     Award:  As defined in Section 15.1(c).
     -----                 --------------- 

     Base Rent:  As defined in Section 3.1(a).
     ---------                 -------------- 

     Base Rate:  The prime rate (or base rate) reported in the Money Rates
     ---------                                                            
column or comparable section of The Wall Street Journal as the rate then in
                                -----------------------                    
effect for corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks, whether
or not such rate has actually been charged by any such bank.  If no such rate is
reported in The Wall Street Journal or if such rate is discontinued, then Base
            -----------------------                                           
Rate shall mean such other successor or comparable rate as Lessor may reasonably
designate.

     Beverage Sales:  Shall mean gross revenue from the sale of (i) wine, beer,
     --------------                                                            
liquor or other alcoholic beverages, whether sold in a bar or lounge, delivered
to or available in a guest room, sold at meetings or banquets or at any other
location at the Leased Property and (ii) non-alcoholic beverages sold in a bar
or lounge.  Such gross revenue constituting Beverage Sales shall include sales
by Lessee and its permitted subtenants, licensees and concessionaires (including
Manager).  Such revenue shall be determined in a manner consistent with the
Uniform System and shall not include the following:

          (a) Any gratuity or service charge added to a customer's bill or
statement in lieu of a gratuity which is paid directly to an employee;

          (b) Credits, rebates or refunds; and

          (c) Sales taxes or taxes of any other kind imposed on the sale of
alcoholic or other beverages.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     Break Points:  As defined in Section 3.1(b).
     ------------                 -------------- 

     Business Day:  Each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is
     ------------                                                               
not a day on which national banks in the City of Boston, Massachusetts or in the
municipality wherein the Leased Property is located are closed. 

     Capital Expenditures: Amounts advanced to pay the costs of Capital
     --------------------
Improvements.


     Capital Expenditures Reserve:  An amount equal to 6% of Gross Revenues for
     ----------------------------                                              
each Lease Year (or such greater amount as contemplated in Article 8 of the
                                                           ---------       
Management Agreement), to be accrued by Lessor in accordance with the provisions
of Article XXXVIII hereof.
   ---------------        

     Capital Impositions:  Taxes, assessments or similar charges imposed upon or
     -------------------                                                        
levied against the Leased Property for the costs of public improvements,
including, without limitation, roads, sidewalks, public lighting fixtures,
utility lines, storm sewers drainage facilities, and similar improvements.

     Capital Improvements: Improvements to (a) the external walls and internal
     --------------------                                                     
load bearing walls (other than windows and plate glass), (b) the roof of the
Facility, (c) private roadways, parking areas, sidewalks and curbs appurtenant
thereto that are under Lessee's control (other than cleaning, patching and
striping) and (d) mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems that service
common areas, entire wings of the Facility or the entire Facility, including
conduit and ductware connected thereto.  Any dispute as to whether an
improvement is a capital or non-capital improvement shall be resolved by
arbitration pursuant to Section 40.2, it being the intent of Lessor and Lessee
                        ------------                                          
that "capital" obligations of the Lessee pursuant to Section 8.02 of the
                                                     ------------       
Management Agreement are intended to be included herein.

     Capital Inventory Budget: As used in this Lease, the term "Capital
     ------------------------                                          
Inventory Budget" shall mean the estimate of expenditures for repairs or
replacement of furniture, fixtures and equipment and building repairs, prepared
and delivered to Lessee by Manager pursuant to Section 8.02(F) of the Management
                                               ---------------                  
Agreement.

     Cash:  As defined in Section 35.2.
     ----                 ------------ 

     CERCLA:  The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
     ------                                                             
Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

     Change Percentage: Means the applicable percentage identified on 
     -----------------
Exhibit B-2 by which the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point and the Annual
- -----------
Food Sales Second Break Point shall be adjusted based upon the applicable REVPAR
Change.

     Claims:  As defined in Section 12.1.
     ------                 ------------ 

     COBRA:  The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as
     -----                                                                 
amended.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     Code:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     ----                                                 

     Commencement Date:  As defined in Section 1.2.
     -----------------                 ----------- 

     Company: Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     -------                                                  

     Comparable Lease:  As defined in Section 36.1.
     ----------------                 ------------ 

     Cumulative Monthly Portion:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii).
     --------------------------                 ------------------ 

     Condemnation, Condemnor:  As defined in Section 15.1.
     -----------------------                 ------------ 

     Consolidated Financials:  For any fiscal year or other accounting period
     -----------------------                                                 
for Lessee and its consolidated Subsidiaries, statements of operations,
partners' capital and cash flow (or, in the case of a corporation, statements of
operations, retained earnings and cash flow) for such period and for the period
from the beginning of the respective fiscal year to the end of such period and
the related balance sheet as at the end of such period, together with the notes
to any such yearly statement, all in such detail as may be required by the SEC
with respect to filings made by the Company or Lessor, and setting forth in
comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period in the
preceding fiscal year, and prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited annually
(and quarterly if required by the SEC) by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. or another
so-called "Big Six" firm of independent certified public accountants designated
by Lessor.  Consolidated Financials shall be prepared on the basis of a December
31 fiscal year of Lessee, or on such other basis as Lessor shall designate.

     Consumable Supplies:  Office supplies, cleaning supplies, uniforms, laundry
     -------------------                                                        
and valet supplies, engineering supplies, fuel, stationery, soap, matches,
toilet and facial tissues, and such other supplies as are consumed customarily
on a recurring basis in the operation of the Facility, together with food and
beverages that are to be offered for sale to guests and to the public.

     Consumer Price Index:  The "Consumer Price Index" published by the Bureau
     --------------------                                                     
of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor, U.S. City Average,
All Item for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (1982-1984 = 100).

     Date of Taking:  As defined in Section 15.1(b).
     --------------                 --------------- 

     Emergency Expenditures:  Expenditures required to take necessary or
     ----------------------                                             
appropriate actions to respond to Emergency Situations.

     Emergency Situations:  Fire, any other casualty, or any other events,
     --------------------                                                 
circumstances or conditions (including, without limitation, those involving
Hazardous Materials) which threaten the safety or physical well-being of the
Facility's guests or employees or which involve the risk of material property
damage or material loss to the Facility.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     Environmental Authority:  Any department, agency or other body or component
     -----------------------                                                    
of any Government that exercises any form of jurisdiction or authority under any
Environmental Law.

     Environmental Authorization:  Any license, permit, order, approval,
     ---------------------------                                        
consent, notice, registration, filing or other form of permission or
authorization required under any Environmental Law.

     Environmental Laws:  All applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws
     ------------------                                                        
and regulations relating to pollution of the environment (including without
limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface
strata), including without limitation laws and regulations relating to
emissions, discharges, Releases or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials or
otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment,
storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials.  Environmental
Laws include but are not limited to CERCLA, FIFRA, RCRA, SARA and TSCA.

     Environmental Liabilities:  Any and all actual or potential obligations to
     -------------------------                                                 
pay the amount of any judgment or settlement, the cost of complying with any
settlement, judgment or order for injunctive or other equitable relief, the cost
of compliance or corrective action in response to any notice, demand or request
from an Environmental Authority, the amount of any civil penalty or criminal
fine, and any court costs and reasonable amounts for attorney's fees, fees for
witnesses and experts, and costs of investigation and preparation for defense of
any claim or any Proceeding, regardless of whether such Proceeding is
threatened, pending or completed, that may be or have been asserted against or
imposed upon Lessor, Lessee, any Predecessor, the Leased Property or any
property used therein and arising out of:

          (a) the failure to comply at any time with all Environmental Laws
applicable to the Leased Property;

          (b) the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, in, under, at or in
any way affecting the Leased Property;

          (c) a Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials on, in,
at, under or in any way affecting the Leased Property;

          (d) the identification of Lessee, Lessor or any Predecessor as a
potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under any other Environmental Law;

          (e) the presence at any time of any above-ground and/or underground
storage tanks, as defined in RCRA or in any applicable Environmental Law on, in,
at or under the Leased Property or any adjacent site or facility; or

          (f) any and all claims for injury or damage to persons or property
arising out of exposure to Hazardous Materials originating or located at the
Leased Property, or resulting from operation thereof or any adjoining property.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     Event of Default:  As defined in Section 16.1.
     ----------------                 ------------ 

     Existing Condition:  As defined in Section 8.3(b).
     ------------------                 -------------- 

     Facility:  The hotel and/or other facility offering lodging and other
     --------                                                             
services or amenities being operated or proposed to be operated on the Leased
Property.

     FIFRA:  The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as
     -----                                                              
amended.

     First Tier Food Sales Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     --------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     First Tier Room Revenue Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     Fixtures:  As defined in Section 1.1.
     --------                 ----------- 

     Food Sales:  Shall mean (i) gross revenue from the sale of food and non-
     ----------                                                             
alcoholic beverages that are prepared at the Facility and sold or delivered on
or off the Facility by Lessee, its permitted subtenants, licensees, or
concessionaires (including Manager) whether for cash or for credit, including in
respect of guest rooms, banquet rooms, meeting rooms and other similar rooms,
and (ii) gross revenue from the rental of banquet, meeting and other similar
rooms. Such gross revenue constituting Food Sales shall include sales by Lessee
and its permitted subtenants, licensees and concessionaires (including Manager).
Such revenue shall be determined in a manner consistent with the Uniform System
and shall not include the following:

          (a)  Vending machine sales;

          (b)  Any gratuities or service charges added to a customer's bill or
statement in lieu of a gratuity which is paid directly to an employee;

          (c)  Non-alcoholic beverages sold from a bar or lounge;

          (d)  Credits, rebates or refunds; and

          (e)  Sales taxes or taxes of any other kind imposed on the sale of
food or non-alcoholic beverages.

     Furniture and Equipment:  For purposes of this Lease, the terms "furniture
     -----------------------                                                   
and equipment" shall mean collectively all furniture, furnishings, wall
coverings, fixtures and hotel equipment and systems owned by Lessor and located
at, or used in connection with, the Facility, together with all replacements
therefor and additions thereto, including, without limitation, (i) all equipment
and systems required for the operation of kitchens, bars and restaurants, and
laundry and dry cleaning facilities, (ii) office equipment, (iii) dining room
wagons, materials handling equipment, and cleaning and engineering equipment,
(iv) telephone and computerized accounting systems, and (v) vehicles.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     GAAP:  Generally accepted accounting principles as are at the time
     ----                                                              
applicable and otherwise consistently applied.

     Government:  The United States of America, any city, county, state,
     ----------                                                         
district or territory thereof, any foreign nation, any city, county, state,
district, department, territory or other political division thereof, or any
political subdivision of any of the foregoing.

     Gross Revenues:  All revenues, receipts, and income of any kind derived
     --------------                                                         
directly or indirectly by Lessee from or in connection with the Facility whether
on a cash basis or credit, paid or collected, determined in accordance with GAAP
and the Uniform System, but excluding, however:  (i) funds furnished by Lessor,
(ii) federal, state and municipal excise, sales, and use taxes collected
directly from patrons and guests or as a part of the sales price of any goods,
services or displays, such as gross receipts, admissions, cabaret or similar or
equivalent taxes and paid over to federal, state or municipal governments, (iii)
gratuities, (iv) proceeds of insurance and condemnation, (v) proceeds from sales
other than sales in the ordinary course of business, (vi) all loan proceeds from
financing or refinancings of the Facility or interests therein or components
thereof, (vii) judgments and awards, except any portion thereof arising from
normal business operations of the Facility, and (viii) items constituting
"allowances" under the Uniform System.

     Hazardous Materials:  All chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes and
     -------------------                                                      
toxic substances, including without limitation:

          (a) Solid or hazardous waste, as defined in RCRA or in any
Environmental Law;

          (b) Hazardous substances, as defined in CERCLA or in any Environmental
Law;

          (c) Toxic substances, as defined in TSCA or in any Environmental Law;

          (d) Insecticides, fungicides, or rodenticides, as defined in FIFRA or
in any Environmental Law;

          (e) Gasoline or any other petroleum product or byproduct,
polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos and urea formaldehyde;

          (f) Asbestos or asbestos containing materials;

          (g) Urea Formaldehyde foam insulation; and

          (h) Radon gas.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     Holder:  Any holder of any indebtedness of the Lessor or any of its
     ------                                                             
Affiliates, any holder of a Mortgage, any purchaser of the Leased Property or
any portion thereof at a foreclosure sale or any sale in lieu thereof, or any
designee of any of the foregoing.

     Impositions:  Collectively, all taxes (including, without limitation, all
     -----------                                                              
ad valorem, sales and use, occupancy, single business, gross receipts,
transaction privilege, rent or similar taxes as the same relate to or are
imposed upon Lessee or Lessor or Lessee's business conducted upon the Leased
Property), assessments (including, without limitation, all assessments for
public improvements or benefit, whether or not commenced or completed prior to
the date hereof and whether or not to be completed within the Term), ground
rents, water, sewer or other rents and charges, excises, tax inspection,
authorization and similar fees and all other governmental charges, in each case
whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, or foreseen or
unforeseen, of every character in respect of the Leased Property or the business
conducted thereon by Lessee (including all interest and penalties thereon caused
by any failure in payment by Lessee), which at any time prior to, during or with
respect to the Term hereof may be assessed or imposed on or with respect to or
be a lien upon (a) Lessor's interest in the Leased Property, (b) the Leased
Property, or any part thereof or any rent therefrom or any estate, right, title
or interest therein, or (c) any occupancy, operation, use or possession of, or
sales from, or activity conducted on or in connection with the Leased Property,
or the leasing or use of the Leased Property or any part thereof by Lessee.
Nothing contained in this definition of Impositions shall be construed to
require Lessee to pay (1) any tax based on net income (whether denominated as a
franchise or capital stock or other tax) imposed on Lessor or any other person,
or (2) any net revenue tax of Lessor or any other person, or (3) any tax imposed
with respect to the sale, exchange or other disposition by Lessor of any Leased
Property or the proceeds thereof.

     Indemnified Party:  Either of a Lessee Indemnified Party or a Lessor
     -----------------                                                   
Indemnified Party.

     Indemnifying Party:  Any party obligated to indemnify an Indemnified Party
     ------------------                                                        
pursuant to any provision of this Lease.

     Initial Nonconsumable Inventory:  As defined in Section 6.2(a).
     -------------------------------                 -------------- 

     Insurance Requirements:  All terms of any insurance policy required by this
     ----------------------                                                     
Lease and all requirements of the issuer of any such policy.

     Inventory:  All "Inventories of Merchandise" and "Inventories of Supplies"
     ---------                                                                 
as defined in the Uniform System, including, but not limited to, linens, china,
silver, glassware and other non-depreciable personal property, and any property
of the type described in Section 1221(1) of the Code.

     Land:  As defined in Article I.
     ----                 --------- 

     Lease:  This Lease.
     -----              

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     Lease Year:  Any twelve-month period from January 1 to December 31 during
     ----------                                                               
the Term; provided that the initial Lease Year shall be the period beginning on
the Commencement Date and ending on December 31, 1997, and the last Lease Year
shall be the period beginning on January 1 of the calendar year in which the
Term expires and ending on the last day of the month in which the Commencement
Date occurs (to the extent any computation or other provision hereof provides
for an action to be taken on a Lease Year basis, an appropriate proration or
other adjustment shall be made in respect of the initial and final Lease Years
to reflect that such periods are less than full calendar year periods).

     Leased Improvements; Leased Property:  Each as defined in Article I.
     ------------------------------------                      --------- 

     Legal Requirements:  All federal, state, county, municipal and other
     ------------------                                                  
governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments,
decrees and injunctions affecting either the Leased Property or the maintenance,
construction, use, operation or alteration thereof (whether by Lessee or
otherwise), now or hereafter enacted and in force, including (a) all laws, rules
or regulations pertaining to the environment, occupational health and safety and
public health, safety or welfare, and (b) any laws, rules or regulations that
may (1) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to the Leased
Property or (2) in any way adversely affect the use and enjoyment thereof; and
all permits, licenses and authorizations necessary or appropriate to operate the
Leased Property for its Primary Intended Use; and all covenants, agreements,
restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or
known to Lessee (other than encumbrances hereafter created by Lessor without the
consent of Lessee), at any time in force affecting the Leased Property.

     Lessee:  The Lessee designated on this Lease and its permitted successors
     ------                                                                   
and assigns.

     Lessee Indemnified Party:  Lessee, any Affiliate of Lessee, any other
     ------------------------                                             
Person against whom any claim for indemnification may be asserted hereunder as a
result of a direct or indirect ownership interest in Lessee, the officers,
directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees, agents and
representatives of any of the foregoing Persons and any corporate stockholder,
agent, or representative of any of the foregoing Persons, and the respective
heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of any such officer,
director, stockholder, employee, agent or representative.

     Lessee's Personal Property:  As defined in Section 6.2.
     --------------------------                 ----------- 

     Lessor:  The Lessor designated on this Lease and its respective successors
     ------                                                                    
and assigns. As of the date of this Lease the sole beneficiary of Lessor is
Boston Properties Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership.

     Lessor Impositions:  With respect to each Lease Year, an amount equal to
     ------------------                                                      
the aggregate amount of Capital Impositions, Real Estate Taxes and Personal
Property Taxes due and payable for such Lease Year.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
     Lessor Indemnified Party:  Lessor, any Affiliate of Lessor, including the
     ------------------------                                                 
Company, any other Person against whom any claim for indemnification may be
asserted hereunder as a result of a direct or indirect ownership interest in
Lessor, the officers, directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees,
agents and representatives of any of the foregoing Persons and of any
stockholder, partner, member, agent, or representative of any of the foregoing
Persons, and the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and
assigns of any such officer, director, partner, stockholder, employee, agent or
representative.

     Lessor Insurance Costs:  The costs to be borne by Lessor for insurance
     ----------------------                                                
coverages contemplated by Article XIII hereof.
                          ------------        

     Lessor Obligations:  An amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount that
     ------------------                                                   
Lessor is obligated to pay for the Lease Year in question under the terms of
this Lease for Lessor Impositions and Lessor Insurance Costs plus (b) the amount
to be accrued by Lessor in the Capital Expenditures Reserve for the Lease Year
in question.

     Lessor's Audit:  An audit by Lessor's independent certified public
     --------------                                                    
accountants of the operation of the Leased Property during any Lease Year, which
audit may, at Lessor's election, be either a complete audit of the Leased
Property's operations or an audit of Room Revenues, Food Sales and/or Beverage
Sales realized from the operation of the Leased Property during such Lease Year.

     Licenses:  As defined in Section 42.2.
     --------                 ------------ 

     Management Agreement:  Any management agreement and/or development
     --------------------                                              
agreement with a manager under which the Facility is operated, including without
limitation, that certain Management Agreement dated as of October 14, 1985, as
amended successively on September 24, 1986, June 20, 1994 and June ___, 1997,
between Manager and Lessee, and as the same may be further amended or modified
after the date hereof, with the prior written consent of Lessor.

     Manager: As used in this Agreement, shall mean Marriott International, Inc.
     -------                                                                    
or any permitted successor or assign.

     Migration:  As defined in Section 8.3(b).
     ---------                 -------------- 

     Minimum Net Worth:  As defined in Section 35.1.
     -----------------                 ------------ 

     Monthly Revenues Computation:  As defined in Section 3.1(b).
     ----------------------------                 -------------- 

     Mortgage:  As defined in Section 28.2.
     --------                 ------------ 

     Net Worth:  As defined in Section 35.1.
     ---------                 ------------ 

     Nonconsumable Inventory:  Inventory exclusive of Consumable Supplies.
     -----------------------                                              

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     Notice:  A notice given pursuant to Article XXX.
     ------                              ----------- 

     Officer's Certificate:  A certificate of Lessee reasonably acceptable to
     ---------------------                                                   
Lessor, signed by the chief financial officer or another officer duly authorized
so to sign by Lessee or a managing member of Lessee, or any other person whose
power and authority to act has been authorized by delegation in writing by any
such officer.

     Other Leased Properties:  Shall mean any other hotels, in addition to the
     -----------------------                                                  
Leased Property, which at the time are the subject of leases in which Lessor or
an Affiliate of Lessor is the landlord and Lessee or an Affiliate of Lessee is
the tenant.

     Other Leases:  Shall mean the leases in effect at the time of applicable
     ------------                                                            
determination pursuant to which Lessor or an Affiliate of Lessor leases to
Lessee or an Affiliate of Lessee the Other Leased Properties.

     Overdue Rate:  On any date, a rate equal to the Base Rate plus 5% per
     ------------                                                         
annum, but in no event greater than the maximum rate then permitted under
applicable law.

     Payment Date:  Any due date for the payment of any installment of Rent.
     ------------                                                           

     Percentage Rent:  As defined in Section 3.1(b).
     ---------------                 -------------- 

     Person:  Any Government, natural person, corporation, partnership or other
     ------                                                                    
legal entity.

     Personal Property Limitation:  As defined in Section 18.1.
     ----------------------------                 ------------ 

     Personal Property Taxes:  All personal property taxes imposed on the
     -----------------------                                             
furniture, furnishings or other items of personal property located on, and used
in connection with, the operation of the Leased Improvements as a hotel (other
than Inventory and other personal property owned by the Lessee and/or its
tenants, licensees, concessionaires, agents or contractors (including Manager)),
together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and additions
thereto.

     Predecessor:  Any Person whose liabilities arising under any Environmental
     -----------                                                               
Law have or may have been retained or assumed by Lessor or Lessee pursuant to
the provisions of this Lease.

     Primary Intended Use:  As defined in Section 7.2(b).
     --------------------                 -------------- 

     Proceeding:  Any judicial action, suit or proceeding (whether civil or
     ----------                                                            
criminal), any administrative proceeding (whether formal or informal), any
investigation by a governmental authority or entity (including a grand jury),
and any arbitration, mediation or other non-judicial process for dispute
resolution.

     RCRA:  The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended.
     ----                                                          

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     Real Estate Taxes:  All real estate taxes, including general and special
     -----------------                                                       
assessments, if any, which are imposed upon the Land and any improvements
thereon.

     Release:  A "Release" as defined in CERCLA or in any Environmental Law,
     -------                                                                
unless such Release has been properly authorized and permitted in writing by all
applicable Environmental Authorities or is allowed by such Environmental Law
without authorizations or permits.

     Rent:  Collectively, the Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional Charges.
     ----                                                                       

     Revenue Audit:  As defined in Section 3.2(b).
     -------------                 -------------- 

     Revenues Computation:  As defined in Section 3.1(b).
     --------------------                 -------------- 

     REVPAR: Means the revenue per available room of the Leased Property,
     ------                                                              
determined by dividing Room Revenues by available rooms for the applicable
period.

     REVPAR Change: As defined in Section 3.1(d)(ii).
     -------------                ------------------ 

     Room Revenues:  Gross revenue from the rental of guest rooms, whether to
     -------------                                                           
individuals, groups or transients, at the Facility, determined in a manner
consistent with the Uniform System, excluding the following:

          (a) The amount of all credits, rebates or refunds to customers, guests
or patrons; and

          (b) All sales taxes or any other taxes imposed on the rental of such
guest rooms; and

          (c) any fees collected for amenities including, but not limited to,
telephone, laundry, movies or concessions.

     SARA:  The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as
     ----                                                               
amended.

     SEC:  The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
     ---                                                                       

     Second Tier Food Sales Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ---------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     Second Tier Room Revenue Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     -----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     State:  The State or Commonwealth of the United States in which the Leased
     -----                                                                     
Property is located.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
     STR Reports:  Reports compiled by Smith Travel Research which contain
     -----------                                                          
historical supply and demand, occupancy, and average rate information for the
Facility and hotels with which it competes.

     Subsidiaries:  Corporations or other entities in which Lessee owns,
     ------------                                                       
directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting rights or control, as
applicable (individually, a "Subsidiary").
                             ----------   

     Taking:  A permanent or temporary taking or voluntary conveyance during the
     ------                                                                     
Term hereof of all or part of the Leased Property, or any interest therein or
right accruing thereto or use thereof, as the result of, or in settlement of,
any Condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding affecting the Leased
Property whether or not the same shall have actually been commenced.

     Tax Law Change:  A change in the Code (including, without limitation, a
     --------------                                                         
change in the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder) or in the judicial or
administrative interpretations of the Code, which in Lessor's determination will
permit Lessor or an Affiliate thereof to operate the Facility as a hotel without
adversely affecting the Company's qualification for taxation as a real estate
investment trust under the applicable provisions of the Code.

     Tax Structure Change:  A change in the corporate structure of the Company
     --------------------                                                     
and its Affiliates which in the Lessor's determination will permit an Affiliate
of the Company to lease the Leased Property from Lessor or another Affiliate of
the Company without adversely affecting the Company's qualification for taxation
as a real estate investment trust under the applicable provisions of the Code.

     Term:  As defined in Section 1.2.
     ----                 ----------- 

     Third Tier Food Revenue Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     Third Tier Room Revenue Percentage:  As defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) and
     ----------------------------------                 ------------------    
Exhibit B.
- --------- 

     TSCA:  The Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended.
     ----                                                

     Unavoidable Delay:  Delay due to strikes, lock-outs, labor unrest,
     -----------------                                                 
inability to procure materials, power failure, acts of God, governmental
restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty,
condemnation or other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of the party
responsible for performing an obligation hereunder, provided that lack of funds
shall not be deemed a cause beyond the reasonable control of either party hereto
unless such lack of funds is caused by the breach of the other party's
obligation to perform any obligations of such other party under this Lease.

     Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use:  A state or condition of the
     ---------------------------------------                              
Facility such that in the judgment of Lessor the Facility cannot be operated on
a commercially practicable basis for its Primary Intended Use, such that Lessor
intends to, and shall, complete the cessation of 

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
operations from the Leased Facility, if and to the extent permitted under the
Management Agreement.

     Uniform System:  Shall mean the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels (8th
     --------------                                                            
Revised Edition, 1986) as published by the Hotel Association of New York City,
Inc., as the same may hereafter be revised, and as the same is interpreted and
applied by the Lessor's independent certified public accountants in connection
with any Lessor's Audit.

     Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use:  A state or condition of the
     ---------------------------------------                              
Facility such that in the judgment of Lessor to the extent such judgment is not
prohibited under the Management Agreement, the Facility cannot function as an
integrated hotel facility consistent with standards applicable to a well
maintained and operated hotel comparable in quality and function to that of the
Facility prior to the damage or loss.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                  -----------

                                      RENT
                                      ----

     3.1  Rent.  Lessee will pay to Lessor in lawful money of the United
          ----                                                          
States of America which shall be legal tender for the payment of public and
private debts, at Lessor's address set forth in Article XXX hereof or at such
                                                -----------                  
other place or to such other Person, as Lessor from time to time may designate
in a Notice, all Rent contemplated hereby during the Term on the basis
hereinafter set forth.  If there is a dispute as to the amount of Rent to be
paid by Lessee, either party may submit the dispute to arbitration pursuant to
                                                                              
Section 40.2.  However, Lessee shall be required to pay, as and when Rent is due
- ------------                                                                    
and payable hereunder, the amount of Rent calculated by Lessor to be due and
payable until such time as the dispute is resolved by agreement between the
parties or by arbitration pursuant to Section 40.2:
                                      ------------ 

          (a) Base Rent:  During the Term, Lessee shall pay to Lessor as Base
              ---------                                                      
Rent (herein so called and subject to increase as set forth in Subparagraph (d)
below) the annual sum of Six Million Five Hundred Thirty Four Thousand Nine
Hundred Ninety Six Dollars ($6,534,996), which shall be payable in arrears in
periodic installments on or before the earlier of (i) the twenty-fifth day after
the end of each Accounting Period or (ii) the fifth day after Lessee's receipt
of amounts relating to each Accounting Period pursuant to Article 5 of the
                                                          ---------       
Management Agreement, in the amount for each such Accounting Period as set forth
on the attached Exhibit B-1, provided, however, the monthly payment of Base Rent
                -----------                                                     
shall be prorated as to any partial month.

          (b) Percentage Rent:  In addition to the sums payable pursuant to
              ---------------                                              
subparagraph (a) above, Lessee shall, on the date of each payment of Base Rent
pursuant to subparagraph (a) above during the Term hereof, pay to Lessor an
amount equal to the Percentage Rent (herein so called and subject to increase as
set forth in Subparagraph (d) below) payable in accordance with the provisions
of this subparagraph (b).  Percentage Rent shall be calculated by the following
formula (the "Revenues Computation"):
              --------------------   

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
              (i) For any calendar month, Percentage Rent shall equal:

                  (1) An amount equal to the Monthly Revenues Computation
                      (defined below), for the Lease Year in question

                                      less

                  (2) An amount equal to the Base Rent paid by Lessee to Lessor
                      for the Lease Year to date

                                      less

                  (3) An amount equal to the Percentage Rent theretofore paid
                      for the Lease Year in question to date.

             (ii) "Monthly Revenues Computation" shall be computed utilizing the
                  ----------------------------          
following definitions:

                  (1) "Cumulative Monthly Portion" shall mean a fraction having
                       --------------------------   
     as its numerator the total number of calendar months (including partial
     months) in a Lease Year which have elapsed prior to the month in which a
     monthly payment of Percentage Rent is due, and having as its denominator
     the total number of calendar months (including partial months) in the Lease
     Year. For example, the Cumulative Monthly Portion in a 12-month Lease Year
     for the January Percentage Rent payment due in February will be 1/12 and
     for the February Percentage Rent payment due in March will be 2/12, and
     such progression shall continue for each successive calendar month so that
     the Cumulative Monthly Portion for the December Percentage Rent payment due
     in January of the next Lease Year will be 12/12 or 100%.

                  (2) "First Tier Room Revenue Percentage," "Second Tier Room
                       ----------------------------------    ----------------
     Revenue Percentage," "Third Tier Room Revenue Percentage," "First Tier Food
     ------------------    ----------------------------------    ---------------
     Sales Percentage," "Second Tier Food Sales Percentage" and "Third Tier Food
     ----------------    ---------------------------------       ---------------
     Sales Percentage" shall mean the percentages corresponding to each of such
     ----------------
     terms as set forth on Exhibit B.
                           ---------

                  (3) "Annual Room Revenues First Break Point" and "Annual Room
                       --------------------------------------       -----------
     Revenues Second Break Point" shall mean the amount of annual Room Revenues
     ---------------------------
     corresponding to each of such terms as set forth on Exhibit B.
                                                         --------- 

                  (4) "Annual Food Sales First Break Point" and "Annual Foods
                       -----------------------------------       ------------
     Sales Second Break Point" shall mean the amount of annual Food Sales and
     ------------------------
     Beverage Sales corresponding to each of such terms as set forth on 
     Exhibit B.
     --------- 

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
           (iii)  The Monthly Revenues Computation shall be the amount obtained
by adding, for the applicable Lease Year the following sums:

                  (1) an amount equal to the First Tier Room Revenue Percentage
     of all year to date Room Revenues up to (but not exceeding) the Cumulative
     Monthly Portion of the Annual Room Revenues First Break Point,

                  (2) an amount equal to the Second Tier Room Revenue Percentage
     of all year to date Room Revenues in excess of the Cumulative Monthly
     Portion of the Annual Room Revenues First Break Point up to (but not
     exceeding) the Cumulative Monthly Portion of the Annual Room Revenues
     Second Break Point,

                  (3) an amount equal to the Third Tier Room Revenue Percentage
     of all year to date Room Revenues in excess of the Cumulative Monthly
     Portion of the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point,

                  (4) an amount equal to the First Tier Food Sales Percentage of
     all year to date Food Sales and Beverage Sales up to (but not exceeding)
     the Cumulative Monthly Portion of the Annual Food Sales First Break Point,

                  (5) an amount equal to the Second Tier Food Sales Percentage
     of all year to date Food Sales and Beverage Sales in excess of the
     Cumulative Monthly Portion of the Annual Food Sales First Break Point up to
     (but not exceeding) the Cumulative Monthly Portion of the Annual Food Sales
     Second Break Point, and

                  (6) an amount equal to the Third Tier Food Sales Percentage of
     all year to date Food Sales and Beverage Sales in excess of the Cumulative
     Monthly Portion of the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point.

             (iv) If the Term begins or ends in the middle of a calendar year,
then the number of months falling within the Term during such calendar year
shall constitute a separate Lease Year. In that event, the Annual Room Revenues
First Break Point, the Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point, the Annual Food
Sales First Break Point and the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point
(collectively, the "Break Points") shall each be multiplied by a fraction equal
                    ------------
to (A) the number of months (including partial months) in the Lease Year divided
                                                                         -------
by (B) twelve (12), and the Cumulative Monthly Portion for each of the months in
- --
such Lease Year shall be determined as set forth in the definition of Cumulative
Monthly Portion above.

             (v) The obligation to pay Percentage Rent shall survive the
expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and a final reconciliation,
taking into account, among other relevant adjustments, any adjustments which are
accrued after such expiration or termination date but which related to
Percentage Rent accrued prior to such termination date, shall be made not later
than sixty (60) days after such expiration or termination date.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
          (c) Officer's Certificates.  An Officer's Certificate shall be
              ----------------------                                    
delivered to Lessor monthly setting forth the calculation of the Percentage Rent
payment for the most recently completed month within 10 days after each month of
each Lease Year during the Term.  There shall be no reduction in Base Rent
regardless of the results of the Monthly or Annual Revenues Computation.
Percentage Rent shall be subject to confirmation and adjustment, if applicable,
as set forth in Section 3.2.  Notwithstanding the amounts of Percentage Rent
                -----------                                                 
paid monthly pursuant to the formula set forth above, for each Lease Year during
the Term commencing with the Lease Year in which the Commencement Date occurs,
the Percentage Rent payable under this Lease shall be equal to the amount
determined by the following formula:

              The amount equal to the Annual Revenues Computation (as defined
              below) for the Lease Year in question

                                      less

              An amount equal to the Base Rent paid for the applicable Lease
              Year

                                     equals

              Percentage Rent for the applicable Lease Year.

The Annual Revenues Computation (herein so called) shall be the amount obtained
by adding, for the applicable Lease Year, the following sums:

                  (1) an amount equal to the First Tier Room Revenue Percentage
          of Room Revenues for the applicable Lease Year up to (but not
          exceeding) the Annual Room Revenues First Break Point,

                  (2) an amount equal to the Second Tier Room Revenue Percentage
          of Room Revenues for the applicable Lease Year in excess of the Annual
          Room Revenues First Break Point up to (but not exceeding) the Annual
          Room Revenues Second Break Point,

                  (3) an amount equal to the Third Tier Room Revenue Percentage
          of Room Revenues for the applicable Lease Year in excess of the Annual
          Room Revenues Second Break Point,

               (4) an amount equal to the First Tier Food Sales Percentage of
          Food Sales and Beverage Sales for the applicable Lease Year up to (but
          not exceeding) the Annual Food Sales First Break Point,

               (5) an amount equal to the Second Tier Food Sales Percentage of
          Food Sales and Beverage Sales for the applicable Lease Year in excess
          of the
                                       19
<PAGE>
 
     Annual Food Sales First Break Point up to (but not exceeding) the Annual
     Food Sales Second Break Point, and

               (6) an amount equal to the Third Tier Food Sales Percentage of
     Food Sales and Beverage Sales for the applicable Lease Year in excess of
     the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point.

If the annual Percentage Rent due and payable for any Lease Year (as shown in
the applicable Officer's Certificate) exceeds the amount actually paid as
Percentage Rent by Lessee for such year, Lessee also shall pay such excess to
Lessor within sixty (60) days after the end of the applicable Lease Year.  If
the Percentage Rent actually due and payable for such Lease Year is shown by
such certificate to be less than the amount actually paid as Percentage Rent for
the applicable Lease Year, Lessee shall be entitled to a credit in the amount of
such overpayment against the next ensuing payment of Base Rent and/or Percentage
Rent, provided, however, if such overpayment is greater than a monthly payment
of Base Rent, Lessor shall pay the amount which is over and above the monthly
payment of Base Rent to Lessee within thirty (30) days of such determination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Annual Revenues Computation is less
than the Base Rent for the applicable Lease Year, Lessee shall not be entitled
to any credit or refund.

     (d) CPI Adjustments REVPAR Adjustments.
         ---------------------------------- 

     (i) For each Lease Year during the Term beginning with the Lease Year
commencing January 1, 1998, the Base Rent then in effect, the Annual Room
Revenues First Break Point and the Annual Food Sales First Break Point then
included in the Revenues Computation set forth in Section 3.1(b), shall be
increased or, with respect to the Annual Room Revenues First Break Point and the
Annual Food Sales First Break Point only, decreased as follows:

         1.  For the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1998 and for each Lease
Year thereafter during the Term, the Consumer Price Index for the day before the
day that the new Lease Year commences ("Measurement Date") shall be divided by
the Consumer Price Index for the day that is twelve months preceding the
Measurement Date;

         2.  The new Base Rent for the then current Lease Year shall be the
product of the Base Rent in effect in the most recently ended Lease Year and the
quotient obtained under subparagraph (1) above;
 
         3.  The new Annual Room Revenues First Break Point in the Revenues
Computation described in Section 3.1(b) above for the Lease Year commencing
January 1, 1998 shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Room Revenues First Break
Point in effect in the Lease Year ending December 31, 1997 plus or minus, as
applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Room Revenues First Break Point
multiplied by the quotient obtained in subparagraph (1) above; and the new
Annual Room Revenues First Break Point in the Revenue Computation for the Lease
Year beginning with the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1999 and for each Lease
Year thereafter 

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
during the Term, shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Room Revenues First Break
Point in effect in the most recently ended Lease Year plus or minus, as
applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Room Revenues First Break Point
multiplied by the quotient obtained in subparagraph (1) above; and

          4.  The new Annual Food Sales First Break Point in the Revenues
Computation described in Section 3.1(b) above for the Lease Year commencing
January 1, 1998 shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Food Sales First Break Point
in effect in the Lease Year ending December 31, 1997 plus or minus, as
applicable, (b) the product of such Annual Food Sales First Break Point
multiplied by the quotient obtained in subparagraph (1) above; and the new
Annual Food Sales Break Point in the Revenues Computation for the Lease Year
beginning with the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1999 and for each Lease Year
thereafter during the Term, shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Food Sales First
Break Point in effect in the most recently ended Lease Year plus or minus, as
applicable, (b)  the product of such Annual Food Sales First Break Point
multiplied by the quotient obtained in subparagraph (1) above.

          In no event shall the Base Rent be reduced as a result of any changes
in the Consumer Price Index.

          If (1) a significant change is made in the number or nature (or both)
of items used in determining the Consumer Price Index, or (2) the Consumer Price
Index shall be discontinued for any reason, the Bureau of Labor Statistics shall
be requested to furnish a new index comparable to the Consumer Price Index,
together with information which will make possible a conversion to the new index
in computing the adjusted Base Rent, Annual Room Revenues First Break Point, and
Annual Food Sales First Break Point hereunder.  If for any reason the Bureau of
Labor Statistics does not furnish such an index and such information, the
parties will instead mutually select, accept and use such other index or
comparable statistics on the cost of living in various U.S. cities that is
computed and published by an agency of the United States or a responsible
financial periodical of recognized authority.

          (ii) For each Accounting Period ending during each Lease Year during
the Term, beginning with the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1998, the Annual
Room Revenues Second Break Point and the Annual Food Sales Second Break Point
then included in the Revenues Computations set forth in Section 3.1(b), shall be
increased or decreased as follows (provided, however, that in no event shall the
                                   --------  -------                            
Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point or the Annual Food Sales Second Break
Point be adjusted during the first two (2) Accounting Periods ending during a
Lease Year):

               1.  For each Accounting Period during the Lease Year commencing
                   January 1, 1998 and for each Accounting Period during each
                   Lease Year thereafter during the Term (other than the first
                   two (2) Accounting Periods ending during a Lease Year, as
                   noted above) the "REVPAR Change" for each such Accounting
                   Period shall be computed by dividing (x) the REVPAR for the
                   period commencing 

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
                   on the first day of the first Accounting Period ending during
                   such Lease Year and ending on the last day of the applicable
                   Accounting Period of the termination, by (y) the REVPAR for
                   the period commencing on the first day of the first
                   Accounting Period ending during the prior Lease Year and
                   ending on the last day of the corresponding Accounting Period
                   during the prior Lease Year. For example, the REVPAR Change
                   for the third Accounting Period ending during a Lease Year
                   shall be determined by dividing REVPAR for the first three
                   Accounting Periods of such Lease Year by REVPAR for the first
                   three Accounting Periods of the prior Lease Year. Similarly,
                   the REVPAR Change for the fourth Accounting Period ending
                   during a Lease Year shall be determined by dividing REVPAR
                   for the first four Accounting Periods of such Lease Year by
                   REVPAR for the first four Accounting Periods of the prior
                   Lease Year. Such progression shall continue for each
                   successive Accounting Period during each Lease Year such that
                   the REVPAR Change for the thirteenth Accounting Period ending
                   during a Lease Year shall be determined by dividing REVPAR
                   for the thirteen Accounting Periods of such Lease Year by
                   REVPAR for the thirteen Accounting Periods of the prior Lease
                   Year;

               2.  The new Annual Rooms Revenue Second Break Point in the
                   Revenues Computation described in Section 3.1(b) above for
                   each Accounting Period ending during the Lease Year
                   commencing January 1, 1998 shall be the sum of (a) the Annual
                   Room Revenues Second Break Point in effect in the Lease Year
                   ending January 31, 1997 plus or minus, as applicable, (b) the
                   product of such Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point
                   multiplied by the applicable Change Percentage for each
                   Accounting Period ending during such Lease Year set forth on
                   the attached Exhibit B-2; and the new Annual Room Revenues
                                -----------  
                   Second Break Point in the Revenues Computation for each
                   Accounting Period ending during the Lease Year beginning with
                   the Lease Year commencing January 1, 1999 and for each Lease
                   Year thereafter during the Term, shall be the sum of (a) the
                   Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point in effect in the most
                   recently ended Lease Year plus or minus, as applicable, (b)
                   the product of such Annual Room Revenues Second Break Point
                   multiplied by the applicable Change Percentage for each
                   Accounting Period ending during such Lease Year set forth on
                   the attached Exhibit B-2; and
                                -----------     

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
               3.  The new Annual Food Sales Second Break Point in the Revenues
                   Computation described in Section 3.1(b) above for each
                   Accounting Period ending during the Lease Year commencing
                   January 1, 1998 shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Food Sales
                   Second Break Point in effect in the Lease Year ending January
                   31, 1997 plus or minus, as applicable, (b) the product of
                   such Annual Food Sales Second Break Point multiplied by the
                   applicable Change Percentage for each Accounting Period
                   ending during such Lease Year set forth on the attached
                   Exhibit B-2; and the new Annual Food Sales Second Break Point
                   -----------     
                   in the Revenues Computation for each Accounting Period ending
                   during the Lease Year beginning with the Lease Year
                   commencing January 1, 1999 and for each Lease Year thereafter
                   during the Term, shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Food
                   Sales Second Break Point in effect in the most recently ended
                   Lease Year plus or minus, as applicable, (b) the product of
                   such Annual Food Sales Second Break Point multiplied by the
                   applicable Change Percentage for each Accounting Period
                   ending during such Lease Year set forth on the attached
                   Exhibit B-2.
                   ----------- 

          (iii)  Adjustments calculated as set forth above in the Base Rent, the
Annual Room Revenues Break Point(s) and the Annual Food Sales Break Point(s)
shall be effective on the first day of each calendar Lease Year (or each
Accounting Period, as applicable) to which such adjusted amounts apply.  If Rent
is paid prior to the determination of the amount of any adjustment to Base Rent,
the Annual Room Revenues Break Point(s) or the Annual Foods Sales Break Point(s)
applicable for such period, whether because of a delay in the publication of the
Consumer Price Index or the determination of applicable REVPAR or because of any
other reason, payment adjustments for any shortfall in or overpayment of Rent
paid shall be made with the first Base Rent and Percentage Rent payments due
after the amount of the adjustments are determined.

     3.2  Confirmation of Percentage Rent.
          ------------------------------- 

          (a) Lessee shall utilize, or cause to be utilized, an accounting
system for the Leased Property in accordance with GAAP and the Uniform System,
that will accurately record all data necessary to compute Percentage Rent, and
Lessee shall retain, for at least five (5) years after the expiration of each
Lease Year, reasonably adequate records conforming to such accounting system
showing all data necessary to conduct Lessor's Audit and to compute Percentage
Rent for the applicable Lease Years.

          (b) Lessor shall have the right from time to time by its accountants
or representatives to audit such information in connection with Lessor's Audit,
and to examine all Lessee's records (including supporting data and sales and
excise tax returns) reasonably required to complete Lessor's Audit and to verify
Percentage Rent, subject to any prohibitions or limitations on disclosure of any
such data under Legal Requirements.  If any Lessor's Audit discloses a
deficiency in the payment of Percentage Rent, and either Lessee agrees with the
result 

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
of Lessor's Audit or the matter is otherwise determined or compromised, Lessee
shall forthwith pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency, as finally agreed or
determined, together with interest at the Overdue Rate from the date when said
payment should have been made to the date of payment thereof; provided, however,
that as to any Lessor's Audit that is commenced more than one (1) year after the
end of any Lease Year, the deficiency, if any, with respect to such Percentage
Rent shall bear interest at the Overdue Rate only from the date such
determination of deficiency is made unless such deficiency is the result of
gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Lessee, in which case
interest at the Overdue Rate will accrue from the date such payment should have
been made to the date of payment thereof. In addition to the amounts described
above in this Section 3.2(b), if any Lessor's Audit discloses a deficiency in
              -------------    
the payment of Percentage Rent which, as finally agreed or determined, exceeds
3%, Lessee shall pay the costs of the portion of Lessor's Audit allocable to the
determination of Gross Revenues (the "Revenue Audit"). In no event shall Lessor
                                      -------------    
undertake a Lessor's Audit more than five (5) years after the last day of the
Lease Year for which such audit is requested.

          (c) Any proprietary information obtained by Lessor pursuant to the
provisions of this Section shall be treated as confidential, except that such
information may be used, subject to appropriate confidentiality safeguards, in
any litigation between the parties and except further that Lessor may disclose
such information to prospective lenders and investors and to any other persons
to whom disclosure is necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable laws,
regulations and government requirements.

          (d) The obligations of Lessee and Lessor contained in this Section
shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Any dispute
as to the existence or amount of any deficiency in the payment of Percentage
Rent as disclosed by Lessor's Audit shall, if not
otherwise settled by the parties, be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the
provisions of Section 40.2.
              ------------ 

     3.3  Additional Charges.  In addition to the Base Rent and Percentage
          ------------------                                              
Rent, Lessee also will pay and discharge as and when due and payable the
following:  (a) all other amounts, liabilities, obligations and Impositions that
Lessee assumes or agrees to pay under this Lease, and (b) in the event of any
failure on the part of Lessee to pay any of those items referred to in clause
(a) of this Section 3.3, Lessee also will promptly pay and discharge every fine,
            -----------                                                         
penalty, interest and cost that may be added for non-payment or late payment of
such items. The items referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 3.3
                                                                 -----------
shall be additional rent hereunder and shall be referred to herein collectively
as the "Additional Charges".  Lessor shall have all legal, equitable and
        ------------------                                              
contractual rights, powers and remedies provided either in this Lease or by
statute or otherwise in the case of non-payment of the Additional Charges as in
the case of non-payment of the Base Rent.  If any installment of Base Rent,
Percentage Rent or Additional Charges (but only as to those Additional Charges
that are payable directly to Lessor) shall not be paid on its due date,  Lessee
will pay Lessor within ten (10) days of demand, as Additional Charges, a late
charge (to the extent permitted by law) equal to the greater of (i) interest
computed at the Overdue Rate on the amount of such installment, from the due
date of such installment to the date of payment thereof, or (b) five percent
(5%) of such amount.  To the extent that Lessee pays any Additional Charges to

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
Lessor pursuant to any requirement of this Lease, Lessee shall be relieved of
its obligation to pay such Additional Charges to the entity to which they would
otherwise be due and Lessor shall pay the same from monies received from Lessee.

          3.4  No Set Off.  Rent shall be paid to Lessor without set off,
               ----------                                                
deduction or counterclaim; provided, however, that Lessee shall have the right
of offset to the extent specifically provided in Section 39.1 and the right to
                                                 ------------                 
assert any claim or counterclaim in a separate action brought by Lessee under
this Lease or to assert any mandatory counterclaim in any action brought by
Lessor under this Lease.

          3.5  Annual Operating Projection.  Not later than twenty-five (25)
               ---------------------------                                  
days prior to the commencement of each Lease Year, Lessee shall submit to Lessor
an Annual Operating Projection and a Capital Inventory Budget prepared in
accordance with the requirements of Section 8.02(F) and Section 9.05 of the
                                    ---------------     ------------       
Management Agreement.

          3.6  Books and Records.  Lessee shall keep and shall cause Manager to
               -----------------                                               
keep, full and adequate books of account and other records reflecting the
results of operation of the Facility on an accrual basis, all in accordance with
the Uniform System and GAAP and the obligations of Lessee under this Lease.  The
books of account and all other records relating to or reflecting the operation
of the Facility shall be kept either at the Facility or at Lessee's offices in
Boston, Massachusetts and shall be available to Lessor and its representatives
and its auditors or accountants, at all reasonable times for examination, audit,
inspection, and transcription.  All of such books and records pertaining to the
Facility including, without limitation, books of account, guest records and
front office records, at all times shall be the property of Lessor and shall not
be removed from the Facility or Lessee's offices without Lessor's prior written
approval.  Lessee shall be entitled to make copies of any or all such books and
records for its own files. Lessee's obligations under this Section 3.6 shall
                                                           -----------
survive termination of this Lease for any reason.

          3.7  Intentionally Omitted.
               --------------------- 

          3.8  Changes in Operations.  Without Lessor's prior written consent,
               ---------------------                                          
Lessee shall not (i) provide food and/or beverage operations at the Facility if
not presently provided, (ii) discontinue any food and/or beverage operations
which are presently provided, or (iii) convert a subtenant, licensee or
concessionaire to an operating department of the Facility or vice-versa.

          3.9  Allocation of Revenues.  In the event that individuals or groups
               ----------------------                                          
purchase rooms, food and beverage and/or the use of other hotel facilities or
services together or as part of a package, Lessee agrees that revenues shall be
allocated among Room Revenues, Food Sales, Beverage Sales and/or other revenue
categories, as applicable, in a reasonably manner consistent with the historical
allocation of such revenues.

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE IV
                                  -----------

                                  IMPOSITIONS
                                  -----------

     4.1  Payment of Impositions.
          ---------------------- 

          (a) Subject to Article XII relating to permitted contests, Lessee will
                         -----------                                            
pay, or cause to be paid, all Impositions (other than Lessor Impositions, which
shall be paid by Lessor) before any fine, penalty, interest or cost may be added
for non-payment, such payments to be made directly to the taxing or other
authorities where feasible, and will promptly furnish to Lessor copies of
official receipts or other satisfactory proof evidencing such payments.
Lessee's obligation to pay such Impositions shall be deemed absolutely fixed
upon the date such Impositions become a lien upon the Leased Property or any
part thereof, subject to Lessee's right of contest pursuant to the provisions of
Article XII.  If any such Imposition may, at the option of the taxpayer,
- -----------                                                             
lawfully be paid in installments (whether or not interest shall accrue on the
unpaid balance of such Imposition), Lessee may exercise the option to pay the
same (and any accrued interest on the unpaid balance of such Imposition) in
installments payable during the Term and in such event, shall pay such
installments and any unpaid balance of such Impositions prior to the expiration
or earlier termination of the Term hereof and before any fine, penalty, premium,
further interest or cost may be added thereto.

          (b) Lessor, at its expense, shall, to the extent required or permitted
by applicable law, prepare and file all tax returns in respect of Lessor's net
income, gross receipts, sales and use, single business, transaction privilege,
rent, ad valorem, franchise taxes, Real Estate Taxes, Personal Property Taxes
and taxes on its capital stock, and Lessee, at its expense, shall, to the extent
required or permitted by applicable laws and regulations, prepare and file all
other tax returns and reports in respect of any Imposition as may be required by
governmental authorities.

          (c) If any refund shall be due from any taxing authority in respect of
any Imposition paid by Lessee, the same shall be paid over to or retained by
Lessee if no Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder and be continuing.
If an Event of Default shall have been declared by Lessor and be continuing, any
such refund shall be paid over to or retained by Lessor.  Any such funds
retained by Lessor due to an Event of Default shall be applied as provided in
Article XVI.
- ----------- 

          (d) Lessor and Lessee shall, upon request of the other, cooperate with
the other party and otherwise provide such data as is maintained by the party to
whom the request is made with respect to the Leased Property as may be necessary
to prepare any required returns and reports.  Lessee shall file all Personal
Property Tax returns in such jurisdictions where it is legally required to so
file.  Lessor, to the extent it possesses the same, and Lessee, to the extent it
possesses the same, will provide the other party, upon request, with cost and
depreciation records necessary for filing returns for any property classified as
personal property. Where Lessor is 

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
legally required to file Personal Property Tax returns, Lessee shall provide
Lessor with copies of assessment notices in sufficient time for Lessor to file a
protest.

          (e) Lessor may, upon notice to Lessee and to the extent not prohibited
by the Management Agreement, at Lessor's option and at Lessor's sole expense,
protest, appeal, or institute such other proceedings (in its or Lessee's name)
as Lessor may deem appropriate to effect a reduction of real estate or personal
property assessments for those Impositions to be paid by Lessor, and Lessee, at
Lessor's expense as aforesaid, shall fully cooperate with Lessor in such
protest, appeal, or other action.  Lessor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend,
and hold harmless Lessee from and against any claims, obligations, and
liabilities against or incurred by Lessee in connection with such cooperation.
Billings for reimbursement of Personal Property Taxes by Lessee to Lessor shall
be accompanied by copies of a bill therefor and payments thereof which identify
the personal property with respect to which such payments are made. Lessor,
however, reserves the right to effect any such protest, appeal or other action
and, upon notice to Lessee, shall control any such activity, which shall then
proceed at Lessor's sole expense.  Upon such notice, Lessee, at Lessor's
expense, shall cooperate fully with such activities.

          (f) To the extent received by it, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with
copies of all assessment notices for Real Estate Taxes and Personal Property
Taxes in sufficient time for Lessor to file a protest and pay such taxes without
penalty.  Lessor shall within thirty (30) days after making such payment furnish
Lessee with evidence of payment of Capital Impositions, Real Estate Taxes and
Personal Property Taxes.

     4.2  Notice of Impositions.  Lessor shall give prompt Notice to Lessee
          ---------------------                                            
of all Impositions payable by Lessee hereunder of which Lessor at any time has
knowledge, provided that Lessor's failure to give any such Notice shall in no
way diminish Lessee's obligations hereunder to pay such Impositions, but if
Lessee did not otherwise have knowledge of such Imposition sufficient to permit
it to pay same, such failure shall obviate any default hereunder for a
reasonable time after Lessee receives Notice of any Imposition which it is
obligated to pay during the first taxing period applicable thereto.

     4.3  Adjustment of Impositions.  Impositions payable by Lessee which
          -------------------------                                      
are imposed in respect of the tax-fiscal period during which the Term terminates
shall be adjusted and prorated between Lessor and Lessee, whether or not such
Imposition is imposed before or after such termination, and Lessee's obligation
to pay its prorated share thereof after termination shall survive such
termination.

     4.4  Utility Charges.  Lessee will be solely responsible for obtaining
          ---------------                                                  
and maintaining utility services to the Leased Property and will pay or cause to
be paid all charges for electricity, gas, oil, water, sewer and other utilities
used in the Leased Property during the Term.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
                                    ARTICLE V
                                   ----------

                           NO TERMINATION, ABATEMENT
                           -------------------------

     5.1  No Termination, Abatement.  Except as otherwise specifically
          -------------------------                                   
provided in this Lease, Lessee, to the extent permitted by law, shall remain
bound by this Lease in accordance with its terms and shall neither take any
action without the written consent of Lessor to modify, surrender or terminate
the same, nor seek nor be entitled to any abatement, deduction, deferment or
reduction of the Rent, or setoff against the Rent, nor shall the obligations of
Lessee be otherwise affected by reason of (a) any damage to, or destruction of,
any Leased Property or any portion thereof from whatever cause or any Taking of
the Leased Property or any portion thereof, (b) any bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, winding up
or other proceedings affecting Lessor or any assignee or transferee of Lessor,
or (c) for any other cause whether similar or dissimilar to any of the foregoing
other than a discharge of Lessee from any such obligations as a matter of law.
Lessee hereby specifically waives all rights, arising from any default under
this Lease by Lessor which may now or hereafter be conferred upon it by law to
(1) modify, surrender or terminate this Lease or quit or surrender the Leased
Property or any portion thereof, or (2) entitle Lessee to any abatement,
reduction, suspension or deferment of or set off against the Rent or other sums
payable by Lessee hereunder, except as otherwise specifically provided in this
Lease.  The obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be separate and independent
covenants and agreements and the Rent and all other sums payable by Lessee
hereunder shall continue to be payable in all events unless the obligations to
pay the same shall be terminated pursuant to the express provisions of this
Lease or by termination of this Lease other than by reason of an Event of
Default.

                                  ARTICLE VI
                                  -----------

                              PROPERTY OWNERSHIP
                              ------------------

     6.1  Ownership of the Leased Property.  Lessee acknowledges that the
          --------------------------------                               
Leased Property is the property of Lessor and that Lessee has only the right to
the possession and use of the Leased Property upon the terms and conditions of
this Lease.

     6.2  Lessee's Personal Property.
          -------------------------- 

          (a) Upon commencement of the Term, (i) Lessor shall transfer (to the
extent owned by Lessor) to Lessee all Consumable Supplies at the Facility for
their fair market value, and (ii) Lessor shall transfer (to the extent owned by
Lessor) to Lessee all Nonconsumable Inventory located at the Facility on the
Commencement Date (the "Initial Nonconsumable Inventory").  At all times during
                        -------------------------------                        
the Term, Lessee shall maintain, or cause Manager to maintain, Inventory
consistent with the amount of inventory which is customarily maintained in a
hotel of the type and character of the Facility and is otherwise required to
operate the Leased Property in the manner contemplated by this Lease and in
compliance with the Management Agreement and all Legal Requirements.  All
Inventory, to the extent not owned by the Manager pursuant to the 

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
Management Agreement, shall be the property of Lessee, subject to Lessee's
obligations under Section 6.2(b). Lessee may (and shall as provided
                  --------------
hereinbelow), at its expense, but subject to the Management Agreement, install,
affix or assemble or place on any parcels of the Land or in any of the Leased
Improvements, any items of personal property (including Inventory) owned by
Lessee (collectively, the "Lessee's Personal Property").  Lessee may, subject 
                           --------------------------
to the second sentence of this Section 6.2(a) and the conditions set forth in
                               --------------
Section 6.2(b) below, remove any of Lessee's Personal Property set forth on such
- --------------
list at any time during the Term or upon the expiration or any prior termination
of the Term. All of Lessee's Personal Property, other than Inventory, not
removed by Lessee within thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier
termination of the Term shall be considered abandoned by Lessee and may be
appropriated, sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Lessor without first
giving Notice thereof to Lessee, without any payment to Lessee and without any
obligation to account therefor. Lessee will, at its expense, restore the Leased
Property to the condition required by Section 9.1(d), including repair of all
                                      --------------
damage to the Leased Property caused by the removal of Lessee's Personal
Property, whether effected by Lessee or Lessor.

          (b) Lessor and Lessee agree that the transfer of Consumable Supplies
and Initial Nonconsumable Inventory from Lessor to Lessee upon commencement of
the Term shall be treated as a sale of the Initial Nonconsumable Inventory for
the fair market value thereof (the "Purchase Price").  The Purchase Price, plus
                                    --------------                             
interest thereon at the applicable federal rate published pursuant to Section
1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be payable in
equal monthly installments over the Term and shall be credited against amounts
of Base Rent and Percentage Rent payable under this Lease.  Nothing in this
                                                                           
Section 6.2(b) shall be interpreted to give rise to any obligation of Lessee to
- --------------                                                                 
make any payment to Lessor, but instead this Section 6.2(b) is intended to
                                             --------------               
characterize payments otherwise denominated as Rent as payments of the Purchase
Price and interest thereon.  Lessor and Lessee shall determine the Purchase
Price in their joint inventory of the Facility to be conducted within fifteen
(15) days of the date hereof.

     6.3  Lessor's Lien.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable
          -------------                                                
law, Lessor is granted a lien and security interest on all Lessee's Personal
Property now or hereinafter placed in or upon the Leased Property, and such lien
and security interest shall remain attached to such Lessee's Personal Property
until payment in full of all Rent and satisfaction of all of Lessee's
obligations hereunder; provided, however, Lessor shall subordinate its lien and
security interest only to that of any non-Affiliate of Lessee which finances
such Lessee's Personal Property or any non-Affiliate conditional seller of such
Lessee's Personal Property, the terms and conditions of such subordination to be
satisfactory to Lessor in the exercise of reasonable discretion. Lessee shall,
upon the request of Lessor, execute such financing statements or other documents
or instruments reasonably requested by Lessor to perfect the lien and security
interests herein granted.

     6.4  Equipment Lease Property.  Personal property utilized at the
          ------------------------                                    
Facility which is leased pursuant to the equipment leases listed on Exhibit C
                                                                    ---------
and which expire on or before the termination of this Lease shall, at the option
of Lessor, become the property of Lessor without the payment of additional
consideration by Lessor except for any consideration which must be paid to the
equipment lessor on expiration of the equipment lease to acquire title thereto.
Lessee shall 

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
cooperate with Lessor to assume the transfer of title to such leased property to
Lessor and shall give Notice to Lessor of any such leases and of the expiration
dates thereof. Lessor shall, at Lessor's cost, acquire title to or replace such
leased property with funds other than the Capital Expenditures Reserve when the
leases for such leased property expire and make such property or replacement
property available to Lessee hereunder during the Term of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                  -----------

                                 CONDITION, USE
                                 --------------

     7.1  Condition of the Leased Property.  Lessee acknowledges receipt
          --------------------------------                              
and delivery of possession of the Leased Property.  Lessee has examined and
otherwise has knowledge of the condition of the Leased Property and has found
the same to be satisfactory for its purposes hereunder.  Lessee is leasing the
Leased Property "as is", "with all faults", and in its present condition.
Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Lessee waives any claim or
action against Lessor in respect of the condition of the Leased Property.
LESSOR MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN RESPECT OF
THE LEASED PROPERTY, OR ANY PART THEREOF, EITHER AS TO ITS FITNESS FOR USE,
DESIGN OR CONDITION FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE
QUALITY OF THE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP THEREIN, LATENT OR PATENT, IT BEING
AGREED THAT ALL SUCH RISKS ARE TO BE BORNE BY LESSEE. LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
THE LEASED PROPERTY HAS BEEN INSPECTED BY LESSEE AND IS SATISFACTORY TO IT.

     7.2  Use of the Leased Property.
          -------------------------- 

          (a) Lessee covenants that it will, or will cause Manager to, obtain
and maintain, all permits, licenses and approvals, including, without
limitation, liquor licenses, needed to use and operate the Leased Property and
the Facility under applicable local, state and federal law, the Management
Agreement.

          (b) Lessee shall use or cause to be used the Leased Property only as a
hotel facility, and for such other uses as may be necessary or incidental to
such use, or such other use as otherwise approved by Lessor (the "Primary
                                                                  -------
Intended Use").  Lessee shall not use the Leased Property or any portion thereof
- ------------                                                                    
for any other use without the prior written consent of Lessor. No use shall be
made or permitted to be made of the Leased Property, and no acts shall be done,
which will cause the cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Leased
Property or any part thereof (unless another adequate policy satisfactory to
Lessor is available and Lessee pays any premium increase), nor shall Lessee sell
or permit to be kept, used or sold in or about the Leased Property any article
which is prohibited by law or fire underwriter's regulations. Lessee shall
comply, and shall cause Manager to comply, with all of the requirements
pertaining to the Leased Property of any insurance board, association,
organization or company necessary for the maintenance of insurance, as herein
provided, covering the Leased Property and Lessee's Personal Property, which
compliance shall be performed at Lessee's sole cost except to the extent that
such

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
compliance requires the performance of a Capital Improvement or the payment of a
Capital Imposition which are not the Manager's obligation under the Management
Agreement.

          (c) Subject to the provisions of Articles XIV and XV, Lessee covenants
                                           ------------     --                  
and agrees that during the Term it will (1) continuously operate and cause the
Manager to continuously operate the Leased Property as a hotel facility, (2)
keep in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with all the
provisions of the Management Agreement and cause the Manager to comply in all
material respects with all of the provisions of the Management Agreement, (3)
not enter into, terminate or amend in any respect any Management Agreement
without the consent of Lessor, (4) maintain or cause to be maintained,
appropriate certifications and licenses for such use and (5) keep Lessor advised
of the status of any litigation affecting the Leased Property.

          (d) Lessee shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste on the
Leased Property, or in the Facility, nor shall Lessee cause or permit any
nuisance thereon.

          (e) Lessee shall neither suffer nor permit the Leased Property or any
portion thereof, or Lessee's Personal Property, to be used in such a manner as
(1) might reasonably tend to impair Lessor's (or Lessee's, as the case may be)
title thereto or to any portion thereof, or (2) may reasonably make possible a
claim or claims of adverse usage or adverse possession by the public, as such,
or of implied dedication of the Leased Property or any portion thereof.

          (f) Lessee acknowledges and agrees that all employees involved in the
use and operation of the Leased Property shall be employees of Lessee, Manager,
or one of their Affiliates and not of Lessor or any of its Affiliates.  Lessee,
the Manager, and their respective Affiliates shall fully comply with all Legal
Requirements and all collective bargaining and other agreements applicable to
such employees.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, all
such employees shall be terminated or retained by Lessee, Manager or their
respective Affiliates, as applicable, and Lessee, Manager or their respective
Affiliates, as applicable, shall provide any required notices or other rights to
such employees, all without liability to Lessor or the Leased Property, or any
other owner, lessee or manager of the Leased Property. Payment of all costs and
expenses associated with accrued but unpaid salary, earned but unpaid vacation
pay, accrued but unearned vacation pay, pension and welfare benefits, the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended ("COBRA")
                                                                     -----  
benefits, employee fringe benefits, employee termination payments or any other
employee benefits due to such employees, shall be the sole responsibility and
obligation of and shall be paid when due by Lessee, Manager or their respective
Affiliates, as applicable. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this
Lease, any owner, manager or lessee of the Leased Property shall have the right,
but not the obligation, to extend offers of employment to some or all of such
employees on such terms and conditions as are determined solely in such party's
discretion; and Lessee shall, and shall cause Manager to, use reasonable efforts
to assist such party in its efforts to secure satisfactory employment
arrangements with such employees. Lessee, Manager or their respective
Affiliates, as applicable, shall provide any notices, coverages or other rights
as shall be required to comply with the medical coverage continuation
requirements of COBRA to any persons who are entitled to such rights by virtue
of the maintenance of any group health plan by Lessee, Manager or their
respective Affiliates, as

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
applicable, and shall maintain, or cause an affiliate company to maintain, a
group health plan that such person shall be entitled to participate in for the
maximum period required by COBRA.  Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless Lessor, the Leased Property, and any other owner, lessee or manager of
the Leased Property, from and against any and all claims, causes of action,
proceedings, judgments, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses
(including reasonable attorney's fees and disbursements) arising out of the
employment or termination of employment of or failure to offer employment to any
employee or prospective employee by Lessee, Manager or their respective
Affiliates, including, without limitation, claims of discrimination, sexual
harassment, breaches of employment or collective bargaining agreements, or the
failure of Lessee, Manager or any of their Affiliates to comply with the
provisions of this section.  The indemnification rights and obligations provided
for in this section shall survive the termination of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                 -------------

                               LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
                               ------------------

     8.1  Compliance with Legal and Insurance Requirements.  Subject to
          ------------------------------------------------             
Sections 8.2 and 8.3 and Article XII relating to permitted contests, Lessee, at
- --------------------     -----------                                           
its expense, will promptly (a) comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and
Insurance Requirements in respect of the use, operation, maintenance, repair and
restoration of the Leased Property, and (b) procure, maintain and comply, or
cause Manager to procure, maintain and comply, with all appropriate licenses and
other authorizations required for any use of the Leased Property and Lessee's
Personal Property then being made, and for the proper erection, installation,
operation and maintenance of the Leased Property or any part thereof.

     8.2  Legal Requirement Covenants.  Subject to Section 8.3, Lessee
          ---------------------------              -----------        
covenants and agrees that (i) the Leased Property and Lessee's Personal Property
shall not be used for any unlawful purpose, and that Lessee shall not permit or
suffer to exist any unlawful use of the Leased Property by others, (ii) Lessee
shall or shall cause Manager to acquire and maintain all appropriate licenses,
certifications, permits and other authorizations and approvals needed to operate
the Leased Property in its customary manner for the Primary Intended Use, and
any other lawful use conducted on the Leased Property as may be permitted from
time to time hereunder and (iii) Lessee's use of the Leased Property and
maintenance, alteration, and operation of the same, and all parts thereof, shall
at all times conform to all Legal Requirements, unless the same are finally
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unlawful (and Lessee shall
cause all such sub-tenants, invitees or others (including Manager) to so comply
with all Legal Requirements).

     8.3  Environmental Covenants.  Lessor and Lessee (in addition to, and
          -----------------------                                         
not in diminution of, Lessee's covenants and undertakings in Sections 8.1 and
8.2 hereof) covenant and agree as follows:

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
          (a) At all times hereafter until Lessee completely vacates the Leased
Property and surrenders possession of the same to Lessor, Lessee shall fully
comply with all Environmental Laws applicable to the Leased Property and the
operations thereon, except to the extent that such compliance would require the
remediation of Environmental Liabilities for which Lessee has no indemnity
obligations under Section 8.3(b).  Lessee agrees to give Lessor prompt written
                  --------------                                              
notice of (1) all Environmental Liabilities; (2) all pending, threatened or
anticipated Proceedings, and all notices, demands, requests or investigations,
relating to any Environmental Liability or relating to the issuance, revocation
or change in any Environmental Authorization required for operation of the
Leased Property; (3) all Releases at, on, in, under or in any way affecting the
Leased Property, or any Release known by Lessee at, on, in or under any property
adjacent to the Leased Property; and (4) all facts, events or conditions that
could reasonably lead to the occurrence of any of the above-referenced matters.

          (b) LESSEE WILL PROTECT, INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND LESSOR
INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES TO
THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW INCLUDING THOSE RESULTING FROM A LESSOR INDEMNIFIED
PARTIES' OWN NEGLIGENCE except to the extent that the same (i) are caused by the
intentionally wrongful acts or grossly negligent failures to act of Lessor, or
(ii) result from conditions existing at the Leased Property at the date of this
Lease (an "Existing Condition") or from Releases or other violations of
           ------------------                                          
Environmental Laws originating on adjacent property but affecting the Leased
Property (a "Migration"), provided that in either case such exclusions shall not
             ---------                                                          
apply to the extent that the Existing Condition or the Migration has been
exacerbated by Lessee's act or negligent failure to act.

          (c) Lessor hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless any
and all Lessee Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Environmental
Liabilities to the extent that the same were caused by the intentionally
wrongful acts or grossly negligent failures to act of Lessor.

          (d) If any Proceeding is brought against any Indemnified Party in
respect of an Environmental Liability with respect to which such Indemnified
Party may claim indemnification under either Section 8.3(b) or (c), the
                                             --------------    ---     
Indemnifying Party, upon request, shall at its sole expense resist and defend
such Proceeding, or cause the same to be resisted and defended by counsel
designated by the Indemnifying Party and approved by the Indemnified Party,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however,
that such approval shall not be required in the case of defense by counsel
designated by any insurance company undertaking such defense pursuant to any
applicable policy of insurance. Each Indemnified Party shall have the right to
employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense
thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel will be at the sole expense
of such Indemnified Party unless a conflict of interest prevents representation
of such Indemnified Party by the counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and
such separate counsel has been approved by the Indemnifying Party, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Indemnifying Party
shall not be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding made without its

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, but if settled
with the consent of the Indemnifying Party, or if settled without its consent
(if its consent shall be unreasonably withheld), or if there be a final,
nonappealable judgment for an adversary party in any such Proceeding, the
Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties
from and against any liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Parties by reason
of such settlement or judgement.

          (e) At any time any Indemnified Party has reason to believe
circumstances exist which could reasonably result in an Environmental Liability,
upon reasonable prior written notice to Lessee stating such Indemnified Party's
basis for such belief, an Indemnified Party shall be given immediate access to
the Leased Property (including, but not limited to, the right to enter upon,
investigate, drill wells, take soil borings, excavate, monitor, test, cap and
use available land for the testing of remedial technologies), Lessee's
employees, and to all relevant documents and records regarding the matter as to
which a responsibility, liability or obligation is asserted or which is the
subject of any Proceeding; provided that such access may be conditioned or
restricted as may be reasonably necessary to ensure compliance with law and the
safety of personnel and facilities or to protect confidential or privileged
information and shall also be subject to any limitations set forth in the
Management Agreement.  All Indemnified Parties requesting such immediate access
and cooperation shall endeavor to coordinate such efforts to result in as
minimal interruption of the operation of the Leased Property as practicable.

          (f) The indemnification rights and obligations provided for in this
Article VIII shall be in addition to any indemnification rights and obligations
- ------------                                                                   
provided for elsewhere in this Lease.

          (g) The indemnification rights and obligations provided for in this
Article VIII shall survive the termination of this Lease.
- ------------                                             

          For purposes of this Section 8.3, all amounts for which any
                               -----------                           
Indemnified Party seeks indemnification shall be computed net of (a) any actual
income tax benefit resulting therefrom to such Indemnified Party, (b) any
insurance proceeds received (net of tax effects) with respect thereto, and (c)
any amounts recovered (net of tax effects) from any third parties based on
claims the Indemnified Party has against such third parties which reduce the
damages that would otherwise be sustained; provided that in all cases, the
timing of the receipt or realization of insurance proceeds or income tax
benefits or recoveries from third parties shall be taken into account in
determining the amount of reduction of damages.  Each Indemnified Party agrees
to use its reasonable efforts to pursue, or assign to Lessee or Lessor, as the
case may be, any claims or rights it may have against any third party which
would materially reduce the amount of damages otherwise incurred by such
Indemnified Party.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE IX
                                  -----------

                            MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
                            -----------------------

     9.1  Maintenance and Repair.
          ---------------------- 

          (a) Except as provided in Section 9.1(b), Lessee will, or will cause
                                    --------------                            
the Manager to,  keep the Leased Property and all parts thereof, including
without limitation, all private roadways, sidewalks, curbs and other
appurtenances thereto that are under Lessee's control, and including without
limitation windows and plate glass, parking lots, HVAC, mechanical, electrical
and plumbing systems and equipment (including conduit and ductware), in good
order and repair and, if applicable, in compliance with the standards of the
Management Agreement (whether or not the need for such repairs occurred as a
result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or the age of the Leased
Property or any portion thereof) ordinary wear and tear excepted except for the
obligation to make necessary and appropriate repairs, replacements and
improvements as provided in this Section 9.1(a), and, except as otherwise
                                 --------------                          
provided in Section 9.1(b), Article XIV or Article XV, with reasonable
            --------------  -----------    ----------                 
promptness, make all necessary and appropriate repairs, replacements and
improvements thereto of every kind and nature, whether interior or exterior
ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen or arising by reason of a
condition existing prior to the commencement of the Term of this Lease
(concealed or otherwise), or required by any governmental agency having
jurisdiction over the Leased Property.  All repairs shall, to the extent
reasonably achievable, be at least equivalent in quality to the original work.
Lessee will not take or omit to take any action, the taking or omission of which
might materially impair the value or the usefulness of the Leased Property or
any part thereof for its Primary Intended Use.  If Lessee fails to make any
required repairs or replacements after fifteen (15) days notice from Lessor, or
after such longer period as may be reasonably required provided that Lessee at
all times diligently proceeds with such repair or replacement, then Lessor shall
have the right, but shall not be obligated, to make such repairs or replacements
on behalf of and for the account of Lessee.  In such event, such work shall be
paid for in full by Lessee as Additional Charges.

          (b) Notwithstanding Lessee's obligations under Section 9.1(a) above
                                                         --------------      
but subject to the limitations on Lessor's obligations for Capital Expenditures
set forth in Article XXXVIII and the terms and conditions set forth in Article 8
             ---------------                                           ---------
of the Management Agreement, unless caused by Lessee's negligence or willful
misconduct or that of its employees, contractor or agents, Lessor shall be
required to make all Capital Expenditures.  Except as set forth in the preceding
sentence, Lessor shall not under any circumstances be required to build or
rebuild any improvement on the Leased Property, or to make any repairs,
replacements, alterations, restorations or renewals of any nature or description
to the Leased Property, whether ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or
unforeseen, or to make any expenditure whatsoever with respect thereto, in
connection with this Lease, or to maintain the Leased Property in any way.
Lessee hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, the right to make repairs
at the expense of Lessor pursuant to any law in effect at the time of the
execution of this Lease or hereafter enacted.  Lessor shall have the right to
give, record and post, as appropriate, notices of non-responsibility under any
mechanic's lien laws now or hereafter existing.

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
          (c) Nothing contained in this Lease and no action or inaction by
Lessor shall be construed as (1) constituting the request of Lessor, expressed
or implied, to any contractor, subcontractor, laborer, materialman or vendor to
or for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any
materials or other property for the construction, alteration, addition, repair
or demolition of or to the Leased Property or any part thereof, or (2) giving
Lessee any right, power or permission to contract for or permit the performance
of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in
such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against Lessor and any
ground lessor(s) in respect thereof or to make any agreement that may create, or
in any way be the basis for any right, title, interest, lien, claim or other
encumbrance upon the estate of Lessor in the Leased Property, or any portion
thereof.

          (d) Lessee will, upon the expiration or prior termination of the Term,
vacate and surrender the Leased Property to Lessor in the condition in which the
Leased Property was originally received from Lessor, except as repaired,
rebuilt, restored, altered or added to as permitted or required by the
provisions of this Lease and except for ordinary wear and tear (subject to the
obligation of Lessee to maintain the Leased Property in good order and repair in
accordance with Section 9.1(a) above, as would a prudent owner of comparable
                --------------                                              
property, during the entire Term) or damage by casualty or Condemnation (subject
to the obligation of Lessee to restore or repair as set forth in this Lease.)

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   ----------

                                  ALTERATIONS
                                  -----------

     10.1  Alterations.  Subject to first obtaining the written approval of
          -----------                                                     
Lessor (except only as and to the extent, if any, that Manager has such rights
to make alterations pursuant to the Management Agreement without first obtaining
the Lessee's prior approval), Lessee may, but shall not be obligated to, if and
to the extent permitted pursuant to the Management Agreement, make such
additions, modifications or improvements to the Leased Property from time to
time as Lessee deems desirable for its permitted uses and purposes, provided
that such action will not alter the character or purposes of the Leased Property
or detract from the value or operating efficiency thereof and will not impair
the revenue-producing capability of the Leased Property or adversely affect the
ability of the Lessee or Lessor to comply with the provisions of this Lease.
All such work shall be performed in a first class manner in accordance with all
applicable governmental rules and regulations and after receipt of all required
permits and licenses.  If required by Lessor all such work shall be covered by
performance bonds issued by bonding companies reasonably acceptable to Lessor.
The cost of such additions, modifications or improvements to the Leased Property
shall be paid by Lessee, and all such additions, modifications and improvements
shall, without payment by Lessor at any time, be included under the terms of
this Lease and upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall pass
to and become the property of Lessor.

     10.2  Salvage.  All materials which are scrapped or removed in
           -------                                                 
connection with the making of repairs required by Articles IX or X shall be or
                                                  -----------    -            
become the property of Lessor or Lessee depending on which party is paying for
or providing the financing for such work.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
     10.3  Lessor Alterations.  Lessor shall have the right, without
           ------------------                                       
Lessee's consent (unless Manager's consent is required pursuant to the
Management Agreement), to make or cause to be made alterations and additions to
the Leased Property required in connection with (i) Emergency Situations, (ii)
Legal Requirements, (iii) maintenance of the Management Agreement, and (iv) the
performance by Lessor of its obligations under this Lease.  Without Lessee's
consent (unless Manager's consent is required pursuant to the Management
Agreement), Lessor shall further have the right, but not the obligation, to make
such other additions to the Leased Property as it may reasonably deem
appropriate during the Term of this Lease.  All such work unless necessitated by
Lessee's acts or omissions or unless otherwise required to be performed by
Lessee under this Lease (in which event work shall be paid for by Lessee) shall
be performed at Lessor's expense, in compliance with all Legal Requirements, in
a good and workmanlike manner and shall be done after reasonable notice to and
coordination with Lessee, so as to minimize any disruptions or interference with
the operation of the Facility.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  -----------

                                     LIENS
                                     -----

     11.1  Liens.  Subject to the provision of Article XII relating to
           -----                               -----------            
permitted contests, Lessee will not directly or indirectly create or allow to
remain and will promptly discharge at its expense any lien, encumbrance,
attachment, title retention agreement or claim upon the Leased Property
resulting from the action or inaction of Lessee, or any attachment, levy, claim
or encumbrance in respect of the Rent, excluding, however, (a) this Lease, (b)
the matters, if any, included as exceptions or insured against in the title
policy insuring Lessor's interest in the Leased Property, (c) restrictions,
liens and other encumbrances which are consented to in writing by Lessor, (d)
liens for those taxes which Lessee is not required to pay hereunder, (e)
subleases permitted by Article XXI hereof, (f) liens for Impositions or for sums
                       -----------                                              
resulting from noncompliance with Legal Requirements to the extent Lessee is
responsible hereunder for such compliance so long as (l) the same are not yet
delinquent or (2) such liens are in the process of being contested as permitted
by Article XII, (g) liens of mechanics, laborers, suppliers or vendors for sums
   -----------                                                                 
either disputed or not yet due provided that any such liens for disputed sums
are in the process of being contested as permitted by Article XII hereof, and
                                                      -----------            
(h) any liens which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to the provisions
of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                  ------------

                               PERMITTED CONTESTS
                               ------------------

     12.1  Permitted Contests.  Lessee shall have the right to contest the
           ------------------                                             
amount or validity of any Imposition to be paid by Lessee or any Legal
Requirement to be satisfied by Lessee hereunder or any lien, attachment, levy,
encumbrance, charge or claim (any such Imposition, Legal Requirement, lien,
attachment, levy, encumbrance, charge or claim herein referred to as "Claims")
                                                                      ------  
not otherwise permitted by Article XI, by appropriate legal proceedings in good
                           ----------                                          
faith and with due diligence (but this shall not be deemed or construed in any
way to relieve, modify 

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
or extend Lessee's covenants to pay or its covenants to cause to be paid any
such charges at the time and in the manner as in this Article provided), on
condition, however, that such legal proceedings shall not operate to relieve
Lessee from its obligations hereunder and shall not cause the sale or risk the
loss of any portion of the Leased Property, or any part thereof, or cause Lessor
or Lessee to be in default under any mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or
other agreement encumbering the Leased Property or any interest therein. Upon
the request of Lessor, as security for the payment of such Claims, Lessee shall
either (a) provide a bond or other assurance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor
(and satisfactory to any Holder, if approval thereof is required by such
Holder's Mortgage) that all Claims which may be assessed against the Leased
Property together with interest and penalties, if any, thereon and legal fees
anticipated to be incurred in connection therewith will be paid, or (b) deposit
within the time otherwise required for payment with a bank or trust company
designated by Lessor as trustee upon terms reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, or
with any Holder upon terms satisfactory to such Holder, money in an amount
sufficient to pay the same, together with interest and penalties thereon and
legal fees anticipated to be incurred in connection therewith, as to all Claims
which may be assessed against or become a Claim on the Leased Property, or any
part thereof, in said legal proceedings. Lessee shall furnish Lessor and any
Holder with reasonable evidence of such deposit within five days of the same.
Lessor agrees to join in any such proceedings if the same be required to legally
prosecute such contest of the validity of such Claims; provided, however, that
Lessor shall not thereby be subjected to any liability for the payment of any
costs or expenses in connection with any proceedings brought by Lessee; and
Lessee covenants to indemnify and save harmless Lessor from any such costs or
expenses. Lessee shall be entitled to any refund of any Claims and such charges
and penalties or interest thereon which have been paid by Lessee or paid by
Lessor and for which Lessor has been fully reimbursed. In the event that Lessee
fails to pay any Claims when due or to provide the security therefor as provided
in this paragraph and to diligently prosecute any contest of the same, Lessor
may, upon ten days advance Notice to Lessee, pay such charges together with any
interest and penalties and the same shall be repayable by Lessee to Lessor as
Additional Charges at the next Payment Date provided for in this Lease.
Provided, however, that should Lessor reasonably determine that the giving of
such Notice would risk loss to the Leased Property or cause damage to Lessor,
then Lessor shall only give such Notice as is practical under the circumstances.
Lessor reserves the right to contest any of the Claims at its expense not
pursued by Lessee. Lessor and Lessee agree to cooperate in coordinating the
contest of any Claims.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                 -------------

                                   INSURANCE
                                   ---------

     13.1  General Insurance Requirements.
           ------------------------------ 

           (a) Coverages.  During the Term of this Lease, the Leased Property
               ---------                                                     
shall at all times be insured with the kinds and amounts of insurance described
below.  This insurance shall be written by companies authorized to issue
insurance in the State.  The policies must name the party obtaining the policy
as the insured and the other party as an additional named insured, and 

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
the Manager shall also be named as an additional insured under the coverages
described in Sections 13.1(a)(iv) through (xi). Losses shall be payable to
             --------------------         ----
Lessor or Lessee as provided in this Lease. Any loss adjustment for coverages
insuring both parties shall require the written consent of Lessor and Lessee,
each acting reasonably and in good faith. Evidence of insurance shall be
deposited with Lessor. The policies on the Leased Property, including the Leased
Improvements, Fixtures and Lessee's Personal Property, shall at all times
satisfy the requirements of the Management Agreement and of any ground lease,
mortgage, security agreement or other financing lien affecting the Leased
Property and at a minimum shall include:

                         Building insurance on the "Special Form" (formerly "All
             Risk" form) (including earthquake and flood in reasonable amounts
             if and as determined by Lessor) in an amount not less than 100% of
             the then full replacement cost thereof (as defined in Section 13.2)
                                                                   ------------
             or such other amount which is acceptable to Lessor, and personal
             property insurance on the "Special Form" in the full amount of the
             replacement cost thereof;

                         Insurance for loss or damage (direct and indirect) from
             steam boilers, pressure vessels or similar apparatus, air
             conditioning systems, piping and machinery, and sprinklers, if any,
             now or hereafter installed in the Facility, in the minimum amount
             of $5,000,000 or in such greater amounts as are then customary or
             as may be reasonably requested by Lessor from time to time;

                         Loss of income insurance on the "Special Form", in the
             amount of one year of the greater of (a) Base Rent, or (b)
             Percentage Rent (based on the last Lease Year of operation or, to
             the extent the Leased Property has not been operated for an entire
             12-month Lease Year, based on prorated Percentage Rent) for the
             benefit of Lessor, and business interruption insurance on the
             "Special Form" in the amount of one year of gross profit, for the
             benefit of Lessee;

                         Commercial general liability insurance, with
             contractual indemnity endorsement, with amounts not less than
             $1,000,000 combined single limit for each occurrence and $2,000,000
             for the aggregate of all occurrences within each policy year, as
             well as excess liability (umbrella) insurance with limits of at
             least $50,000,000 per occurrence, covering each of the following:
             bodily injury, death, or property damage liability per occurrence,
             personal injury, general aggregate, products and completed
             operations with respect to Lessee, and "all risk legal liability"
             (including liquor law or "dram shop" liability, if liquor or
             alcoholic beverages are served on the Leased Property) with respect
             to Lessor and Lessee;

                         Fidelity bonds or blanket crime policies with limits
             and deductibles as may be reasonably determined by Lessor, covering
             Lessee's employees in job classifications normally bonded under
             prudent hotel management practices in the United States or
             otherwise required by law;

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
                         Workers' compensation insurance to the extent necessary
             to protect Lessor, Lessee and the Leased Property against Lessee's
             workman's compensation claims to the extent required by applicable
             state laws;

                         Comprehensive form vehicle liability insurance for
             owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, in the amount of $1,000,000;

                         Garagekeeper's legal liability insurance covering both
             comprehensive and collision-type losses with a limit of liability
             of $3,000,000 for any one occurrence, of which coverage in excess
             of $1,000,000 may be provided by way of an excess liability policy;

                         Innkeeper's legal liability insurance covering property
             of guests while on the Leased Property for which Lessor is legally
             responsible with a limit of not less than $5,000 in any one
             occurrence or $25,000 annual aggregate;

                         Safe deposit box legal liability insurance covering
             property of guests while in a safe deposit box on the Leased
             Property for which Lessor is legally responsible with a limit of
             not less than $100,000 in any one occurrence; and

                         Insurance covering such other hazards (such as plate
             glass or other common risks) and in such amounts as may be (A)
             required by a Holder, or (B) customary for comparable properties in
             the area of the Leased Property and is available from insurance
             companies, insurance pools or other appropriate companies
             authorized to do business in the State at rates which are
             economically practicable in relation to the risks covered as may be
             reasonably determined by Lessor.

             (b)   Responsibility for Insurance.  Lessee shall obtain the
                   ----------------------------
insurance and pay the premiums for the coverages described in 
Sections 13.1(a)(iv) through (x), and Lessor shall obtain the insurance and pay
- --------------------         ---
the premiums for the coverages described in Sections 13.1(a)(i) through (iii),
                                            -------------------         -----
provided that Lessee shall reimburse Lessor immediately after demand therefor
for any premiums paid by Lessor for the coverages required under 
Section 13.1(a)(i) to the extent that the premiums relate to coverages for
- ------------------
property owned by Lessee or coverages which benefit Lessee. Insurance required
by Section 13.1(a)(xi) shall be obtained and paid for by Lessor to the extent
   -------------------
that it relates to risks of the type covered by the insurance obtained pursuant
to Sections 13.1(a)(i) through (iii), and obtained and paid for by Lessee if it
   ---------------------------------
relates to risks of the type covered by the insurance obtained pursuant to
Sections 13.1(a)(iv) through (x). The party responsible for the premium for any
- --------------------         ---
insurance coverage shall also be responsible for any and all deductibles and
self-insured retentions in connection with such coverages. In the event that
either party can obtain comparable insurance coverage required to be carried by
the other party from comparable insurers and at a cost significantly less than
that at which such other party can obtain such coverage, the parties shall
cooperate in good faith to obtain such coverage at the lower cost and shall
allocate the premiums therefor in accordance with the provisions of the first
sentence of this

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
Section 13.1(b). In addition to the rights set forth in Sections 17.1 and 39.1,
- ---------------                                         ----------------------
if any party responsible for obtaining and maintaining the insurance required
under this Lease fails to do so or fails to obtain renewals or substitutions
therefor at least fifteen (15) days before such insurance will lapse, the other
party may obtain such insurance and the defaulting party shall reimburse the
party obtaining such insurance for the cost thereof promptly upon demand,
together with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate until such cost is repaid by
the defaulting party.

             (c)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
Lessee shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this 
Section 13.1 if and to the extent Manager maintains the insurance required
- ------------
pursuant to Article XII of the Management Agreement.
            -----------

       13.2  Replacement Cost.  The term "full replacement cost" as used
             ----------------             ---------------------         
herein shall mean the actual replacement cost of the Leased Property requiring
replacement from time to time including an increased cost of construction
endorsement, if available, and the cost of debris removal.  In the event either
party believes that full replacement cost has increased or decreased at any time
during the Term, it shall have the right to have such full replacement cost
redetermined.

       13.3  (Intentionally deleted)

       13.4  Waiver of Subrogation.  Lessor and Lessee each waive any and all
             ---------------------                                           
rights of recovery against the other (and against the partners, officers,
employees and agents of the other party) for loss of or damage to such waiving
party or its property or the property of others under its control, to the extent
such loss or damage is covered by, or in the event the responsible party fails
to maintain the required insurance hereunder, would have been covered by, the
insurance required to be obtained by such waiving party under Sections 13.1(a)
                                                              ----------------
through (iii); provided, however, that this waiver does not apply to any rights
- -------------                                                                  
that either party may have to insurance proceeds from their respective insurance
policies at the time of such loss or damage.  In obtaining policies of property
insurance on their respective interests in the personal property and
improvements located in the Leased Property, Lessor and Lessee shall give notice
to their respective insurance carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of
subrogation is contained in this Lease; and Lessor and Lessee shall each obtain
from their insurance carriers a consent to such waiver.

       13.5  Form Satisfactory, etc. All of the policies of insurance referred
             ----------------------
to in this Article XIII shall be written in a form, with deductibles and by
           ------------
insurance companies satisfactory to Lessor and shall satisfy the requirements of
any ground lease, mortgage, security agreement or other financing lien, if any,
on the Leased Property and of the Management Agreement. The party responsible
for obtaining any policy shall pay all of the premiums therefor, and deliver
copies of such policies or certificates thereof to the other party prior to
their effective date (and, with respect to any renewal policy, thirty (30) days
prior to the expiration of the existing policy), and in the event of the failure
of the responsible party either to effect such insurance as herein called for or
to pay the premiums therefor, or to deliver such policies or certificates
thereof to the other party at the times required, such other party shall be
entitled, but shall have no obligation, after ten (10)

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
days' Notice to the responsible party (or after less than ten (10) days' Notice
if required to prevent the expiration of any existing policy), to effect such
insurance and pay the premiums therefor, and to be reimbursed for any such
premiums upon written demand therefor.  Each insurer mentioned in this Article
                                                                       -------
XIII shall agree, by endorsement to the policy or policies issued by it, or by
- ----                                                                          
independent instrument furnished to the party not responsible hereunder for
obtaining such policy, that it will give to such party thirty (30) days' written
notice before the policy or policies in question shall be materially altered,
allowed to expire or canceled.

       13.6  Increase in Limits.  If either Lessor or Lessee at any time deems
             ------------------
the limits of the personal injury or property damage under the comprehensive
public liability insurance then carried to be either excessive or insufficient,
Lessor and Lessee shall endeavor in good faith to agree on the proper and
reasonable limits for such insurance to be carried and such insurance shall
thereafter be carried with the limits thus agreed on until further change
pursuant to the provisions of this Section. If the parties fail to agree on such
limits, the matter shall be referred to arbitration as provided for in 
Section 40.1. However, in no event shall such limits fail to satisfy the
- ------------
requirements of the Management Agreement and of any ground lease, Mortgage,
security agreement or other financing lien, if any, affecting the Leased
Property.

       13.7  Blanket Policy.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
             --------------
contained in this Article XIII, Lessee or Lessor may bring the insurance 
                  ------------ 
provided for herein within the coverage of a so-called blanket policy or
policies of insurance carried and maintained by Lessee or Lessor; provided,
however, that the coverage afforded to Lessor and Lessee will not be reduced or
diminished or otherwise be different from that which would exist under a
separate policy meeting all other requirements of this Lease by reason of the
use of such blanket policy of insurance, and provided further that the
requirements of this Article XIII are otherwise satisfied.
                     ------------                         

       13.8  Separate Insurance.  Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall on its own
             ------------------                                             
initiative or pursuant to the request or requirement of any third party, take
out separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss
with that required in this Article to be furnished, or increase the amount of
any then existing insurance by securing an additional policy or additional
policies, unless all parties having an insurable interest in the subject matter
of the insurance, including in all cases Lessor, are included therein as
additional insureds, and the loss is payable under such additional separate
insurance in the same manner as losses are payable under this Lease.  Each party
shall immediately notify the other party that it has obtained any such separate
insurance or of the increasing of any of the amounts of the then existing
insurance.

       13.9  Reports On Insurance Claims.  Lessee shall promptly investigate and
             ---------------------------                                    
make a complete and timely written report to the appropriate insurance company
as to all accidents, all claims for damage relating to the ownership, operation,
and maintenance of the Facility, and any damage or destruction to the Facility
and the estimated cost of repair thereof and shall prepare any and all reports
required by any insurance company in connection therewith. All such reports
shall be timely filed with the insurance company as required under the terms of
the insurance policy involved, and a copy of all such reports shall be furnished
to Lessor.

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XIV
                                  -----------

                           DAMAGE AND RECONSTRUCTION
                           -------------------------

       14.1  Insurance Proceeds.  Except as and to the extent set forth in the 
             ------------------
Management Agreement, all proceeds of the insurance contemplated by 
Sections 13.1(a)(i) and (ii) payable by reason of any loss or damage to the
- -------------------     ----
Leased Property, or any portion thereof, and insured under any policy of
insurance required by Article XIII of this Lease shall be paid to Lessor and
                      ------------
made available, if applicable, for reconstruction or repair, as the case may be,
of any damage to or destruction of the Leased Property or any portion thereof,
and, if applicable, shall be paid out by Lessor from time to time for the
reasonable costs of such reconstruction or repair upon satisfaction of
reasonable terms and conditions specified by Lessor. Any excess proceeds of
insurance remaining after the completion of the restoration or reconstruction of
the Leased Property shall be paid to Lessor. If neither Lessor nor Lessee is
required or elects to repair and restore, and the Lease is terminated as
described in Section 14.2, all such insurance proceeds shall be retained by
             ------------
Lessor except for any amount thereof paid with respect to Lessee's Personal
Property. All salvage resulting from any risk covered by insurance shall belong
to Lessor, except to the extent of salvage relating to Lessee's Personal
Property.

       14.2  Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Covered by
             ---------------------------------------------------------------
Insurance.
- ---------

             (a)   If during the Term the Leased Property is totally or 
partially destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article XIII
                                                                    ------------
and the Facility thereby is rendered Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary
Intended Use, this Lease shall (if and to the extent the Management Agreement
may be terminated pursuant to Article 15 thereof) terminate as of the date of
                              ----------
the casualty and neither Lessor nor Lessee shall have any further liability
hereunder except for any liabilities which have arisen prior to or which survive
such termination, and Lessor shall be entitled to retain all insurance proceeds
except for any amount thereof paid with respect to Lessee's Personal Property.

             (b)   If during the Term the Leased Property is partially 
destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article XIII, but the
                                                          ------------
Facility is not thereby rendered Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary
Intended Use, Lessor or, at the election of Lessor (unless required pursuant to
Article 15 of the Management Agreement), Lessee shall restore the Facility to
- ----------
substantially the same condition as existed immediately before the damage or
destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and this
Lease shall not terminate as a result of such damage or destruction. If Lessee
restores the Facility, the insurance proceeds shall be paid out by Lessor from
time to time for the reasonable costs of such restoration upon satisfaction of
terms and conditions specified by Lessor, and any excess proceeds remaining
after such restoration shall be paid to Lessor except for any amount thereof
paid with respect to Lessee's Personal Property.

             (c)   If the Facility is to be restored in accordance with the
provisions of Section 14.2(b) or otherwise and if the cost of the repair or
              ---------------                                              
restoration exceeds the amount of 

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
proceeds received by Lessor from the insurance required under Article XIII,
                                                              ------------
Lessor shall agree to contribute any excess amounts needed to restore the
Facility prior to requiring Lessee to commence such work. Such difference shall
be made available by Lessor, together with any other insurance proceeds, for
application to the cost of repair and restoration in accordance with the
provisions of Section 14.2(b).
              ---------------

       14.3  Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Not Covered by
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
Insurance. If during the Term the Facility is totally or materially damaged or
- ---------                                                                  
destroyed by a risk not covered by the insurance described in Article XIII, or 
                                                              ------------ 
if the Holder will not make the proceeds of such insurance available to
Lessor for restoration of the Facility, unless in either event such damage or
destruction renders the Facility Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary
Intended Use, Lessor at its option shall either, (a) at Lessor's sole cost and
expense, restore the Facility to substantially the same condition it was in
immediately before such damage or destruction and this Lease shall not terminate
as a result of such damage or destruction, or (b) terminate the Lease (if and to
the extent the Management Agreement may be terminated pursuant to Article 15
                                                                  ----------
thereof) and neither Lessor nor Lessee shall have any further liability
thereunder except for any liabilities which have arisen or occurred prior to
such termination and those which expressly survive termination of this Lease. If
such damage or destruction is determined by Lessor not to be material, Lessor
may, at Lessor's sole cost and expense, restore the Facility to substantially
the same condition as existed immediately before the damage or destruction and
otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and this Lease shall not
terminate as a result of such damage or destruction.

       14.4  Lessee's Property and Business Interruption Insurance.  All 
             -----------------------------------------------------      
insurance proceeds payable by reason of any loss of or damage to any of Lessee's
Personal Property and the business interruption insurance maintained for the
benefit of Lessee shall be paid to Lessee; provided, however, no such payments
shall diminish or reduce the insurance payments otherwise payable to or for the
benefit of Lessor hereunder.

       14.5  Abatement of Rent.  Any damage or destruction due to casualty
             -----------------                                            
notwithstanding, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Lessee's
obligation to pay Rent required by this Lease shall remain unabated by any
damage or destruction which does not result in a reduction of Gross Revenues.
If and to the extent that any damage or destruction results in a reduction of
Gross Revenues which would otherwise be realizable from the operation of the
Facility, then Lessor shall receive all loss of income insurance and Lessee
shall have no obligation to pay Rent in excess of the amount of Percentage Rent,
if any, realizable from Gross Revenues generated by the operation of the Leased
Property during the existence of such damage or destruction; provided, however,
that if such damage or destruction was caused by Lessee's gross negligence or
willful misconduct, Lessee shall remain liable for the amount of Rent which
would have been payable hereunder at a rate equal to the average Rent during the
last three preceding 12-month Lease Years (or if three 12-month Lease Years
shall not have elapsed, the average during the preceding 12-month Lease Years or
if one Lease Year has not elapsed, the amount derived by annualizing the
Percentage Rent from the Commencement Date of this Lease) as if such damage or
destruction had not occurred.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE XV
                                   ----------

                                  CONDEMNATION
                                  ------------

       15.1  Definitions.
             ----------- 

             (a)   "Condemnation" means a Taking resulting from (1) the exercise
                    ------------
of any governmental power, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, by a
Condemnor, and (2) a voluntary sale or transfer by Lessor to any Condemnor,
either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation
are pending.

             (b)   "Date of Taking" means the date the Condemnor has the right 
                    --------------
to possession of the property being condemned.

             (c)   "Award" means all compensation, sums or anything of value
                    -----
awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.

             (d)   "Condemnor" means any public or quasi-public authority, or
                    ---------
private corporation or individual, having the power of Condemnation.

       15.2  Parties' Rights and Obligations.  If during the Term there is any
             -------------------------------                              
Condemnation of all or any part of the Leased Property or any interest in this
Lease, the rights and obligations of Lessor and Lessee shall be determined by
this Article XV.
     ---------- 

       15.3  Total Taking.  If title to the fee of the whole of the Leased
             ------------
Property is condemned by any Condemnor, this Lease shall cease and terminate as
of the Date of Taking by the Condemnor.  If title to the fee of less than the
whole of the Leased Property is so taken or condemned, which nevertheless
renders the Leased Property Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary Intended
Use, then either Lessee or Lessor shall have the option, by notice to the other,
at any time prior to the Date of Taking, to terminate this Lease as of the Date
of Taking.  Upon such date, if such Notice has been given, this Lease shall
thereupon cease and terminate.  All Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional
Charges paid or payable by Lessee hereunder shall be apportioned as of the Date
of Taking, and Lessee shall promptly pay Lessor such amounts.

       15.4  Allocation of Award.  The total Award made with respect to the 
             -------------------                                           
Leased Property or for loss of rent, or for Lessor's loss of business beyond the
Term, shall be solely the property of and payable to Lessor.  Any Award made for
loss of Lessee's business during the remaining Term, if any, for the taking of
Lessee's Personal Property, or for removal and relocation expenses of Lessee in
any such proceedings shall be the sole property of and payable to Lessee. In any
Condemnation proceedings Lessor and Lessee shall each seek its Award in
conformity herewith, at its respective expense; provided, however, neither
Lessor nor Lessee shall initiate, prosecute or acquiesce in any proceedings that
may result in a diminution of any Award payable to the other.

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
       15.5  Partial Taking.
             -------------- 

             (a)   If title to less than the whole of the Leased Property is
condemned, and the Leased Property is not Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its
Primary Intended Use, or if Lessor and Lessee are entitled but elect not to
terminate this Lease as provided in Section 15.3, then Lessor or, at Lessor's
                                    ------------                             
election, Lessee shall, with all reasonable dispatch and to the extent that the
Holder permits the application of the Award therefor and the Award to be
contributed to restoration as provided in this Section 15.5(a) is sufficient
                                               ---------------              
therefor, restore the untaken portion of any Leased Improvements so that such
Leased Improvements constitute a complete architectural unit of the same general
character and condition (as nearly as may be possible under the circumstances)
as the Leased Improvements existing immediately prior to the Condemnation.
Lessor and Lessee shall each contribute to the cost of restoration that part of
its Award specifically allocated to such restoration, if any, together with
severance and other damages awarded for the taken Leased Improvements; provided,
however, that the amount of such contribution shall not exceed such cost.

             (b)   In the event of a partial Taking as described in 
Section 15.5(a) which does not result in a termination of this Lease by Lessor,
- ---------------
the Base Rent shall be abated in the manner and to the extent that is fair, just
and equitable to both Lessee and Lessor, taking into consideration, among other
relevant factors, the number of usable rooms, the amount of square footage, or
the revenues affected by such partial Taking. If Lessor and Lessee are unable to
agree upon the amount of such abatement within thirty (30) days after such
partial Taking, the matter shall be submitted to Arbitration as provided for in
Section 40.2 hereof.
- ------------        

       15.6  Temporary Taking.  If the whole or any part of the Leased Property
             ----------------
or of Lessee's interest under this Lease is condemned by any Condemnor for its
temporary use or occupancy, this Lease shall not terminate by reason thereof,
and Lessee shall continue to pay, in the manner and at the times herein
specified, the full amounts of Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional Charges
realizable from Gross Revenues generated by the Leased Property during such
period, together with additional amounts of Rent, if any, to the extent of the
remaining balance, if any, of the Award made to Lessee for such Condemnation
allocable to the Term (after payment of Base Rent and Additional Charges),
Lessee shall pay Percentage Rent at a rate equal to the average Percentage Rent
during the last three preceding 12-month Lease Years (or if three 12-month Lease
Years shall not have elapsed, the average during the preceding 12-month Lease
Years). Except only to the extent that Lessee may be prevented from so doing
pursuant to the terms of the order of the Condemnor, Lessee shall continue to
perform and observe all of the other terms, covenants, conditions and
obligations hereof on the part of the Lessee to be performed and observed, as
though such Condemnation had not occurred. In the event of any Condemnation as
in this Section 15.6 described, the entire amount of any Award made for such
        ------------
Condemnation allocable to the Term of this Lease, whether paid by way of
damages, rent or otherwise, shall be paid (a) directly to Lessee if the Award is
payable by the Condemnor on a monthly basis, or (b) if payable by the Condemnor
less frequently than on a monthly basis, the Award shall be paid to an
institutional trustee designated by Lessor or to the Holder of a Mortgage, if
any, and made available to Lessee on terms reasonably satisfactory to Lessor or
such Holder for application

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
pursuant to the provisions of this Section 15.6. Lessee covenants that upon the
                                   ------------
termination of any such period of temporary use or occupancy it will, to the
extent that its Award is sufficient therefor and subject to Lessor's
contribution as set forth below, restore the Leased Property as nearly as may be
reasonably possible to the condition in which the same was immediately prior to
such Condemnation, unless such period of temporary use or occupancy extends
beyond the expiration of the Term, in which case Lessee shall not be required to
make such restoration. If restoration is required hereunder, Lessor shall
contribute to the cost of such restoration that portion of its entire Award that
is specifically allocated to such restoration in the judgment or order of the
court, if any.

                                  ARTICLE XVI
                                  -----------

                                   DEFAULTS
                                   --------

       16.1  Events of Default.  Any one or more of the following events shall
             -----------------
constitute an Event of Default (herein so called) hereunder:

             (a)   if Lessee fails to make any payment of Base Rent or 
Percentage Rent within ten (10) days after receipt by the Lessee of Notice from
Lessor that the same has become due and payable, provided that Lessor shall not
be required to give any such Notice more than once in any Lease Year and that
any second or subsequent failure by Lessee during such Lease Year to make any
payment of Base Rent or Percentage Rent on the date the same becomes due and
payable shall constitute an immediate Event of Default; or

             (b)   if Lessee fails to make any payment of Additional Charges
within ten (10) days after receipt by Lessee of Notice from Lessor that the same
has become due and payable; or

             (c)   if Lessee fails to observe or perform any other term,
covenant or condition of this Lease and such failure is not curable, or if
curable is not cured by Lessee within a period of thirty (30) days after receipt
by the Lessee of Notice thereof from Lessor, unless such failure is curable but
cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which
case it shall not be deemed an Event of Default if (i) Lessee, within such
thirty (30) day period, proceeds with due diligence to cure the failure and
thereafter diligently completes the curing thereof within 120 days of Lessor's
Notice to Lessee, which 120-day period shall cease to run during any period that
a cure of such failure is prevented by an Unavoidable Delay and shall resume
running upon the cessation of such Unavoidable Delay, and (ii) the failure does
not result in a notice or declaration of default under any material contract or
agreement to which Lessor, the Company, or any Affiliate of either of them is a
party or by which any of their assets are bound; or

             (d)   if Lessee shall (i) be generally not paying its debts as they
become due, (ii) file, or consent by answer or otherwise to the filing against
it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other
petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy
or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, (iii) make an assignment for

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consent to the appointment of a custodian,
receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or
with respect to any substantial part of its assets, (v) be adjudicated
insolvent, or (vi) take corporate action for the purpose of any of the
foregoing; or if a court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction
shall enter an order appointing, without consent by Lessee, a custodian,
receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or
with respect to any substantial part of its assets, or if an order for relief
shall be entered in any case or proceeding for liquidation or reorganization or
otherwise to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any
jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of Lessee,
or if any petition for any such relief shall be filed against Lessee and such
petition shall not be dismissed within sixty (60) days; or

             (e)   if Lessee is liquidated or dissolved, or begins proceedings
toward such liquidation or dissolution, or, in any manner, ceases to do business
or permits the sale or divestiture of substantially all of its assets; or

             (f)   if the estate or interest of Lessee in the Leased Property or
any part thereof is voluntarily or involuntarily transferred, assigned,
conveyed, levied upon or attached in any Proceeding; or

             (g)   if, except as a result of and to the extent required by
damage, destruction, Condemnation or Unavoidable Delay, Lessee ceases operations
on the Leased Property; or

             (h)   if notice of a default or an event of default has been given
by the Manager under the Management Agreement with respect to the Facility on
the Leased Property as a result of any action or failure to act by the Lessee or
any Person with whom the Lessee contracts at the Facility, which default or
event of default is not cured within applicable cure periods and does not arise
solely from Lessor's breach of any of its obligations under this Lease which are
required to maintain the Management Agreement in effect;

             (i)   if Manager shall default beyond any applicable notice and
cure period (without extension or waiver by Lessee) under the Management
Agreement;

             (j)   if an Event of Default occurs under any or all of the Other
Leases; or

             (k)   if Lessee breaches any of the provisions of Article XXXV.
                                                               ------------ 

             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in 
Section 16.1(c), the cure periods set forth in Section 16.1(c) shall not apply
- ---------------                                ---------------
to (i) any intentional failure by Lessee to observe or perform any term,
covenant or condition of this Lease, or (ii) any failure by Lessee to perform
any term, covenant or condition for which a different grace or cure period is
expressly set forth in any other provision of this Lease, and in either of the
foregoing events such failure shall, after the expiration of any other grace or
cure period expressly set forth elsewhere herein, constitute an immediate Event
of Default.

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
             If litigation is commenced with respect to any alleged default
under this Lease, the prevailing party in such litigation shall receive, in
addition to its damages incurred, such sum as the court shall determine as its
reasonable attorneys' fees, and all costs and expenses incurred in connection
therewith.

       16.2  Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lessor shall
             --------                                                     
have the right, at Lessor's option, to elect to do any one or more of the
following without further notice or demand to Lessee: (a) terminate this Lease,
in which event Lessee shall immediately surrender the Leased Property to Lessor,
and, if Lessee fails to so surrender, Lessor shall have the right, without
notice, to enter upon and take possession of the Leased Property and to expel or
remove Lessee and its effects without being liable for prosecution or any claim
for damages therefor; and Lessee shall, and hereby agrees to, indemnify Lessor
for all loss and damage which Lessor suffers by reason of such termination,
including without limitation, damages in an amount equal to the total of (1) the
reasonable costs of recovering the Leased Property in the event that Lessee does
not promptly surrender the Leased Property, and all other reasonable expenses
incurred by Lessor in connection with Lessee's default; (2) the unpaid Rent
earned as of the date of termination, plus interest at the Overdue Rate accruing
after the due date until such sums are paid by Lessee to Lessor; (3) the total
Rent (including Percentage Rent as determined below) which Lessor would have
received under this Lease for the remainder of the Term, but discounted to the
then present value at a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, less the fair
market rental value of the balance of the Term as of the time of such default
discounted to the then present value at a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per
annum; and (4) all other sums of money and damages owing by Lessee to Lessor; or
(b) enter upon and take possession of the Leased Property without terminating
this Lease and without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages
therefor, and, if Lessor elects, relet the Leased Property on such terms as
Lessor deems advisable, in which event Lessee shall pay to Lessor on demand the
reasonable costs of repossessing and reletting the Leased Property and any
deficiency between the Rent payable hereunder (including Percentage Rent as
determined below) and the rent paid under such reletting; provided, however,
that Lessee shall not be entitled to any excess payments received by Lessor from
such reletting and Lessor's failure to relet the Leased Property shall not
release or affect Lessee's liability for Rent or for damages; or (c) enter the
Leased Property without terminating this Lease and without being liable for
prosecution or any claim for damages therefor and maintain the Leased Property
and repair or replace any damage thereto or do anything for which Lessee is
responsible hereunder. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor immediately upon demand for
any expense which Lessor incurs in thus effecting Lessee's compliance under this
Lease, and Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for any damages with respect
thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Lessee shall not be
liable to Lessor for consequential, punitive or exemplary damages.

       The rights granted to Lessor in this Section 16.2 shall be cumulative of
                                            ------------
every other right or remedy provided in this Lease or which Lessor may otherwise
have at law or in equity or by statute, and the exercise of one or more rights
or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise
of other rights or remedies or constitute a forfeiture or waiver of Rent or
damages accruing to Lessor by reason of any Event of Default under this Lease.

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
       Percentage Rent for the purposes of this Section 16.2 shall be a sum
                                                ------------
equal to (i) the average of the annual amounts of the Percentage Rent for the
three 12-month Lease Years immediately preceding the Lease Year in which the
termination, re-entry or repossession takes place, or (ii) if three 12-month
Lease Years shall not have elapsed, the average of the Percentage Rent during
the preceding 12-month Lease Years during which the Lease was in effect, or
(iii) if one Lease Year has not elapsed, the amount derived by annualizing the
Percentage Rent from the effective date of this Lease.

       16.3  Waiver.  Each party waives, to the extent permitted by applicable
             ------
law, any right to a trial by jury in any proceedings brought by either party to
enforce the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, proceedings
to enforce the remedies set forth in this Article XVI, and Lessee waives the
                                          -----------
benefit of any laws now or hereafter in force exempting property from liability
for rent or for debt.

       16.4  Application of Funds.  Any payments received by Lessor under any of
             --------------------                                            
the provisions of this Lease during the existence or continuance of any Event of
Default shall be applied to Lessee's obligations in the order that Lessor may
determine or as may be prescribed by the laws of the State.

                                 ARTICLE XVII
                                 ------------

                            LESSOR'S RIGHT TO CURE
                            ----------------------

       17.1  Lessor's Right to Cure Lessee's Default.  If Lessee fails to make
             ---------------------------------------
any payment or to perform any act required to be made or performed under this 
Lease including, without limitation, Lessee's failure to comply with the terms 
of any Management Agreement  and fails to cure the same within the relevant 
time periods, if any, provided in Section 16.1 or elsewhere in this Lease,
                                  ------------
Lessor, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Lessee, and without
waiving or releasing any obligation or default, may (but shall be under no
obligation to) at any time thereafter upon Notice to Lessee make such payment or
perform such act for the account and at the expense of Lessee, and may, to the
extent permitted by law, enter upon the Leased Property for such purpose and,
subject to Section 16.2, take all such action thereon as, in Lessor's opinion,
           ------------
may be necessary or appropriate therefor. No such entry shall be deemed an
eviction of Lessee. All sums so paid by Lessor and all costs and expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, in each
case to the extent permitted by law) so incurred, together with a late charge
thereon (to the extent permitted by law) at the Overdue Rate from the date on
which such sums or expenses are paid or incurred by Lessor until such sums or
expenses are paid by Lessee to Lessor, shall constitute Additional Charges and
shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor on demand. The obligations of Lessee and
rights of Lessor contained in this Article shall survive the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease.

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XVIII
                                 -------------

                                  LIMITATIONS
                                  -----------

          18.1  Personal Property Limitation.  Anything contained in this Lease
                ----------------------------                                   
to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the average of the adjusted tax bases of
the items of Lessor's personal property that are leased to the Lessee under this
Lease at the beginning and at the end of any Lease Year shall not exceed 15% of
the average of the aggregate adjusted tax bases of the Leased Property at the
beginning and at the end of such Lease Year and (ii) the rent attributable to
personal property leased hereunder with respect to any calendar shall not exceed
10% of the total rent under this Lease for such year (the limitations in the
preceding clauses (i) and (ii) are referred to collectively as the "Personal
                                                                    --------
Property Limitation").  Lessor and Lessee shall at all times cooperate in good
- -------------------                                                           
faith and use their best efforts to permit Lessor to comply with the Personal
Property Limitation, which compliance may include, by way of example only and
not by way of limitation or obligation, the purchase by Lessee at fair market
value of personal property in excess of the Personal Property Limitation.  All
such compliance shall be effected in a manner which has no material net economic
detriment to Lessee and will not jeopardize the Company's status as a real
estate investment trust under the applicable provisions of the Code. This
Section 18.1 is intended to ensure that the Rent qualifies as (i) "rents from
- ------------                                                                 
real property," within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or any similar
or successor provisions thereto, and (ii) excluded "rents" described in Section
512(b)(3)(A) of the Code or any similar or successor provision thereto, and
shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

          18.2  Sublease Rent Limitation.  Anything contained in this Lease to
                ------------------------                                      
the contrary notwithstanding, Lessee shall not sublet the Leased Property or
enter into any licenses or concessions or enter into any similar arrangement on
any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the sublessee
thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on either (a) the net income or
profits derived by the business activities of the sublessee, licensee, or
concessionaire, or (b) any other formula such that any portion of the Rent would
fail to qualify as "rents from real property" within the meaning of Section
856(d) of the Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto.

          18.3  Sublease Lessee Limitation.  Anything contained in this Lease to
                --------------------------                                      
the contrary notwithstanding, Lessee shall not sublease the Leased Property to,
or enter into any license, concession or similar arrangement with, any Person in
which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, a 10% or more interest, within
the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, or any Person in which Boston
Properties Limited Partnership owns, directly or indirectly,  a ten percent
(10%) or more interest within the meaning of the same section as modified by
Section 7704(d)(3)(B) of the Code or any similar or successor provisions
thereto.

          18.4  Lessee Ownership Limitation.  Anything contained in this Lease
                ---------------------------                                   
to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessor shall not take, or permit an Affiliate
of Lessor to take, any action that would cause the Company to own, directly or
indirectly, a 10% or more interest in the Lessee within the meaning of Section
856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, or that would cause Boston Properties 


                                      51
<PAGE>
 
Limited Partnership to own, directly or indirectly, a ten percent (10%) or more
interest in the Lessee within the meaning of the same Section as modified by
Section 7704(d)(3)(B) of the Code, or any similar or successor provisions
thereto. Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding,
Lessee shall not take, or permit an Affiliate of Lessee to take, any action that
would cause the Company to own, directly or indirectly, a 10% or more interest
in the Lessee within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, or that
would cause Boston Properties Limited Partnership to own, directly or
indirectly, a ten percent (10%) or more interest in the Lessee within the
meaning of the same Section as modified by Section 7704(d)(3)(B) of the Code, or
any similar or successor provisions thereto. Any transfer of interests in the
Lessee pursuant to Section 35.4 shall be deemed to be an action of Lessee for
purposes of this Section 18.4.

          18.5  Schedule of Owners.  Upon the Commencement Date, Lessee shall
                ------------------                                           
provide to Lessor a schedule of all owners of interests in Lessee who own of
record or beneficially ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding ownership
interests in Lessee.  During the Term, Lessee shall promptly provide Lessor with
Notice of any changes in the foregoing schedule.  Lessee shall from time to time
provide such information as Lessor may reasonably request to verify Lessee's
compliance with Section 18.4 and this Section 18.5.
                ------------          ------------ 

                                  ARTICLE XIX
                                  -----------

                                 HOLDING OVER
                                 ------------

          19.1  Holding Over.  If Lessee for any reason remains in possession of
                ------------                                                    
the Leased Property after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term,
such possession shall be as a tenant at sufferance during which time Lessee
shall pay as rental each month two times the aggregate of (a) one-twelfth of the
aggregate Base Rent and Percentage Rent payable with respect to the last Lease
Year of the Term, (b) all Additional Charges accruing during the applicable
month and (c) all other sums, if any, payable by Lessee under this Lease with
respect to the Leased Property.  During such period, Lessee shall be obligated
to perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease,
but shall have no rights hereunder other than the right, to the extent given by
law to tenancies at sufferance, to continue its occupancy and use of the Leased
Property.  Nothing contained herein shall constitute the consent, express or
implied, of Lessor to the holding over of Lessee after the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE XX
                                  ----------

                                  INDEMNITIES
                                  -----------

          20.1  Indemnification.
                --------------- 

                (a)  LESSEE WILL PROTECT, INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND
LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS,
CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, CAUSES OF ACTION, COSTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES 


                                      52
<PAGE>
 
AND EXPENSES), TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, INCLUDING THOSE RESULTING FROM A
LESSOR INDEMNIFIED PARTY'S OWN NEGLIGENCE but excluding those resulting from a
Lessor Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct, imposed upon
or incurred by or asserted against Lessor Indemnified Parties by reason of: (a)
any accident, injury to or death of persons or loss of or damage to property
occurring on or about the Leased Property or adjoining sidewalks, during the
Term or while the Leased Property is in the possession or control of Lessee
including without limitation any claims under liquor liability, "dram shop" or
similar laws, (b) any past, present or future use, misuse, non-use, condition,
management, operation, maintenance or repair by Lessee or any of its agents,
employees, contractors or invitees of the Leased Property or Lessee's Personal
Property, or any litigation, proceeding or claim by governmental entities or
other third parties to which a Lessor Indemnified Party is made a party or
participant related to such use, misuse, non-use, condition, management,
operation, maintenance, or repair thereof by Lessee or any of its agents,
employees, contractors or invitees, including any failure of Lessee or any of
its agents, employees, contractors or invitees to perform any obligations under
this Lease or imposed by applicable law (other than arising out of Condemnation
proceedings), (c) any Impositions that are the obligations of Lessee pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Lease, (d) any failure on the part of Lessee
to perform or comply with any of the terms of this Lease, and (e) the
nonperformance by Lessee or any of its agents, employees or contractors of any
of the terms and provisions of any and all existing and future subleases of the
Leased Property to be performed by the landlord thereunder.

                (b)  Lessor shall indemnify, save harmless and defend Lessee
Indemnified Parties from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims,
damages, penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses imposed upon or
incurred by or asserted against Lessee Indemnified Parties as a result of (a)
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor arising in connection with
this Lease or (b) any failure on the part of Lessor to perform or comply with
any of the terms of this Lease.

                (c)  Any amounts that become payable by an Indemnifying Party
under this Section shall be paid within ten (10) days after liability therefor
on the part of the Indemnifying Party is determined by litigation or otherwise,
and if not timely paid, shall bear a late charge (to the extent permitted by
law) at the Overdue Rate from the date of such determination to the date of
payment. Any such amounts shall be reduced by insurance proceeds received and
any other recovery (net of costs) obtained by the Indemnified Party. An
Indemnifying Party, upon request, shall at its sole expense resist and defend
any Proceeding, claim or action, or cause the same to be resisted and defended
by counsel designated by the Indemnified Party and approved by the Indemnifying
Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however,
that such approval shall not be required in the case of defense by counsel
designated by any insurance company undertaking such defense pursuant to any
applicable policy of insurance. Each Indemnified Party shall have the right to
employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding, claim or action and to
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
will be at the sole expense of such Indemnified Party unless a conflict of
interest prevents representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel
selected by the Indemnified Party and such separate counsel has been approved by
the Indemnifying Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such



                                      53
<PAGE>
 
Proceeding, claim or action made without its consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, but if settled with the consent of the Indemnifying
Party, or if settled without its consent (if its consent shall be unreasonably
withheld), or if there be a final, non-appealable judgment for an adversary
party in any such Proceeding, claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Party from and against any
liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Party by reason of such settlement or
judgement. Nothing herein shall be construed as indemnifying a Lessor
Indemnified Party against its own grossly negligent acts or omissions or willful
misconduct.

                (d)  Lessee's and Lessor's obligations under the provisions of
this Article shall survive any termination of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE XXI
                                  -----------

                           SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT
                           -------------------------

          21.1  Subletting and Assignment.
                ------------------------- 

                (a)  Subject to the provisions of Article XVIII and Sections
                                                  -------------     --------
21.2, 21.3 and any other express consents, conditions, limitations or other
- ----------
provisions set forth herein, Lessee shall not assign this Lease or hereafter
sublease all or any part of the Leased Property without first obtaining the
written consent of Lessor. In the case of a permitted subletting, the sublessee
shall comply with the provisions of Sections 18.2, 18.3, 18.4, 18.5, 21.2 and
                                    -------------------------------------
21.3, and in the case of a permitted assignment, the assignee shall assume in
- ----
writing and agree to keep and perform all of the terms of this Lease on the part
of Lessee to be kept and performed and shall be, and become, jointly and
severally liable with Lessee for the performance thereof. In case of either an
assignment or subletting made during the Term, Lessee shall remain primarily
liable, as principal rather than as surety, for the prompt payment of the Rent
and for the performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions to
be performed by Lessee hereunder. An original counterpart of each such sublease
and assignment and assumption, duly executed by Lessee and such sublessee or
assignee, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor,
shall be delivered promptly to Lessor.

                (b)  Lessee acknowledges that this Lease is a lease of
nonresidential real property and therefore agrees that Lessee, as the debtor in
possession, or the trustee for Lessee (collectively "the Trustee") in any
                                                     -----------
proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code relating to
Bankruptcy, as amended (the "Bankruptcy Code"), shall not seek or request any
                             ---------------
extension of time to assume or reject this Lease or to perform any obligations
of this Lease which arise from or after the order of relief.

                (c)  If the Trustee proposes to assume or to assign this Lease
or sublet the Premises (or any portion thereof) to any person which shall have
made a bona fide offer to accept an assignment of this Lease or a subletting on
terms acceptable to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give Lessor, and lessors and
mortgagees of Lessor of which Lessee has notice, written notice 


                                      54
<PAGE>
 
setting forth the name and address of such person and the terms and conditions
of such offer, no later than twenty (20) days after receipt of such offer, but
in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the Trustee
makes application to the Bankruptcy Court for authority and approval to enter
into such assumption and assignment or subletting. Lessor shall have the prior
right and option, to be exercised by written notice to the Trustee given at any
time prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment or subletting, to
receive an assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises to Lessor or
Lessor's designee upon the same terms and conditions and for the same
consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such person, less any
brokerage commissions which may be payable out of the consideration to be paid
by such person for the assignment or subletting of this Lease.

                (d)  The Trustee shall have the right to assume Lessee's rights
and obligations under this Lease only if the Trustee: (a) promptly cures or
provides adequate assurance that the Trustee will promptly cure any default
under this Lease; (b) compensates or provides adequate assurance that the
Trustee will promptly compensate Lessor for any actual pecuniary loss incurred
by Lessor as a result of Lessee's default under this Lease; and (c) provides
adequate assurance of future performance under this Lease. Adequate assurance of
future performance by the proposed assignee shall include, as a minimum, that:
(i) any proposed assignee of this Lease shall provide to Lessor an audited
financial statement, dated no later than six (6) months prior to the effective
date of such proposed assignment or sublease with no material change therein as
of the effective date, which financial statement shall show the proposed
assignee to have a net worth equal to at least the Minimum Net Worth, or, in the
alternative, the proposed assignee shall provide a guarantor of such proposed
assignee's obligations under this Lease, which guarantor shall provide an
audited financial statement meeting the requirements of (i) above and shall
execute and deliver to Lessor a guaranty agreement in form and substance
acceptable to Lessor; and (ii) any proposed assignee shall grant to Lessor a
security interest in favor of Lessor in all furniture, fixtures, and other
personal property to be used by such proposed assignee in the Leased Property.
All payments required of Lessee under this Lease, whether or not expressly
denominated as such in this Lease, shall constitute rent for the purposes of
Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

                (e)  The parties agree that for the purposes of the Bankruptcy
Code relating to (a) the obligation of the Trustee to provide adequate assurance
that the Trustee will "promptly" cure defaults and compensate Lessor for actual
pecuniary loss, the word "promptly" shall mean that cure of defaults and
compensation will occur no later than sixty (60) days following the filing of
any motion or application to assume this Lease; and (b) the obligation of the
Trustee to compensate or to provide adequate assurance that the Trustee will
promptly compensate Lessor for "actual pecuniary loss", the term "actual
                                ---------------------
pecuniary loss" shall mean, in addition to any other provisions contained herein
relating to Lessor's damages upon default obligations of Lessee to pay money
under this Lease and all attorneys' fees and related costs of Lessor incurred in
connection with any default of Lessee in connection with Lessee's bankruptcy
proceedings.

                (f)  Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned
pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed, without
further act or deed, to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this
Lease and each of the conditions and provisions hereof on 


                                      55
<PAGE>
 
and after the date of such assignment. Any such assignee shall, upon the request
of Lessor, forthwith execute and deliver to Lessor an instrument, in form and
substance acceptable to Lessor, confirming such assumption.

          21.2  Attornment.  Lessee shall insert in each future sublease
                ----------                                              
permitted under Section 21.1 provisions to the effect that (a) such sublease is
                ------------                                                   
subject and subordinate to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease and to
the rights of Lessor hereunder, (b) if this Lease terminates before the
expiration of such sublease, the sublessee thereunder will, at Lessor's option,
attorn to Lessor and waive any right the sublessee may have to terminate the
sublease or to surrender possession thereunder as a result of the termination of
this Lease, and (c) if the sublessee receives a written Notice from Lessor or
Lessor's assignees, if any, stating that an uncured Event of Default exists
under this Lease, the sublessee shall thereafter be obligated to pay all rentals
accruing under said sublease directly to the party giving such Notice, or as
such party may direct. All rentals received from the sublessee by Lessor or
Lessor's assignees, if any, as the case may be, shall be credited against the
amounts owing by Lessee under this Lease.

          21.3  Management Agreement.  Lessee shall not enter into any
                --------------------                                  
management or agency agreement relating to the management or operation of the
Facility or any modifications to such management or agency agreement without
Lessor's prior written approval of the terms and conditions thereof and of the
identity of any manager of the Facility which is not an Affiliate of Lessee.
Lessor hereby approves that certain Management Agreement dated as of October 14,
1985, as amended successively on September 24, 1986, June 20, 1994 and June ___,
1997, as the same may be further amended or modified with the  prior written
consent of Lessor (the "Management Agreement") between Lessee, as Developer and
Marriott International, Inc., as manager.  To the extent any of the provisions
of the Management Agreement impose a greater obligation on Lessee than the
corresponding provisions of this Lease, then Lessee shall be obligated to comply
with, and to take all reasonable actions necessary to prevent breaches or
defaults under, the provisions of the Management Agreement, except to the extent
that Lessee is prevented from complying with the Management Agreement because of
Lessor's breach of its obligations to comply with Article XXXVIII.  It is the
                                                  ---------------            
intent of the parties hereto that Lessee shall comply in every respect with the
provisions of the Management Agreement so as to avoid any default thereunder
during the term of this Agreement.  Lessee shall not terminate or enter into any
modification of the Management Agreement without in each instance first
obtaining Lessor's written consent.  Lessor and Lessee agree to cooperate fully
with each other in the event it becomes necessary to obtain a management
extension or modification or a new franchise for the Leased Property, and in any
transfer of the Management Agreement to Lessor or any Affiliate thereof or any
other successor to Lessee upon the termination of this Lease.  Any management or
agency agreement other than the Management Agreement shall provide, among other
things, that (i) upon termination of this Lease or termination of Lessee's right
to possession of the Leased Property for any reason whatsoever, the Management
Agreement may be terminated by Lessor without liability for any payment due or
to become due to the Manager, and (ii) all fees and other amounts payable by
Lessee to the Manager shall be fully subordinate to Rent and other amounts
payable by Lessee to Lessor hereunder.  Subject to Lessor's prior approval,
Lessee may elect to manage the Facility itself, in which case where appropriate
in this Lease, the term "Manager" shall 


                                      56
<PAGE>
 
mean Lessee. Lessee shall not enter into any franchise or license agreement
without the prior written consent of Lessor and shall, upon Lessor's written
request, cooperate fully with Lessor in entering into and establishing a
franchise or license agreement relating to the Leased Property.

                                 ARTICLE XXII
                                 ------------

                             ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
                             ---------------------

          22.1  Officer's Certificates; Financial Statements; Lessor's Estoppel 
                ---------------------------------------------------------------
Certificates and Covenants.
- --------------------------

                (a)  At any time and from time to time upon not less than ten
(10) days Notice by Lessor, Lessee will furnish to Lessor an Officer's
Certificate certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and
effect (or that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and setting
forth the modifications), the date to which the Rent has been paid, whether to
the knowledge of Lessee there is any existing default or Event of Default
hereunder by Lessor or Lessee, and such other information as may be reasonably
requested by Lessor. Any such certificate furnished pursuant to this Section may
be relied upon by Lessor, any lender, any underwriter and any prospective
purchaser of the Leased Property.

                (b)  Lessee will furnish the following statements and operating
information to Lessor:

                     (1)  if requested in writing by Lessor: the most recent
          Consolidated Financials of Lessee within thirty (30) days after each
          quarter of any fiscal year (or, in the case of the final quarter in
          any fiscal year, the most recent Consolidated Financials of Lessee
          within ninety (90) days);

                     (2)  with reasonable promptness, such other information
          respecting the financial condition, operations and affairs of Lessee
          or the Leased Property (A) as Lessor or the Company may be required or
          may deem desirable in its reasonable discretion to file with or
          provide to the SEC or any other governmental agency or any other
          Person, all in the form, and either audited or unaudited, as Lessor
          may request in Lessor's reasonable discretion, (B) as may be
          reasonably necessary to confirm compliance by Lessee and its
          Affiliates with the requirements of this Lease, and (C) as may be
          required or requested by any existing, potential or future Holder;

                     (3)  on or before each Friday during the Term, a
          preliminary schedule of Room Revenues, Food Sales and Beverage Sales
          of the Facility for the immediately preceding calendar week, and on or
                                                                       ---
          before the 5th day of each month, a preliminary schedule of Gross
          Revenues of the Facility for the immediately preceding calendar month,
          and on or before the 25th day of each month, a balance sheet, and
          detailed profit and loss and cash flow statements showing the
          financial position of the Facility as at the end of the

                                      57
<PAGE>
 
          preceding month and the results of operation of the Facility for such
          preceding month and the Lease Year to date in accordance with Section
                                                                        -------
          5.02 of the Management Agreement;
          ----
                     (4)  monthly STR Reports within five (5) days of
          Lessee's receipt thereof, if any;

                     (5)  unless required earlier pursuant to this Lease, within
          five (5) days of Lessee's receipt thereof, any reports received from
          the Manager under the Management Agreement; and

                     (6)  upon request by Lessor, copies of all licenses,
          permits, occupancy agreements, operating agreements, leases,
          contracts, inspection reports, studies, appraisals, assessments,
          default or other notices and similar materials and information
          existing with respect to the Leased Property.

                (c)  At any time and from time to time upon not less than ten
(10) days notice by Lessee, Lessor will furnish to Lessee or to any person
designated by Lessee an estoppel certificate certifying that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (or that this Lease is in full force and
effect as modified and setting forth the modifications), the date to which Rent
has been paid, whether to the knowledge of Lessor there is any existing default
or Event of Default on Lessee's or Lessor's part hereunder, and such other
information as may be reasonably requested by Lessee. Any such certificate
furnished pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by Lessee, any lender, any
underwriter and any purchaser of the assets of Lessee.

                (d)  Lessee covenants to cause its officers and employees, its
auditors and Manager (to the maximum extent permitted under the Management
Agreement) to cooperate fully and promptly with Lessor and the Company and with
the auditors for Lessor and the Company in connection with the timely
preparation and filing of Lessor's and the Company's filings, reports and
returns under applicable federal, state and other governmental securities, blue
sky and tax laws and regulations.

                                 ARTICLE XXIII
                                 -------------

                                  INSPECTIONS
                                  -----------

          23.1  Regular Meetings; Lessor's Right to Inspect.
                ------------------------------------------- 

                (a)  Lessee agrees that if requested by Lessor (if and to the
extent agreed to by Manager), the general manager, the controller, the director
of marketing, the asset manager and, if specifically requested by Lessor, the
director of food and beverage and the chief engineer for the Facility will meet
at the Facility with Lessor and its representatives on a monthly basis
throughout each Lease Year in order to discuss all aspects of the management,
maintenance and operation of the Facility.


                                      58
<PAGE>
 
                (b)  Lessee shall permit Lessor and its representatives as
frequently as reasonably requested by Lessor to inspect the Leased Property and
Lessee's accounts and records pertaining thereto and make copies thereof, during
usual business hours upon reasonable advance notice, subject only to any
business confidentiality requirements reasonably requested by Lessee. In
conducting such inspections Lessor shall not unreasonably interfere with the
conduct of Lessee's business at the Leased Property.

                                 ARTICLE XXIV
                                 ------------

                                   NO WAIVER
                                   ---------

          24.1  No Waiver.  No failure by Lessor or Lessee to insist upon the
                ---------                                                    
strict performance of any term hereof or to exercise any right, power or remedy
consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial payment
of Rent during the continuance of any such breach, shall constitute a waiver of
any such breach or of any such term.  To the extent permitted by law, no waiver
of any breach shall affect or alter this Lease, which shall continue in full
force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach.


                                  ARTICLE XXV
                                  -----------

                              CUMULATIVE REMEDIES
                              -------------------

          25.1  Remedies Cumulative.  To the extent permitted by law but subject
                -------------------                                             
to Article XXXIX and any other provisions of this Lease expressly limiting the
   -------------                                                              
rights, powers and remedies of either Lessor or Lessee, each legal, equitable or
contractual right, power and remedy of Lessor or Lessee now or hereafter
provided either in this Lease or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and
concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power and remedy and
the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Lessor or Lessee of any one or more
of such rights, powers and remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or
subsequent exercise by Lessor or Lessee of any or all of such other rights,
powers and remedies.

                                 ARTICLE XXVI
                                 ------------

                                   SURRENDER
                                   ---------

          26.1  Acceptance of Surrender.  No surrender to Lessor of this Lease
                -----------------------                                       
or of the Leased Property or any part thereof, or of any interest therein, shall
be valid or effective unless agreed to and accepted in writing by Lessor and no
act by Lessor or any representative or agent of Lessor, other than such a
written acceptance by Lessor, shall constitute an acceptance of any such
surrender.


                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XXVII
                                 -------------

                                   NO MERGER
                                   ---------

          27.1  No Merger of Title.  There shall be no merger of this Lease or
                ------------------                                            
of the leasehold estate created hereby by reason of the fact that the same
person or entity may acquire, own or hold, directly or indirectly: (a) this
Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby or any interest in this Lease or
such leasehold estate and (b) the fee estate in the Leased Property.

                                ARTICLE XXVIII
                                --------------

                             CONVEYANCE BY LESSOR
                             --------------------

          28.1  Conveyance by Lessor.  Lessor shall have the unrestricted right
                --------------------                                           
to mortgage or otherwise convey the Leased Property to a Holder.  If Lessor
conveys the Leased Property in accordance with the terms hereof other than to a
Holder, and the grantee or transferee of the Leased Property expressly assumes
all obligations of Lessor hereunder arising or accruing from and after the date
of such conveyance or transfer, Lessor shall thereupon be released from all
future liabilities and obligations of Lessor under this Lease arising or
accruing from and after the date of such conveyance or other transfer as to the
Leased Property and all such future liabilities and obligations shall thereupon
be binding upon the new owner. If Lessee is not reasonably satisfied that the
new owner is a capable, reliable and qualified Person of good reputation and
character, Lessee may terminate this Lease upon sixty (60) days' Notice to
Lessor given within thirty (30) days after Lessee receives Notice of such
conveyance.

          28.2  Lessor May Grant Liens.
                ---------------------- 

                (a)  Without the consent of Lessee, Lessor may from time to
time, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist any lien,
encumbrance or title retention agreement upon the Leased Property, or any
portion thereof or interest therein, or upon Lessor's interest in this Lease,
whether to secure any borrowing or other means of financing or refinancing. This
Lease and Lessee's interest hereunder shall at all times be subject and
subordinate to the lien and security title of any deeds to secure debt, deeds of
trust, mortgages, or other interests heretofore or hereafter granted by Lessor
or which otherwise encumber or affect the Leased Property and to any and all
advances to be made thereunder and to all renewals, modifications,
consolidations, replacements, substitutions, and extensions thereof (all of
which are herein called the "Mortgage"), provided that the Mortgage and all
                             --------
security agreements delivered by Lessor in connection therewith shall be subject
to Lessee's rights under this Lease to receive all Gross Revenues of the
Facility prior to the earlier of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the
date that this Lease is terminated by the Holder of the Mortgage in the exercise
of its remedies thereunder. In confirmation of such subordination, however,
Lessee shall, at Lessor's request, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any
instruments which may be required to evidence subordination to any Mortgage and
to the Holder thereof and the assignment of this Lease and Lessor's rights and
interests thereunder to such Holder. In the event of Lessee's failure to deliver


                                      60
<PAGE>
 
such instruments and if the Mortgage and such instruments do not change
materially and adversely any term of this Lease, Lessor may, in addition to any
other remedies for breach of covenant hereunder, execute, acknowledge, and
deliver the instrument as the agent or attorney-in-fact of Lessee, and Lessee
hereby irrevocably constitutes Lessor its attorney-in-fact for such purpose,
Lessee acknowledging that the appointment is coupled with an interest and is
irrevocable.

                (b)  Lessee shall, upon the request of Lessor or any existing,
potential or future Holder, (i) provide Lessor or such Holder with copies of all
licenses, permits, occupancy agreements, operating agreements, leases,
contracts, inspection reports, studies, appraisals, assessments, default or
other notices and similar materials reasonably requested in connection with any
existing or proposed financing of the Leased Property, and (ii) execute and/or
cause the Manager to execute, as applicable, such estoppel agreements and
collateral assignments with respect to the Facility's liquor license, the
Management Agreement and any of the other aforementioned agreements as Holder
may reasonably request in connection with any such financing, provided that no
such estoppel agreement or collateral assignment shall in any way affect the
Term or affect adversely in any material respect any rights of Lessee under this
Lease.

                (c)  No act or failure to act on the part of Lessor which would
entitle Lessee under the terms of this Lease, or by law, to be relieved of any
of Lessee's obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, its obligation
to pay Rent) or to terminate this Lease, shall result in a release or
termination of such obligations of Lessee or a termination of this Lease unless:
(i) Lessee shall have first given written notice of Lessor's act or failure to
act to any Holder of whom Lessee has been given written notice of such Holder's
status as a Holder, specifying the act or failure to act on the part of Lessor
which would give basis to Lessee's rights; and (ii) the Holder, after receipt of
such notice, shall have failed or refused to correct or cure the condition
complained of within a reasonable time thereafter (in no event less than sixty
(60) days), which shall include a reasonable time for such Holder to obtain
possession of the Leased Property, if possession is reasonably necessary for the
Holder to correct or cure the condition, or to foreclose such Mortgage, and if
the Holder notifies the Lessee of its intention to take possession of the Leased
Property or to foreclosure such Mortgage, and correct or cure such condition. If
such Holder is prohibited by any process or injunction issued by any court or by
reason of any action by any court having jurisdiction or any bankruptcy, debtor
rehabilitation or insolvency proceedings involving Lessor from commencing or
prosecuting foreclosure or other appropriate proceedings in the nature thereof,
provided, however, that this Lease shall continue to be in full force and
effect, the times for commencing or prosecuting such foreclosure or other
proceedings shall be extended for the period of such prohibition.

                (d)  Lessee shall deliver by notice delivered in the manner
provided in Article XXX to any Holder who gives Lessee written notice of its
            -----------
status as a Holder, at such Holder's address stated in the Holder's written
notice or at such other address as the Holder may designate by later written
notice to Lessee, a duplicate copy of any and all notices regarding any default
which Lessee may from time to time give or serve upon Lessor pursuant to the
provisions of this Lease. Copies of such notices given by Lessee to Lessor shall
be delivered to such Holder simultaneously with delivery to Lessor. No such
notice by Lessee to Lessor hereunder shall be 


                                      61
<PAGE>
 
deemed to have been given unless and until a copy thereof has been mailed to
such Holder as provided above.

                (e) At any time, and from time to time, upon not less than ten
(10) days' notice by a Holder to Lessee, Lessee shall deliver to such Holder an
estoppel certificate certifying as to the information required in Section
                                                                  -------
22.1(c), and such other information as may be reasonably requested by such
- -------
Holder. Any such certificate may be relied upon by such Holder.

                (f) Lessee shall cooperate in all reasonable respects, and as
generally described in Section 42.2 of this Lease, with any transfer of the
                       ------------                                        
Leased Property to a Holder that succeeds to the interest of Lessor in the
Leased Property (including, without limitation, in connection with the transfer
of any management, franchise, license, lease, permit, contract, agreement, or
similar item to such Holder or such Holder's designee necessary or appropriate
to operate the Leased Property).  Lessor and Lessee shall cooperate in (i)
including in this Lease by suitable amendment from time to time any provision
which may be requested by any proposed Holder, or may otherwise be reasonably
necessary, to implement the provisions of this Article and (ii) entering into
any further agreement with or at the request of any Holder which may be
reasonably requested or required by such Holder in furtherance or confirmation
of the provisions of this Article; provided, however, that any such amendment or
agreement shall not in any way affect the Term nor affect adversely in any
material respect any rights of Lessor or Lessee under this Lease.

                                 ARTICLE XXIX
                                 ------------

                                QUIET ENJOYMENT
                                ---------------

          29.1  Quiet Enjoyment.  So long as Lessee pays all Rent as the same
                ---------------                                              
becomes due and complies with all of the terms of this Lease and performs its
obligations hereunder, in each case within the applicable grace and/or cure
periods, if any, Lessee shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the
Leased Property for the Term hereof, free of any claim or other action by Lessor
or anyone claiming by, through or under Lessor and not claiming by, through or
under Lessee, but subject to all liens and encumbrances subject to which the
Leased Property was conveyed to Lessor or hereafter consented to by Lessee or
provided for herein.  Lessee shall have the right by separate and independent
action to pursue any claim it may have against Lessor as a result of a breach by
Lessor of the covenant of quiet enjoyment contained in this Section.

                                  ARTICLE XXX
                                  -----------

                                    NOTICES
                                    -------

          30.1  Notices.  All notices, demands, requests, consents approvals and
                -------                                                         
other communications ("Notice" or "Notices") hereunder shall be in writing and
personally served or mailed (by express mail, courier, or registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid), (i) if to Lessor
at c/o Boston Properties, Inc., 8 Arlington Street, Boston, MA 02116, Attention:
David Barrett and David G. Gaw and  (ii) if to Lessee at 8 Arlington Street,


                                      62
<PAGE>
 
Boston, MA  02116, Attention: William J. Wedge, or to such other address or
addresses as either party may hereafter designate.  Personally delivered Notice
shall be effective upon receipt, and Notice given by mail shall be complete at
the time of deposit in the U.S. Mail system, but any prescribed period of Notice
and any right or duty to do any act or make any response within any prescribed
period or on a date certain after the service of such Notice given by mail shall
be extended five days.

                                 ARTICLE XXXI
                                 ------------

                                  APPRAISALS
                                  ----------

     31.1  Appraisers.  If it becomes necessary to determine the fair
           ----------                                                
market value or fair market rental of the Leased Property for any purpose of
this Lease, then, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, the
party required or permitted to give Notice of such required determination shall
include in the Notice the name of a person selected to act as appraiser on its
behalf.  Within ten (10) days after Notice, Lessor (or Lessee, as the case may
be) shall by Notice to Lessee (or Lessor, as the case may be) appoint a second
person as appraiser on its behalf.  The appraisers thus appointed, each of whom
must be a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or any
successor organization thereto) with at least five years experience in the State
appraising property similar to the Leased Property, shall, within ten (10) days
after the date of the Notice appointing the second appraiser, proceed to
appraise the Leased Property to determine the fair market value or fair market
rental thereof as of the relevant date (giving effect to the impact, if any, of
inflation from the date of their decision to the relevant date); provided,
however, that if only one appraiser shall have been so appointed, then the
determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon the parties. If
two appraisers are appointed and if the difference between the amounts so
determined does not exceed 5% of the lesser of such amounts, then the fair
market value or fair market rental shall be an amount equal to 50% of the sum of
the amounts so determined. If the difference between the amounts so determined
exceeds 5% of the lesser of such amounts, then such two appraisers shall have
ten (10) days to appoint a third appraiser. If no such appraiser shall have been
appointed within such ten (10) days or within sixty (60) days of the original
request for a determination of fair market value or fair market rental,
whichever is earlier, either Lessor or Lessee may apply to any court having
jurisdiction to have such appointment made by such court. Any appraiser
appointed by the original appraisers or by such court shall be instructed to
determine the fair market value or fair market rental within thirty (30) days
after appointment of such appraiser. The determination of the appraiser which
differs most in the terms of dollar amount from the determinations of the other
two appraisers shall be excluded, and 50% of the sum of the remaining two
determinations shall be final and binding upon Lessor and Lessee as the fair
market value or fair market rental of the Leased Property, as the case may be.
This provision for determining by appraisal shall be specifically enforceable to
the extent such remedy is available under applicable law, and any determination
hereunder shall be final and binding upon the parties except as otherwise
provided by applicable law. Lessor and Lessee shall each pay the fees and
expenses of the appraiser appointed by it and each shall pay one-half of the
fees and expenses of the third appraiser and one-half of all other costs and
expenses incurred in connection with each appraisal.

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XXXII
                                 -------------

                            (Intentionally Deleted)

                                ARTICLE XXXIII
                                --------------

                            (Intentionally Deleted)

                                 ARTICLE XXXIV
                                 -------------

                            (Intentionally Deleted)


                                 ARTICLE XXXV
                                 ------------ 

                       LESSEE CAPITALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
                       ----------------------------------

     35.1  Lessee's Net Worth.  Lessee shall be obligated to maintain at
           ------------------                                           
all times during the Term a Net Worth in an amount at least equal to twenty
percent (20%) of the aggregate projected Base Rent and Percentage Rent for the
Leased Property and the Other Leased Properties, shown from time to time on the
Annual Operating Projection for the Leased Property last approved by Lessor
pursuant to Section 3.5 of this Lease and the similar annual budgets last
            -----------                                                  
approved by Lessor pursuant to Section 3.5 or similar sections of the Other
                               -----------                                 
Leases (the "Minimum Net Worth"). As used herein, "Net Worth" shall mean the
             -----------------
excess of total assets over total liabilities, total assets and total
liabilities each to be determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however,
from the determination of total assets: (a) goodwill, organizational expenses,
research and development expenses, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents,
patent applications, and other similar intangibles; (b) all deferred charges
that are not required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP or unamortized
debt discounts and expense; (c) treasury stock; (d) securities which are not
readily marketable; (e) any write-up in the book value of any asset resulting
from a revaluation thereof; (f) this Lease and the Other Leases; and (g) any
items not included in clauses (a) through (f) above that are treated as
intangibles in conformity with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, demand notes
from Messrs. Zuckerman and/or Linde shall be acceptable assets hereunder.

     35.2  Lessee's Cash.  On the date hereof Lessee shall have Cash and/or
           -------------                                                   
Working Capital in the amount of at least $500,000, and Lessee shall at all
times hereafter maintain an adequate amount of Working Capital to operate the
Facility.  As used herein, "Cash" shall mean (a) cash or other immediately
                            ----                                          
available funds, (b) any debt instrument with a term of up to 12 months that is
issued by or backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, (c) any
certificate of deposit with a term of up to 12 months that is issued by an
issuer that, on the date of issuance and on each date of any renewal or
reissuance thereof, is a substantial U.S. financial institution that is
satisfactory to Lessor (an "Approved Financial Institution"), and which
                            ------------------------------             
instrument is in form and substance satisfactory to the Lessor, (d) any
irrevocable, "clean" letter of credit issued by an 

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
issuer that, on the date of issuance and on each date of any renewal or
reissuance thereof, is an Approved Financial Institution, and which instrument
is in form and substance satisfactory to the Lessor, and (e) a repurchase
agreement with a term of up to ninety (90) days that is binding upon an Approved
Financial Institution, and which agreement is in form and substance satisfactory
to the Lessor. As used herein, "Working Capital" shall mean the excess of the
Lessee's current assets over the Lessee's current liabilities, both as
determined in accordance with GAAP.

     35.3  Verification of Net Worth.  In addition to the Consolidated
           -------------------------                                  
Financials of Lessee to be delivered to Lessor pursuant to Section 22.1, Lessee
                                                           ------------        
shall deliver to Lessor, together with such Consolidated Financials of Lessee,
an Officer's Certificate in form reasonably required by Lessor, certifying the
Net Worth and Cash of Lessee as of the date of the Consolidated Financials of
Lessee being delivered concurrently therewith and stating that Lessee is in
compliance with its obligations under Sections 35.1 and 35.2 of this Lease, or
                                      ----------------------                  
if not, so stating and including the reasons therefor.  Lessor shall have the
right from time to time and at any time to have an independent certified public
accountant selected by Lessor perform an audit or other review of the books and
records of Lessee to verify the amount of Lessee's Net Worth and Cash, and
Lessee shall cooperate with Lessor in connection therewith.  If Lessor audits or
reviews the amount of Lessee's Net Worth and Cash shown in the last Officer's
Certificate delivered to Lessor, and such audit or review discloses that either
the Net Worth or Cash of Lessee as of such date certified is one percent (1%) or
more less than the amount shown on the Officer's Certificate or that the
statements in such Officer's Certificate regarding Lessee's compliance with
those obligations under Sections 35.1 or 35.2 is otherwise materially incorrect,
                        ---------------------                                   
then in addition to any other rights and remedies of Lessor, Lessee shall pay
for the cost of the audit or review.  Otherwise, Lessor shall bear the cost of
the audit or review.

     35.4  Change of Control.  Lessee represents and warrants that it is a
           -----------------                                              
Delaware limited liability company all of whose interests are owned by Mortimer
B. Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde who, in the aggregate, hold a 9.8% ownership
interest, and Seven Cambridge Center, Inc., which holds a 90.2% ownership
interest.  Without the prior written consent of Lessor, neither Lessee nor any
member of Lessee shall, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, convey, pledge
or assign, or suffer or permit the sale, transfer, conveyance, pledge or
assignment, of (a) its interest in this Lease, or (b) any ownership interest in
Lessee.

     35.5  Other Business Activities.  Lessee shall not engage in or incur
           -------------------------                                      
any expenses, indebtedness or obligations related to any business or activity,
including without limitation owning, leasing or managing hotels other than the
Facility, that is not directly related to leasing the Leased Property under this
Lease or the Other Leased Properties under the Other Leases.

     35.6  Non-Competition.  Without Lessor's prior written consent,
           ---------------                                          
neither Lessee nor any Affiliate thereof shall, during the Term hereof, either
(a) lease or manage another hotel owned by a real estate investment trust other
than the Company, or (b) acquire, construct, operate, lease, franchise or manage
any hotel within a five (5) mile radius of the Leased Property.

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XXXVI
                                  -------------

                          LESSOR'S OPTION TO TERMINATE
                          ----------------------------

     36.1  Lessor's Option to Terminate Lease.
           ---------------------------------- 

           (a) In the event (i) Lessor consummates a bona fide contract to sell
the Leased Property to a non-Affiliate, (ii) of a Tax Law Change resulting in
Lessor's determination to terminate this Lease, or (iii) a Tax Structure Change,
then in  any of such events Lessor may terminate this Lease by (1) giving not
less than thirty (30) days prior Notice to Lessee of Lessor's election to
terminate this Lease upon the closing under such contract, or (2) upon a date
specified by Lessor which is on or after the effective date of the Tax Law
Change or an election of Lessor to terminate this Lease under (iii) above,
whichever is applicable.  Effective upon such date, this Lease shall terminate
and be of no further force and effect except as to any obligations of the
parties existing as of such date that survive termination of this Lease and all
Rent including Percentage Rent and Additional Charges shall be adjusted as of
the termination date.

           (b) As compensation for the early termination of its leasehold estate
under this Article XXXVI because of a Tax Law Change, Lessor shall within ninety
           -------------                                                        
(90) days of such termination, pay to Lessee the fair market value of Lessee's
leasehold estate hereunder for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the
date of such termination (or, if shorter, the remaining term of the Lease).

           (c) As compensation for the early termination of its leasehold estate
under this Article XXXVI because of a Tax Structure Change, Lessor shall within
           -------------                                                       
ninety (90) days after the termination of this Lease pay to Lessee the fair
market value of Lessee's leasehold estate hereunder for the twelve (12) month
period commencing on the date of such termination (or, if shorter, the remaining
term of the Lease).

           (d) For the purposes of this Section, fair market value of the
leasehold estate means, as applicable, an amount equal to the price that a
willing buyer not compelled to buy would pay a willing seller not compelled to
sell for Lessee's leasehold estate under this Lease or an offered replacement
leasehold estate assuming that the remaining term of the Lease is the lesser of
                 -------- ----                                                 
(i) the actual remaining term or (ii) twelve (12) months.  In computing fair
market value of a leasehold estate and a new management agreement, the appraiser
shall discount all future income, expenses and fees to the then present value at
a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum.

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE XXXVII
                                 --------------

                                LESSOR'S RIGHTS
                                ---------------

     37.1  Lessor's Rights.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
           ---------------                                           
contained herein or in the Management Agreement, any event or other circumstance
requiring Lessee's consent under the Management Agreement shall not be granted
or withheld by Lessee unless and until Lessee shall have consulted with Lessor
in connection with such consent or disapproval.

                                ARTICLE XXXVIII
                                ---------------

                             CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
                             --------------------

     38.1  Capital Expenditures.
           -------------------- 

           (a) Commencing upon the Commencement Date, Lessor shall be obligated
to accrue the Capital Expenditures Reserve (to the extent such reserve is not
maintained by Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement).  Except as
otherwise provided in the Management Agreement, upon written request by Lessee
to Lessor stating the specific use to be made and subject to the reasonable
approval thereof by Lessor, such funds shall only be made available by Lessor to
Lessee for Capital Expenditures if and to the extent specifically approved by
Lessor; provided, however, that no Capital Expenditures shall be used to
purchase property (other than "real property" within the meaning of Treasury
Regulations Section 1.856-3(d)), to the extent that doing so would cause the
Lessor to recognize income other than "rents from real property" as defined in
Section 856(d) of the Code or to recognize income other than rents described in
Section 512(b)(3) of the Code.  Lessor's obligation shall be cumulative, but not
compounded, and any amounts that have accrued hereunder shall be payable in
future periods for such uses and in accordance with the procedures set forth
herein.  Lessee shall have no interest in any accrued obligation of Lessor
hereunder after the termination of this Lease.  All Capital Improvements shall
be owned by Lessor subject to the provisions of this Lease and the Management
Agreement.  Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor of any Capital Expenditures or
other expenditures made in accordance with the Management Agreement.

           (b) Except as specifically provided otherwise in Section 8.3(b),
                                                            -------------- 
Lessor's obligation to make Capital Expenditures in respect to Capital
Improvements and to comply with the provisions of this Lease which may require
the availability of funds for Capital Improvements shall be limited to amounts
available in the Capital Expenditures Reserve and such additional amounts as
Lessor may agree to make available in Lessor's sole discretion; provided,
however, that if additional Capital Expenditures are required to meet Emergency
Situations, Lessor shall make such amounts available to Lessee and, unless
otherwise provided in Section 8.03(B) of the Management Agreement, receive a pro
rata credit therefor against amounts which Lessor is obligated to accrue for the
Capital Expenditures Reserve during the remainder of the Term. No arbitration
resulting from the failure of Lessor and Lessee to agree upon any matter shall
increase Lessor's obligation for Capital Expenditures beyond the amounts set
forth in the immediately

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
preceding sentence. To the extent that Lessee's obligations under this Lease
(including, without limitation, the obligations set forth in Sections 7.2, 8.1
                                                             -----------------
and 9.1 and in Article XXXVII) are dependent upon the availability of amounts
    ---        --------------
for Capital Expenditures which exceed the amounts that Lessor is obligated to
provide pursuant to this Article XXXVIII, such obligations of Lessee shall be
                         ---------------
correspondingly diminished.

           (c) Lessor shall, subject to Manager's rights pursuant to the
Management Agreement, have sole authority with respect to the implementation of
all Capital Improvements. Such authority shall extend both to the plans and
specifications (including matters of design and decor) and to the contracting
and purchasing of all labor, services and materials.

                                  ARTICLE XXXIX
                                  -------------

                                LESSOR'S DEFAULT
                                ----------------

     39.1  Lessor's Default.
           ---------------- 

           (a) It shall be a breach of this Lease if Lessor fails to observe or
perform any term, covenant or condition of this Lease on its part to be
performed and such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after
Notice thereof from Lessee, unless such failure cannot with due diligence be
cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which case such failure shall not
be deemed a breach if Lessor proceeds within such thirty (30)-day period, with
due diligence, to cure the failure and thereafter diligently completes the
curing thereof.  The time within which Lessor shall be obligated to cure any
such failure also shall be subject to extension of time due to the occurrence of
any Unavoidable Delay.  If Lessor does not cure any such failure within the
applicable time period as aforesaid, Lessee may declare the existence of a
"Lessor Default" by a second Notice to Lessor.  Thereafter, subject to the
- ---------------                                                           
provisions of the following paragraph, Lessee may (but shall be under no
obligation at any time thereafter to) make such payment or perform such act for
the account and at the expense of Lessor.  All sums so paid by Lessee and all
costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees
and court costs) so incurred, together with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate
from the date on which such sums or expenses are paid or incurred by Lessee
until the date paid by Lessor or offset by Lessee as expressly provided herein,
shall be paid by Lessor to Lessee on demand or Lessee may offset or counterclaim
such sums actually paid by Lessee against Percentage Rents or Other Charges due
hereunder.  Lessee shall have no right to terminate this Lease for any Lessor
Default and no right, for any such Lessor Default, to offset or counterclaim
against any rent or other Charges due hereunder unless otherwise expressly
provided in this Lease.

           (b) If Lessor shall in good faith dispute the occurrence of any
Lessor Default and Lessor, before the expiration of the applicable cure period,
shall give Notice thereof to Lessee, setting forth, in reasonable detail, the
basis therefor, no Lessor Default shall be deemed to have occurred and Lessor
shall have no obligation with respect thereto, and Lessee shall have no right to
offset or counterclaim for costs and expenses incurred and paid by Lessee
against any Percentage Rent or Other Charges due hereunder, until final adverse
determination thereof, 

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
whether through arbitration or otherwise; provided, however, that in the event
                                          --------  -------
of any such adverse determination, Lessor shall pay to Lessee, or Lessee may
offset or counterclaim against Percentage Rent or Other Charges due hereunder,
interest on any disputed funds at the Base Rate, from the date demand for such
funds was made by Lessee until the date of final adverse determination and,
thereafter, at the Overdue Rate until paid. If Lessee and Lessor shall fail, in
good faith, to resolve any such dispute within ten (10) days after Lessor's
Notice of dispute, either may submit the matter for determination by
arbitration, but only if such matter is required to be submitted to arbitration
pursuant to any provision of this Lease, or otherwise by a court of competent
jurisdiction.

           (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease,
for the enforcement of any judgment (or other judicial decree) requiring the
payment of money by Lessor to Lessee by reason of any default by Lessor under
this Lease or otherwise, Lessee shall look solely to the estate and property of
Lessor in the Leased Property and any insurance proceeds under any policies of
insurance maintained by Lessor in accordance with this Lease which are paid on
account of the same circumstances as led to Lessee's judgment, it being intended
that no other assets of Lessor or any of Lessor's Affiliates shall be subject to
levy, execution, attachment or any other legal process for the enforcement or
satisfaction of any judgment (or other judicial decree) obtained by Lessee
against Lessor, except in the following cases:  (i) any liability of Lessor for
its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or Environmental Liabilities caused
by affirmative actions of Lessor, (ii) any liability of Lessor for repayment to
Lessee upon the termination of this Lease of any excess payments of Percentage
Rent or Additional Charges for the last Lease Year or part thereof, and (iii) in
the case of a final award of damages against Lessor payable to Lessee, Lessee
may offset the amount of such judgment or award against the Percentage Rent next
coming due under this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE XL
                                   ----------

                                  ARBITRATION
                                  -----------

     40.1  Arbitration.  Except as set forth in Section 40.2, in each case
           -----------                          ------------              
specified in this Lease in which it shall become necessary to resort to
arbitration, such arbitration shall be determined as provided in this Section
                                                                      -------
40.1.  The party desiring such arbitration shall give Notice to that effect to
- ----                                                                          
the other party, and an arbitrator shall be selected by mutual agreement of the
parties, or if they cannot agree within thirty (30) days of such notice, by
appointment made by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") from among the
                                                           ---                 
members of its panels who are qualified and who have experience in resolving
matters of a nature similar to the matter to be resolved by arbitration.

     40.2  Alternative Arbitration.  In each case specified in this Lease
           -----------------------                                       
for a matter to be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this
                                                                              
Section 40.2, Lessor shall be entitled to designate any nationally recognized
- ------------                                                                 
accounting firm with a hospitality division of which Lessor or an Affiliate of
Lessor is not a significant client to serve as arbitrator of such dispute within
fifteen (15) days after written demand for arbitration is received or sent by
Lessor.  In the event 

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
Lessor fails to make such designation within such fifteen (15) day period,
Lessee shall be entitled to designate any nationally recognized accounting firm
with a hospitality division of which Lessee or an Affiliate of Lessee is not a
significant client to serve as arbitrator of such dispute within fifteen (15)
days after Lessor fails to timely make such designation. In the event no
nationally recognized accounting firm satisfying such qualifications is
available and willing to serve as arbitrator, the arbitration shall instead be
administered as set forth in Section 40.1.
                             ------------

          40.3  Arbitration Procedures.  In any arbitration commenced pursuant
                ----------------------                                        
to Sections 40.1 or 40.2, a single arbitrator shall be designated and shall
   -------------    ----                                                   
resolve the dispute.  The arbitrator's decision shall be binding on all parties
and shall not be subject to further review or appeal except as otherwise allowed
by applicable law.  Upon the failure of either party (the "non-complying party")
                                                           -------------------  
to comply with his decision, the arbitrator shall be empowered, at the request
of the other party, to order such compliance by the non-complying party and to
supervise or arrange for the supervision of the non-complying party's obligation
to comply with the arbitrator's decision, all at the expense of the non-
complying party.  To the maximum extent practicable, the arbitrator and the
parties, and the AAA if applicable, shall take any action necessary to insure
that the arbitration shall be concluded within ninety (90) days of the filing of
such dispute. The fees and expenses of the arbitrator shall be shared equally by
Lessor and Lessee except as otherwise specified above in this Section 40.3.
                                                              ------------  
Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties or required by the arbitrator
or AAA, if applicable, arbitration proceedings hereunder shall be conducted in
the State.  Notwithstanding formal rules of evidence, each party may submit such
evidence as each party deems appropriate to support its position and the
arbitrator shall have access to and right to examine all books and records of
Lessee and Lessor regarding the Facility during the arbitration.

                                  ARTICLE XLI
                                  -----------

                                  TRADE-OUTS
                                  ----------

     41.1  Trade-outs.  Lessee shall not enter into and shall use its best
           ----------                                                     
efforts not permit Manager to enter into any material trade-out agreements or
arrangements (i.e., agreements or arrangements pursuant to which goods or
services are provided to or for the benefit of Lessee or Manager or their
respective Affiliates or the Facility in exchange for free or reduced rate
rooms, food and beverage services, or other Facility services) without Lessor's
prior written consent. As to any trade-out agreements assigned to and assumed by
Lessee from Lessor or the prior owner of the Leased Property, Lessor and Lessee
shall agree on fair and equitable amounts (or a methodology for determining such
amounts) to be included in Beverage Sales, Food Sales and Room Revenues for
purposes of this Lease, including the calculation of Percentage Rent, to take
into account the loss of Gross Revenues, if any, resulting from the rooms or
services provided by the Facility in exchange for the goods or services provided
to Lessee, its Affiliates, or the Facility. If Lessor and Lessee do not reach
agreement as to such amounts (or a methodology for determining such amounts) the
disagreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Section 40.2. Lessor
                                                          ------------ 
shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a trade-out agreement or
arrangement proposed by Lessee which benefits the Facility provided that the
term of the trade-out agreement does not extend beyond the stated Term of this
Lease and provided that Lessor and

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
Lessee have agreed in writing as to the amounts (or a methodology for
determining such amounts) to be included in Beverage Sales, Food Sales and Room
Revenues to take into account the loss of Gross Revenues, if any, resulting from
the rooms or services provided by the Facility in exchange for the goods or
services provided to or for the benefit of the Facility.

                                  ARTICLE XLII
                                  ------------

                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                 -------------

     42.1  Miscellaneous.  Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary
           -------------                                                   
notwithstanding, all claims against, and liabilities of, Lessee or Lessor
arising prior to any date of termination of this Lease shall survive such
termination.  If any term or provision of this Lease or any application thereof
is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease and any other
application of such term or provisions shall not be affected thereby.  If any
late charges or any interest rate provided for in any provision of this Lease
are based upon a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted by applicable law,
the parties agree that such charges shall be fixed at and limited to the maximum
permissible rate.  Neither this Lease nor any provision hereof may be changed,
waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument in recordable
form signed by Lessor and Lessee.  All the terms and provisions of this Lease
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns.  The headings in this Lease are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof.  This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State, but not including its conflicts of laws rules.  If
any payment required to be made pursuant to this Lease shall become due on a day
which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding
Business Day.

     42.2  Transition Procedures.  Lessee shall and shall cause Manager to
           ---------------------                                          
cooperate in good faith to provide access and information to any prospective
purchaser or lessee of the Leased Property which may acquire the Leased Property
or lease it upon the expiration or termination of the Term.  Upon any expiration
or termination of the Term, Lessor and Lessee shall do the following and, in
general, shall cooperate in good faith to effect an orderly transition of the
lease of the Facility.  The provisions of this Section 42.2 shall survive the
                                               ------------                  
expiration or termination of this Lease until they have been fully performed.
Nothing contained herein shall limit Lessor's rights and remedies under this
Lease if such termination occurs as the result of an Event of Default.

           (a) Transfer of Licenses.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination
               --------------------                                             
of the Term, Lessee shall use its best efforts (i) to transfer to Lessor or
Lessor's designee all licenses, operating permits and other governmental
authorizations and all contracts, including contracts with governmental or 
quasi-governmental entities, in each instance to the extent held in the name of
Lessee, that may be necessary for the operation of the Facility (collectively,
"Licenses"), or (ii) if such transfer is prohibited by law or Lessor otherwise
 --------
elects, to cooperate with Lessor or Lessor's designee in connection with the
processing by Lessor or Lessor's designee of any applications for all Licenses,
including Lessee or Manager continuing to operate the liquor operations under
its

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
licenses with Lessor or its designee agreeing to indemnify and hold Lessee
harmless as a result thereof except for the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of Lessee; provided, in either case, that the costs and expenses of
any such transfer or the processing of any such application shall be paid by
Lessor or Lessor's designee.

           (b) Leases and Concessions. Lessee shall assign to Lessor or Lessor's
               ----------------------
designee simultaneously with the termination of this Agreement, and the assignee
shall assume all leases, contracts, concession agreements and agreements
(including the Management Agreement) in effect with respect to the Facility then
in Lessee's name, unless Lessor rejects one or more of such leases, contracts,
concession agreements or other agreements (other than the Management Agreement)
in writing within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of this
Agreement in which event the agreement or agreements so rejected shall be deemed
reassigned and shall remain the property and responsibility of Lessee.

           (c) Books and Records.  To the extent that Lessor has not already
               -----------------                                            
received copies thereof, a copy of all books and records (including computer
records) for the Facility kept by Lessee pursuant to Section 3.6 shall be
                                                     -----------         
promptly delivered to Lessor or Lessor's designee.

           (d) Receivables and Payables, etc. Lessor shall be entitled to retain
               -----------------------------
all cash, bank accounts and house banks on the termination date. Lessee shall be
entitled to collect all Gross Revenues and accounts receivable accrued through
the termination date. Lessee shall be responsible for the payment of Rent, all
operating expenses of the Facility and all other obligations of Lessee accrued
under this Lease as of the termination date, and Lessor shall be responsible for
all operating expenses of the Facility accruing after the termination date.
Lessee shall surrender the Leased Property with an amount and quality of
Nonconsumable Inventory equal to the Initial Nonconsumable Inventory, and Lessor
shall have no obligation to purchase such Nonconsumable Inventory or any other
items of Lessee's Personal Property.

     42.3  Waiver of Presentment, etc.  Lessee waives all presentments,
           --------------------------                                  
demands for payment and for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests,
notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance and waives
all notices of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional
obligations, except as expressly granted herein.

     42.4  Standard of Discretion.  In any provision of this Lease
           ----------------------                                 
requiring or permitting the exercise by Lessor or Lessee of such party's
approval, election, decision, consent, judgment, determination or words of
similar import (collectively, an "Approval"), such Approval may, unless
                                  --------                             
otherwise expressly specified in such provision, be given or withheld in such
party's sole, absolute and unreviewable discretion.  Any Approval which by the
terms of this Lease may not be unreasonably withheld shall also not be
unreasonably delayed.

     42.5  Action for Damages.  In any suit or other claim brought by
           ------------------                                        
either party seeking damages against the other party for breach of its
obligations under this Lease, the party against whom such claim is made shall be
liable to the other party only for actual damages and not for consequential,
punitive or exemplary damages.

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

                                 LESSOR:
                                 ------ 

                                 TWO CAMBRIDGE CENTER TRUST


                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name:Mortimer B. Zuckerman
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Title: Trustee and Not Individually
                                           -------------------------------------



                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name:Edward H. Linde
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Title:Trustee and Not Individually
                                          --------------------------------------



                              LESSEE:
                              ------ 

                              ZL HOTEL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


                              By:
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                              Title:
                                    --------------------------------------------

                                       73
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.16
<SEQUENCE>8
<DESCRIPTION>OPTION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16
 
                                          Form of Sumner Square Option Agreement

                                OPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made this ____ day of June,
1997 by and between 17M Associates, a District of Columbia limited partnership,
with an address at 500 E Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20024 ("Optionor") and
Boston Properties Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, with an
address at 8 Arlington Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02116 ("Optionee").

     WHEREAS, Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the general
partner of Optionee, has proposed an initial public offering of its common stock
(the "IPO");

     WHEREAS, the owners of interests, directly and indirectly, in 17M-Boston
Associates Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership and the
general partner of Optionor (the "General Partner"), will benefit from the IPO
as the holders of units of limited partnership interest in Optionee and have
consented to the granting of the Option (as defined below) granted hereby and
acknowledged such benefit in instruments of even date herewith;

     WHEREAS, Optionor is the owner of a certain real property, as more
particularly described in EXHIBIT A attached hereto (together with any and all
personal property, rights and easements now or hereafter related thereto, and
subject to any rights of third parties therein now existing or hereafter arising
in the ordinary course of the business of operating the property, collectively,
the "Property");

     WHEREAS, Optionor has incurred, and may continue to incur, indebtedness in
connection with the acquisition, development and ownership of the Property (all
outstanding indebtedness of Optionor as of the Option Exercise Date (as defined
below), including accrued interest thereon and any prepayment penalties that may
be incurred in connection with the exercise of the Option, is referred to herein
as the "Debt"); and

     WHEREAS, Optionor desires to grant to Optionee, and Optionee desires to
obtain, an option to purchase the Property.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the sum of ten dollars ($10.00)
paid by Optionee to Optionor, and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Optionor and Optionee
hereby agree as follows.

     1.  GRANT OF OPTION.  Optionor hereby grants to Optionee an option (the
"Option") to purchase the Property on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
If requested by Optionee upon the exercise of the Option, Optionor shall use its
reasonable best efforts, at the expense of Optionee, to restructure the
transaction so that in lieu of purchasing the Property either (i) all direct and
indirect interests in Optionor are acquired by Optionee and its affiliates, (ii)
Optionor is merged with and into Optionee or an affiliate of Optionee, or (iii)
<PAGE>
 
another transaction of similar economic effect to Optionor is engaged in (any of
the foregoing, an "Alternative Transaction").

     2.  TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTION.  The Option may be exercised by Optionee
giving written notice to Optionor at any time on or before the ___ anniversary
of the closing date  of the IPO (the "Option Termination Date"), which written
notice shall state that Optionee desires to exercise the Option.  If Optionee
does not exercise the Option by the Option Termination Date, the Option shall be
deemed terminated and shall be of no further force and effect, and Optionor and
Optionee shall have no further obligations hereunder.  The date upon which
Optionee exercises the Option is referred to herein as the "OPTION EXERCISE
DATE."

     3.  PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT.  Optionor and Optionee hereby agree that,
promptly following the exercise of the Option, they shall in good faith
negotiate and enter into a purchase and sale agreement (or, if an Alternative
Transaction will be engaged in, an appropriate agreement or agreements with
respect thereto), which agreement or agreements shall include customary
representations and warranties and a due diligence period, each appropriate in
both scope and substance, and appropriate limitations on the scope of liability
of Optionor with respect to the property-specific representations and warranties
included therein. 

     4.  OPTION PRICE.

         (a) If the Option is exercised and the agreement or agreements
     described in Paragraph 3 are consummated, then, at the closing of such
     transaction, Optionee shall pay, as the purchase price for the Property or
     in consideration of the closing of an Alternative Transaction (the "Option
     Price"), cash in an amount equal to:

             (i)    one ($1.00) dollar; PLUS
       
             (ii)   to the extent not assumed by Optionee, the Debt; PLUS
       
             (iii)  the total of all cash capital contributions made to Optionor
                    by its partners after the closing date of the IPO; LESS
       
             (iv)   the total value of all cash and property distributed by
                    Optionor to its partners after the closing date of the IPO;
                    PLUS
       
             (v)    to reflect a return on net capital contributed after the
                    IPO, interest on the positive difference between clauses
                    (iii) and (iv) outstanding from time to time at the rate of
                    [9.25]% per annum; PLUS

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
              (vi)   any expenses associated with negotiation of the agreement
                     or agreements described in Paragraph 3 and the consummation
                     of the transaction therein contemplated, which expenses in
                     the aggregate shall not exceed fifty thousand ($50,000)
                     dollars; PLUS

              (vii)  an amount equal to the transfer taxes to be incurred by 
                     the partners of Optionor or by the Optionor as a result of
                     the transfer of the Property or the consummation of an
                     Alternative Transaction.

     Each of the items described above shall be determined as of the closing of
     the purchase of the Property or, if applicable, consummation of an
     Alternative Transaction. At Optionee's request, Optionor shall provide to
     Optionee, within a reasonable period of time following receipt of such
     request, an estimate of the Option Price if the Option were exercised and
     the purchase consummated as of the date of Optionor's response to such
     request, which estimate shall set forth each of the items described in
     clauses (i) -(vii) above.

         (b)  In addition to the Option Price, at the closing of the purchase or
     the Alternative Transaction, Optionee shall pay to each of the limited
     partners of Optionor as of the date hereof whose name is set forth on
     EXHIBIT B attached hereto or their successors in interest (other than
     persons who are Affiliates or Associates of the persons with an interest in
     the General Partner at such time) (each, a "Designated Limited Partner" and
     collectively, the "Designated Limited Partners"), or to Optionor with
     Optionor to cause such payments to be distributed appropriately to the
     Designated Limited Partners an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:

              (i)    the amount that would have been distributed to each
                     Designated Limited Partner under the Agreement of Limited
                     Partnership of 17M Associates, as in effect on the date
                     hereof and in accordance with each Designated Limited
                     Partner's percentage interest as set forth on EXHIBIT B
                     attached hereto, if the Property had been sold for Fair
                     Market Value on the Option Exercise Date; OVER

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
             (ii)   the amount that such Designated Limited Partner will receive
                    upon the distribution of the Option Price by Optionor to its
                    partners (or, in the case of an Alternative Transaction, the
                    amount to be received by the Designated Limited Partner).

     "FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall be the fair market value of the Property as of
     the Option Exercise Date as determined by Optionor and Optionee in good
     faith. "AFFILIATE" and "ASSOCIATE" shall have the respective meanings
     ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations
     under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
     date of this Agreement.

         (c) The Option Price and any other payments due hereunder shall be paid
     to Optionor (or its partners, if appropriate) by federal funds wire
     transfer or certified check on the closing of the purchase of the Property.

     5.  AUTHORITY.  Each party hereto represents and warrants that it has full
right, authority and power (i) to enter into this Agreement and each agreement,
document and instrument to be executed and delivered by or on behalf of it
pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) to carry out the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby.  Each party hereto has obtained all necessary consents,
approvals and authorizations required with respect to (a) this Agreement and
each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by or on
behalf of it pursuant to this Agreement and (b) the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby.

     6.  ASSIGNMENT, ETC.  Optionee shall not assign this Agreement without
Optionor's written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld if
such assignment is to an affiliate of Optionee.  Optionor shall not assign this
Agreement or sell, or agree or commit to sell, or remove from the premises of
the Property, any of the Property (other than related personal property in the
ordinary course of the business of operating the Property) without the prior
written consent of Optionee.

     7.  MEMORANDUM OF OPTION.  Optionor agrees to execute, acknowledge, and
cause to be recorded in the appropriate recording office, promptly after the
date hereof, a memorandum of option or other instrument which is in recordable
form with the appropriate authorities in Washington, D.C. in a form reasonably
satisfactory to Optionee to provide record notice of the existence of this
Agreement.

     8.  BROKERAGE.  Optionor and Optionee warrant to each other that neither
has retained the services of any broker in connection with the transaction
provided for in this Agreement, and each agrees to indemnify the other against
any commission, as well as any costs, fees and expenses, including attorneys'
fees, incurred by the other as a result of any claim for a commission, arising
out of such party's own acts.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     9.   AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument
in writing signed by both Optionor and Optionee.

     10.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

     11.  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given and delivered three (3) days after posting
when mailed, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, or on the day of delivery if sent by hand or recognized overnight
courier service, addressed to the parties as indicated above or at such other
address of which one party shall notify the other party in accordance with the
foregoing.

     12.  NO CREDITOR BENEFIT.  None of the terms hereof shall be construed as
being for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of Optionor or Optionee.

     13.  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Agreement is conditioned and shall become
effective only upon the completion of the IPO.

     14.  BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall be
enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, Optionor and Optionee and their
respective successors and assigns.

     15.  TITLES.  The titles of the paragraphs of this Agreement are included
for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction
or meaning of this Agreement.

     16.  SEVERABILITY.  If any term or provision of this Agreement or the
application thereof to any person, property or circumstance shall to any extent
be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application
of such term or provision to persons, properties and circumstances other than
those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby,
and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to
the fullest extent permitted by law.

     17.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first written above.


                             OPTIONOR:

                             17M ASSOCIATES

                             By:  17M-Boston Associates Limited
                                  Partnership, its General Partner

                                  By:  17M-Boston Associates,
                                       its General Partner



                                       By:___________________________
                                          Name:  Edward H. Linde
                                          Title: General Partner


                            OPTIONEE:

                            BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED
                            PARTNERSHIP

                            By:   Boston Properties, Inc.,
                                  its General Partner


                                  By:___________________________
                                     Name:  Edward H. Linde
                                     Title: President and
                                            Chief Executive Officer
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.22
<SEQUENCE>9
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT & LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.22

                    CONSENT AND LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

     THIS CONSENT AND LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is dated as of 
the     day of June, 1997 (the "Effective Date"), by and between THE SUMITOMO
    ---
BANK, LIMITED, a Japanese banking institution acting through its NEW YORK BRANCH
("Lender"), STUART S. LEVIN and GERALD R. PERRAS, either of whom may act 
("Trustee"), SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a District of Columbia 
limited partnership ("Borrower"), BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a 
Delaware limited partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), and MORTIMER B. 
ZUCKERMAN and EDWARD H. LINDE (each an "Initial Guarantor" and jointly and 
severally the "Initial Guarantors").

                                   RECITALS:

     WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender are the parties to that certain Construction
Loan Agreement, dated as of August 21, 1990, pursuant to which Lender, in
periodic advances, advanced to Borrower the aggregate principal amount of Eighty
Million and No/100 Dollars ($80,000,000.00) (the "Loan"), as amended by that
certain Loan Modification and Extension Agreement, made as of September 26,
1994, by and among Borrower, Lender, and Initial Guarantors (collectively, the
"Loan Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, all advances made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to the Loan 
Agreement are evidenced by that certain $80,000,000 Promissory Note made by 
Borrower to the order of Lender and dated as of August 21, 1990, as amended by 
that certain Allonge by and among Borrower and Lender dated as of September 26, 
1994 (collectively, the "Note"); and

     WHEREAS, the Note is secured by, among other things, (i) that certain 
Construction Loan Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated as of August 18, 
1990, and effective as of August 21, 1990, from Borrower, as trustor, to Trustee
for the benefit of Lender, which was recorded as Instrument Number 46387 among 
the land records of the District of Columbia and encumbering certain real 
property located in the District of Columbia and more particularly described on 
Exhibit A attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof (the 
- ---------
"Property"), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Construction Loan
Deed of Trust and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Lender and Trustee,
made as of February 25, 1991, and effective as of August 21, 1990, which was
recorded among the Land Records of the District of Columbia as Instrument Number
12123, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Construction Loan Deed of
Trust and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Lender and Trustee, made as
of September 9, 1994, and effective as of September 21, 1994, which was recorded
among the Land Records of the District of Columbia
<PAGE>
 
as Instrument Number 76267, as amended by that certain Third Amendment to
Construction Loan Deed of Trust and Security Agreement by and among Borrower,
Lender and Trustee, made as of September 23, 1994, and effective as of September
26, 1994, which was recorded among the Land Records of the District of Columbia
as Instrument Number 80519 (collectively, the "Deed of Trust"), and (ii) that
certain Collateral Assignment of Leases. Rents, Profits and Income and Pledge of
Accounts dated as of August 18, 1990, and effective as of August 21, 1990, by
Borrower to Lender which was recorded among the Land Records of the District of
Columbia as Instrument Number 46388, as amended by that certain First Amendment
to Collateral Assignment of Leases, Rents, Profits and Income and Pledge of
Accounts made as of February 22, 1991, and effective as of August 21, 1990, by
and among Borrower and Lender, which was recorded among the Land Records of the
District of Columbia as Instrument Number 12124, as amended by that certain
Second Amendment to Collateral Assignment of Leases, Rents, Profits and Income
and Pledge of Accounts made as of September 23, 1994, and effective as of
September 26, 1994, by and among Borrower and Lender, which was recorded among
the Land Records of the District of Columbia as Instrument Number 80518
(collectively, the "Assignment of Rents"); and 

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Loan the Initial Guarantors executed and
delivered to Lender that certain Interest Guaranty and Indemnity dated August
21, 1990, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Interest Guaranty and
Indemnity made as of September 26, 1994 by and among Lender and Initial
Guarantors, as amended herein (collectively, the "Interest Guaranty"); and

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Loan the Initial Guarantors executed
and delivered to Lender that certain Environmental Guaranty dated August 21,
1990 (the "Environmental Guaranty" and, together with the Interest Guaranty,
the "Initial Guarantees"); and

        WHEREAS, Borrower is a District of Columbia limited partnership, and its
sole general partner is Boston Southwest Associates Limited Partnership, a 
Massachusetts limited partnership ("BSALP"), and the general partner of BSALP is
Independence Square, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("ISI"), and the shareholders 
of ISI are Mortimer B. Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde; and

        WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, an initial public offering (the "IPO") 
of shares in Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "REIT") is 
taking place in accordance with the S-11 registration statement as filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission as a "red herring" on May 27, 1997 and 
made effective prior to the date hereof by the Securities and Exchange 
Commission; and

        WHEREAS, the REIT is the sole general partner of the Operating 
Partnership; and
<PAGE>
 
        WHEREAS, the REIT and the Operating Partnership collectively own 100% of
the membership interests in Boston Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company ("BP LLC"); and

        WHEREAS, the REIT, the Operating Partnership and BP LLC were formed to 
succeed to the real estate business of the Borrower and other companies founded 
by the Initial Guarantors; and

        WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, the following partnership transfers are 
taking place: (i) a one percent (1%) general partnership interest in Borrower is
being transferred to BP LLC, and (ii) the Operating Partnership is succeeding to
(x) the remaining sixty-nine percent (69%) general partnership interest in 
Borrower which is being converted into a sixty-nine percent (69%) limited 
partnership interest in Borrower, and (y) the remaining thirty percent (30%) 
limited partnership interest in Borrower; and

        WHEREAS, in connection with such partnership transfers the Operating 
Partnership has agreed to execute new guaranty agreements in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth below.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and 
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are 
hereby acknowledged, Borrower, Lender, Initial Guarantors and Operating 
Partnership hereby agree as follows:

        1. The foregoing recitals are incorporated into this Agreement for all 
purposes by this reference.

        2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan 
Agreement, Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Note, Initial Guarantees or any 
other instruments evidencing or securing the Loan (collectively, the "Loan 
Documents"), Lender hereby consents (i) to the transfer and assignment by BSALP
of a one percent (1%) general partnership interest in Borrower to BP LLC, and
(ii) to the Operating Partnership succeeding to a sixty-nine percent (69%)
general partnership interest in Borrower which is simultaneously being converted
into a sixty-nine percent (69%) limited partnership interest in Borrower, and
(iii) to the Operating Partnership succeeding to the remaining thirty percent
(30%) limited partnership interest in Borrower, and (iv) to BP LLC becoming the
sole general partner of Borrower with a one percent (1%) partnership interest,
and (v) to the Operating Partnership becoming the limited partner of Borrower
with a ninety-nine percent (99%) partnership interest. Lender acknowledges and
agrees that any and all conditions to such consent, whether contained in the
Loan Documents, or otherwise, have been satisfied.
<PAGE>
 
        3. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.22 of the Loan Agreement 
or Section 1.20 of the Deed of Trust, or anything else to the contrary contained
in any of the Loan Documents, Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees, that 
without any notice to or consent by Lender, any person or entity may engage from
time to time in transfers of stock, membership, partnership or other equity 
interests in BP LLC, the Operating Partnership, the REIT, or any of their 
respective direct or indirect owners; provided, however, that any such transfer 
does not result in the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the REIT ceases 
to be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership or ceases to own at 
least a five percent (5%) interest in the Operating Partnership, (ii) the 
Operating Partnership ceases to be the sole managing member of BP LLC, a 
Delaware limited liability company, (iii) the Operating Partnership ceases to 
own a controlling interest (which, in any event, must not be less than a 51% 
ownership interest) in BP LLC, or (iv) BP LLC ceases to be the sole general 
partner of Borrower or ceases to own at least a one percent (1%) interest in 
Borrower.

        4. From and after the Effective Date, all references contained in the 
Loan Documents to the general partner of Borrower shall be deemed to refer to BP
LLC (and its permitted assigns) and not to BSALP OR ISI.

        5. The Operating Partnership agrees to execute and deliver to Lender a 
new Interest Guaranty in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "New 
                                                     ---------
Interest Guaranty") and a new Environmental Guaranty in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit C (the "New Environmental Guaranty"). From and after the
          ---------
Effective Date, wherever the terms "Interest Guaranty," "Environmental Guaranty"
and "Guarantors" are used in the Deed of Trust, Loan Agreement or any other Loan
Documents, they shall be deemed to include, in addition to such original 
documents, the New Interest Guaranty, New Environmental Guaranty and Operating 
Partnership, respectively.

        6. The Interest Guaranty is hereby amended to delete the following 
clause from Section 1.1:

                ", during any month in which (a) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio
                of the Premises is less than 1.05, or (b) any Person, through
                any agreement with, action of, or cooperation by any Guarantor,
                Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower has obtained an interest
                in Rents payable pursuant to Government Leases (as those terms
                are defined in the Assignment of Rents) which then is or
                thereafter becomes (other than with Lender's express written
                consent) superior to Lender's interest in such Rents"

Further, the Interest Guaranty is hereby amended to add the following sentence 
at the end of Section 8 thereof:

                "If either Guarantor fails to deliver such financial statement 
                within 120 days next following the end of his fiscal year, such 
                Guarantor agrees to pay to Lender, for himself but not for the 
                other Guarantor, a fee in the
 






<PAGE>
 
          amount of $500.00 per day, commencing 30 days after written notice
          from Lender that such Guarantor failed to deliver to Lender such
          financial statement and continuing until such financial statement is
          delivered to Lender."

     7.  Except as set forth in Section 6 above and except as expressly modified
below, Initial Guarantors hereby absolutely, unconditionally and fully reaffirm 
all of their guarantees, obligations and agreements under the Initial Guarantees
according to the terms thereof and agree to the provisions of this Agreement. 
The Initial Guarantees shall continue in full force and effect, however, subject
to the last sentence of this paragraph, it is understood and agreed that (i) the
breach or failure to perform any representation, warranty or covenant under any 
Loan Documents, other than the Initial Guarantees, by or about the Initial 
Guarantors, or (ii) the occurrence of any event to or with respect to the 
Initial Guarantors, shall not, by itself, constitute a breach, default or Event 
of Default under any Loan Document, other than the Initial Guarantees. By way of
example and not as a limitation on the foregoing, from and after the Effective 
Date (a) the filing of claims, litigation or judgments against any of the 
Initial Guarantors, (b) the institution of any bankruptcy, reorganization or 
insolvency proceedings by or against any of the Initial Guarantors, or the 
appointment of a receiver or a similar official for any of the properties of any
of the Initial Guarantors (or the occurrence of any other events with respect to
the Initial Guarantors referenced in Section 2.01(k) of the Deed of Trust), and
(c) the failure to comply with any requirements regarding the delivery of
certificates, financial statements and other financial information, tax returns
or any other documentation or information or notices relating to the Initial
Guarantors, shall not constitute a breach, default or Event of Default under any
Loan Document, other than the Initial Guarantees. The foregoing provisions of
this Section 7 shall in no way limit; (x) the liability or obligations of the
Initial Guarantors under the Interest Guaranty or the Environmental Guaranty, or
(y) the right of Lender to enforce all remedies directly against any of the
Initial Guarantors for failure to pay or perform the Obligations, or (z) the
liability of the Operating Partnership under the New Interest Guaranty and New
Environmental Guaranty.

     8.  Lender has previously approved the Management Agreement (the 
"Management Agreement") by and between Borrower and Boston Properties, Inc. a 
Massachusetts corporation (the "Manager"), dated as of May 1, 1991. Lender 
hereby consents to the assignment of Manager's interest in the Management 
Agreement to the Operating Partnership and the Operating Partnership's 
assumption of the same. Following such assignment, the Operating Partnership 
agrees (i) to attorn to Lender in the event that Lender takes possession or 
assumes control of the Property, and (ii) that if an Event of Default shall have
occurred under the terms of the Loan Agreement, any payment of the management 
fee pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement after the Event of Default
shall have occurred shall be subordinate to the repayment of the Loan in 
accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement. Lender hereby approves (in 
accordance with Section 7.16 of the Loan Agreement and Sections 1.16 and 1.18 of
the Deed of Trust) the engagement of the Operating Partnership to serve as the 
manager of the Property in accordance with the Management Agreement.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
     9.  Lender hereby approves the form of the Amended and Restated Agreement 
of Limited Partnership of Borrower and the Certificate of Amendment of Limited 
Partnership delivered to Lender herewith and consents to the restatement of the 
partnership agreement for Borrower in accordance therewith.

    10.  Section 7.30(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the
word "quarterly" and inserting, in lieu thereof, the word "monthly." Lender 
agrees that, provided there is no uncured Event of Default under any of the Loan
Documents, Borrower may make daily or periodic "sweeps" of its operating 
accounts into a master operating account maintained by the REIT and/or the 
Operating Partnership.

    11.  The Operating Partnership covenants and agrees to provide Lender with 
copies of the (i) audited balance sheets and statements of income, changes in 
stockholders' equity, and cash flow for the REIT as of and for each fiscal year 
as set forth in the REIT's annual report of form 10-K, and (ii) unaudited 
balance sheets and statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity, and 
cash flow for the REIT as of and for each calendar quarter as set forth in the 
REIT's quarterly report on form 10-Q, and (iii) promptly upon their becoming 
available, copies of any registration statements and any amendments and 
supplements thereto, and any regular and periodic reports, if any, filed by the 
REIT with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority 
succeeding to any or all of the functions of the said Commission.

    12.  Borrower warrants and represents to Lender that (a) the financial 
statements incorporated in the S-11 registration statement of the REIT as filed 
and made effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission heretofore 
delivered to Lender are true and correct in all material respects and from the 
date of such financial statements to the date hereof there has been no material 
adverse change in the financial condition of the Operating Partnership that 
would impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the
New Interest Guaranty or the New Environmental Guaranty, and (b) the IPO and the
formation of the REIT, the Operating Partnership and BP LLC have been completed 
and the structure set forth in the recitals to this Agreement are true and 
correct.

    13.  The Operating Partnership hereby represents and warrants to Lender as 
follows: (i) the Operating Partnership is a limited partnership, duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; 
(ii) the Operating Partnership has the authority, rights and franchises to own 
its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted, to perform its 
obligations under this Agreement, and has made all filings in each jurisdiction 
in which the character of its business or nature of its properties makes such 
filings necessary and where not filing could have a material adverse impact on 
its business; (iii) the Operating Partnership has the authority and legal right 
to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and has taken all necessary 
partnership action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this 
Agreement; (iv) no consent, license, permit, approval or authorization of, 
exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with 
any court, governmental authority, or third party which has not been obtained is
required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Operating
Partnership of this Agreement; (v) this

                                      -6-

<PAGE>
 
Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Operating Partnership and 
constitutes (and on the Effective Date of this Agreement will constitute) the 
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Operating Partnership, enforceable 
against the Operating Partnership in accordance with its terms:  and (vi) 
neither the execution not delivery of this Agreement nor the fulfillment of or 
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof, nor the consummation of the 
transactions contemplated hereby will conflict with or result in a breach of the
terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in 
any violation of its partnership agreement, any other contract, any award of any
arbitrator or any agreement, instrument, order or judgment or regulation or law 
to which the Operating Partnership is subject, or to or by which it or its 
properties or its assets are bound or affected.

        14.  The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows:  
(i) the Borrower is a limited partnership, duly organized, validly existing and 
in good standing under the laws of the District of Colombia; (ii) the Borrower 
has the authority, rights and franchises to own its properties, to carry on its 
business as now conducted, to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and 
has made all filings in each jurisdiction in which the character of its business
or nature of its properties makes such filings necessary and where not filing 
could have a material adverse impact on its business; (iii) the Borrower has the
authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and has
taken all necessary partnership action to authorize the execution, delivery and 
performance of this Agreement; (iv) no consent, license, permit, approval or 
authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or 
declaration with any court, governmental authority, or third party which has not
been obtained is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the 
Borrower of this Agreement; (v) this Agreement has been executed and delivered 
by the Borrower and constitutes (and, on the Effective Date of this Agreement 
will constitute) the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, 
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms; and (vi) neither 
the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the fulfillment of or 
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof, nor the consummation of the 
transactions contemplated hereby will conflict with or result in a breach of the
terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in 
any violation of its partnership agreement, any other contract, any award of any
arbitrator or any agreement, instrument, order or judgment or regulation or law
to which the Borrower is subject, or to or by which it or its properties or its
assets are bound or affected.

        15.  Except as expressly modified above, the Loan Documents are hereby 
ratified and confirmed by Borrower and shall continue in full force and effect. 
Borrower and Initial Guarantors acknowledge and agree that as of the Effective 
Date there exist no offsets, defenses, counterclaims, or abatements to their 
respective obligations under the Loan Documents as modified herein, and, to the 
knowledge of Borrower and Initial Guarantors, all obligations of Lender 
thereunder have been fully performed.

        16.  Lender hereby represents and warrants as follows:  (i) the 
outstanding principal balance of the Loan as of June 1, 1997 is $78,125,000,
(ii) to Lender's actual knowledge, the Loan is not in default, and (iii) it has 
received all necessary and appropriate authorizations to enter into and perform 
this Agreement.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
     17.  Nothing contained herein shall constitute, or be deemed to constitute,
any limitation on the validity or enforceability or priority of the Note, the
Deed of Trust or any other Loan Documents as amended hereby nor shall this 
Agreement be deemed to create any interest different from that created by the
Deed of Trust, which interest continues unimpaired and in full force and effect 
in accordance with the terms of the Deed of Trust.  The parties hereto further 
acknowledge and agree that the "Limitation on Resource" provisions of the Loan 
Documents (Section 3.21 of the Deed of Trust, Section 9.21 of the Loan 
Agreement, Section 11 of the Note and Section 5.15 of the Assignment of Rents) 
shall continue in full force and effect.

     18.  Borrower agrees to pay all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender 
in connection with the transaction set forth above, including reasonable legal 
fees and expenses.

     19.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original, but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and 
the same document.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in 
accordance with the laws of the District of Columbia.  As evidenced by its 
execution hereof, Lender authorizes and directs Trustee to join herein.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Southwest Market Limited Partnership has caused these 
presents to be signed in its partnership name by Boston Properties LLC, its 
general partner, which in turn has caused these presents to be signed in its 
partnership name by Boston Properties Limited Partnership, its managing member, 
which in turn has caused these presents to be signed in its partnership name by 
Boston Properties, Inc., its general partner, as of the day and year first above
written, and for the purposes thereof, Boston Properties, Inc. has caused these 
presents to be signed in its corporate name by Edward H. Linde, its president,

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 

attested by ___________________, its ___________________, and its corporate seal
to be affixed hereto, and does hereby constitute and appoint Edward H. Linde as 
its true and lawful attorney-in-fact for it and in its name to acknowledge and 
deliver this instrument as the act and deed of such corporation and partnership.





                                        LENDER:
ATTEST:

                                        THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                                         a Japanese banking institution acting
                                         through its NEW YORK BRANCH



                                        By:    
- ---------------------------------          -----------------------------------

                                        Name:  
                                             ---------------------------------

                                        Title: 
                                              --------------------------------

                      [Signatures Continued On Next Page]

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
                         
                               BORROWER:
                        
ATTEST:                 
                        
                               SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED
                                PARTNERSHIP, a District of Columbia
                                limited partnership
                        
                               By:  BOSTON PROPERTIES LLC,
                                     a Delaware limited liability company, 
                                     its General Partner


                                    By:  BOSTON PROPERTIES
                                          LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                          a Delaware limited partnership,
                                          its Managing Member

                                         By:  BOSTON PROPERTIES,
                                               INC., a Delaware corporation


                                              By:  /s/ Edward H. Linde
- ----------------------------                       ---------------------------
                                                   Edward H. Linde
                                                   President


                      [SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
                                   OPERATING PARTNERSHIP:                
ATTEST:                                                                  
                                                                         
                                   BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED             
                                    PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited      
                                    partnership                          
                                                                         
                                   By:  BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.,         
                                         a Delaware corporation          
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                        By:  /s/ Edward H. Linde        
- -------------------------                    --------------------------- 
                                             Edward H. Linde            
                                             President                  
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                   TRUSTEE:                              
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                   ------------------------------------- 
                                               , sole acting trustee     
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                   INITIAL GUARANTORS:                   
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                   ------------------------------------- 
                                   Mortimer B. Zuckerman                 
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                   /s/ Edward H. Linde               
                                   ------------------------------------- 
                                   Edward H. Linde                        
                                       
                                       
                                     -11-
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.23
<SEQUENCE>10
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT & LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.23

                    CONSENT AND LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

  
    THIS CONSENT AND LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is dated as of
the     day of June, 1997 (the "Effective Date"), by and between THE SUMITOMO
    ---
BANK, LIMITED, a Japanese banking institution acting through its NEW YORK BRANCH
("Lender"), STUART S. LEVIN and GERALD R. PERRAS, either of whom may act
("Trustee"), SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a District of Columbia
limited partnership ("Borrower"), BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a
Delaware limited partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), and MORTIMER B.
ZUCKERMAN and EDWARD H. LINDE (each an "Initial Guarantor" and jointly and
severally the "Initial Guarantors").

                                   RECITALS:

      WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender are the parties to that certain Construction 
Loan Agreement, dated as of February 22, 1991, pursuant to which Lender, 
in periodic advances, advanced to Borrower the aggregate principal amount of One
Hundred Twenty-Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($125,000,000.00) (the "Loan"),
as amended by that certain Loan Modification and Extension Agreement, made as of
September 26, 1994, by and among Borrower, Lender, and Initial Guarantors
(collectively, the "Loan Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, all advances made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to the Loan 
Agreement are evidenced by that certain $125,000,000 Promissory Note made by 
Borrower to the order of Lender and dated as of February 27, 1991, as amended by
that certain Allonge by and among Borrower and Lender dated as of September 26, 
1994 (collectively, the "Note"); and

     WHEREAS, the Note is secured by, among other things, (i) that certain 
Construction Loan Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated as of February 22, 
1991, and effective as of February 27, 1991, from Borrower, as trustor, to 
Trustee for the benefit of Lender, which was recorded as Instrument Number 10516
among the land records of the District of Columbia and encumbering certain real 
property located in the District of Columbia and more particularly described on 
Exhibit A attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof (the 
- ---------        
"Property"), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Construction Loan 
Deed of Trust and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Lender and Trustee, 
made as of September 9, 1994, and effective as of September 21, 1994, which was 
recorded among the Land Records of the District of Columbia as Instrument Number
76268, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Construction Loan Deed of 
Trust and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Lender and Trustee, made as 
of September 23, 1994, and effective as of September 26, 1994, which was 
recorded among the Land Records of the District of 
<PAGE>
 
Columbia as Instrument Number 80521 (collectively, the "Deed of Trust"), and 
(ii) that certain Collateral Assignment of Leases, Rents, Profits and Income and
Pledge of Accounts  dated as of February 22, 1991, and effective as of February 
27, 1991, by Borrower to Lender which was recorded among the Land Records of the
District of Columbia as Instrument Number 10517, as amended by that certain 
First Amendment to Collateral Assignment of Leases, Rents, Profits and Income 
and Pledge of Accounts made as of September 23, 1994, and effective as of 
September 26, 1994, by and among Borrower and Lender, which was recorded among 
the Land Records of the District of Columbia as Instrument Number 80520 
(collectively, the "Assignment of Rents"); and

     WHEREAS, in connection with the Loan the Initial Guarantors executed and 
delivered to Lender that certain Interest Guaranty and Indemnity dated February 
22, 1991, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Interest Guaranty and 
Indemnity made as of September 26, 1994 by and among Lender and Initial 
Guarantors, as amended herein (collectively, the "Interest Guaranty"); and

     WHEREAS, in connection with the Loan the Initial Guarantors executed and 
delivered to Lender that certain Environmental Guaranty dated February 22, 1991 
(the "Environmental Guaranty" and, together with the Interest Guaranty, the 
"Initial Guarantees"); and

     WHEREAS, Borrower is a District of Columbia limited partnership, and its 
sole general partner is Boston Southwest Associates Limited Partnership, a 
Massachusetts limited partnership ("BSALP"), and the general partner of BSALP is
Independence Square, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("ISI"), and the shareholders 
of ISI are Mortimer B. Zuckerman and Edward H. Linde; and 

     WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, an initial public offering (the "IPO") of 
shares in Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "REIT") is taking
place in accordance with the S-11 registration statement as filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission as a "red herring" on May 27, 1997 and made 
effective prior to the date hereof by the Securities and Exchange Commission; 
and

     WHEREAS, the REIT is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership;
and 

     WHEREAS, the REIT and the Operating Partnership collectively own 100% of 
the membership interests in Boston Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company ("BP LLC"); and

     WHEREAS, the REIT, the Operating Partnership and BP LLC were formed to 
succeed to the real estate business of the Borrower and other companies founded 
by the Initial Guarantors; and

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
        WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, the following partnership transfers are 
taking place: (i) a one percent (1%) general partnership interest in Borrower is
being transferred to BP LLC, and (ii) the Operating Partnership is succeeding to
(x) the remaining sixty-nine percent (69%) general partnership interest in
Borrower which is being converted into a sixty-nine percent (69%) limited
partnership interest in Borrower, and (y) the remaining thirty percent (30%)
limited partnership interest in Borrower; and

        WHEREAS, in connection with such partnership transfers the Operating 
Partnership has agreed to execute new guaranty agreements in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth below.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and 
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are 
hereby acknowledged, Borrower, Lender, Initial Guarantors and Operating 
Partnership hereby agree as follows:

        1. The foregoing recitals are incorporated into this Agreement for all 
purposes by this reference.

        2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan 
Agreement, Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Note, Initial Guarantees or any 
other instruments evidencing or securing the Loan (collectively, the "Loan 
Documents"), Lender hereby consents (i) to the transfer and assignment by BSALP 
of a one percent (1%) general partnership interest in Borrower to BP LLC, and 
(ii) to the Operating Partnership succeeding to a sixty-nine percent (69%) 
general partnership interest in Borrower which is simultaneously being converted
into a sixty-nine percent (69%) limited partnership interest in Borrower, and 
(iii) to the Operating Partnership succeeding to the remaining thirty percent 
(30%) limited partnership interest in Borrower, and (iv) to BP LLC becoming the 
sole general partner of Borrower with a one percent (1%) partnership interest, 
and (v) to the Operating Partnership becoming the limited partner of Borrower 
with a ninety-nine percent (99%) partnership interest. Lender acknowledges and 
agrees that any and all conditions to such consent, whether contained in the 
Loan Documents, or otherwise, have been satisfied.

        3. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.22 of the Loan Agreement 
or Section 1.20 of the Deed of Trust, or anything else to the contrary contained
in any of the Loan Documents, Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees, that 
without any notice to or consent by Lender, any person or entity may engage from
time to time in transfers of stock, membership, partnership or other equity  
interests in BP LLC, the Operating Partnership, the REIT, or any of their 
respective direct or indirect owners; provided, however, that any such transfer 
does not result in the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the REIT ceases 
to be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership or ceases to own at 
least a five percent (5%) interest in the Operating Partnership, (ii) the 
Operating Partnership ceases to be the sole managing member of BP LLC, a 
Delaware limited liability company, (iii) the Operating Partnership ceases to
own a controlling interest (which, in any event, must not be less than a

                                -3-
<PAGE>
 
51% ownership interest) in BP LLC, or (iv) BP LLC ceases to be the sole general 
partner of Borrower or ceases to own at least a one percent (1%) interest in 
Borrower.
   
     4.  From and after the Effective Date, all references contained in the Loan
Documents to the general partner of Borrower shall be deemed to refer to BP LLC 
(and its permitted assigns) and not to BSALP or ISI.

     5.  The Operating Partnership agrees to execute and deliver to Lender a new
Interest Guaranty in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "New Interest 
                                                 ---------
Guaranty") and a new Environmental Guaranty in the form attached hereto as 
Exhibit C (the "New Environmental Guaranty").  From and after the Effective 
- ---------
Date, wherever the terms "Interest Guaranty," "Environmental Guaranty" and 
"Guarantors" are used in the Deed of Trust.  Loan Agreement or any other Loan 
Documents, they shall be deemed to include, in addition to such original 
documents, the New Interest Guaranty, New Environmental Guaranty and Operating 
Partnership, respectively.

     6.  The Interest Guaranty is hereby amended to delete Section 1 in its 
entirety and to substitute the following provisions in lieu thereof:

         "Section 1. Guarantee and Indemnity.
                     -----------------------

            Section 1.1.  Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby
         absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Lender and its successors,
         assigns and endorsees the payment to Lender or such successors, assigns
         and endorsees, following the occurrence of an Event of Default (as 
         defined in the Loan Agreement) under either or both of the Note and the
         Loan Agreement or following an acceleration of the Loan pursuant to 
         either or both of the Note or the Loan Agreement ("Acceleration"), of 
         interest on the Loan that accrues pursuant to the Note, and that is not
         paid by Borrower when due and payable under the Note, whether such
         interest accrued or accrues before or after such an Event of Default;
         provided, however, that under the terms of this Interest Guaranty 
         Guarantors shall not be liable for (and same shall not constitute any
         part of the "Obligations" as hereinafter defined) (i) payment of the
         principal portion of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note (except as
         in Section 1.3 hereof) or (ii) any interest due under the Note that 
         accrues or has accrued from and after the date that the Premises has
         been sold at a foreclosure sale or a deed in lieu of foreclosure has
         been accepted by Lender or its nominee (the "Cut-off Date").

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
     Section 1.2.  Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby 
indemnifies, protects, defends and holds Lender and its successors, assigns and 
endorsees harmless from and against all liability for all refunds of base rent, 
additional rent or taxes received by Borrower and owing to the GSA under 
Paragraphs 22 and 23 of the Solicitation for Offers of the GSA Building Lease, 
including refunds due to any adjustment to the base rates for additional rents 
set forth in such sections arising as a result of a government audit of such 
numbers, in respect of any period prior to (but not after) the Cut-off Date.

     Section 1.3.  With respect to the transfer of partnership interests in 
Borrower referenced in Section 2 of the Consent and Loan Modification Agreement 
by and between Guarantors, Borrower, Lender, Boston Properties Limited 
Partnership, and trustees for the Lender (the "Transfer"), counsel for the 
Borrower has notified the General Services Administration ("GSA") by letter 
dated May 29, 1997, of the Transfer and has requested the GSA to execute a 
novation agreement with respect to the lease of the Property for NASA dated June
1, 1990, as amended (the "Lease") reflecting the Transfer to the extent one is 
required. Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby absolutely and 
unconditionally guarantees to Lender and its successors, assigns and endorsees 
the payment to Lender or such successors, assigns and endorsees, of the unpaid
principal portion of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note if (i) the Lease is
terminated in connection with the Transfer, or (ii) Borrower agrees, in
connection with obtaining a novation agreement or a written acknowledgment from
the GSA that such a novation agreement is not required, to amend or modify the
Lease without Lender's consent as provided in Section 1.12(c)(vii) of the Deed
of Trust. The guaranty of the Guarantors under this Section 1.3 shall terminate
and be null and void upon the receipt of a novation agreement reflecting the
Transfer or a written acknowledgment from the GSA that such a novation agreement
is not required, in either case without the Borrower having agreed, in
connection with obtaining such novation agreement or such written acknowledgment
from the GSA that such a novation agreement is not required, to amend or modify
the Lease without Lender's consent as provided in Section 1.12(c)(vii) of the
Deed of Trust.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
            (The obligations of Guarantors to pay interest not paid by Borrower
            when due and payable under the Note for the period prior to the Cut-
            off date, Guarantors' indemnities, and Guarantors' guaranty under
            Section 1.3, all as set forth above, are hereinafter, collectively
            called the "Obligations")."

Further, the Interest Guaranty is hereby amended to add the following sentence
at the end of Section 8 thereof:

            "If either Guarantor fails to deliver such financial statement
            within 120 days next following the end of his fiscal year, such
            Guarantor agrees to pay to lender, for himself but not for the other
            Guarantor, a fee in the amount of $500.00 per day, commencing 30
            days after written notice from Lender that such Guarantor failed to
            deliver to lender such financial statement and continuing until
            such financial statement is delivered to Lender."

        7.  Except as set forth in Section 6 above and except as expressly 
modified below, Initial Guarantors hereby absolutely, unconditionally and fully 
reaffirm all of their guarantees, obligations and agreements under the Initial 
Guarantees according to the terms thereof and agree to the provisions of this
Agreement. The Initial Guaranties shall continue in full force and effect,
however, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, it is understood and
agreed that (i) the breach or failure to perform any representation, warranty or
covenant under any Loan Documents, other than the Initial Guarantees, by or
about the Initial Guarantors, or (ii) the occurrence of any event to or with
respect to the Initial Guarantors, shall not, by itself, constitute a breach,
default or Event of Default under any Loan Document, other than the Initial
Guarantees. By way of example and not as a limitation on the foregoing, from and
after the Effective Date (a) the filing of claims, litigation or judgments
against any of the Initial Guarantors, (b) the institution of any bankruptcy,
reorganization or insolvency proceedings by or against any of the Initial
Guarantors, or the appointment of a receiver or a similar official for any of
the properties of any of the Initial Guarantors (or the occurrence of any other
events with respect to the Initial Guarantors referenced in Section 2.01(k) of
the Deed of Trust), and (c) the failure to comply with any requirements
regarding the delivery of certificates, financial statements and other financial
information, tax returns or any other documentation or information or notices
relating to the Initial Guarantors, shall not constitute a breach, default or
Event of Default under any Loan Document, other than the Initial Guarantees. The
foregoing provisions of this Section 7 shall in no way limit: (x) the liability
or obligations of the Initial Guarantors under the Interest Guaranty or the
Environmental Guaranty, or (y) the right of Lender to enforce all remedies
directly against any of the Initial Guarantors, for failure to pay or perform
the Obligations, or (z) the liability of the Operating Partnership under the New
Interest Guaranty and New Environmental Guaranty.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     8.  Lender has previously approved the Management Agreement (the 
"Management Agreement") by and between Borrower and Boston Properties, Inc., a 
Massachusetts corporation (the "Manager"), dated as of May 1, 1992.  Lender 
hereby consents to the assignment of Manager's interest in the Management 
Agreement to the Operation Partnership and the Operating Partnership's 
assumption of the same.  Following such assignment, the Operation Partnership 
agrees (i) to attorn to Lender in the event that Lender takes possession or 
assumes control of the Property, and (ii) that if an Event of Default shall have
occurred under the terms of the Loan Agreement, any payment of the management
fee pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement after the Event of Default
shall have occurred shall be subordinate to the repayment of the Loan in
accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement. Lender hereby approves (in
accordance with Section 7.16 of the Loan Agreement and Sections 1.16 and 1.18 of
the Deed of Trust) the engagement of the Operating Partnership to serve as the
manager of the Property in accordance with the Management Agreement.

     9.  Lender hereby approves the form of the Amended and Restated Agreement 
of Limited Partnership of Borrower and the Certificate of Amendment of Limited 
Partnership delivered to Lender herewith and consents to the restatement of the 
partnership agreement for Borrower in accordance therewith.

    10.  Section 7.30(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the
word "quarterly" and inserting, in lieu thereof, the word "monthly."  Lender 
agrees that, provided there is no uncured Event of Default under any of the Loan
Documents, Borrower may make daily or periodic "sweeps" of its operating 
accounts into a master operating account maintained by the REIT and/or the 
Operating Partnership.

    11.  The Operating Partnership covenants and agrees to provide Lender with 
copies of the (i) audited balance sheets and statements of income, changes in 
stockholders' equity, and cash flow for the REIT as of and for each fiscal year 
as set forth in the REIT's annual report on form 10-K, and (ii) unaudited 
balance sheets and statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity, and 
cash flow for the REIT as of and for each calendar quarter as set forth in the 
REIT's quarterly report on form 10-Q, and (iii) promptly upon their becoming 
available, copies of any registration statements and any amendments and 
supplements thereto, and any regular and periodic reports, if any, filed by the 
REIT with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority 
succeeding to any or all of the functions of the said Commission.

    12.  Borrower warrants and represents to Lender that (a) the financial 
statements incorporated in the S-11 registration statement of the REIT as filed 
and made effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission heretofore 
delivered to Lender are true and correct in all material respects and from the 
date of such financial statements to the date hereof there has been no material 
adverse change in the financial condition of the Operating Partnership that 
would impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the 
New Interest Guaranty or the New Environmental Guaranty, and (b) the IPO and the
formation of the

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
REIT, the Operating Partnership and BP LLC have been completed and the structure
set forth in the recitals to this Agreement are true and correct.

       13.   The Operating Partnership hereby represents and warrants to Lender 
as follows: (i) the Operating Partnership is a limited partnership, duly 
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of 
Delaware; (ii) the Operating Partnership has the authority, rights and 
franchises to own its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted, to 
perform its obligations under this Agreement, and has made all filings in each 
jurisdiction in which the character of its business or nature of its properties 
makes such filings necessary and where not filing could have a material adverse 
impact on its business; (iii) the Operating Partnership has the authority and 
legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and has taken all 
necessary partnership action to authorize the execution, delivery and 
performance of this Agreement; (iv) no consent, license, permit, approval or 
authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or 
declaration with any court, governmental authority, or third party which has not
been obtained is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the 
Operating Partnership of this Agreement; (v) this Agreement has been executed 
and delivered by the Operating Partnership and constitutes (and, on the 
Effective Date of this Agreement will constitute) the legal, valid and binding 
obligation of the Operating Partnership, enforceable against the Operating 
Partnership in accordance with its terms; and (vi) neither the execution nor 
delivery of this Agreement nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms 
and provisions hereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated 
hereby will conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or 
provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in any violation of its 
partnership agreement, any other contract, any award of any arbitrator or any 
agreement, instrument, order or judgment or regulation or law to which the 
Operating Partnership is subject, or to or by which it or its properties or its 
assets are bound or affected.

       14.   The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows: 
(i) the Borrower is a limited partnership, duly organized, validly existing and 
in good standing under the laws of the District of Columbia; (ii) the Borrower 
has the authority, rights and franchises to own its properties, to carry on its 
business as now conducted, to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and 
has made all filings in each jurisdiction in which the character of its business
or nature of its properties makes such filings necessary and where not filing
could have a material adverse impact on its business; (iii) the Borrower has the
authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and has
taken all necessary partnership action to authorize the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement; (iv) no consent, license, permit, approval or
authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or
declaration with any court, governmental authority, or third party which has not
been obtained is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the
Borrower of this Agreement; (v) this Agreement has been executed and delivered
by the Borrower and constitutes (and, on the Effective Date of this Agreement
will constitute) the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower,
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms; and (vi) neither
the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the fulfillment of or
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof, nor the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby will conflict with or result in a breach of the
terms, conditions or

                                      -8-

<PAGE>
 
provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in any violation of its 
partnership agreement, any other contract, any award of any arbitrator or any 
agreement, instrument, order or judgment or regulation or law to which the 
Borrower is subject, or to or by which it or its properties or its assets are 
bound or affected.

       15.   Except as expressly modified above, the Loan Documents are hereby 
ratified and confirmed by Borrower and shall continue in full force and effect. 
Borrower and Initial Guarantors acknowledge and agree that as of the Effective 
Date there exist no offsets, defenses, counterclaims or abatements to their 
respective obligations under the Loan Documents as modified herein, and, to the 
knowledge of Borrower and Initial Guarantors, all obligations of Lender 
thereunder have been fully performed.

       16.   Lender hereby represents and warrants as follows: (i) the 
outstanding principal balance of the Loan as of June 1, 1997 is $122,187,500, 
(ii) to Lender's actual knowledge, the Loan is not in default, and (iii) it has
received all necessary and appropriate authorizations to enter into and perform
this Agreement.

       17.   Nothing contained herein shall constitute, or be deemed to 
constitute, any limitation on the validity or enforceability or priority of the 
Note, the Deed of Trust or any other Loan Documents as amended hereby nor shall
this Agreement be deemed to create any interest different from that created by
the Deed of Trust, which interest continues unimpaired and in full force and
effect in accordance with the terms of the Deed of Trust. The parties hereto
further acknowledge and agree that the "Limitation on Recourse" provisions of
the Loan Documents (Section 3.21 of the Deed of Trust, Section 9.21 of the Loan
Agreement, Section 11 of the Note and Section 5.15 of the Assignment of Rents)
shall continue in full force and effect.

       18.   Borrower agrees to pay all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by 
Lender in connection with the transaction set forth above, including reasonable 
legal fees and expenses.

       19.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one 
and the same document. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in 
accordance with the laws of the District of Columbia. As evidenced by its 
execution hereof, Lender authorizes and directs Trustee to join herein.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Southwest Market Limited Partnership has caused these
presents to be signed in its partnership name by Boston Properties LLC, its 
general partner, which in turn has caused these presents to be signed in its 
partnership name by Boston Properties Limited Partnership, its managing member, 
which in turn has caused these presents to be signed in its partnership name by 
Boston Properties, Inc., its general partner, as of the day and year first above
written, and for the purposes thereof, Boston Properties, Inc. has caused these 
presents to be signed in its corporate name by Edward H. Linde, its president,

                                      -9-

<PAGE>
 
attested by _____________, its _________________, and its corporate seal to be
affixed hereto, and does hereby constitute and appoint Edward H. Linde as its
true and lawful attorney-in-fact for it and in its name to acknowledge and
deliver this instrument as the act and deed of such corporation and partnership.

                                     LENDER:
ATTEST:
                                     THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                                      a Japanese banking institution acting
                                      through its NEW YORK BRANCH


______________________               By: __________________________________
                                     Name: ________________________________
                                     Title: _______________________________


                         [SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
                                 BORROWER:
ATTEST:
                                 SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED
                                  PARTNERSHIP, a District of Columbia
                                  limited partnership

                                 By:   BOSTON PROPERTIES LLC.
                                        a Delaware limited liability company,
                                        its General Partner

                                       By:  BOSTON PROPERTIES
                                             LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                             a Delaware limited partnership
                                             its Managing Member

                                            By:  BOSTON PROPERTIES
                                                  INC., a Delaware corporation

                                                 By: (SIGNATURE APPEARS HERE)
- -----------------------                              ------------------------
                                                     Edward H. Linde
                                                     President


                    [Signatures Continued On Next Page]

                                     -11- 
<PAGE>
 
                                              OPERATING PARTNERSHIP:

ATTEST:
                                              BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED
                                               PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
                                               partnership

 
                                              By:  BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.,
                                                    a Delaware corporation


                                                By:  
- --------------------------------                   ----------------------------
                                                     Edward H. Linde
                                                     President


                                              TRUSTEE:


                                              ---------------------------------
                                                          , sole acting trustee


                                              INITIAL GUARANTORS:



                                                 [Signature appears here]
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Mortimer B. Zuckerman



                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Edward H. Linde


                                     -12- 
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.26
<SEQUENCE>11
<DESCRIPTION>COMPENSATION AGREEMENT W/ ROBERT SELSAM
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
                                                            Exhibit 10.26
 
                            BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.

                                  MEMORANDUM

                            PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL

TO:      Robert Selsam

FROM:    Ed Linde

DATE:    August 10, 1995

CC:      David Gaw

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This is to confirm our discussion of yesterday regarding additional compensation
to be paid to you out of the fees Boston Properties will earn from developing 90
Church Street on behalf of the U.S. Postal Service. Any and all of the payments
are contingent upon your continued employment at Boston Properties and should
you leave for any reason, you will no longer be entitled to the payments
outlined below except to the extent that they have already been paid to you in
cash on or before the date that your employment at Boston Properties ends. Our
agreement is as follows:

1.   You will be paid one-third of any "leasing commissions" actually paid to
     Boston Properties in connection with the leasing of space at 90 Church
     Street. This includes the $100,000 leasing commission paid to Boston
     Properties in connection with the recently concluded Legal Aid Society
     lease. Therefore, by copy of this memo, I am asking David Gaw to arrange
     for a $33,333 check to be issued to you.

2.   You will receive two payments of $35,000 each, the first to be paid on or
     about August 1, 1996 and the second, one year later.

3.   You will be paid 5% of the management fees earned by Boston Properties
     commencing August 1, 1995. Your 5% portion will be paid to you on a semi-
     annual basis in arrears -- in other words, each six months you will receive
     5% of the management fees earned by Boston Properties at 90 Church Street
     during the immediately preceding six-month period.

Please let me know if this does not accurately reflect our conversation and 
agreement. It is also intended to reflect the superb job you have done in 
managing or relationship with the United States Postal Service in New York and 
in securing a very important piece of business for Boston Properties at a time 
when imaginative ways to put our resources to work are at a premium.


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23.1
<SEQUENCE>12
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF COOPERS & LYBRAND, L.L.P.
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
  We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-11
(File No. 333-25279) of our report dated May 1, 1997, on our audits of the
combined financial statements and financial statement schedule of the Boston
Properties Predecessor Group. We also consent to the references to our firm
under the caption "Experts".
 
                                          Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
 
Boston, Massachusetts
   
June 16, 1997     
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23.3
<SEQUENCE>13
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF INSIGNIA/EDWARD
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.3

                       [LETTERHEAD OF ESG APPEARS HERE]






                                            April 11, 1997

Boston Properties, Inc.
8 Arlington Street
Boston, MA 02116

Attn:  Mr. David R. Barrett, Senior Vice President

Gentlemen:

In connection with the initial public offering of common stock by Boston 
Properties, Inc., we hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration 
Statement on Form S-11 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
per the pages attached.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                   INSIGNIA/EDWARD S. GORDON CO., INC.

                                       /s/ Stacy L. Wallach

                                       Stacy L. Wallach






                      [LOGO OF AN INSIGNIA FINANCIAL GROUP COMPANY APPEARS HERE]


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23.4
<SEQUENCE>14
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF THE MICHAEL COMPANIES
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 

            [LETTERHEAD OF THE MICHAEL COMPANIES, INC. APPEAR HERE]


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4

April 14, 1997



Boston Properties, Inc.
8 Arlington Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Attn: David R. Barrett, Senior Vice President

Gentlemen:

In connection with the initial public offering of common stock by Boston 
Properties, Inc., we hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration 
statement on Form S-11 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Very truly yours,

THE MICHAEL COMPANIES, INC.


By:   /s/ Gary W. Michael
      ------------------------
      Gary W. Michael
      President






[LOGO OF NEW AMERICAN NETWORK APPEARS HERE]

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23.5
<SEQUENCE>15
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF CB COMMERCIAL
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                     [LOGO OF CB COMMERCIAL APPEARS HERE]



                  [LETTERHEAD OF CB COMMERCIAL APPEARS HERE]

April 14, 1997


                                                                    Exhibit 23.5

Mr. David R. Barrett
Senior Vice President
BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.
8 Arlington Street
Boston, MA 02116

Dear Mr. Barrett:

In connection with the initial public offering of common stock by Boston 
Properties, Inc., we hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration 
Statement on Form S-11 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Sincerely,

CB COMMERCIAL
REAL ESTATE GROUP, INC.

/s/Christopher R. Jacobs

Christopher R. Jacobs
First Vice President



JHR:hh
0497018M
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23.6
<SEQUENCE>16
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF THE FLYNN COMPANY
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.6

 
                [LETTERHEAD OF THE FLYNN COMPANY APPEARS HERE]



                                              April 11, 1997




Boston Properties, Inc.
8 Arlington Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Attention: David R. Barrett, Senior Vice President
- --------------------------------------------------

Dear Mr. Barrett:

      In connection with the initial public offering of common stock by Boston 
Properties, Inc., we hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration 
Statement on Form S-11 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


                                              Very truly yours,


                                              /s/ Kevin D. Flynn
                                              Kevin D. Flynn


KDF/lak

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23.7
<SEQUENCE>17
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF PINNACLE ADVISORY GROUP
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 23.7

[LETTERHEAD OF PINNACLE ADVISORY GROUP APPEARS HERE]


April 11, 1997


Boston Properties, Inc.
8 Arlington Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
Attention:     Mr. David R. Barrett
               Senior Vice President

Gentlemen:

In connection with the initial public offering of common stock by Boston 
Properties, Inc., we hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration 
Statement on Form S-11 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Very truly yours,


Pinnacle Advisory Group

By: /s/ Rachel J. Roginstey
   -----------------------
   Rachel J. Roginstey
   Principal
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
</SEC-DOCUMENT>
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
